For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.

in

Practice Exercise 1
Directions (Q. 1-14): The following line chart shows the ratio of export to import of five compa-
nies A, B, C, D and E in years 2000 to 2004.
2.75
2.5
2.25

.in
2 A
1.75 B
Ratio

1.5 C

ng
1.25
D
1
E
0.75

eri
0.5
0.25
0
2000 2001 2002 2003 2004

e
Year
gin
The following Radar graph shows the projected % increase in export in year 2005 with respect to
2004. (It is assumed that the import in year 2005 is equal to the import in year 2004.)
A

K KUNDAN
80
En

60
40
E B
20
arn

0
Le

D C

1. In which year was export of company E the maximum?

1) 2000 2) 2002 3) 2003 4) Can’t say
w.

2. The difference between export and import of company D is the maximum in the year
1) 2000 2) 2001 3) 2002 4) Can’t say
3. In year 2003 the difference between export and import is minimum of company
ww

1) A 2) D 3) C 4) Can’t say
4. The export of company A in year 2001 is what percentage more/less than that in year 2000?
1) 24% less 2) 17% more 3) 11% less 4) Can’t be determined
5. The export of company C is twice that of company D in year 2001. The import of company D in year
2001 is 70 million more than the export. The import of company C in year 2001 is
1) 280 million 2) 220 million 3) 240 million 4) 180 million
6. The trade deficit of company B in year 2003 is 75% more than the trade deficit of company A. The
ratio of import of company B to that of company A in year 2003 is
1) 13 : 5 2) 4 : 9 3) 6 : 3 4) 7 : 2
7. If the ratio of export of company E in 2003 to that in 2004 is 4 : 5, the combined ratio of export to

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

import of company E in year 2003 and 2004 together is

1) 30 : 19 2) 17 : 9 3) 34 : 13 4) 29 : 16
8. The total transactions (export + import) of companies A, B and C in year 2004 are in the ratio 3 : 4
: 2. The export and import of companies A, B and C in year 2004 together are in the ratio of
1) 334 : 213 2) 226 : 179 3) 174 : 97 4) None of these
9. The ratio of export to import of company C in year 2005 as per the projection is
1) 6 : 7 2) 6 : 5 3) 4 : 3 4) 4 : 5

10. Total transaction (ie export + import) of company E in year 2003 is 33 1 % lower than the total
3

.in
transaction of company E in year 2004. Then the ratio of export to import of company E in the year
2003 and 2004 together is
1) 28 : 17 2) 17 : 28 3) 27 : 17 4) 3 : 2

ng
11. If the projected growth in export of company C and company D together in year 2005 is 40% with
respect to the previous year, the ratio of export to import of company C and D together in year 2004
is
1) 9 : 15 2) 7 : 10 3) 9 : 11 4) 5 : 6

eri
12. As per the projection, how many companies have the import more than the export in 2005?
1) 2 2) 1 3) 3 4) None
13. If the exports of companies C, D and E in year 2004 are in the ratio 1 : 3 : 2, the overall % increase

e
in the export of company C, D and E as per the projected percentage increase in 2005 is
gin
1) 48.3% 2) 54.6% 3) 57.8% 4) 64.8%
14. If the difference between export and import of company A is 60% more than that between export
and import of company B in year 2004, the difference between export and import of company B is

K KUNDAN
what % more/less than that of company A in year 2005?
En

1) 7.5% less 2) 11.6% more 3) 15% less 4) 17.4% more

Directions (Q. 15-18): The following pie-charts show the revenue (income) and profit of MG Fi-
nance for the financial year 2004-05.
arn

Share of Revenue (incom e) Share of Profit

Others
12% Fertilisers Others
Tube
Le

22.0% 22.5%
Investments
25%
Carborun-
w.

dum
Universal
EID Parry Tube
Fertilisers 9.5%
12% Investments
ww

45% 23.0%
Carborun-
EID Parry
dum
23.0%
Universal
6%
15. The profit from Tube Investments is what % more than the profit from Fertilisers?
1) 4.5% 2) 5.5% 3) 6.6% 4) Can’t be determined
16. The expenditure of Fertilisers is what % more than the expenditure of Tube Investments?
1) 24% 2) 36% 3) 48% 4) Can’t be determined
17. The minimum expenditure of MG Finance is in
1) Fertilizers 2) Others
3) Carborundum Universal 4) Can’t be determined

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

18. If the total revenue of the company in the financial year 2004-05 is Rs 6250 crores and the total
profit of the company is Rs 600 crores, the profit of which type of investment has the maximum for
per rupee revenue?
1) Fertilizers 2) Carborundum Universal
3) EID Parry 4) Tube Investments
Directions (Q. 19-22): The following graphs show the result of a survey. Refer to the graphs to
answer the questions that follow.

Consum er's Requirem ent from liquid soaps (in %)

.in
60

50

ng
40

30

eri
20

10

0
Skin care Fragrance
e Freshness Cleansing Action
gin
Reasons For Trial Reasons for Use

K KUNDAN
En

Size Word of
Recomme- 12% Mouth
ndation Low price
Freebies 18%
20% 22%
Used it
arn

10%
abroad
Advertising Adverti-
10%
Price 18% sing
25% 15% New to
Le

Sachets Market
15% 35%
w.

19. If 5000 users were questioned for the survey, in which 8% required fragrance and freshness, 3%
ww

required skin care and fragrance, 7% required skin care and cleansing action, 3% required cleans-
ing action and freshness, and 5% required all the qualities from the liquid soap, how many people
required only skin care from liquid soaps? (There are no consumers who required exactly three
qualities from liquid soaps.)
1) 1800 2) 1750 3) 1600 4) 1900
20. If 4200 people were covered under the survey, what is the ratio of the people who tried the soap
because of recommendation and those who did so because of size?
1) 5 : 3 2) 3 : 5 3) 8 : 5 4) 5 : 8
21. What per cent of the people who tried the soap because of recommendation continued using it for

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

a similar-mentioned purpose?
1) 80% 2) 95% 3) 85% 4) 90%
22. If 7800 people were covered under the survey, what is the difference between the number of
people who use the liquid soaps because it is new to market and the number of people who use it
because of its advertisement?
1) 1750 2) 1560 3) 1800 4) 1500
Answers and explanations
1. 4; Only the ratio of export to import of each of the companies is given. Therefore it can’t be deter-

.in
mined.
2. 4; Only the ratio of export to import of each of the company is given. Therefore we can’t find in
which year the difference between export and import of company D is maximum. It depends
upon the constant involved in each of the ratios.

ng
3. 2; This question is similar to the above problem but we have to find the minimum difference. The
minimum difference between export and import will be when Export = Import, ie ratio = 1.
Hence company D.

eri
4. 4; Different constants are involved in the ratios of export and import of company A in year 2001
and 2000. Therefore we can’t determine.
5. 3; Let K 1 and K 2 be present in the ratio of export to import of company C and company D in year
2001.
e
gin
Export of company 7
 1.75 
Import of company 4

K KUNDAN
 Export of company C = 7K 1
En

Import of company C = 4K1

Similarly, export of company D = 3K 2
Import of company D = 4K 2
arn

According to the question,

7K1
2
3K 2
Le

K1 6
 7K1  6K 2   .... (1)
K2 7
Also, 4K 2  3K 2  70  K 2  70
w.

6 6
As per (1)  K1  K 2   70  60
7 7
ww

 Import of company C = 4K1  4  60  240 million.

6. 4; Let K 1 and K 2 be present in the ratio of export to import of company A and company B respec-
tively in year 2003.
Export of company A = K 1
Import of company A = 2K1
Export of company B = 3K 2
Import of company B = 4K 2
Trade deficit (Import – Export) of company A = K 1

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Trade deficit of company B = K 2

According to the question,
 75 
K 2  K 1 1  
 100 

7
 K 2  K1 
4
7K1
4

.in
Import of company B 4K 2 4 7
 
Import of company A 2K1 2K1 2
 Required ratio = 7 : 2

ng
7. 1; Let K 1 and K 2 be present in the ratio of export to import of company E in 2003 and 2004 respec-
tively.
Export of company E in 2003 = 5K1

eri
Import of company E in 2003 = 4K1
Export of company E in 2004 = 2K 2
Import of company E in 2004 = K 2
e
gin
According to the question,
5K1 4
  25K  8K

K KUNDAN
2K 2 5 1 2
En

K1 8 K .8
   K1  2
K 2 25 25
arn

 8K 2 
5   2K 2
 25  90 30
 Required ratio    = 30 : 19
 8K 2  57 19
4   K2
 25 
Le

8. 2; Let K 1 , K 2 and K 3 be present in the ratio of export to import of companies A, B and C respec-
tively in year 2004.
w.

Total transaction (export + import) of company A = 3K1  2K1  5K1

Total transaction (export + import) of company B = 5K 2  4K 2  9K 2
Total transaction (export + import) of company C = K 3  K 3  2K 3
ww

According to the question,

5K1 3 9K 2 4
 and 
9K 2 4 2K 3 2

 20K1  27K 2  18K 2  8K 3

 K1 : K 2  27 : 20  K 2 : K 3  8 : 18  4 : 9
K1 : K 2 : K 3
 27 : 20 :
4 : 9

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 K1 : K 2 : K 3  108 : 80 : 180  54 : 40 : 90

Total export of companies A, B and C 3K1  5K 2  K 3


Total import of companies A, B and C 2K1  4K 2  K 3

3  54  5  40  90 452 226
  
2  54  4  40  90 358 179
 Required ratio = 226 : 179
9. 2; Let K 1 be present in the ratio of export to import of company C in year 2004.

.in
Export of company C in year 2004 = K1
Import of company C in year 2004 = K1
From the radar graph,
% increase in export of company C = 20%

ng
 20  6K 1
 Export of company C in 2005 = K 1 1  100   5 .
 

eri
Import of company C in 2005 = K 1 (same as that of 2004)

6K1
6
 Required ratio = 5   6 : 5
K1 5 e
gin
10. 1; Let K 1 and K 2 be present in the ratio of export to import of company E in years 2003 and 2004
respectively.

K KUNDAN
Total transaction of company E in year 2003 = 5K1  4K1  9K1
En

Total transaction of company E in year 2004 = 2K 2  K 2  3K 2

According to the question,
arn

 1
9K 1  3K 2 1    2K 2
 3

K1 2
 
K2 9
Le

2
5   2
Total export of E 5K1  2K 2 9 28
 
w.

= 
Total import of E 4K1  K 2 2 17
4   1
9
 Required ratio = 373 : 212
ww

11. 3; % growth in export of company C in year 2005 w.r.t. 2004 = 20%

and, % growth in export of company D = 50%
But companies C and D together have increased by 40% . Obviously, 40% is the weighted mean
of 20% and 50% .
C D
20% 50%
40%
10 20
1 : 2
 Ratio of export of company C to company D in year 2004 = 1 : 2
Let K 1 and K 2 be present in the ratio of export to import of companies C and D in year 2004.

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Export of company C = K 1 ; and import of company C = K 1

Export of company D = 3K 2 ; and import of company D = 4K 2

K1 1
and,   2K  3K
3K 2 2 1 2

K1 3
 
K2 2

.in
Export of company C and D K1  3K 2
Required ratio = 
Import of company C and D K1  4K 2

ng
K 2  3K 2
9
 2   9 : 11
3 11
K 2  4K 2
2

eri
12. 4; In year 2004, only company D has import less than export. From year 2004 to 2005 export of the
company D increase by 50% .
Therefore, no company has import more than export as per the projection.

e
13. 1; As per the projected percentage increase, the overall % increase
gin
1 3 2 290
  20   50   60   48 .33 %
6 6 6 6
14. 2; Let K 1 and K 2 be present in the ratio of export to import of companies A and B respectively in

K KUNDAN
year 2004.
En

Difference between export and import of company A in year 2004 = 3K1  2K1  K1
Difference between export and import of company B in year 2004 = 5 : 4 = 5K1  4K 2  K 2
According to the question,
arn

 60  8
K 1  K 2 1    K1  K 2  
 100  5
 160  24K 1
Le

Export of company A in 2005 = 3K 1  

 100  5

 180 
Export of company B in 2005 = 5K 2    9K 2
w.

 100 
Difference between export and import of company B = 9K 2  4K 2  5K 2
ww

24
Difference between export and import of company A = K1  2K1
5
14K 1 14  8K 2  112K 2
   
5 5  5  25

112K 2
5K 2 
25  100 1300
Required % = 112K 2 =  11 .6%
112
25
11.6% more than that of A.

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Practice Exercise 2
Directions (Q. 1-5): Refer to the bar graph below and answer the questions that follow.
The following bar graph gives age-wise as well as offence-wise distribution of male offenders in
England and Wales in the year 2003. Value written on the top of each bar gives the total number of
offences in thousands occurring in that particular category of offence.

.in
100

ng
Percentage of male offenders

80
Ov er 16

60 14-16

eri
12-14
40
10-12

20
e
gin
0
Burglary Theft Robbery Violence Others

K KUNDAN
Category of offence
En

1. The second highest number of crimes is committed by the boys in the age group
1) 10-12 2) 12-14
arn

3) 14-16 4) Over 16
2. Which of the following conclusions is true?
1) Boys in age group 14-16 commit more burglaries than theft.
2) Boys in age group 12-14 are the most violent.
Le

3) In the boys’ over-16 age group the number of burglaries committed is more than that of violent
acts.
4) Burglary is the second most common offence amongst the juvenile delinquent below the age of
12.
w.

3. If the total offences were shown by a pie-chart what sector angle would approximately represent
robberies?
1) 10 2) 3
ww

3) 24 4) 65
4. The total number of offences committed by those over 16 is greater than the total number of
offences committed by those in the age group of 12 to 16 by
1) 10% 2) 5%
3) 26% 4) 1%
5. If no child committed more than one offence, given that the total number of boys in the age group
10-12 was 1457682, what was the approximate percentage of children who were away from crime
in that age group?
1) 5 2) 82
3) 87 4) 96

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Directions (Q. 6-11): Refer to the table below and answer the questions that follow.
Statewise area and production of tobacco
(A = Area in ’000 hectares; P = Production in ’000 tonnes)
Note: Figures in brackets show the percentage share of Virginia Tobacco.

Year

State 1997-1998 1998-1999 1999-2000 2000-2001 2001-2002

A P A P A P A P A P

.in
Andhra Pradesh 209.7 262.8 198.7 190.6 171.6 154.9 169.4 164 182.8 192.5
(66) (60) (78) (71) (74) (61) (7.5) (67) (75) (67)

ng
Gujarat 81.5 125.3 74.6 153.6 114.7 174.9 121.5 185.2 113 209.5
Karnataka 42.1 30.5 43.5 29.6 44.5 26.6 51.6 33.9 50.8 30.5
(24) (24) (23) (23) (29) (25) (30) (21) (31) (30)
Tamil Nadu (TN) 11.3 16.7 12.7 19 12.9 19.1 14.5 22.4 17.2 26.1

eri
West Bengal 14.9 14.5 13.2 12.7 12.7 11.5 18.9 17.4 14.1 13.3
(3) (2) (4) (2) (2) (2) (1) (1) (1) (1)
Others 63.9 43.8 66.6 48.3 69 51.5 75.6 57.9 70.4 53.4

All India Total 504.4 493.6 409.3

e
453.8 425.4 438.5 451.5 480.8 448.3 525.3
gin
6. In which of the following years was the productivity (tonnes per hectare) of tobacco in Andhra
Pradesh greater than one?

K KUNDAN
1) 1998-99 2) 1999-2000
En

3) 2000-2001 4) 2001-2002
7. The all-India percentage share of Virginia Tobacco in the total tobacco production in 1997-1998
was approximately
1) 50 2) 86 3) 33 4) 27
arn

8. If in 2002-2003 the area under cultivation of tobacco was increased to 18,000 hectares in Tamil
Nadu, the tobacco production would then approximately be (in ’000 tonnes, assuming productivity
in 2002-2003 remains the same as in 2001-2002):
1) 32.6 2) 16.3
Le

3) 25 4) 27.3
9. Tobacco production in which of the following States increased consistently over the five-year
period?
w.

1) Karnataka & TN
2) Gujarat & TN
3) Karnataka & Gujarat
ww

4) W Bengal & TN
10. Total production of Virginia Tobacco was higher in which year?
1) 1997-1998
2) 1998-1999
3) 2000-2001
4) 2001-2002
11. Which of the following is true?
1) Production of Virginia Tobacco is increasing every year in Andhra Pradesh.
2) Production of Virginia Tobacco is second highest in year 1999-2000.
3) Production of Virginia Tobacco in West Bengal is decreasing.
4) All-India productivity of Tobacco is minimum in year 2000-01.

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Directins (Q. 12-16): Refer to the line graph below and answer the questions that follow.
DIRECT SELLING BUSINESS
14 2100
No. of distributors Turnover 1950

No. of distributors (in lakhs)

12 1800
11.2
Turnover (Rs crores)

1400
10 1500

8 1000 1200
8.2
5.2
6 900
6.4

.in
4 600
300 600
2 300
1.2

ng
0 0
1998 1999 2000 2001 2002

eri
Turnover in 2002 (in Rs No. of distributors in 2002
Rank Company
Crores) (in lakhs)
1. Wamay 472 3.65
2. Codimare 165
e 4.95
gin
3. Nova 110 0.68
4. Balife 78 0.2

K KUNDAN
En

12. What is the average simple annual growth rate of turnover of direct selling business in India
during the given period?
1) 42% 2) 60%
3) 78% 4) 137.5%
arn

13. If Wamay and Nova were the only companies in the direct selling business in India till 1998 with
the Wamay market share three times that of Nova, then what is the percentage growth in Nova’s
turnover during the given period?
1) 10% 2) 15.6%
Le

3) 35% 4) 46.7%
14. Balife was launched in 2000. Since then, the number of its distributors is increasing by 25%
every year and its turnover by 20% . Then what was the turnover-to-number of distributors ratio of
w.

Balife during its launching year?

1) 36120 2) 39820
3) 42320 4) 45720
ww

15. Which of the following is definitely false?

1) The ratio of turnover to number of distributors is maximum for Balife during 2002.
2) Top four companies together have more than 80% of total number of distributors in the direct
selling business in India during 2002.
3) There are not more than 18 companies in direct selling business in India during 2002.
4) None of these
16. During which year, has the ratio of turnover-to-number of distributors shown maximum percent-
age increase over the previous year?
1) 1999 2) 2000
3) 2001 4) 2002

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Directions (Q. 17-20): Refer to the diagrams below and answer the questions that follow.
Given below is the data of a consumer confidence survey.

28 32
II I Jaipur II I Jaipur
(35, 24) (17, 23)
21 24
Mumbai
14 (16, 11) 16 Kolkata
Bangalore (-8, 8)
Kolkata (29, 5)
7 8
(0, 1)
Bhubaneshwar
0 0

.in
III Delhi IV III Delhi(-5, -6) Mumbai IV
Bhubaneshwar (-9, -10) (0, -2)
–7 (-7, -1) (2, -3) –8
Bangalore
Coimbatore Ahmedabad Coim- batore (11, –16)
–14 (-18, -17) (-5, -16) –16 (–8, –11)
Ahmedabad

ng
(-16, -13)
–24 –24
–40 –30 –20 –10 0 10 20 30 40 –20 –15 –10 –5 0 10 15 20
PSI (Gain/Loss) over January 2004 PSI (Gain/Loss) over September 2004

eri
FEI  Future Expenditure Index
PSI  Present Situation Index
FEI
CCI  Consumer Confidence Index 
PSI
e
gin
17. For how many cities has PSI changed from a positive value to negative value?
1) 0 2) 1 3) 2 4) 3
18. How many cities have shown greater than or equal to 100% change in FEI?

K KUNDAN
1) 2 2) 3 3) 4 4) 5
En

19. Which of the following cities have CCI more than 1 during September 2004?
1) Ahmedabad 2) Kolkata 3) Delhi 4) Bangalore
20. For how many cities, FEI as well as PSI decreased over the period?
arn

1) 3 2) 4 3) 5 4) 6

Answers and explanations

1-5: Please note that the bar chart gives the % distribution of each age group in various kinds of
offences.
Le

1. 3; For all kinds of offences, the percentage of crimes committed is the highest in the age group
over 16 and second highest in age group 14-16. Thus, number of crimes is second highest in
the age group 14-16. Hence, (3).
w.

2. 4; Statement 1:
Not true, as the percentage of boys committing burglaries and thefts is almost the same, but
the number of thefts is much more than burglaries. Thus, thefts would be more than burglaries
ww

in the age group 14-16.

Statement 2:
Note true, as the boys in the age group over 16 are the most violent.
Statement 3:
For age group over 16:
Number of burglaries = 35% × 82  28.7 thousand
Number of violent acts = 55% of 53  29.2 thousand
Hence, this is not true.
Statement 4:
Below the age of 12, the most common offence is theft, followed by burglary. Hence, this state-
ment is true.

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

3. 2; Total offences = 82 + 238 + 4 + 53 + 74 = 451 thousand.

4  360
 In a pie-chart the angle of the sector representing robberies = 451
 3º.
4. 4; Total number of offences in ’000 in the age group over 16
35 40 50 55 60
=  82   238  4  53   74
100 100 100 100 100
 29  95  2  29  44  199
50 45 40 40 35
In age group 12 to 16 =  82   238  4  53   74

.in
100 100 100 100 100
 41  107  2  21  26  197
5. 4; Number of crimes in age group 10 to 12

ng
 15 15 10 5 5 
=  82   238  4  53   74 
100 100 100 100 100 
= (12 + 36 + 0.4 + 3 + 4) × 1000  55 × 1000  55000

eri
55000
 Percentage of children committing crimes =  100  4 %
1457682
 Percentage of children away from crimes = 100 - 4 = 96% .
e
6. 4; In the row of Andhra Pradesh choose the year in which P > A.
gin
262.8  0.6  30.5  0.24  14.5  0.02
7. 3;  100  33%
493.6
18

K KUNDAN
8. 4;  261
.  27.3 (Assuming same productivity).
En

17.2
9. 2; Gujarat and Tamil Nadu both show increasing trends of production.
10. 1; As Andhra Pradesh is the sole biggest contributor, it is sufficient to note that in 1997-1998 the
production of Virginia Tobacco in AP was greater than in any other year by a significant margin.
arn

11. 3; The production of Virginia Tobacco is decreasing every year in West Bengal.
1950  300 1650
12. 4; Average annual growth rate =  100  = 137.5% .
300  4 12
Le

1
13. 4; Nova’s turnover in 1998 =  300 = Rs 75 crores
4
Nova’s turnover in 2002 = Rs 110 crores
w.

110  75 35  100
 Percentage growth =  100   46 .7%
75 75
14. 3 At 25% per annum, the number of distributors increases by 56.25% in two years. At 20% per
ww

annum, the turnover increases by 44% in two years.

 Turnover-to-number of distributors for Balife in 2000
78  100 lakh
1.44 7800 1.5625
=    42318
0.2 lakh 1.44 0.2
1.5625
15. 3; Nothing can be inferred about statement 1 as data is given for only top 4 companies.
Statement 2 is definitely true as top 4 companies have approximately 85% of total number of
distributors.
Total turnover of top 3 companies = 472 + 165 + 110 = Rs 747 crores

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Turnover of all other companies = 1950 - 747 = Rs 1203 crores

Number of companies in the direct selling business will be minimum if all companies other
than top 3 companies have turnover almost equal to the turnover of fourth company, ie Balife
1203
 Minimum number of companies (excluding top 3) =  15 .4  16
78
 Minimum number of companies = 16 + 3 = 19
 Statement 3 is definitely false.
16. 2;

.in
Year Ratio (approx) Percentage increase
1998 25000 -
1999 11500 -ve

ng
2000 15600 4100/115 > 30%
2001 17100 1500/156 < 10%

eri
2002 17400 300/17100 < 10%
17. 2; Only for Delhi, PSI has changed from 2 to –9, ie positive value to negative.
18. 4; City % Change in FEI
e
gin
1
Jaipur  100  100 %
24

K KUNDAN
5   16  2100
Bangalore  100   100%
En

5 5
11   2 1300
Mumbai  100   100 %
11 11
arn

1 8
Kolkata  100  700 %  100 %
1
1 6
Bhubaneshwar  100  500 %  100 %
Le

1
 17   11 600
Coimbatore  100   100 %
 17 17
w.

 16   13  300
Ahmedabad  100   100 %
 16 16
ww

 3   6  300
Delhi  100   100 %
3 3
Only Jaipur, Ahmedabad and Coimbatore have less than 100% change in FEI.
 Required number of cities = 8 – 3 = 5
19. 3; To have CCI more than 1, |FEI| must be greater than |PSI| during the given period. Only Delhi
has [FEI] more than |PSI|.
20. 2; FEI and PSI of Jaipur have decreased from (35, 24) to (17, 23) over the period.
Similarly, FEI and PSI of Mumbai, Bangalore and Delhi have decreased over the period.
 Total no. of cities = 4.

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Practice Exercise 3
Directions (Q. 1-5): Refer to the pie-charts below and answer the questions that follow.
Monthly income and expenditure for a semi-government institute

INCOM E EXPENDITURE

.in
Facilities
31%

Go vernment
Students 35%

ng
40%

eri
Wages Awards
55% 5%

Reno vation

Ins titute
e 9%
gin
25%

There are some constraints:

i) Income from students can be used for awards and facilities; otherwise it has to be kept aside.

K KUNDAN
ii) Renovation can be done only with donation from institute.
En

iii) Government and institute’s contributions do not increase even if any new course is intro-
duced for/till first 2 years.
1. If government’s contribution was Rs 10 lakh and the management could save Rs 60000, then
arn

what would be the expenditure on wages? (approximately)

1) Rs 1504000 2) Rs 1538000 3) Rs 1602000 4) Rs 1571000
2. The total income is Rs 35 × 106. The percentage utilization of the income from the students is
100% . If expenditure on awards and facilities is met only with income from students, then what is
Le

the total expenditure? (approximately)

1) Rs 31.5 × 106 2) Rs 35 × 106
6
3) Rs 39 × 10 4) Rs 40 × 106
w.

3. Approximately what is the ratio of the expenditure on facilities to that on wages?

1) 5 : 11 2) 11 : 6
3) 6 : 11 4) Cannot be determined
ww

4. If no money is spent on renovation then the income and the expenditure are the same, otherwise
there is a shortage of Rs 650000. Then what is the total income?
1) Rs 72 × 105 2) Rs 65.7 × 105 3) Rs 59.5 × 105 4) Rs 54.5 × 105
5. Students’ contribution is totally used in awards and facilities but Rs 2  10 6 is still left. Find the
total expenditure (in Rs).
1) 5  106 2) 7.5  10 6 3) 4×106 4) Data inadequate
Directions (Q. 6-10): Refer to the bar graph below and answer the questions that follow.
In the game of basketball, points for the correct throws are 1, 2 or 3. In a match the number of
attempts to basket the ball and accuracy are given for all players of the team below. Indian Railways’
players are A, B, C, D and E.

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

100 25

80 20

60 15

40 10

.in
20 5

A B C D E

ng
1-pointer attempts (%) 2-pointer attempts (%)

3-pointer attempts (%) Total number of attempts

eri
Accuracy
Player
1-pointer
e 2-pointer 3-pointer
gin
A 66.66 33.33 20
B 100 66.66 100

K KUNDAN
C 75 75 100
En

D 88.88 100 50
E 100 71.42 83.33
arn

6. How many points were scored by player A?

1) 13 2) 19 3) 21 4) 39
7. What was the accuracy of the most accurate player? (Accuracy means no. of baskets per attempt.)
1) 78% 2) 80%
Le

3) 83% 4) 87%
8. What percentage of total points was scored by player D?
1) 13% 2) 21% 3) 30% 4) 37%
w.

9. What percentage of total points was scored through 2-pointers?

1) 22% 2) 32% 3) 42% 4) 52%
10. Point scored by all players from 3-pointers is what percentage (approx.) more/less than those from
ww

2-pointers?
1) 15% more 2) 10% less
3) 15% less 4) 10% more
Directions (Q. 11-15): Refer to the graphs below and answer the questions that follow.
Graph (i) shows volumewise share of various companies in car market in India, for March 2004.
Graph (ii) shows total number of cars sold since October 2003 to March 2004.
Graph (iii) shows ratios of market prices of cars of the companies which are written next to each
 price of Bajaj car 
other, ie   = 0.66
 price of Toyota car 

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Graph (i)
Bajaj

Honda
M&M
Toyota

Maruti
Graph (ii) Graph (iii)

.in
Num ber of cars sold (in thousands)
80 2.5
2

ng
70
2
60
50 1.5

eri
40 1.1
30 1
0.66 0.625
20
0.5
10
e 0
gin
0 0
Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar Toyota Bajaj Maruti Honda M&M
2003 2003 2003 2004 2004 2004

K KUNDAN
11. What is the share of M&M in total sale (in Rs) of cars in March 2004?
En

1) 32% 2) 48% 3) 60% 4) Cannot be determined

12. If Toyota had 20% share in volume in November 2003, then what is the ratio of its sales (units) in
November 2003 to that in March 2004?
1) 11 : 10 2) 8 : 5 3) 44 : 25 4) None of these
arn

13. If a Honda car costs Rs 2.5 lakhs, then what were the sales of Bajaj cars in March 2004?
1) Rs 125 crores 2) Rs 160 crores 3) Rs 250 crores 4) Rs 300 crores
14. How many cars cost more than the average price of cars in March 2004 among the given group of
cars?
Le

1) 1 2) 2 3) 3 4) Cannot be determined
15. If the cost of Bajaj car is Rs 108000 less than that of M&M, then the income from the selling of a
car by Maruti is what % more/less than that by Honda in March 2004?
w.

1) 60% less 2) 50% less 3) 40% more 4) 25% less

Directions (Q. 16-20): The following table shows the percentage population above poverty line
and ratio of male to female above and below poverty line for states A, B, C, D and E in year 2003.
ww

% population above Ratio of male to female

Name of State
poverty line Below poverty line Above poverty line
A 72 4:3 4:5
B 64 8 : 10 9:7
C 56 6:5 13 : 15
D 84 7:9 11 : 10
E 76 5:7 9 : 10

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

16. In which state is the maximum male population below poverty line?
1) C 2) B
3) A 4) Can’t be determined
17. If the female population below poverty line in state D is 6.3 million, find the female population
above poverty line.
1) 38 million
2) 28 million
3) 40 million
4) 42 million

.in
18. If the female population above poverty line in state A is 3.6 million more than the female popula-
tion above poverty line in state D, find the difference between total population of State A and state
D.

ng
1) 9 million
2) 8 million
3) 10 million
4) Can’t say

eri
19. If the percentage of male population below poverty line in state C and state E together is 15% , find
the % male population above poverty line in states C and E together.
1) 45.2% 2) 32.4% 3) 37.8% 4) Can’t say

e
20. If the female population above poverty line in state C is greater than the female population above
gin
poverty line in state B, which of the following is definitely true?
1) Population of state C < population of state B
2) Population of state C > population at state B

K KUNDAN
3) Population of state C = population of state B
En

4) Can’t say

Answers and explanations

1. 2; Government’s contribution = 35% of the total income
arn

10 6  100
 Total income =  2857143
35
Savings = Rs 60000  Total expenditure = Total income - savings = 2857143 - 60000 = 2797143.
Expenditure on wages = 55% of total expenditure  1538429.
Le

2. 3; From condition (i), 100% income from students is utilized.

 income from students = expenditure on awards and facilities.
 40% of income = 36% of expenditure.
w.

100 40 6 6
 Expenditure = 36  100  35  10  388889  3900000  39  10
31 6
ww

3. 3; Facilities-to-wages ratio = 
55 11
4. 2; From the given information, total income = total expenditure - 9% of total expenditure
= total expenditure - 650000
100
=  650000  650000  6572222  6570000
9
5. 4; Let the total income be Rs x and total expenditure be Rs y.
According to the question,
40% of x – 36% of y = 2  105
But we can’t find the value of y.
Hence, data inadequate.

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

6-9:

No. of attempts for Number of baskets

Player Player
1-pointer 2-pointer 3-pointer 1-pointer 2-pointer 3-pointer

A 6 9 5 A 4 3 1

B 3 6 1 B 3 4 1

C 8 4 3 C 6 3 3

.in
D 9 3 6 D 8 3 3

ng
E 4 14 6 E 4 10 5

Total 30 36 21 Total 25 23 13

eri
6. 1; Points scored by player A = 4 × 1 + 3 × 2 + 1 × 3 = 4 + 6 + 3 = 13
Alternatively:
Player A has overall accuracy of around 40% with quite a low accuracy of 3 pointers.
With total 20 attempts, assuming average score of 2 per attempt, approximate score would be

7. 2;
0.4 × 2 × 20 = 16.
e
gin
P layer A B C D E

K KUNDAN
Accuracy 8/20 = 0.4 8/10 = 0.8 12/15 = 0.8 14/18 < 0.8 19/24 < 0.8
En

Players B and C have the maximum accuracy of 80% .

8. 2; Total points = 25 × 1 + 23 × 2 + 13 × 3 = 25 + 46 + 39 = 110
Points scored by player D = 8 × 1 + 3 × 2 + 3 × 3 = 23
arn

23
 Percentage of points scored by player D = 110  100  21 %
Alternatively:
Approximately 20% of total attempts were made by player D with the same accuracy (approxi-
Le

mately) as the other players except A, whose accuracy is quite low. Hence, player D must have
scored approximately 20% of total points.
9. 3; Number of points scored through 2-pointers = 2 × 23 = 46
w.

46
 Percentage of points through 2-pointers = 110  100  42 % .
ww

10. 3; Total points scored from 3-pointers = 13 × 3 = 39

Total points scored from 2-pointers = 23 × 2 = 46
46  39
Required percentage =  100  15 .2%
46
11. 1; From graph (iii)
Price of Bajaj 2 Price of Maruti
5 Price of Honda Price of M & M
 ; ;   2;  1.1
Price of Toyota 3 Price of Bajaj 8 Price of Maruti Price of Honda
 If price of Bajaj car is 8x, then prices of Toyota, Maruti, Honda and M&M cars are 12x, 5x, 10x
and 11x respectively.
From graph (i),

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Percentage shares of Honda and Toyota are 12.5% each while those of Bajaj, M&M and Maruti
are 25% each.
25
Sales of M&M cars (in value) in 2004 = 11x   50000
100
25 12.5
Total sales (in value) = (8x + 11x + 5x) × × 50000 + (12x + 10x) ×  50000
100 100
25 25
= (24x + 11x) × × 50000 = 35x × × 50000
100 100

.in
11
Percentage share of sales of M&M cars =  100  32 %
35

ng
20
 55
Sales of Toyota in November 2003 100 220 44
  
12. 3; Sales of Toyota in March 2004 12.5 125 25

eri
 50
100

2.5
13. 3; If a Honda car costs Rs 2.5 lakhs, then a Bajaj car will cost  0 .625  Rs 2 lakhs.

e 2
gin
25
Sales of Bajaj cars in March 2004 =  50000  2 = 25000 lakhs.
100
14. 3; Ratio of price of all the given companies is

K KUNDAN
Toyoto : Bajaj : Maruti : Honda : M & M
En

3 : 2
8 : 5
1 : 2
10 : 11
arn

 3  8  1  10 : 2  8  1  10  : 2  5  1  10  : 2  5  2  10  : 2  5  2  11
 240 : 160 : 100 : 200 : 220  12 : 8 : 5 : 10 : 11
Volumes of production of Toyota, Bajaj, Maruti, Honda and M&M in March 2004 are in the ratio
1:2:2:1:2
Le

Let x be present in the ratio of the price of each of the cars.

12x  1  8 x  2  5 x  2  10 x  1  11x  2 70 x
Average price in March 2004 =   8.75 x
1 2  2 1 2 8
w.

Therefore the prices of Toyota, Honda and M&M are greater than the average price of all cars in
March 2004.
15. 2; From solution (11) : Ratio of market prices is Bajaj : M&M = 8x : 11x
ww

 11x – 8x = 3x = 1,08,000
 x = 36,000
Now market price of Maruti = 5x = 180,000
Market price of Honda = 10x = 3,60,000
 required answer = 50% .
Quicker Approach:
Ratio of price of Honda to Maruti = 2 : 1
2 1
 Required ratio =  100  50 %
2
Note: There is no need of the cost of Bajaj car in March 2004.
16. 4; Total population of each of the states is not given. Hence data inadequate.

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

9
17. 2; part of 16%  6.3 million
16
 9%  6.3 milion
10 6.3
 part of 84% ie 40%   40  28 million.
21 9
18. 1; At first glance, data seems inadequate for the question.
Let total population of state A and state D be x and y respectively.
5

.in
Female population above poverty line in state A = part of 72% of x = 40% of x.
9
10
Female population above poverty line in state D = part of 84% of y = 40% of y.

ng
21
According to the question,
40% of x – 40% of y = 3.6

eri
 40% of x  y   3.6
 x  y = 9 million
Note: If percentages are different then we can’t solve the problem.

e
19. 2; Percentage male population below poverty line in state C =
6
part of 44% = 24%
gin
11
5
and that in state E = part of 24% = 10%
12

K KUNDAN
Combining both states, we have 15% male population below poverty line.
En

It means that 15% is the weighted mean of 10% and 24% .

C E
24% 10%
15%
arn

5 9
Therefore, total populations of C and E are in the ratio 5 : 9.
13
Now, % male population above poverty line in state C = part of 56% = 26%
Le

28
9
and that in state E = part of 76% = 36% .
19
w.

26  5  36  9 130  324 454

Required % =    32 .4%
59 14 14
20. 4; Let the total population of state C and state B be x and y respectively.
ww

According to the question,

15 7
part of 56% of x > part of 64% of y
28 16
 30% of x > 28% of y
 x > y or x < y or x = y.

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Practice Exercise 4
Directions (Q. 1-5): Read the information to solve the questions.

Num ber of bikes produced by Hero Honda Market share of bikes for year
2001 (Market Size - 1,50,000 bikes)
30000

.in
25000
20000 Others CD100
CD100
30% 35%
15000 Splendor

ng
10000 CBZ

5000 CBZ
Splendor
20%

eri
0 15%

K
2000 2001

e
1. If Hero Honda company wants all its CBZ which are produced in 2000 and 2001 to be sold then
what should have been the number of CBZ produced in 2001?
gin
1) 15,000 2) 18,000
3) 17,000 4) Indeterminable
2. If in 2001 Yamaha accounts for 8% of market share, what per cent of Others category does it
account for?
En

1) 24% 2) 25%

KUNDAN
2
3) 26 % 4) 28%
3
arn

3. If Hero Honda plans to launch a new model Crazy in 2002 and if the market increases by 20% and
the market share of Hero Honda increases by 10% , then what is the minimum number of Splen-
dor that needs to be produced to meet the demand?
1) 27,000 2) 25,000
Le

3) 25,500 4) Indeterminable
4. If in 2002 LML enters the market and is able to capure 30% of the 50,000 market then what is the
percentage difference between market share of LML and Splendor? (assuming percentage mar-
w.

ket share of Hero Honda models and Others is the same as in the previous year)
1) 24.5%
2) 19.5%
ww

3) 12%
4) None of these
5. If the market share of Others remains the same, what is the total number of Bajaj bikes sold in
2001, if Bajaj enters as a new player in market in 2001 and has the same market share as Hero
Honda?
1) 52,500 2) 53,500
3) 52,000 4) 54,000
Directions (Q. 6-11): Following graph gives details about the fortunes of the company Mul-
tiple Investment. Productivity is given here as the produced value per employee in ’00000 $.
Profitability is defined here as the profit as a percentage of produced value. The number of em-

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

ployees is given in ’00s.

19
17
15
13
11
9
7
5

.in
91 92 93 94 95

Profitability Productivity No. of employees

ng
6. What was the percentage change in the production in the given period for Multiple Investment?
1) 78% 2) 86% 3) 68% 4) 92%
7. Which year showed the sharpest change in production?

K eri
1) 92 2) 93 3) 94 4) 95
8. Which year showed the sharpest increase in profits?
1) 92 2) 93 3) 94 4) 95

e
9. In which year were the profits per employee the highest?
gin
1) 91 2) 93 3) 94 4) 95
10. In how many years has the profitability shown an inverse trend to that of the number of employ-
ees?
1) 0 2) 1 3) 2 4) 3
En

11. Which of the following years has the lowest profits per employee?
1) 92 2) 93 3) 94 4) 95

KUNDAN
Directions (Q. 12-16): The tabular data given below gives the information about the adult
arn

population (in lacs) in the four different regions of a city in 1996 along with the death and birth
rates in the respective regions.

Region I Region II Region III Region IV

Le

Male 12 8 14 22
Female 10 11 9 12
Birth Rate 5% 8% 12% 3%
w.

Death Rate 0.5% 2% 1% 3%

12. What was the total adult population of all the four regions combined?
ww

1) 81 2) 83 3) 85 4) 98
13. What was the number of deaths in the given year for regions I and II? (in thousands)
1) 35 2) 43 3) 49 4) 54
14. Which region had the highest population growth rate in the given year?
1) Region I 2) Region II
3) Region III 4) Region IV
15. Which region had the highest number of births?
1) Region I 2) Region II
3) Region III 4) Region IV
16. Which region had the lowest number of deaths?
1) Region I 2) Region II 3) Region III 4) Region IV

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Directions (Q. 17-20): Refer to table below and answer the questions that follow.
BSNL announced a cut in STD rates on 27.12.2001. The new rates and slabs are given in the
table below and are to be implemented from 14.01.2002. Assume you are given this question
on 01.01.2002.

Rates (Rs/min)
Distance
Peak Rates Off Peak
(in km)
Old New Old New

.in
50-200 4.8 2.4 1.2 1.2
200-500 11.6 4.8 3.00 2.4

ng
500-1000 17.56 9.00 4.5 4.5
>1000 17.56 9.00 6.00 4.5
17. The maximum percentage reduction in costs will be experienced for calls over which of the follow-

eri
ing distance (in km)?

K
1) 50-200 2) 200-500 3) 500-1000 4) >1000
18. The percentage difference in the cost of a set of telephone calls made on the 13th and 14th

e
January having durations of 4 minutes over a distance of 350 km, 3 minutes for a distance of 700
km, and 3 minutes for a distance of 1050 km is (if all the three calls are made in peak times)
gin
1) 51.2% 2) 51.75% 3) 59.8% 4) Can’t be determined
19. If one of the three calls in Q. 18 were made in an off peak time on both days, then the percentage
reduction in the total cost of the calls between 13th and 14th January will
1) Definitely reduce
En

2) Definitely increase
3) Depend on which particular call was made in off peak time

KUNDAN
4) Can’t be determined
20. A person talks for a certain no. of minutes at peak rates and off peak rates on 13.01.2002 for 50-
arn

200 km distance such that his averge cost of talking per minute is Rs 3.7/minute. Find the least
time that he talked (assuming he talks only in multiples of a minute).
1) 27 minutes 2) 43 minutes 3) 36 minutes 4) Can’t say
Answers and explanations
Le

1. 4; We don’t know the market share of 2000. We can’t find the number of CBZ sold in year 2000.
2. 3; x% of 30% of total = 8% of total
8  100 2
w.

x   26 %
30 3
3. 4; We don’t know the percentage distribution of Hero Honda models in 2002.
ww

15
4. 2; % market share of LML = 30% and percentage share of Splendor =  70  10 .5%
100
Required percentage difference = 30 – 10.5 = 19.5%
5. 1; Others have 30% share.
Bajaj has 35% share.
Hero Honda has 35% share (as percentage shares of Bajaj and Hero Honda are the same).
and 35% of 150000 = 52500.
6. 1; Production = Productivity × No. of employee
70
The increase was from 9 × 10 = 90 to 16 × 10 = 160. So 100  78% .
90
7. 4; In 1995 both the productivity and the number of employees showed the sharpest increases.

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Since the production is given as the product of these two, ’95 had the sharpest incease in
production.
 
8. 2; Profit in 1991 = 12% of 9  105  10  10 2  1080  105

Profit in 1992 = 11% of 8  10  12  10   1056  10

5 2 5

Profit in 1993 = 12% of 8.5  10  13  10   1326  10

5 2 5

Profit in 1994 = 10% of 8.5  10  15  10   1275  10

5 2 5

Profit in 1995 = 10% of 10  10  16  10   1600  10

5 2 5

.in
1326  1056
% change in profit for 1992-93 =  100  25 .56 % .
1056

ng
1600  1275
% change in profit for 1994-95 =  100  25 .50 % .
1275
9. 1; See the previous soln.

K eri
Profit per employee in year 1991 is maximum.
10. 3; In ’92 and ’94 the trends shown by productivity and number of employees were inverse.
11. 3; In ’92 the profit per employee was 1056/12, and in ’94 the value was 1275/15. The value of ’94
is the smaller one.
e
12. 4; Simply add up all the figures of the male and female populations of the four regions and the
gin
answer comes to 98 lacs. Otherwise the numbers are all odd except 98, and from the figures,
there are two odd numbers; therefore the sum has to be even.
13. 3; To find the number of deaths of region I and II, just find 0.5% of 22 and 2% of 19. The sum comes
to 49 thousand.
En

14. 3; The highest growth rate is of region III, which is 12 - 1 = 11% .

15. 3; Region III, which has a population of 23 lacs and a birth rate of 12% , will have the highest

KUNDAN
number of births.
16. 1; The lowest number of deaths is of region I, which is 0.5% of 22 lacs.
arn

17. 2; Clearly, for 200-500 km distance there is maximum percentage reduction.

4  11.6  3  17.56  3  17.56  4  4.8  3  9  3  9
18. 2; Required % = × 100
4  11.6  3  17.56  3  17.56
Le

151 .76  73 .2 78 .56

  100   100  51 .75 %
151 .76 151 .76
19. 1; Definitely reduce.
w.

20. 3; On 13.01.2002 old rate was applicable.

Rs 3.7/minute is the weighted mean of Rs 4.8/min and Rs 1.2/minute.
Peak rate Off peak
ww

4.8 1.2
3.7
2.5 1.1
 25 : 11
Since 25:11 can’t be simplified further,
Therefore the least time that he talked = 25 + 11 = 36 minutes.

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Practice Exercise 5
Directions (Q. 1-5): Refer to the charts below and answer the questions that follow.
Figure (i) Figure (ii)
Total custom ers = 1350000

AT&T

.in
BPL
Idea 8%
20%
9%

ng
Dolphin
15% Orange
13%

K eri
Airtel Reliance
17% 18%

e
Figure (iii)
gin
5

4
En

KUNDAN 2
arn

0
Le

0 4 6 8 10

Orange BPL Dolphin Airtel Reliance

Figure (i) shows share of various telecom companies in Indian market.
w.

Figure (ii) shows % of pre-paid and post-paid customers of various plans of various companies.
Figure (iii) shows average number of SMS sent in a day (x-axis) by customers and its cost in Rs (y-
axis).
ww

1. What is the ratio of the number of BPL pre-paid plan 2 customers to the number of Idea post-paid
plan C customers?
1) 9 : 10 2) 10 : 9 3) 40 : 9 4) 9 : 40
2. Which of the following is true?
I. The total income of Airtel through SMS in a day is Rs 33 lakhs.
II. The number of Dolphin pre-paid plan 1 customers is equal to that of AT&T post-paid plan C
customers.
III. The amount collected by Reliance through SMS is greater than that by Orange, in a week.
IV. The number of Orange post-paid customers is equal to the number of Idea pre-paid customers.
1) Only I 2) Only I and III 3) Only II and IV 4) Only I, III and IV
3. What is the difference between the number of BPL post-paid plan A customers and that of Idea pre-

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

paid plan 3 customers?

1) 0.79 lakh 2) 0.87 lakh 3) 0.95 lakh 4) 1.13 lakhs
4. Orange and BPL pre-paid customers send 4 SMS in a day. Then what is the approximate ratio of
the incomes of Orange and BPL from SMS service given to post-paid customers?
1) 1 : 2 2) 2 : 3 3) 1 : 3 4) 2 : 5
5. Reliance announced an attractive offer for pre-paid customers and 20% of BPL post-paid custom-
ers accepted this new offer. Then what would be the ratio of the numbers of pre-paid and post-paid
customers for Reliance?
1) 5 : 13 2) 5 : 7 3) 7 : 9 4) 7 : 13

.in
Directions (Q. 6-10): Refer to the bar-graphs below and answer the questins that follow.
Movement of share prices of four companies in five trading sessions and the volumes on these
sessions.

ng
Share Price
70
65

eri
Goetze Raasi Cement Kesoram Cement Tata Telecom

K
60
55
(Rs.)

50
45
e
gin
40
35
31.7.97 1.8.97 4.8.97 5.8.97 6.8.97
En

Volumes
20000

N KUNDAN
18000
arn

16000
(Units)

14000
12000
10000
Le

8000
31.7.97 1.8.97 4.8.97 5.8.97 6-8.97
w.

Goetze Raasi Cement Kesoram Cement T ata T elecom

6. Which of the following scrips shows the highest increase in the share price between 31/7 and 6/
8 and by how much?
ww

1) Goetze  9.5 2) Raasi  11

3) Tata Telecom  7 4) Kesoram  10
7. Which of the following scrips clocks the highest turnover on 31/7?
(Turnover = Volume × Share price)
1) Goetze 2) Raasi 3) Kesoram 4) Tata Telecom
8. Which of the following sets of scrips has shown an increase in volumes from 31/7 to 6/8?
1) Goetze, Raasi 2) Raasi, Kesoram
3) Kesoram, Goetze 4) Raasi, Tata Telecom
9. What is the percentage change in the turnover of Tata Telecom from 31/7 to 6/8?
1) -5% 2) -9% 3) 5% 4) 9%

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

10. The price of which of the following scrips shows the highest percentage increase from 31/7 to 6/
8?
1) Goetze 2) Raasi 3) Kesoram 4) Tata Telecom
Directions (Q. 11-15): Refer to the pie-charts below and answer the questions that follow.
YEAR 1999-2000
BREAK-UP OF NATIONAL INCOME AND NATIONAL EXPENDITURE

RUPEE EARNED RUPEE SPENT

Indus trial

.in
develo pment Adminis tr-
Agriculture External
14% atio n
23% bo rro wings 23%
9% Debt
s ervicing

ng
8%

Internal
borro wings Direct taxes Defence
17%

eri
18% 11%
Others

K
12%

Excis e
Cus to ms
12% e Agriculture
gin
21% 32%

debt servicing cost

11. If debt service ratio = , by what percentage should agricultural income rise
national income
En

(keeping all other incomes constant) so as to bring the debt-service ratio to 7.5% ?
1) 7% 2) 29% 3) 40% 4) 125%

KUNDAN
12. If it is known that out of total external borrowings, 65% is spent on industrial development, 28%
arn

on defence, and the rest on debt servicing, then what is the component of foreign finance in
industrial development? (Assume rupees earned = rupees spent)
1) 74% 2) 53% 3) 42% 4) 27%
13. If the total collection by way of direct taxes in 1999-2000 was estimated at Rs 123,000 million, how
Le

much extra money was pumped into the agricultural sector during 1999-2000? (Assume rupees
earned = rupees spent)
1) Rs 20,000 million 2) Rs 47,000 million 3) Rs 61,500 million 4) Rs 72,000 million
14. If the internal borrowings are to be decreased by 50% , by what per cent should the rupee earned
w.

from other resources be increased if external borrowings cannot be increased?

1) 14.5% 2) 20% 3) 30% 4) 17%
15. If the sectoral allocation is to change so that our country spends as much on industrial develop-
ww

ment as on agriculture (with total spending on industrial development and agriculture remaining
the same), then the allocation of agricultural sector should reduce by approximately
1) 28.13% 2) 17% 3) 36% 4) 28%

Answers and explanations

Number of BPL prepaid plan 2 customers 0.2  0.1 10
1. 2; = 
Number of Idea postpaid plan C customers 0.09  0.2 9
2. 2; Number of Airtel customers = 0.17 × 1850000
Total income of Airtel through SMS = 7 × 1.5 × 0.17 × 1850000  33,00,000
 Statement I is true.

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Percentage of Dolphin pre-paid plan 1 customers = 15 × 0.15 = 2.25%

Percentage of AT&T post-paid plan C customers = 8 × 0.15 = 1.2%
 Statement II is false.
Amount collected by Reliance through SMS in a week (A) = 0.18 × 1850000 × 1 × 8 × 7
Amount collected by Orange through SMS in a week (B) = 0.13 × 1850000 × 1.5 × 3 × 7
A > B  Statement III is true.
Percentage of Orange post-paid customers = 0.13 × 40 = 5.2% .
Percentage of Idea pre-paid customers = 0.09 × 40 = 3.6%
 Statement IV is false.
3. 4; Number of BPL post-paid A customers = 0.2 × 0.35 × 1850000

.in
Number of IDEA pre-paid plan 3 customers = 0.09 × 0.1 × 1850000
 Difference = (0.07 - 0.009) × 1850000 = 0.061 × 1850000  1.13 lakhs.
4. 1; Orange and BPL pre-paid customers send 4 SMS in a day.

ng
3  100  4  60
 Average number of SMS sent in a day by Orange post-paid customers =  1.5
40
6  100  4  30 48

eri
Averate number of SMS sent in a day by BPL post-paid customers = 

K
70 7
Income from Orange post - paid customers 15
.  15
.  13  40 13  90 39 1
 = 48   
Income from BPL post - paid customers
e 7
 2.5  20  70 2400 80 2
gin
5. 3; In overall customer base, percentage of Reliance pre-paid customers = 18 × 0.35 = 6.3%
Percentage of Reliance post-paid customers = 18 × 0.65 = 11.7%
Increase in Reliance pre-paid customers in terms of percentage of overall customer base
En

70 20
= 20    2.8%
100 100

N KUNDAN
 New percentage of Reliance prepaid customers = 6.3 + 2.8 = 9.1%
91
. 7
arn

 Ratio =  .
11.7 9
6. 2; By observation, Raasi Cement shows the highest increase in the share price.
7. 2; By observation, it is either Tata or Raasi.
Le

Tata’s turnover = 20,000 × 42 = Rs 840,000

Raasi’s turnover = 15,000 × 58 = Rs 870,000
Hence, Raasi’s turnover is highest on 31/7.
8. 3; By observation, it is Goetze and Kesoram.
w.

9. 3; Tata’s turnover on 31/7 was Rs 840,000. On 6/8, it was 49 × 18,000 = Rs 882,000.

882000  840000
Percentage change =  5%
840000
ww

10. 3; By observation, it is either Raasi or Kesoram.

69  58
For Raasi, % increase =  19%
58
50  415.
For Kesoram, % increase =  20%
415
.
Debt servicing cost
11. 2; Debt service ratio =
National Income
8
To bring down the ratio from 8% to 7.5% , national income must rise by ,
7.5

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

16 1
ie  100  6.67%
times, ie by
15 15
All other income except Agriculture remains constant.
6.67
Agricultural income should rise by  100  29%
23
12. 3; External borrowing = 9% of resources available.
65% of external borrowings spent on industrial development
65

.in
=  9%  5.85% of total resources.
100
Assuming the budget to be a zero-deficit one, ie rupee earned - rupee spent = 0, we find the
proportion of foreign finance (external borrowings) in industrial development

ng
5.85
=  100  42% .
14
13. 3; Again, assuming a zero-deficit budget, 18% of rupee earned = 123,000 million.

eri
9

K
Extra money pumped = 32% - 23% = 9% , which is  123,000 = Rs 61,500 million..
18
14. 1; Internal borrowings are decreased by 50% .
 Internal borrowings = 0.5 × 17 = 8.5
e
gin
External borrowings cannot be increased.
8.5
 Rupee earned by other resources should increase by  100 = 14.5%
74
15. 1; Total spend on agriculture and industry = 32 + 14 = 46%
En

 If total spendings on industry and agriculture are the same then 23% will be spent on each.
9

KUNDAN
 Required reduction =  100  2813%
.
32
arn
Le
w.
ww

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Practice Exercise 6
Directions (Q. 1-4): These questions are based on the graphs given below.
Percentagewise break-up of the shareholding pattern of United Lever
(for the period 20th Nov to 20th Dec 2003)

FII Others

.in
4% 14%

GDR
General Motors
2%

ng
(GM)
42%

eri
Mutual

K
Funds/Banks
38%

e
gin
GDR = Global Depository Receipts
FII = Foreign Institutional Investors
Market value of a United Level share from Market value of a General Motors share from
20th Nov to 20th Dec of 2003 (in $) 20th Nov to 20th Dec of 2003 (in $)
En

370 450

KUNDAN
350
400
arn

330
350
310
290 300
270
Le

250
250
230 200
w.

20th Nov 27th Nov 4th Dec 12th Dec 20th Dec 20th Nov 27th Nov 4th Dec 12th Dec 20th Dec

1. What is the percentage increase in the value of GM’s holding in United Lever from 10th Dec 2002
to 10th Dec 2003, given that the value of GM’s holding in United Lever as on 10th Dec 2002 was
ww

124.88 million dollars and the difference in the value of the shares of United Lever held in the
form of GDRs and that of those held by FIIs as on 15th Dec 2003 was 17.84 million dollars?
1) 100% 2) 200% 3) 300% 4) Cannot be determined
2. What is the number of shares of United Lever held by ‘Others’ as on 20th Dec 2003, given that the
difference in the value of the shares of United Lever held by GM and Mutual Funds/Banks as on
20th Dec 2003 was 250 million dollars?
1) 2.75 million 2) 3 million 3) 3.5 million 4) Cannot be determined
3. Which of the following statements are true as per the graphs given?
1) The market value of a United Lever share is directly proportional to the market value of a
General Motors share.
2) The peak value attained by the United Lever share is exactly 80% of the peak value of the

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

General Motors share during the period 20th Nov to 20th Dec 2003.
3) The percentage decrease in the value of the United Lever scrip from 12th Dec to 20th Dec 2003
is less than the percentage decrease in the value of the GM scrip from 27th Nov to 20th Dec
2003.
4) None of these
4. The number of shares held by Mutual Funds/Banks on 29th Dec is what % more/less than the
number of shares held by Others on 12th Dec in United Lever?
1) 39% more 2) 17% less 3) 24% more 4) Can’t be determined
Directions (Q. 5-9): These questions are based on the table given below.

.in
Kerb
Fuel Price on Fuel
No. of Engine Max. Front Rear Boot Tyre Wt
tank Road (in consu-

ng
Model cylin- displace- Power Suspe- Suspe- space Size (in (with
cap. Rs lakh mption
ders ment (cc) (bhp) nsion nsion (litres) mm) Fuel in
(litres) in Delhi) (km/L)
kg)

eri
M800 8 796 39 60 H LS 120 90 1.8 20 740
Zen
Alto

K 16
8
997
997
55
45
50
50
LS
LS
e
MS
MS
150
90
90
80
3.4
3
15
10
900
850
gin
Santro 8 1016 60 30 LS H 140 100 3.3 25 950
Palio 8 1457 60 80 LS ITA 160 100 3.7 10 1200
Matiz 8 796 58 100 LS LS 100 80 3.4 10 1000
En

Indica 8 980 62 120 LS MS 140 80 3 35 1400

KUNDAN
Siena 16 1600 100 140 MS ITA 250 90 4.5 10 1500
Corsa 16 1392 70 200 MS ITA 230 110 4.8 10 1400
arn

Astra 16 1810 80 300 H MS 300 110 5.2 15 1500

Mondeo 16 2600 120 100 H MS 600 120 9.6 6 1750
Le

Sonata 16 2600 120 250 MS ITA 750 120 13.5 8 2200

Ikon 16 2400 90 170 H MS 750 100 6.2 12 1300
w.

Baleno 8 1900 65 290 MS MS 800 90 7.5 10 1750

Mercedes 16 3800 220 420 MS LS 1100 140 35 5 3000
Bolero 16 3500 140 300 LS LS 1600 150 5.3 8 3500
ww

Armada 16 2500 90 250 ITA ITA 1800 160 7 14 2200

Corolla 16 2200 130 200 LS MS 800 120 18.6 15 1800
Octavia 8 2300 170 175 MS ITA 900 110 12.1 12 2000
H = Hydraulic; LS = Leaf Spring; MS = Mcpherson Struts; ITA = Independent Trailing Arm
Engine displacement (in cc)
5. If Cylinder size (in cc) = , what is the maximum cylinder size among
Number of Cylinders
the vehicles having a maximum power of less than 100 BHP?
1) 124.6 2) 237.5 3) 182.1 4) 287.5

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

6. What percentage of the cars given in the table cannot finish a rally race which involves 2 legs
each of length 900 km, given that each car is allowed to refuel only once during the rally after the
start (all cars start the rally with a full tank of fuel)?
1) 25% 2) 26% 3) 27% 4) 28%
7. How many cars here have a boot space-to-fuel tank capacity ratio of more than 2.9 and whose
price is less than Rs 8 lacs?
1) 9 2) 8 3) 7 4) 5
8. If all the cars are ranked on the basis of the number of revolutions of the tyre required to cover a
distance of 1 km (top ranker makes the least number of revolutions), then find the average fuel

.in
consumption for the top six ranked cars?
1) 11.66 km/litre 2) 9.33 km/litre 3) 10.20 km/litre 4) 6.54 km/litre
9. What is the ratio of the number of vehicles which have a kerb weight of less than 1200 kg and also

ng
use at least one leaf spring in their suspension to the number of vehicles whose engine displace-
ment (in cc) is more than their kerb weight (in kg)?
1) 5 : 14 2) 1 : 3 3) 2 : 5 4) 6 : 13

eri
Directions (Q. 10-13): These questions are based on the table and the graph given below.

K
Statistics of Credit Card Expenditure (CCE) and Personal Consumption Expenditure (PCE) for
various countries
Country
e
P CE (billion $) CCE as % of PCE*
gin
India 320 0.5
South Korea 214 36.0
Taiwan 195 12.0
En

Indonesia 100 1.8

KUNDAN
Hong Kong 96 19.0
arn

Thailand 64 4.0
Philippines 60 2.7
Malaysia 38 11.5
Le

Singapore 12 40.0
Statistics regarding Credit Card usage in various countries
w.

3000
Credit card spending per card

2500 2500
ww

2000 2000
(in $)

1500 1500
1250
1000 750 1000
500 750
500 500

0
India Taiw an Indonesia Hong Thailand Philippines Malaysia Singapore South
Kong Korea
Nam e of country

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

* All cards are used only for PCE.

Note: PCE is part of Gross Domestic Expenditure.
10. Assuming that every card holder has only one card, what is the total number of credit card holders
in India?
1) 3.2 lacs 2) 4 million 3) 7.5 lacs 4) None of these
11. If the Gross Domestic Expenditure (GDE) of the country whose CCE as a percentage of PCE is the
highest, is Rs 2,400 billion dollars, then what percentage of the GDE of that country is spent
through credit cards?
1) 40% 2) 20% 3) 2% 4) 0.2%

.in
12. What is the female population of Thailand given that the number of males and the number of
females in Thailand are in the ratio of 3 : 1 and the number of credit cards in Thailand is 40% of
the total population?

ng
1) 2.56 million 2) 3.2 million 3) 0.8 million 4) Cannot be determined
13. What is the value of the global gold market provided that India accounts for a sixth of it and 20% of
the card spend in India is on purchase of gold, which in turn accounts for 5% of the total gold
purchased in India?

K eri
1) $ 22.6 billion 2) $ 60.5 billion 3) $ 38.4 billion 4) Cannot be determined
Directions (Q. 14-18): Refer to the chart below and answer the questions that follow.

e
The given diagram shows the number of hours taken to complete the various activities involved
in constructing a house. Also, the sequence of the letters shows which activity is preceded strictly
gin
by which activity. For example, flooring takes 4 hours and can be done only after joisting.
En

KUNDAN
arn
Le

RA
FT
E RS
w.

14. If a certain sequence of operations must take exactly one day, what operation must follow ‘FOUND’?
ww

1) Walls 2) Joists 3) Pour 4) Scape

15. In the sequence which takes one day, the process of roofing is replaced with the process of floor-
ing. What relation does the time taken now have with the time taken in the minimum time-
taking sequence?
1) Greater than the minimum time-taking sequence
2) Less than the minimum time-taking sequence
3) Both are equal
4) No relation
16. If A and I are always to be included, which of these are essential operations?
1) Dig 2) Found
3) Scape 4) There is more than one essential operation.

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

17. If all the operations are to be covered such that one always moves from node to node, and no
operation is repeated, then which node will one end at, if the conditions given in the question are
followed?
1) H 2) F 3) I 4) Such a sequence is not possible.
18. What is the time taken by the sequence requiring the maximum time as a percentage of the time
taken by all the operations together?
1) 48% 2) 50% 3) 46% 4) 44%
Directions (Q. 19-23): Refer to the charts below and answer the questions that follow.
Transport of goods in India in 2001 Commodities Transported

.in
(in Rs crores)

Railw ays Minerals

23475 Others 45°

ng
Water 85°
7328
Metal

eri
Others Products
3577 80°

K Roads
Air
e
Food
Products
90°
White
Goods
gin
3079 60°
28493

Zonal Distribution of Railways

En

Northern Railway 17%

KUNDAN
Western Railway 33%
arn

Southern Railway 26%

Eastern Railway 15%
North-Eastern Railway 9%
Le

19. What is the central angle corresponding to water in the pie-chart showing various modes of
transport?
1) 36° 2) 40° 3) 45° 4) 60°
w.

20. What per cent of the total transport of goods in India is contributed by Northern Railway?
1) 6% 2) 5% 3) 7.5% 4) Cannot be determined
21. If 40% of white goods are transported by roads, what per cent of goods transported by roads consist
ww

of white goods?
1) 26% 2) 55.5% 3) 38.5% 4) 15.5%
22. If half of the minerals are transported by Eastern Railway, what per cent of goods carried by East-
ern Railway consists of food products, white goods and metal products?
1) 26% 2) 74% 3) 48% 4) Cannot be determined
23. In 2002, due to an increase in economic activity, total transporation of goods increases by 7% but
the distribution of goods transported remains the same. Transport by Railways increases by 15%
and the share of Western Railway increases to 38% . If 60% of goods transported by Western Rail-
way consists of Food Products, what per cent of Food Products are transported by Western Railway?
1) 50% 2) 22% 3) 35% 4) 38%

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Answers and explanations

1. 2; Difference in GDR and FII in 2003 is 17.84 mn dollars, which represents 2% of United Lever’s
total share value.
 1% = $ 8.92 mn
 100% of United Lever in 2003 = $ 892 mn
892  42
 GM’s holding in 2003 =  $ 374 .64 mn
100
374.64  124.88
Increase in value of GM’s holding from 2002 to 2003 =  100  200%

.in
124.88
2. 3; Difference in the holding of GM and MF/Banks = 4%
4% of holding = $ 250 mn

ng
250  100
 100% of holding =  $6250 mn
4
Value of 1 United Lever share on 20th Dec 2003 = $ 250

eri
6250 mn $

K
 Total no. of shares of United Lever on 20th Dec 2003 =  25 mn
250 $
25  14
Number of shares held by others =
100
e
 3.5 million.
gin
3. 3; Clearly, the market value of United Lever is not in tandem with GM market value. Hence
choice (1) is false.
Peak value of United Lever is 330 as against peak value of GM, which is 400. The percentage is
more than 80% .
En

Hence choice (2) is also false.

The percentage decrease in United Lever from 12th Dec to 20th Dec

KUNDAN
80 8
   100  25 %
arn

330 33
100
The percentage decrease of GM from 27th Nov to 20th Dec is  100 = 25%
400
United Lever scrip’s decrease is less than GM’s decrease.
Le

4. 4; Since the total value of shares of United Lever on 20th Dec and 12th Dec is not given, hence
data inadequate.
5. 2; For Torque to be maximum the value of Engine Capacity should be as high as possible and the
w.

number of cylinders as low as possible.

This is true in the case of Baleno.
1900
Torque =  237.5
ww

8
6. 2; The total distance of 1800 km has to be covered using only one refuelling. For example for M800
Total distance travelled on Full Tank = 60 × 20 = 1200
 M800 can cover a distance of 2400 km on one additional fuelling.
The number of cars that can complete the rally is 14.
The number of cars that cannot finish the rally is 5.
5
 % of cars that do not finish the rally = 19  100  26 .31 %
7. 4; By inspection, the number of cars satisfying the condition is 5.
8. 2; The car that requires the least number of revolutions has the largest tyre size. Hence cars with
the maximum tyre size are ranked from 1-6. The cars that get this ranking are Armada (1),

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Bolero (2), Mercedes E-320 (3). Corolla, Sonata and Mondeo have equal tyre size and hence
complete the top six.
14  8  5  15  6  8
Average fuel consumption = = 9.33 km/litre
6
9. 2; The number of vehicles where weight is less than 1200 kg and which use a Leaf Spring in their
suspension is 5. The number of vehicles whose engine displacement is more than their kerb
weight is 15.
 The ratio is 5 : 15 = 1 : 3
320  0.5

.in
10. 4; Total amount spent through cards = = $ 1.6 bn
100
$1.6 bn
Average amount spent per card in India =

ng
$500
16000  100000
Total number of cards =
500

eri
Total number of cards = 3200000 = 3.2 mn

K
(1 bn = 1000 mn; 1 mn = 10 lacs)
11. 4; Country with highest card spend percentage is Singapore.

Total amount spent by cards =

12  40
e
 $4.8 bn
gin
100
4.8
Amount spent by cards as a percentage of GDE =  100  0.2%
2400
En

64  4
12. 3; For Thailand, amount spent by credit cards =  $2.56 bn
100

KUNDAN
$2.56 bn
 Total number of credit cards =
arn

$2000
25600  100000
 Total number of credit cards = = 1280000 = 12.8 lacs
2000
Credit cards are 40% of total population
Le

12.8  100
 Total population =  32 lacs
40
w.

32  1
 Number of females =  8 lacs = 0.8 mn
4
320  0.5
ww

13. 3; Total amount spent by card in India =  $1.6 bn

100
$1600 mn  20
Gold purchased through credit cards =  $320 mn
100
$ 320 mn is 5% of the Indian gold market.
320  100
 Total value of gold purchased in India =  $6400 mn
5
India is 1/6 of the Global Market.
 Global mrket = 6400 × 6 = $ 38400 mn = $ 38.4 bn
14. 3; The sequence which takes a total time of 24 hours is A – B – C – E – G – H – I.

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

In this path, the operation POUR follows FOUND.

15. 3; The given sequence takes 24 hours. If the process of roofing is replaced with that of flooring, it
now takes 21 hours. The sequence which takes minimum time takes 21 hours (A - B - C - E - I).
Thus, both are equal.
16. 4; If A and I are to be included, any sequence taken must always include ‘DIG’ and ‘FOUND’. Thus
there is more than one essential operation.
17. 4; A sequence which covers all operations in such a way that no operation is repeated is a se-
quence like A – B – C – E – C – D – F – H – G – E – I – H. However, the question specifies that E
cannot precede C.

.in
18. 2; Time taken by sequence requiring maximum time = 26 hours. (A-B-C-E-G-H-I)
Total time for all operations = 52 hours.
26
Required percentage = × 100 = 50%

ng
52
19. 2; Total goods transported by all modes = Rs 65952 crores
Central angle corresponding to ‘Water’ in the pie chart showing various modes of transport

eri
7328

K
= × 360° = 40°.
65952
20. 1; Northern Railway forms 17% of total goods transported by railways in India.
17 23475  100 e
gin
 Required percentage = 100  65952
= 6%

60 40
21. 4; White goods transported by roads    65952 = Rs 4396.8 crores
360 100
En

4396 .8
White goods as percentage of goods transported by road =  100 15 .5% .

KUNDAN
28493
22. 4; The composition of various goods transported by Eastern Railway is not given. Although the
arn

question includes Food Products, White Goods and Metal Products, the share of ‘other’ goods is
not known.
23. 3; Total transport of goods = 65952 × 1.07 = 70568.64 crores
Le

90
Transport of food products = 70568.6 × = 17642.16 crores
360
Transport of goods by Railways = 23475 × 1.15 = Rs 26996.25 crores
w.

38
Transport of goods by Western Railway = 26996.25 ×  10258 .58 crores.
100
Food Products transported by Western Railway = 60% of 10258.58 = 6155.15 crores
ww

6155 .15
 Percentage of Food Products transported by Western Railway =  100  35 % .
17642 .16

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Practice Exercise 7
Direction (1-5): The bar graphs give the percentage increase in income and expenditure of
various types of banks during a period of 2 years. Refer to the graphs to answer the questions
that follow.

% increase in incom e over the last year % increase in expenditure over the last year

.in
50
44
50 44 45 42
45 1998-99 1999-00
40 1998-99 1999-00
40 37
35

ng
35
30
30
25
25 20
17 20 17
20 15 15
14 13 12

eri
15 12 15 11
9
10 10
4
5 5

K
0 0
PSU Banks Old Pvt
Banks
New Pvt
Banks
Foreign
Banks e PSU Banks Old Pvt Banks New Pvt
Banks
Foreign
Banks
gin
1. Let the income of the PSU Banks in 1997-98 be equal to Rs 500000 crores. If the expenditure of
PSU Banks in 1999-00 is equal to the income of PSU Banks in 1997-98, then the income of PSU
Banks in 1999-00 will be what per cent more than the expenditure of these Banks in 1998-99?
En

1) 32% 2) 44%
3) 56% 4) 64%
2. If the expenditure of Foreign Banks in 1997-98 is equal to their income in that year and is equal

KUNDAN
arn

to Rs 30000 crores then, in 1999-00, what is the difference in income and expenditure for the
foreign Banks?
1) Rs 1500 crores 2) Rs 2000 crores
3) Rs 15000 crores 4) Rs 20000 crores
Le

3. Let the income of New Pvt. Banks in 1998-99 be Rs 4000 crores. If the expenditure of New Pvt.
Banks in 1998-99 is the same as their income then the difference in incomes of New Pvt. Banks
in 1998-99 and 1999-00 will be what per cent of the difference of expenditures of New Pvt. Banks
in 1998-99 and 1999-00?
w.

1) 52% 2) 76%
3) 84% 4) 118%
4. In 1998-99, if the income of PSU Banks is twice the expenditure of Foreign Banks then what will
ww

be the ratio of the income of PSU Banks to the expenditure of Foreign Banks in 1999-00?
1) 1 : 2 2) 21 : 10
3) 5 : 1 4) 1 : 5
5. In 1998-99, if the income of Foreign Banks is four times their expenditure, then what will be the
ratio of the income to the expenditure of the Foreign Banks in 1999-00?
1) 1 : 4 2) 4 : 1 3) 5 : 1 4) 1 : 5
Directions (Q. 6-9): The bar graph shows the oil reserves and the line graph shows the esti-
mated number of years for which the reserves will last at the present oil extraction rates for
various countries. The pie-chart shows the % distirbution of the oil reserves regionwise. Refer to
the following graphs to answer the questions that follow.

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

.in
ng
K e eri
Reserves by region %
Asia-Pacific
gin
Africa
4%
7%
Latin America
9%
En

Europe
8%

KUNDAN
arn

North America Middle East

6% 66%
Le

6. What is the ratio of oil extracted by Saudi Arabia to that by Mexico per year (in billion barrels)?
w.

1) 0.4 2) 2.67
3) 3.16 4) 15.23
7. If the oil reserves held by Saudi Arabia form 32% of the share of Middle East countries then what
ww

percentage share of global oil reserves is in Iraq?

1) 20.92% 2) 16.82%
3) 12.08% 4) 9.6%
8. What will be the difference between countries extracting maximum amount of oil to those ex-
tracting minimum amount of oil? (in billion barrels)
1) 2.57 2) 2.85
3) 2.14 4) 1.98
9. The ratio of the number of years for which the reserves will last to the total available reserves in
billion barrels is maximum for
1) USA 2) Saudi Arabia
3) Azerbaizan 4) Iraq

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Directions (Q. 10-15): These questions are based on the following table.
Expected market of four brands of automobiles in the four metros
(In terms of percentage of number of units sold)

M umbai Delhi Calcutta M adras

1996 1997 1996 1997 1996 1997 1996 1997
PAL-Peugeot 32 27 38 35 40 42 26 35
DCM-Daewoo 42 35 33 26 31 28 41 33

.in
Opel Astra 19 27 24 32 23 23 29 26
Mercedes-Benz 7 11 5 7 6 7 4 6

ng
10. What will be the average percentage increase in the market share of Opel Astra in the metros?
1) 25% 2) 9.5%
3) 16% 4) 5.5%

eri
11. PAL-Peugeot’s sales in the four metros have been
I. always more than those of Opel Astra.

K
II. always maximum in Calcutta.
III. always increasing.
1) I only e
gin
2) I and II only
3) I, II and III
4) II only
12. If the combined sales of all four is expected to go from 11000 to 12500 in Mumbai between 1996
En

and 1997 the increase in Mercedes-Benz’s revenues will show a _____ per cent growth, if the price
were to go up by 12% in 1997.
1) 10% 2) 50%

KUNDAN
arn

3) 75% 4) 100%
13. Given that the cost of a PAL-Peugeot and a DCM-Daewoo is same, an Opel Astra costs twice as
much as a PAL-Peugeot, and a Mercedes-Benz is twice as costly as a PAL-Peugeot, the net rev-
enue from the four metros was maximum for
Le

1) PAL-Peugeot and DCM-Daewoo

2) Opel Astra
3) Mercedes-Benz
4) Cannot be answered
w.

14. If in 1996 sales were 11000, 10000, 9000 and 8000 respectively in the four metros, then the
following are almost equal:
1) PAL-Peugeot sales in Mumbai and Calcutta
ww

2) DCM-Daewoo sales in Delhi and Madras

3) Opel-Astra sales in Mumbai and Madras
4) Mercedes-Benz sales in Delhi and Calcutta
15. The combined share of Opel Astra in Mumbai and Madras is 22% . The sales volume of Opel Astra
in Mumbai is how many times that in Madras?
7 5
1) 2)
3 4
8
3) 4) None of these
5

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Directions (Q. 16-20): These are based on the following pie-chart given below:
Contributions of different companies to the turnover of Prudential Group of companies

Prudential Prudential
Services Prudential Services Prudential
16% Bank 14% Bank
24% 23%

Prudential
Finance Prudential
Finance

.in
19%
26%
Prudential Prudential Prudential
Consultants Insurance Prudential Insurance

ng
8% 33% Consultants 31%
6%

1990 1995

eri
1990: Prudential Insurance turnover was Rs 27 bn.

K
16. If the turnover of Prudential Insurance remained almost unchanged, the group turnover in 1995
was almost Rs
1) 87 bn 2) 93 bn
e
3) 90 bn 4) 89 bn
gin
Answer the questions 17 to 20 with reference to the data in question 16.
17. The turnover of Prudential Finance increased by
1) 20% 2) 30% 3) 45% 4) 60%
18. If 40% of Prudential Consultants’ revenue came from project exports, its income from domestic
En

activity was (in 1990)

1) 1 bn 2) 2 bn 3) 3 bn 4) 4 bn
19. The number of companies whose turnover decreased in 1995 as compared with 1990 was

KUNDAN
1) 1 2) 2 3) 3 4) 4
arn

20. The company which showed the biggest percentage drop in turnover is
1) Prudential Consultants 2) Prudential Insurance
3) Prudential Services 4) Prudential Bank
Le

Answers and explanations

1. 4; Income of PSU Banks in 1997-98 = Rs 500000 crores
 Income of PSU Banks in 1998-99 = 500000 × 1.15 = Rs 575000 crores.
And income of PSU Banks in 1999-00 = 575000 × 1.17 = Rs 672750 crores.
w.

Now, expenditure of PSU Banks in 1999-00 = Rs 500000 crores.

500000
Expenditure of PSU Banks in 1998-99 = = Rs 409836 crores.
ww

1.22
Income is more than expenditure by 672750 - 409836 = Rs 262914 crores.
(672750  409836) 262914
Required % =  100  100  64.15%
409836 409836
2. 2; Here, expenditure of Foreign Banks in 1997-98 = Rs 30000 crores.
Expenditure of Foreign Banks in 1998-99 = 30000 × 1.04 = Rs 31200 crores.
Expenditure of Foreign Banks in 1999-2000 = 31200 × 1.11 = Rs 34632 crores.
And income of Foreign Banks in 1997-98 = Rs 30000 crores.
Income of Foreign Banks in 1998-99 = 30000 × 1.09 = Rs 32700 crores.
Incomes of Foreign Banks in 1999-2000 = 32700 × 1.12 = Rs 36624 crores.

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 required difference = 36624 - 34632 = Rs 1992 crores

3. 3;  Income of New Pvt. Banks in 1998-99 = Rs 4000 crores
 Income of New Pvt. Banks in 1999-00 = 4000 × 1.37 = Rs 5480 crores
Difference = 5480 - 4000 = Rs 1480 crores
Again, expenditure of New Pvt. Banks in 1998-99 = Rs 4000 crores
 Expenditure of New Pvt. Banks in 1999-00 = 4000 × 1.44 = Rs 5760 crores
Difference = 5760 - 4000 = Rs 1760 crores
1480
 Required percentage =  100 = 84
1760

.in
4. 2; Let the expenditure of Foreign Banks in 1998-99 = Rs x crores
Then income of PSU Banks in 1998-99 = Rs 2x crores
Then income of PSU Banks in 1999-00 = 2x × 1.17 = Rs 2.34x crores
And expenditure of Foreign Banks in 1999-00 = x × 1.11 = Rs 1.11x crores

ng
2.34x 2.1
 Required ratio = 1.11x  1 = 21 : 10.

eri
5. 2; Let expenditure of Foreign Banks in 1998-99 = P
Then income of Foreign Banks in 1998-99 = 4 P

K
And income of Foreign Banks in 1999-00 = 4P × 1.12 = 4.48 P
Expenditure of Foreign Banks in 1999-00 = P × 1.11 = 1.11 P
4.48P 4
e
gin
 required ratio = 1.11P  1
6. 2; Reserves of oil held by Saudi Arabia is for 88 years.
264
It means Saudi Arabia extracts  3 billion barrels of oil per year.
En

88
28 3
Similarly, for Mexico = 1.12 billion barrels of oil per year; thus required ratio is  2.67 .
25 112
.

KUNDAN
arn

32
7. 4; For Saudi Arabia percentage of global oil reserves is  66 = 21.12
100
2112
.
For Iraq it would be  120 = 9.6.
Le

264
8. 2; The oil extraction of Saudi Arabia is 3 billion barrels per year while that of Azerbaijan is 0.15
billion barrels per year. Hence the difference will be 2.85 billion barrels.
9. 3; The ratio of the number of years for which the reserves will last to the total available reserves
w.

170
in billion barrels is maximum for Azerbaijan, ie  34 .
5
ww

10. 3; Average increase in market share of Opel Astra:

27  19
Increase in Bombay =  100 = 42%
19
Similarly, Increase in Delhi = 33%
Increase in Calcutta = 0%
Increase in Madras = = -11%
Thus average increase = (42 + 33 + 0 – 11)/4 = 16% .
11. 4; Only statement II holds good as of all the metro sales of PAL, it is maximum in Calcutta.
12. 4; Sales of Mercedes-Benz in 1996 = 7% of 11000 = 770 and in 1997 = 11% of 12500 = 1375. Since
the prices increase by 10% , revenue in 1997 will be 1.12 × 1375 = 1540; a growth of 100% from
770.

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

13. 4; As the number of units sold is not known, the question can not be answered.
14. 2;

PAL Mumbai: 11000 × 32% = 3520 Calcutta: 9000 × 40% = 3600

DCM Delhi: 10000 × 33% = 3300 Madras: 8000 × 41% = 3280
Opel Mumbai: 11000 × 19% = 2090 Madras: 8000 × 29% = 2320
Mere Delhi: 10000 × 5% = 500 Calcutta: 9000 × 6% = 540

.in
The closest is the sales of DCM.
15. 1; 22% is the weighted mean of percentage sale of Opel Astra in Mumbai and Madras respectively.
Mumbai Madras

ng
19% 29%
22%
7 3

eri
Required ratio of sales volume = 7 : 3.
7

K
 Sales volume in Mumbai is 3 times that in Madras.

e
16. 1; Prudential Insurance turnover = Rs 27 billion, which forms 31% in 1995.
gin
100
Thus total turnover in 1995 =  27 = 87.09 = 87 bn.
31
17. 3; In 1990, turnover of Prudential Insurance = 27 bn, which forms 33% of total turnover.
En

100
Total turnover =  27 = 81.8 bn. = 82 bn.
33
Prudential Finance turnover increased by (26% of 87 - 19% of 82)/19% of 82 = 45% .

KUNDAN
arn

8
18. 4; In 1990, income of Prudential Consultants =  82 = 6.56 bn
100
Thus domestic income = 60% of 6.56 = 3.93 = 4 bn.
Le

6.56  5.22
19-20: Decrease of Prudential Consultants =  100  20%
6.56

16% of 82  14% of 87
Decrease of Prudential Services =  7% drop.
w.

16% of 82
Thus there is decrease in turnover of Prudential Consultants and Prudential Services only.
19. 2 20. 1
ww

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Practice Exercise 8
Directions (Q. 1-2): Refer to the pie-charts below and answer the questions that follow.

Revenue of Jet Airways 2000-2002

Year Total cost as a percentage of revenue Total revenue (Rs crore)

.in
2000-01 85 12562

2001-02 94 15872

ng
A break-up of airline costs
Aircraft spaces
Engine Insurance 4% Salaries & w ages Passenger
maintenance 5% service fee

eri
1%
5% 8%

K
Landing, parking Financial charges
and other f ees 3%
4%

e Of fice &
administration
gin
Catering
8% 9%
Selling distribution
4%
Depreciation
En

1%
Miscellaneous

KUNDAN
expenses
Aircraf t f uel Lease rentals 1%
arn

36% 11%

Note: The break-up of the airline costs is the same in both the years.
1. What is the percentage change in the Landing, Parking and Other fees in 2001-02 over 2000-01?
Le

1) 20% 2) 30% 3) 40% 4) 45%

2. What is the average cost of the Passenger Service Fee and Aircraft Spaces for both the years (in
Rs crores)?
w.

1) 1385 2) 1536 3) 1825 4) 1575

Directions (Q. 3-6): Refer to the table below and answer the questions that follow.
ww

Given below is the production cost and the price per unit of a product and also the number of units
produced at that cost and price.

Units 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400

Price per unit (Rs) 22 19 17 16 14 12 11 10

Cost per unit (Rs) 21 18 16.5 15 13.25 11 9 8.5

Value = Quantity × (Price - cost)

3. For the quantity with how many units is the value highest and how much is it?
1) 200, 200 2) 400, 600 3) 350, 700 4) Can’t be determined

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

4. If the factory operated in such a manner that it produced 50 units on first day and then 100, 150,
....... 400 till the 8th day, what was the value (average) generated per unit of the product in the
period of 8 days?
1) Rs 1.23 2) Rs 1.46 3) Rs 1.09 4) Rs 1.14
5. What has been the average daily growth rate in the value for the given period (Use the data from
the previous question)?
1) 74% 2) 29% 3) 136% 4) 157%
6. Which of the following is not true?
1) The highest cost-to-price ratio is at a production of 150 units.
2) The average cost-to-price ratio for the given 8 levels is approximately 0.927 : 1.

.in
3) Average value for the given 8 levels is approximately Rs 276.5.
4) All the above are false.
Directions (Q. 7-9): Refer to the charts below and answer the questions that follow.

ng
Given below are two pie charts and a bar graph. The first pie chart gives the usage (in percentage)
of leading Indian toothpaste brands, and the second pie chart gives the usage of leading Indian mouth-
washes as a percentage of the total usage of all mouthwashes. The bar graph gives the sales as well

eri
as usage of mouthwashes, toothpastes and dental powder as percentages of population in Kolkata.

K
Assume that the individual distribution of mouthwashes and toothpastes in the Others category is
very small. Do not assume that all graphs represent the same total number of people.

Usage o f To o thpaste s e
gin
Usage of M outhwashes
C OL VIC
3% 8%
B AL
TGV
3%
7%
En

CLO GN
3% 5%
OTHER S

KUNDAN
P EP GBH
82% 2% 4%
arn

P RO OTHERS HG
2% P S U 67% J HL3%
1% 2%
NEE
2% CF
DW 2%
M IN 2%
Le

2%

Total population = 50 million

w.

Total population = 55 million

ww

80 68
% of population

70
60 53.5
46
50
40 31.2
30 21.4
14.8
20
10
0
Mouthw ashes Toothpastes Dental Pow ders

Sales Usage

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

7. What is the ratio of the total usage of the top 4 brands of mouth washes to the total usage of
toothpastes in Kolkata?
1) 0.4 2) 0.5 3) 0.6 4) 0.7
8. If in Kolkata the sales of mouthwashes goes up by 20% , the sales of toothpastes goes down by 19%
and the sales of dental powder goes up by 24% , then by what per cent will the total sales (of
mouthwashes, toothpastes and dental powers) increase or decrease?
1) 16.4% decrease 2) 15.3% increase 3) 14.4% decrease 4) 14.8% increase
9. A number Ni is defined such that Ni is equal to the difference between the number of people using
the ith ranked mouthwash and the ith ranked toothpaste. The 1st ranked toothpaste/mouthwash

.in
is the one that has the highest sales. Consider the ‘Others’ category as one category.
9

If  N i = number of people in Kolkata who are prospective dental powder users, then what is the
i 1

ng
ratio of the number of prospective dental powder users to the current users of dental powder in
Kolkata? (If two ranks are same, consider the first one in the clockwise direction to be the higher
ranked one).

eri
1) 0.39 2) 0.57 3) 0.23 4) 0.46

K
Directions (Q. 10-11): Refer to the charts below and answer the questions that follow.

Office
e Mid-level
Office staff
gin
Helpers




En

Junior
Executives
Senior

KUNDAN
Executives

Distribution of workforce
arn

Number of People (in hundreds)

50 50
45 45
Le

44 40
35 40
w.

2000 2001 2002 2003

ww

Men Women

The above graphs are related to a company’s statistics of its workforce. The workforce and men-
women census for a given year is taken on 31st December in that year.
10. What was the net per cent increase in the number of women from the beginning of 2000 to that of
2003, and its ratio to the net per cent decrease in the number of men, for the same period?
1) 28.5% , 2.85 2) 28.5% , 2.14 3) 42.8% , 2.14 4) 42.8% , 2.85
11. While making the workforce distribution chart for 2002, John, a junior executive, noticed some-
thing interesting. He noticed that the percentages of senior executives, office helpers and mid-
level staff were in arithmetic progression. John also knew that people of his designation were

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

always one-fourth of the workforce. Find the value of , ,  ,  for the year 2002. John also knows
that there are 1125 senior executives in 2002.
1) (30, 90, 150, 90) 2) (45, 90, 135, 90) 3) (60, 90, 120, 90) 4) (15, 90, 165, 90)
Directions (Q. 12-13): The following table gives the number of households in a country during
the period 1970-90 and the pie charts below show the distribution of households based on the
number of children for the years 1970 and 1990. Refer to the table and pie charts to answer the
questions that follow.

.in
No. of households No. of households No. of households
Year Year Year
(M illion) (M illion) (M illion)

1970 120 1978 132 1986 150

ng
1972 123 1980 135 1988 155

1974 126 1982 140 1990 160

K eri
1976 129 1984 145

1970
e 1990
gin
3
3 Children Children
No Child 25%
20%
No Child
En

35%
40%

KUNDAN
2 Children
18%
arn

2 Children
20%
1 Child
1 Child
20%
22%
Le

12. Which of the following statements about the households is true?

1) There were more households with children in 1970 than in 1990.
2) There were more households with 3 or more children in 1970 than in 1990.
w.

3) The number of households with two children decreased slightly from 1970 to 1990.
4) None of the above
13. Assuming that the average number of children per household in 1970 was 3, how many house-
ww

holds were without any children in 1970?

1) 24 million
2) 42 million
3) 14 million
4) Cannot be determined

Directions (Q. 14-16): Refer to the following bar graph and pie chart to answer the questions
that follow.
The following bar graph shows the percentage of banks of different sectors providing Internet
Banking facilities (five types of services)

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

120
Rural Development Banks P rivate Sector Banks
100 Regional Banks Co-operative Banks

80

60

40

.in
20

0
Online Loan Online Credit Card Online Deposit Online Corporate Online Bill

ng
Application Application Application Cash Management P ayment

Number of banks offering Internet Banking service in India (Total Banks = 600)

K eri
Regional
Banks
Private
Sector
e 22%
gin
Banks
40%
Rural
Develop-
ment Banks
En

Co- 20%
operative

KUNDAN
Banks
18%
arn

14. What is the ratio of the number of Regional Banks providing Online Deposit Application to total
number of Regional Banks?
1) 9 : 7 2) 7 : 9 3) 3 : 4 4) 4 : 3
Le

15. The difference between the number of Private Sector Banks providing Online Bill Payment and
the number of Regional Banks providing Online Corporate Cash Management is
1) 171 2) 152 3) 165 4) 185
w.

16. If the names of Rural Development Banks and Private Sector Banks are interchanged, what will
be the difference in Rural Development Banks providing Online Credit Card Application after
interchanging with original value?
ww

1) 30 2) 10 3) 12 4) 6
Directions (Q. 17-21): These questions are based on the following table which provides the
profile of the batch of students of 2001 at IIM Bangalore.
Sex
Male Female Total
147 33 180
Age
19-24 24-26 >26 Total
115 60 5 180

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Qualification (Graduate in)

Engg/Tech Engg/Tech
Arts Commece Science Total
(Non IIT) (IIT)
27 43 27 52 31 180
Work Experience (in months)
0 < 12 12-24 24-36 36-48 > 48 Total
88 23 21 33 13 2 180
17. If all but 9 girls have no work experience, then the boys with no work experience at all form what

.in
percentage of the total students?
1) 35.5% 2) 36.3% 3) 12.2% 4) 43.3%
18. If all the commerce and arts graduates in the batch take finance as their specialization, what

ng
percentage of the batch comprises finance specialists?
1) 38.88% 1) 38.5% 3) 33.33% 4) Cannot be determined
19. If all the students with 3 years and more experience are engineering graduates and are more

eri
than 24 years in age and all of them except 4 are from the IITs then what is the ratio of IITians to

K
non-IITians among the <3-year work experience category?
1) 11: 4 2) 5 : 12 3) 11 : 24 4) Indeterminate

e
20. If all those with a non-Engg background are less than 24 years in age, then what percentage of
those less than 24 years are engineers?
gin
1) 21.6% 2) 15.6% 3) 18.4% 4) 10%
21. If the batch of 2002 has 21.2% more girls than the previous batch, 10% of the girls are from an
Engg (IIT) qualification and 20% of the girls are from Engg (non-IIT) background, then what is the
ratio of the non-Engg girls to the total strength of the batch?
En

1) 15.5% 2) 13.3% 3) 17.2% 4) Cannot be determined

Answers and explanations

KUNDAN
1. 3; Total cost for 2000-01 = 0.85 × 12562  Rs 10680 crore
arn

Total cost for 2001-02 = 0.94 × 15872  Rs 14920 crore

 Landing, parking and other fees for 2000-01 = 0.04 × 10680  Rs 430
 Landing, parking and other fees for 2001-02 = 0.04 × 14920  Rs 600
170
Le

 Percentage change =  100  40%

430
2. 2; Total cost of aircraft spaces 0.04 × (10680 + 14920)  Rs 1024
Total cost of passenger fees 0.08 × (10680 + 14920)  Rs 2048
w.

 Average = Rs 1536 crore.

3. 3; The values generated in all the quantities are
(22 - 21) × 50 = 50
(19 - 18 ) × 100 = 100
ww

(17 - 16.5) × 150 = 75

(16 - 15) × 200 = 200
(14 - 13.25) × 250 = 187.5
(12 - 11) × 300 = 300
(11-9) × 350 = 700
(10 - 8.5) × 400 = 600
So, 350 and 700 is the answer.
4. 1; The total quantity produced in 8 days: 50 + 100 + ..... + 400 = 1800 units.
And the value generated = 50 + 100 + 75 + 200 + 187.5 + 300 + 700 + 600
2212.5
Average value generated per unit = Rs 2212.5 = = Rs 1.23.
1800

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

5. 4; From Rs 50 it went up to Rs 600 in given 7 days.

So, 1100% is the growth in 7 days.
1100
Average daily growth rate =  157%
7
16.5
6. 4; (1) is true. is the highest.
17
112.5 121
(2) is also true as the average cost is and average price is .
8 8

.in
2212
(3) is also true as it is = 276
8
(4) is not correct.

ng
7. 4; The top 4 brands of mouthwashes are VIC, TGV, GN and GHB, which account for a total of
24
8 + 7 + 5 + 4= 24% =  50 = 12 million.

eri
100

K
31.2
Total usage of toothpastes =  55 = 17.16 million
100

 Required ratio =
12
 0.699  0.7 . e
gin
1716
.
8. 2; Sales of mouthwashes goes up to 68 × 1.2 = 81.6%
Sales of toothpastes falls to 14.8 × 0.81 = 11.988%
Sales of dental powder goes up to 21.4 × 1.24 = 26.536%
En

Initial sales = 104.2%

New sales = 120.124%

KUNDAN
120124
.  104.2
 Percentage change =  100 = 15.28% .
arn

104.2
9. 1; N1 (Others category) = 36 - 33.5 = 2.5 million
 67 
  50  33.5
 100 
Le

N 2 = 4 - 1.6 = 2.4 million (COL and VIC)

N 3 = 3.5 - 1.2 = 2.3 million (BAL and TGV)
w.

N 4 = 2.5 - 1.1 = 1.4 million (CLO and GN)

N 5 = 2 - 1.8 = 1.2 million (PEP and GHB)
N 6 = 1.5 - 0.8 = 0.7 million (PRO and HG)
ww

N 7 = 1 - 0.7 = 0.3 million (NEE and JHL)

N 8 = 1 - 0.7 = 0.3 million (MIN and CF)
N 9 = 1 - 0.5 = 0.5 million (PSU and DW)
9

  Ni = 2.5 + 2.4 + 2.3 + 1.4 + 1.2 + 0.7 + 0.3 + 0.3 + 0.5 = 11.6 million
i 1
53.5
Current users of dental powder =  55 = 29.43 million.
100
11.6
The required ratio = = 0.39.
29.43

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

45  35
10. 1; Percentage increase for women =  100  28.5%
35
50  45 1
Percentage decrease for men =  100   100  10%
50 10
 Ratio = 2.85.
11. 2; Since the number of Senior Executives (S), the number of office helpers (H) and the number of
mid-level staff (M) are in AP, we can write:
S = a - d, H = a, M = a + d
As junior executives are one-fourth of the workforce,

.in
 1 
  90 0    360 0 
 4 

ng
 S + H + A = 360 - 90  3a = 270  a = 90   = 90°
1125 1125
Percentage of senior executives =  100   100  12.5%
5000  4000

eri
9000
12.5

K
0
   360  45
100
 d = 45°  M = 135°. Hence, (2).
12. 4; Let us examine the statements
e
gin
Statement 1: Number of households with children :
120  100  35
in 1970 : million  78 million
100
En

160  100  40

in 1990 : million = 96 million
100

KUNDAN
This statement is not true.
arn

Statement 2: Number of households with 3 or more children:

120  25
in 1970 : million = 30 million
100
160  20
Le

in 1990 : million = 32 million

100
Statement 3: Number of households with 2 children:
120  20
w.

in 1970: million = 24 million

100
160  18
ww

in 1990: million = 28.8 million

100
This statement is also not true. Hence statement 4 is true.
120  35
13. 2; Number of households without children in 1970 = = 42 million.
100
(The information that the average number of children per household in 1970 was 3 is not
required for answering the question).
75
14. 3; Number of Regional Banks providing Online Deposit Application =  132  99
100
99 9 3
Required ratio =   .
132 12 4

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

75 3
Quicker Approach: Required ratio = 
100 4
85
15. 1; Number of Private Sector Banks providing Online Bill Payment =  240  204
100
25
Number of Regional Banks providing Online Corporate Cash Management =  132  33
100
Required difference = 204 - 33 = 171.
16. 1; Number of Rural Development Banks providing Online Credit Card Application originally

.in
5
=  120  6
100
Number of Rural Development Banks providing the same function after interchanging

ng
15
=  240  36
100

eri
 the required difference = 36 - 6 = 30.

K
17. 1; Total number of girls = 33
with work experience = 9
 No work experience = 24 girls
Boys with no work experience = 88 - 24 = 64
e
gin
 percentage of boys with no work experience = 64/180 × 100 = 35.5%
18. 4; All commerce and arts graduates take finance as specialization but nothing is mentioned about
others. Apart from arts and commerce graduates, others may opt finance.
Hence, can’t be determined.
19. 2; Students with >3 years experience = 13 + 2 = 15
En

IITians with >3 years experience = 15 - 4 = 11

IITians with <3 years experience = 31 - 11 = 20

KUNDAN
Non-IITians with >3 years experience = 4
arn

 Non-IITians with <3 years experience = 52 - 4 = 48

Answer = 20 : 48 = 5 : 12
20. 2; Non-Engg background = 180 – 83 = 97
Number of students who are <24 years old = 115
Le

115  97
 Engineers =  100 = 15.6%
115
Choices are far apart, so you can rule out options (1), (3) and (4)
21. 4; Data regarding strength of boys in the batch of 2002 is missing. As a result, we cannot estimate
w.

the total strength of the batch of 2002. Therefore, the answer cannot be determined.
ww

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Practice Exercise 9
Directions (Q. 1-4): The following bar graph shows the total Indian Export (in $ billion) during
a period of 8 months. The pie chart shows the breakup of this Export during this period. Refer to
the graphs to answer the questions that follow.

INDIA'S EXPORT IN $ BILLION

45

.in
40
35
$ BILLION

30

ng
25
20
15
10

eri
5
0

K
APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT N OV

e MONTHS
gin
COSM-
ETICS 11%
En

GEMS &
JEWELLERY OTHERS
30% 16%
7

KUNDAN
arn

GARMENTS
TEXTILES
19%
24%
Le

1. The exports of Textiles and Others in the month of July is approximately equal to the exports of
Gems & Jewellery and Others in the month of
w.

1) April 2) August 3) October 4) November

2. What is the ratio of the exports of first four months to those of the last four months?
1) 1.12 2) 0.89 3) 1.5 4) 0.75
ww

3. If the target for the export of Gems and Jewellery for the complete year is set at $120 billion, then
what should be the total value of exports of the same for the remaining four months (assume
April-March as the Financial Year)?
1) $ 46 billion 2) $ 38 billion 3) $ 32 billion 4) $ 44 billion
4. If the government charges 12% tax on all exports of Textiles and 15% on Gems and Jewellery,
what is the revenue earned from these sectors during the given eight-month period?
1) $ 15 billion 2) $ 18 billion 3) $ 22 billion 4) $ 25 billion
Directions (Q. 5-10): The following tables show the percentage distribution of India’s popula-
tion by age group and sex in the given years. Refer to the tables to answer the questions that
follow.

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

DISTRIBUTION OF INDIA’S POPULATION BY AGE AND SEX (1901-1971)

(All figures are percentages of Males/Females to respective total)
1901 1911 1921 1931
AGE
M ale Female M ale Female M ale Female M ale Female
GROUPS
0-4 12.5 13.3 13.3 14.3 12.1 13.2 14.7 16.0
5-9 14.0 13.8 13.8 13.8 14.8 15.0 13.3 12.8
10-14 12.7 10.9 11.7 10.0 12.5 10.8 12.0 11.2
0-14 39.2 38.0 38.8 38.1 39.4 39.0 40.0 40.0

.in
15-24 16.5 17.2 16.7 17.6 16.0 16.8 17.9 19.2
25-34 17.2 17.5 17.2 17.5 16.9 17.3 16.4 16.2
15-34 33.7 34.7 33.9 35.1 32.9 34.1 34.3 35.4

ng
35-44 12.6 12.2 12.6 11.9 12.6 11.9 11.9 11.0
45-59 9.9 9.6 9.9 9.4 10.1 9.5 9.9 9.4
35-59 22.5 21.8 22.5 21.3 22.7 21.4 21.8 20.4

eri
60 and above 4.6 5.5 4.8 5.5 5.0 5.5 3.9 4.2
Total 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0

K
1941 1951 1961 1971
AGE
GROUPS
M ale Female M ale
e
Female M ale Female M ale Female
gin
0-4 13.2 14.0 13.1 13.7 14.7 15.5 14.3 15.1
5-9 13.6 13.6 12.6 12.9 14.6 14.9 15.0 15.1
10-14 11.3 10.8 11.4 11.3 11.6 10.8 12.7 12.1
0-14 38.1 38.4 37.1 37.9 40.9 41.2 42.0 42.3
En

15-24 18.1 18.3 18.9 19.1 16.3 17.1 16.5 16.7

25-34 15.9 16.3 15.4 15.3 15.2 15.5 13.5 14.6
15-34 34.0 34.6 34.3 34.4 31.5 32.6 30.0 31.3

KUNDAN
arn

35-44 12.1 11.6 12.0 11.3 11.4 10.6 11.4 11.0

45-59 10.9 10.5 11.1 10.6 10.7 9.8 10.7 9.4
35-59 23.0 21.1 23.1 21.9 22.1 20.4 22.1 20.4
60 and above 4.9 4.9 5.5 5.8 5.5 5.8 5.9 6.0
Le

Total 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0

5. For both the sexes in the given years, the most thickly populated age group is
w.

1) 0-14 2) 35-59 3) 15-34 4) 15-24

6. The total number of times a 1: 1 ratio of male to female percentage is displayed in any age group
(all the mentioned groups) is
ww

1) Four 2) Three 3) Five 4) One

7. If the population in 1961 was 400 crores, the difference between the number of males and females
is highest in which of the given age groups?
1) 0-4 2) 10-14 3) 35-44 4) 45-59
8. In the given tables, how many times is the percentage value for any group (in any year) above
20%?
1) 36 2) 44 3) 48 4) 50
9. Over the given period (1901 - 1971), the least number of males and females belong to which of the
following age groups?
1) 0-4 2) 45-49 3) 10-14 4) 60 and above
10. If the total population in the age group 0-4 years in year 1971 is 14.68% , find the sex ratio (ie ratio

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

of males to females) in year 1971.

1) 21 : 19 2) 37 : 29 3) 17 : 13 4) 29 : 27

Directions (Q. 11-13): The following bar graphs show the data regarding Export, Production
and Per Capita Availability of Coffee. Refer to the graphs to answer the questions that follow.

215 800

Production (million kg)

210 700
Export (million kg)

600
205

.in
500
200
400
195
300

ng
190
200
185 100

eri
180 0
1980-81 1981-82 1982-83 1983-84 1984-85 1980-81 1981-82 1982-83 1983-84 1984-85

K
Years Years

e
gin
700
Per Capita Availability

600

500
(in grams)

En

400

300

KUNDAN
arn

200

100

0
Le

1980-81 1981-82 1982-83 1983-84 1984-85

Years
w.

11. If the area under coffee production was less by 10% in 1984-85 than that in 1983-84, then the rate
of increase in productivity of coffee in 1984-85 was
1) 4% 2) 27% 3) 2.3% 4) 13.6%
ww

12. Which year, except 1980-81, represents the highest proportion of coffee exported by India out of its
production?
1) 1983-84 2) 1982-83 3) 1984-85 4) 1981-82
13. The population of India in 1983-84 was
1) 395 million 2) 790 million 3) 1,185 million 4) 670 million
Directions (Q. 14-17): Answer the questions on the basis of the information given below.
The table below provides certain results of a survey taken among 46 people. The parameters are:
gender, number of servants owned, and age of the participants. The first number in each cell is the
number of people in the that group. The minimum and maximum age of people in each group is given
in brackets. For example, there are 10 female participants with 0 servant and among these 10 the

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

youngest is 34 years old, while the oldest is 46.

No. of Servants M ale Female Total

0 2(38, 38) 10(34, 49) 12
1 2(32, 32) 16(35, 63) 18
2 4(32, 33) 4(27, 40) 8
3 4(32, 33) 4(27, 40) 8
Total 12 34 46

.in
14. The percentage of participants aged less than 40 years is at least
1) 35% 2) 16.67% 3) 43% 4) 27%
15. Given the information above, the percentage of people older than 35 can be at most

ng
1) 69.6% 2) 73.33% 3) 30% 4) 90%
16. The percentage of people that fall into the 35-to-40-years age group (both inclusive) is at least
1) 10.86% 2) 26.67% 3) 8.33% 4) 6.67%

eri
17. The maximum no. of persons having at least two servants and age at least 35 years is
1) 2 2) 4 3) 6 4) 0

K
Directions (Q. 18-20): Answer the questions on the basis of the information given below.

e
The correspondence coming to a certain office can be classified under various headings. The
following table shows the percentage distribution of such correspondence over time. The total num-
gin
ber of correspondence received during December 1998 was larger than the number received in June
1999. The total number of correspondence received during September 1998 was larger than the num-
ber received in March 1999.
En

Category Sep - 98 Dec - 98 M ar - 99 Jun - 99

Business 40 33 19 17
Feedback 25 30 37 44

KUNDAN
arn

Government 11 19 5 17
Products 3 3 10 6
Advertisement 4 7 10 12
Le

Stocks 5 6 11 2
Inventory 12 2 8 2
18. In which category was the percentage of correspondence increasing but at a decreasing rate?
w.

1) Feedback 2) Stocks 3) Advertisement 4) Cannot be determined

19. In the Government category, the number of the correspondence received in December 1998 as
compared to June 1999
ww

2) was larger 2) was smaller 3) was equal 4) Cannot be determined

20. In the Feedback category, the number of corespondence received in September 1998 as compared
to March 1999
1) was larger 2) was smaller 3) was equal 4) Cannot be determined

Answers and explanations

40
1. 3; Export of Textiles and Others in July =  32 = $12.8 billion
100
46
Export of Gems and Jewellery and Others in October = × 28 = $12.8 billion.
100

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Quicker Approach: Now here the trick is to realize that since for Textiles and Others, we are
calculating 40% of $32 billion for July, the only month where we would get a near equal for
exports of Gems and Jewellery and Others, accounting to 46% of the export’s basket, would be
for a month in which the total exports is just near but less than that of July. Hence directly from
observation, we can mark on the month of October.
2. 1; Export for the first 4 months (Apr-July) = 35 + 22 + 42 + 32 = $ 131 billion
Export for the last 4 months (Aug-Nov) = (38 + 18 + 28 + 33) = $ 117 billion
 Ratio = 131/117 = 1.119  1.12.
3. 1; Gems and Jewellery export for the first 8 months (Apr-Nov) of the year = 0.3 × 248 = $74.4 billion.
Total value of the exports for the remaining 4 months (Dec-Mar) of the year

.in
= Target - $74.4 billion = $120 - $74.4 = $45.6 billion  $46 billion.
4. 2; Textile exports over the period = 0.24 × 248 = $59.52 billion.
Gems and Jewellery exports over the period = $74.4 billion

ng
Revenue from Textile exports = 0.12 × 59.52 = $7.14 billion
Revenue from Gems and Jewellery exports = 0.15 × 74.4 = $11.16 billion.
Total revenue from these sectors = 7.14 + 11.16 = 18.3  $18 billion.

eri
5. 1; 0-14 years is made up of three groups, viz 0-4, 5-9, 10-14. It gives the maximum percentages.
6. 1; If we refer to the table, we get the ratio 1 : 1 between male and female 4 times.
In 1911, age group 5-9.

K
In 1931, age group 0-14.
In 1941, age groups 5-9 and 60 & above.
e
7. 4; In 1961, for 0-4 group, difference = 15.5 - 14.7 = 0.8
gin
For 10-14 group, difference = 11.6 - 10.8 = 0.8
For 35-44 group, difference = 11.4 - 10.6 = 0.8
But for the age-group 45-59, it is more than this value.
8. 3; It is more than 20% for age groups 0-14, 15-34 and 35-39, for males and females in all the years,
En

i.e. 8 × 3 × 2 or 48.
9. 4; Clearly, the least number of males and females belong to age group 60 and above.
10. 1; Let the total population of males and females in 1971 be X and Y respectively.

KUNDAN
According to the question,
arn

14.3% of x  15.1% of y
 100  14.68
x y
 14.3x  15.1y  14.68x  14.68y
Le

 0.42y  0.38x
x 0.42 21
  
w.

y 0.38 19
Quicker Method: By the method of alligation,
14.68% is the weighted mean of 14.3% and 15.1% .
ww

M F
14.3 15.1
14.68
0.42 0.38
 21 : 19
Total coffee production
11. 4; Productivity = Area under production . Let area under production in 1983-84 be x hectares.

645
 Productivity in 1983-84 = .
x

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

660 733
Productivity in 1984-85 = [Area is less by 10% ] = .
0.9x x

733 645

x x  88  100  13.6%
Rate of increase in productivity in1984-85 = 645 645 .
x

Exports in that year

.in
12. 1; Proportion of coffee exported in any year = Production in that year .

Calculate and check with the value to get the answer as 1983-84.
13. 2; Per capita availability in 1983-84 = 545 gram = 0.545 kg.

ng
Total production of coffee - export of coffee
Per capita availability = total population

eri
645 - 210 millionkg
Total population = = 798 million (approx).

K
0.545kg
Option (2) is closest to this value.
e
gin
14. 1; Minimum number of participants aged less than 40 = 2 + 1 + 2 + 1 + 4 + 1+ 4 + 1 = 16
16
 Percentage =  100  35% .
46
15. 1; Maximum number of participants older than 35 = 2 + 9 + 15 + 3 + 3 = 32
En

32
 Percentage = 46 × 100 < 70% .

KUNDAN
arn

16. 1; Minimum number of participants that fall into 35 to 40 years age group = 2 + 1 + 1 + 1 = 5
5
 Percentage =  100 = 10.86% .
46
17. 3; Maximum no. of participants having age at least 35 years and at least 2 servants = 3 + 3 = 6.
Le

18. 3; By observation we can say that the percentage of correspondence is increasing for both Feed-
back and Advertisement, but it is increasing at a decreasing rate for Advertisement.
19. 1; Correspondence in Government category for December 1998 = 0.19 × [December 1998 total].
w.

Correspondence in Government category in June 1999 = 0.17 × [June 1999 total].

19% of December 1998 total > 17% of June 1999 total.
 Correspondence in Government category was greater in December 1998.
ww

20. 4; Number of correspondence in September 1998 > March 1999.

For feedback in September 1998 = 0.25 × [September 1998 total]
For feedback in March 1999 = 0.37 × [March 1999 total]
Since we de not know the exact amount of correspondence in both the categories, we cannot
compare the values.

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Practice Exercise-10
Directions (Q. 1-3): Answer the questions on the basis of the information given below.
The data below shows the rankings of twenty-five companies on the basis of various parameters as
shown below.

Total Income Net Profit Net Worth NPM RONW ROCE

Rank Companies
2004 2004 2004 2004 2004 2004

.in
2004 Rs Crore % chg Rs Crore % chg Rs crore % chg % % %

1 Tata Sons 4410.86 35.39 863.29 20.97 3396.38 25.91 19.57 25.42 14.55

ng
2 Tata International 1970.32 -9.28 -830 — 108.15 -7.13 -0.42 -7.67 -2.92

3 Teech Pacific (India) 1772.39 40.95 26.9 -9.1 87.79 43.76 1.52 30.64 12.11

TV Sundram
4 1754.07 4.79 34.28 101.7 130.95 7.76 1.95 36.18 11.96

eri
Iyengar & Sons

5 Nirma Consumer Care 1604.4 -12.76 0.39 77.27 3.13 13.82 0.02 12.46 0.99

6 Bennett, Coleman & Co. 1457.18 19.95 49.73 -75.85 910.14 5.52 3.41 5.46 5.46

7 Haldia Petrochemicals 1434.91 15.686

e
-501.55 — 614.09 -44.96 -35 -81.67 -9.24
gin
8 Toyota Kirloskar Motor 1695.26 22.25 -102.01 — 452.38 -18.41 -6.02 -22.55 -12.25

9 Adani Wilmar 1166.78 179.11 11.63 5.73 58.42 58.84 1.00 19.91 11.67

10 Ford India 1064.79 — -60.52 — 321.87 -15.83 -5.68 -18.8 -3.87

En

11 Gitanjali Gems 1032.47 -74.87 21.9 -51.72 207.94 11.77 2.12 10.53 4.71

12 Hero Cycles 985.04 5.38 68.56 83.46 264.36 24.06 6.96 25.93 16.4

13 Riddisiddhi Bullions 952.67 130.67 0.21 505.5 1.85 190.41 0.02 11.55 3.12
arn

14 Samsung Electronics 941.81 44.36 4.91 -4.11 34.94 16.36 0.52 14.06 6.43

15 Godrej & Boyce Mfg Co. 889.54 5.07 11.45 -5.99 280.65 3.75 1.29 4.08 1.57

16 Allanasons 562.87 -0.4 4.78 33.87 64.51 1.82 0.55 7.42 5.75
Le

17 Honda Siel Cars India 855.45 18.89 26.48 — 235.3 12.68 3.1 11.25 5.22

18 Bharat Aluminium Co. 826.96 -17.88 18.76 — 588.06 -2.98 2.27 3.19 2.42

19 Lafarge India 816.46 69.31 -14.39 — 649.73 137.02 -1.76 -2.21 -1.06
w.

Reliance Ports &

20 806.67 49.23 -20.97 — 491.38 -4.09 -2.6 -4.27 -0.69
Terminals

Tractors & Farm

ww

21 805.42 -6.13 23.83 -0.96 416.18 5.16 2.96 5.73 4.51

Equipment

22 Bhushan 805.12 34.38 26.18 13.28 240.84 12.16 3.25 10.87 4.06

23 Jaypee Cement 1200.44 117.88 63.39 — 245.05 26.05 5.28 25.87 6.88

24 Essar Power 1140.51 -15.21 62.39 -34.35 781.71 21.29 5.47 7.98 2.77

25 Bharti Cellular 725.73 38.96 98.63 16.05 287.89 42.15 13.59 34.26 4.64

1. In how many companies was the percentage change for net worth greater than the percentage
change for total income?
1) 13 2) 20
3) 12 4) 16

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

2. Which of the following is true?

1) The percentage ROCE for the top five companies is always less than the percentage RONW.
2) The percentage ROCE for the top five companies is always greater than the percentage RONW.
3) The percentage ROCE for the top five companies is greater than the percentage RONW for only
one company.
4) None of the above is true.
3. Which of the following statements is not true?
1) As many companies are ranked above RiddhiSiddhi Bullions as below it.
2) The net worth as a percentage of total income for Hero cycles is 26.8%

.in
3) If the top ten companies were ranked on the basis of net profit, from highest to lowest, the fifth-
ranked company would be Adani Wilmar.
4) All are true

ng
Directions (Q. 4-6): Answer the questions on the basis of the information given beow.
Each point in the graph below shows the profit and turnover for a company. Each company belongs
to one of the three industries: Service, Shipping and Banking.

e eri
gin
Profit

En

1000
arn

4. For how many companies does the profit exceed 10% of the turnover?
Le

1) 8 2) 7
3) 6 4) 5
5. For how many banking companies with a turnover of more than 2000 is the profit less than 300?
1) 0 2) 1
w.

3) 6 4) 7
6. An investor wants to buy stocks of only banking or shipping companies with a turnover of more
than 1000 and profit exceeding 10% of turnover. How many choices are availiable to the investor?
ww

1) 6 2) 7
3) 4 4) 5
Directions (Q. 7-9): Answer the questions on the basis of the information given below.
The following table shows the data about ages, height and weight of randomly selected 100 chil-
dren of CATMOS Montessori. Table 1 provides data about ages of the children. For the age given in the
first column, the second column gives the number of children not exceeding that age.
For example, the first entry indicates that there are 9 children aged 4 years or less. Tables 2 and
3 provide data on the heights and weights respectively on the same group of 100 children in a similar
format. Assuming that an older child is always taller and weighs more than a younger child, answer
the following questions.

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

TABLE 1 TABLE 2 TABLE 3

Age (years) Number Height (cm) Number Weight (kg) Number
4 9 115 6 30 8
5 12 120 11 32 13
6 22 125 24 34 17
7 35 130 36 36 28
8 42 135 45 38 33
9 48 140 53 40 46
10 60 145 62 42 54

.in
11 69 150 75 44 67
12 77 155 81 46 79
13 86 160 93 48 91

ng
14 100 165 100 50 100

7. What is the number of children of age 9 years or less whose height does not exceed 135 cm?
1) 48 2) 45 3) 3 4) Cannot be determined

eri
8. How many children of age more than 10 years are taller than 150 cm and do not weigh more than
48 kg?

K
1) 16 2) 40 3) 9 4) Cannot be determined

e
9. Among the children older than 6 years but not exceeding 12 years, how many weigh more than 38
gin
kg?
1) 34 2) 52 3) 44 4) Cannot be determined

Directions (Q. 10-12): Answer the questions on the basis of the information given below.
Nature’s Best Juices (NBJ) is in the business of manufacturing fruit juices. NBJ buys APPLE,
En

MANGO, GRAPE, ORANGE and LITCHEE juice. ORANGE juice can be made by adding artificial flavour
to APPLE and MANGO juice in equal proportions. Similarly, LITCHEE juice can also be made by APPLE
and GRAPE juice. Among other juices, NBJ sells MIXED JUICE (formed by mixing GRAPE and MANGO

KUNDAN
arn

juice in the ratio 70 : 30), TROPICAL DELIGHT JUICE (formed by mixing equal amounts of ORANGE
and LITCHEE juice) and SUMMER SONG juice (formed by mixing equal amounts of ORANGE and GRAPE
juice). The following table provides the price at which NBJ buys the juices.
FLAVOUR Rs/Litre
Le

APPLE 20.00
MANGO 25.00
GRAPE 15.00
ORANGE 22.00
w.

LITCHEE 18.00
10. The cheapest way to manufacture TROPICAL DELIGHT juice would cost
1) Rs 19.50 per litre 2) Rs 19.75 per litre
ww

3) Rs 20.00 per litre 4) Rs 20.25 per litre

11. SUMMER SONG can be manufactured by mixing
1) MIXED JUICE and APPLE in the ratio 14 : 10
2) MIXED JUICE and APPLE in the ratio 3 : 1
3) MANGO and LITCHEE in the ratio 1 : 1
4) APPLE, MANGO and GRAPE in the ratio 1 : 1 : 2
12. Assume that TROPICAL DELIGHT, MIXED JUICE and SUMMER SONG each sell for the same price.
Which of the three is the most profitable to the manufacturer?
1) TROPICAL DELIGHT 2) MIXED JUICE
3) SUMMER SONG 4) Data is insufficient

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Directions (Q. 13-17): Answer the questions on the basis of information given below.
The following radar graph shows the percentage increase in the sale of companies A, B, C, D and E in
year 2004 with respect to previous year.
A
80

60

40
E B

.in
20

ng
eri
D C

K
13. Which company has the maximum sale in year 2004?
1) A 2) C
e
3) E 4) Can’t be determined
14. The ratio of sale of companies A, B, C, D and E in year 2003 is 5 : 4 : 3 : 2 : 6. Find the overall %
gin
increase in the sale of all the five companies together in year 2004.
1) 46% 2) 54% 3) 59% 4) 64%
15. The overall % increase in the sale of company C and company D together is 55% in year 2004.
Find the ratio of sale of company C and D in year 2004?
En

1) 80 : 13 2) 192 : 17
3) 84 : 31 4) 192 : 53
16. If the ratio of sale of company C, D and E in year 2004 is 5 : 3 : 4 then find the overall % increase

KUNDAN
arn

in the sale of company C, D and E together from 2003 to 2004 (approx.).

1) 41% 2) 39% 3) 54% 4) 46%
17. The overall % increase in the sale of companies B & C together is 57% and that of companies C &
D together is 47% in year 2004. Find the ratio of sale of companies C, D and E in year 2003.
Le

1) 3 : 7 : 23 3) 5 : 9 : 13
3) 6 : 7 : 11 4) None of these

Directions (Q. 18-20): Read the following information given below and answer the questions
w.

that follow.
The Shyam Dairy company is setting up a plant for manufacture and sale of flavoured milk. The
investment of the plant is Rs 10 crores (to be invested in plant, machinery, advertising, infra-
ww

structure etc).
The following table shows the cost of different bottle sizes.

Sale Dealer
Bottle size Bottling cost Cost of liquid Transportation cost
Price Margin
300 ml Rs 2 Rs 8 10 paise per bottle Rs 14 Rs 1.5
500 ml Rs 5 Rs 10 15 paise per bottle Rs 21 Rs 2
1.5 lit Rs 10 Rs 25 20 paise per bottle Rs 52 Rs 5

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

18. For which bottle should Shyam Dairy try to maximise sale to maximise its profit (assume that the
total number of litres of flavoured milk sold is constant irrespective of break-up of the sales in
terms of the bottle size).
1) 1500 ml bottle
2) 500 ml bottle
3) 300 ml bottle
4) Can’t say
19. If the company sells only 300ml bottles in the first year, how many bottles shoud it sell to recover
the investment made in the first year only?

.in
1) 41.66  106 2) 35.84  10 6
3) 44.56  106 4) Can’t say
20. If the ratio of sales of 300ml bottles to that of 500ml bottles is 4 : 1, and there is no sale of 1500ml

ng
bottles, how many 500ml bottles will be required to recover the investment?
1) 17.96  106 2) 24.8  10 6

eri
3) 7.43  10 6 4) Can’t say

Answers and explanations

K
1. 1; The percentage change to net worth is greater than the percentage change for total income in
13 companies.
e
gin
2. 3; The percentage ROCE for the top five companies is greater than the percentage RONW for only
the company Tata International.
3. 3; 1st to 5th are: Tata Sons, Bharti, Hero, Jaypee and Essar respectively.
4. 2; Draw a line from the bottom left corner to top right corner. The symbols lying above the line are
En

ones in which profit exceeds 10% of turnover. There are 6 such companies.
5. 3; Six companies lie below 300 profit and more than 2000 turnover.
6. 4; Only five companies fulfil the requirement.

KUNDAN
7. 2; Number of children aged 9 years or less = 48
arn

Number of children having height 135 cm or less = 45

Thus 45 children satisfy both conditions.
8. 1;
Le

Number of children
age > 10 years 40
w.

height > 150 cm 25

weight > 48 kg 9
ww

Thus required number of children = 25 – 9 = 16.

9. 3;

Number of children
12 years > age > 6 years 55
weight > 38 kg 67

Required number of children = 67 – 23 = 44.

10. 2; TROPICAL DELIGHT juice would cost minimum when its constituents have the minimum pos-
sible price. TROPICAL DELIGHT is made by mixing equal amounts of ‘ORANGE’ and ‘LITCHEE’.
We have the following possibilities:

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

.in
ng
From the table we have the minimum cost Rs 1975.
11. 4; The possible combinations for SUMMER SONG are given below.

eri
Combination Ratio

K
ORANGE + GRAPE 1:1
(APPLE AND MANGO) + GRAPE
e 1:1:2
gin
12. 2; From Q. 10 we have: the least possible price for TROPICAL DELIGHT is Rs 19.75 per litre.
Similarly, least possible price for MIXED JUICE is Rs 18 per litre (when GRAPE + MANGO are
mixed in the ratio 70 : 30). And least possible price for SUMMER SONG is Rs. 18.5 pre litre (when
ORANGE + GRAPE is mixed in the ratio 1 : 1).
En

Hence profitability is maximum for MIXED JUICE .

13. 4; Only the percentage increase in the sales of each of the company is given, not the previous
year’s sale. Hence data inadequate.

KUNDAN
arn

14. 2; The overall % increase in the sales of all the five companies together
5 4 3 2 6
  80   50   60   30   40
20 20 20 20 20
Le

 20  10  9  3  12  54 %
15. 1; 55% increase in the sales of company C and D together is the weighted mean of 60% and 30% .
C D
60% 30%
w.

55%
25 5
5 : 1 (Ratio of sale in year 2003)
ww

Sale of company C in year 2004

Now,
Sale of company D in year 2004

160
5
100  80
=
130 13
1
100
 Required ratio = 176 : 13
16. 4; Let K be present in each of the ratios.

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

2004 2003
100
C 5K 5K ×  3.12
160
100
D 3K 3K ×  2.3
130
100
E 4K 4K × = 2.8
140
Total 12K 8.2K
12K  8.2K 3.8K
 100 =  100  46%

.in
The overall % increase =
8.2K 8.2K
17. 1; Similar to solution of Q. 15.
B C C D

ng
50% 60% 60% 30%
57% 37%
3 : 7 7 : 23
 B : C : D  3 : 7 : 23

eri
18. 3; Profit from one 300ml bottle = 14 – (2 + 8 + 1.5 + 0.1) = Rs 2.4
Profit from one 500ml bottle = 21 – (5 + 10 + 0.15 + 2) = Rs 3.85

K
Profit from one 1500ml bottle = 52 – (10 + 25 + 0.20 + 5) = Rs 11.80

e
Selling 1500ml from 300ml bottles we get 2.4 × 5 = Rs 12 as profit.
gin
Similarly, selling 1500 ml from 500ml bottles we get = 3.85 × 3 = Rs 11.55 as profit
Selling 1500ml from 1500ml bottle we get Rs 11.80 as profit.
Therefore, Shyam Dairy should maximise the production of 300ml bottles. (As the number of
litres is constant)
En

19. 1; Let no. of bottles it should sell be x.

Cost of production of x bottles = x (2 + 8 + 0.1 + 1.5) = 11.6x
Fixed cost = 108

KUNDAN
arn

Now, to recover the cost

10 8  11.6x 10 8
 14  x   41.66  10 6 bottle
x 2.4
Le

Quicker Approach: From solution of Q. 18.

Profit per bottle = Rs 2.4
108
 Total no. of bottles to sell =
w.

2.4
20. 3; Let K be present in the ratio.
The overall selling cost of 300 ml and 500 ml (where they are sold in the ratio 4 : 1)
ww

4  14  1  21 77
=   15 .4 .
4 1 5
Cost of production of 300ml bottle = Rs 11.6
Cost of production of 500ml bottle = Rs 17.15
4K  11.6   K  17.15   10 8
Now, 15.4 
4K  K
 77K  46.4K  17.15K  108  13.45K  10 8

108
K  7.43  10 6 bottles
13.45

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Practice Exercise 11
Directions (Q. 1-6): These questions are based on the following information regarding the
price changes that a certain pharmaceutical company is considering for its products.

P roduct Existing Price (Rs.) Revised P rice (Rs.)

Antacid 1.50 2.50

.in
Anti-Hypertensive 10.00 12.50
Expectorant 18.00/bottle 24.00/bottle
Anti-Asthmatic 20.00 26.00

ng
Anti-Pyretic 5.00 8.00
Anti-Flatulent 7.50 9.00

eri
The prices for all the products except Expectorant are the prices of 10 tablets.

K
1. A man is prescribed a combination of Antacid and Anti-Hypertensive in the ratio 2 : 3 for the first
week and of Anti-Hypertensive and Anti-Flatulent in the ratio 3 : 4 for the second week. The

e
purchased all the medicines under the existing price. His expenditure in the second week is
what % more than in the first week?
gin
1) 24% more 2) 18% less 3) 26% more 4) Data Inadequate
2. If a family has a hypertensive and an asthmatic patient, where the person with hypertension has
to consume three tablets of Anti-Hypertensive per day and the asthmatic patient has to take two
tablets of Anti-Asthmatic every alternate day, what will be the increase in expenditure on the two
En

patients for 30 days?

1) Rs 40.50 2) Rs 42.75 3) Rs 46.50 4) Rs 38.50

KUNDAN
3. What is the percentage increase in the expenditure of a person for one year if he consumes 32
arn

tablets of Antacid in one week?

1 1 2
1) 7 % 2) 6 % 3) 6 % 4) None of these
2 2 3
4. A person is prescribed to take two spoonfuls of Expectorant thrice everyday for a period of 20
Le

weeks. Assuming that each bottle of Expectorant contains 90 spoonfuls, find the expenditure ac-
cording to the existing prices.
1) Rs 200 2) Rs 180 3) Rs 168 4) Rs 240
w.

5. A person is prescribed a combination of Anti-Pyretic and Anti-Asthmatic such that he has to take
one of these before breakfast, the other after lunch and the one he had at breakfast after dinner
also; if he consumed an Anti-pyretic at the end of the dinner on the 7 th day of the course, he
ww

started the course with

1) Anti-Asthmatic 2) Anti-Pyretic
3) Not possible to determine 4) None of the above
6. In the question no. (1), average cost per tablet for the first week is what % less than the average
cost per tablet for the second week?
1) 17.9% 2) 22.35% 3) 24.5% 4) Can’t say

Directions (Q. 7-11): These questions are based on the pie diagrams given below.
Shefali, a first-year student of management from a well-known institute of management in
western India, was doing her internship with a leading public sector bank in India. Her project
involved analyzing the market shares of various Indian companies that manufacture and sell

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

fuels and lubes. Halfway through her project, she managed to collect the following information
from the sales figures of various companies:

Percentage shares of various companies Percentage shares of various compani es

in total sales of l ubes (by val ue) i n total sal es of fuel s (by value)
P RL P RL
OT HERS
OT HERS 10% 10%
15%
25%

P HCL

.in
20% P HCL
25%

ng
OICL
OICL
30%
15%

eri
P BCL

K
P BCL
30%
20%

Total sales of lubes for the year

2000-2001 = Rs 22,400 crores e Total sales of fuels for the year
2000-2001 = Rs 11,200 crores
gin
Shefali’s project guide, after reviewing the above information, pointed out the fact that the above
figures were inclusive of the considerable volumes of inter-company sales that occur every year.
Therefore the correct market shares of the companies should be arrived at after deducting the
inter-company sales figures from the present figures. Shefali then further collected the follow-
En

ing information regarding the inter-company sales.

KUNDAN Sale value as a percentage of the total sales of the selling company
arn

SELLER PRL OICL PHCL PBCL OTHERS

PRL Fuels — 50 10 — 40
60
Le

Lubes — 30 — 10
OICL Fuels — — 15 20 10
Lubes — — 20 — 40
w.

PHCL Fuels — 20 — 20 20
Lubes — 10 — 25 40
PBCL Fuels — 30 10 — 35
ww

Lubes — 15 5 — 25
OTHERS Fuels — 10 5 10 —
Lubes — 15 5 15 —
7. By approximately what percentage did Shefali overestimate the correct value of the total sales of
fuels?
1) 135% 2) 200% 3) 110% 4) 180%
8. If the correct sales figures are considered, then which of the following has the largest percentage
share by value of the sales of fuels and lubes put together?
1) PRL 2) OTHERS 3) OICL 4) PBCL

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

9. If for any company, Sales - Purchases = Profit, then neither fuels nor lubes were profitable for
1) PRL 2) PHCL 3) OTHERS 4) OICL
10. Assuming the information given in the above question to be true, which of the following had the
maximum profitability for fuels?
1) OICL 2) PHCL 3) PBCL 4) OTHERS
11. Which of the following had the second largest percentage share by value when the correct sales
figures of fuels and lubes put together are considered?
1) OTHERS 2) PHCL 3) OICL 4) PBCL

.in
Directions (Q. 12-15): Refer to the pie-charts below and answer the questions that follow.
The following pie-charts represent the shareholding pattern of various investor groups in the
company XYZ Ltd as on 31.03.1999 and 31.03.2000 respectively.

ng
SHAREHOLDING PATTERN

31-3-1999 FIIs 31-3-2000

eri
15% FIIs
20%

K
P ublic
Public 30%
35%

e
gin
Govt.
Institutions
25% Govt.
MF Ins titutio ns
10% 25%
En

MF Promoters P ro mo ters
15% 10% 15%

KUNDAN
arn

Market Price = Rs 138 per share Market Price = Rs 167 per share
Market Capitalisation = Rs 559 cr Market Capitalisation = Rs 846 cr
Market capitalisation (market value) = Number of outstanding shares × Market price of share.

12. The number of outstanding shares have increased by what percentage from 31.03.1999 to
Le

31.03.2000?
1) 10% 2) 15% 3) 25% 4) 30%
13. If you have more than 50% shareholding in a company, then you can control the management of
w.

that company. Then, which of the following statements is are true?

In 1999 (i.e. the year ending on 31.03.99)
I. Management control can be with a coalition of two investor groups.
ww

II. Management control can be with FIIs.

III. Management control can be with promoters.
1) I only 2) II only
3) III only 4) All three
14. Market value of shares held by FIIs has gone up by what percentage from 31.03.1999 to 31.03.2000?
1) 200% 2) 100%
3) 50% 4) 5%
15. If the FIIs together cannot hold more than 24% of outstanding shares, then what is the maximum
value of shares that the FIIs can purchase as on 31.03.2000?
1) 2 lakhs 2) 0.2 lakhs
3) 2 crore 4) 20 lakhs

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Directions (Q. 16-19): Refer to the graph below and answer the question that follows.
XYZ Ltd manufactures locks.

97 160
Sales Expenses
96 140
95

Expenses (in Rs lakh)

120
Sales (in per cent)

94
100
93
80

.in
92
60
91
90 40

ng
89 20

88 0
1996 1997 1998 1999 2000

K eri
The above graph shows the sales revenues of XYZ Ltd. in terms of percentage of target achieved
and the expenses in Rs. lakhs for the years 1996 to 2000. The target sales were constant at Rs.
180 lakhs over the period.
16. In which year did the company earn the most profit?
e
gin
1) 1996 2) 1997 3) 1998 4) 1999
17. What is the maximum drop in sales between any two consecutive years?
1) Rs 1.2 lakhs 2) Rs 4 lakhs 3) Rs 5.4 lakhs 4) Rs 6.3 lakhs
18. During the 5-year period, what is the highest ratio of sales to expenses?
En

1) 1.2 2) 1.9 3) 1.4 4) 1.64

19. What is the increase in sales (in Rs lakhs) from 1999 to 2000?

KUNDAN
1) 6.20 2) 10.80 3) 8.00 4) 8.64
arn

Directions (Q. 20-24): Following graph shows the production at different plants (A, B, C, D) of
Torrent Ltd for four years. Ordinate is production figures in ’000 MTs.
180
160
Le

140
120
100
w.

80
60
ww

40
20 A B C D
0
1993 1994 1995 1996

(i) Capacity utilization = Production × 100 / Capacity

(ii) Production is undertaken uniformly during the year.
(iii) Capacity of four plants (in ’000 MTs) in 1996 is as follows: A = 222, B = 160, C = 180, D = 190
(iv) Raw material availability at the plants in 1996 is to produce following quantities (’000 MTs):
A = 123, B = 148, C = 185, D = 198
20. Which plant has the highest capacity utilization in 1996?
1) B 2) A 3) D 4) C

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

21. Plant D operated only for 8 months in 1993. What would have been the capacity utilization in 1993
if the plant had run for the entire year? [Total capacity of D in 1993 = 190000 MTs]
1) 60% 2) 50.67% 3) 40% 4) 70%
22. If plant C operated at 60% capacity utilization in 1993 and 80% in 1994, what was the capacity
addition during that period?
1) 20 2) 15 3) 25 4) Nil
23. What is the maximum possible production, taking into account raw material availability con-
straint in 1996?
1) A-222, B-160, C-180, D-190 2) A-123, B-148, C-185, D-198

.in
3) A-123, B-148, C-180, D-190 4) A-123, B-148, C-180, D-198
24. In 1996 bonus is to be given to employees of the plant which produces at least 25% of total com-
pany production and which achieves capacity utilization of more than that achieved by the whole

ng
company. Which plants received the bonus in 1996?
1) C & D 2) B, C & D 3) D 4) None of these

Answers and explanations

eri
1. 4; The constant present in the first week combination is either similar or different from the

K
constant present in the second week combination. Hence we can’t find the expenditures of first
and second weeks.
Hence data inadequate.
e
2. 1; Three tablets/day would mean the hypertensive has to be taken 90 times in 30 days.
gin
The increase is of Rs 2.50 for 10 tablets
Hence increase will be of 2.50 × 9 = 22.50 for 90 tablets
Asthmatic has to consume 30 tablets.
En

 increase = 6.00 × 3 = 18.00

 total increase = 22.50 + 18 = 40.50.

KUNDAN
1.00 2 2
3. 4;  100   100  66 % .
arn

1.50 3 3
4. 2; He has to consume = 2 × 3 × 7 × 20 = 840 spoonfuls
90 spoonfuls --- 1 bottle
840 spoonfuls ---- 10 bottles
Le

1
(since he cannot buy 9 bottles)
3
Hence expenditure according to the existing prices = 10 × 18.00 = Rs 180.
w.

5. 3; Since he may change the order in which he takes the tablets, it is not possible to determine.
2  1.5  3  10 1 33
6. 2; Average cost per tablet for the first week =  =  0 .66
ww

23 10 5  10

3  10  4  7 .5 1
Average cost per tablet for the second week    0.85
34 10

0.85  0.66 1900

Required % =  100   22 .35 %
0.85 85
7. 1; To arrive at the correct value of the total sales of fuels the inter-company sales figures should
be subtracted from the present total sales.
To be subtracted from 100% :
PRL  50 + 10 +40 = 100% , i.e. has sold all its sales to other companies only  correct sales = 0%

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

OICL  15 + 20 + 10 = 45  (100 – 45)% of 30% = 16.5%

PHCL  20 + 20 + 20 = 60
 (100 - 60)% of 25% = 10%
PBCL  30 + 10 + 35 = 75
 (100 - 75)% of 20% = 5%
OTHERS  10 + 5 + 10 = 25
 (100 - 25)% of 15% = 11.25%

 Actual sales = (0 + 16.5 + 10 + 5 + 11.25) = 42.75% of given sales

.in
100  42.75   100  135 %
 % by which total sales of fuels were overestimated =
42 .5
8. 3; The correct sales figures = (100 - % sales to other companies) × % share of total sales given

ng
= (100 – M) × p (say)
 M should be minimum and p maximum. By observation, this is true for OICL in case of fuels
and for PBCL for lubes.

eri
(Note that OTHERS and PRL are eliminated.)

K
Calculations between PBCL and OICL:
OICL = (100 – 45) × 30% × 25 + (100 – 60) × 15% × S

e
(where S = sales of lubes and since sales of fuels = 25)  45
For PBCL = (100 – 75) × 20% × 25 + (100 – 45)% × 30% × S  0.275S
gin
Clearly, it is maximum for OICL.
9. 3; We need to find that company for which total sales are less than total purchases = S – P is
minimum (and –ve)
En

i.e. S is minimum and P is maximum.

S is from the pie chart and P is the sum of purchases obtained from the columns in the table.

KUNDAN
By mere observatio,
OTHERS have purchased far more than any of the rest.
arn

And its sales are also minimal for both lubes and fuels.
10. 2; For maximum profitability, Sales - Purchases should be maximum.
 S – P must be maximum.
Le

For ICL, the total purchases are 17.5% [i.e. 50% of PRL + 20% of PHCL + 30% of PBCL + 10% of
OTHERS]
 Profitability = 30 – 17.5 = 12.5%
Similarly, for PHCL, profitability = 25 – 8.25 = 16.75%
w.

For PBCL, profitability = 20 – 12.5 = 7.5%

And for Others, there is negative profitability.
ww

11. 1; The correct sales figures for fuels have already been calculated in solution (7) and in similar
manner we calculate those of lubes.
OTHERS  [100 -(15+5+15)] × 25% = 16.25%
PHCL  [100 - (10+25+40)] × 20% = 5%
OICL  [100 - (20+40)] × 15% = 6%
PBCL  [100 -(15+5+25)] × 30% = 16.5%
1
Now total sales of lubes = × that of fuels
2
 values for above are
OTHERS  8.125%

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

PHCL  2.5% (of total sales of fuels)

OICL  3%
PBCL  8.25%
The total correct sales value of fuels and lubes put together:
OTHERS  11.25 + 8.125 = 19.375%
PBCL  5 + 8.25 = 13.25%
OICL  16.5 + 3 = 19.5%
PHCL  10 + 2.5 = 12.5%

.in
 OTHERS is second in terms of (correct) total value of sales of fuels and lubes put together.

559 560
12. 3; Number of outstanding shares as on 31.03.1999   = 4 cr.
138 140

ng
846 850
Number of outstanding shares as on 31.03.2000 =  = 5 cr.
167 170

eri
54 1
Therefore, percentage increase in outstanding shares   = 25% .

K
4 4
13. 1; It is clear that Public (35% ) and Govt Institutions (25% ) can form a coalition and control man-
agement.
e
14. 2; Market value of shares held by FIIs as on 31.03.1999 = 15% × 559  84
gin
Market value of shares held by FIIs as on 31.03.2000  20 %  846  169
169  84 85
 Percentage increase =  100 =  100  100 % .
84 84
En

15. 4; Total outstanding shares as on 31.03.2000 = 5 cr. FIIs can buy 4% more as they already hold
20% of the shares, i.e.

KUNDAN
4
 5 cr = 0.2 cr = 20 lakhs.
arn

100
16. 4; Calculating the sales revenue and the profit, year 1999 has the highest profits.
Year Revenue (Sales) Cost P rofit
Le

1996 (93.2% of 180) 168 110 58

1997 (95.3% of 180) 170 150 20
1998 167 135 32
w.

1999 164 100 64

2000 173 125 48
ww

17. 2;

Sales Percentage of target Difference

1996 93.2
1997 95.3 2.10%
1998 93.1 -2.2%
1999 91.2 -1.9%
2000 96 4.80%

Since the year 1997-1998 has the largest fall of 2.2% of Rs. 180 lakhs, the value is Rs. 3.96

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

lakhs.
18. 4; Calculate from table in solution 16. Highest ratio is 1.64 for year 1999.
96  91 .2
19. 4; Increase in sales =  180 = Rs 8.64 lakh.
100
20. 3; Capacity utilization for the plants is
A = 75 × 100/222  33.8%
B = 135 × 100/160  85%
C = 145 × 100/180  80%
D = 170 × 100/190  90%

.in
21. 1; Plant D produced 75 (’000 MTs) in 1993 in 8 months. If the plant had been operative throughout
the year it would have produced 12 × 75/8 = 112.5 (’000 MTs)
100

ng
The capacity utilization = 112.5 ×  60%
190
22. 2;

eri
Year % Capacity Utlz. Total Capacity

K
1993 60 85 × 100/60 140
1994 80 124 × 100/80 = 156.25
e
gin
Increase in capacity  15
23. 3; Using both the constraints: Capacity of four plants: A = 222, B = 160, C = 180, D = 190; and Raw
material availability at the plants in 1996 is to produce following quantities (’000MTs): A = 123,
B = 148, C = 185, D = 198. Hence minimum value between Capacity and Raw material availabil-
ity is the maximum production possible. Hence answer option is (3).
En

24. 4;

KUNDAN
Plant Capacity considering constraints Actual Production % Utilization
arn

A 123 75 61
B 148 135 91
C 180 145 81
Le

D 190 170 90
Total 641 525 82
25% of Total 131.25
w.

Only B & D satisfy the given condition.

ww

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Practice Exercise 12

Directions (Q. 1-6): These questions are based on the following information.
The bar graphs show the coal reserves of various nations in metric tonnes where as the line
graph shows the number of years up to which the reserves would last. Data for the bar graphs have to
be read from the left side of the Y-axis and those for the line graph have to be read from right side of

K KUNDAN
the Y-axis.

.in
ng
e eri
gin
Africa Asia
En

8% Africa 16%
22%
Australia
America 8%
arn

25%

Asia
53%
Europe
Le

19%
Europe
8%
America
w.

Australia 35%
6%

Share of the continents in the world Breakup of the share of various continents
ww

population of 6 billion in the global coal resource

1. What is the expected average consumption of coal per annum per thousand people in India if
India’s population is 50% of Asia’s population? (Assuming that the world population remains con-
stant)
1) 3 gm 2) 3 kg 3) 0.003 gm 4) 30 kg
2. By how much (in metric tonnes) is the coal reserve of America more than that of Asia, if Kenya
and South Africa contribute to 37.5% of Africa’s coal reserves?
1) 524 2) 434 3) 334 4) 234
3. By how many kg is the annual average consumption of coal of Korea more than that of Libya?
1) 1450 2) 1740 3) 1850 4) 2050

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

4. If after 50 years, the world population increases by 12.5% (with each continent having the same
share of the world population), by how much per cent will the average per annum per capita
consumption of coal in Germany change, if it is known that out of every 10 persons in Europe,
approx 3.33 live in Germany? (Use data from previous question if required.)
1) 6.83% 2) 7.7% 3) 9.41% 4) 12.32%
5. If the European nations plan to sell off 41% of their coal reserves equally to the nations of other
continents (except to Africa), then the total coal reserves of India and New Zealand will increase
by what percentage? (Given that India has 13.8% of Asia’s coal reserves and New Zealand has
6.4% of Australia’s coal reserves. Use data from previous question if required.)

.in
1) 20% 2) 25% 3) 27.23% 4) 31.62%
6. The difference between the ratio of coal reserves of Africa to those of Asia and the ratio of coal
reserves of Europe to those of Australia is

ng
1) 1.21 2) 1.35 3) 1.0 4) None of these
Directions (Q. 7-12): These questions are based on the following information.
The table shows the numbers of persons commuting between different cities of India in five con-

eri
secutive years (in thousands).
1991 1992 1993 1994 1995
Mumbai to Pune 9372 11252 6127 12345 9877
Delhi to Bangalore 10765 8328
e 7056 9362 13125
gin
Kolkata to Raipur 12823 11675 13157 14106 16132
Pune to Delhi 7352 9137 11346 13451 15769
Chennai to Mumbai 8767 10789 12523 14323 16239
En

% share of various m odes of transport M odes of road transport

Rail
26.2%
arn

Taxi
Deluxe
22.7%
27.8%

Road
Le

Private
55.0% 16.9%
Govt Bus
Air 32.6%
w.

18.8%

K KUNDAN
Modes of rail transport Percent share of various airline services
ww

Special ANZ
Deluxe
7% Airw ay
17%
Superf ast 18%
Indian
33%
Airlines
Sahara
46%
Airlines
20%
P assenger
43% Jet Airw ays
16%

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

7. In 1995, what is the difference (in thousands) between the number of people commuting by De-
luxe buses and that of those by Jet Airways?
1) 8522 2) 10145 3) 9132 4) 8738
8. What is the percentage change from percentage increase in the number of persons going by
Deluxe train from Mumbai to Pune from 1991 to 1992 to the percentage increase in those going by
Indian Airlines from Pune to Delhi?
1) 10.21% 2) 20.21% 3) 15.42% 4) 30.42%
9. If a Sahara Airlines ticket from Chennai to Mumbai costs Rs 3800 and a deluxe train A/C ticket

K KUNDAN
from Pune to Delhi costs Rs 2375, what is the difference in revenues generated (in crore rupees)
by Sahara Airlines and Indian Railways on these routes over the period? (Assume that all trains

.in
are run by the Indian Railways.)
1) 320 2) 291.5 3) 250 4) 190.9
10. What is the percentage increase in the number of people travelling by ANZ Airways over the

ng
period?
1) 45% 2) 34% 3) 58% 4) 62%
11. What is the ratio of the number of people travelling from Mumbai to Pune (from 1991 to 1993) by
Deluxe Trains to that of those travelling from Chennai to Mumbai (from 1993 to 1995) by Indian

eri
Airlines?
1) 0.41 2) 0.53 3) 0.32 4) 0.25
12. What is the highest percentage growth in the number of persons travelling by passenger train
between two consecutive years?
1) 20.89% 2) 26.64% 3) 32.12% e 4) 30.21%
gin
Directions (Q. 13-18): These questions are based on the following information.
The following graphs and pie chart indicate the economic condition of chatonline.com, a dotcom
company, over five years (1996-2000).
TURNOVER
En

GROSS FIXED ASSETS

100
2000
80
1999
Rs in crores

arn

60
Years

1998
40
1997
20
Le

1996
0
1996 1997 1998 1999 2000
0 50 100 150
Years Rs crore
w.

Gross profit for all five years (Rs 50 crore), before depreciation and tax

1996
ww

2000 18%
28%
The net profit is calculated as (G – D – T)
where G = Gross profit
1997 D = Depreciation
15%
T = Tax
Depreciation and Tax are calculated on the
1999 Gross profit.
1998
22%
17%

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

13. If in 1996, there was 6.25% depreciation and 13.75% tax deduction, then the net profit in 1996 (Rs
crore) was
1) 5.21 2) 6.82 3) 7.29 4) 6.0
14. For which year was the ratio of turnover to gross fixed assets is the maximum?
1) 1997 2) 1998 3) 1996 4) 2000
15. What is the percentage increase in the ratio of gross fixed assets to gross profit from 1996 to 1999?
1) 96% 2) 135% 3) 236% 4) 310%
16. If in 1998, there was 9.65% depreciation and 11.63% tax deduction, then the ratio of net profit in
1998 to that in 1996 works out to

.in
(Use data from previous questions if required.)
1) 0.92 2) 0.68 3) 1.82 4) 2.97
17. For which year was the ratio of turnover to gross profit the maximum?

ng
1) 1996 2) 1998 3) 1999 4) 2000
18. For how many years is the ratio of (gross fixed assets + turnover) to gross profits lesser than the
succeeding year?
1) 1 2) 2 3) 3 4) 4

eri
Directions (Q. 19-22): Refer to the tables below:
The following tables give information related to fertilisers (nitrogen and phosphate).

e
Fertilizer output in Nineties
gin
Nitrogen Phosphates
Year Cap. util. (%) Cap. util. (%)
(lac tonnes) (lac tonnes)
1990-91 69.93 85.80 20.51 74.50
En

1991-92 73.01 88.50 25.62 93.10

1992-93 74.30 88.00 23.06 82.10
1993-94 72.31 83.90 18.16 64.30
arn

1994-95 79.45 91.20 24.93 88.30

1995-96 87.77 96.90 25.58 90.60
Le

1996-97 (Est.) 90.23 97.00 26.80 91.00

Year Fertilizer consumption (lac tonnes)

w.

1990-91 125.46
1991-92 127.28

K KUNDAN
ww

1992-93 121.55
1993-94 123.66
1994-95 135.64
1995-96 144.30
19. By what percentage was consumption of fertilizers greater than the production of fertilizers in the
year 1992-93?
1) 22 2) 23 3) 25 4) 26
20. What was the increase in total production capacity of phosphate fertilizers between 1991-97?
1) 1.5 lac tonnes 2) 2 lac tonnes 3) 2.5 lac tonnes 4) 1 lac tonnes

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

21. Total fertilizer production in 1995-96 was what percentage of total fertilizer consumption (approxi-
mately)?
1) 78 2) 79 3) 77.5 4) 78.5
22. Between 1990-96, production of nitrogen fertilizer was what percentage of total consumption of
fertilizers?
1) 50 2) 45 3) 60 4) 65

K KUNDAN
Answers and explanations
290

.in
1. 1; Expected per annum consumption of coal in ndia = = 4.8 metric tonnes per year
60
Population of India = 50% of (53% of 6 billion)  1.6 billion
 expected average consumption of coal per annum per thousand people

ng
 

 4.8 metric tonnes   4.8  10 6 kg 
 0.003 kg = 3 gm.
 1.6 billion   
1.6  10 9

eri
2. 3; Total coal reserves of S Africa and Kenya = 90 + 60 = 150 metric tonnes
But 145 = 37.5% of Africa’s coal reserves

So, Africa’s coal reserves

150  8   400
metric tonnes
3
e
gin
Again, 400 = 22% of global coal reserves
So, the global coal reserves = 1820 metric tonnes
 required difference = 19% of 1820 metric tonnes  346 metric tonnes
320
3. 2; Annual average consumption of coal in Korea = = 3.55 metric tonnes
En

90
190
Annual average consumption of coal in Libya = = 1.81 metric tonnes
105
arn

 required difference = 1.74 metric tonnes = 1740 kg.

4. 2; Present population of Germany = 33% of (8% of 6 bn)  0.16 bn
Present average consumption of coal per annum per capita in Germany
145  10 6
Le

=  0.013 gm.
70  0.16  10 9
145
Amount of coal consumed in Germany in 50 years =  50  103 .6 metric tonnes
w.

70
So, amount of coal left = 41.4 metric tonnes.
After 50 years, population of Germany = (1.125) × (0.16)  0.18 bn
ww

 41.4 
After 50 years, average per annum per capita consumption =  20  0.18  10 6  kg  0.012 gm.
 
 

 13  12  
 % change =  13  × 100% = 7.7%
 
5. 1; Total coal reserves of European nations = 19% of 1820  346 metric tonnes
Amount of coal sold off by European nations = 41% of 346  142 metric tonnes
So, increase in the coal reserves of the three continents (except Africa)
142
= = 47.33 metric tonnes.
3

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Originally, the coal reserves of Asia = 291 metric tonnes

and the coal reserves of Australia = 146 metric tonnes
So, the original coal reserves of India and NZ = 13.8% of 291  6.4% of 146
 49.5 metric tonnes.
Now, the increased coal reserves of Asia = 291 + 47.33 = 338.33 metric tonnes
and the increased coal reserves of Australia = 146 + 47.33 = 193.33 metric tonnes
Now, the increased total coal reserves of India and N.Z = (13.8% of 338.33) + (6.4% of 193.33)
 59 metric tonnes.

.in
 59 .43  49 .5  
So, the % increase in the total coal reserves of India and NZ =    20%
 49 .5 

19 22

ng
6. 3; The required difference =  = 2.375 – 1.375 = 1.0.
8 16
7. 4; Total number of people commuting in 1995 = 71142.
Number of people commuting by road = 55% of 71142 = 39128.

eri
So, the number of people commuting by deluxe buses = 27.8% of 39128 = 10878.
Number of people commuting by air route = 18.8% of 71142 = 13375.
So, the number of people commuting by Jet Airlines = 16% of 13375 = 2140.

e
Hence, the required difference = 10878 - 2140 = 8738.
gin
8. 2; Number of persons going by deluxe train from Mumbai to Pune in 1991
= 17% of (26.2% of 9372) = 417.
Number of persons going by deluxe train from Mumbai to Pune in 1992
= 17% of (26.2% of 11252) = 501.
En

 % increase in the number of persons going by deluxe train from Mumbai to Pune from 1991
 501  417  
to 1992 = 
417   100% = 20.14% .
 
arn

Number of persons going by Indian Airlines from Pune to Delhi in 1991

= 46% of (18.8% of 7352) = 636.
Number of persons going by Indian Airlines from Pune to Delhi in 1992
= 46% of (18.8% of 9137) = 790.
Le

 % increase in the number of persons going by deluxe train from Pune to Delhi from1991 to
 790  636  
1992 = 
636   100% = 24.21% .
 
w.

 24 .21  20 .14  

 % change in % increase =  
20.14   100% = 20.21% .

K KUNDAN

ww

9. 2; Number of people travelling from Chennai to Mumbai by Sahara Airlines over the period
= 20% of (18.8% of 62641)= 2355 thousands.
Total revenue generated by Sahara Airlines over the period on the Chennai to Mumbai route
= Rs (3800 × 2355) thousand = Rs 8949000 thousand  Rs 895 crores.
Number of people travelling from Pune to Delhi by deluxe train over the period
= 17% of (26.2% of 57055)= 2541 thousand.
Total revenue generated by Indian Railways over the period on the Pune to Delhi route
= Rs (2375 × 2541) thousand = Rs 6034875 thousand  Rs 603.5 crores.
 the difference in the revenues generated = Rs 291.5 crores.
71142  49079
10. 1; Just simply calculate  100 = 45% (approx.)
49079

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

11. 3; Number of people travelling from Mumbai to Pune from 91 to 93 by deluxe trains
= 17% of (26.2% of 26751) = 1191 thousand (approx.)
Number of people travelling from Chennai to Mumbai from 93 to 95 by Indian Airlines = 46% of
(18.8% of 43085) = 3726 thousand (approx.)
1191
So, the required ratio = = 0.32
3726
12. 2; The highest % growth in the total number of people is from 93 to 94.

K KUNDAN
Number of people travelling by passenger trains in 1993 = 43% of (26.2% of 50209) = 5657
thousand

.in
Number of people travelling by passenger trains in 1994
= 43% of (26.2% of 63587) = 7164 thousand

ng
 7164  5657  
So, the required % growth = 
5657   100% = 26.64% .
 

 63857  50209  

eri
OR just calculate 
50209   100 = 26.69%
 
13. 2; Gross Profit of the company in 1996 = 18% of 50 = Rs 9 crores
Net Profit of the company in 1996 = 9 – (6.25 + 13.75)% of 9 = Rs 7.29 cr.
14. 3
e
gin
15. 4; Gross Fixed Assets of the company in 1996 = Rs 10 crores.
Gross Profit of the company in 1996 = 18% of 50 = Rs 9 crores.
10
So, the ratio of Gross Fixed Assets to the Gross Profit of the company in 96 = = 1.11
9
En

Gross fixed assets of the company in 1999 = Rs 50 crores.

Gross Profit of the company in 1999 = 22% of 50 = Rs 11 crores.
50
arn

So, the ratio of Gross Fixed Assets to the Gross Profit of the company in 1999 =  4.5
11

 4.5  1 .11 
So, the required % increase =    100  310%
 1.11 
Le

16. 1; Gross Profit of the company in 1998 = 17% of 50 = Rs 8.50 crore.

Net Profit of the company in 1998 = 8.5 (100 – 9.65 – 11.63)% = 6.7 cr
From soln (13), Net profit of the co. in 1996 = Rs 7.29 cr
w.

 required ratio = 0.92

17. 2; We have to compare ratio of Turnover (T) to Gross Profit (GP) for the years mentioned in the
options.
ww

The ratios for different years are as follows:

50 50
For 1996, required ratio = 
18 % of 50 18 x
65
Similarly, for 1997 
15 x
115
1998 
17 x
80
1999 
22x

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

110
2000 
28 x
It’s obvious that the ratio is maximum in 1998 because only it is more than 6.
18. 3; For the years 96, 97 and 99, the required ratio is less than the succeeding years.
19. 3; For 1992-93:
Production = 74.30 + 23.06 = 97.36
Consumption = 121.55
121 .55  97 .36
 Percentage lead of consumption over production =  100  25 %

.in
97 .36
Production 20.51
20. 2; Production capacity in 1991 =   28
Capacity utilisation 0.7450

ng
26 .8
Production capacity in 1997 =  30 .
0.91

eri
Hence increase in capacity = 30 – 28 = 2.
21. 4; Total fertilizers production in 1995-96 = 87.77 + 25.58 = 113.35
Total consumption in 1995-96 = 144.36
113 .35
 required percentage = 144 .3  100  78 .5%e
gin
22. 3; Production of nitrogen fertilizers from 1990-96
= 69.93 + 73.01 + 74.3 + 72.31 + 79.45 + 87.77 = 456.77
Consumption of fertilizers from 1990-96
En

= 125.46 + 127.28 + 121.55 + 123.66 + 135.64 + 144.3 = 777.89

Production 456.77
 Required percentage = Consumption  100  777.84  100  60%
arn
Le
w.

K KUNDAN
ww

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Practice Exercise 13
Directions (Q. 1-6): The following charts give data about the “total” and “segment-wise” mar-
ket shares of all the rubber companies in India, for the year 1995-1996.

All Segments 1995-96 Truck & Bus Segment

Ceat Others Ceat

.in
16.5% 39.8% Others
13%
36.6%

ng
MRF
17%

eri
MRF
23.3%

K
Modi Apollo Modi
Apollo
8.3%
Rubber
Dunlop 8.3% e 16%
Rubber
14%
gin
Dunlop
3.8%
3.4%

Car Segment
En

Two- and Three-Wheelers

Ceat Others
21.3% 28.9%

KUNDAN
arn

MRF Ceat
Apollo 22% 17%
2%

Dunlop
Le

Modi 5%
Rubber
Modi Others
7.4%
Rubber 49%
w.

MRF 5%
Dunlop
34.6%
Apollo 2.6%
5.2%
ww

The total sales of Apollo in 1995-96 were Rs. 1245 crore; this was because of a 25% growth over the
previous year’s sales. Apollo’s sales in the car segment was Rs 208 crore. The truck and bus
segment conssitituted 40% of the total sales in 1995-96.
1. Apollo’s sales in the “two-and three-wheelers” segments was Rs
1) 82 crore 2) 75 crore 3) 70 crore 4) Can’t be determined
2. The sales in the truck and bus segment exceeded those in the car segment by
1) 50% 2) 75% 3) 100% 4) 150%
3. Which of the following had the maximum value of sales?
1) Apollo in truck & bus segment 2) Ceat in two- and three-wheelers
3) Ceat in car segment 4) Modi Rubber in all segments

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

4. The sales by MRF in the truck and bus segment was

1) Rs 840 crore 2) Rs 1384 crore 3) Rs 1020 crore 4) Rs 1395 crore
5. Apollo’s sales in 1994-95 was
1) Rs 996 crore 2) Rs 1156 crore 3) Rs 750 crore 4) None of these
6. If the sales of Car segment and Two- and Three-Wheeler segments are mixed, the overall share of
Ceat is 18.7% in year 1995-96. The total share of Two- and Three-Wheeler segment is what %
more/less than that of the Car segment?
1) 13.7% less 2) 44.4% more 3) 37.7% more 4) Can’t be determined

Directions (Q. 7-12): Refer to the charts below and answer the questions that follow.

.in
Household Consumptions (%) during 2001-02
India Thailand Singapore

ng
Food and beverages 48 37 14
Clothing 4 13 4
Rent and utilities 12 10 16

eri
Health expenditure 5 7 6

K
Transport and communication 13 13 22
Education 4
e 9 17
gin
Household equipment 3 8 7
All except above mentioned expenses are savings
21
En

No. of households (in crores)

18
Monthly income per household (in rupees '000)
15

KUNDAN
arn

12

6
Le

0
w.

India Thailand Singapore

7. What is the difference between the average annual spendings per household on clothing in India
and in Singapore during 2001-02?
ww

1) Rs 1200 2) Rs 9120 3) Rs 7920 4) Rs 28440

8. What percentage of average household savings in Singapore during 2001-2002 is the average
household savings in Thailand?
1) 10.7% 2) 22.1% 3) 32.1% 4) 50%
9. By what percentage is the average monthly spendings per household on education in Thailand
more than that on health expnditure in India during 2001-2002?
1) 80% 2) 140% 3) 280% 4) 584%
10. The number of households in Thailand is expected to grow by 15% next year while the average
monthly salary per household is expected to fall by 13% . If the percentage distribution of house-
hold expenditures remains the same, what will be the total monthly expenditure on rent and
utilities next year?

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

1) Rs 6920 crores 2) Rs 6540 crores 3) 7600 crores 4) Rs 8740 crores

11. Which of the following is true for the given three countries during 2001-2002?
1) Average monthly expenditure per household on food and beverages is maximum for India.
2) Total annual household expenditure on health is maximum for Thailand.
3) Total annual household expenditure on household equipment is maximum for India.
4) None of these
12. Find the percentage household consumption on education of India and Thailand together.
1) 7.1% 2) 6.8% 3) 8.2% 4) Can’t say

Directions (13-17): Refer to the bar graph below and answer the questions that follow.

.in
ng
248.23

K e eri
gin
12.47
En

KUNDAN
arn

India’s domestic passenger car sales in January-December 2003; total = 4.84 lakh units
1. Maruti Udyog Ltd 2. Hyundai Motors India Ltd
3. Tata Motors Ltd 4. Ford India Ltd
5. General Motors Ltd 6. Honda Seie Cars India Ltd
Le

7. Hindustan Motors Ltd 8. Fiat India Pvt Ltd

9. Toyota Kirloskar Motor Pvt Ltd 10. Daimler-Chrysler India Pvt Ltd

13. In 2003, how many units are sold by companies other than those given in the chart?
w.

1) 2320 2) 1810 3) 3805 4) 2830

14. How many units of cars were sold by the given companies in the year 2002?
1) 480000 2) 420340
ww

3) 382120 4) 342140
15. If annual percentage change remains the same for Ford India Ltd and Hindustan Motors Ltd for
the year 2004, then what will be the difference between the numbers of cars sold by these two
companies in year 2004?
1) 9740 2) 11400 3) 10739 4) 12742
16. In year 2002, how many companies sold more than 10000 cars?
1) 6 2) 5 3) 4 4) 2
17. What percentage of combined sales of General Motors Ltd, Fiat India Pvt Ltd and Tata Motors Ltd in
year 2003 is the combined sales of Hindustan Motors Ltd, Ford India Ltd, Hyundai Motors Ltd?
1) 100% 2) 80% 3) 120% 4) 95%

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Directions (Q. 18-20): The following line chart shows the percentage increase in the sale of
companies A, B, C, D and E in year 2002 with respect to year 2001.
70
60 60
50
40 40
Value %

30 30
25
20

.in
10
0
-10 A B C D E

ng
-15
-20
Nam e of Com pany

18. The ratio of sales of company A, B, C, D and E in year 2001 is 5 : 4 : 3 : 2 : 6. Find the overall %

eri
increase in the sale of all the five companies together.

K
1) 33% 2) 37% 3) 39% 4) 42%
19. If the overall percentage increase in the sale of companies B and C together is 19% in year 2002,

e
find the ratio of sale of companies B and C in year 2001.
gin
1) 11 : 7 2) 34 : 21 3) 17 : 14 4) Can’t say
20. Which company has the maximum sale in year 2002?
1) E 2) B 3) D 4) Can’t say
En

Answers and explanations

1-6: In the beginning, please note that all the pie charts add up to hundred, so the shares given are
the per cent shares. Apollo’s share in all segments is 8.3% in 1995-96 = Rs 1245 crore.

KUNDAN
 Total sales in 1995-96 = (1245) (100)/8.3 = Rs 15000 crore;
arn

Apollo’s share in car segment is 5.2% = Rs 208 crore.

 Total sales in car segment = (208) (100)/5.2 = Rs 4000 crore;
Total sales in trucks & buses segment = 40% of total sales = (40) (15000)/100 = Rs 6000 crore;
Le

Total sales in two- & three-wheeler segment = (15000 - 4000 - 6000) = Rs 5000 crore.
1. 2; Apollo’s sales in two- & three-wheeler segment = (1.5) (5000) / 100 = Rs 75 crore.
2. 1; Sales in the truck & bus segment exceeded that in the car segment by = (6000 - 4000) (100)/
w.

(4000) = 50% .
3. 4; Apollo’s sales in truck & bus segment = 16% of 6000 = Rs 960 crore.
ww

Ceat’s sales in two- and three-wheeler segment = 16.9% of 5000 = Rs. 845 crore.
Ceat’s sales in car segment = 21.3% of 4000 = Rs. 852 crore.
Modi Rubber sales in all segments = 8.3% of 15000 = Rs 1245 crore
Among the above, Modi Rubber sales in all segments is the maximum.
4. 3; MRF sales in truck & bus segment = (6000) (17)/(100) = Rs 1020 crore.
5. 1; Apollo’s sales in 1994-95 = (1245)/(1.25) = Rs 996 crore.
6. 2; 18.7% is the overall share of Car segment and Two- and Three-Wheeler segment. Therefore as
per the method of alligation discussed in theory part:
18.7% is the weighted mean of 21.3% and 16.9% .

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Car Segment Two- and Three-Wheelers Segment

21.3% 16.9%
18.7%
1.8 2.6
 9 : 13
Now, total sales of the Two- and Three-Wheeler Segment is greater than that of the Car seg-
ment.
13K  9K 400

.in
Required % =  100   44.4%
9K 9
7. 3; Average annual spending per household on clothing in India during 2001-2002

ng
4
=× 2500 × 12 = Rs. 1200.
100
Average annual spending per household on clothing in Singapore during 2001-2002

eri
4
= × 19000 × 12 = Rs. 9120.
100

K
 Difference = 9120 - 1200 = Rs. 7920.
Alternative Method:
e
Since percentage shares of spending on clothes are the same,
gin
4 4
difference = × (19000 - 2500) × 12 = × 16500 × 12 = Rs 7920.
100 100
8. 1; Household savings in Singapore and Thailand are 14% and 3% of household income respec-
tively.
En

 Ratio of total household savings in Thailand and Singapore during 2001 -2002
= Ratio of % of household savings × Ratio of average household income
3 9500 3

KUNDAN
=   = 0.107, i.e. 10.7% .
arn

14 19000 28

9
9. 4; Average monthly spending per household on education in Thailand =  9500 = Rs 855.
100
Le

5
Average monthly spending per household on health in India =  2500 = Rs 125.
100
w.

855  125
 Required % =  100  584 %
125
 The former is 584% = (6.84 – 1) × 100) more than the latter.
ww

10. 3; Number of households in Thailand next year = 8 × 1.15 = 9.20 crores.

Average monthly salary per household next year = 9500 × 0.87 = Rs 8265.
Total monthly expenditure on rent and utilities next year
10
= × 8265 × 9.20  Rs 7600 crores.
100
11. 4; Statement (1) is false as for Thailand, average monthly expenditure per household on food and
beverages is maximum.
Statement (2) is false as total annual household expenditure on health is maximum for Singapore.
Statement (3) is definitely false for India.
12. 1; Nos. of households in India and Thailand are in the ratio 17 : 8.

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Monthly incomes per household in India and Thailand are in the ratio 2.5 : 9.5 = 5 : 19
17  5  0.04  8  19  0.09  100  3.4  13.68  100  7.2%
Required % =
17  5  8  19 237
13. 2; Total number of units sold by the given companies
= 248.23 + 91.63 + 76.22 + 14.04 + 12.47 + 12.38 + 10.07 + 8.34 + 7.69 + 1.12
= 482.19 = 482190
Total number of units sold = 484000.
Cars sold by companies other than those given in the chart = 484000 - 482190 = 1810.
14. 3;

.in
Sales in 2002 (in '000)
Maruti Udyog Ltd 192.42

ng
Hyundai Motors India Ltd 75.1
Tata Motors Ltd 51.85
Ford India Ltd 10.71

eri
General Motors Ltd 5.74

K
Honda Seil Cars India Ltd 9.52
Hindustan Motors Ltd
e 13.25
gin
Fiat India Pvt Ltd 22.54
Toyota Kirloskar Motors Pvt Ltd 0.26
Daimer-Chrysler India Pvt Ltd 0.73
En

Total 382.12
15. 3; Sales of Ford India Ltd in 2004 = 14.04 × 1.31 = 18.3924

KUNDAN
Sale of Hindustan Motors Ltd in 2004 = 10.07 × 0.76 = 7.6532
arn

Difference = 18392 - 7653 = 10739.

16. 1; Refering to the table from soln of Q 14 we can find that only 6 companies managed to sell more
than 10000 cars in year 2002.
17. 3; In 2003, combined sales of Hindustan Motors Ltd, Ford India Ltd and Hyundai Motors Ltd
Le

= 10.07 + 14.04 + 91.63 = 115.74

Combined sale of General Motors Ltd, Fiat India Pvt Ltd and Tata Motors Ltd
= 12.47 + 8.34 + 76.22 = 97.03
115 .74
w.

Required % =  100 = 119.28  120%

97 .03
5 4 3 2 6 660
 25   40   15   30   60   33 %
ww

18. 1; Required percentage increase =

20 20 20 20 20 20
19. 2; 19% increase is the weighted mean of 40% and –15% . The base year is 2001.
B C
40% –15%
19
34 21
Required ratio of sales of companies B and C in year 2001 = 34 : 21.
20. 4; Since, sales of company in year 2001 is not given. Hence, data inadequate.

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Practice Exercise 14
Directions (Q. 1-4): Refer to the charts below and answer the questions that follow.
Out of 100 people who took CAT last year, 3 got a call from IIM - A, 7 from IIM - B, 13 from IIM - C
and 17 from one or more of the other IIMs (L, K and I). Every person who had a call from IIMs A, B & C
also had a call from one of the other IIMs (L, K & I). Only one person was lucky enough to get a call from
A, B and C. 5 people had calls from both B and C, and nobody had a call from only A and C. 2 people had
calls from both A & B.

.in
1. How many people had a call from IIM - C, but not from A or B?
1) 10 2) 9 3) 8 4) 7
2. How many people received a call from any one or more of the IIMs L, K & I but not from A, B and C?

ng
1) None 2) 1 3) 3 4) Data insufficient
3. In all, how many people received calls from the IIMs?
1) 17 2) 18 3) 20 4) 33
4. What is the minimum number of people who have received calls from at least 3 IIMs?

eri
1) 1 2) 2 3) 5 4) 6

K
Directions (Q. 5-8): Refer to the charts below and answer the questions that follow.

e
The following pie charts give the data regarding the world-wide tea and coffee production for the
year 1999-2000.
gin
Tea in m n tonnes Coffee in m n tonnes
(Total 685 m n tonnes) (Total 408 m n tonnes)
Indo-
En

Indonesia
nesia
10%
4%
Brazil

KUNDAN
Sri Brazil 19%
Lanka 24%
arn

Japan
22% Sri Lanka
3%
23%
Japan
India
3%
Le

China India 21%

25% 22% China
24%
w.

Price movement of tea and coffee (US $ per tonne)

ww

2400
2200
2000
1800
1600
1400
1200
1000
May
Feb

Mar

Sep
Aug

Oct
Jun
Jan

Jul

Dec
Apr

Nov

Coffee T ea

5. The tea production of India exceeded its coffee production by ...... % .

1) 60 2) 54 3) 75 4) 82

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

6. The average value of Japan’s tea production during 1999-2000 was ....... (in billion US $).
1) 35.5 2) 26.25 3) 40.25 4) Can’t be determined
7. If 30% of the world’s tea and 20% of the world’s coffee was produced in the month of May then the
value of production of these two commodities for the month of May would be ....... (in billions of US
$).
1) 396 2) 356 3) 508 4) 459
8. Brazil’s tea production exceeded that of Indonesia and Japan put together by ........ % .
1) 200 2) 156 3) 240 4) 298
Directions (Q. 9-11) Refer to the charts below and answer the questions that follow.

.in
Volum e grow th (%)
60
50
50 B - Segment C - Segment

ng
40 42

30
25

eri
20 15

K
10
10 6
0
2000
0
2001
e 2002 2003
gin
-10
-15
-20

All the models under a particular segment follow the same trend as that of the entire segment.
En

C-Segment
M odel price (Rs lakh) 2001 2003

KUNDAN
Maruti Esteem 4.9 4.66
arn

Tata Indigo - 4.63

Ford Ikon 5.35 4.95
Hyundai Accent 6.00 5.69
Le

Honda City 6.86 6.67

Mitsubishi Lancer 7.1 6.5
w.

9. The volume of Ford Ikon cars is 670000 in 1999. Then, what is the collective cost of all Ford Ikons
in year 2001?
1) Rs 8044625 lakh 2) Rs 4480625 lakh 3) Rs 44506150 lakh 4) Rs 804462 lakh
ww

10. If for Maruti 800, which is a segment B car, the volume is 530000 in 1999, then what is the
difference between the volumes of Maruti 800s and Ford Ikons in year 2002? (Refer data from
previous question.)
1) 186000 2) 219800 3) 161000 4) 147000
11. If the volume of B segment cars is the same as that of C segment cars in 1999 as well as in 2004
and there is no increase in the volume of B segment cars in 2004, then what must be the in-
crease in the volume of C segment cars in 2004?
1) 22.22% 2) 36.66% 3) 43.33% 4) 30.73%
Directions (Q. 12-15): Refer to the table below and answer the questions that follow.
The number of students in five Engineering Colleges P, Q, R, S and T is 20 boys and 20 girls each.

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

The table gives the average marks obtained by each boy and girl in five subjects from these colleges.
Subject M ax. Colleges
M arks P Q R S T
B G B G B G B G B G
Physics 200 145 170 160 150 120 130 165 170 155 160
Applied Mechanics 200 100 110 90 100 100 110 100 90 130 120
Mathematics 200 120 110 95 85 130 130 75 80 130 135

.in
Computer 200 105 125 110 120 115 115 85 90 140 135
Electronics 200 100 100 100 70 110 100 100 110 120 130
12. In which of the following subjects did girls have the highest average marks?

ng
1) Computer 2) Electronics 3) Mathematics 4) Physics
13. Which of the following Engineering colleges has the least pooled average (of boys and girls) in all
subjects?
1) S 2) P 3) Q 4) R

eri
14. Which of the following Enginnering colleges has the highest difference between the marks scored

K
by the girls in Mathematics and that by the boys in Applied Mechanics?
1) Q 2) P 3) R 4) S

e
15. What was the difference between the Mathematics marks of boys of college P and girls of
college R?
gin
1) 120 2) 130 3) 100 4) None of these
Directions (Q. 16-20): Refer to the table below and answer the questions that follow.
Salary range for an organisation for all male and female employees
En

Range (in Rs) M ales Females

Salary < 3000 70 45

KUNDAN
3000 < Salary < 5000 140 90
arn

5000 < Salary < 8000 48 28

8000 < Salary < 12000 16 8
12000 < Salary < 20000 9 3
Le

20000 < Salary 3 1

16. What is the approximate average monthly income of males in the organisation?
1) Rs 6248 2) Rs 5840 3) Rs 7102 4) Data Insufficient
w.

17. What is the minimum average monthly income (approximately) of the female employees who do
not earn less than Rs 3000?
1) Rs 4077 2) Rs 3946 3) Rs 4388 4) Data Insufficient
ww

18. What is the ratio of the maximum average monthly salaries of all the male employees to all the
female employees who earn equal?
1) 19 : 10 2) 5 : 4 3) 4.5 : 3.0 4) Data Insufficient
19. What per cent of the total employees earn less than Rs 12000 but more than or equal to Rs 5000 as
their monthly salary?
1) 17.4% 2) 21.7% 3) 19.8% 4) Data Insufficient
20. Which of the following cannot be deduced from the given data?
1) On an average, out of 66 employees in the organisation approximately 25 are females.
2) Less than 3% employees of the organisation earn more than Rs 20000 per month.
3) Majority of the employees earn more than or equal to Rs. 3000 but less than or equal to Rs 5000
as per month’s salary.
4) Both (1) and (2)

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Answers and explanations

1-4:
IIM A IIM B

1 1 1

1
0 4

.in
IIM C
1. 3; 8 people had a call from IIM-C, but not from A or B.
2. 2; From the figure nA  B  C  = 16

ng
All these people got a call from one of L, K, I
Total who received call from L, K, I = 17  17 – 16 = 1 person received a call from one of L, K and
I and not from A, B or C. Hence (2).

K eri
3. 1; Since every person who received calls from A, B, or C also received calls from L, K and I and the
total from L, K, I is 17, it follows that in all only 17 people received calls.
4. 4; All those who received a call from more than one of IIMs A, B and C, also received a call from at

e
least one among L, K, and I. This is the minimum number of people receiving calls from at least
gin
three IIMs.
1 (A, B, and C) + 1(A and B) + 4(B and C) = 6 people minimum.
5. 3; Tea production in India = 22% of 685 = 151
Coffee production in India = 21% of 408  86.
En

151  86
 Required percentage =  100  75 %
86

KUNDAN
6. 4; Since we do not know which month’s tea was produced and sold in Japan, average value cannot
arn

be determined. Hence, (4)

7. 4; (30% of 685 × 1400) + (20% of 408 × 2100)
 (30 × 700 × 14) + (20 × 400 × 21) = (294000 + 168000) million $
= 462000 × 106 $ = $462 billion. The nearest option is 459.
Le

8. 3; Brazil’s tea production = 24% of 685

Indonesia and Japan’s tea production = 7% of 685
24  7%of 685
 243% .
 % excess =
w.

7% of 685
9. 2; Volume of Ford Ikon in 1999 is 670000
Volume in 2000 = 670000 × 1.25 = 837500
ww

Volume in 2001 = 837500 × 1.00 = 837500

So, total cost of all Ford Ikons = 837500 × 5.35 = Rs 4480625 lakhs.
10. 2; From the previous question,
volume of Ford Ikon in 2001 = 837500
and volume of Ford Ikon in 2002 = 837500 × 1.15 = 963125
Volume of Maruti 800 in 2002 = 530000 × 1.5 × 0.85 × 1.1 = 743325
So, required difference = 963125 - 743325 = 219800
11. 4; Let the volume in 1999 be 100 for both the segments.
Volume of B segment cars in 2004 = 100 × 1.5 × 0.85 × 1.1 × 1.42 × 1.00 = 199.155 = 199
Let percentage increase in the volume of segment C cars be x in 2004.

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 x  1  x 
Volume of C segment cars in 2004 = 100 × 1.25 × 1.00 × 1.15 × 1.06 × 1  100  = 152  
   100 

x 
Equating the volumes, 1521    199  x  30.92% .
 100 
Note: Use the multiplying factor where necessary.
12. 4; Average marks obtained by girls from all Engineering colleges is as follows:
1 1
Average marks in Physics = (170  150  130  170  160 ) = (780 )  156
5 5

.in
Similarly, average marks in Applied Mechanics = 106, Mathematics = 108, Computer = 117 and
Electronics = 102.
Hence, the average is highest for Physics.

ng
13. 1;
Enginnering Average M arks of Average M arks of P ooled Average

eri
Colleges Boys Girls M arks
P 114 123 118.5

K Q
R
111
115
e
105
117
108
116
gin
S 105 108 106.5
(Minimum)
T 135 136 135.5
En

The minimum pooled average marks is from college S.

14. 3; 130 – 100 = 30 is the highest difference in college R.
15. 4; Required difference = (130 – 120) × 20 = 200.

KUNDAN
16. 4; Unless we know the exact salary of the employees, we can’t calculate the average salary.
arn

17. 1; As we are talking about the minimum average salary, we will assume the minimum value of
the range for each group. For example, 90 females will have Rs 3000 as the minimum salary
and 28 female employees will have Rs 5000 as the minimum salary.
90  3000  28  5000  8  8000  3  12000  1  20000
Le

 Rs 4077
90  28  8  3  1
18. 4; We do not know exact salaries of those 3 male employees and 1 female employee who earn more
than Rs 20000. So we can’t say anything about this.
w.

19. 4; Total no. of employees = 461

No. of employees who earn more than or equal to 5000 but less than 12000
= 48 + 28 + 16 + 8 = 100
ww

100
 required % =  100  21 .7%
461
20. 3; There are 286 male employees and 175 female employees in the company. (1) and (2) are easily
inferred from the data but (3) is not, as we cannot find the number of employees earning more
than or equal to 3000 but less than or equal to 5000.

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Practice Exercise 15
Directions (Q. 1-6): These questions are based on the following information.
Use data from previous questions if required.
The bar-graph gives the amount spent by India on defence equipment purchase over different
years. The values mentioned above are in US dollars. For fighter planes and Others, the values are in
crores while, the values for AK-47 guns and tankers are in lakhs.
4500

.in
4000 Fighter Planes Tankers AK-47 guns Others
3500
3000

ng
2500
2000
1500

eri
1000
500

K
0
1985 1990

e 1995 2000
gin
The following table gives the sources of India’s purchase of defence equipment for the year 1995.

Country Value of Purchase (in billion US $)

Russia 12
En

Sweden 3
North Korea 2

KUNDAN
Britain 2
arn

USA 2
Others 1.34
The following pie-chart gives the breakup of expenditure (in billion US $) involved in purchase of
Le

different fighter planes in the year 2000.

3
w.

Sukhoi
8
3
F-20
ww

Jaguar

Mirage

3 Mig-29
4
1. The average price of all the purchased fighter planes combined together is $20 million in 1985.
The average price of a plane increases by $1 million every year. What is the increase in the no. of
fighter planes bought in 2000 as compared to 1985?
1) 300 2) 350 3) 400 4) Indeterminable

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

2. Sukhoi is a fighter plane bought only from Russia. In 2000, price of a Sukhoi becomes $50 million
after witnessing an increase of 25% over its 1995 value. The expenditure on Sukhoi in 2000 also
increased by 33.3% over the expenditure in 1995. The no. of Sukhoi aircraft purchased in year
1995 is what percentage of the total number of Sukhoi aircraft purchased in year 2000?
1) 79.5% 2) 84.25% 3) 93.75% 4) Indeterminable
3. What is the average price of all other aircraft excluding Sukhoi in 1995?
1) $ 20 m 2) $ 24 m 3) $ 30 m 4) Indeterminable
4. In the year 2000, 60% of the amount spent under ‘Others’ was utilized for importing electric
fencing equipment for the Indian border with its neighbouring countries. India has a land border

.in
of 10000 km with its neighbouring countries, of which 30% is land bordering with Pakistan. Fur-
ther, installation, maintenance, labour and other charges of Rs 5 million per km were required.
What was the total amount spent on the entire process of fencing the Indo-Pak border? (Given 1

ng
US $ = Rs 45)
1) Rs 6.9 billion 2) $ 6.9 billion 3) $ 6.06 billion 4) $ 5.73 billion
5. In 2000, purchases from Britain increased by 50% . So, what per cent of total purchases is done
from Britain in the year 2000?

eri
1) 5.5% 2) 6.5% 3) 8% 4) 10%

K
6. The AK-47 is a fast and light machine gun. For every purchase of an AK-47, 1000 rounds of free
bullets are distributed as a complimentary gift. The price of an AK-47 is $ 0.016 million in 1990.

e
How many free bullets were obtained for free in the year 1990?
gin
1) 5 million 2) 5 lakhs 3) 4 million 4) 4 lakhs

Directions (Q. 7-11): These questions are based on the following pie-charts.

Noodles: Market Size Cheese: M arket Size Ketchup: Market Size

En

Rs 350 crores Rs 115 crores Rs 61 crores

Vadilal Verka Others
11% 9% 15%
Top

KUNDAN
Ramen Vijaya Others
arn

20% 14% 5% Maggi

40%
Kissan
Maggi 45%
Le

80%

7. In the chart of cheese, what is the difference Amul

between the central angles formed by Amul and
w.

Vadilal?
1) 180° 2) 186° 3) 189° 4) 178°
8. A town named Khanapur is exactly representative of the total market for these products, except
ww

that it is one-thousandth the size of the total market. If it has a population of 52000 people, what
is the average total per capita expenditure (in Rupees) on these three items?
1) 97 2) 110 3) 105 4) 101
9. The elders in Khanapur recalled that a couple of decades ago, when the population of the town was
just 30000 (present population = 52000), they used to spend Rs 125 per capita for these items as
well as bread. At that time, the total market share of bread must have been ______ lakh rupees.
Assume per capita expenses growth at 1% p.a.
1) 7.15 2) 7.51 3) 8.15 4) Indeterminable
10. If Kissan diversified into the Noodles market, capturing 15% of the market held by Maggi, what
would be the share of Kissan in the entire food market given (Rs crores)?
1) 75 2) 65 3) 70 4) 72

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

11. If Maggi produces Superior and Ordinary types of its products - noodles and ketchup - in the ratio
of 3 : 2 and 7 : 3 respectively, find the total market share (in Rupees crore) of the Ordinary type of
products of Maggi.
1) 119.3 2) 124.3 3) 109.3 4) 115.3

Directions (Q. 12-14): These questions are based on the following bar graph. Data from ques-
tions may be used in subsequent questions.
The FMCG com pany incentive pay
25

.in
Incentives to Sales Force Incentives to w orkers
20
% of net profit

15

ng
10

eri
5

K
0
1991 1992 1993
e 1994 1995 1996
gin
12. If the total incentive given to workers and the sales force in 1991 was Rs 14 lakhs what was the
net profit of the company in that year?
1) Rs 50 lakh 2) Rs 1 crore 3) Rs 90 lakh 4) Rs 1.5 crore
13. In 1992 the net profit increased by 25% over the previous year. What was the amount (in Rs lakhs)
En

disbursed by way of incentives to the workers?

1) 13.5 2) 14.5 3) 15.625 4) 16.5
14. In 1993 the net profit increases by 20% over the previous year. If each member of the sales force

KUNDAN
received Rs 10000 by way of incentive, how many people constituted the sales force?
arn

1) 42 2) 52 3) 62 4) 72
Directions (Q. 15-17): The following pie-charts show the Exports and Imports of India. Refer to
the graphs to answer the questions that follow.
Le

Others
EC 41%
w.

Others 25% Japan

33% 8%
Russia
6%
ww

USA USA
Japan 16% 12%
10% EC
Russia
33%
16%

Exports from India Imports to India

15. Out of the total exports to Russia, the export earnings from watches amounted to US $ 1.5 million.
So India’s total imports are more than its exports. This statement
1) is true 2) is false
3) requires data on total exports to Russia 4) is uncertain

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

16. If 50% of the exports to Japan now get diverted to the EC, then the exports to EC would increase by
20% . This statement
1) is true 2) is false
3) requires data on exports to Japan and EC 4) is uncertain
17. If total exports are one-tenth the total imports, what is the deficit in India’s trade with Japan as a
percentage of trade deficit with Russia?
1) 59% 2) 63% 3) 159% 4) uncertain
Directions (Q. 18-20): The following table shows the marks obtained by 100 students in Maths,
Science and the average of the two subjects.

.in
M arks obtained out of 100
Subjects
0-20 20-40 40-60 60-80 80-100

ng
Maths 9 13 17 38 23
Science 12 16 18 32 22

eri
Average of the two subjects 11 17 19 34 19

K
18. Find the number of students who got 60% or more marks in both subjects.
1) 15 2) 61 2) 53 3) Can’t be determined

e
19. If to qualify in the examination one has to secure a minimum of 60% marks in either of the
gin
subjects, find the least number of students who have qualified the examination.
1) 53 2) 54 3) 61 4) Can’t be determined
20. If to qualify in the examination one has to secure a minimum of 60% marks in both subjects, find
the maximum number of students who have qualified the examination.
En

1) 15 2) 54 3) 32 4) 53

Answers and explanations

KUNDAN
1. 3; In 1985, amount spent on fighter planes is $ 400 crore = $ 4000 million. So, no. of planes bought
arn

4000
=  200 . In 2000, average price becomes $ 35 m (increase of $ 1 m per year from 1985). In
20
2000, amount spent on fighter planes = 2100 crores = 21000 million. So, no. of planes bought =
Le

21000
= 600. So, increase in the no. of planes bought = 600 – 200 = 400.
35

 100 
2. 3; In 1995, the average price of Sukhoi aircraft = 50   40 million
w.

 100  25 
In 1995, total amount spent on Sukhoi aircraft
ww

3
= 8 billion   = 6 billion US $ = 6000 million US $
4

6000
 Total number of Sukhoi aircraft purchased =  150
40
8000
And, the total number of Sukhoi aircraft purchased in year 2000 =  160 million
50
150
Required % =  100  93 .75 % .
160
3. 2; In 1995, spending on other planes = $ 12b – $ 6b = $ 6b. Other aircraft bought = 400 – 150 = 250

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

(from previous solution).

6000
Hence, average price of other planes = = $ 24 m.
250
4. 4; In 2000, total amount spent on Others is $ 30b. 60% of 30 = $ 18 b is spent on purchasing
electric fencing equipment. Equipment required for fencing Pakisan border with India = 30% of
$ 18 b = $ 5.4 billion.
Land border with pakistan = 30% of 10000 = 3000 km
So, other costs = Rs 3000 × 5 million = Rs 15000 million = Rs 15 billion

.in
15
=$ = US $ 0.33 billion.
45
So, total costs = 5.4 + 0.33 = $ 5.73 b.

ng
5. 1; In 1995, purchase from Britain = $ 2b.
It increased by 50% , so purchase from Britain becomes $ 3b for 2000.
In 2000, total purchases = 21b + 0.4b + 0.12b + 30b = $ 51.52b.

eri
 3 
So, required % =    100 approx. < 6% = 5.5% .
 51.52 

K
6. 1; In 1990, no. of AK-47 bought =
80
0.016
e
m = 5000.
gin
So, no. of free bullets = 5000  10 3 = 5 million bullets.
7. 1; Amul and Vadilal hold 61% and 11% of the cheese market respectively. This is a difference of
50% , ie a difference of 180° between the respective central angles.
En

8. 4; The total market for cheese, ketchup and noodles is 526 crores. Khanapur has a market which
1
is the total market, ie 52.6 lakhs. As the population of Khanapur is 52000, the average
1000

KUNDAN
arn

total per capita expenditure is 101.15.

9. 4; The rate of expansion is not given. Therefore we can’t calculate the total market share.
10. 3; If Kissan diversified into the noodles market and captured 15% of Maggie’s share, Kissan’s total
share would be (45% × 61) + (15% of 80% × 350) = 27.45 + 42 = 69.45.
Le

11. 1; Maggie’s market share for ketchup and noodles is 40% × 61 = 24.4 and 80% × 350 = 280 respec-
3
tively. The share of ordinary ketchup is  24 .4  7.32 and the share of ordinary noodles is
10
w.

2
 280  112 . So the total market share of ordinary products is 119.3.
5
12-14: From the data given we can deduce the following information:
ww

Year 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996

% P to sales force 2% 2.5% 2.75% 4% 6% 8%
% P to workers 12% 12.5% 12.75% 13% 13.5% 13.5%
Total % P 14% 15% 15.5% 17% 19.5% 21.5%

12. 2; In 1991, 14% of profit amounted to Rs 14 lakhs. So total profit was Rs 1 crore.
13. 3; In 1992 net profit increased by 25% and amounted to Rs 1.25 crores. The amount dispersed to
workers is 12.5% , ie Rs 15.625 lakhs.
14. 1; In 1993 net profit increased by 20% to become Rs 1.25 × 1.2 = 1.5 crores and the number of

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

2.75 % of 1.5 crore

people in the sales force =  42
10000
15. 4; It is not possible to calculate either India’s total imports or its total exports. So, the validity of
the given statement cannot be determined. Option (3) also can’t be the answer as not only total
exports to Russia, but also total imports from it should be known. So, it is uncertain.
16. 1; If 50% of exports to Japan, ie 5% of the total exports, are diverted to the EC, the exports to the EC
become 30% of total exports. This is an increase of 20% . So, the given statement is true.
17. 3; Let imports be = 1000y; then exports = 100y. Trade deficit with Japan = 80y – 10y. Trade deficit

.in
 70y 
with Russia = 60y – 16y. So, trade deficit as % =  44y   100  160% .
 
18. 4; The particular student who got 60% or more marks in Maths may or may not get 60% or more

ng
marks in Science. Hence we can’t find the number of students who got 60% or more marks in
both subjects.
Therefore, data inadequate.

eri
19. 3; The number of students who got 60% or more marks in any one subject qualifies the examina-
tion.

K
Therefore, the least number of students who have qualified the examination = 38 + 23 = 61.

e
20. 2; For maximum number of students to get 60% or more marks in both subjects, 32 + 22 = 54
students who got 60% or more marks in Science must get 60% or more marks in Maths.
gin
En

KUNDAN
arn
Le
w.
ww

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Practice Exercise 16
Directions (Q. 1-5): These questions are based on the following information.
The following table gives information about the total mineral extraction in India (in thousand
tonnes) for different years.

Year Total Minerals extracted Iron and Coal extracted

.in
1989 220000 22000
1990 250000 25000

ng
1991 270000 32400
1992 230000 32200
1993 240000 24000

eri
1994 240000 21600

K
1995 220000 33000
1996
e
240000 38400
gin
1997 240000 43200
1998 220000 35200
1999 250000 45000
En

1. In which year was the percentage of iron and coal extracted with respect to the total minerals
extracted exactly twice that in 1994?
1) 1997

KUNDAN
arn

2) 1999
3) Both (1) and (2)
4) Neither (1) nor (2)
2. In which year was the total minerals extracted 900% more than iron and coal extracted in the
Le

previous year?
1) 1993 2) 1994
3) 1995 4) 1996
w.

3. How many times was the percentage share of iron and coal extraction with respect to the total
mineral extraction a multiple of three?
1) 6 2) 5
ww

3) 4 4) 3
4. What is the average percentage share of iron and coal extracted with respect to the total minerals
extracted, for the given period?
1) 13.4% 2) 14.4%
3) 15.4% 4) 16.4%
5. How many times has the iron and coal extraction, as a percentage of the total mineral extraction,
shown a decline over the previous year?
1) Once 2) Twice
3) Thrice 4) Four times
Directions (Q. 6-9): These questions are based on the following bar graphs. These show the
passenger fares for daily services from Mumbai (in Rs).

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Tata Airlines 1948

280

240
200
160
120

80

.in
40

Colombo

Delhi
Calcutta

Trivandrum
Ahmedabad

Cochin

Porbandar
Hyderabad

Madras
Karachi
Bhavanagar

ng
Indian Airlines 1998

eri
5000
4500

K
4000
3500
3000
e
gin
2500
2000
1500
1000
En Colombo

Delhi
Calcutta

Trivandrum
Ahmedabad

Cochin

Porbandar
Madras
Hyderabad

Karachi
Bhavanagar

KUNDAN
arn

6. The total fares from Mumbai to those places to which Tata Airlines did have a flight but Indian
Airlines does not, is what % of the total of fares of Tata Airlines from Mumbai to all places?
1) 20% 2) 10%
3) 32% 4) 42%
Le

7. The total fares of flights of Tata Airlines from Mumbai to other cities in India in 1948 form what
per cent of the total fares of Indian Airlines from Mumbai to other cities in India?
1) 6% 2) 8%
w.

3) 9% 4) 10%
8. If the annual simple rate of inflation is 7.5% , how would the fare from Mumbai to Calcutta by Tata
Airlines compare with its counterpart Indian Airlines? (Assume the rate of inflation to be con-
ww

stant for all years)

1) Indian Airlines fare would be 4.5 times the Tata Airlines fare.
2) Indian Airlines fare would be 3.5 times the Tata Airlines fare.
3) Tata Airlines fare would be 5.5 times the Indian Airlines fare.
4) Tata Airlines fare would be 3.5 times the Indian Airlines fare.
9. Indian Airlines declared a discount of 37.5% on the fares for any person who travelled from Mumbai
to all other places in India where they have flights, within a period of one year. What will such a
person effectively have to pay (in Rs)?
1) 15000 2) 13000
3) 17000 4) 19000

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Directions (Q. 10-13): These are based on the following bar graph.
(Number of Industrial Townships in 1978 is 1,60,000)

Work Force in China

80
70
% of total employment

60
50
40 1978 1991
30

.in
20
10
0

ng
State Enterprises Collective Urban Collectives Industrial Tow nship Private
Agriculture

10. Which was the first year when people were employed in private enterprises?

eri
1) 1978 2) 1991 3) 1989 4) Indeterminable
11. If it is known that the total work force in China increases at a simple rate of 10% per annum,

K
then by what per cent does the number of people employed in the Urban Collectives change?
1) 150 2) 190 3) 250
e
4) Indeterminable
gin
12. It can be inferred that, in absolute terms,
1) Collective agriculture has lost its charm for the work force.
2) Collective agriculture remains at the 1978 level, in terms of attracting the work force.
3) Collective agriculture has succeeded in attracting a larger work force in 1991 than in 1978.
En

4) None of the above can be inferred

13. How many new industrial townships have been set up in China from 1978 to 1991?
1) 150 2) 1500 3) 15000 4) Indeterminable

KUNDAN
arn

Directions (Q. 14-18): The following radar graphs show the Trade Growth (in $ billion) of World
and of China from the previous year for the years 1977 to 1985. Refer to the graphs to answer the
questions that follow.
1977 1977
Le

300 600
1985 250 1978 1985 500 1978
200 400
150 300
w.

100 200
1984 50 1979 1984 100 1979
0 0
ww

1983 1980 1983 1980

1982 1981 1982 1981

World China

14. If the total trade of the World in the year 1976 is $ 5267 billion, what will it be in the year 1985?
1) $ 6176 billion 2) $ 6967 billion 3) $ 6965 billion 4) $ 6987 billion
15. If the total trade of China in the year 1979 is $ 1200 billion, what will it be in the year 1985?
1) $ 3456 billion 2) $ 3786 billion 3) $ 3954 billion 4) $ 3450 billion

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

16. What is the ratio of the total World trade to the total trade of China in the year 1985, if the total
trade of the World in 1976 is $ 5267 billion and the total trade of China in 1979 is $ 1200 billion?
1) 2 : 1 2) 3 : 1
3) 2 : 3 4) 3 : 2
17. Average world trade growth is what per cent more or less than the average trade growth of China
during the entire shown period?
1) more, 25% 2) less, 30%
3) less, 39% 4) more, 35%
18. What is the per cent increase in trade growth of China in the year 1980 over that of the same in

.in
1979?
1) 70% 2) 10%
3) 17% 4) 80%

ng
Directions (Q. 19-22): The following graphs show the cost of different weapons (in Rs crores) in
the year 1999. Refer to the graphs to answer the questions that follow.

eri
Cost in year 1999 (in Rs crores)
2500

K
2200
2000

e
Cost per unit

1500 1200
gin
1350
1000
340
500
600 320
En

0
T-72 Smersh multi- Medium tow ed Unmanned aerial Weapon- Medium self-
barrel rocket guns vehicle mark-2 locating radars propelled guns
launchers

KUNDAN
arn

Weapons

900 Cost in year 1999 (in Rs crores)

800 800
Le

700
Cost per unit

600
500
400
w.

300
160
200 80 200
100 10 10
ww

0
Kamal anti-tank Air target Thermal imaging Assault rifles Anti-mine Global
guided missiles trainers system boosts positioning
systems

19. India purchased 22 ‘T-72’ tanks from Russia in 1991. 10 ‘T-72’ tanks were destroyed in Kargil war
and India sold 8 ‘T-72’ tanks to Sri Lanka at Rs 5500 crore per tank. India has returned the
remaining tanks to Russia and got Rs. 300 crore per tank. On maintenance of each tank, India
spent an amount similar to their cost in 1999. The total profit/loss % for India, if India purchased
these tanks from Russia at Rs, 1000 crore per tank, is
1) 25.4% loss 2) 31.0% loss
3) 35.8% loss 4) 39.2% loss

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

20. India made 48 Weapon-locating radars in the year 1999 and sold 12 radars to Nepal on 20% profit,
6 radars to Australia on 16% profit, and 13 radars to Zimbabwe on 17% loss, and kept the remain-
ing radars for self-use. What was the profit/loss of India?
1) 3.2% profit
2) 3.3% loss
3) 4.0% loss
4) 4.2% profit
21. Which of the following statements is/are true for the graph?
I. The cost of the Air target trainers is approximately 1/5 of the cost of Assault rifles.

.in
II. The cost of Anti-mine boost is double the cost of Global positioning system.
III. The cost of Smersh multi-barrel rocket launcher is thrice the cost of Thermal imaging sys-
tem.

ng
1) Statement II only
2) Statements I and II
3) Statements II and III
4) Statements I and III

eri
22. In the condition of sudden attack on India, Indian military is in need of 27 ‘T-72’ tanks, 6 Smersh
multi-barrel rocket launchers, 12000 Medium towed guns, 2 Thermal imaging systems and 100

K
Anti-mine boosts. What is the approximate cost the Indian military will have to pay for the above
arms?
e
gin
1) Rs 14484800 crores 2) Rs 14464480 crores
3) Rs 14644800 crores 4) Rs 14464400 crores

Answers and explanations

En

21600
1. 3; In 1994, the % of iron and coal extraction w.r.t. total mineral extraction =  100 = 9% .
240000

KUNDAN
43200
arn

In 1997, the % of iron and coal extraction w.r.t. total mineral extraction =  100  18 % .
240000
45000
In 1999, the % of iron and coal extraction w.r.t. total mineral extraction =  100  18 % .
250000
Le

In both cases, it’s twice the required % in 1994.

2. 2; Look for the values of total mineral extraction in a year, when it is ten times the value of iron
and coal extraction in the previous year.
w.

In 1994, total mineral extraction = 240000.

In 1993, iron and coal extraction = 24000. So, total mineral extraction is more than iron and
 240000  24000  
  100  900 % .
ww

coal extraction by 
 24000 
3. 2; The % share of iron and coal extraction in total mineral extraction is a multiple of 3 in five
cases. In 1991 (12% ), 1994 (9% ), 1995 (15% ), 1997 (18% ), 1999 (18% ).
4. 1; The total iron and coal extraction after adding all the values = 352000.
The total mineral extraction after adding all the values = 2620000.
352000
So, required % =  100 = 13.4 approx.
2620000
5. 3; After calculating the percentage share for every year, its seen that the decline occurs thrice: in
1993 (14% to 10% ), 1994 (10% to 9% ), 1998 (18% to 16% ).

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

6-9:
Tata Indian
Ahmedabad 70 1700
Bhavnagar 60 1400
Calcutta 230 4800
Cochin 210 —
Colombo 250 —

.in
Delhi 150 3600
Hyderabad 90 2400

ng
Karachi 160 2600
Madras 160 3400
Porbandar 70 —

eri
Trivandrum 240 4000

K
Total 1690 23900
6. 3; Tata Airlines’ total fare was 1690.
e
gin
The fare for Colombo, Porbandar and Cochin was (250 + 70 + 210) = 530. This formed around
31% of the total fare.
7. 1; Indian Airlines’ total fare to cities in India was 21300. Tata Airlines’ total fare to cities in India
was 1280. This amount was around 6% of the fare of Indian Airlines.
En

8. 1; If the simple rate of inflation is 7.5% , it means that we have to pay 7.5% more over the previous
year’s fare. Since it is simple rate of inflation, the increase in fare every year would remain the
same. So, we can use the Simple Interest formula to calculate the total increase in price in 50
years for Tata Airlines.

KUNDAN
arn

In 1948, for Tata Airlines, the Mumbai-Calcutta fare was 230

7.5
Total increase = 230 × 50 × = 862.5.
100
Le

So, the fare now becomes 230 + 862.5 = Rs 1092.50.

In 1998, Indian Airlines’ Mumbai-Calcutta fare is 4800, which is around 4.5 times the fare
charged by Tata Airlines.
9. 1; A person travelling to all other places in the year has to pay a total of Rs 23900. A person
w.

5
 23900 = 15000.
availing of the 37.5% discount will have to pay just 62.5% of the total fare, ie
8
ww

10. 4; Although we can definitely say that the people were employed in Private Enterprises after 1978
and before or in 1991, we do not have data prior to 1978 and intermediate years’ data. So, cannot
be determined.

  10  
11. 3; Let total work force in 1978 be ‘n’. Then in 1991, it will be = n   100   13 years  n = 2.3n. So,
   
people employed in urban collectives in 1978 = 0.04n; in 1991 = 0.06 × 2.3n = 0.138n.

 0.138n  0.04n    9.8 

So change =    100 %   %  245 %
 0 .04n    0.04 
12. 4; Option (1) does not define ‘charm’ which may have different interpretations. If it means the

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

percentage of populace, collective agriculture is still the largest employer. Options (2) and (3)
require the actual total work force figures, which are not aailable. So, none of the given state-
ments can be inferred in absolute terms.
13. 4; The number of Industrial Townships in 1978 is known. But that for 1991 is not known (this
could’ve been determined if we had data for total work force in 1991). Hence, cannot be deter-
mined.
14. 2; Total trade of World in year 1976 = $ 5267 billion.
So it will be in year 1985 = 5267 + 100 + 150 + 175 + 175 + 150 + 200 + 225 + 250 + 275
= $ 6967 billion

.in
15. 4; Total trade of China in year 1979 = $ 1200 billion.
Trade of China in year 1985 = 1200 + 275 + 275 + 300 + 350 + 500 + 550 = $ 3450 billion
16. 1; From questions 14 and 15, we know that the total trade of World in year 1985 = $ 6967 billion

ng
and the total trade of China in year 1985 = $ 3450 billion. Hence, the ratio = 1 : 1/2 (approxi-
mately)
or 2 : 1.

eri
100  150  175  175  150  200  225  250  275
17. 3; Average world trade growth =  188.89  190
9

K
Average trade growth of China

= e
100  200  250  275  275  300  350  500  550
 31111
.  310
gin
9
310  190
Required per cent =  100  39%
310
En

(275  250)  100

18. 2; Percentage growth in trade of China in 1980 =  10%
250
19. 3; The total cost (purchase + maintenance) of T-72 Tanks = (22 × 1000) +(22 × 2200)

KUNDAN
= 22000 + 48400 = Rs 70400 crores.
arn

The total earning = 8 × 5500 + 4 × 300 = 44000 + 1200 = Rs 45200 crores.

70400  45200   100 
25200
 100  35 .8% .
Hence the loss % =
70400 70400
Le

20. 2; Total cost = 48 × 320 = Rs 15360 crores.

12  320  120 6  320  116 13  320  83 320
Total earning =  +  1440  696  1079 
100 100 100 100
w.

= Rs 10288 crores.
15360  10288
Loss percentage =  100  3.3% .
15360
ww

21. 4; I: The cost of Air target trainers = Rs 160 approximately.

1
The cost of Assault rifles = Rs 800 approximately. Hence, the cost of the Air target trainers is
5
th of the cost of Assault rifles. Statement I is true.
II: By visualising the graph,
the cost of Anti-mine boost is equal to that of the Global positioning system. Statement II is
false.
III: The cost of Smersh multi-barrel rocket launcher = Rs 600 crores approximately.
The cost of Thermal imaging system = Rs 200 crores (approximately).
Hence, the cost of Smersh multi-barrel rocket launcher is thrice that of the Thermal imaging

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

system.
Statement III is true.
Quicker Approach: Check the 1st condition and get the answer.
22. 4; The cost that Indian military have to pay
= (27 × 2200) + (6 × 600) + (12000 × 1200) + (2 × 200) + (100 × 10)
= 59400 + 3600 + 14400000 + 400 + 1000 = Rs 14464400 crores.

.in
ng
K e eri
gin
En

KUNDAN
arn
Le
w.
ww

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Practice Exercise 17

K
Directions (Q. 1-5): The following bar graphs shows the number of employment provided by
both public and private sectors in different industries in the year 1985, 1990 and 1995. While
the pie charts show the percentage of employment provided by both private and public sectors in
different industries in the year 2000. Refer to the graphs to answer the questions that follow.
Figure within brackets indicate the total for the corresponding year.
Public Sector Public Sector (20000)

.in
Agricultural
Agricultural Mining Iron
4% Mining
Health Trading Transport
6%

ng
7511
Services

KUNDAN
8000
6756
5781

7000
Iron
Health
6000

eri
12%
8%
5000
Services
2754

4000
2449
2247

52%
3000

e
1590
1212

1101
1002

2000
899

815

gin
752

Transport
450

Trading
353

361
295
280
250

246
174

1000 15%
3%
0
1985 (10611) 1990 (12706) 1995 (14467)
En

Private Sector Private Sector (10000)

Agricultural Iron Trading

Transport Agricultural
Services Mining Health
2% Services 12% Mining
arn

Transport
4678

18% 4%
5000
4110
3968

Trading
4000
6%
Le

3000
1461
1269

2000
1036

Health
862
804

821

Iron
w.
361

1000 4%
298

277

281

54%
161

163

145
98

83

75

71

61

0
1985 (6726) 1990 (6799) 1995 (7559)
ww

1. The increase in employment opportunity in the Iron industry within the public sector from 1985-
95 formed what per cent of the private sector growth over the same period for the same industry?
1) 91% 2) 560% 3) 1785% 4) 112%
2. The number of employed persons in the industry with the largest employment share in the public
sector formed what per cent of the number of employed persons in the industry with the largest
employment share in private sector in 2000?
1) 146.25% 2) 54.5% 3) 183% 4) 192%
3. If 2 out of every 5 of those who were recruited in the public sector in year 2000 were graduates,
how many non-graduates did the public sector’s transport industry recruit in that year?
1) 1912 2) 1664 3) 1800 4) 1572

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Q. 4-5: Refer to the data given below to answer the questions that follow.
If the values in the year 2000 are taken as base = 100, then the values of Public Sector in the year
2005 are given below. The values of Private Sector are given within the brackets.
Agriculture = 115 (110) Mining = 100 (110)
Iron = 120 (110) Health = 120 (90)
Trading = 80 (105) Transport = 105 (80)
Services = 110 (120)
4. The Health industry in the Private sector has witnessed what per cent growth in employment
from 1990 to 2005?

.in
1) 203% 2) 247% 3) 279% 4) 333%
5. The growth in employment within the services industry in the Private sector in 2005 has wit-
nessed what per cent deviation from the growth within the Iron industry in the Public sector in

ng
2005?
1) -25% 2) -16.66% 3) +16.66% 4) +25%
Directions (Q. 6-11): The following line and bar graphs show the number of banking centres in

eri
urban, semi-urban and rural areas of different states in the year 1969. Refer to the graphs to
answer the questions that folow.
240
220 Semi-urban Urban

e
Number of banking centres

200
gin
Rural 1750
180
160
140
120 1020
En

100 650
620
80
60 460
40 10 60
20
arn

K
0
Jammu &
Himachal

Punjab

Rajasthan

Bihar

Kerala
Haryana

Pradesh

Kashmir
Jammu &
Himachal

Punjab

Rajasthan

Bihar

Kerala
Haryana

Pradesh

Kashmir
Le

6. If the banking centres have increased at a steady rate of 35% in all states of India, then what will
be the number of banking centres in Haryana in the year 1975?
1) 4840 2) 4600 3) 5630 4) 3990
w.

7. If Kerala Government decided to increase banking centres in rural areas at 46% per year and in
semi-urban areas at 53% per year, then what will be the total number of banking centres in
Kerala in 1973?
ww

KUNDAN
1) 180 2) 150 3) 328 4) 282
8. If in 1969 the average number of banking centres in rural areas of Haryana, J&K, Punjab, Rajasthan,
Bihar, Kerala, Himachal Pradesh and Madhya Pradesh is 670, then the number of banking cen-
tres in rural areas of Madhya Pradesh will be:
1) 790 2) 400 3) 820 4) 500
9. In the year 1967, the Government decided to increase the banking centres according to the popu-
lation increase in that particular state. If according to 1971 census, the semi-urban population of
Punjab has increased by 25% from 1969, then what will be the number of banking centres that
the Government has to increase in the year 1971 in semi-urban parts of Punjab?
1) 22 2) 28 3) 50 4) 38
10. Which of the following statements is not true?

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

1) The number of banking centres in semi-urban areas of Jammu & Kashmir is equal to the
number of banking centres in urban areas of Rajasthan in 1969.
2) The number of banking centres in rural areas of Bihar is equal to the number of banking

K
centres in urban areas of Haryana in the year 1969.
3) The number of banking centres in rural areas of Rajasthan is almost 2.8 times the number of
banking centres in rural areas of Himachal Pradesh in the year 1969.
4) The number of banking centres in semi-urban areas of Himachal Pradesh is 4 times the num-
ber of banking centres in rural areas of Kerala in 1969.
11. In which of the following states the ratio of rural banking centres to total banking centres the

.in
second lowest?
1) Bihar 2) Punjab 3) Haryana 4) Himachal Pradesh
Directions (Q. 12-15): Refer to the charts below and answer the questions that follow.

ng
KUNDAN
The first bar graph gives the Gross Domestic Product (GDP), the per capita Gross Domestic Product
(PCGDP) and the Gross Domestic Product in constant dollar value in the year 1990 (GDPC) for the US
in various years. Here, we define PCGDP for any year as follows:

eri
GDP
PCGDP =
Population
To get the value of the GDP and GDPC in dollars multiply the corresponding value in the bar graph
by 10 8 .
e
gin
The second bar graph gives the number of people below the poverty level in the US for various
years. The data is given under three categories (i) All, (ii) Whites and (iii) All people of Hispanic origin.
Note that people of Hispanic origin may be whites or blacks.
To get the actual numbers multiply the values in the bar graph by 1000.
En

80000 45000
40000 All White Hispanic
70000
PCGDP GDP GDPC
35000
arn

60000
30000
50000
25000
40000 20000
Le

30000 15000

20000 10000
5000
10000
w.

0
0 1975 1980 1985 1990 1995 2000
1975 1980 1985 1990 1995 2000
ww

12. A different calculation for the GDPC takes the base year as 1975; i.e. the value of the dollar in
1975 is taken as 1. Which of the following values will be closest to the GDPC for 2000 based on this
calculation?
8 8 8 8
1) 10,000 × 10 dollars 2) 15,000 × 10 dollars 3) 20,000 × 10 dollars 4) 25,000 × 10 dollars
13. In the year 2000, what percentage of the US population was below the poverty level in the US?
1) 10% 2) 16% 3) 20% 4) 25%
Additional information for questions 14 to 15:
Given below are two statements.
S1: The number of people of Hispanic origin below the poverty level increased from 1975 to 2000.
S2: The ratio of the number of people of Hispanic origin below the poverty level to the total number
of people below the poverty level increased from 1975 to 2000.

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

14. Which of the following is true?

1) Only S1 is true. 2) Only S2 is true.
3) Both S1 and S2 are true. 4) Neither S1 nor S2 is true.
15. Assume that 50% of the people of Hispanic origin below the poverty line were whites in 1995. Let
x be defined as the percentage of whites not of Hispanic origin who are below the poverty line with
respect to the total number of people below the poverty line. For the year 1995, which of the
following values best approximates x?
1) 65% 2) 56% 3) 47% 4) 38%
Directions (Q. 16-19): Refer to the table below and answer the questions that follow.

.in
In the table below, data for five countries is given. The data given is about the population, the
gross domestic product (GDP) and the relative purchasing power (RPP). The RPP for a country is de-
fined as the average ratio of the amount in dollars required to buy a certain item in USA to the
amount in dollars required to buy the same item in that country. Also given are the annual percent-

ng
age growth rates for the population, the GDP and the RPP. The growth rates may be positive or nega-
tive. Assume the following:
1) A positive annual growth rate of 7% of a particular quantity means that the quantity will double

eri
itself in 10 years. A negative annual growth rate of 7% means that the quantity will get halved
in 10 years.
2) The doubling time for positive growth rates is inversely proportional to the growth rate. A simi-
lar result holds for the halving time.

e
3) For all calculations involving quantities at a later time, assume that the growth rates remain
gin
constant.

Population Growth GDP Growth Growth

Country RPP
in million (Popln)% (billion dollars) (GDP)% (RPP )
En

USA 264 0 6950 2.33 1 0

West Germany 65 0 1476 2.33 1 0

arn

East Germany 15 0 153 7 1.5 0

K India

Indonesia
956

204
1.75

1.75
1550

750
7

7
2.5

2.5
-1.75

-1.75
Le

16. The per capita income (PCI) in dollars of a country is the value of the GDP of the country in dollars
divided by its population. If we arrange the countries in increasing order of their per capita in-
comes, which of the following is correct?
w.

1) Indonesia, West Germany, East Germany 2) India, USA, West Germany

3) Indonesia, India, USA 4) East Germany, West Germany, USA
17. Based on the figures in the table, after how many years will the per capita income of India become
ww

KUNDAN
equal to the per capita income of the USA? (Use data from previous question, if required.)
1) between 20 and 40 years 2) between 40 and 60 years
3) between 60 and 80 years 4) more than 80 years
18. Define a quantity called the modified per capita income (MPCI) in dollars as the product of the per
capita income in dollars and the RPP. In how many years will the modified per capita income of
India double itself?
1) 10 years 2) 15 years 3) 20 years 4) 25 years
19. Due to the reunion of West Germany and East Germany per capita GDP of East Germany in-
creased by
1) 87% 2) 91% 3) 95% 4) 100%

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Answers and explanations

1. 4; In the iron industry (public sector), increase in employment opportunities from 1985 to 1995
= 1590 – 795 = 795.

K
In the Iron industry (private sector), a similar increase = 4678 - 3968 = 710.
100
Thus the percentage that public sector forms of private sector  795   112 % .
710
20000
2. 4; Services has the public sector’s largest share with 52% of 20000, i.e. 52   10400
100

.in
10000
Iron industry has the private sector’s largest share with 54% of 10000, i.e. 54  = 5400
100

ng
100

KUNDAN
So, the required percentage = 10400   192 % (approx)
5400
3. 3; If 2 out of every 5 are graduates then 3 out of 5 are non-graduates.
Employment in transport industry of public sector = 15% of 20000 = 3000.

eri
So, that non-graduates recruited in transport industry of public sector = 3000 × (3/5) = 1800
4. 4; Private sector’s health industry figures in the year 2000 = 10000 × (4/100) = 400

In the year 2005  400  90  360 and in the year 1990 = 83

100
e
gin
100 100
 The percentage increase = (360 - 83) ×  277   333 % (approx).
83 83
5. 1; Since the 2005 values of the index for the private sector’s service industry and the public
En

sector’s iron industry are the same (120), the 2005 percentage deviation will be the same as
the deviation for the 2000 figures.
Number of employment provided in private sector = 10000 × 0.18 = 1800
and number of employment provided in public Iron sector = 20000 × 0.12 = 2400.
arn

Since 1800 and 2400 are in the ratio 3 : 4,

100
 Required percentage deviation = 3  4    25 % .
4
6. 2; Total banking centres in Haryana in year 1969 = 100 + 10 + 650 = 760
Le

6
 35 
Hence, the total number of banking centres in Haryana in year 1975 = 7601    4600.
 100 
w.

7. 3; The number of banking centres in rural areas of Kerala in year 1969 = 60

 The number of banking centres in rural areas of Kerala in year 1973
4
 46 
ww

= 601    273 (approx.)

 100 
The number of banking centres in semi-urban areas of Kerala in year 1969 = 10
 The number of banking centres in semi-urban areas of Kerala in year 1973

4
 53 
= 101    55 (approx.)
 100 
Hence, the total number of banking centres in Kerala in year 1973 = 273 + 55 = 328.
8. 1; The number of banking centres in rural areas of Madhya Pradesh
= 670 × 8 - (650 + 620 + 460 + 1020 + 1750 + 10 + 60) = 5360 - 4570 = 790.

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

9. 2; Because the population has increased by 25% from 1969 to 1971,

the banking centres have also increased by 25% .
 The number of banking centres in semi-urban parts of Pubjab in the year 1971
25
 110   137 .5  138 .
100
 increase in the number of banking centres = 28.
10. 4; By visualising the graph, option (4) is not true for the graph.
1020 1020 102
11. 3; In Punjab ratio of rural banking centres is  
110  10 120 12

.in
650 65
Similarly, for Haryana = 
110 11

ng
460 46
For Jammu and Kashmir = 
20 2

eri
620 62
For Himachal Pradesh = 
20 2
1750 175

For Rajasthan =
210  20 23
e
gin
60
For Kerala = 6
10
10 1
For Bihar = 
En

90 9
 Haryana has the second lowest ratio of the rural banking centres with respect to the total
banking centres.
arn

GDPC
12. 3; Dollar value =

K
GDP

D1 D2
Le

X(GDP) Y(GDPC) (Dollar Value) (Dollar Value)

(Base-1990) (Base-1975)
1975 11000 28000 2.545 1
w.

1990 46000 46000 1 0.393

2000 68000 54000 0.794 0.312
ww

KUNDAN
When base is changed to 1975
1 0.794
D2 (1990 )   0.393 D2 (2000) 
 0.312
2.545 2.545
 For GDPC in 2000, GDPC = 68000 × 0.312  21000.
13. 2; The population of the US can be obtained from the first graph as GDP divided by PCGDP. This
8
68000  10 8
gives a value of  2.6  10 = 260 million to the year 2000. The number of people
26000
below the poverty level for 2000 (from second graph) is 41 million.

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

41
 Required percentage = 260  100  16 %

K
14. 3; By visual inspection of the graph, S1 is true.
Ratio of the number of people of Hispanic origin below the poverty level to the total number of
people below the poverty level in
2500  1000 1 8000  1000 1
1975   2000  
23000  1000 9 41000  1000 5
 The ratio is increased. This statement is also true.

.in
15. 2; For the year 1995, we get the values 34 million, 22 million and 6 million for the total, the
number of whites and the number of people of Hispanic origin below the poverty level respec-
tively. 3 million of the people of Hispanic origin are whites. The number of whites not of His-
panic origin are, therefore, 19 million.

ng
KUNDAN
19
 Required percentage = x =  100  56%
34

eri
6950 7000 1476 1400
16. 4; USA    27 ; WG    22 ;
264 260 65 65
153 150 1550 155
EG 
15

15
 10
e India 
956

95
 1.6
gin
750
Indonesia   3.6 .
204
17. 4; The present per capita income (based on the table) is $27,000 for the USA and $1600 for India -
the ratio is approximately 16. All we need for the problem is the relative rate of growth of PCI for
En

India with respect to USA.

Growth rate for PCI (India) = 7 - 1.75 and growth rate for PCI (USA) = 2.33 - 0 = 2.33
 The relative percentage growth rate is [(7 – 1.75) – (2.33 – 0)] = 2.92
Now, initially the PCI of USA is 16 times that of India. We have to make it equal to 1.
arn

7
The ratio is halved (PCI of USA = 8 × PCI India) in × 10 years = 24 years.
2.92
The ratio is further halved (PCI of USA = 4 × PCI of India) in 24 × 2 = 48 years
Le

Similarly, the ratio is further halved (ie PCI of USA = 2 × PCI of India) in 24 × 3 = 72 years
 PCI of USA will be euqal to PCI of India in 24 × 4 = 96 years.
 GDP 
18. 3; MPCI =  Population   RPP .
w.

 
The annual growth rate of this quantity can be very well approximated by the growth rate of GDP
– growth rate of population + growth rate of RPP
ww

= 7 – 1.75 - 1.75 = 3.5% . Hence, the doubling time will be 20 years.

1476  153 1629
19. 4; Per capita GDP of West Germany and East Germany together =   20 .36
65  15 80
153
Per capita GDP of East Germany =  10 .2
15
20 .36  10 .2
Required percentage increase =  100  100 %
10 .2

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Practice Exercise 18
Directions (Q. 1-5): Answer the questions on the basis of the information given below.
In the final-year exam six students S1 , S 2 , S 3 , S 4 , S 5 and S 6 obtained the percentage marks in
five theoretical papers P1 , P2 , P3 , P4 and P5 and two lab papers L1 and L 2 as shown below:

P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 L1 L2 Total
S1 90 83 87 89 91 78 82

.in
S2 98 92 59 61 50 82
S3 82 88 81 79 70 98 97 82.5

ng
S4 835 875 78 82 90 94
S5 65 55 83 87 70 68 70.6

eri
S6 71 69 73 67 90 80 73.25

K
The weightages associated with each of the theoretical papers P1 , P2 , P3 , P4 and P5 are the

e
same. Also, the weightages given to lab papers are the same, but different from that for theoretical
papers. The maximum score for all the papers P1 , P2 , P3 , P4 , P5 , L1 , L 2 together is 600.
gin
1. What is the maximum score for any of the theoretical papers and that for either of the lab papers?
1) 50 and 25 2) 100 and 50 3) 80 and 90 4) 50 and 90
2. What is S 6 ’s percentage score in paper L1 ?
En

1) 59 2) 72 3) 80 4) 62
3. If S1 has got the highest marks among all the students, what can be a possible score that S 4 can

KUNDAN
get in paper P1 ?
arn

1) 97 2) 98 3) 99 4) 96
4. S 5 ’s percentage score in lab paper L 2 is
1) 29.6 2) 59.2 3) 88.8 4) 44.4
Le

5. If S 2 and S 4 finally get the same score, what is the difference between S 4 ’s score in paper P1 and
S 2 ’s score in paper P2 ?
1) 20 2) 21 3) 22 4) 23
w.

Directions (Q 6-10): Answer the questions on the basis of the information given below.
The following diagram and table give the information regarding students writing the civil service
exam over the last few years.
ww

1800
Male Female
(Figures in thousand)

1600
400
1400
1200 250 200
200 350
1000
800
600 1300
1100 1150
1000 950
400
200
0
2000 2001 2002 2003 2004

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Details of Students’ Background (Figures in percentage)

Year Arts Pure science Engineering Others

2000 25.00 10.00 58.33 6.67
2001 22.22 8.80 59.25 9.73
2002 15.00 8.33 70.00 6.67
2003 18.50 5.92 71.14 4.44

.in
2004 16.50 11.10 61.80 10.60
6. The number of students who wrote the exam saw the greatest percentage increase over the
previous year in

ng
1) 2001 2) 2002 3) 2004 4) 2003
7. The approximate percentage change in the number of students with pure science background
who wrote the exam from 2000 to 2004 is
1) 57 2) 47 3) 51 4) 43

eri
8. The number of female engineering graduates who wrote the exam in 2001 was approximately.

K
1) 1,70,000 2) 75,000 3) 1,50,000 4) Cannot be determined
9. The number of engineering students writing the exam saw the greatest increase over the previ-
ous year in
1) 2000 2) 2001 3) 2002
e 4) 2003
gin
10. Which of the following statements is correct?
I. The number of students who wrote the exam from engineering background has been increas-
ing every year.
II. The percentage of female students who wrote the exam was the highest in the year 2004.
En

III. The number of students who wrote the exam from the Others category was the same in 2000
and 2002.
1) Both II and III 2) Only II 3) Only I 4) Both I and II

KUNDAN
Directions (Q. 11-15): Study the following table and answer the questions that follow.
arn

The table shows the number of articles produced (P) and sold (S) by five units of a company over
the years.

Unit
Le

Year I II III IV V
P S P S P S P S P S
w.

1998 29 22 39 34 56 50 42 40 53 46
1999 52 45 49 43 69 64 45 37 58 51
ww

2000 46 42 32 31 43 32 53 50 49 42
2001 56 52 54 45 52 47 62 58 55 48
2002 49 47 28 23 77 65 64 53 61 58
2003 60 55 32 27 68 61 69 62 66 62
11. What is the approximate overall percentage of rejection for unit IV for all the given years?
1) 13% 2) 21% 3) 10% 4) 17%
12. What is the average number of articles selected in the year 2002?
1) 37 2) 51.2 3) 49.2 4) 41
13. A continuous increase in production and a continuous decrease in the number of articles sold is
shown respectively by which of the following units?

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

1) II, IV 2) None, III 3) II, III 4) IV, None

14. What is the ratio of the total number of articles sold in 1999 to that by unit IV over the years?
1) 2 : 3 2) 4 : 5 3) 6 : 7 4) 2 : 7
15. In which year was the largest percentage of articles sold out of the articles produced by unit II?
1) 2000 2) 2001 3) 1999 4) 2003
Directions (Q. 16-20): Study the following chart to answer the questions given below:
Proportion of population of five villages in 2004
Rampur
12%

.in
Village % population below poverty line
Maheshpur
Rampur 35 24%
Narayanpur
Maheshpur 40 35%

ng
Narayanpur 38 Dinapur
Dinapur 45 9%
Laxmipur

eri
Laxmipur 32 20%

K
16. In 2005, the population of Rampur as well as Dinapur is increased by 12% from the year 2004. If

e
the population of Rampur in 2004 was 4000 and the percentage of population below poverty line in
gin
2005 remains the same as in 2004, find approximately the population of Dinapur below poverty
line in 2005.
1) 1510 2) 1520 3) 1535 4) 1500
17. If in 2006 the population of Maheshpur is increased by 8% , the population of Narayanpur is
En

reduced by 10% from 2004, and the population of Narayanpur in 2004 was 7000, what will be the
total population of Maheshpur and Narayanpur in 2006?
1) 11,550 2) 11,484 3) 11,200 4) 12,285

KUNDAN
18. If in 2004 the total population of five villages together was 35,000 approximately, what will be
arn

population of Narayanpur in that year below poverty line?

1) 4600 2) 4650 3) 4665 4) 4655
19. If the population of Laxmipur below poverty line in 2004 was 1240, what was the population of
Maheshpur in 2004?
Le

1) 4600 2) 4650 3) 4750 4) 4660

20. If the population of Narayanpur is 6300 in 2004, what will be the ratio of the population of Narayanpur
below poverty line to that of Maheshpur below poverty line in that year?
w.

1) 133 : 96 2) 122 : 95 3) 96 : 133 4) 233 : 96

Answers and explanations

ww

1-5: Let the maximum score of each of theoretical papers be ‘a’ and the maximum score of either of
lab papers be ‘b’.
For the student S 3
a b 82 .5
(82 + 88 + 81 + 79 + 70) + (93 + 97) = (5a + 2b) ×
100 100 100
 400a + 190 b = 412.5a + 165 b
 25b = 12.5 a  2b = a  a = 2b
The maximum marks for all the papers together is 600
 5a + 2b = 600  10b + 2b = 600  b = 50
So a = 100

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

1. 2
2. 1; S 6 ’s score in the paper

73.25  600 (71  69  73  67  90) 80  50 

L1    100 
100  100 100  = 439.5 – 370 – 40 = 29.5

100
 S 6 ' s percentage score = 29 .5   59 %
50
(90  83  87  89  91)  100 78  82
3. 4; Total score of S1    50 = 440 + 80 = 520
100 100

.in
S 4 ’s score without considering the score in paper P1 is given by
83 .5  87.5  78  82  100  90  94  50
= 331 + 92 = 423

ng
100 100
Hence S 4 scores less than 520 - 423 = 97 marks in the papers. So S 4 can score, say, 96. Hence
choice ‘4’.

eri
70.6 (65  55  83  87  70) 68 

K
4. 2; S 5 ’s score in lab paper L 2 is 100  600   100
 100 
100
 50
 
= 423.6 - (360 + 34) = 29.6
e
29 .6
gin
 S5 ’s percentage score in paper L 2 is  100 = 59.2
50
5. 3; S 4 ’s score without the paper P1 is 423.
(98  92  59  61  50 ) 82
S 2 ’s score without the paper L 2 =  100   50 = 360 + 41 = 401
En

100 100
Hence if S 2 and S 4 finally get the same score, then the difference in S 4 ’s score in paper P1 and

KUNDAN
S 2 ’s score in paper L 2 is 423 – 401 = 22 marks.
arn

6-10: Total number of students in 2000 is 12,00,000

2001 is 13,50,000
2002 is 13,00,000
2003 is 13,50,000
Le

2004 is 17,00,000
6. 3; Clearly the greatest percentage increase in the number of students writing the exam (increase
over the previous year) is in 2004.
w.

17,00,000  13,50,000
% increase =  100 = 35  100  25 .92
13,50,000 135
7. 1; In 2000, the number (in thousand) is 1200 × 0.1 = 120
ww

In 2004, the number (in thousand) is 1700 × 0.111  190

70
% change =  100  57 %
120
8. 4; The number of females writing the exam in 2001 is given and the number of engineering
students writing the exam can be calculated. But, the number of female engineering graduates
writing the exam can’t be calculated.
9. 2; Number of engineering students writing the exam in
2000  0.5833 × 1200 = 700
2001  0.5925 × 1350 = 800
2002  0.7 × 1300 = 910
2003  0.711 × 1350 = 960

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

2004  0.618 × 1700 = 1050

100
Greatest percentage increase =  100 = 14.28% in 2001
700
10. 3; Statement I is obviously true from solution to Q. 34.
400
Statement II: In 2004, percentage of female students writing the exam =  100  23 .52
1700
350
In 2002, the percentage was  100  26 .92
1300
 Statement II is false.

.in
6.67
Statement III: Students from ‘Others’ category writing the exam in 2000 was  1200 .
100

ng
6.67
In 2002 the number became  1300 .
100
So statement III is false.

eri
11. 3; The total number of articles produced by unit IV for the given years = 335
The total number of articles rejected by unit IV for all the given years = 35

K
35
 Required percentage rejection = 335  100  10 .44 %  10 %

e
12. 3; Total number of articles selected in 2002 = 246
gin
246
 Required average =  49 .2
5
13. 4; The continuous increase in production of articles is seen in the unit IV and none of the units
show continuous decrease in the number of articles sold.
En

14. 2; The total number of articles sold in 1999 = 240

The total number of articles sold by unit IV over the years = 300

KUNDAN
 the required ratio = 240 : 300 = 4 : 5
arn

15. 1; It is obvious from the table.

9
16. 1; Population of Dinapur in 2004 = 4000   3000
12
112
Le

Population of Dinapur in 2005 = 3000   3360

100
3360
 Population below poverty line = 45% of 3360 = 45  100  1512  1510
w.

24
17. 2; Population of Maheshpur in 2004 = 7000   4800
35
ww

108
Population of Maheshpur in 2006 = 4800   5184
100
90
Population of Narayanpur in 2006 = 7000   6300
100
 Total population = 5184 + 6300 = 11484
35 38
18. 4; Population of Narayanpur below poverty line = 35000   = 133 × 35 = 4655
100 100
100 24
19. 2; Population of Maheshpur in 2004 = 1240    4650
32 20

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

38
20. 1; Population of Narayanpur below poverty line = 6300   2394
100
24 40
Population of Maheshpur below poverty line = 6300    1728
35 100
2394
 Ratio =  133 : 96
1728

.in
ng
K e eri
gin
En

KUNDAN
arn
Le
w.
ww

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Practice Exercise 19
Answer Questions 1 to 5 on the basis of the information given below:
The Venn-diagram shown below gives the number of students who study Mathematics, Physics,
Chemistry and Biology.

.in
ng
The number of students studying the given subjects in the above given order is 64, 76, 63 and 72
respectively.

eri
1. The number of students studying only Physics is

K
1) 11 2) 20 3) 12 4) 14
2. What is the number of students who study Mathematics only?

3.
1) 1 2) 2
e 3) 3
How many students study Mathematics, Biology, Physics and Chemistry?
4) Data insufficient
gin
1) 7 2) 6 3) 12 4) 22
4. What is the total number of students who study either Physics and Mathematics or Chemistry
and Biology?
1) 67 2) 60 3) 53 4) 45
En

5. The ratio of the number of students who study Physics, Chemistry and Biology to that of those who
study Mathematics, Chemistry and Biology is

KUNDAN
1) 1 : 1 2) 11 : 13 3) 15 : 17 4) 9 : 10
arn

Answer Questions 6 to 10: Read the data carefully and answer the questions that follow:
Details of the Indian Widget Industry

Year
Ratio
Le

2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005

Profit Margin 0.27 0.30 0.24 0.30 0.33 0.36

w.

DS Ratio 0.70 0.75 0.90 1.00 1.10 1.20

EXIM Ratio 0.60 0.64 0.72 0.50 0.60 0.68
ww

Average selling price per widget

Profit margin = 1
Average cost price per widget
Industry demand (by volume) for widget
DS Ratio = Industry supply (by volume) for widget

Volume of exports of widget

EXIM Ratio = Volume of imports of widget
Note: 1: (i) Industry demand = Domestic demand + Export demand
(ii) Industry supply = Domestic supply + imported supply
(iii) The average export price per widget = The average selling price per widget
(iv) The average import price per widget = The average cost price per widget

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

6. Find the volume of widgets exported in the year 2004 as a percentage of the industry demand for
widgets in that year.
1) 24% 2) 65% 3) 37.5% 4) Can’t be determined
7. If the total values of widgets imported in the year 2003 was Rs 300 crore, then what was the total
value of widgets exported in that year?
1) 195 crore 2) 200 crore 3) 325 crore 4) Can’t be determined
8. Find the ratio of domestic demand and domestic supply in the year 2001?
1) 0.75 2) 0.30 3) 0.80 4) Can’t be determined
9. If the volume of widgets imported increased by a steady 20% every year then during which of the
following periods did the volume of widgets exported increase by the maximum percentage?

.in
1) 2000-2001 2) 2001-2002 3) 2004-2005 4) 2003-2004
10. Find the volume of the widgets imported in the year 2002 as a percentage of the industry supply
for widgets in that year.

ng
2
1) 83.5% 2) 66 % 3) 37½% 4) Can’t be determined
3
Note: Questions 11 to 30 carry two marks each.

eri
Given below is a survey conducted in four cities about people liking different film stars. The total

K
number of people surveyed was 2000 and they were distributed as given in the chart. The table shows
the percentage of people liking the film stars in that particular city. An individual can have liking for
more than one star.

Film Star Mumbai e Delhi Kolkata Indore

gin
Amitabh
62 52 44 48
Bachchan
Shahrukh Khan 29 32 22 27
En

Salman Khan 21 18 13 23

KUNDAN
Aamir Khan 36 34 26 33
arn

Hritik Roshan 19 26 11 29
Fardeen Khan 12 14 6 19
Percentage in 4 cities out of 2000 people surveyed.
Le

Indore Delhi
22% 25%
w.
ww

Kolkata
23%
Mumbai
30%

11. Which city has maximum people liking Fardeen Khan in the given survey?
1) Mumbai 2) Delhi 3) Kolkata 4) Indore
12. If all the fans of Aamir Khan also like Amitabh Bachchan in Mumbai, then how many people in
Mumbai like Amitabh but not Aamir Khan?
1) 172 2) 156 3) 216 4) 148
13. If Salman and Shahrukh don’t have common fans then how many of the total people surveyed in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

all the four cities together like neither of them?

1) 947 2) 1023 3) 1117 4) 1069
14. What can be the maximum number of people surveyed in Delhi who don’t like any of the above
film stars?
1) 240 2) 250 3) 269 4) 131
15. What can be the maximum number of people surveyed in Kolkata who like all the stars given in
the table.
1) 218 2) 21 3) 27 4) 276
Directions (Q. 16-20): The following table shows the specialisation of the students in percent-

.in
age at the four premier B-schools in Mumbai in the year 2004.
Code B-School
A MNIMS

ng
B BJIMS
C JP Jain
D KITIE

eri
100%

K
25%
75%
Systems
50% Finance
50%

e C
D
gin
A 75%
25%
B
100%

100% 75% 50% 25%

Marketing
En

The number of students in a B-school (in 2004) is given by the following graph.

KUNDAN
300
arn

240
250

200
200 160
Le

150

100
80
w.

50

0
ww

A B C D

16. In which of the following B-schools have the maximum number of students opted for finance?
1) MNIMS 2) KITIE 3) JP Jain 4) BJIMS
17. The difference between the number of sudents who opted for finance in MNIMS and JP Jain is
what per cent of the number of students who opted for systems in BJIMS?
1) 150% 2) 200% 3) 300% 4) 350%
18. If in 2005, at MNIMS the number of Marketing students increases by 10% and if the number of
students in Systems remains the same, then find the percentage increase in Finance students if
the total intake in 2005 increases by 10% at MNIMS.
1) 30% 2) 20% 3) 15% 4) 12.5%
19. The total number of students in Systems at the four B-schools forms what percentage of the total

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

number of Finance students at these four B-schools?

1) 78.4% 2) 73.6% 3) 70.4% 4) 58.9%
20. There exists a student exchange programme between the two institutes MNIMS and JP Jain.
During this programme 50% of Systems students from JP Jain go to MNIMS and continue their
Systems specialisation. Then find the percentage change in the Systems students at MNIMS on
account of the students’ exchange programme, if no student of Systems in MNIMS goes to any
other college.
1) 60% 2) 80% 3) 70% 4) 40%
Directions (Q. 21-25): The following pie-chart and the line graph represents the total number
of companies visiting the campuses of B-schools in different specialisation fields from 2000 to

.in
2004. The different fields are as following:
Code Field
M Marketing

ng
F Finance
H HR

eri
250

K 200
M

H
14%
F
44% 42%
M
43%

e H
F
34%

M F M
F
26%
gin
23% 52%
40% 35% H
22%
150 H
25%
En

100 H
20%

KUNDAN
M
F 45%
50 35% F = 182
arn

F = 210 F = 187 H = 160

H = 72
0
2000 2001 2002 2003 2004
Le

Years
21. On an average what percentage of the companies that visited the campuses of B-School between
2000 to 2004 were HR companies?
1) 11.4% 2) 25.04% 3) 21.2% 4) Can’t be determined
w.

22. It can be said that for every three finance companies, ‘x’ number of marketing companies visited
the campuses of B-schools in the given five years. Then the value of x is
1) 2 2) 3 3) 4 4) Can’t be determined
ww

23. By what per cent on an average (compounded) is the total no. of companies visiting the campus
increasing?
1) 18 2) 34 3) 29 4) 40
24. What is the difference between the number of marketing companies and that of finance compa-
nies visiting the campuses for the above five years?
1) 239 2) 309 3) 283 4) 301
25. The no. of HR companies visiting the campuses in 2002 is what per cent more as compared to that
of HR companies visiting the campuses in 2001?
1) 34% 2) 95% 3) 67% 4) 80%
Directions (Q. 26-30): Study the table given below and answer the questions.
‘SA RE GA MA PA’ is an entertaining TV programme in which some shortlisted singers perform

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

once every week. After listening to the singers Indian viewers cast their votes for their favourites.
The singer getting lowest no. of votes for that particular week goes out of the contest. So, next week
the no. of contestants performing reduces by one. This way the contest goes on till a single winner is
decided. The Indian viewers are divided into four regions called North India, West India, South India
and East India. In a particular week of the contest, five singers were performing named: Hemu,
Himani, Vineet, Debu and Nihira. One performance means singing one song, ie every week the
remaining contestants sing one song.
The candidatewise break-up of votes from different regions is given in the following table for that
week in which the above five singers performed.

.in
Region
North India West India South India East India
Candidate

Hemu 06 00 51 11

ng
Himani 19 100 10 17

Debu 09 00 18 46

eri
Nihira 06 00 07 11

K Vineet 60

100%
e 100%
00 14

100%
15

100%
gin
26. If the single winner was decided after the performance of the 11th week from start of the compe-
tition, in total how many songs were sung by the singers in the contest?
1) 78 2) 66 3) 77 4) 65
27. In the week when the above five contestants performed, who got the highest votes from Indian
En

viewers?
1) Himani 2) Hemu 3) Vineet 4) Can’t be determined

KUNDAN
28. The contestant who will not perform next week is
1) Debu 2) Nihira 3) Hemu 4) Can’t be determined
arn

29. Among the five contestants, the one who got highest votes from the viewers of ‘Mumbai’ is (Mumbai
is a city falling in the region of West India)
1) Debu 2) Hemu 3) Himani 4) Can’t be determined
30. If the nos. of viewers voting from North India, West India, South India and East India are in the
Le

ratio of 2 : 1 : 3 : 4, then by what percentage Vinit’s vote is more than Hemu’s?

1) 6.2% 2) 5.8% 3) 7.1% 4) None of these

Answers and explanations

w.

1-5: The complete Venn-Diagram is as given below:

Mathematics Physics

2
ww

20
5
8 6 6 10 Chemistry
13 7 11 2
Biology
14 9 12 4

1. 2; No. of students studying Physics only = 20.

2. 2; No. of students studying Mathematics only = 02.
3. 1; By observation only 7 students study all the 4 subjects.
4. 3; No. of students studying Physics & Maths = 5 + 6 + 7 + 9 = 27
No. of students studying Chemistry & Biology = 13 + 7 + 11 + 2 = 33.
But 7 students are common in both above.
required no. = 27 + 33 – 7 = 53.

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

5. 4; Students studying Physics and Chemistry and Biology = 7 + 11 = 18

Students studying Mathematics, Chemistry & Biology = 13 + 7 = 20
18
required ratio = 9 : 10
20
Exports Imports
6. 4; The ratio cannot be determined independent of the ratio Supply .
Demand
Supply Exports 0.60
Therefore in 2004, we can find Demand Imports as 1 .10 .

.in
Exports
But we cannot find only .
Demand
Hence the question can’t be answered.

ng
7. 1; The value of widgets imported in 2003 = Rs 300 crores.
= Average import price per widget × Volume of Imports.
= Average cost price per widget × Volume of import

eri
Now, value of widgets exported = Average selling price per widget × Volume of exports.

K
Average cost price Volume of imports 1 1
Hence, Average selling price Volume of exports 1 0.3 0.5

e
Value of exports = 300 × 0.65 = Rs 195 crores
8. 4; Clearly, we can’t determine the ratio of domestic demand and domestic supply.
gin
9. 4; Since the imports increased by a steady percentage every year, to find the year in which the
exports increased by the highest percentage we need to consider only EXIM ratios. By the obser-
vation of data, it is the highest from 2003 to 2004.
10. 4; Data inadequate.
En

11. 4; Let x be the percentage of total population surveyed in any city and y be the percentage of people
surveyed in the city who like Fardeen Khan.

KUNDAN
Then Fardeen has maximum liking in that city where ‘x × y’ is maximum.
For Bombay = 30 × 12 = 360
arn

Delhi = 14 × 25 = 350
Kolkata = 6 × 23 = 138
Indore = 19 × 22 = 418
12. 2; Amitabh’s fans who don’t like Aamir = (62 – 36)% of (30% of 2000) = 26% of 600 = 156
Le

13. 4; In Mumbai, 100 29 21 % = 50% don’t like either Salman or Shahrukh.

50% of (30% of 2000) = 300
Same way: in Kolkata = 299
w.

Delhi = 250
Indore = 220
total = 1069
ww

14. 1; In Delhi, for calculating maximum no. of people surveyed who don’t like any of the given stars,
let us assume that 52% fans who like Amitabh also like the other five stars.
So those who don’t like any of the above = 100 52 48% of (25% of 2000) 240
15. 3; At maximum the required no. can be 6% of 23% of 2000 = 27.6 27
16. 1; Code No. of students who opted for Finance
A 0.5 × 200 = 100
B 0.375 × 240 = 90
C 0.25 × 160 = 40
D 0.5 × 80 = 40
Hence, MNIMS
17. 2; From the previous question,

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

difference = 100 – 40 = 60
No. of students in BJIMS studying Finance = 12.5% of 240 = 30
Ans = 200%
18. 3; Specialisation 2004 2005
110
Marketing (MNIMS) 200 × 25% = 50 50 55
100
Systems (MNIMS) 200 × 25% = 50 50
Marketing (MNIMS) 200 × 50% = 100 —
110
Total (MNIMS) 200 220 200

.in
100
Marketing (MNIMS) in 2005 = 220 – 50 – 55 = 115
% increase in Marketing (MNIMS) = 15%

ng
19. 3; Total students opting for Systems
25% × 200 + 240 × 12.5% + 160 × 50% + 37.5 × 80 = 190
Total Finance students = 100 + 90 + 40 + 40 = 270

eri
190
100 70 .4%
270

K
20. 2; % change =
80 50 %
200 25 %
100
40
50
100 80 %

e
21. 3; The answer can be determined and will be between 14% and 25% .
gin
(Average of samples always lies between the lowest and the greatest sample.)
Alternative Method:
HR companies = 72 + 70 + 138 + 160 + 154 = 594
Total companies = 360 + 500 + 600 + 640 + 700 = 2800
En

594
100 21 .2%
2800

KUNDAN
22. 3; Total no. of Marketing companies = 162 + 220 + 258 + 256 + 364 = 1260
Total finance companies = 126 + 210 + 204 + 224 + 182 = 946
arn

946 3
1260 x
4
x
Le

23. 1; 360 1 700 x 18 %

100
Alternative Method: Compound rate of interest is always lower than simple rate of interest.
w.

700 360 1
100
360 4 is less than 25% .
Answer can be only (1) since other options are more than 25% .
ww

24. 2; From Q. No. 82, in this set it is = 1238 – 929 = 309.

210
25. 4; HR camp. in 2001 = 14 70
42
204
HR camp. in 2002 = 23 138
34
138 70
95 %
70

10th week
12 13
26. 3; The total songs = 2
 + 3 + 4
 + ... + 12
 = 1 77
11th week 9th week first week 2

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

27. 4; We can’t determine the answer because we don’t know the weightage of different regions in
total votes and the data is too messed up to point out a single singer with highest no. of votes.
28. 2; Whatever be the weightage of different regions, Nihira has got lowest % of votes from all the four
regions.
So she must be getting lowest votes overall from the Indian viewers and will be out of the
context next week.
29. 3; Himani has got 100% votes of West India
She has got 100% votes from Mumbai viewers also.
60 2 0 1 14 3 15 4 6 2 0 1 3 51 11 4
30. 1; Required % =

.in
6 2 0 1 3 51 11 4
222 209 1300
= 100 6.2%
209 209

ng
K e eri
gin
En

KUNDAN
arn
Le
w.
ww

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Practice Exercise 20
Direction (Q. 1-6): Following table shows the assets and liabilities of the Reserve Bank of India
for the given years. Make use of data from previous questions if required.
ASSETS AND LIABILITIES OF RESERVE BANK OF INDIA
(All figures in Rs crore)
2000 1999 1998 1991 1981

.in
Liabilities
Notes in circulation 192483 172541 148520 53784 13733

ng
Govt deposits 541 68 453 94 789
Deposits of banks 80460 65359 59427 33829 4162

eri
Other deposits 5551 6330 5239 4619 1570
Assets

K e
Gold coin and bullion 12973 12624 13412 6654 226
gin
Foreign assets 25294 12116 10038 14208 4320
Rupee securities 140967 145583 125956 46924 1110
Investments 3916 2916 2767 40286 1593
En

Loan and advances 37890 19876 13963 18516 3504

Other assets 5467 4398 6133 4103 4630
1. In the year 1999, 20% of investments of the government was in ‘Golden forest scheme’ and the
arn

KUNDAN
same amount was expected to be invested in the year 2000. What was the share of investment for
‘Golden forest scheme’ in 2000?
1) 13% 2) 20% 3) 14.90% 4) 12.8%
2. If the percentage increase in 2001 over the previous decade is the same as that of 1991 over the
Le

year 1981, the percentage increase in the foreign assets in 2001 over the previous year is
1) 22% 2) 15% 3) 9% 4) None of these
3. From year 1981 to year 2000, in how many years was there an increase in the number of notes in
w.

circulation with respect to previous year?

1) 3 2) 2 3) 4 4) Indeterminable
4. Net liability (percentage) is defined as the percentage of net liabilities over total assets, and net
ww

liabilities is the difference between total liabilities and total assets. In which year, out of those
mentioned above, is Net liability (% ) the maximum?
1) 1999 2) 1998 3) 2000 4) None of these
5. What is the rate of average annual compound growth rate of total assets for the decade 1981-91?
1) 20% 2) 24% 3) 18% 4) 16%
6. Textile units, steel-producing units and many manufacturing units are under Government’s Other
assets. Some of these public sectors are declared as sick units of NPA (Non-performing assets).
NPA are the government undertaking units which are running at a loss. 20% of other assets in
1999 are NPA, and in 2000 one more steel-producing unit of assets equal to 120 crores is declared
as NPA. What is the percentage of NPA in 2000 with respect to the Other assets?
1) 20% 2) 15% 3) 18% 4) Indeterminable
CAT’S EYE - CC - 129

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Directions (Q. 7-11): Following table shows the indices (index numbers) of major industrial
production in a country. All the information is tabulated taking production in 1993-94 = 100.

Index numbers of industrial production (1993-94 = 100)

W eight 1998-99 1997-98 1996-97 1995-96 1994-95

General index 100.0 143.1 137.6 129.1 122.3 108.4

Mining & quarrying 10.5 120.3 122.4 115.6 117.9 107.6

.in
Electricity 10.2 138.4 130.0 122.0 117.3 108.5
Manufacturing 79.4 146.7 140.6 131.8 123.5 108.5

ng
Food 9.1 134.7 133.8 134.3 129.8 121.6
Beverages etc 2.4 178.5 158.1 132.4 116.7 103.0
Cotton textiles etc 5.5 115.9 125.6 122.7 109.5 99.1

eri
Jute textile etc 0.6 106.0 114.3 97.8 102.4 95.1

K
Textile products including
2.5 153.8 158.7 146.3 133.7 98.5
garments
e
gin
Wood and products 2.7 121.0 128.5 131.9 123.2 99.3
Paper and products 2.7 169.8 146.4 136.9 125.5 108.6
Leather and products 1.1 119.9 110.8 108.4 99.1 86.8
En

Rubber, plastic & petroleum

5.7 138.7 124.6 118.4 116.1 107.7
products

KUNDAN
Chemicals and products 14.0 149.8 140.5 122.7 117.2 105.3
arn

Non-metallic mineral products 4.4 174.6 161.4 141.8 131.7 108.0

Basic metal and alloys 7.5 139.9 143.5 139.8 131.0 113.1
Le

Metal products 2.8 141.6 120.2 110.9 100.6 104.7

Electrical machinery etc 9.6 152.1 149.6 141.7 134.7 112.8
Transport equipment 4.0 177.9 153.8 149.9 132.8 113.2
w.

Other products 2.6 128.4 120.4 123.8 117.7 104.4

7. Of the following data, in how many categories in 1994-95 is the industrial production more than
ww

the production in 1993-94?

1) 15 2) 13 3) 12 4) 14
8. How many categories have shown a consistent increase in production every year in the given
period of time?
1) 10 2) 11 3) 12 4) 13
9. How many categories have shown an increase of more than 50% in production in the period of
1994-99?
1) 8 2) 7 3) 5 4) None of these
10. The ‘Average index number’ of any category is defined as the summation of index number divided
by number of years. Which category has minimum average index number?
1) Cotton textiles 2) Paper and products 3) Mining and quarrying 4) Jute textile etc

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

11. In the given categories, which categories have an average index number of more than 120 points?
1) Mining & quarrying and Electricity 2) Transport equipment and Electrical machinery
3) Manufacturing and Other products 4) All of these
Directions (Q. 12-17): Study the graphs given below carefully and answer the questions that
follow. Use information given in previous question if required.
Production of selected Flow of institutional credit to
commodities (million tonnes) agriculture (Rs crores × 1000)
350 Co-operatives Commercial & RRB's
Foodgrains Pulses

.in
300 Oilseeds Sugarcane
25
250
20

ng
200
15
150

eri
10
100

50 5

K e
0 0
1990-91 1998-99 1980-81 1990-91 1998-99 1999-00
gin
Import as percentage of gross fertiliser availability (%)

Potassic
En

1998-99
Phosphatic

Nitrogenous
arn

KUNDAN
1990-91
Le

0 20 40 60 80 100 120

12. Per capita net availability of foodgrain ( ) is defined as: Total foodgrain production (kg)/Popula-
tion. If in 1998-99 value of was registered as 360 and in 1999-2000 it became 400, then the
w.

percentage increase in the population of India in the year 1999-2000 over the previous year was
1) 16.66% 2) 20% 3) 25% 4) Indeterminable
13. In the year 2000-01 value of was 420 and the foodgrain production was 250 m tonnes. What was
ww

the increase in the population in year 2000-01 over 1990-91 (assuming that in 1998-99 was the
same as it was in 1990-91)?
1) 11 billion 2) 11 million 3) 110 million 4) Indeterminable
14. If in 1990-91, 20% of co-operative credit was sanctioned for sugarcane production then the yield of
sugarcane per 100 rupees of co-operative credit for the year 1990-91 was
1) 35 kg 2) 350 kg 3) 3500 kg 4) Indeterminable
15. Gross fertiliser consumption was registered as 150 tonnes, 200 tonnes and 250 tonnes of Nitrog-
enous, Phosphatic and Potassic respectively for the year 1998-99. Assuming that the import of
fertiliser was taken into consideration in order to fulfil the total consumption, then what was the
total fertiliser imported in 1998-99?
1) 200 tonnes 2) 250 tonnes 3) 215 tonnes 4) 260 tonnes
CAT’S EYE - CC - 131

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

16. If in 1990-91 the total production of agricultural products accounts for 52% of Gross Domestic
Product, then the Gross Domestic Product in 1990-91 was equivalent to the agricultural produc-
tion of ______. (In million tonnes)
1) 800 2) 850 3) 900 4) indeterminable
17. 30% of sugarcane was exported in 1990-91 and 33.33% yearly increase in the export of sugarcane
was reported next year. (Export rate was $ 89 per tonne). What was the change in the percentage
of the revenue generated from the export of sugarcane in 1991-92?
1) 30% 2) 33.33% 3) 25% 4) indeterminable
Directions (Q. 18-22): Figures given below show the percentage change in the key economic

.in
indicators and major industrial growth for the period of 1996-97 to 2000-01, over the previous
year. Use data from previous questions if required.
KEY ECONOMIC INDICATORS MAJOR INDUSTRIAL GROWTH

ng
10 30
Sof tw are
8 Consultancy
25

eri
Percentage variation
6 Pharmaceutical
20
4

K
2

e 15
gin
0
10
-2
GDP
5
-4 Agricultural Production
Industrial Production
En

-6 0
1996-97 1997-98 1998-99 1999-00 2000-01 1996-97 1997-98 1998-99 1999-00 2000-01

18. Which of the following is/are true?

KUNDAN
I) Growth of Software industries is the key contributor to the growth of Industrial production.
arn

II) In 1998-99 Agricultural production has shown maximum change in percentage over the pre-
vious year.
III) GDP has shown consistent increase every year over the period 1996-01.
1) Only I 2) I and III only 3) I, II and III 4) II and III only
Le

19. If index of GDP is considered as 100 in 1995-96, then how many years have GDP more than the
average GDP in the given period?
1) 2 2) 3 3) 1 4) None of these
w.

20. If in 2000-01 Software contributed 15% to the total Industrial production and 10% growth was
registered in total Industrial growth next year, what should be the index for total Industrial pro-
duction in 2001-02 (considering index for Software in 1995-96 as 100)?
ww

1) 1080 2) 1520 3) 1160 4) indeterminable

21. 80% of the Software production in 1996-97 was for international projects and this share reduced
to 70% in the year 1999-00. Percentage change in Software production for the international projects
in the given period
1) Decreased by 22% 2) Increased by 24% 3) Decreased by 30% 4) Increased by 30%
22. Which of the following statements are false?
I) Software production is the only sector which has shown continuous growth.
II) In all Industrial production over the mentioned period, the percentage change in growth is
maximum for Consultancy industry.
III) Software, Consultancy and Pharmaceutical industries contribute more than half of the total
Industrial production.

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

IV) Software, Consultancy and Pharmaceutical industries have shown consistent increase in
their production.
1) I & II only 2) II & III only 3) I, II and III only 4) I, II, III and IV
Directions (Q. 23-27): Study the following graph carefully to answer the questions given below
it.
Production of paper (in lakh tonnes) by three different companies A, B & C over the years
70 A B C

65
60

60
60
50

50

50

50
.in
50
45

45

45

40
40

35
30

30

30

30
ng
30

20

20
20

10

eri
0
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006

K e
23. What is the difference (in tonnes) between the production of company C in 2001 and that of com-
pany A in 2004?
gin
1) 500000 2) 5000000 3) 50000 4) 50000000
24. What is the percentage increase in production of company A from 2004 to 2005?
1) 85.71 2) 46.15 3) 84.23 4) 45.25
25. For which of the following years the percentage of rise/fall in production from the previous year is
En

the maximum for company B?

1) 2002 2) 2003 3) 2004 & 2005 4) 2005
26. The total production of company C in 2002 and 2006 is what percentage of the total production of
company C in 2004 and 2005?
arn

KUNDAN
1) 170 2) 175 3) 178 4) 180
27. What is the difference (in lakh tonnes) between the average production per year of the company
with highest average production and that of the company with the lowest average production?
1) 20.83 2) 28.3 3) 21.38 4) 22.32
Le

Answers and explanations

1. 3; In 1999 total investment was 2916 crores. Investment in “Golden forest” scheme = 0.2 ×2916
= 583.2 crores. Next year same amount is (583.2/3916)×100 = 14.89% .
w.

2. 4; % increase in the foreign assets (1981 to 1991) = [(14208 - 4320) / 4320] × 100 230% approx.
Expected foreign assets in 2001 = 3.3 × 14208 = 46886.4 crores.
Percentage increase in 2001 over previous year = 46886.4 - 25294/25294) × 100 = 85.3% .
ww

3. 4; In the given information, increase in circulation of notes over previous year cannot be calcu-
lated as the number of notes in circulation in 1982 is not known.
4. 4; From the given table we can calculate the net liabilities(% ):
1981 1991 1998 1999 2000

Total liabilities 20254 92326 213639 237968 279037

Total assets 15383 130691 172269 197513 226507

Net liabilities 4871 --- 41370 40455 5528

Net liability (%) 31.66% --- 24% 20.5% 23.29%

CAT’S EYE - CC - 133

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

5. 2; From the above calculation, if R is the rate of average annual growth, then
130691 = 15383 (1 + R/100)n, where n = 10. R = 24% approx.
6. 3; NPA in 1999 = 20% of 4398 = 880 crores.
NPA in 2000 = 880 + 120 = 1000 crores.
1000
% of NPA with respect to Other assets = × 100 = 18% approx.
5467
7. 4; Number of categories can be calculated directly from the table itself.
8. 1; 10 categories of the given have shown to have consistent increase in production.
9. 3; Beverages, Textile products including garments, Paper and products, Non-metallic mineral prod-

.in
ucts and Transport equipment are the categories out of the given, which have shown increase
of more than 50% in the period 1994-99.
10. 4; In these types of problem we can directly add the index and check for the minimum value.
No need to actually calculate the value of ‘Average index number’ as the base is 5 for all the

ng
cases.
(1) Cotton textile = 115.9 + 125.6 + 122.7 + 109. 5 + 99.1 = 572.8
(2) Paper and products = 169.8 + 146.4 + 136.9 + 125.5 + 108.6 = 687.2

eri
(3) Mining and quarrying = 120.3 + 122.4 + 115.6 + 117.9 + 107.6 = 583.8
(4) Jute textile etc = 106.0 + 114.3 + 97.8 + 102.4 + 95.1 = 515.6

K
11. 2; In all categories given in the answer options, average index number is more than 120 points for
(2), that is Transport equipment = 145 and electrical machinery = 138.2.

e
12. 4; As the foodgrain production in 1999-2000 is not known, we cannot calculate population in 1999-
gin
2000.
13. 3;
Year Foodgrain production in million tonnes Population in million
1990-91 360 175 486.1
En

2000-01 420 250 595.2

Hence increase in the population was 110 million (approx).

KUNDAN
14. 3 Sugarcane production in 1990-91 was 240 m tonnes.
arn

Loan = 20% of 3500 crores = 700 crores

240 m tonnes
Production of sugarcane per 100 Rs of loan = 100 3428 kg
700 crore
Le

15. 4;

Year Nitrogenous Phosphatic Potassic

w.

1998-99 (Consumption) 150 tonnes 200 tonnes 250 tonnes

Import (% of gross fertilisers available) 8 65 102
Import (tonnes) 11.11 78.8 126.24
ww

I = import, C = consumption, A = Availability

I
For Nitrogenous, 8% .08 and Availability = Consumption – Import
A
I 0.08
Thus, 0.08 I 150 11.11 tonnes.
C I 1.08
Similarly, we can calculate import for other fertilizers.
Total import = 11.11 + 78.8 + 126.26 = 216.15 tonnes.
16. 4; We do not know the total of agricultural production in 1990-91.
17. 4; As the export rate for the year 1991-92 is not given, so it cannot be calculated.

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

18. 4; Statement I is not true as the percentage contribution by Software to the total industrial pro-
duction is not given.
Statement II is true. As per the given information, agricultural production has shown maxi-
mum percentage increase over previous year in 1998-99 = {(100.1-93.1)/93.1} × 100 = 8.6% .
Statement III is also correct as GDP has shown consistent increase in the given period of time.
19. 1; Considering GDP for the year 1995-96 = 100 points,

1995-96 1996-97 1997-98 1998-99 1999-00 2000-01

100 101 105.5 111.5 118.25 124.25

.in
560 .5
And average GDP = 112 .1
5

ng
20. 3; In 2000-01 index for software was 100 (1.10) (1.14) (1.08) (1.15) (1.02) = 159.
15% of (Total industrial growth) = 162 points.
Thus total industrial growth = (162/15) × 100 = 1060 points
In the year 2001-02, 10% growth was registered.

eri
Total industrial growth in 2001-02 = (1080 × 110) / 100 = 1166 approx.
21. 2; In 1996-97, 80% of 110 = 88 points.
In 1999-00, 70% of 156 = 109 points approx.

K e
% change = [(109 – 88)/88] × 100 = 24% increase approx.
22. 3; Only statement IV is a true statement.
gin
23. 1
65 35
24. 1; Percentage increase of A from 2004 to 2005 100 85 .71
35
25. 3; Percentage rise/fall in production for B
En

2002 2003 2004 2005 2006

11.11 20 50 50 33.33
arn

KUNDAN
70
26. 2; Percentage production = 100 175
40
27. 1; Average production of A = 51.66
Average production of B = 43.33
Le

Average production of C = 30.83

Difference of production = 51.66 - 30.83 = 20.83
w.
ww

CAT’S EYE - CC - 135

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

264 DATA INTERPRETATION

Chapter-9

Venn Diagram
Introduction
Pictorial representation of sets gives most of the ideas about sets and their properties in a much easier way
than the representation of sets given in language form. This pictorial representation is done by means of dia-
grams, known as Venn Diagram.
The objects in a set are called the members or elements of the set.

.in
If A = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6}, then 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 are the members or elements of the set A.
If B = {x : x is a positive integer divisible by 5 and x < 25} or, B = {5, 10, 15, 20}, then 5, 10, 15 and 20 are the
elements of the set B.

ng
K gin
e eri
A  B (read as set A intersection set B) is the set having the common elements of both the sets A and B.
A  B (read as set A union set B) is the set having all the elements of the sets A and B. A - B (read as set A minus
set B) is the set having those elements of set A which are not in set B.
In other words, A - B represents the set A exclusively, ie A – B have the elements which are only in A.
Similarly, B - A represents the set B exclusively. We keep it in mind that n(A  B) = n(B  A) and n(A  B)
= n(B  A).
The number of elements of a set A is represented by n(A), but n(A - B)  n(B - A)

KUNDAN
En

Now, by the above Venn diagram it is obvious that

n(A) = n(A - B) + n(A  B) ..... (1)
n(B) = n(B - A) + n(A  B) ..... (2)
n(A  B) = n(A - B) + n(A  B) + n(B - A) .... (i)
arn

Adding (1) and (2) we get,

n(A) + n(B) = n(A - B) + n(B - A) + n(A  B) + n(A  B)
or, n(A) + n(B) - n(A  B) = n(A - B) + n(B - A) + n(A  B) ... (ii)
From (i) and (ii), we have
n(A  B) = n(A) + n(B) – n(A  B) .... (3)
Le

Let us see some worked out examples given below:

Solved Examples
w.

Ex. 1: In a class of 70 students, 40 like a certain magazine and 37 like another certain magazine. Find
the number of students who like both the magazines simultaneously.
Soln: We have, n(A  B) = 70, n(A) = 40, n(B) = 37
Now, 70 = 40 + 37 – n(A  B)  n(A  B) = 77 – 70 = 7.
ww

Ex. 2: In a group of 64 persons, 26 drink tea but not coffee and 34 drink tea. Find how many drink (i) tea
and coffee both, (ii) coffee but not tea.
Soln: (i) n(T  C) = 64, n(T - C) = 26, n(T) = 34
We have, n(T) = n(T - C) + n(T  C)
or, 34 = 26 + n(T  C)  n(T  C) = 34 – 26 = 8
(ii) Again, we have
n(T  C) = n(T) + n(C) – n(T  C)
or, 64 = 34 + n(C) – 8
 n(C) = 38
Now, n(C) = n(C - T) + n(T  C)
or, 38 = n(C - T) + 8
 n(C – T) = 38 - 8 = 30

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Venn Diagram 265

Ex. 3: In a class of 30 students, 16 have opted Mathematics and 12 have opted Mathematics but not
Biology. Find the number of students who have opted Biology but not Mathematics.
Soln: n(M  B) = 30, n(M) = 16, n(M - B) = 12, n(B - M) = ?
We have, n(M) = n(M - B) + n(M  B)
or, 16 = 12 + n(M  B)
 n(M  B) = 16 - 12 = 4
Again, we have, n(M  B) = n(M) + n(B) - n(M  B)
or, 30 = 16 + n(B) – 4
or, n(B) = 30 - 12 = 18
Now, n(B) = n(B – M) + n(M  B)
or, 18 = n(B - M) + 4
 n(B – M) = 18 – 4 = 14

.in
Ex. 4: In a class of 70 students, 40 like a certain magazine and 37 like another while 7 like neither.
(i) Find the number of students who like at least one of the two magazines.
(ii) Find the number of students who like both the magazines simultaneously.

ng
Soln: We have, total number of students = 70 in which 7 do not like any of the magazines.
For our consideration regarding liking of magazines, we are left with (70 – 7 =) 63 students.
Thus, n(A  B) = 63, n(A) = 40, n(B) = 37

K
(i) The number of students who like at least one of the two magazines = n(A  B) = 63.

eri
(ii) The number of students who like both the magazines simultaneously = n(A  B) = ?
We have, n(A  B) = n(A) + n(B) – n(A  B)
or, 63 = 40 + 37 – n(A  B)  n(A  B) = 77 – 63 = 14

e
Ex. 5: In a school, 45% of the students play cricket, 30% play hockey and 15% play both. What per cent
of the students play neither cricket nor hockey?
gin
Soln: n(C) = 45, n(H) = 30, n(C  H) = 15
 n(C  H) = 45 + 30 - 15 = 60
ie, 60% of the students play either cricket or hockey or both.
So, the remaining (100 - 60 =) 40% students play neither cricket nor hockey.

KUNDAN
En

Ex. 6: Out of a total of 360 musicians in a club 15% can play all the three instruments — guitar, violin
and flute. The number of musicians who can play two and only two of the above instruments is 75.
The number of musicians who can play the guitar alone is 73.
(i) Find the total number of musicians who can play violin alone and flute alone.
arn

(ii) If the number of musicians who can play violin alone be the same as the number of musicians
who can play guitar alone, then find the number of musicians who can play flute.
Soln: (i) Total number of musicians = 360
Le
w.
ww

15% of 360 = 54 musicians can play all the three instruments.

Given that x + y + z = 75
Now, 73 + f + v + (x + y + z =) 75 + 54 = 360
 v + f = 360 – (73 + 75 + 54) = 158
(ii) Now we have v = 73
The number of musicians who can play flute alone,
f = (v + f) – v = 158 – 73 = 85
and the number of musicians who can play flute = f + x + y + 54 = 85 + 54 + (x + y)
We have x + y + z = 75, x + y = 75 - z.
As either x + y or z is unknown, we cannot find out the number of musicians who can play flute.
Hence, data is inadequate.

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

266 DATA INTERPRETATION

Ex. 7: Out of a total 85 children playing badminton or table tennis or both, total number of girls in the
group is 70% of the total number of boys in the group. The number of boys playing only badminton
is 50% of the number of boys and the total number of boys playing badminton is 60% of the total
number of boys. The number of children playing only table tennis is 40% of the total number of
children and a total of 12 children play badminton and table tennis both. What is the number of
girls playing only badminton?
7x
Soln: Let the number of boys be x, then x + = 85  x = 50
10
Number of girls = 85 - 50 = 35

Exercise

.in
Directions (Q. 1-2): Study the following information carefully and answer accordingly:
Out of a total of 240 musicians in a club, 7.5% can play all the three instruments — guitar, violin and flute.
The number of musicians who can play two and only two of the above instruments is 45. The number of musi-
cians who can play the guitar alone is 60.

ng
1. Find the total number of musicians who can play flute alone and violin alone.
1) 115 2) 117 3) 118 4) 121 5) None of these

K
2. If the number of musicians who can play violin only be the same as the number of musicians who can play
only guitar, then find the number of musicians who can play flute.

eri
1) 56 2) 57 3) 162 4) Cannot say 5) None of these
Directions (Q. 3-8): Study the following information carefully and answer accordingly:
There are five high schools A, B, C, D and E in a certain town. Total number of high school students of the
town is 1800. The strength of school A is 20% and B is 37.5% of the total number of students of the town. D and

e
E have equal strengths. 40% students of A know only one language - Hindi. 60% students of D know only one
gin
language - English. There are 111 more students in B who know Hindi exclusively than the number of students
of D who know English only. 55 students of C know Hindi but not English. 15 students of D know both the
languages. The strength of C is 37.5% of the strength of A. Two-fifths of students of B know both the languages.
The number of students of C who know English but not Hindi is 40 less than the number of the same category
of B. 97 students of E know only English and 20% students of A know both the languages. 28 students of E know

KUNDAN
En

both the languages.

3. What is the percentage of the number of students who know both the languages?
1) 22.33 2) 22.66 3) 22.22 4) 22.5 5) None of these
4. What is the difference between the number of students who know English and those who know Hindi exclu-
arn

sively?
1) 250 2) 200 3) 400 4) 360 5) None of these
5. The number of students who know only Hindi of C is how many times those who know both the languages of
the same school?
2 1 1 2
1) 4 2) 3 3) 4 4) 3
Le

5) None of these
3 3 3 3
6. Find the percentage of number of students who know Hindi exclusively.
1) 44.44 2) 55.55 3) 33.33 4) 66.33 5) None of these
7. What is the number of schools in which the number of students who know English only is more than the
w.

average number of students who know English only?

1) 1 2) 2 3) 3 4) 4 5) None of these
8. What is the maximum difference between the number of students of a certain school who know only Hindi
and only English?
ww

1) 195 2) 93 3) 165 4) 97 5) None of these

Directions (Q. 9-13): Study the following information carefully and answer accordingly:
1
In a group of 1440 persons, like Coca-Cola only, 37.5% like Pepsi only and 510 like Mirinda. 6.25% of
6
them like all the three drinks while 6 do not like even one of the drinks. The number of persons who like both
1
Mirinda and Pepsi only is half the number of persons who like both Coca-Cola and Pepsi only. like both Coca-
8
Cola and Mirinda only.
9. How many persons like Mirinda only?
1) 174 2) 160 3) 168 4) Data inadequate 5) None of these

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Venn Diagram 267

10. What is the difference between the number of persons who like Coca-Cola and those who like Pepsi only?
1) 300 2) 118 3) 192 4) Data inadequate 5) None of these
11. Find the percentage of number of persons who like more than one drink.
1) 27.5 2) 33.9 3) 33.75 4) Data inadequate 5) None of these
12. In a class of 55 students 35 take tea, 27 take coffee and 12 take both. Find the number of students who take
neither tea nor coffee.
1) 10 2) 5 3) 15 4) 8 5) None of these
13. There are 1000 students, out of which 650 drink tea and 390 drink coffee and 30 students do not drink either
tea or coffee. How many students drink both tea and coffee?
1) 80 2) 90 3) 70 4) Data inadequate 5) None of these
Directions (Q. 14-18): Following Venn diagram shows the specialisation in different fields of some

.in
players out of 120 players.

ng
K 2) 12.50% 3) 5.83%
gin
e eri
14. What is the percentage of those players who have specialised in bowling?
1) 12.50% 2) 30% 3) 37.50% 4) Can’t be determined

4) 23.33%
5) None of these
15. What is the percentage of those players who have specialised in any of the two departments?
1) 7.50% 5) None of these

KUNDAN
En

16. What is the percentage of those players who have specialised in only one department?
1) 32.43% 2) 45.83% 3) 54.39% 4) 60% 5) None of these
17. In a class of 150 students, 65 play football, 50 play hockey, 75 play cricket, 35 play hockey and cricket, 20
play football and cricket, 42 play football and hockey and 8 play all the three games. Find the number of
arn

students who do not play any of these three games.

1) 101 2) 49 3) 51 4) Can’t say 5) None of these
18. In a class there are 200 students. 70% of them like Hindi, 30% like English and 20% like Sanskrit. Find the
maximum possible percentage of students who like all the three languages.
Le

1) 20 2) 10 3) 5 4) Can’t say 5) None of these

Directions (Q. 19-23): Study the following information carefully and answer accordingly:
In the figure shown below circle I represents readers of BSC magazine, Circle II represents the students who
have joined Correspondence Course of BSC (Banking Services Chronicle), and circle III represents the students
w.

who have joined Classroom Coaching of BSC Academy.

ww

19. The students who have joined the Classroom Coaching but are neither readers of BSC nor associated with
BSC through Correspondence Course, are represented by the portion
1) G + D 2) G + F 3) C 4) C - (D + G + F)

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

268 DATA INTERPRETATION

20. The portion which represents the students who are readers of BSC as well as are pursuing Correspondence
Course is
1) G 2) E + G 3) A + B 4) None of these
21. Ranjan Mukherjee is a regular reader of BSC Magazine and is pursuing its Correspondence Course too but has
not joined its Classroom Coaching. Then which of the following groups does he belong to?
1) A 2) G 3) E + G 4) E
22. Priya is a regular reader of BSC Magazine, is pursuing its Correspondence Course too and is determined to
leave behind Ranjan Mukherjee after joining BSC Classroom Coaching. Then which of the following groups
does she belong to?
1) A 2) G 3) E + G 4) E
23. The readers of BSC Magazine have been represented by the portion
1) A + E + D + G 2) A + E + G 3) A 4) None of these

.in
Directions (Q. 24-27): Study the following information carefully and answer accordingly:
Note: Use additional information given in any question for answering subsequent questions.

ng
K
24. How many students study Geography or English?
1) 108 2) 91

2) 67
3) 62

3) 52
gin
e
4) 130

4) 59
eri 5) 115
25. If 32 students study only Geography, how many students study English?
1) 63 5) Can’t say

KUNDAN
En

26. If there are 123 students in the class, how many students study Economics?
1) 67 2) 62 3) 63 4) 52 5) None of these
27. How many students study Economics or Geography or both but not all three?
1) 28 2) 60 3) 68 4) 54 5) None of these
Directions (Q. 28-29): Study the following information carefully and answer accordingly:
arn

There are 120 students in a class, who read Maths or History or English. It is known that no student can read
all three subjects. 24 read only Maths and History, 8 read only History and English and 21 read only Maths and
English. 32 read only Maths and 13 only History.
28. How many students read English?
Le

1) 22 2) 30 3) 51 4) 54 5) None of these
29. If 9 of the students who read only Maths start to read all three subjects, find the percentage of students who
read History.
1) 50% 2) 53.33% 3) 60% 4) 40% 5) None of these
w.

Directions (Q. 30-34): Study the following information carefully and answer accordingly:
A survey was conducted among 770 people who speak one or more languages from among Hindi, English and
Urdu. It was also found that 500 speak Hindi, 400 English and 300 Urdu.
(i) 30% of the Urdu-speaking people speak all three languages, which is 10% less than those who speak
ww

Hindi and English both but not Urdu.

1
(ii) Number of people who speak Hindi and Urdu both but not English is 33 % less than the number of
3
people who speak only English.
(iii)Number of people who speak English and Urdu both but not Hindi is 30.
30. How many people speak only Hindi?
1) 190 2) 170 3) 120
4) Can’t be determined 5) None of these
31. How many people speak only English?
1) 190 2) 100 3) 90
4) Can’t be determined 5) None of these

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Venn Diagram 269

32. How many people speak Hindi and Urdu both but not English?
1) 180 2) 120 3) 90
4) 150 5) None of these
33. By what per cent the number of people who speak only Urdu is less than those who speak Hindi and English
both but not Urdu?
2 1
1) 66 % 2) 33 % 3) 40%
3 3
4) Can’t be determined 5) None of these
34. By what per cent the number of people who speak only English is more than those who speak Hindi and Urdu
both but not English?
2
1) 40% 2) 66 % 3) 50%

.in
3
4) Can’t be determined 5) None of these
Directions (Q. 35-36): Study the following information carefully and answer accordingly:
There are 200 students in graduation. Out of these 165 are supposed to study at least one of the subjects

ng
from among Physics, Chemistry and Mathematics. 110 students study Physics, 80 students study Chemistry and
90 students Mathematics. 40 students study Physics and Chemistry but not Mathematics, 35 students study
Physics and Mathematics but not Chemistry and 20 students study Chemistry and Mathematics but not Physics.

K
35. How many students study all three subjects?

eri
1) 10 2) 12 3) 15 4) Can’t say 5) None of these
36. What is the percentage of those students who study all the three subjects with respect to those admitted in
graduation?
1) 5.40% 2) 6.06% 3) 4% 4) Can’t say 5) None of these

e
Directions (Q. 37-42): Study the following information carefully and answer accordingly:
gin
There are three companies A, B and C. The employees of the company speak at least one of the three languages,
viz English, Hindi and French, in following manner:
(i) In company A, 700 employees speak Hindi, 600 speak English and 555 French. In company B, 650
speak Hindi, 580 speak English and 700 speak French. And in company C, 500 speak Hindi, 600
English and 700 French.

KUNDAN
En

(ii) The number of employees of company A who speak only Hindi is equal to that of company C who speak
English and French but not Hindi. It is also equal to that of company B who speak all the three lan-
guages.
(iii) The number of employees of company C who speak only French is equal to 180, which is 20% more than
arn

the number of employees of company B who speak only Hindi.

(iv) The ratio of the number of employees of company C who speak only English to the number of employees
of company A who speak only French to the number of employees of company B who speak only
Hindi is 2 : 4 : 5.
(v) The number of employees of company A who speak only English is equal to the number of employees of
Le

company B who speak only French, which is equal to 180, which is also 25% less than those who speak
English and French but not Hindi in company C.
(vi) The number of employees of company C who speak Hindi and French but not English is equal to the
number of employees of company A who speak Hindi and English but not French, which is equal to the
w.

number of employees of company B who speak English and French but not Hindi.
(vii) The number of employees of company A who speak French and Hindi but not English is 165, which is
10% more than those who speak Hindi and French but not English in company C.
ww

37. How many employees speak Hindi and English but not French in company C?
1) 130 2) 80 3) 150 4) 170 5) None of these
38. How many employees speak all the three languages in company A?
1) 145 2) 125 3) 130 4) 150 5) None of these
39. How many employees speak any two of the three languages in company B?
1) 540 2) 410 3) 670 4) Can’t say 5) None of these
40. The number of employees of company A who speak English and French but not Hindi is what per cent more
than the number of those who speak only Hindi in company C?
1) 125% 2) 60% 3) 150% 4) 100% 5) None of these
41. What is the difference between the number of employees of company C who speak all the three languages and
the number of employees of company B who speak only English?
1) 10 2) 20 3) 50 4) 110 5) None of these

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

270 DATA INTERPRETATION

42. By what approximate per cent the number of employees of company B is more than that of C?
1) 4% 2) 6% 3) 8% 4) 10% 5) 12%
Directions (Q. 43-47): The following questions are based on the diagram given below:
P = Physics C = Chemistry M = Mathematics Class strength = 260.

.in
Number of students passed in a subject
43. What is the percentage of students who have failed in all three subjects?
1) 5.8 2) 17.5 3) 35 4) 22.5 5) None of these

ng
44. What is the percentage of students who have passed in two or more subjects?
1) 33 2) 29 3) 36 4) 25 5) 20

K
45. What is the percentage of students who have failed in at least one subject?
1) 96.5 2) 5.8 3) 65.0 4) 75.5 5) None of these

eri
46. Taking any two subjects, which pair of subjects has the maximum number of students passed in at least one
of them?
1) Physics, Chemistry 2) Physics, Mathematics 3) Chemistry, Mathematics
4) Cannot be determined 5) None of these

e
47. To be promoted to the next class it is essential to pass in Mathematics and at least in one of Physics and
gin
Chemistry. How many students are likely to be promoted to the next class?
1) 245 2) 160 3) 97 4) 48 5) Can’t be determined
Directions (Q. 48-52): Answer these questions on the basis of the information given below:
(i) In a class of 80 students the girls and the boys are in the ratio of 3 : 5. The students can speak only Hindi
or only English or both Hindi and English.

KUNDAN
En

(ii) The number of boys and the number of girls who can speak only Hindi is equal and each of them is 40%
of the total number of girls.
(iii)10% of the girls can speak both the languages and 58% of the boys can speak only English.
48. How many girls can speak only English?
arn

1) 12 2) 29 3) 18 4) 15 5) None of these
49. In all how many boys can speak Hindi?
1) 12 2) 9 3) 24 4) Data inadequate 5) None of these
50. What percentage of all the students (boys and girls together) can speak only Hindi?
1) 24 2) 40 3) 50 4) 30 5) None of these
Le

51. In all how many students (boys and girls together) can speak both the languages?
1) 15 2) 12 3) 9 4) 29 5) None of these
52. How many boys can speak either only Hindi or only English?
1) 25 2) 38 3) 41 4) 29 5) None of these
w.

Directions (Q. 53-55): Study the following information carefully and answer accordingly:
i) In a school, a total of 220 students are studying together in two sections A and B in the ratio of 5 : 6. The
students are studying only English or only Sanskrit or both English and Sanskrit.
ii) The numbers of students studying only English from section A and of those studying both Sanskrit and
ww

English from Section B are equal and each of them is 40% of the students who are studying only English
from section B.
iii) The number of students studying only Sanskrit from section A is 30% of the number of students studying
in section B and 60% of the students studying only English from section B.
53. How many students are studying both English and Sanskrit from section A?
1) 48 2) 16 3) 40 4) 36 5) None of these
54. How many students are studying only Sanskrit from section B?
1) 36 2) 10 3) 12 4) 24 5) None of these
55. Number of students studying only English from section B is what per cent more than that of the students
studying only English from section A?
1) 150% 2) 100% 3) 75% 4) 20% 5) None of these

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Venn Diagram 271

Directions (Q. 56-57): Study the following informations carefully and answer accordingly:
A survey was conducted by an agency in 25000 houses. It was found that 48% used Head & Shoulders, 48%
used Clinic Plus and 53% used Pentene Shampoo. 12% used both Head & Shoulders and Clinic Plus only and
10% used both Clinic Plus and Pentene only.
56. How many people used both Head & Shoulders and Pentene only if 8% used all the three?
1) 2750 2) 2500 3) 3000 4) 2000 5) Data inadequate
57. How many people used only Pentene if 8% used all the three shampoos?
1) 5000 2) 6000 3) 8750 4) 8000 5) None of these
Directions (Q. 58-62): Read the following data to answer the questions that follow:
In a class of 106 students, each student studies at least one of the three subjects Maths, Physics and
Chemistry. 48 of them study Maths, 51 Physics and 53 Chemistry. 16 study Maths and Physics, 17 study Maths
and Chemistry and 18 study Physics and Chemistry.

.in
58. The number of students who study exactly two subjects is
1) 31 2) 32 3) 33 4) 36
59. The number of students who study more than one subject is

ng
1) 39 2) 41 3) 40 4) 42
60. The number of students who study all the three subjects is
1) 5 2) 6 3) 7 4) 4

K
61. The number of students who study exactly one subject is

eri
1) 45 2) 55 3) 65 4) 70
62. The number of students who study Physics and Maths but not Chemistry is
1) 9 2) 11 3) 10 4) 12
Directions (Q. 63-67): Study the following Venn diagram and answer accordingly:

e
The following Venn diagram represents the results of a survey conducted by a market research firm NSD Ltd
to ascertain the profiles of a sample group. The diagram below shows the number of people who are Poets,
gin
Sportsmen, Graduates or Orators. Refer to the diagram to answer the questions that follow:

KUNDAN
En
arn

Note:
(1) P = Poets, S = Sportsmen, G = Graduates, O = Orators
Le

(2) The figures in any region of the above diagram pertain to the “only” value for that region. For example, 3
persons are only (Orators + Sportsmen + Graduates) etc.
63. Number of Sportsmen who have at least three specialities is
1) 12 2) 21 3) 9 4) 30
w.

64. Total number of people having at least one speciality is

1) 403 2) 321 3) 343 4) 340
65. Number of people having only one speciality exceeded the number of people having exactly two specialities by
1) 113 2) 111 3) 112 4) 110
ww

66. The number of people having at least one of the described specialities for what percentage of the total sample?
1) 38% 2) 62% 3) 44% 4) Cannot be determined
67. Orators who were neither Sportsmen nor Graduates exceeded Poets who were neither Orators nor Graduates
by a margin of
1) 32 2) 61 3) 43 4) 27
Directions (Q. 68-72): Refer to the following data to answer the questions that follow:
The result of an exam is given below:
Out of 1000 students who appeared
(i) 658 failed in Physics
(ii) 166 failed in Physics and Chemistry
(iii) 372 failed in Chemistry, 434 failed in Physics and Maths
(iv) 590 failed in Maths, 126 failed in Maths and Chemistry

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

272 DATA INTERPRETATION

68. The number of students who failed in all the three subjects is
1) 178 2) 73 3) 106 4) 126
69. The number of students who failed in Maths but not in Chemistry is
1) 464 2) 392 3) 387 4) 472
70. The number of students who failed in Physics but not in Maths is
1) 318 2) 224 3) 378 4) 232
71. The number of students who failed in Chemistry but not in Physics is
1) 318 2) 198 3) 213 4) 206
72. The number of students who failed in Physics or Maths but not in Chemistry is
1) 558 2) 718 3) 628 4) 692
Directions (Q. 73-75): These questions are based on the following information:

.in
A sports club has 80 members, out of which male and female members are in the ratio of 9 : 7 respectively.
All the members play either badminton or table tennis (TT) or both. 40% of the male members play only badminton.
20% of the female members play both the games, which is equal to the number of female members playing only

ng
TT. Number of male members playing only TT is more than that of male members playing both the games by 3.
73. Number of female members playing badminton is what per cent of the total number of female members in the

K
club?
1) 80 2) 60 3) 75 4) 40 5) None of these

eri
74. In all how many members play TT?
1) 39 2) 15 3) 22 4) 19 5) None of these
75. How many male members play both the games?
1) 17 2) 12 3) 19
e 4) 16 5) None of these
Directions (Q. 76-80): These questions are based on the following information:
gin
In a class of 84 students boys and girls are in the ratio 5 : 7. Among the girls 7 can speak Hindi and English.
50 per cent of the total students can speak only Hindi. The ratio of the number of students speaking only Hindi
to that speaking only English is 21 : 16. The ratio of the number of boys speaking English only to that of girls
speaking English only is 3 : 5.

KUNDAN
En

76. What is the number of boys who speak both the languages ?
1) 4 2) 5 3) 3 4) 2 5) None of these
77. What is the number of girls who speak English only ?
1) 12 2) 20 3) 22
arn

4) Cannot be determined 5) None of these

78. What is the ratio of the number of boys who speak Hindi only to that of girls who speak Hindi only?
1) 10 : 11 2) 11 : 10 3) 2 : 5
4) Cannot be determined 5) None of these
Le

79. How many girls can speak Hindi ?

1) 29 2) 22 3) 27 4) 23 5) None of these
80. What is the ratio of the number of boys who speak English to that of girls who do so?
1) 3 : 5 2) 3 3) 5 : 8 4) 5 5) None of these
w.

Directions (Q. 81-83): Study the following information to answer the given questions:
In a school, three languages are taught. Out of the total 600 students each one is required to study at least
one of the three, viz Gujarati, Tamil, Hindi. 20 students study all the three languages. 202 study only Hindi and
ww

111 study only Gujarati. In all, 250 study Tamil. 57 study Hindi and Gujarati. 194 study only Tamil.
81. How many students, along with Tamil, study either Gujarati or Hindi (but not both)?
1) 36 2) 56 3) 16 4) Cannot be determined 5) None of these
82. In all, how many students study Gujarati?
1) 199 2) 181 3) 163 4) Cannot be determined 5) None of these
83. Which of the following statements is definitely true?
1) The total number of students studying Hindi cannot be less than 290.
2) The total number of students studying Hindi cannot be less than 260.
3) The total number of students studying Gujarati cannot be more than 199.
4) Not more than 93 students study more than one language.
5) None of these

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Venn Diagram 273

Directions (Q. 84-88): Study the following information carefully to answer the questions:
The teachers’ colony has 2800 members, out of which 650 members read only English newspaper. 550 members
read only Hindi newspaper and 450 members read only Marathi newspaper. The number of members reading all the
three newspapers is 100. Members reading Hindi as well as English newspaper are 200. 400 members read Hindi as
well as Marathi newspaper and 300 members read English as well as Marathi newspaper.
84. Find the difference between the number of members reading English as well as Marathi newspaper and the
number of members reading English as well as Hindi newspaper.
1) 300 2) 200 3) 100
4) 50 5) None of these
85. How many members read at least two newspapers?

.in
1) 600 2) 800 3) 500
4) 1000 5) None of these
86. Find the number of members reading Hindi newspaper.

ng
1) 750 2) 980 3) 1000
4) 1020 5) None of these

K
87. How many members read only one newspaper?

eri
1) 1560 2) 1650 3) 1640
4) 1540 5) None of these
88. Find the number of members reading no newspaper.
1) 150 2) 460 3) 550
4) 750
e
5) None of these
gin
Directions (Q. 89-93): Study the following information carefully and answer the questions given
below it:
There are 2500 residents in a village. 1,375 residents from this village speak only their local language. 200
residents of the village speak the local language as well as English. The number of residents in the village who speak

KUNDAN
the local language as well as Hindi is 625. 300 residents of the village speak all the three languages ie, English, Hindi
En

and the local language.

89. The number of residents who speak English as one of the languages forms what per cent of the total residents
in the village?
arn

1) 12 2) 8 3) 20
4) 18 5) None of these
90. The number of residents who speak only the local language forms what per cent of the total number of
residents in the village?
Le

1) 45 2) 55 3) 58
4) 40 5) None of these
91. The number of residents who speak Hindi as one of the languages is approximately what per cent of the
number of residents who speak only the local language?
w.

1) 67 2) 70 3) 61
4) 59 5) 63
ww

92. What is the ratio of the number of residents who speak all the three languages to the number of residents who
speak the local language as well as Hindi?
1) 12 : 55 2) 10 : 25 3)14 : 55
4) 12 : 25 5) None of these
93. If 25 more people who can speak all the three languages come to reside in the village and 45 more people who
can speak the local language and Hindi come to reside in the village, what would be the difference between
the number of residents who can speak all the three languages and the number of residents who can speak
the local language and Hindi?
1) 325 2) 330 3) 340
4) 355 5) None of these

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

274 DATA INTERPRETATION

Answers and explanations

(1-2): 2. 4; Now, given that v = 60
1. 2; 7.5% of 240 = 18 f = 117 - 60 = 57
But, the number of musicians who can play flute
= f + (x + y) + 18 = 57 + 18 + (x + y). Since x + y is
not known so, the number of musicians who can
play flute cannot be determined.
(3-8): We symbolize the number of students who know
only Hindi, ie Hindi but not English by H - E, the
number of students who know only English by E
- H, the number of students who know both the

.in
Given that x + y + z = 45 languages by H  E and the total strength of
Now, 60 + 18 + (x + y + z =) 45 + (f + v) = 240 schools by T.
or, 123 + (f + v) = 240 We have T = (H - E) + (E - H) + (H  E)
Now collecting the given pieces of information and

ng
 f + v = 240 - 123 = 117 using the above formula, we get

K gin
e eri
KUNDAN
En
arn

3. 3; Required percentage (9-13):

400 200
Le

=  100   22.22
1800 9
4. 2; Required difference = (600 + 400) - 800 = 200
11 2
w.

5. 4; 55 = x × 15  x = 3  33

 800  400 1200  100

6. 5; Required percentage =
We have, 240 + x + 540 + 510 = 1440 - 6
ww

1800
200 2 x
=  66 or, x = 1434 – 1290 = 144 and = 72
3 3 2
9. 3; The number of persons who like Mirinda only
7. 2; Average number of students who know English
= 510 – (180 + 90 + 72) = 168
600 10. 5;Required difference
only = = 120.
5 = 240 + 144 + 180 + 90 – 540 = 654 – 540 = 114
So, A and D are the two desired schools. 11. 3;Total number of persons who like more than one
drink = 180 + 144 + 72 + 90 = 486
8. 1; Clearly for B, the difference is maximum and it
is (300 – 105 =) 195 486
 Required percentage = 1440  100 = 33.75%

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Venn Diagram 275

12. 2;Required number of students = 55 - (23 + 12 + (19-23):
15) = 55 - 50 = 5 19. 3 20. 2 21. 4 22. 2 23. 1
(24-27):
24. 1;Students studying Geography or English
= (c + 13 + a + 14) + 16 + 25 = 67 + 16 + 25 = 108
25. 1; According to the question, c = 32
 a = 67 - (13 + 14 + 32) = 8
 Students studying English
= 14 + 8 + 16 + 25 = 63
13. 3;Let x be the number of students who drink both. 26. 4;67 + b + 16 + 25 = 123 or, b = 123 - 108 = 15
Students studying Economics
= 13 + 15 + 8 + 16 = 52

.in
(with the help of Q.No. 25)
27. 5;Students studying Economics or Geography or
both but not all three = (67 - 8) + 15 + 16 = 90
(28-29):

ng
K
650 – x + x + 390 – x + 30 = 1000

eri
or, –x = 1000 – 1070 or, x = 70
(14-18):
14. 3;Total number of players who have specialised in
bowling = 15 + 11 + 9 + 10 = 45
45
 Required percentage = 120 × 100 = 37.50% e
28. 3;32 + 24 + 13 + 8 + 0 + 21 + E = 120
gin
E = Number of students who read only English
E = 120 - 98 = 22
 7  10  11
15. 4;Required percentage =    100  total number of students who read English
120 = 22 + 8 + 21 = 51
28 29. 5;Total number of students who read History

KUNDAN
En

=  100 = 23.33% = 24 + 9 + 8 + 13 = 54
120 54
Required % =  100 = 45%
 22  18  15  120
16. 2;Required percentage =    100 (30-34):
120
arn

55
=  100 = 45.83%
120
17. 2; Number of students who play at least one game
= n(F H C) = 65 + 50 + 75 – 35 – 20 – 42 + 8
Le

= 101
 Number of students who don’t play any of the
three games = 150 – 101 = 49.
18. 2;
w.

(i) 30% of Urdu = 30% of 300 = 90

ww

Number of people who speak Hindi and

English both but not Urdu = 100
(ii) Number of people who speak English and
Urdu both but not Hindi = 30
Therefore, Number of people who speak only
English = 400 - (100 + 90 + 3) = 180 ... (A)
S = 40 (iii) Now, with the help of (A),
For x to be maximum the othe r common Number of people who speak Hindi and Urdu
sections should be zero. Now, both but not English = 120 ... (B)
(140 – x) + (60 – x) + (40 – x) + x = 200 Therefore, number of people who speak only
 x = 20 Urdu = 300 – (120 + 90 + 30) = 60 ... (C)
 Required % = 10 Similarly, number of people who speak only
Hindi 500 – (100 + 90 + 120) = 190 ... (D)

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

276 DATA INTERPRETATION

30. 1;From (D). From (iii),
31. 5;From (A). Number of employees of company C who speak
32. 2;From (B). only French = 180
33. 3;Number of people who speak only Urdu  Number of employees of company B who speak
= 300 – (120 + 90 + 30) = 60 180
only Hindi =  100  150
100  60 120
Required less % =  100  40%
100 Combining (iii) and (iv), we have
:5 = 150  :4 = 120 and :2 = 60
180  120
34. 3;Required more % =  100  50% . From (v),
120 Number of employees of company A who speak
(35-36): only English = Number of employees of company

.in
B who speak only French = 180
 Number of employees of company C who speak
English and French but not Hindi
180

ng
=  100  240
75
Now, combining this with (ii), we have

K
Number of employees of company A who speak

eri
only Hindi = Number of employees of company B
who speak all the three languages = Number of
employees of C who speak English and French
but not Hindi = 240
Let x be the number of students who study all

e
the three subjects. Then the number of students
From (vii),
Number of employees of company A who speak
gin
who study only Physics = (35 – x)
French and Hindi but not English = 165
Number of students who study only Chemistry
= (20 – x)
 Number of employees of company C who speak
Hindi and French but not English
Number of students who study only Mathematics
= (35 – x) 165
 100  150

KUNDAN
=
En

Now, 110 + (20 – x) + 20 + (35 – x) = 165 110

or, x = 10 Now, when we combine this with (vi), the rest of
35. 1 our Venn-diagram will be filled.
10  100 37. 4;Number of employees of company C who speak
 5%
arn

36. 5;Required % = all the three languages = 700 - (180 + 240 + 150)
200
= 130
(37-42): Now, the number of employees of company C who
Try to depict all the given informations in Venn- speak Hindi and English but not French
diagram. = 600 - (240 + 130 + 60) = 170
A B
Le

38. 1;Number of employees of company A who speak

all the three languages
= 700 - (240 + 150 + 165) = 145
39. 2;Number of employees of company B who speak
w.

Hindi and English but not French

= 580 - (60 + 150 + 240) = 130
Number of employees of company B who speak
Hindi and French but not English
ww

= 700 - (180 + 150 + 240) = 130

Total number of employees of company B who
C speak any two of the three languages
= 130 + 130 + 150 = 410
40. 3;Number of employees of company A who speak
English and French but not Hindi = 125
Number of employees of company C who speak
only Hindi = 50
125  50
 Required % =  100  150%
50
41. 5;Required difference = 130 - 60 = 70

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Venn Diagram 277

42. 2;Number of employees in company B
= 700 + 60 + 130 + 150 = 1040
Number of employees in company C
= 700 + 60 + 170 + 50 = 980
1040  980
 Required % =  100  6%
980
(43-47):
Class strength = 260
Students passing in P + C + M = 9
Students pasing in P + C = 28 – 9 = 19
Students passing in P + M = 42 – 9 = 33

.in
Students passing in M + C = 15 – 9 = 6
Students passing only in C = 63 – 19 – 6 – 9 = 29
Students passing only in M = 97 – 6 – 33 – 9 = 49
Students passing only in P = 85 – 9 – 19 – 33

ng
= 24
Total students passing in at least one subject

K
= 63 + 97 + 85 – 28 – 42 – 15 + 9 = 169
53. 3 54. 1
43. 3;Students who have failed in all subjects

eri
= 260 – 169 = 91 60  24
55. 1;Required % =  100 = 150%
44. 4;Students who have passed in two or more 24
subjects = 9 + 19 + 33 + 6 = 67 (56-57):

 Required % 
67
260
 100  25%
e
gin
45. 1;Total number of students who have failed in at
least one subject = 260 – 9 = 251
251
 % value = 260  100  96.5%

KUNDAN
En

46. 3;P, C = 19 + 9 + 24 + 29 + 33 + 6 = 120

P, M = 33 + 9 + 24 + 49 + 6 + 19 = 140
M, C = 6 + 9 + 49 + 29 + 33 + 19 = 145
56. 1;Let x% people use both Head & Shoulders and
47. 4;9 + 33 + 6 = 48
arn

Pentene only.
5  Percentage of people who used only Head &
(48-52): Number of boys in the class =  80  50
8 Shoulders = (28 - x)
Percentage of people who used only Pentene
 Number of girls in the class = 80 – 50 = 30
= (35 - x)
Le

 28 – x + 12 + 18 + 8 + 10 + x + 35 – x = 100
or, 111 – x = 100  x = 11%
 Number of people who used both Head Shoul-
ders and Pentene only = 11% of 25000
w.

= 2750
57. 2; Number of people who used only Pentene
= 24% of 25000 = 6000
(58-62): We have
ww

48. 4 49. 5 50. 4

51. 2 52. 3
(53-55):
Number of students in section A
5
=  220 = 100
11
Number of students in section B
= 220 - 100 = 120

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

278 DATA INTERPRETATION

a + b + c + d + e + f + g = 106 72. 3;Number of students who failed in Physics or
a + e + d + b = 48 Maths but not in Chemistry
c + b + d + f = 51  n  P  M  C  n  C  1000  372  628
g + e + d + f = 53 (73-75):
b + d = 16; d + e = 17; d + f = 18 The whole information is as follows:
and from the standard formula, Total members : 80
n  A  B  C  n  A   n  B  n C   n  A  B
 n  B  C  n  C  A   n  A  B  C 
We get, 106 = 48 + 51 + 53 – 17 – 18 – 16 + d
 d = 5. Now, all the values can be obtained as
shown in the figure and all the questions can be

.in
answered.
58. 4;b + e + f = 36
59. 2;b + d + e + f = 41
60. 1;d = 5

ng
61. 3;a + c + g = 65 21  7  100  80%
62. 2;b = 11 73. 1: Required per cent =
35

K
Note: This question, and its solution, is so mechanical 74. 5; 19 + 22 = 41
and direct that with proper practice, you should 75. 2;It is obvious from the above figure.

eri
be able to solve it very quickly. (76-80):
(63-67):
63. 2; 2 + 7 + 9 + 3 = 21
64. 4; Adding up all the values, we get required answer
= 340.
e
gin
65. 3; Only one speciality = 19 + 63 + 101 + 28 = 211
Exactly two specialities = 53 + 11 + 23 + 12 = 99
 Required answer = 211 – 99 = 112
66. 4; The number of people having at least one speci-
ality is 340. But the total number of people sur-

KUNDAN
En

veyed is not known. Hence, percentage cannot 76. 3 77. 2 78. 1 79. 1
be determined. 80. 5; 12 + 3 : 20 +7 = 15 : 27 = 5 : 9
67. 1; (53 + 19) – (28 + 12) = 32 (81-83):
(68-72):
arn

Let P be the set of the students who failed in

Physics, C be the set of the students who failed
in Chemistry, and M be the set of the students
who failed in Maths. Then
n(P) = 658, n(P  C) = 166,
Le

n(C) = 372, n(P  M) = 434

n(M) = 590, n(M  C) = 126 and
n(P  M  C) = 1000
68. 3;The number of students who failed in all the three
w.

subjects = n(P  M  C)
 n  P  M  C   n  P   n  M  n  C We have been given
 n  P  M  n  P  C  n  M  C A = 20, E = 111, F = 194, G = 202,
A + D = 57 and A + B + C + F = 250
ww

= 100 – 658 – 590 – 372 + 434 + 166 + 126

= 106
69. 1;Number of students who failed in Maths but not
in Chemistry
 n  M  C  n  M  n  M  C  590  126  464
70. 2;Number of students who failed in Physics but
not in Maths
 n  P  M  n  P   n  P  M  658  434  224.
71. 4;Number of students who failed in Chemistry but
not in Physics
 n  C  P   n  C  n  C  P   372  166  206

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Venn Diagram 279

Here, we have 86. 5; Number of members reading Hindi newspaper
A + B + C + D + E + F + G = 600 = 550 + 400 + 200 + 100 = 1250
 B + C = 600 - (111 + 37 + 194 + 20 + 202) 87. 2; Number of members who read only one news-
= 600 - 564 = 36 paper = 550 + 650 + 450 = 1650.
We can get B + C through other ways also. 88. 1; Number of members reading no newspaper
Note that A + B + C + F = 250 = 2800 - (650 + 550 + 450 + 400 + 300 +
or 20 + B + C + 194 = 250 200 + 100)
 B + C = 250 - (194 + 20) = 36. = 150.
81. 1; Here we need to find out the values of B and C (89-93)
together ie, 36. 89. 3; L  local language, E  English, H  Hindi
82. 4; Here we need to find out the sum of the values of
A, B, D and E. Since value of B is not known,

.in
hence sum of the values of A, B, D and E can’t
be determined.
83. 4; Total number of students who study more than
one language = A + B + C + D = 20 + 36 + 37 = 93

ng
(84-88):

K
84. 3;  Difference = (E + M) - (H + E) = 300 - 200
gin
e eri
90. 2
Required percentage 

91. 1;Required percentage 

500
2500

925
1375
 100  20%

 100  67

92. 4;Required ratio = 300 : 625 = 12 : 25

93. 5;After addition people who speak all the three
languages = 300 + 25 = 325
After addition people who speak local language
= 100

KUNDAN
En

85. 4; Number of members who read at least 2 news- as well as Hindi = 625 + 45 = 670
papers = 400 + 300 + 200 + 100 = 1000.  Required difference = 670 - 325 = 345.
arn
Le
w.
ww

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

402 Concept of Arithmetic

Chapter-23

Time and Work

.in
Introduction on Time and Work, there is a proportional
relation, hence we solve them by Unitary
In most of the problems based on Time and Work, Method and Ratio and Proportion (Also see
either the amount of time taken to finish a given

ng
the Chapter 11 and 12).
job or the amount of work done is to be calculated. (v) If to finish a certain piece of work, some
Unless otherwise specified, the amount of work men are employed and they finish the work
done is generally taken as unity (1). Also if it is in a certain time, then the relation between
given that a person (P) can finish a job in D days, work, man and time will be as follows:

eri
then it implies that P alone can do the job in D (a) Work and Man: Number of persons
days. employed to do the work is directly
proportional to the amount of work
Important Points to Remember
done. (More t he number of per sons
( i ) Capacity of persons to do a piece of work is
always constant. That is, the person does
e employed, more the work done).
(b) Time and Work: The number of days
gin
the equal work every day. is directly proportional to work done.
( i i) In the question based on ‘Time and Work’, (More the number of days for which a
generally we find amount of work done in work was done, more shall be the total
unit time (1 day, 1 hour etc). Thus, if a

K KUNDAN
amount of work done).
man can do a piece of work in x days (or (c) Time and Man: The number of persons
En

hours or any other unit of time), then the employed is inversely proportional to
the number of days required to finish a
1
work done by him in one day will be   work. (More the number of persons
x  employed, less will be the time required
of the total work. to finish the work).
arn

( i ii ) If A is twice as good as a workman as B, W e hav e alr eady discussed some pr oblems

then A will take half the time B takes to related to Time and Wor k in Chapter 11 and
finish a piece of work. Chapter 12. Her e, we will discuss some more
( iv) Application of the Concept of Unitary questions related to Time and Work in greater
Method and Variation: Since in problems details to understand deeply.
Le

Solved Examples
w.

Ex. 1: Amit can do a piece of work in 4 days So, work done by Amit and Sumit in 1 day
and Sumit can do it in 6 days. How
1 1 32 5
long will they take, if both Amit and =    
Sumit work together?  4 6   12  12
ww

Soln: We have, time taken by Amit to do the Hence, Amit and Sumit can do the piece
work = 4 days
12 2
Time taken by Sumit to do the work of work in days ie 2 days.
= 6 days. 5 5
Ex. 2: Chhotu and Nitu together plough a field
1
 Work done by Amit in 1 day = in 4 days. Nitu alone takes 6 days to
4 plough the same field. In how many
days can Chhotu alone plough the field?
1
Work done by Sumit in 1 day = Soln: We have, time taken by Chhotu and Nitu
6 to plough the field together
= 4 days

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Time and Work 403

Time taken by Nitu to plough the field 1

= 6 days. B and C’s 1 day’s work =
15
1 1
 Chhotu and Nitu’s 1 day’s work = C and A’s 1 day’s work =
4 20
1 Adding, we get 2 (A + B + C)’s 1 day’s
Nitu’s 1 day’s work = wor k
6
1 1 1 5  4  3 12 1
Now, =     
Chhotu’s 1 day’s work 12 15 20 60 60 5

.in
= (Chhotu’s and Nitu’s 1 days’ work) 1 1
– (Nitu’s 1 day’s work)  (A + B + C)’s 1 day’s work =  .
2  5 10
1 1 32 1 Thus, A, B and C together can finish the
=  = 
4 6 12 12 work in 10 days.

ng
Hence, Chhotu can plough the field in 12 Now,
days. A’s 1 day’s work = (A, B and C’s 1 day’s
Ex. 3: Kami, Kavya and Kirti can together work) - (B and C’s 1 day’s work)
weave a car pet in 4 days. Kami by  1 1  32 1

eri
her self can weav e t he sam e si zed =    
 10 15   30  30
carpet in 12 days and Kirti can do it in
10 days. How long will Kavya take to So, A alone can finish the work in 30
do the work by herself? days.
Now, B’s 1 day’s work = (A, B and C’s 1
Soln: We have,
time taken by Kami, Kavya and Kirti to
e day’s work) – (A and C’s 1 day’s work)
gin
weave the carpet = 4 days.  1 1   2 1 1
Time taken by Kami to weave the carpet = =    
 10 20   20  20
12 days
and, time taken by Kirti to weave the carpet So, B alone can finish the work in 20

K KUNDAN
= 10 days. days.
 Kami, Kavya and Kirti’s 1 day’s work C’s 1 day’s work = (A, B and C’s 1 day’s
En

work) - (A and B’s 1 day’s work)

1
=  1 1  65 1
4 =    
 10 12   60  60
1 So, C alone can finish the work in 60
arn

Kami’s 1 day’s work = and, Kirti’s 1

12 days.
Alternative Method:
1 Let A, B and C alone can finish the work
day’s work =
10 in x, y and z days respectively.
Now,  Work done by them for 1 day will be
Le

Kavya’s 1 day’s work 1

1 1
= (Kami, Kavya and Kirti’s 1 day’s , y and respectively.
wor k) - (Kami’s 1 day’s work) - x z
(Kirti’s 1 day’s work) Now, according to the question
1 1 1
w.

1 1 1 15  5  6 4 1  
=    =  x y 12 ..... (1)
4 12 10 60 60 15
Hence Kavya can do the whole of the work 1 1 1
  ..... (2)
in 15 days. y z 15
ww

Ex. 4: A and B can do a piece of work in 12

1 1 1
days, B and C in 15 days, C and A in   ..... (3)
20 days. In how many days will they z x 20
finish it together and separately? On adding (1), (2) and (3),
Soln: We have, We have
A and B can finish the work in 12 days. 1 1 1 1 1 1
B and C can finish the work in 15 days. 2     =  
C and A can finish the work in 20 days. x y z  12 15 20
543 1
1 = 
 A and B’s 1 day’s work = 20 5
12

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

404 Concept of Arithmetic

the work in 10 days, find for how many

1 1 1 1
 x  y  z  10 .... (4) days B worked?
1
Now, on subtracting equations (1), (2) and Soln: A’s 1 day’s work =
(3) from the equation (4), we have 20

1 1 1 65 1 1
    B’s 1 day’s work =
z 10 12  60  60 30
 z = 60 (A + B)’s 1 day’s work

1 1 1 32 1 1 1 32 5 1

.in
    =    
x 10 15  30  30 20 30 60 60 12
 x = 30 1 1
A’s 10 days’ work =  10 
1 1 1 1 20 2

ng
  
y 10 20 20 Remaining work done by (A + B)
 y = 20 1 1
 A, B and C can finish the work in 30 = 1 
2 2
days, 20 days and 60 days respectively.

eri
And from equation (4), A, B and C together 1
Now of the work is done by (A + B) in
can finish the work in 10 days. 12
Ex. 5: A can do a piece of work in 25 days 1 day.
and B can finish it in 20 days. They
work together for 5 days and then A
goes away. In how many days will B
e 
1
2
of the work is done by (A + B) in 1 ×
gin
finish the remaining work?
Soln: We have, 1
12 × = 6 days.
A can finish the work in 25 days. 2

K KUNDAN
B can finish the work in 20 days. Hence, B worked for 6 days.
1 Ex. 7: A can do a piece of work in 36 days, B
En

 A’s 1 day’s work = in 54 days and C in 72 days. All the

25 three began the work together but A
1 left 8 days and B 12 days before the
B’s 1 day’s work = com pl et ion of t he wor k. How m any
20
days in all did C put in till the entire
arn

So, (A + B)’s 1 day’s work work was finished?

 1 1  45 9 1
=    
 25 20   100  100 Soln: A’s one day’s work = ,
36
 9  9 1
 (A + B)’s 5 day’s work =  5  
Le

 100  20 B’s one day’s work = and

54
 9  11 1
Remaining work = 1   C’s one day’s work =
 20  20 72
w.

The remaining work is done by B. Now suppose the work lasts for x days.
Now,
x 8
the whole work is done by B in 20 days. A’s (x – 8) days’ work = ,
36
11
ww

 of t he wor k is done by B in x  12
20
B’s (x – 12) days’ work = and
54
 11 
 20   days = 11 days. x
 20 
C’s x days’ work =
Hence, the remaining work is done by B 72
in 11 days. x  8 x  12 x
Ex. 6: A and B can separately do a piece of Hence,   1
work in 20 and 30 days respectively. 36 54 72
They work together for some days and Where 1 denotes total work
then B stops. If A completes the rest of Multiplying both sides by 216, we have

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Time and Work 405

6x – 48 + 4x – 48 + 3x = 216 Soln: We have, length of the platform = 600 m

or, 13x = 216 + 96
2  2
or, 13x = 312  rd of the platform =  600   m
or, x = 24 3  3
Hence, C worked for 24 days. = 400 m
Ex. 8: A and B can do a piece of work in 12
1
days. B and C together do it in 15 days. Now, in 2 hours, Somari sweeps 600
If A is twice as good a workman as C, 2
find in what time B will alone do it? m.
Soln: According to the question, A and B can  in 1 hour, Somari sweeps

.in
do a piece of work in 12 days.
   
1  600   600  2
 (A + B)’s 1 day’s work =  m    m   600   = 240 m
12  21   5   5
   
 2   2 

ng
1
or, A + B = .... (i)
12 1
Again B and C can complete the work in In 1 hours, Imarati sweeps 400 m.
2
15 days.

eri
 In 1 hour, Imarati sweeps
1
 B+ C= ..... (ii)    
15  400   400  2
Subtracting (ii) from (i), we have,  m  m   400   m
 11   3   3
A – C =
1

12 15
1

54
60

1
60 e 
 2 
 
 2 

gin
2
1 = 266 m
or, A – C = .... (iii) 3
60
Clearly, Imarati sweeps more length in 1

K KUNDAN
Also according to the question, A is twice hour than Somari sweeps in the same
as good a workman as C. time.
En

 A = 2C Hence, Imarati sweeps more speedily than

Substituting the value of A in (iii), Somari.
1 Ex. 10: A and B together can do a piece of work
2C – C = in 12 days which B and C together can
60
arn

do in 16 days. After A has been working

1 at it for 5 days and B for 7 days, C
or, C = finishes it in 13 days. In how many days
60
could each do the work by himself?
Substituting the value of C in (ii), Soln: Let the whole work be 1.
1 1
Le

B+ = 1
60 15 A and B in 1 day do of the work.
12
1 1 4 1 3 1
or, B =     1
15 60 60 60 20 B and C in 1 day do of the work.
16
w.

1 A’s 5 days’ work + B’s 7 days’ work + C’s

or, B’s 1 day’s work = . 13 days’ work = 1.
20
or, A’s 5 days’ work + B’s 5 days’ work +
Hence, B can complete the work in 20
B’s 2 day’s work + C’s 2 days’ work + C’s
ww

days.
11 days’ work = 1
Ex. 9: Somar i sweeps 600 m long railway
1 5 2
plat for m in 2 hour s. Hi s wi fe   + C’s 11 days’ work = 1.
2 12 16
2  5 2  11
I mar ati sweeps
3
r d of the sam e  C’s 11 days’ work = 1     .
 12 16  24
1
platform in 1 hours. Who sweeps 1
2  C’s 1 day’s work =
more speedily? 24

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

406 Concept of Arithmetic

Now, on subtracting equation (ii) from

1 1 1
 B’s 1 day’s work =   equation (i),
16 24 48
4 1
1 1 1 
  y 10
 A’s 1 day’s work = .
12 48 16
 y = 4 × 10 = 40 days
 A, B and C can do the work in 16, 48 On putting the value of y in equation (ii)
and 24 days respectively. and (iii), we have,
Ex. 11: To do a certain piece of work B would
take three times as long as A and C 1 1 3
  0

.in
together and C twice as long as A and x z 40
B together. The three m en by t heir
united exertions can complete the work 1 1 3
or,   .... (iv)
in 10 days. How long would each take x z 40
by himself?

ng
Soln: According to the question, 3 times B’s daily 1 1 2
and   0
work = (A + C)’s daily work. x 40 z
Add B’s daily work to both sides.
2 1 1
 4 times B’s daily work or,   .... (v)

eri
z x 40
1
= (A + B + C)’s daily work = Now, on adding equations (iv) and (v), we
10 have
1 1 2 3 1
 B’s daily work =
40
.... (1)

e   
z z 40 40
gin
Also, 2 times C’s daily work = (A + B)’s
3 1
daily work. or, 
Add C’s daily work to both sides. z 10
 3 times C’s daily work = (A + B + C)’s  z = 30 days

K KUNDAN
Now, on putting the value of z in equation
1
daily work = . (v), we have
En

10
2 1 1
 
1 30 x 40
 C’s daily work = .... (2)
30
1  1 1  83 1
Now A’s daily work  x   15  40    120   24
arn

1  1 1  1
=    .... (3)  x = 24 days
10  40 30  24 Hence A, B and C can do the work in 24,
 A, B and C can do the work in 24, 40 40 and 30 days respectively.
and 30 days respectively. Ex. 12: A and B can finish a piece of work in
Le

Alternative Method: 15 days. A and C can take 2 days more

Let A, B and C separately do the work in than B and C take to finish the same
x, y and z days respectively. piece of work. The three together can
finish the work in 8 days. In how many
1 1
days coul d each do t he wor k by
w.

Hence their 1 day’s work will be , y

x himself?
Soln: Let A, B and C separately can finish the
1
and respectively. work in x, y and z days respectively.
z Again, suppose that B and C together can
ww

Now, according to the question, finish that work in a days.

Hence, A and C together will finish the
1 1 1 1
   ..... (i) work in (a + 2) days.
x y z 10 Now, according to the question,
1 1 3 1 1 3 1 1 1
  or, x  z  y  0 .... (ii)   .... (i)
x z y x y 15

1 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 1
  or, x  y  z  0 .... (iii)   .... (ii)
x y z y z a

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Time and Work 407

Ex. 13: Mohan and Sohan working separately

1 1 1
  .... (iii) and can dig a trench in 10 days and 12 days
x z a 2 respectively. If they are working for 1
1 1 1 1 day alternately, Mohan beginning, in
   how many days will the trench be dug?
x y z 8 .... (iv)
1
On subtracting (i) from (iv), we have Soln: Mohan’s 1 day’s work =
10
1 1 1 7
   1
z 8 15 120 Sohan’s 1 day’s work =

.in
12
120 (Mohan and Sohan)’s 10 days’ working
 z = days
7
1 1 11
Now, on putting the value of z in equations alternately = 5  5 
(ii) and (iii), we have, 10 12 12

ng
1 7 1 11 1
  Remaining work = 1  
y 120 a 12 12

eri
1 1 7
or, y  a  120 .... (v) Now of work done by Mohan in 1 day.
10

1 7 1
1
   of the work done by Mohan in 1 ×
12
x 120 a  2

1 1 7 e 1 5
gin
or,   .... (vi) 10 × days = days
x a  2 120 12 6
Hence, trench will be dug in
1 1
5

K KUNDAN
On putting the value of and y in  5
x = 10   days = 10 days.
 6 6
equation (i), we have
En

Ex. 14: Two women, Gangi and Jamni, working

1 7 1 7 1 separately can mow a field in 8 and 12
   
a  2 120 a 120 15 hours respectively. If they work for an
hour alternately, Gangi beginning at 9
1 1 1 7 7 am, when will the mowing be finished?
arn

or,    
a  2 a 15 120 120
1
Soln: In the first hour Gangi mows of the
2a  2 11 8
or, a (a  2)  60 field.
or, 120a + 120 = 11a2 + 22a 1
Le

or, 11a2 – 98a – 120 = 0 In the second hour Jamni mows of

12
or, 11a2 – 110a + 12a – 120 = 0
the field.
or, 11a (a – 10) + 12 (a – 10) = 0
or, (a – 10) (11a + 12) = 0 1 1  5
 In the first 2 hours    or
w.

 a = 10 of
 8 12  24
Now, on putting the value of a in equation
the field is mown.
(v) and (vi), we have,
1 1 7 5 1 5 5
     In 8 hours  4 or of the field is
ww

y 10 120 120 24 24 6
 y = 24 mown.
1 1 7 3 1  5 1
    Now 1    of the field remains to be
x 12 120 120 40  6 6
or, x = 40 mown.
Hence, A, B and C separately can finish
1
120 In the 9th hour Gangi mows of the
t he wor k in 40, 24 and days 8
7
respectively. field.

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

408 Concept of Arithmetic

1 1 or, Spinning 1 hour daily, Kanta can spin

Jamni will finish the mowing of    1 kg cotton-balls in 6 × 3 = 18 days
6 8
or, Spinning 1 hour daily, Kanta can spin
1  1 1  1 10 kg cotton-balls in (18 × 10) = 180 days
or, of the field in    or of
24  24 12  2 or, Spinning 4 hours daily, Kanta can spin
an hour. 180
1 10 kg cotton-balls in days = 45 days
 4
 The total time required is  8  1   or
 2 Alternative Method:
1 Here there are three quantities: Hours, Kg

.in
9 hours. and Days. We have to find the number of
2 days, hence days should be in the last
Since, the work was started at 9 am, it column as given below:
1
would be finished at 6 pm.

ng
2
Ex. 15: A is thrice as good a workman as B,
and is therefore able to finish a piece Following relationship exists:
of work in 60 days less than B. Find (i) More hours , l es s number of days

eri
the time in which they can do it working (Inverse)
together. (ii) More kgs, more number of days (Direct)
Soln: ‘A is thrice as good a workman as B’ means Hence,
that if A does a piece of work in 1 day 4 : 3
:: 12 : x
then B does it in 3 days. Hence if the 2:10 
difference be 2 days, then A does the work
e or, 4 × 2 : 3 × 10 :: 12 : x
gin
in 1 day and B in 3 days. But here the
difference is 60 days. Therefore A does (Compounding the ratios)
the work in 30 days and B in 90 days. or, 4 × 2 × x = 3 × 10 × 12
Now (A + B)’s 1 day’s work (  Product of extreme terms = Product of

K KUNDAN
mean terms)
1 1 2
=   . 3  10  12
En

30 90 45 x= = 45 days
4 2
45 1 [Note: To understand the above process,
 the required time is or 22 days.
2 2 please refer to the Chapter 12 (Ratio and
Ex. 16: A certain number of men can do a work Proportion)].
arn

in 60 days. If there were 8 men more it Ex. 18: If 3 men or 4 women can reap a field in
could be finished in 10 days less. How 43 days, how long will 7 men and 5
many men are there? women take to reap it?
Soln: The original number of men together with Soln: 3 men or 4 women means 3 men’s work =
8 men more can finish the work in (60 – 4 women’s work.
Le

10 =) 50 days. 1
Now 8 men can do in 50 days what the 3 men reap of the field in 1 day.
original number of men can do in 10 days. 43
 In 50 days, a work is done by 8 men. 1
 In 1 day, a work is done by (8 × 50)  1 man reaps of the field in 1 day.
w.

129
men.
.... (1)
 8  50 
 In 10 days, a work is done by  
 10  1
4 women reap of the field in 1 day.
ww

40 men. 43
Ex. 17: Spinning 3 hours daily, Kanta can spin
2 kg cotton-balls in 12 days. Spinning 1
 1 women reaps of the field in 1
4 hours daily, how many days will she 172
take to spin 10 kg cotton balls? day. ..... (2)
Soln: Spinning 3 hours daily, Kanta can spin 2  7 men and 5 women reap
kg cotton-balls in 12 days.
 Spinning 3 hours daily, Kanta can spin  7 5  1
   of the field in 1 day.
 129 172  12
 12 
1 kg cotton-balls in   = 6 days.  7 men and 5 women will reap the whole
 2  field in 12 days.

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Time and Work 409

Alaternative Method: or, x2 - 12x - 2x + 24 = 0

3 men = 4 women or, (x - 12) (x - 2) = 0
or, x = 12 or x = 2
4
 1 man = women But x cannot be less t han 6. So,
3 x = 12.
4  28 Hence, B alone can finish the work in 12
 7 men =   7   women. days.
3  3
Ex. 20: If 12 men and 16 boys can do a piece of
 28  43
 7 men + 5 women =   5  work in 5 days and 13 men and 24 boys
 3  3 can do it in 4 days, compare the daily

.in
women. work done by a man with that done by
The question now becomes a boy.
‘If 4 women can reap a field in 43 days, Soln: 12 men and 16 boys can do the work in 5
43 days .... (1)
how long will women take to reap it?’

ng
13 men and 24 boys can do the work in 4
3
days .... (2)
Here, there are two quantities: Women and Now it is easy to see that if the number of
Days. workers be multiplied by any number, the
Inver se r elat ionship exist s bet ween time must be divided by the same number.

eri
women and days ie more women, less days. Hence multiplying the number of workers
in (1) and (2) by 5 and 4 respectively, we
get
60 men and 80 boys can do the work in 1

43 e day.
52 men and 96 boys can do the work in 1
gin
Hence, : 4 :: 43 : x day.
3  60 men + 80 boys = 52 men + 96 boys
43  60 men - 52 men = 96 boys - 80 boys
or, × x = 43 × 4  8 men = 16 boys

K KUNDAN
3
 1 man = 2 boys.
(  Product of extreme terms = Product of
En

mean terms) a man' s work 2

 a boy' s work  1
4  43  3
 x = = 12 days. Ex. 21: If 12 men and 16 boys can do a piece of
43
work in 5 days and 13 men and 24 boys
Ex. 19: A takes 6 days less than the time taken
arn

can do it in 4 days, how long will 7

by B to finish a piece of work. If both A
men and 10 boys take to do it?
and B together can finish it in 4 days,
Soln: We have, as in the above example,
find the time taken by B to finish the
5 × (12 men + 16 boys)
work.
= 4 × (13 men + 24 boys)
Soln: Suppose B alone takes x days to finish
 60 men + 80 boys = 52 men + 96 boys.
Le

the work. Then, A alone can finish it in

 8 men = 16 boys
(x - 6) days.
 1 man = 2 boys.
Now, (A’s one day’s work) + (B’s one day’s
Now,
1 1  12 men + 16 boys = 24 boys + 16 boys
work) =  
w.

 = 40 boys.
x x  6
7 men + 10 boys = 14 boys + 10 boys
1 = 24 boys.
and, (A + B)’s one day’s work = . The question now becomes
4
ww

“If 40 boys can do a piece of work in 5

1 1 1 days how long will 24 boys take to do it?”
  
x x 6 4 40 boys do a piece of work in 5 days.
 1 boy does a piece of work in 5 × 40
x 6x 1
or,  days.
x ( x  6) 4
5  40
2x  6 1  24 boys do the piece of work in
or,  24
x 2  6x 4
or, 8x - 24 = x2 - 6x 1
days ie 8 days.
or, x2 - 14x + 24 = 0 3

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

410 Concept of Arithmetic

Ex. 22: If 5 men and 3 boys can reap 23 hectares

 3 1
in 4 days and if 3 men and 2 boys can Hence all men must work till 1   
reap 7 hectares in 2 days, how many  4  4
boys must assist 7 men in order that of the field is reaped.
they may reap 45 hectares in 6 days.
1  20 
Soln: 5 men + 3 boys can reap 23 hectares in 4 Now 25 men reap of the field in  
days. ..... (1) 4  4 
3 men + 2 boys can reap 7 hectares in 2 5 days.
days. ..... (2) Hence, 15 men should leave the work after
 from (1), 5 days.

.in
14 (5 men + 3 boys) can reap 23 × 14 Ex. 24: 8 men and 12 boys can finish a piece of
hectares in 4 days .... (3) work in 10 days while 6 men and 8
From (2), boys can finish it in 14 days. Find the
23 (3 men + 2 boys) can reap 7 × 2 × 23 time taken by one man alone and that

ng
hectares in 4 days ..... (4) by one boy alone to finish the work.
 14 (5 men + 3 boys) Soln: Suppose that one man alone can finish
= 23 (3 men + 2 boys), the work in x days and one boy alone can
 70 men + 42 boys = 69 men + 46 boys. finish it in y days. Then,
 1 man = 4 boys.

eri
1
Now 5 men + 3 boys = 23 boys. One man’s one day’s work =
 23 boys can reap 23 hectares in 4 days x
 1 boy can reap 1 hectare in 4 days 1
 4 boys can reap 1 hectare in 1 day and, one boy’s one day’s work = y
 4 × 45 boys can reap 45 hectares in 1
day
e 8
gin
4  45  8 men’s one day’s work =
x
 boys can reap 45 hectares in 6
6
12
days.

K KUNDAN
and, 12 boys’ one day’s work = y
 30 boys can reap 45 hectares in 6 days
But 30 boys = 28 boys + 2 boys Since 8 men and 12 boys can finish
En

= 7 men + 2 boys the work in 10 days.

Hence 2 boys must assist 7 men.
Ex. 23: 25 men can reap a field in 20 days.  8 12 
 10   1
When should 15 men leave the work, if x y 
arn

1 80 120
the whole field is to be reaped in 37  1
2 or, x y .... (i)
days after they leave the work?
Soln: 25 men can reap the field in 20 days. Again, 6 men and 8 boys can finish
the work in 14 days.
Le

 20  25 
 10 men can reap the field in   6 8
 10   14    1
50 days. x y
When 15 men leave the work, 10 men 84 112
w.

remain. or,  1 .... (ii)

x y
 In 50 days, 10 men can reap the whole
of the field. 1
1
1 Putting = u and y = v in (i) and (ii),
x
ww

 In 1 day, 10 men can reap of the

50 we get
whole of the field. 80u + 120v – 1 = 0
1 84u + 112v – 1 = 0
 In 37 days, 10 men can reap By cross-multiplication, we have
2
u v
 1  
 37   120  112  80  84
 2   3 of the field.
 50  4 1
  
  80  112  120  84

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Time and Work 411

Height and man: Less height, less men

u v 1
or,   (Direct)
 8  4  1120 Days and man: Less days , more men
(Inverse)
8 1
or, u =  and Hence,
 1120 140
4 1
v= 
 1120 280

1 1 1

.in
Now, = u    x = 140
x x 140 6 : 9
1 1 1 18 : 32

and, y = v  y  280  y = 280. 2 : 3 :: 8 : x
12 : 9

ng
Thus, one man alone can finish the work 
8 :10 
in 140 days and one boy alone can finish
the work in 280 days. or, 6 × 18 × 2 × 12 × 8 :
Note: Let a 1x + b 1 y + c 1 = 0 and 9 × 32 × 3 × 9 × 10 :: 8 : x

eri
a 2 x + b 2y + c 2 = 0 be a system of (Compounding the ratios)
simultaneous linear equations in two or, 6 × 18 × 2 × 12 × 8 × x
= 9 × 32 × 3 × 9 × 10 × 8
a1 b1
variables x and y such that a  b ie (  Product of extreme terms = Product of
2 2

a1b2  a2b1  0 . Then the system has a

e mean terms)
9  32  3  9  10  8
gin
 x= = 30
unique solution given by 6  18  2  12  8
 required number of men = 30 men
 b1c 2  b2c1   c1a 2  c 2a1 
x =  a b  a b  and y =  a b  a b  Ex. 26: A garrison of 3300 men had provisions

K KUNDAN
 1 2 2 1  1 2 2 1 for 32 days, when given at the rate of
850 grams per head. At the end of 7
En

The above solution is generally written

as days a reinforcement arrives and it
x y z was found that now the provisions will
  last for 17 days more, when given at
b1c 2  b2c1 c1a 2  c 2a1 a1b2  a 2b1 the rate of 825 gm per head. What is
arn

x y z the strength of the reinforcement?

or, b c  b c  a c  a c  a b  a b Soln: Let the strength of reinforcement be x.
1 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 1
According to the given condition,
For mor e det ails see the chapter 3300 × 32 × 850 = 3300 × 850 × 7 + (3300
“Elementary Algebra”. + x) × 825 × 17
Ex. 25: If 8 men, working 9 hours per day can or, (3300 × 32 × 850) - (3300 × 850 × 7) =
Le

build a wall 18 metres long, 2 metres (3300 + x) × 825 × 17

wide and 12 metres high in 10 days, or, 3300 × 25×850 = (3300+x) × 825×17
how many men will be required to build or, 3300 × 50 = (3300 + x) × 33
a wall 32 metres long, 3 metres wide or, 5000 = 3300 + x
w.

and 9 metres high by working 6 hours or, x = 1700

a day in 8 days? So, the strength of new reinforcement
Soln: Here following are the quantities: Hours, = 1700
length, width, height, days and men. We Ex. 27: A and B together can do a job in 12
have to find the number of men. Hence,
ww

hours. Had A done half the job and

men should be in the last column as given then B, the remaining half, the whole
below. Relationships of different quantities job would have been carried out in 25
given in the question with man are given hours. How much time would it take
below. for A and B separately to do the job, if
Hours and man: Less hours, more men A is a better worker?
(Inverse) Soln: Suppose A takes x hours and B takes y
Length and man: More length, more men hours to do the job.
(Direct)
Width and man: More width, more men 1 1 1
Then, x  y  12
(Direct)

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

412 Concept of Arithmetic

x y 1 Ther efore, if addit ional men were not

or,  ........ (1) employed, the work would have lasted (45
xy 12
– 40 =) 5 days behind the schedule time.
1 1 Ex. 29: If 9 men or 12 women or 18 boys can
And x  y = 25
2 2 do a piece of work in 20 days working
or, x + y = 50 ....... (2) 9 hours a day, then working 10 hours
Solve for x and y a day in how many days will 3 men, 2
12 (x + y) = xy women and 3 boys together do twice
or, 500 = xy the work?
Soln:  9 men = 18 boys

.in
600
or, x +  50 18
x  1 man = = 2 boys
9
or x2 - 50x + 600 = 0
or (x - 30) (x - 20) = 0 Again, 12 women = 18 boys

ng
 x = 30 or 20  18 
As A is a better worker, hence A and B  2 women =   2  = 3 boys
 12 
take 20 hours and 30 hours respectively.
Ex. 28: A builder decided to build a farmhouse  3 men + 2 women + 3 boys
= 6 + 3 + 3 = 12 boys

eri
in 40 days. He employed 100 men in
the beginning and 100 more after 35 Her e, t here are f our quant ities: Boys,
days and completed the construction Work, Hours and Days. And we have to
i n st ipul at ed t i m e. I f he had not find number of days, hence it should be
empl oyed the addi ti onal m en, how last in the column.
many days behind the schedule would
it have been finished?
e
gin
Soln: Let only 100 men complete the work in x
days. The above arrangement is based on the
Work done by 100 men in 35 days + Work following relationships:

K KUNDAN
done by 200 men in (40 - 35 =) 5 days = 1 Less boys, more days (Inverse)
Case I: Work done by 100 men in 35 days. More work, more days (Direct)
En

 100 men, in x days, do the whole of More hours, less days (Inverse)
the work.
 12 :18 
 35  
 100 men, in 35 days, do the   of 1: 2 :: 20 : x
 x 
10 : 9
arn

the work.
Case II: Work done by 200 men in 5 days. or, 12 × 1 × 10 : 18 × 2 × 9 :: 20 : x
 100 men, in x days, do the whole of (Compounding the ratios)
the work. or, 12 × 1 × 10 × x = 18 × 2 × 9 × 20
1 (  Product of extreme terms = Product of
 100 men, in 1 day, do the of the mean terms)
Le

x
work. 18  2  9  20
 x = = 54 days.
1 12  1  10
 1 man, in 1 day, do the of the
100x Ex. 30: 9 men and 3 boys together can do a
w.

work. piece of work in 7 days and 12 men

and 5 boys together can do the same
 200 
 200 men, in 1 day, do the   of piece of work in 5 days. How many boys
 100 x  together with 6 men will finish twice
the work.
ww

the work in 21 days?

 200  5  Soln:  In 7 days a piece of work is done by (9
 200 men, in 5 days, do the   of
 100 x  men + 3 boys)
the work.  In 1 day a piece of work is done by 7(9
men + 3 boys)
35 200  5
or,  1  In 5 days the same piece of work is
x 100 x
done by (12 men + 5 boys)
45  In 1 day the same piece of work is done
or, 1 by 5(12 men + 5 boys)
x
 7(9 men + 3 boys) = 5(12 men + 5 boys)
 x = 45 days.

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Time and Work 413

or, 63 men + 21 boys = 60 men + 25 boys or, 60 + 15x – 60 + 10x – 20 = 180

or, 63 men – 60 men = 25 boys – 21 boys or, 25x = 200
or, 3 men = 4 boys
200
 9 men + 3 boys = (12 + 3 =) 15 boys  x = = 8 days
Here, there are three quantities: Work, 25
Days and Boys. W e hav e t o find t he Ex. 32: A, B and C can do a pi ece of work
number of boys, hence it should be in the together in 10 days. They worked at it
last column in the following arrangement: together for three days, and then A left.
B and C worked together for next two
days and then B left. C completed the

.in
3
Abov e ar r angement is based on t he remaining of the work in 36 days.
5
following relationships: How m any days would each take
More work, more boys (Direct) separately to finish the work?

ng
More days, less boys (Inverse)
3
 1: 2
:: 15 : x
Soln:  C completes 5 of the work in 36 days.
21: 7 
 C completes the whole of the work in

eri
or, 1 × 21 : 2 × 7 :: 15 : x
(Compounding the ratios)  36  5 
   60 days
or, 1 × 21 × x = 2 × 7 × 15  3 
(  Product of extreme terms = Product of  (A + B + C) working for 3 days.
mean terms)

 x =
2  7  15
= 10 boys e  (A + B + C) complete
3
10
of the work in
gin
1  21
Since, 6 men are already employed. 3 days.
Now, from the question, B and C work for
4 
Hence, 6 men =   6   8 boys.

K KUNDAN
3    3 3  1
2 days and complete 1      of
 required number of boys = (10 – 8)   5 10   10
En

= 2 boys the work.

Ex. 31: A can do a piece of work in 15 days, B  (B + C) can do the whole of the work in
in 12 days and C in 18 days. A began 20 days.
the work. After 2 days, B and C joined
1
arn

the work. But due to illness, 3 days

 (B + C)’s 1 day’s work = and
after the joining of B, A left the job. 20
Again due to injury to B, he left the job
2 days before the completion of the 1
(A + B + C)’s 1 day’s work =
work. C completed the remaining work. 10
In how many days the whole work is
Le

completed? 1 1 1
 A’s 1 day’s work =  
Soln: Let the work be completed in x days. 10 20 20
 A worked for (2 + 3 =) 5 days  A can complete the whole of the work
B worked for (x – 2 – 2 =) x – 4 days in 20 days.
w.

C worked for (x – 2) days 1

and 1 day’s work of A, B and C  (B + C)’s 1 day’s work = 20 and
1 1 1
=
, and 1
15 12 18
ww

C’s 1 day’s work =

 Work done by A, B and C 60
5 x 4 x 2  B’s 1 day’s work
=  
15 12 18 1 1 3 1 2 1
Now, according to the question, =    
20 60 60 60 30
5 x 4 x 2  B can do the same work in 30 days.
  1 Hence, A, B and C can take 20 days, 30
15 12 18
days and 60 days respectively to finish
(5  12)  15 (x  4)  10 (x  2) the work.
or, 1
180

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

414 Concept of Arithmetic

Ex. 33: A started a work and left after working Now,

for 2 days. Then B was called and he [(A + B) + (B + C) + (A + C)]’s 1 day’s work
finished the work in 9 days. Had A left
1 1 1 456
the work after working for 3 days, B =   
would have finished the remaining work 30 24 20 120
in 6 days. In how many days can each
15 1
of t hem , worki ng alone, fi ni sh the = 
whole work? 120 8
Soln: Suppose A and B do the work in x and y 1
days respectively. Now, work done by A or, 2(A + B + C)’s 1 day’s work =
8

.in
in 2 days + work done by B in 9 days = 1
2 9 or, (A + B + C)’s 1 day’s work
or, x  y  1 1 1
= 
8  2 16
3 6

ng
Similarly, x  y  1  (A + B + C) can do the piece of work in
16 days.
To solve t he abov e equation put They all work together for 10 days.
1 1 10

eri
= u and y = v. Hence (A + B + C)’s 10 days’ work =
x 16
Thus 2u + 9v = 1 ...... (1)
 10  6
and 3u + 6v = 1 ...... (2)  Remaining work = 1  
Performing (2) × 3 - (1) × 2 we have  16  16
5u = 1
e  6 
gin
1 Remaining work   is done by A as B
u =  16 
5
and C leave the work.
1 1

K KUNDAN
or, x = = 5 days.  (A + B + C)’s 1 day’s work = 16
u
1
En

Now putting the value of u = in equation 1

5 (B + C)’s 1 day’s work =
24
(i), we have
 A’s 1 day’s work
1
2 × + 9v = 1  1 1  32 1
arn

5 =    
 16 24   48  48
 2 3
or, 9v = 1     A can do the whole of the work in 48
 5 5 days.
3 1 1 6  48  6 
v=   
5 9 15  A can do of the work in 
Le

16  16 
1 18 days.
and y = = 15 days. Ex. 35: A can do a piece work in 120 days and
v
B can do it in 150 days. They work
Ex. 34: A and B can do a piece of work in 30
w.

together for 20 days. Then B leaves and

days while B and C can do the same
A continues the work alone, 12 days
work in 24 days and C and A in 20
after that C joins A and the work is
days. They all work for 10 days when
com plet ed in 48 days more. In how
B and C leave. How many days more
many days can C do i t if he wor ks
ww

will A take to finish the work?

alone?
Soln:  (A + B) can do a piece of work in 30 Soln: Let C take x days to complete the job.
days. A takes 120 days and B takes 150 days to
1 complete the same job.
 (A + B)’s 1 day’s work = Now, A works for (20 + 12 + 48 =) 80
30
days, B works for 20 days and C works
Similarly, (B + C)’s and (A + C)’s 1 day’s
for 48 days.
1 1 Again,
work = and respectively. A’s 80 days’ work + B’s 20 days’ work +
24 20
C’s 48 days’ work = 1

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Time and Work 415

 A, B and C together complete the entire

80 20 48
or,   1 80
120 150 x work in days.
3
400 x  80 x  28800 Now,
or, 1
(600 ) x 1
(A + B)’s 1 day’s work =
or, 480x + 28800 = 600x 40
or, 120x = 28800 3
(A + B + C)’s 1 day’s work =
 28800  80
 x =   = 240  C’s 1 day’s work = (A + B + C)’s 1 day’s

.in
 120 
work – (A + B)’s 1 day’s work
Hence C takes 240 days to complete the
work. 3 1 1
=  
Ex. 36: A and B could do a piece of work in 40 80 40 80

ng
days. After working for 10 days they  C completes the job in 80 days.
are assi sted by C and t he wor k i s Again, according to the question,
finished in 20 days more. If C does as
1 1
much work in 2 days as B does in 3 C’s 2 days’ work = 2 
days, in how many days could each of 80 40

eri
them do the same work alone? 1
Soln: A and B can do a piece of work in 40  B does 40 of the work in 3 days.
days.
They work together for 10 days.  B does whole of the work in
(40 × 3 =) 120 days.
 (A + B)’s 10 days’ work =
10 1

e A’s 1 day’s work
gin
40 4 = (A + B + C)’s 1 day’s work – B’s 1
day’s work – C’s 1 day’s work
  1 3
 Remaining work = 1  4   4 of the 3

1

1
=

K KUNDAN
80 80 120
work.
Now A, B and C together complete the 9  (3  2) 4 1
En

=  
3 240 240 60
th of the work in 20 days.  A completes the job in 60 days.
4
arn

Practice Exercise

1. A and B can polish the floors of a building in 5. A and B can do a piece of work in 12 days
and B and C can do it in 15 days. If all the
Le

1
25 days. A alone can do of this job in 15 three work together, it can be finished in 10
3 days. How long will it take for A and C to do
days. In how many days can B alone polish it together?
the floors of the building? 6. A can do a piece of work in 10 days and B in
w.

2. P can complete a peice of work in 15 days, Q is 20 days. They work together but 2 days before
50% more efficient than P. How long will P the completion of the work, A leaves. In how
and Q together take to complete the work? many days was the work completed?
3. Suneeta can embroider a saree in 15 days. 7. A can do a piece of work in 24 days, B in 36
ww

Her sister-in-law Abha can do the job in 10 days and C in 48 days. All the three began
days. They star t embr oidering t he saree the work together but after 4 days C left the
together, but two days later Abha gives up the wor k. B lef t t he wor k 3 days bef or e the
work and goes to her parents. In how many completion of the work. In how many days
days will Suneeta finish the remaining work the whole work will be finished.
of embroidering the saree? 8. A can complete a job in 9 days, B can do the
4. A and B can do a work in 45 and 40 days same job in 10 days and C in 15 days. B and
respectively. They began the work together, C together started the work but had to leave
but A left after some time and B finished the the work after 2 days. Find the number of
remaining work in 23 days. After how many days in which A alone will be able to complete
days did A leave? the remaining job.

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

416 Concept of Arithmetic

9. A can complete a work in 10 days, B in 12 letters. In how many days of 8 hours each
days and C in 15 days. All of them began the will 10 compositor s set 1000 pages of a
work together, but A had to leave the work manuscript, each page of 45 lines with 50
after 2 days of the start and B 3 days before letters in each line?
the completion of the work. How long did the 2 0 . 75 boys do a piece of work in 24 days. How
work last? many men will finish the double work in 20
10. A and B can complete a piece of work in 8 days when one day work of 2 men is equal to
days, B and C in 12 days and C and A in 15 one day’s work of 3 boys?
days. In how many days can C alone complete 21. If 38 men, working 6 hours a day, can do a
the work? piece of work in 12 days find the number of

.in
11. A certain number of persons can complete a days in which 57 men, working 8 hours a
work in 100 days. If there were 10 persons day, can do a piece of work twice as great,
less, it would have taken 10 days more for supposing that 2 men of the first set do as
the work to be completed. How many persons much work in one hour as 3 men of t he

ng
were in the beginning?
1
12. Hariram is thrice as good a workman as Kamal second set do in 1 hours.
and takes 10 days less than Kamal to complete 2
a piece of work. In how much time can Kamal 2 2 . A can do a piece of work in 30 days. B and C
complete that work? together can do the same work in 20 days. A

eri
13. A is twice as good a workman as B and together
2
they can complete a piece of work in 14 days. and B worked together and completed of
In how many days can it be done by A alone? 3
14. 10 persons begin to work together on a job the work in 12 days. How many days will be
but after some days 4 persons leave. As a
r esult, t he job which could hav e been
e required by C to complete the remaining work?
3
gin
completed in 40 days is completed in 50 days. 23. A does of a work in 12 days and finishes
10
How many days after the commencement of
the work did the 4 persons leave? the remaining work with the assistance of B
15. A fort is provisioned for 32 days for some in 7 days. In how many days can B alone do

K KUNDAN
soldiers. After 4 days, a reinforcement of 150 the whole work?
soldiers arrives and the food will last for 21 24. 15 persons working 8 hours a day can complete
En

days only. How many soldiers were there in a work in 21 days. How many days will 14
the fort in the beginning? 1
16. A, B and C completes a piece of work in 25, persons take to complete a work 1 times as
2
20 and 24 days respectively. All work together
great, if they work 6 hours a day?
arn

for 2 days and then A and B leave the work.

25. If 4 men or 6 boys complete a work in 20
3 days, then in how many days will 6 men and
C wor ks for next 8 days and t hen A
5 11 boys working together complete the same
alongwith D joins C and all finish the work wor k?
in next three days. In how many days D alone 26. If 4 men or 8 boys complete a work in 15
Le

can complete the whole work? days, then in how many days will 3 men and
17. 64 persons can dig a trench 50 m long, 2 m 4 boys working together complete thrice of
wide and 2 m deep in 5 days working 12 the work?
hours daily. In how many days, working 8 27. 1 man or 2 women or 3 boys complete a certain
work in 44 days. In how many days will 1
w.

hours daily, will 80 persons dig anot her

trench 75 m long, 4 m wide and 3 m deep? man, 1 woman and 1 boy working together
18. A contractor undertakes to build a house in 8 complete it?
months. He plans to complete the work in 28. If 8 men and 12 boys can finish a piece of
work in 12 days, in what time will 40 men
ww

time with 210 men working 20 days in a

month at 6 hours a day. However, he manages and 45 boys finish another piece of work 3
to get only 140 men and is allowed 12 months times as great supposing 16 men can do as
to complete the work. If his men worked for much work in 8 hours as 12 boys do in 24
24 days a month, how many hours a day hours?
should they work to complete the work? 29. A man, a woman and a boy can do a piece of
19. 5 press compositors can set 600 pages of a work in 3, 4 and 12 days respectively. How
many boys must assist one man and one woman
1 to complete the work in one day?
manuscript in 16 days of 10 hours each.
2 30. A can do a piece of work in 10 days, while B
Each page has 60 lines and each line has 40 can do the same in 30 days and C in 60 days.

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Time and Work 417

If A is assisted by B and C respectively on wall the other would take 10 hours. However,
alternate days, find the number of days in he knew from experience that when t hey
which the work will be finished. worked together, 10 fewer bricks got laid per
31. If 3 men and 5 women do a piece of work in hour. He put both the men on the job and
8 days and 2 men and 7 children do the same found that it takes exactly 5 hours to build
piece of work in 12 days, show that 10 women the wall. How much bricks did it contain?
can do as much work in a day as 21 children. 38. A contractor undertook to finish a piece of
32. 2 men and 7 children together complete a job work in 150 days. He employed 20 men, 30
in 16 days while 3 men and 8 childr en women and 75 children for it, but at the end
complete it in 12 days. In how many days of 60 days, finding that one fourth of the work

.in
will 8 men and 8 children working together was done, he dismissed all the women and
complete twice the job? 50 of the children and employed more men.
33. A and B could do a piece of work in 30 days. The work was then finished 5 days before
After working for 10 days, they are assisted the stipulated time. Assuming that 3 men

ng
by C and the work is finished in 10 days. If C could do as much work as 5 women and 2
does as much work in 2 days as B does in 3 women as much as 3 children, find the number
days, in how many days could A do the same of additional men employed by the contractor.
work alone? 39. A and B, working separately, can mow a field
34. It takes 8, 12 and 16 days for X, Y and Z in 12 and 15 hours respectively. They work

eri
respectively to complete a work. How many alternately, each for 1 hour, with A beginning
days will it take to complete the work if X at 5 am. At what time will the mowing be
works on it for 2 days, then Y works on it for completed?
until 25% of the work is left for Z to do, and 40. A and B together can do a piece of work in 12

35.
then Z completes the work?
A and B can do a work in 12 days while B
e days and B and C together in 15 days. If A is
twice as good a workman as C, in what time
gin
will B alone do it?
2
and C can do it in 6 days. After A had 41. A contractor undertakes to do a certain job in
3 45 days and employs 15 persons on it. At the
worked on it for 3 days and B for 4 days, C end of 36 days the work is only half-done.

K KUNDAN
finished the work in 7 days. In how many How many extr a persons should he now
days could each do the work separately? employ to finish the work in time?
En

36. A task can be completed by 3 men working 42. To do a certain piece of work, B takes four
times as long as A and C together and C takes
3
for a day, or by 8 women working for th of three times as long as A and B together. If all
4 of them working together complete the work
arn

a day, or by 18 children working for half a in 12 days, how long would A alone take to
day. If 3 women and 3 children have already do the work?
been hired for a day, how many men should 43. A and B can complete a piece of work in 8
be hir ed and for how many days f or t he and 10 days respectively. However, they work
completion of the task? alternately, one day each, with A beginning
37. A contractor estimated that one of his two the work. In how much time will the work be
Le

masons would take 9 hours to build a certain completed?

Answers and explanations

w.

1. It is given that A and B can polish the floors Now, B’s 1 day’s work = (A + B)’s 1 day’s work
of the building in 25 days.
1 1 95 4
ww

– A’s 1 day’s work =   

1 25 45 225 225
Therefore, (A + B)’s 1 day’s work =
25
225
1 Hence, B alone can polish the floor in
Now, A alone can do of the work in 15 4
3
days. 1
 A alone can do t he complet e wor k in days = 56 days.
4
(3 × 15) = 45 days.
1  100  50  3
2. Efficiency of Q =  P  P
or, A’s 1 day’s work =  100  2
45

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

418 Concept of Arithmetic

 Time taken by Q to complete the work

23
2  Work done by B in 23 days =
 15 = 10 days 40
=
3 Now, according to the question,
1 85x 23
P’s 1 day’s work =  1
15 45  40 40
1 85x  23  45
Q’s 1 day’s work = or, 1
10 45  40

.in
or, 85x + 23 × 45 = 45 × 40
1 1 23 1
 (P + Q)’s 1 day’s work =    or, 85x = 45 (40 – 23) = 45 × 17
15 10 30 6
45  17
 P and Q together will complete the work in x = = 9
6 days. 85

ng
3. Suneeta can embroider a saree in 15 days.  required answer = 9 days.
Abha can embroider a saree in 10 days
1
1 5. Work done by A and B in 1 day =
12
 Suneeta’s 1 day’s work =

eri
15
1
1 Work done by B and C in 1 day =
15
Abha’s 1 day’s work =
10
1
 (Suneeta + Abha)’s 1 day’s work Work done by A, B and C in 1 day =

= 
 1

1  23
 
5

1
e 10
gin
 15 10   30  30 6 1
 Work done by 2A, 2B and 2C in 1 day =
or, (Suneeta + Abha)’s 2 days’ work 5
Work done by A + 2B + C in 1 day
 1 1

K KUNDAN
= 2    1 1 3
 6 3 =  
12 15 20
En

1 2  Work done by A and C in 1 day

 Remaining work = 1  
3 3
1 3 1
Now, = 
5 20 20
Suneeta completes the work in 15 days
arn

 A and C together can do it in 20 days.

2 6. Suppose the work is finished in x days.
 Suneet a complet es of t he wor k in
3
x 2 x
Then,  1
 2 10 20
15   days = 10 days.
 3 [  A works for (x – 2) days.]
Le

Hence, Suneet a will finish t he r emaining 2x  4  x

work of embroidering in 10 days. or, 1
20
4. A alone can do the work in 45 days.
B alone can do the work in 40 days. or, 3x – 4 = 20
w.

or, 3x = 24
1 or, x = 8 days
 A’s 1 day’s work = and
45 Hence, the work was completed in 8 days.
7.  A, B and C do the piece of work in 24
1
ww

B’s 1 day’s work = days, 36 days and 48 days respectively.

40 1
 A’s, B’s and C’s 1 day’s work will be ,
1 1  45  40  24
 (A + B) ’s 1 day’s work =  = 
40 45  45  40  1 1
and respectively.
Let after x days A left the work. Therefore, A 36 48
and B together worked for x days.  Work done by all the three together in 4
 85x  days
 (A + B) ’s x days’ work =  
 45  40   1 1 1  13 13
Again, B works alone for 23 days. = 4     4 
 24 36 48  144 36

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Time and Work 419

Again, in last 3 days, work done by B 9. Let the work is completed in x days.
1 1 According to the question,
= 3  A worked for 2 days.
36 12
B worked together for (x – 3) days.
13 1 20 5
 remaining work = 1     C worked for all x days.
36 12 36 9  A completes the work in 10 days.
Now, according t o t he quest ion, t his
remaining work is done by A and B. 1
 The work done by A in 1 day =
 1 1  5 10
(A + B)’s 1 day’s work =   
 24 36  72
2 1

.in
5  The work done by A in 2 days = 
 of the work is done by (A + B) in 1 day. 10 5
72
5 1
 of t he work is done by (A + B) in Similarly, the work done by B in 1 day =
9 12

ng
 The work done by B in (x – 3) days =
 72 5 
    8 days.
 5 9   x 3 1
  and the work done by C in 1 day =
Hence, total time taken to finish the work  12  15

eri
= (4 + 3 + 8) = 15 days.
Alternative Method: x
 The work done by C in x days =
Let the work be finish in x days. 15
 Working time for A = (x – 3) days But the total work done is 1
Working time for B = x days
Working time for C = 4 days
 Work done by them e 
1 x 3 x
5

12

15
1
gin
(x  3) x x 12  5 (x  3)  4x
  1 1
24 36 48 or,
60
or, 6(x – 3) + 4x + 12 = 144

K KUNDAN
or, 10x = 150 or, 12 + 5x – 15 + 4x = 60
 x = 15 or, 9x = 63
En

Hence, total time taken to finish the work is 63

15 days.  x = = 7 days.
9
8.  A can complete the work in 9 days.
1 1
 A’s 1 day’s work = 10. (A + B)’s 1 day’s work =
arn

9 8
 B can complete the work in 10 days.
1
1 (B + C)’s 1 day’s work = and
 B’s 1 day’s work = 12
10
 C can complete the work in 15 days. 1
Le

(C + A)’s 1 day’s work =

1 15
 C’s 1 day’s work =
15 On adding all the three, we have
B and C worked for 2 days 1 1 1
 (B + C)’s 1 day’s work 2 (A + B + C)’s 1 day’s work =  
w.

8 12 15
 1 1   3 2 1
=     15  10  8 33 11
 10 15   30  6 =  
120 120 40
ww

1 1
 (B + C)’s 2 day’s work = 2   11 11
6 3  (A + B + C)’s 1 day’s work = 
40  2 80
 1 2  C’s 1 day’s work
Remaining work = 1    = (A + B + C)’s 1 day’s work –
 3 3
(A+B)’s 1 day’s work
1
Now, A does of the work in 1 day. 11 1 11  10 1
9 =   
80 8 80 80
2 2  C alone can finish the work in 80 days.
 A does of the work in  9 = 6 days.
3 3

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

420 Concept of Arithmetic

11. Let there be x persons in the beginning. 15. There is provision for food for 32 days in the
Now, x persons complete the work in 100 fort for some soldiers.
days and (x – 10) persons complete the work Let the number of soldiers be x initially.
in 110 days. After 4 days 150 more soldiers arrived.
Here there are two quantities person and day.  Now food is available for x soldiers for
Both are inversely proportional to each other. (32 – 4 =) 28 days.
ie less person, more days. But , due to ar rival of 150 soldier s, f ood
 x : (x – 10) :: 110 : 100 finished in 21 days only.
or, (x × 100) = (x – 10) × 110 Now the above question can be summarised
as “A fort is provisioned for 32 days for x
x 110

.in
or,  soldiers and for 21 days for (x + 150) soldiers.
x  10 100 Find the value of x.”
or, 110x – 1100 = 100x Here there are two quantities: Soldiers and
or, 10x = 1100 Days.

ng
Here inverse relation exists between number
1100
 x = = 110 of soldier s and number of days as when
10 number of soldiers increases, number of days
Hence, there were 110 persons originally. decreases.
12. Harir am is thrice as good a workman as

eri
Kamal.
 Ratio of time taken by Hariram and Kamal
= 1 : 3
If difference of time is 2 days, Kamal takes 3 Hence,
21 : 28 :: x : x + 150
days.
If difference of time is 10 days, Kamal takes
e or, 21(x + 150) = 28x
gin
3  x 21
 10  = 15 days. or, 
2  x  150 28
13. Let the time taken by B alone to complete the or, 28x = 21(x + 150)

K KUNDAN
work be 2x days. Since A is twice as good a or, 7x = 3150
workman as B, then time taken by A alone to
En

3150
complete the work = x days. or, x = = 450
7
Now,
Thus, t here were 450 soldiers in t he fort
1 initially.
Work done by A in 1 day =
x 16. Time taken by A to complete the work = 25 days.
arn

Time taken by B to complete the work = 20 days.

1 Time taken by C to complete the work = 24 days.
Work done by B in 1 day =
2x A works for (3 + 2 =) 5 days.
Work done by (A + B) in 1 day 1 1
1 1   2 1  3  A’s 5 days’ work = 5 
Le

=     25 5
 x 2x   2x  2x B works for 2 days.
3 1 2 1
Clearly,  
2x 14  B’s 2 days’ work =
20 10
w.

or, 2x = 42
 3  68
42 C works for  2  8  3  days = days
 x = = 21  5  5
2
68 68 17
ww

Hence, A alone can complete the work in 21

 C’s days’ work = 
days. 5 5  24 30
14. Suppose 4 persons leave after x days. It means Let D complete the work in x days.
that 10 persons work for x days and (10 – 4 =)
6 persons work for (50 – x) days. Then 1
 D’s 1 day’s work =
40 days’ work done by 10 persons = x days’ x
work done by 10 persons + (50 – x) days’ work D works for 3 days.
done by 6 persons
or, 10 × 40 = 10x + 6(50 – x) 3
 D’s 3 days’ work =
or, 4x = 100 x
or, x = 25 days.

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Time and Work 421

Now, according to the question, Hence,

1 1 17 3 12 : 8
   1 
5 10 30 x 140 : 210  :: 6 : x
6  3  17 3 24 : 20 
or,  1
30 x or, 12 × 140 × 24 : 8 × 210 × 20 :: 6 : x
26 3 (Compounding the ratios)
or,  1 or, 12 × 140 × 24 × x = 8 × 210 × 20 × 6
30 x
(  Product of extreme terms = Product of mean
3 26 4 2

.in
terms)
or,  1  
x 30 30 15 8  210  20  6
or, x = = 5
15  3 45 1 12  140  24
or, x =   22
2 2 2  the required answer = 5 hours.

ng
19. Here are t he f ollowing quantit ies :
1
Hence D alone can complete the work in 22 Compositors, Pages, Hours, Lines, Letters and
2 Days. We have to calculate number of days.
days. Following relationships exists:

eri
17. Here there are following quantities : Persons, More compositors, less days (Inverse)
Length, Width, Depth, Days and Hours and More pages, more days (Direct)
we have to find the number of days. Less hours, more days (Inverse)
Let the number of days be x. Less lines, less days (Direct)
Relat ionships bet ween days and ot her More letters, more days (Direct)
quantities exist as given below:
More persons, less days (Inverse)
e Clearly,
gin
More length, more days (Direct)
More width, more days (Direct)
More depth, more days (Direct)
Hence,

K KUNDAN
Less hours, more days (Inverse)

10 : 5
En

600 : 1000 
1 
8 : 10  :: 16 : x
Hence, 2
80 : 64 60 : 45 
arn

8 : 12 40 : 50 

50 : 75  :: 5 : x
or, 10 × 600 × 8 × 60 × 40 :
2 : 4
 21
2 : 3
5 × 1000 × × 45 × 50 :: 16 : x
or, 80 × 8 × 50 × 2 × 2 : 64 × 12 × 75 × 4 × 3 :: 5 : x 2
Le

(Compounding the ratios) (Compounding the ratios)

or, 80 × 8 × 50 × 2 × 2 × x = 64 × 12 × 75 × 4 × 3 × 5
(  Product of extreme terms = Product of mean or, 10 × 600 × 8 × 60 × 40 × x
terms)
21
w.

64  12  75  4  3  5 = 5 × 1000 × × 45 × 50 × 16
2
or, x = = 27 days
80  8  50  2  2 (  Product of extreme terms = Product of mean
18. Here there are four quantities : Men, Days, terms)
Months and Hours. We have to calculate
ww

5  1000  21  45  50  16
number of hours. x=
10  600  8  60  40  2
Following relationships exist:
Less men, more hours (Inverse) 37800 37800
More days, less hours (Inverse) = = = 16.40
48  48 2304
More months, less hours (Inverse)  required number of days = 16.40 days.
Clearly, 2 0 . 3 boys = 2 men
2
 75 boys =  75 = 50 men
3
 1 work is finished in 24 days by 50 men

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

422 Concept of Arithmetic

 1 work is finished in 1 day by 50 × 24 men

1 : 2
50  24 
8 : 6 :: 12 : x
 1 work is finished in 20 days by
20 57 : 85 .5 
men
or, 1 × 8 × 57 : 2 × 6 × 85.5 :: 12 : x
 2 wor ks are f inished in 20 days by
(Compounding the ratios)
50  24  2  1 × 8 × 57 × x = 2 × 6 × 85.5 × 12
= 120 men.
20 (  Product of extreme terms = Product of mean
Alternative Method: terms)

.in
From the above we know that 75 boys = 50 2  6  85 .5  12
men or, x = = 27 days.
1  8  57
Here, there are three quantities : Days, Work
and Men. We have to calculate the number of 2 2 . A can do a piece of work in 30 days.
men.

ng
1
Here following relationships exist:  A’s 1 day’s work =
30
Less days, more men (Inverse)
More work, more men (Direct) (B + C) can do the same work in 20 days.
Clearly, 1

eri
 (B + C)’s 1 day’s work =
20

2
(A + B) can do of the work in 12 days.
Hence, 3

20 : 24
 :: 50 : x e  (A + B) can do the whole of the work in
gin
12  3
1 : 2 = 18 days.
2
or, 20 × 1 : 24 × 2 :: 50 : x
(Compounding the ratios) 1

K KUNDAN
or, 20 × 1 × x = 24 × 2 × 50  (A + B)’s 1 day’s work =
18
(  Product of extreme terms = Product of mean
En

B’s 1 day’s work

terms) = (A + B)’s 1 day’s work – A’s 1 day’s work
24  2  50  1 1  2 1
x= = 120 =    
20  18 30  90 45
 required answer = 120 men.
arn

 B can complete the work in 45 days.

1 C’s 1 day’s work
21. 1 hour work of 2 men of first group = 1 hours = (B + C)’s 1 day’s work – B’s 1 day’s work
2
work of 3 men of second group 1 1 1
=  
1 hour work of 2 men of first group = 1 hour 20 45 36
Le

work of 4.5 men of second group  C can complete the work in 36 days.
( if 3 men do a work in 1.5 hours, it will be
completed in 1 hour by 3 × 1.5 = 4.5 men)  2 1
 2 men of first group = 4.5 men of second Remaining work = 1   
 3 3
group
w.

 C can do the whole of the work in 36 days.

or, 4 men of first group = 9 men of the second
group 1  1 
 C can do of the work in  36    12
9 3  3 
or, 38 men of the first group = 38  = 85.5
ww

4 days.
men of the second group 23. Let B alone can do the work in x days.
 the problem has changed as follows
1
 1 day’s work of B =
x

3
Here, following relationships exist: A finishes of the work in 12 days.
10
(i) more work, more days (Direct)
(ii) more hours per day, less days (Inverse) 1 3 1
 1 day’s work of A =  
(iii) less men, more days (Inverse) 12 10 40

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Time and Work 423

3 7 6 6
Remaining work = 1   or, 6 men = = 9 boys
10 10 4
 6 men + 11 boys = 9 boys + 11 boys = 20 boys
1 1
 1 day’s work of A and B =   6 boys complete a work in 20 days.
x 40  1 boy complete a work in (20 × 6) days.
As A and B finished the remaining work in 7  20 boys complet e the same wor k in
days, the work done by them in 7 days
 20  6 
   6 days.
1 1   20 
= 7  
 x 40 

.in
26.  4 men = 8 boys
1 1  7 8 
or, 7    1 man =    2 boys
 x 40  10 4 

ng
1 1 1 3 men + 4 boys = (3 × 2) boys + 4 boys = 10 boys
or,   Here, we have three quantities: Boys, Work
x 40 10
and Days. We have to calculate number of
1 1 1 4 1 3 days. Here following relationships exist:
or,     More boys, less days (Inverse)

eri
x 10 40 40 40
More work, more days (Direct)
1 Clearly,
or, x = 13
3

 B alone can do the work in 13

1
3
days.
e Hence,
gin
24. Here t here ar e the following quantities :
Persons, Hours, Work and Days. We have to 10 : 8
:: 15 : x
calculat e number of days. Following 1 : 3

K KUNDAN
relationships exist: or, 10 × 1 : 8 × 3 :: 15 : x
Less persons, more days (Inverse) (Compounding the ratios)
En

Less hours, more days (Inverse) or, 10 × 1 × x : 8 × 3 × 15

More work, more days (Direct) (  Product of extreme terms = Product of mean
Clearly,
terms)
8  3  15
arn

 x = = 36
10
Hence,  required answer = 36 days.
27. 1 man = 3 boys

14 : 15  2 women = 3 boys

Le

6 : 8  :: 21 : x 3
3  1 woman = boys
1 : 2
2 
 1 man + 1 woman + 1 boy
3
or, 14 × 6 × 1 : 15 × 8 × :: 21 : x 3
w.

2 = 3 boys + boys + 1 boy

2
(Compounding the ratios)
11
3 = boys
or, 14 × 6 × 1 × x = 15 × 8 × × 21 2
ww

2
(  Product of extreme terms = Product of mean
 3 boys complete the work in 44 days.
 1 boy complete the work in (44 × 3) days
terms)
11  44  3  2 
15  8  3  21  boys complete the work in  
 x = = 45 2  11 
14  6  2
24 days.
Hence required answer = 45 days.
28.  The work is completed by 16 men in 8
25. 4 men = 6 boys
hours
6 The work is completed in 1 hour by (16 × 8)
or, 1 man = boys men.
4

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

424 Concept of Arithmetic

In the same manner,

60
 The work is completed by 12 boys in 24 The whole work is done by A and C = days
hours. 7
 The work is completed in 1 hour by
 2 7 1
(12 × 24) boys.  In the first 2 days    of the work
 (16 × 8) men = (12 × 24) boys  15 60  4
is done.
16  8 4
or, 1 boy = man = man
12  24 9  1  3
 In 6 days   6  of the work is done.
 2 4  4
4 40

.in
Now, 8 men + 12 boys = 8  12   men
9 3  3 1
 Remaining work = 1    of the work.
 4 4
4
and 40 men + 45 boys = 40  45   60 men
9 1 2 7
 

ng
In 1 day A and B do the work =
4 15 60
40
 men do 1 work in 12 days Now, we have (A + C)’s turn to work.
3
7
40  A and C together do of the work in 1 day.

eri
 60
 1 man do 1 work in 12   days and
 3  Total time = 6 + 1 + 1 = 8 days.
31. 3 men + 5 women can do the work in 8 days
 12  40 
 60 men do 1 work in   days.  24 men + 40 women can do the work in 1
 60  3 

 12  40  3 
e day
Again 2 men + 7 children can do the work in
gin
 60 men do 3 work in    8 days 12 days
 3  60  24 men + 84 children can do the work in 1
 The required time is 8 days. day
29. Let x boys assist one man and one woman to Hence, 24 men + 40 women = 24 men + 84

K KUNDAN
complete the work in 1 day. children
or, 40 women = 84 children
En

1
Part of the work done by the man in 1 day = or, 10 women = 21 children.
3 32.  In 16 days a piece of work is done by
Part of the work done by the woman in 1 day (2 men + 7 children)
1  In 1 day the same piece of work is done by
arn

= 16(2 men + 7 children)

4
 In 12 days a piece of work is done by
x (3 men + 8 children)
Part of the work done by x boys in 1 day =  In 1 day the same piece of work is done by
12
12(3 men + 8 children)
1 1 x  16(2 men + 7 children) = 12(3 men + 8
Le

and,   1 children)
3 4 12
or, 32 men + 112 children = 36 men + 96
x 1 1  7  5 childr en
or,  1      1  
12  3 4   12  12 or, 4 men = 16 children
w.

 1 man = 4 children
x= 5
Now,
 number of boys = 5
2 men + 7 children = 8 children + 7 children
30. According to the question, on the first day A
= 15 children
and B together do the work whereas on the
8 men + 8 children = 32 children + 8 children
ww

second day A and C together do the work.

= 40 children
 1 1  4 2  15 children complete a piece of work in
1 day’s work of A and B =    
 10 30  30 15 16 days.
 1 child completes the same piece of work
15 in (16 × 15) days.
The whole work is done by A and B = days  40 children complete the same piece of work
2
 16  15 
 1 1  7 in   days.
1 day’s work of A and C =     40 
 10 60  60

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Time and Work 425

 40 children complete the twice of the work  A’s 1 day’s work

= (A + B)’s 1 day’s work – B’s 1 day’s work
 16  15  2 
in   days = 12 days. 1 1 32 1
 40    
=
Alternative Method: 30 45 90 90
Here, we have three quantities : Children,  A alone can finish the work in 90 days.
Work and Days. We have to calculate the
1
number of days. Here, following relationships 34. X’s 1 day’s work =
exist: 8
More children, less days (Inverse) 1

.in
More work, more days (Direct) Y’s 1 day’s work =
12
Clearly,
1
Z’s 1 day’s work =
16

ng
 X works for 2 days.
Hence, 1  1
 X’s 2 days’ work =   2  
40 : 15
:: 16 : x 8  4
1 : 2 

eri
According to the question,
or, 40 × 1 : 15 × 2 :: 16 : x 25% of the work will be completed by Z.
(Compounding the ratios)
or, 40 × 1 × x = 15 × 2 × 16 25 1
Therefore, Z does  of the work.
(  Product of extreme terms = Product of mean 100 4
terms)
e  Z does
1
of the work in 1 day.
gin
15  2  16 16
 x = = 12
40
1  1
 required answer = 12 days.  Z does of the work in 16   = 4 days.
4  4

K KUNDAN
1 Let Y work for x days.
33. (A + B)’s 1 day’s work =
30
En

1
1 1  Y’s 1 day’s work =
(A + B)’s 10 days’ work = 10   12
30 3
1 2 x
Remaining work = 1    Y’s x days’ work =
arn

3 3 12
Now, Again, since the whole work is 1.

2 1 x 1
   1
 (A + B + C)’s 10 days’ work = 4 12 4
3
x 1 1  1 1
Le

2 1 or,  1      1   
 (A + B + C)’s 1 day’s work =  12 4 4  2 2
3  10 15
 C’s 1 day’s work= (A + B + C)’s 1 day’s 12  1
x = = 6
work – (A + B)’s 1 day’s 2
w.

work Hence Y works for 6 days.

1 1 2 1 1  Total number of days in which work is
=    completed 2 + 6 + 4 = 12 days.
15 30 30 30
35. Let A, B and C’s daily work be x, y and z.
ww

 C alone can finish the work in 30 days. Since A and B completes the work in 12 days,
Now, it is given that C does as much work in
2 days as B does in 3 days. 1
A and B’s one day’s work = x + y =
 The work which C does in 30 days, will be 12
 3  1
done by B in  30    45 days. x= y
 2  12
 B alone will finish the work in 45 days. Similarly, both B and C can complete the work
1 2 20
 B’s 1 day’s work = in 6 days = days
45 3 3

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

426 Concept of Arithmetic

Time taken by 8 women to complete the work

3
 B and C’s one day’s work = y + z = 3
20
= day
4
3
z = y Time taken by 18 children to complete the
20 wor k
Also, 3x + 4y + 7z = 1
Substituting the above value of x and y, we 1
= day
get 2
Now,
 1   3 

.in
3  y   4y  7 y 1 Time taken by 1 man to complete the work
 12   20  = 3 days
The time taken by 1 woman to complete the
3 ( 1  12y) 7 ( 3  20y)
or,  4y  1 wor k
12 20

ng
3
( 1  12y) 21  140y =  8 = 6 days
or,  4y  1 4
4 20
1
5  60y  80y  21  140y Work completed by 1 woman in one day =

eri
or, 1 6
20 Work completed by 3 women in one day
or, 26 – 120y = 20
or, 120y = 6 3 1
= =
6 2
y =
1
20
e Time taken by 1 child to complete the work
gin
1
Putting this value of y in the equation given =  18 = 9 days
above 2

1 1

K KUNDAN
or, x = y Work completed by 1 child in 1 day =
12 9
En

Work completed by 3 children in 1 day

1 1
or, x = 
12 20 3 1
= 
9 3
53
or, x = So, work completed by 3 women and 3 children
arn

60
1 1 5
2 1 in one day =  
or, x =  2 3 6
60 30
5 1
Similarly, Work to be completed = 1  
6 6
Le

3
z = y
20 1
 The time taken by 1 men to complete
6
3 1
or, z = 
1 1
w.

20 20 3 
work = day
6 2
2 1
or, z =  So, 1 man should be hired for one day.
20 10 37. Let the number of bricks in the wall be x.
ww

Part of the wall built by both in one hour will

1 1
A, B and C’s one day’s work is , and be
30 20
1 1 19
1 =  
respectively. 9 10 90
10  time taken to complete the wall when both
 A, B and C can complete the work in 30,
20 and 10 days respectively. 90
are working will be = hour
36. From the question, 19
Time taken by 3 men to complete the work
= 1 day

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Time and Work 427

According to the question, Hence,

90 1 3
Both will take hours to fix x numbers of :
19 4 4  :: 68 : x
bricks. 

19 85 : 60 
So, number of bricks fixed in one hour = x
90
1 3
But they will fix x number of bricks in 5 hours. or, × 85 : × 60 :: 68 : x
4 4
x

.in
Bricks fixed in 1 hour will be (Compounding the ratios)
5
1 3
Since when both are working together, they or, × 85 × x = × 60 × 68
both fix 10 bricks less 4 4
(  Product of extreme terms = Product of mean

ng
19x x
  10 terms)
90 5
3  60  68  4
19x  18x  x = = 144
 10 85  4
or,

eri
90 Again, from the question,
or, x = 900 Since all the women and 50 children were
The number of bricks in the wall is 900. dismissed, hence the number of woman = 0
38.  5 women = 3 men and the number of children = (75 – 50 =) 25
Now,
 1 woman =
3
5
man
e  2
gin
20 men + 25 children =  20  25   = 30 men
 3 children = 2 women  5
 Number of additional men = (144 – 30)
2
 1 child = woman = 114 men.

K KUNDAN
3 39. According to the question,
2 3 2
En

1
=   man Work done by A in first hour =
3 5 5 12
 20 men + 30 women + 75 children
1
 3 2 Work done by B in second hour =
15
=  20  30   75   men
arn

 5 5  Work done in two hours

= 20 + 18 + 30 = 68 men 1 1 54 3
According to the question,  =  
12 15 60 20
1 or, Work done by (A + B) in 12 hours
Time required for of the work = 60 days.
Le

4
3 12 9
 = 
 1 3 20 2 10
 Remaining work = 1    of the work. Now, in 13th hour, it is the turn of A
 4 4
Now, number of days required for the rest of or, Work done in 13 hours
w.

the work = (150 – 60) – 5 = 85 days. 9 1 54  5 59

Here we have three quantities: Work, Day,  = 
10 12 60 60
and Men. We have to calculate number of men.
or, Remaining work after 13 hours
Here following relationships exist:
ww

More work, more men (Direct) 59 1

More days, less men (Inverse) = 1 
60 60
Clearly,
1
or, Time taken by B to do work
60

1 1 15 1
=    hour = 15 minutes
1 60 60 4
15

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

428 Concept of Arithmetic

 Total time taken to complete the whole work 42. Let A and B together complete the work in x
= 13 hours + 15 minutes days.
Hence, mowing will be completed at
1
5 am + 13:15 hours = 18:15 hours  (A + B)’s 1 day’s work =
= 6:15 pm x
40. Let A alone complete the work in x days. According to the question,
 C alone will take 2x days to complete it.
1
Let B alone complete the work in y days. C’s 1 day’s work =
According to the question, 3x
Again, let (A + C) complete the work in y days.
1 1 1

.in
  ......(i) and 1
x y 12
 (A + C)’s 1 day’s work = y
1 1 1
  ......(ii) 1
y 2x 15

ng
B’s 1 day’s work = 4y
Subtracting equation (ii) from (i),
1 1 1 1 1 1
   Now, A + B = and B = 4y
x 2x 12 15 x

eri
2 1 5  4 1 1
or,   A’s 1 day’s work = x  4y ......(i)
2x 60

1 1 1
or, 
2x 60
e A + C = y and C =
1
3x
gin
60 1 1
or, x = = 30
2  A’s 1 day’s work = y  3x ......(ii)
From equation (i),

K KUNDAN
From equations (i) and (ii),
1 1 1
  1 1 1 1
En

30 y 12   
x 4y y 3x
1 1 1 52 3 1
or, y  12  30  60  60  20 1

1

1

1
or, x 3x 4y y
arn

 B alone will complete the work in 20 days.

41. Here, there are three quantities: Days, Work 4 5
and Men. or, 
3x 4y
Following relationship exists:
Less days, more men (Inverse) or, 16y = 15x ......(iii)
Less work, less man (Direct)
Le

1 1 16
Now, (A + C)’s 1 day’s work =   ;
y 15 x 15 x
16

1
w.

(A + B)’s 1 day’s work = and

x
Where x = number of men 1 1
9 : 36  (B + C)’s 1 day’s work = 4y  3x
ww


 :: 15 : x
1 1 1 1 4 1 9
: =    
2 2  15 x 3x 15 x 3x 15 x
4
1 1 16
or, 9 × × x = 36 × × 15 Now, adding to above three,
2 2
2(A + B + C)’s 1 day’s work
36  15
or, x = = 60 16 1 9 40 8
9 =    
15 x x 15 x 15 x 3x
 Number of additional men = (60 – 15 =) 45.

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Time and Work 429

 (A + B + C)’s 1 day’s work

1 1 54
43. Work of A and B for first 2 days  
8 1 4 8 10 40
=  
3x 2 3x
9
Again, according to the question, = of the whole of the work.
40
1
(A + B + C)’s 1 day’s work = 8 9 9
12 Work of A and B for 8 days =   of
2 40 10
4 1 the whole of the work.
 
3x 12 9 1

.in
Remaining work after 8 days = 1   of
or, 3x = 4 × 12 10 10
4  12 the whole of the work.
 x = = 16 Since both A and B work alternately one day
3

ng
each, with A beginning the work. It is the
From equation (iii), turn of A for ninth day.
16y = 15x
or, 16y = 15 × 16 1
 of the whole of the work is completed
15  16 8

eri
y = = 15 by A in 1 day.
16
1
1 1  Remaining of t he wor k will be
 A’s 1 day’s work = x  4y 10

1 1 1 1 15  4 11
e completed by A in 
 8  4

 10  5
day.
gin
=     
6 4  15 16 60 240 240
Hence the required time to complete the work
240 4  4
 A alone will complete the work in 
= 8   8

K KUNDAN
11 days.
 5  5
days.
En
arn
Le
w.
ww

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Chapter-26

Speed, Time and Distance

.in
Speed The Relative Speed
If the location of an object changes with time then
it is said to be in motion. A bus running on a road, (i) Objects are moving in opposite directions

ng
an ant crawling on a floor, a monkey climbing up The relative speed of one object with respect to
a greased pole etc — all are the examples of objects t he ot her , will have magnit ude gr eater than
in motion because the locations of these objects individual speed of each object. This is why, for
keep on changing wit h respect to t heir example, a train A moving with speed 10 km/hr

eri
surroundings. will cross another t rain B moving in opposite
Let an object move from a point A to the point B directions with speed 25 km/hr, with a relative
through any path, then the actual length of the speed of (10 + 25 =) 35 km/hr which is greater
path followed by the object is called the distance than the individual speed of either train.
travelled by the object. The rate at which any
moving body covers a particular distance is called
e (ii) Objects are moving in same direction
gin
its speed. The relative speed of one object with respect to the
Distance travelled other, will have magnitude either less than or greater
 Speed = than individual speed of each object. This is why,
Time taken
for example, a train A moving with the speed of 20
1 km/hr will cross the another train B moving in
If the distance is constant, Speed 
En

Time same direction with the speed of 15 km/hr, with a

relative speed of (20 – 15 =) 5 km/hr which is less
Distance than the individual speed of either train.
 Time = Speed Take another example, a train A moving with
the speed of 60 km/hr will cross the another train
If the time is constant, Distance  Speed
arn

B moving in same direction with the speed of

Distance = Time × Speed. 20 km/hr with a relative speed of (60 - 20 =)
If the speed is constant, Distance  Time 40 km/hr which is less than the tr ain A and
We can say that for constant distance travelled, greater than the train B.
speed is inversely proportional to the time taken.
This can be explained by a simple example. To Average Speed
Le

cover a distance of 100 kms, if a person goes at

the speed of 25 kmph, he will require 4 hours to Total Distance Covered
complete the journey and travelling at a speed of Average Speed =
Total Time Taken
50 kmph, 2 hours will be required.
For example, A person divides his total route
w.

(a) Uniform Speed of journey into three equal parts and decides to
travel the three parts with speed of 40, 30 and
If the object covers equal distance in equal time
15 km/hr respectively. Find his average speed
intervals, howsoever small the interval may be then
during the whole journey.
ww

its speed is called the uniform speed.

Let the three equal parts of journey be x km.
(b) Variable Speed Time taken to travel first part of the journey

If the object travels different distances in equal  x 

=   hour
intervals of time, then its speed is called a variable  40 
speed. In this case t he speed changes fr om Time taken to travel second part of the journey
instance to instance.
 x 
=   hour
 30 

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

450 Concept of Arithmetic

Time taken to travel third part of the journey An Important Result

 x  If two persons (or trains) A and B start at the same
=   hour
 15  time in opposite directions from two points, and
arrive at the point in a and b hours respectively
 x x x  after having met, then
 Total time taken =     hours
 40 30 15  A’s rate : B’s rate = b : a .
Total distance travelled = x + x + x = 3x km
Proof: Suppose A starts from P and B starts from
Total Distance Travelled Q and they meet at R.
Average Speed =

.in
Total Time Taken

x Let A’s rate be x km per hour, and B’s rate

= km/hr be y km per hour.
 x x x 
    QR = ax km, PR = by km.
 40 30 15 

ng
Now time t aken by A in t r av elling the
= 24 km/hr
by
Units of Measurement distance by km is hours.
x

eri
Time is measured in seconds (s), minutes (min) or And t ime t aken by B in tr avelling the

K
hours (hr) ax
Distance is usually measured in metres (m), distance ax km is hours.
y
kilometres (km), miles, yards or feet.
Speed is usually measured in metres per second Since both start at the same time and meet,
(mps), kilomet res per hour (kmph or
e those two times must be equal. Hence
gin
km/hr) or miles per hour (mph).
ax by x2 b x b
    
Conversion of units y x y2 a y a
1 hour = 60 minutes = (60 × 60) seconds. For example, A man sets out to cycle f rom
1 kilometre = 1000 metres Bhiwani to Rohtak, and at the same time another
8 kilometres = 5 miles man starts from Rohtak to cycle to Bhiwani. After
En

1 yard = 3 feet passing each other they complete their journeys

KUNDAN
1 kilometre 1 4
1 kilometre per hour = in 3 and 4 hours respectively. At what rate
1 hour 3 5
arn

1000 metres 5 does the second man cycles if the first cycles 8
= (60  60) seconds  18 metre per second km per hour?
We proceed as follows:
 18 kilometres per hour = 5 metres per second
[To convert kilometres per hour into metres 4
4
per second we multiply the given speed in First man' s rate 5  6
Le


Second man' s rate 1 5
5 3
kilometres per hour with . And to convert 3
18
metres per second into kilometres per hour 8 6
w.

we multiply the given speed in metres per or 

Second man' s rate 5
18
second with .] 5 2
5  second man’s rate = 8 = 6 km per hour.
6 3
ww

5
1 kilometre per hour = mile per hour.
8

22
1 mile per hour = feet per second.
15

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Speed, Time and Distance 451

Solved Examples
Ex. 1: A man walks 22.5 km in 5 hours. How Now, 1 hour = 60 minutes
much he will walk in 4 hours? = (60 × 60) seconds
Soln: We have, distance covered = 22.5 km, = 3600 seconds
time taken = 5 hours.  Distance covered by the goods train in
one hour = (Speed × Time)
Distance
 Speed = = (4 × 3600) metres
Time

.in
 3600 
 22 .5  = 4   km
 1000 
or, Speed =   km/hr = 4.5 km/hr
 5 
Now, Distance = Speed × Time 72
=km = 14.4 km

ng
or, Distance covered in 4 hours 5
= (4.5 × 4) km = 18 km. Thus, the distance covered by the goods
Hence, the man will walk 18 km in 4 train in 1 hour = 14.4 km.
hours. Hence, the speed of the t rain is 14.4

eri
Ex. 2: A car travels at the speed of 72 km/hr. km/hr.

K
How many metres will it travel in one Ex. 4: A man travels some distance at a speed
second? of 12 km/hr and returns at 9 km/hr. If
Soln: We have, speed of the car = 72 km/hr the total time taken by him is 2 hours
20 minutes, find the distance.
Time = 1 sec =
1
60
minute
e Soln: Let the distance be x km. Then,
gin
x
time taken at 12 km/hr = hour
 60 seconds  1minute  12
 1 
 1 sec  minute   x 
 60  =   60  minutes = 5x minutes.
 12 
 1 
En

=   hour
x
 60  60 
Time taken at 9 km/hr = hour
9

KUNDAN
 1 
60 minutes  1 hour 1 minute  60 hour  x  20x
  =   60  minutes = minutes.
arn

 1 minute  1
hour  9  3
 60 60  60  Since the total time taken is 2 hours 20
Now, Distance = Speed × Time minutes ie 140 minutes.
 Distance covered in one second Now, according to the question,
= Speed × Time 20
Le

5x  x  140
 1  3
=  72   km
 3600 
15x  20x
or,  140
 1  3
=  72   1000  m
w.

 3600  35 x
[  1 km = 1000 m] or,  140
3
 1  or, 35x = 3 × 140
=  72   10  m = 20 m.
ww

 36  3  410
Thus, the car will travel 20 metres in 1 or, x =
35
sec.  x = 12
Ex. 3: The speed of a goods train is 4 m/sec. Hence, the distance is 12 km.
What is its speed in km/hr? Ex. 5: Walking at 4 km/hr, a person reaches
Soln: In order to find the speed of the goods his office 5 minutes late. If he walks
t r ain in km/hr , we hav e t o find t he at 5 km/hr, he will be 4 minutes too
distance travelled (in km) by it in one hour. early. Find the distance of his office
We have, from his residence.
Speed = 4 m/sec and Time = 1 hour.

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

452 Concept of Arithmetic

Soln: Let the required distance be x km. When the person walks at 5 km/hr, then
x x 4
Time taken at 4 km/hr = hours t
4 5 60

x  x 1
=   60  minutes = 15x minutes or, t ....(ii)
4  5 15
Now, subt r act ing equat ion (ii) fr om
x equation (i), we have,
Time taken at 5 km/hr = hours
5
x x  1   1 

.in
x 
 = t    t  
4 5  12   15 
=   60  minutes = 12x minutes
5 
1 1 54 9
Since the diff er ence bet ween t he two =  = =
times taken is (5 + 4) = 9 minutes. 12 15 60 60

ng
 15x - 12x = 9
5 x  4x 9
or, 3x = 9 or, 
20 60
9
or, x = = 3. x 9

eri
3 or, 

K
Hence, the required distance is 3 km. 20 60
Alternative Method I: 9  20
Let the distance to the office be 1 km. x = = 3
60
Then, time taken to cover 1 km at the rate
of 4 km/hr
e Ex. 6:
Hence, the required distance is 3 km.
A gun is fired at a distance of 3.32 km
gin
Distance 1 away from Rohit. He hears the sound
= Speed  4 hour
10 seconds later. Find the speed of the
sound.
1  Soln: Since Rohit is at a distance of 3.32 km
=   60  = 15 minutes from the gun and he hears the sound 10
4 
En

Time taken to cover 1 km at the rate of 5 seconds later. This means that in 10
km/hr seconds sound covers a distance of 3.32

KUNDAN
km.
Distance 1  Distance covered = 3.32 km
= 
Speed 5 hour = (3.32 × 1000) metres
arn

= 3320 metres
1  and, time taken = 10 seconds.
=   60  = 12 minutes
5  Distance
 Difference in time taken Now, Speed =
Time
= (15 – 12) = 3 minutes
Le

But the actual difference in time 3320

= (5 + 4) = 9 minutes  Speed = m/sec = 332 m/sec.
10
Thus, when the difference in time taken Ex. 7: A man travels a distance of 18 km from
is 3 minutes, the distance to office = 1 km his house to an exhibition by tanga at
w.

 If the difference in time is 9 minutes, 15 km/hr and returns back on cycle at

1  10 km/hr. Find his average speed for
the distance to office =   9  = 3 km
3  the whole journey.
Hence the distance to office = 3 km. Soln: Time taken by a man to reach exhibition
ww

Alternative Method II: from his house

Let x km be the distance of office of the
Distance 18 6
person and t hours be the time required = = hours = hours
to reach the office by the person. Speed 15 5
When the person walks at 4 km/hr, then Time taken by a man to reach his house
x 5 from the exhibition
t
4 60 Distance 18 9
= Speed = hours = hours
10 5
x 1
or, t ....(i)
4 12

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Speed, Time and Distance 453

 Total time of journey  They are 16 km apart in

6 9 15 16 32 6
=    hours = hours = 3 hours.  2 hours.
5 5 5 1 13 13
6
Total distance covered 2
= (18 + 18) km = 36 km (iv) From (ii), discussed above,
 Average speed for the whole journey  1 1
They are  3  3   km apart in 1 hour.
Total Distance Covered  2 2
=  They are 16 km apart in
Total Time Taken

.in
36 16
= 32 hours.
=km/hr = 12 km/hr 1
3
2
Ex. 8: Two men A and B start from a place P
Ex. 9: A train travelling 25 km an hour leaves

ng
1 Delhi at 9 am and anot her t rai n
walking at 3 km and 3 km an hour
2 travelling 35 km an hour starts at 2
respectively. How many km will they pm in the same direction. How many
km from Delhi will they be together?
1

eri
be apart at the end of 2 hours, Soln: Let the required distance be x km.

K
2 A train leaves Delhi at 9 am and another
(i) if they walk in opposite train leaves Delhi at 2 pm in the same
directions? direction.
( i i) if they walk in the same direction? ie difference of time = 5 hours.
What time will they take to be 16
e Distance travelled by the first train in 5
gin
km apart, hours = (25 × 5) = 125 km
( i ii ) if they walk in the opposite Now, according to the question,
directions? Time taken by the train to cover (x – 125)
( iv) if they walk in the same direction? km is equal to the time taken by the second
Soln: (i) When they walk in opposite directions, train to cover the distance of x km.
Their relative velocity will be
En

x x  125
 
 1  1 35 25
3  3  6 km

KUNDAN
 2  2 or, 25x = 35x – 35 × 125
35  125 875 1
1 x=   437
ie, They will be 6
arn

km apart in one hour. 10 2 2

2
 The distance from Delhi after which
1 1
 in 2 hour s t hey will be
2 they will be together = 437 km.
2
 1 1  1 Alternative Method :
Le

 6  2   16 km apart. The first train has a start of 25 × 5 km

 2 2  4
and the second train gains (35 – 25) or 10
(ii) When they walk in same direction, km per hour.
Their relative velocity will be  the second train will gain 25 × 5 km in
w.

 1 1 25  5 1
3  3  km or 12 hours.
 2 2 10 2
1  the required distance from Delhi
ie, They will be km apart in one hour.
ww

2 1 1
= 12  35 = 437 km.
2 2
1 1 1  1
 in 2 hours they will be   2   1 3
2 2 2  4 Ex. 10: Walking of his usual speed, a person
4
km apart.
(iii) From (i), discussed above, 1
is 1 hours late to his office. Find his
 1  1 2
They will be  3  3   6 km apart in usual time to cover the distance.
 2  2
Soln: It is easy to see that if the speed of a train
one hour. or man be changed in the ratio of a : b,

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

454 Concept of Arithmetic

then the time required to travel a certain Soln: Suppose I have to walk 1 km.
distance will be changed in the ratio of
1
b : a. To walk 1 km, I require hour in the
3
3
Since the man walks at of his usual 1
4 first case, and hour in the second case.
4
4
rate, the time that he takes is of his 1 1
3
Therefore, I save    hour in the first
usual time. 3 4

.in
4 1 1
 of usual time = usual time + 1 hours. case, and hour in the second case.
3 2 4

1 1 1 1
 of usual time = 1 hours. Thefore, I save    hour or 5 minutes

ng
3 2 3 4
in the second case. But , by the question,
1 1
 usual time = 1  3 hours = 4 hours. I save (40 + 30) or 70 minutes.
2 2 Hence the required distance

eri
Alternative Method : = (70  5 =) 14 km.

K
Let the usual speed of the person be x km/ Alternative Method :
hr and the distance of his office = D km. Let the required distance be D km.
His usual time to cover the distance Time taken to cover D km at 3 km/hr
D
=   hours
x 
e D
=   hour
3
gin
Now, according to the question,
Time taken to cover D km at 4 km/hr
3
Speed = of his usual speed D
4
=   hour
4
3  Total difference in time
=  x  km/hr
En

4  = 40 minutes late + 30 minutes early

Time taken to cover the distance D km

KUNDAN
 70  7
= 70 minutes =   hours
   60  6
 D  4D
arn

=   hours Now, according to the question,

 3x  3x
  D D 7
 4   
3 4 6
Again,
4D D 1 3 1 1 7
 1 or, D    
Le

hours = hours 3 4 6
3x x 2 2

D4  3 D 7
  1  or, 
or, 12 6
x 3  2
w.

D 1 3 7  12
or,    D = = 14 km
x 3 2 6
Hence the required distance = 14 km.
D 9 Ex. 12: Two men A and B walk from P to Q a
ww

or, 
x 2 distance of 21 km, at 3 and 4 km an
hour respectively. B reaches Q, returns
9 1 immediately and meets A at R. Find the
 Usual time = = 4 hours.
2 2 distance from P to R.
Ex. 11: I have to be at a certain place at a Soln: When B meets A at R, B has walked the
certain time and find that I shall be distance PQ + QR and A the distance PR.
40 minutes too late, if I walk at 3 km That is both of them have together walked
an hour and 30 minutes too soon, if I twice the distance from P to Q, ie 42 km.
walk at 4 km an hour. How far have I
to walk?

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Speed, Time and Distance 455

Now the rates of A and B are 3 : 4 and distance PQ (= 55 km) and when they meet
they have walked 42 km. at S for the second time, they have together
Hence the distance PR travelled by A covered three times the distance PQ or
165 km.
3
= of 42 km. = 18 km.
7
Alternative Method I: 3 32
Now PR =  55 km
1 of PQ = 11
32
2
= 30 km.

.in
Let the required distance be x km. QP + PS is the distance covered by B when
Now, according to the question, he meets A for the second time.
A and B both walk for the same distance
1
 Distance travelled by B 2

ng
= (21 + 21 – x) = (42 – x) km 2
 QP + PS = of 165 km = 75 km.
1
32
 42  x  2
Time taken by B =   hours
 4   PS = 75 - QP = (75 - 55) km = 20 km.

eri
Distance travelled by A = x km  SR = PR - PS = (30 - 20) km = 10 km.

K
Ex. 14: Points A and B are 90 km apart from
x 
Time taken by A =   hours each other on a highway. A car starts
3 from A and another from B at the same


x
3

42  x
4 e time. If they go in the same direction
they meet in 9 hours and if they go in
gin
or, 4x = 126 – 3x 9
opposite directions they meet in
or, 7x = 126 7
hours. Find their speeds.
126
or, x = = 18 Soln: Let X and Y be two cars starting from
7 points A and B respectively. Let the speed
En

 required distance = 18 km of car X be x km/hr and that of car Y be y

Alternative Method II: km/hr.

KUNDAN
A’s speed = 3 km Case I: When two cars move in the same
B’s speed = 4 km direction:
Let us consider that A and B meets after t
arn

hours.
Distance covered by A in t hours = 3t km
Distance covered by B in t hours = 4t km
Total distance covered by A and B
= 3t + 4t = 7t km Suppose two cars meet at point Q. Then,
Le

But the total distance covered by A and B is distance travelled by car X = AQ,
twice the distance between P and Q. distance travelled by car Y = BQ.
So, 7t = 21 × 2 It is given that two cars meet in 9 hours.
 Distance travelled by car X in 9 hours
21 = 9x km or AQ = 9x km
t = 2
w.

7 Distance travelled by car y in 9 hours

t = 6 hours = 9y km
So, the distance between P and R = Distance  BQ = 9y km
travelled by A = 3 × 6 = 18 km. Clearly, AQ - BQ = AB
ww

Ex. 13: A and B start at the same time from P  9x - 9y = 90

and Q (55 km apart) to Q and P at 3 [  AB = 90 km]
or, x - y = 10 .... (i)
1
and 2 km an hour respectively, meet Case II: When two cars move in opposite
2 directions:
at R, reach Q and P, return immediately Suppose two cars meet at point P. Then,
and meet again at S. Find the distance distance travelled by car X = AP
from R to S. distance travelled by car Y = BP
Soln: When A and B meet at R for the first time,
9
they have together cov er ed the whole In this case, two cars meet in hours.
7

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

456 Concept of Arithmetic

 Dist ance tr av elled by car X in Case II: When he travels 200 km by train
and the rest by car:
9 9 9
hours = x km or AP = x km If Ved travels 200 km by train, then
7 7 7 distance travelled by car is (600 - 200) km
= 400 km.
9
Distance travelled by car Y in hours Now, time taken to cover 200 km by train
7
200
9 9 = hours
= y km or BP = y km x
7 7 Time taken to cover 400 km by train

.in
Clearly, AP + BP = AB
400
9 9 = y hours
 x  y  90
7 7
In this case the total time of journey is 8

ng
9 hours 20 minutes
or, (x  y )  90
7 200 400
  = 8 hours 20 minutes
or, x + y = 70 ... (ii) x y
Solving (i) and (ii), we get

eri
x = 40 and y = 30. 200 400 1
8

K
or, 
Hence, speed of car X is 40 km/hr and x y 3
speed of car Y is 30 km/hr.
Ex. 15: Ved travels 600 km to his home partly [  8 hours 20 minutes
by train and partly by car. He takes 8
hours if he travels 120 km by train and
the rest by car. He takes 20 minutes e = 8
20
60
1
hours = 8 hours]
3
gin
longer if he travels 200 km by train 200 400 25
and the rest by car. Find the speed of or,  
x y 3
the train and the car.
Soln: Let the speed of the train be x km/hr and  8 16  25
the speed of the car be y km/hr. or, 25  
y 
En

Case I: When he travels 120 km by train and x 3

the rest by car:
8 16 1

KUNDAN
If Ved travels 120 km by train, then or, x  y  3
distance covered by car is (600 - 120) km
= 480 km.
arn

Now, time taken to cover 120 km by train 24 48

or,  1
x y
120
= hours
x 24 48
or,  1  0 .... (ii)
x y
 Distance 
Le

 Time  
 speed  1 1
Putting  u and  v in (i) and (ii),
Time taken to cover 480 km by car x y
480 we get
w.

= y hours 15u + 60v - 1 = 0 .... (iii)

It is given that the total time of the journey 24u + 48v - 1 = 0 .... (iv)
is 8 hours. On solving equations (iii) and (iv), we have

120 480 1 1
ww

  8 u = and v =
x y 60 80

 15 60  1 1 1
or, 8  8 Now, u =    x = 60,
 x y  x 60 x

15 60 1 1 1
or, x

y
1 and v = y  80  y  y = 80.

Hence, speed of train = 60 km/hr and

15 60
or,   1  0 .... (i) speed of car = 80 km/hr.
x y

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Speed, Time and Distance 457

Ex. 16: X takes 3 hours more than Y to walk

3
30 km. But, if X doubles his pace, he is 10u – 3 = 0  u =
10
1
ahead of Y by 1 hours. Find their 3 1 3
2 Now, u =  
speed of walking. 10 x 10
Soln: Let the speeds of X and Y be x km/hr and 10 1
y km/hr respectively. x = and v =
Then, time taken by X to cover 30 km 3 5

30 1 1

.in
= hours  y  5  y = 5.
x
And, time taken by Y to cover 30 km
10
30 Hence, X’s speed = km/hr and
3

ng
= y hours
Y’s speed = 5 km/hr.
By the given conditions, we have Ex. 17: After covering a distance of 30 km with
a uniform speed there is some defect
30 30 in a trai n engine and therefore, its
 3

eri
x y

K
4
speed is reduced to of its original
10 10 5
or, x  y  1 .... (i) speed. Consequently, the train reaches
it s destinat ion late by 45 m inutes.
If X doubles his pace, then speed of X
= 2x km/hr
e Had it happened aft er cov er ing 18
gin
kilometres more, the train would have
 Time taken by X to cover 30 km
reached 9 minutes earlier. Find the
30 speed of the train and the distance of
= hours journey.
2x
Time taken by Y to cover 30 km Soln: Let the original speed of the train be x
km/hr and the distance of the journey be
En

30
= y
y hours y km. Then, time taken = hours.

KUNDAN
x
According to the giv en conditions, we
Case I: When defect in the engine occurs
have
after covering 30 km.
arn

30 30 1 Speed for first 30 km = x km/hr

 1 and, speed for the remaining (y - 30) km
y 2x 2
4
30 30 3 = x km/hr
or,   5
y 2x 2
Le

30
10 5 1  Time taken to cover 30 km = hours
  x
or, y x 2 Time taken to cover (y - 30) km
w.

10 20 y  30 5
or,  x  y  1 .... (ii) =
4x
hours = (y - 30) hours
4x
5
1 1
 u and  v , equations (i) According to the given condition, we have
ww

Putting y
x
30 5 y 45
and (ii) become:  (y  30 )  
10u – 10v = 1 .... (iii) x 4x x 60
–10u + 20v = 1 ... (iv) 30 5y  150 y 3
or,   
Adding (iii) and (iv), we get: x 4x x 4
1
10v – 2 = 0  v  . 120  5y  150 4y  3x
5 or, 
4x 4x
1 or, 5y – 30 = 4y + 3x
Putting v  in (iii), we get:
5 or, 3x – y + 30 = 0

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

458 Concept of Arithmetic

Case II: When defect in the engine occurs Total time taken by the train if no accident
after covering 48 km.
d 
Speed for first 48 km = x km/hr happens =   hours
Speed for the remaining (y – 48) km x 
Case I:
4x
= km/hr Time taken by the train to cover the whole
5 length of the trip
48
 Time taken to cover 48 km = hours  
x  (d  3x ) 
=  3  1  hours
75 

.in
Time taken to cover (y - 48) km  x
 100  
 
 y  48   5(y  48 ) 
=   hour =   hour  4(d  3x ) 
 4x   4x  = 4   hours

ng
   3x 
 5 
Now, according to the question,
According to the given condition, the train
now reaches 9 minutes earlier ie it is 36 4(d  3x ) d
4  4

eri
minutes late. 3x x

K
48 5(y  48) y 36 4d  12x d
   or, 
x 4x x 60 3x x
or, 4d – 12x = 3d
or,
48 5y  240 y 3
x

4x
 
x 5
e or, d = 12x
Case II:
.... (i)
gin
192  5y  240 5y  3x If the train had covered 150 km more
or,  before the accident then the distance of
4x 5x
the accident = (3x + 150) km
5y  48 5y  3x Remaining distance
or,  = (d – (3x + 15)) km
4 5
En

Time taken to cover the whole length of

or, 25y - 240 = 20y + 12x the trip
or, 12x - 5y + 240 = 0

KUNDAN
Thus, we have the following system of 3x  150 d  (3x  150 )
1
simultaneous equations: x 75
x
arn

3x - y + 30 = 0 ... (i) 100

12x - 5y + 240 = 0 ... (ii)
Now, according to the question,
On solving equations (i) and (ii), we have,
x = 30 and y = 120 3x  150 d  (3x  150 ) d 7
1  
Hence, the original speed of the train is x 3x x 2
30 km/hr and the length of the journey
Le

4
is 120 km.
Ex. 18: A train met with an accident 3 hours 3x  150 4d  12x  600 d 7
after starting, which detains it for one or,    1
x 3x x 2
hour, after which it proceed at 75% of
3x  150 4  12x  12x  600
w.

its original speed. It arriv es at the or, 

dest i nat i on 4 hours l at e. Had t he x 3x
accident taken place 150 km farther 12x 5
along the railway line, the train would  
x 2
ww

1
have arrived only 3
2
hours late. Find  d  12x 
the length of the trip and the original 9x  450  36x  600 29
or, 
speed of the train. 3x 2
Soln: Let the length of the trip be d km and the
original speed of the train be x km/hr. 3x  150  12x  200 29
or, 
As the accident takes place after 3 hours. x 2
 distance covered in 3 hours by the train
= (3 × x) = 3x km 3x  150  12x  200 29
or, 
Remaining distance = (d - 3x) km x 2

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Speed, Time and Distance 459

15 x  50 29 6D
or,  or, V(V  6)  4
x 2
or, 30x - 100 = 29x
or, x = 100 4V(V  6)
 D= ....(i)
Hence, speed = 100 km/hr and the length 6
of the trip (d) = 12x = 12 × 100 = 1200 km When the person moves 6 km/hr slower,
Ex. 19: A train covered a certain distance at a then
uniform speed. If the train would have
been 6 km/hr fast er, it would have D D
 6

.in
taken 4 hours less than the scheduled V6 V
time. And, if the train were slower by 6
D D
km/hr, it would have taken 6 hours or,  6
more than the scheduled time. Find the V6 V
length of the journey.

ng
D(V  V  6)
Soln: Let t he act ual speed of t he t rain be or, 6
x km/hr and the actual time taken be y V(V  6)
hours. Then, or, D = V(V – 6) ....(ii)
Distance = (xy) km ... (i) Combining equations (i) and (ii), we get

eri
[  Distance = speed × time]

K
4V(V  6)
If the speed is increased by 6 km/hr, then  V(V  6)
time of journey is reduced by 4 hours ie 6
when speed is (x + 6) km/hr, t ime of or, 4V + 24 = 6V – 36
journey is (y - 4) hours.
 Distance = (x + 6) (y - 4) km
e or, 2V = 60
60
gin
or, xy = (x + 6) (y – 4) [Using (i)]  V = = 30
or, –4x + 6y – 24 = 0 2
or, –2x + 3y – 12 = 0 ... (ii) Hence original speed = 30 km/hr
When the speed is reduced by 6 km/hr, Putting the value of V in equation (ii), we
then the time of journey is increased by 6 have
hours ie when speed is (x - 6) km/hr, D = 30 (30 – 6) = (30 × 24) = 720 km
En

time of journey is (y + 6) hours Ex. 20: A hare sees a dog 100 metres away
 Distance = (x – 6) (y + 6) from her and scuds off in the opposite

KUNDAN
or, xy = (x – 6) (y + 6) [Using (i)] direction at a speed of 12 km an hour.
or, 6x – 6y – 36 = 0 A minute later the dog perceives her
arn

or, x – y – 6 = 0 .... (iii) and gives chase at a speed of 16 km

On solving equations (ii) and (iii), we get per hour . How soon wi l l t he dog
x = 30 and y = 24. ov er t ake t he har e, and at what
Putting the values of x and y in (i), we distance from the spot whence the hare
obtain took flight?
Distance = (30 × 24) km = 720 km. Soln: Suppose the hare at H sees the dog at D.
Le

Hence, the length of the journey is 720

km.
Alternative Method:  DH = 100 metres.
Let the original speed and distance be V Let K be the position of the hare where
w.

km/hr and D km respectively. the dog sees her.

Time taken to complete the whole journey  HK = the distance gone by the hare in 1
D minute.
= hours 12  1000
V
ww

=  1 m = 200 m.
When the train moves 6 km/hr faster, 60
 DK = 100 m + 200 m = 300 m
then
The hare thus has a start of 300 m.
D D Now the dog gains (16 - 12) or 4 km in an
 4 hour.
V6 V
D D 60  300
or,   4  the dog will gain 300 m in or
V 6 V 4  1000
D(V  V  6) 1
or,  4 4 minutes.
V(V  6) 2

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

460 Concept of Arithmetic

Again, the distance gone by the hare in DH = 100 metres.

Let K be the position when the dog sees
1 hare.
4 minutes.
2
1
12  1000 1 HK = distance gone by hare in min
2
= 4 m = 900 m.
60 2
12  1000 1
 distance of the place where the hare is =  = 100 metres
caught from the spot H whence the hare 60 2
took flight DK = 100 metres + 100 metres = 200 metres

.in
= (200 + 900) m = 1100 m. The hare thus has a strat of 200 metres.
Ex. 21: A hare, pursued by a grey-hound, is 50 Now the dog gains (16 – 12) or 4 km in an
of her own leaps ahead of him. While hour
the hare takes 4 leaps the grey-hound  Distance gained by dog in 1 min

ng
takes 3 leaps. In one leap the hare goes 4  1000 200
=  metres
3 3 60 3
1 metres and the grey-hound 2
4 4
200
metres. In how many leaps will the grey- Now metres is covered in time

eri
3
hound overtake the hare?

K
= 1 min
3 175 200 metres is covered in time
Soln: 50 leaps of the hare = 50  1 m= m
4 2
1 3
 200 = 3 min.
 the grey-hound should gain
175
2
m over
e =
200
Hence, dog will catch hare in 3 minutes.
gin
the hare. Ex. 23: Two guns were fir ed from the same
Now the grey-hound takes 3 leaps whilst place at an interval of 13 minutes but
the hare takes 4 leaps. a person in a train approaching the
 the grey-hound takes 1 leap whilst the place hears t he second r epor t 12
minutes 30 seconds after the first. Find
En

4 the speed of the train, supposing that

hare takes leaps.
3 sound travels 330 metres per second.

KUNDAN
Soln: It is easy to see that the distance travelled
3 by the train in 12 min 30 seconds could
 the grey-hound goes 2 m whilst the
4 be travelled by sound in (13 min - 12 min
arn

30 seconds) or 30 seconds.
4 3
hare goes 1 m  the train travels 330 × 30 metres in
3 4
1
12 min.
 3 4 3 2
 the grey-hound gains  2   1  or
Le

 4 3 4  the speed of the train per hour

5 330  30  2  60
m in one leap. =
12 25  1000
w.

175 1188 13
 t he gr ey-hound gains m in = or 47 km per hour
2 25 25
Ex. 24: A carriage driving in a fog passed a
 175 12  man who was walking at the rate of 3
    210 leaps.
ww

 2 5  km an hour in the same direction. He

Ex. 22: A hare starts to run at 12 km per hour could see the carriage for 4 minutes
when a dog is 100 metres off. After and i t was v i si bl e t o hi m upt o a
half a minute the dog sees hare and distance of 100 m. What was the speed
pursues at 16 km per hour. How soon of the carriage?
will he catch hare? Soln: The dist ance t rav elled by man in 4
Soln: Suppose the hare H sees the dog at D. minutes
3  1000
=  4 metres = 200 metres.
60

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Speed, Time and Distance 461

 distance travelled by carr iage in 4  Distance covered in 1 hour

minutes x
= (200 + 100) or 300 metres. = km
50  15
 speed of carriage In the second case:
300 60 Distance to be covered = 2x km
=  km per hour
4 1000 x x
Speed = 2   km/hr
1 50  15 25  15
= 4 km per hour. Number of hours he walks per day
2
= (24 – 2 × 9 =) 6 hours

.in
Ex. 25: Two trains start at the same time, one  Distance covered in 1 day
from A to B and the other from B to A.
x
If they arrive at B and A respectively 5 = 6 km
hours and 20 hours after they passed 25  15
each other. Show that one travels twice 6x

ng
as fast as the other. Now km is covered in 1 day
25  15
Soln: Let the two trains be P and Q.
 2x km shall be covered in
2x  25  15

eri
= = 125 days.
6x

K
Let the train P starts from A and Q starts
from B and they meet at C. Ex. 27: A person walks from A to B at the rate
Let P’s speed be x km per hour and Q’s of 3 kmph and after transacting some
speed be y km per hour. business which occupies him an hour,
 BC = 5x km; AC = 20y km
Now time taken by P to travel a distance
e returns to A by tramway at the rate of
5 kmph. He then finds that he has been
gin
absent for 2 hours 20 minutes. Find
20y
20y = hours the distnace from A to B.
x Soln: We have average speed
And time taken by Q to travel a distance
 2 3 5 
=    3.75 kmph
5x  35
En


5x = y hours
The time for which he travels

KUNDAN
Since both start at the same time and meet,
 1  1
those two times must be equal. = 2 1  1 hours
 3  3
arn

20y 5 x
 
x y 1  1 
Distance =   3.75  1   = 2.5 km
2
or, 5x = 20y 2 2
  3 
Note: In calculating distance we have
x2
or, = 4 1 1
Le

y 2 
multiplied  3.75  1  by . Because we
 3 2
x 2 will get twice the distance otherwise.
or, 
y 1 Ex. 28: A person has to reach a place 40 km
away. He walks at the rate of 4 km/hr
w.

Ex. 26: A can walk a certain distance in 50

for the first 16 km and then travels in a
days when he rests 9 hours each day,
scoot er for t he r est of t he j our ney.
how long it will take for him to walk
However, if he had travelled by scooter
twice as far if he walks twice as fast
for the 16 km and covered the remaining
ww

and rests twice as long each day?

distance on foot at 4 km/hr, he would
Soln: Suppose initially he covers x km in 50
have taken an hour longer to complete
days
t he j our ney. Find the speed of t he
x scooter.
 Distance covered in 1 day = km Soln: Total distance covered = 40 km
50
Since he rests for 9 hours, Distance covered on foot = 16 km
 Distance covered in (24 – 9 =) 15 hours  Distance covered in a scooter
= 40 km – 16 km = 24 km
x Suppose speed of the scooter
= km
50 = x km per hour

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

462 Concept of Arithmetic

Now, according to the question,

x
speed of the man = 4 km per hour km/hr and km at a speed of 24 km/hr.
Then time taken in the first case 2
Then, time t aken to tr av el t he whole
16 24  24 
=   4   hours
4 x  x   x x 
journey =    hours
Also time taken in the second case  2  21 2  24 
Now, according to the question,
16 24  16 
=    6  hours x x
x 4  x   = 10

.in
Since the time taken in the second case 2  21 2  24
is one hour longer 24x  21x
or, = 10
 16   24  21  24  2
   6   4   1
 x   x 

ng
2  10  21  24
 x =  224 km.
16 24 21  24
or, 64 = 1
x x Ex. 31: A monkey tries to ascend a greased pole
14 metres high. He ascends 2 metres

eri
16 24 in first minute and slips down 1 metre
or,  = 1 – 6 + 4

K
x x in the alternate minute. If he continues
to ascend in this fashion, how long
8 does he take to reach the top?
or,  1
x Soln: In every 2 minutes he is able to ascend
8
e (2 – 1 =) 1 metre. This way he ascends
gin
or, =1 upto 12 metres because when he reaches
x at the top, he does not slip down. Thus,
or, x = 8 upt o 12 met res he takes 12 × 2 = 24
Hence, speed of the scooter minutes and for the last 2 metres he takes
= 8 km per hour. 1 minute. Therefore, he takes (24 + 1 =)
Ex. 29: A boy goes to school at a speed of 3 25 minutes to reach the top. That is, in
En

km/hr and returns to the village at a 26th minute he reaches the top.
speed of 2 km/hr. If he takes 5 hours Ex. 32: Two runners cover the same distance

KUNDAN
in all, what is the distance between the at the rate of 15 km and 16 km per
village and the school? hour respectively. Find the distance
Soln: Let the required distance be x km. travelled when one takes 16 minutes
arn

Then time taken during the first journey longer than the other.
Soln: Let the distance be x km.
x
= hour. x
3
Time taken by the first runner = hours
And time taken during the second journey 15
Le

x Time taken by the second runner

= hour.
2 x
= hours
x x 16
  5
3 2 Now, according to the question,
w.

2x  3x x x 16
5  
or, 15 16 60
6
ww

or, 5x  30 x (16  15 ) 16
or, 
 x = 6 15  16 60
 required distance = 6 km
Ex. 30: A motor car does a journey in 10 hours, 16
x=  15  16 = 64 km.
the fi rst half at 21 km/hr and t he 60
second half at 24 km /hr . Fi nd t he Ex. 33: Without any stoppage a person travels
distance. a certain distance at an average speed
Soln: Let the distance be x km. of 80 km/hr and with stoppages he
x covers the same distance at an average
Then km is travelled at a speed of 21 speed of 60 km/hr. How many minutes
2 per hour does he stop?

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Speed, Time and Distance 463

Soln: Let the total distance be x km.

 3  2
Time taken at the speed of 80 km/hr Remaining distance = 1    of the
 5 5
x
= hours. total distance
80
2 5 2
Time taken at the speed of 60 km/hr  of the total distance= 390  
5 3 5
x
= hours. = 260 km.
60  av er age speed f or t he remaining
 x x   260 

.in
 he rested for    hours distance =    65 km/hr.
 60 80   4 
20x x Ex. 36: When a man travels equal distance at
=  hours speeds V 1 and V 2 km/hr, his average
60  80 240 speed is 4 km/hr. But when he travels

ng
 his rest per hour at t hese speeds for equal ti m e hi s
x x x 60 average speed is 4.5 km/hr. Find the
=    difference of the two speeds and also
240 60 240 x
find the values of V1 and V2 .

eri
Soln: Suppose the equal distance = D km

K
1
= hours = 15 minutes. Then time taken with V 1 and V 2 speeds
4
Ex. 34: A man rode out a certain distance by D D
train at the rate of 25 km an hour and are V hours and V hours respectively.
walked back at the rate of 4 km per
hour. The whole journey took 5 hours e 1 2

Total distance
gin
and 48 minutes. What distance did he  average speed =
Total time
ride?
Soln: Let the distance be x km. 2D 2V1V2
   4 km/hr
Then time spent in journey by train D D V1  V2

V1 V2
En

x
= hours.
25 In second case,

KUNDAN
And time spent in journey by walking V1  V2
average speed =  4.5 km/hr
x 2
= hours.
arn

4 or, V1 + V2 = 9 and V1 V2 = 18

x x Now, V1  V2 2  V1  V2 2  4V1V2

Therefore,   5 hours 48 minutes.
25 4 = 81 – 72 = 9
29x 48 29  V1  V2  3 km/hr .....(i) and
Le

or, 5 
100 60 5 V1 + V2 = 9 km/hr .....(ii)
On solving equations (i) and (ii), we have
100 V1 = 6 km/hr and V2 = 3 km/hr.
 x   20 km
5 Ex. 37: A m an t akes 8 hours t o walk t o a
w.

Ex. 35: A person travels for 3 hours at the certain place and ride back. However,
speed of 40 km/hr and for 4.5 hours he could have gained 2 hours, if he had
at the speed of 60 km/hr. At the end of covered both ways by riding. How long
woul d he hav e t aken t o walk bot h
3
ww

it, he finds that he has covered of ways?

5 Soln: Walking time + Riding time
the total distance. At what average = 8 hours .... (1)
speed should he travel to cover the 2 Riding time = (8 – 2 =) 6 hours .... (2)
remaining distance in 4 hours? 2 × (1) – (2) gives the result
Soln: Total distance covered in (3 + 4.5) hours 2 × walking time = (2 × 8 – 6 =) 10 hours.
= 3 × 40 + 4.5 × 60 = 390 km.  both ways walking will take 10 hours.
Now, according to the question, Ex. 38: A person travelled 120 km by steamer,
450 km by train and 60 km by horse.
3
of the distance = 390 km It took 13 hours 30 minutes. If the rate
5 of the train is 3 times that of the horse

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

464 Concept of Arithmetic

and 1.5 times that of the steamer, find Ex. 40: A per son cov ers a di stance i n 40
the rate of horse, train and steamer minutes if he runs at a speed of 45 km
per hour. per hour on an average. Find the speed
Soln: Suppose the speed of horse = x km/hr. at which he must run to reduce the time
Then speed of the train = 3x km/hr of journey to 30 minutes.
and speed of the steamer = 2x km/hr Soln: Let the distance be D km.
Now, according to the question,
D 40 2
120 450 60 = 40 minutes = 
   13.5 hours 45 60 3
2x 3x x
(Since 13 hours 30 minutes = 13.5 hours) 2

.in
 D =  45 = 30 km
360  900  360 3
or,  13.5
6x Let the required speed be x km per hour.
Now, according to the question,
1620
 x   20

ng
6  13.5 1
x = 30
Hence, speed of horse = 20 km/hr 2
 Speed of train = 3x = 3 × 20
= 60 km/hr  1 
 30 minutes  2 hour 

eri
Speed of steamer = 2x = 2 × 20  

K
= 40 km/hr  x = 30 × 2 = 60 km/hr.
Ex. 39: A man covers a certain distance on Ex. 41: The distance between t wo st ati ons,
scooter. Had he moved 3 km/hr faster, Delhi and Amritsar, is 450 km. A train
he would have taken 40 minutes less.
If he had moved 2 km/hr slower, he
would have taken 40 minutes more. e starts at 4 pm from Delhi and moves
towards Amritsar at an average speed
gin
of 60 km/hr. Another train starts from
Find the distance (in km) and original Amr i t sar at 3.20 pm and m ov es
speed. towards Delhi at an average speed of
Soln: Suppose the distance is D km and the 80 km/hr. How far from Delhi will the
initial speed is x km/hr. two trains meet and at what time?
D D 40 Soln: Suppose the trains meet at a distance of x
En

Then, we have   and km from Delhi. Let the trains from Delhi
x  3 x 60
and Amritsar be A and B respectively.

KUNDAN
D D 40 Th en ,
 
x  2 x 60 [Time taken by B to cover (450 – x) km]
– [Time taken by A to cover x km]
arn

D D 2
or,  
x x 3 3 40
= ..... (see note)
3D 2 60
or, x (x  3)  3 .... (1)
450  x x 40
or,  
Le

D D 2 80 60 60
and  
x 2 x 3  3(450 – x) – 4x = 160
or, 7x = 1190
2D 2 or, x = 170.
or, x (x  2)  3 .... (2) Thus, the trains meet at a distance of 170
w.

km from Delhi.
From (1) and (2), we have
Time taken by A to cover 170 km
3D 2D
  170 
x (x  3) x ( x  2) =   hours = 2 hours 50 min.
ww

 60 
or, 3(x  2)  2(x  3)
So, the trains meet at 6.50 pm
or, 3x  6  2x  6 Note: RHS = 4 : 00 pm – 3.20 pm
 x  12 km/hr 40
Now, if we put this value in (1), we get = 40 minutes = hour
60
2 12  15 LHS comes from the fact that the train
D =  = 40 km.
3 3 from Amritsar took 40 minutes more to
Hence, the distance is 40 km and the travel up to the meeting point because it
original speed is 12 km/hr. had started its journey at 3.20 pm whereas

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Speed, Time and Distance 465

the train from Delhi had started its journey

300 x  1500  300 x
at 4 pm and the meeting time is the same or, 2
for both the trains. x 2  5x
Ex. 42: A man leaves a point P at 6 am and or, 2x2 + 10x = 1500
reaches the point Q at 10 am. Another or, x2 + 5x - 750 = 0
man leaves the point Q at 8 am and or, x2 + 30x - 25x - 750 = 0
reaches the point P at 12 noon. At what or, x(x + 30) - 25 (x + 30) = 0
time do they meet? or, (x - 25) (x + 30) = 0
Soln: Let the distance PQ be A km. or, x = 25 or x = -30.
And they meet x hours after the first man Negative value of x should be rejected.

.in
starts. Hence, the original speed of the train is
Average speed of first man 25 km/hr.
Ex. 44: A fast train takes 3 hours less than a
A A
=  km/hr. slow train for a journey of 600 km. If
10  6 4

ng
the speed of the slow train is 10 km/hr
Average speed of second man less than that of the fast train, find the
speeds of the two trains.
A A
=  km/hr. Soln: Let t he speed of t he slow tr ain be
12  8 4 x km/hr. Then, speed of the fast train is

eri
(x + 10) km/hr.

K
Ax
Distance travelled by first man = km Time taken by the slow train to cover 600
4
They meet x hours after the first man 600
km = hours.
x
starts. The second man, as he starts 2
hours late, meets after (x - 2) hours from
e Time taken by the fast train to cover 600
gin
his start. Therefore, the distance travelled
by the second man 600
km = hours.
x  10
A(x  2)
= km Now, according to the question,
4
600 600
 3
En

Ax A(x  2) x x  10
Now,  km = A
4 4
600( x  10 )  600 x

KUNDAN
or, 2x – 2 = 4 3
or, x (x  10 )
 x = 3 hours.
 They meet at 6 am + 3 hours = 9 am
arn

Ex. 43: A train travels a distance of 300 km 6000

or, 3
at constant speed. If the speed of the x 2  10 x
train is increased by 5 km an hour,
the journey would have taken 2 hours or, 3(x 2  10 x )  6000
less. Find the ori ginal speed of the
or, x 2  10x  2000  0
Le

train.
Soln: Let x km/hr be the constant speed of the
or, x 2  50x  40x  2000  0
train.
Then, time taken to cover 300 km or, x x  50   40 x  50   0
w.

300 or, (x + 50) (x - 40) = 0

= hours. or, x = –50 or x = 40
x
or, x = 40
Time taken to cover 300 km when the
[  x cannot be negative]
speed is increased by 5 km/hr
ww

or, Hence, the speeds of two trains are 40

300 km/hr and 50 km/hr.
= hours. Ex. 45: A plane left 30 minutes later than the
x 5
It is given that the time to cover 300 km schedule time and in order to reach its
is reduced by 2 hours. destination 1500 km away in time it
has to increase its speed by 250 km/hr
300 300 from its usual speed. Find its usual
  2
x x 5 speed.
Soln: Let t he usual speed of the plane be
300(x  5)  300 x x km/hr. Then,
or, 2
x (x  5 )

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

466 Concept of Arithmetic

Time taken to cover 1500 km with the or, x = 600

1500 or, x = -400
usual speed = hours or, x = 600
x
Time taken to cover 1500 km with the [  x cannot be negative]
So, the original speed of the aircraft was
150 600 km/hr.
speed of (x + 250) km/hr =
x  250
 600 
1500 1500 1 Hence, duration of flight =   hour
    x 
x x  250 2

.in
1500 1500 1  600 
or,   =   hour = 1 hour.
x x  250 2  600 
Ex. 47: Two trains leave a railway station at
1500 x  1500  250  1500 x 1 the same time. The first train travels
or, 

ng
x (x  250 ) 2 due west and t he second t r ai n due
north. The first train travels 5 km/hr
1500  250 1 faster than the second train. If after
or, 
x 2  250 x 2 two hours, they are 50 km apart, find
the average speed of each train.

eri
2
or, 750000 = x + 250x
Soln: Let t he speed of the second t rain be

K
or, x2 + 250x – 750000 = 0
or, x2 + 1000x – 750x – 750000 = 0 x km/hr. Then, the speed of the first train
or, x(x + 1000) - 750 (x + 1000) = 0 is (x + 5) km/hr.
or, (x + 1000) (x - 750) = 0 Let O be the position of the railway station
or, x = -1000 or x = 750
or, x = 750 e from which the two trains leave.
Distance travelled by the first train in 2
gin
hours
[  speed cannot be negative]
= OA = speed × time = 2(x + 5) km
Hence, the usual speed of the plane is
Distance travelled by the second train in
750 km/hr.
2 hours
Ex. 46: In a flight of 600 km, an aircraft was
= OB = speed × time = 2x km
slowed down due to bad weather. Its
En

By Pythagoras Theorem,
average speed for the trip was reduced
AB2 = OA2 + OB2
by 200 km/hr and the time of flight

KUNDAN
i ncr eased by 30 m inut es. Fi nd t he
duration of flight.
Soln: Let the original speed of the aircraft be x
arn

km/hr.
Then, new speed = (x – 200) km/hr
Duration of flight at original speed
 600 
=   hour
Le

 x 
Duration of flight at reduced speed
 600 
=   hour
 x  200  or,502 = [2(x + 5)]2 + {2x}2
w.

or,2500 = 4(x + 5)2 + 4x2

600 600 1
   or,8x2 + 40x – 2400 = 0
x  200 x 2 or,x2 + 5x – 300 = 0
or,x2 + 20x – 15x – 300 = 0
ww

600 x  600(x  200 ) 1

or,  or,x(x + 20) – 15 (x + 20) = 0
x (x  200 ) 2 or,(x + 20) (x – 15) = 0
or,x = –20 or x = 15
120000 1
or,  [  x cannot be negative]
x 2  200 x 2 Hence, the speed of the second train is
or, x2 – 200x – 240000 = 0 15 km/hr and the speed of the first train
or, x2 - 600x + 400x - 240000 = 0 is 20 km/hr.
or, x(x - 600) + 400 (x - 600) = 0 Ex. 48: A walks half a kmph faster than B and
or, (x - 600) (x + 400) = 0 three quarters of a kmph faster than
or, x - 600 = 0 or x + 400 = 0 C. To walk a certain distance C takes

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Speed, Time and Distance 467

three quarters of an hour more than B

or, 4y 2  17y  4  0
and two hours more than A. Find the
distance covered and the time taken 1
by B. Also find his speed. or, y  4,
Soln: Let the speed of B be y kmph 4
Now f r om (5), d = 45 and f r om (3),
 1
 Speed of A =  y   kmph and 1
 2 T = 10 hours. (y = is not possible).
4
 1 Ex. 49: A man started from his house to his
speed of B =  y   kmph and

.in
 2 workplace 8 km away at the rate of 4
kmph so as to reach just in time. After
1 3 1 5 minutes he realised that he had left
speed of C = y   y kmph
2 4 4 some important documents at home,
so he turned back, and now walking

ng
Let the distance travelled be d km and
time for A is T. at an increased speed, still succeeded
in reaching his workplace in time. What
d 2d was his increased speed?
Now, for A, T =  ... (1)
1 2y  1 Soln:

eri
y
2

K For C, T + 2 =

or, T 

and for B,

T
4d
4y  1

5 d

y

2 
d
1
4


4d  8y  2
4y  1

d 5
or, T  y  4
4d
4y  1
gin
... (2)
e Let A be the house and B be the workplace.
The workplace is 8 km away. Had he
walked all the way at 4 kmph he would
have t aken 2 hour s to r each his
workplace, which would be just in time.
Therefore, total time = 2 hours
En

4 y
Referring to the above diagram, the total
4d  54 time is made up

KUNDAN
or, T  4y ... (3) (i) walking from A to C for 5 minutes

From (1) and (2), 5 1

arn

= hours = hours
60 12
2d 4d  8y  2
 now, 4 km in 1 hour
2y  1 4y  1
or, d (4y - 1) = (2y + 1) (2d - 4y + 1) 1 1
 km in hours
or, 4dy - d = 4dy - 8y2 + 2y + 2d - 4y + 1 3 12
Le

or, 8y2 + 2y - 3d - 1 = 0 1
8y 2  2y  1 Distance AC = km
or, d = .... (4) 3
3 (ii) If x is the increased speed, time for
and from (2) and (3)
w.

walking from C to A
4d  8y  2 4d  5y AC 1
 x hours
4y  1 4y = hours =
x 3
(iii) Walking from A to B time taken
ww

or, 16dy  32y 2  8y  16dy  20y 2  4d  5y

AB 8
or, 12y 2  3y  4d  0 =  hours
x x
12y 2  3y Now, according to the question,
or, d  .... (5)
4 1 1 8
From (4) and (5), 2  
12 3x x
8y 2  2y  1 12y 2  3y

3 4 8
 x = 4 kmph
or, 32y 2  8y  4  36y 2  9y 23

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

468 Concept of Arithmetic

Ex. 50: Dinky is picked up by his father by car by travelling partly by foot and partly by
from school everyday and they reach car, he takes 45 minutes longer than if
home at 5.00 pm. One day, since school he would hav e t r avelled t he whole
got over an hour earlier than usual, he distance by car.
start ed walki ng towar ds home at 3 Therefore time taken to walk the distance
kmph. He met his father on the way BC
and t hey r eached home 15 mi nut es = tw = (7.5 + 45 =) 52.5 minutes.
earlier than their usual time. What is  tw = 52.5 minutes
the speed of the car? But for a constant distance BC,
Soln: sd t
 w

.in
sw td
sd 52.5
 
3 7.5

ng
 s d = 21 kmph
Ex. 51: Two places P and Q are 162 km apart.
Let the speed of car be sd and the speed A train leaves P for Q and at the same
of Dinky be s w time another train leaves Q for P. Both

eri
 s w = 3 kmph the trains meet 6 hours after they start

K
Ref er ring t o the abov e diagr am, if A moving. If the train travelling from P
represents the home and B represents the to Q travels 8 km/hr faster than the
school, the father starts at his usual time other train, find the speed of the two
but meets his son on the way at C. So, in trains.
going from A to C and back to A he saves
the time he would have used commuting e Soln: Suppose the speeds of the two trains are
x km/hr and y km/hr respectively.
gin
from C to B and back to C. Since they Now,
reach back 15 minutes earlier than usual, Total distance travelled by both the trains
ie the time saved = 15 minutes. Therefore in 6 hours = (6x + 6y) km
time taken to drive from C to B and back Now, according to the question,
is 15 minutes. Therefore time taken to (6x + 6y) = 162
En

15 162
drive the distance BC = td = or, x  y   27 ....(i)
2 2

KUNDAN
 td = 7.5 minutes and x – y = 8 ....(ii)
Dinky starts 1 hour earlier than usual. Solving equations (i) and (ii), we have
arn

Had he moved at driving speed, ie speed x = 17.5 km/hr and

of the car, he would have reached 1 hour y = 9.5 km/hr.
earlier. But he reaches only 15 minutes Hence, speed of the two trains are 17.5
earlier. Therefore he loses 45 minutes, ie km/hr and 9.5 km/hr.
Le

Practice Exercise
w.

the scheduled time. What is the distance of

6
1. For a journey, walking of his usual speed, the school from her house?
7 4. I will reach my destination 40 minutes late if
a man becomes late by 25 minutes. What is I walk at the rate of 3 km/hr. However, I will
ww

his usual time taken for the journey? reach 30 minutes before time if I walk at the
2. A motorist covers a distance from A to B at a rate of 4 km/hr. Find the distance of my
speed of 20 km/hr and return journey from B destination from the starting point.
to A at a speed of 30 km/hr. If he takes 5 5. A student travels to his school at a speed of 4
hours for the whole journey, find the distance km/hr and reaches the school 15 minutes
from A to B. late. On travelling at a speed of 6 km/hr, he
3. Shivangi starts from her house for her school reaches the school 5 minutes early. At what
at a certain fixed time. If she walks at the speed must he travel to reach the school just
rate of 5 km/hr, she is late by 7 minutes. in time?
However, if she walks at the rate of 6 km/hr, 6. A person travels a certain distance on a bicycle
she reaches the school 5 minutes earlier than at a certain speed. Had he moved 3 km/hr

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Speed, Time and Distance 469

faster, he would have taken 40 minutes less. station B meets with an accident one hour
Had he moved 2 km/hr slower, he would have after starting. After stopping there for 30
taken 40 minutes more. Find the distance 4
and original speed of the person. minutes, it proceeds at of its usual speed
5
7. Two places A and B are 80 km apart from and arrives at B 2 hours late. Had the train
each other on a highway. A car starts from A covered 80 km more before the accident, it
and another from B at the same time. If they would have been just one hour late. Determine
move in the same direction, they meet each the original speed of the train and the distance
other in 8 hours. If they move in opposite between A and B.
directions towards each other, they meet in 17. A train after travelling 50 km meets with an

.in
1 hour 20 minutes. Determine the speeds of
3
the cars. accident and then proceeds at of its former
8. A train covers a distance between stations A 4
speed and ar r ives at it s dest inat ion 25
and B in 45 minutes. If the speed is reduced
minutes late. Had the accident occurred 24

ng
by 5 km/hr, it will cover the same distance
km behind, it would hav e reached the
in 48 minutes. What is the distance between
destination only 35 minutes late. Find the
the two stations A and B (in km)? Also, find
speed of the train and the distance travelled
the speed of the train.
by the train.
9. A car covering half of a distance of 100 km

eri
18. Ravi can walk a certain distance in 40 days,
develops some engine trouble and later travels

K
when he rests 9 hours a day. How long will
at half of its original speed. As a result, it
he take to walk twice the distance, twice as
arrives 2 hours later than its normal time.
fast and rest twice as long each day?
What was the original speed of the car?
19. Two men set out at the same time to walk
10. A train covers a distance of 193
1
km in 4
e
1 towards each other from two points A and B,
72 km apart. The first man walks at the rate
gin
3 4
hours with one stoppage of 10 minutes, two of 4 km/hr. The second man walks 2 km in
of 5 minutes and one of 3 minutes on the 1
way. Find the average speed of the train. the first hour, 2 km in the second hour, 3
2
11. Distance between two places X and Y is 60
km in the third hour and so on. Find the
km. Two persons A and B start from X towards
En

time after which the two men will meet.

Y at the same time. Speed of B is 4 km/hr
20. Two trains start out towards each other from
less than the speed of A. A reaches Y, returns

KUNDAN
points 650 km apart. If they start out at the
at once and meets B at a distance of 12 km
same time, they will meet in 10 hours, but if
from Y. What is the speed of B?
one of them starts out 4 hours and 20 minutes
arn

12. An army bomb squad man set a fuse f or

after the other, they will pass each other 8
blasting a rock to take place after one minute.
hours following the departure of the latter.
He ran away from the site at the speed of 13
Determine the average speed of each other.
m/s. Sound travels at the speed of 325 m/s.
21. Distance between two stations X and Y is
Upto what distance could the army man run,
220 km. Trains P and Q leave station X at 8
before he heard the sound of blast?
Le

am and 9.51 am respectively at the speed of

13. On a particular day a person starts walking
25 km/hr and 20 km/hr respectively f or
from a place X at 2 am and reaches place Y at
journey towards Y. A train R leaves station Y
5 am. A second person starts walking from a
at 11.30 am at a speed of 30 km/hr for journey
place Y at 4 am and reaches place X at 9 am
towards X. When and where will P be at equal
w.

on the same day. At what time do they cross

distance from Q and R.
each other?
22. Two places P and Q are 336 km apart. A train
14. A covers some distance in 50 days when he
leaves P for Q and at the same time another
rests 9 hours a day. In how many days will
train leaves Q for P. Both trains meet at the
ww

he cover the double distance by resting twice

end of the 6 hours. If one train travels 8 km/hr
as before?
faster than the other, find the speeds of the
15. A man travelled a total distance of 3990 km,
other trains.
part of it by air, part by water and the rest by
23. On a 2-km road, a total number of 201 trees
land. The time he spent in travelling by air,
are planted on each side of the road at equal
water and land was in rat io 1 : 16 : 2
distances. How many such trees in all will
respectively and the average speed of each
be planted on both sides of a 50-km road such
mode of travel was in the ratio 20 : 1 : 3
that the distance between two consecutive
respectively. If his overall average speed was
trees is the same as that of the consecutive
42 km/hr, find the distance covered by water.
trees on the 2-km road?
16. A goods train travelling from station A to

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

470 Concept of Arithmetic

Answers and explanations

1. Let the usual speed of the person be x km/hr Since the difference between the two times
and the distance of his journey be D km. taken is (7 + 5 =) 12 minutes
D  12x – 10x = 12
His usual time to cover the distance =   hour or, 2x = 12
x 
Now, according to the question, 12
x = = 6
2
6 6  Hence, the required distance is 6 km.

.in
Speed = of his usual speed =  x  km/hr
7 7  Alternative Method:
Time taken to cover the distance D km Let x km be the distance between her house
and school and t hours be the time required
  to reach the school from her house.
 D  7D

ng
=   hour When Shivangi walks at 5 km/hr, then
 6x  6x x 7
  t
 7  ....(i)
5 60
Again, When Shivangi walks at 6 km/hr, then

eri
7D D  25  x 5

K
   t
6x x  60  6 60
D7  5 x 1
or,   1  or t ....(ii)
x 6
D  5
 12
 5 e 6 12
Subtracting equation (ii) from equation (i), we
gin
or,   6  hours get
x  12  2
x x  7   1 
  t    t  
1 5 6  60   12 
 Usual time = 2 hours.
2
x 1 7 5  7 12 1
2. Let the distance from A and B is x km. or,     
En

30 12 60 60 60 5
 Time taken to cover the distance from A to
30
x x = = 6

KUNDAN
B at 20 km/hr = hours. 5
20 Hence the required distance = 6 km
And time taken to cover the distance from B 4. Let the required distance be x km.
arn

x Difference of time taken at different speeds

to A at 30 km/hr = hours. = (40 + 30) minutes = 70 minutes
30
 Total time taken = 5 hours. (Given) 70 7
= hours = hours
60 6
x x
Le

  5
20 30 x
Time taken at 3 km/hr = hours
3x  2x 3
5
60 x
or, 5x = 60 × 5 = 300 Time taken at 4 km/hr = hours
w.

4
300 According to the question,
or, x = = 60 km
5
x x 7
3. Let the required distance be x km.  
ww

3 4 6
x
Time taken to walk at 5 km/hr = hours 4x  3x 7
5 or, 
12 6
x 
=   60  minutes = 12x minutes x 7
5  
or,
12 6
x
Time taken to walk at 6 km/hr = hours
6 7
or, x =  12 = 14
x  6
=   60  minutes = 10x minutes  Distance of the destination = 14 km
6 

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Speed, Time and Distance 471

5. Let the distance of the school be x km.

2V V  3
x or, D  ....(i)
Time taken in first case = hours 9
4 When the person moves 2km/hr slower, then
15 1 D D 40
But this time is 15 minutes late or   
60 4 V  2 V 60
hours late
D D 2
 Actual time for reaching the school in time or,  
V2 V 3
x 1

.in
should be    hours D D 2
4 4 or,  
V2 V 3
x
Time taken in second case = hours DV  DV  2D 2
6 
or,

ng
V(V  2) 3
 5  1
But this time is 5 minutes early or  
 60  12 2D 2
or, V(V  2)  3
hours early.

eri
 Actual time for reaching the school in time

K
V(V  2)
x 1  or, D  ....(ii)
should be    hours 3
 6 12  Combining equations (i) and (ii), we get
From the above, we have
x 1 x 1 
e 2V(V  3) V(V  2)
9

3
gin
    
 4 4   6 12  or, 2(V + 3) = 3(V – 2)
or, 2V + 6 = 3V – 6
x  1 2x  1
or,  or, 3V – 2V = 6 + 6
4 12 or, V = 12 km/hr
or, 12x  12  8x  8 Putting the value of V in equation (ii),
En

or, 4x  20 12  10
we get D = = 40 km.

KUNDAN
or, x = 5 km 3
 The distance of the school be 5 km and 7. Case I: When the cars are moving in the same
direction.
arn

(x  1)
actual time to reach school in time =
4
= 1 hour
 The required speed is 5 km/hr.
6. Let t he or iginal speed and distance be Let A and B be two places and C be the place
V km/hr and D km respectively. of meeting.
Le

Time taken to complete the whole journey Let the speed of car starting from A be x km/hr
D and the car starting form B be y km/hr.
= hours. Relative speed = (x – y) km/hr
V
When the person moves 3 km/hr faster, then According to the question,
w.

(x – y) × 8 = 80
D D 40 or, x – y = 10 ...(i)
 
V  3 V 60 Case II: When the cars are moving in the
opposite directions and they meet at point C.
D D 2
ww

or,  
V3 V 3
Relative speed = (x + y) km/hr
D D 2 Time taken = 1 hour 20 minutes
or,  
V V3 3
 1  4
DV  3D  DV 2 = 1    hours
  3  3
or, V V  3 3
Again, according to the question,
3D 2 4
or, V V  3  3 (x  y )   80
3

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

472 Concept of Arithmetic

or, x + y = 60 ...(ii)
Solving equations (i) and (ii), we have 580
x = 35 and y = 25  Average speed of the train = 3 km/hr
 Speeds of the cars 58
= 35 km/hr and 25 km/hr. 15
8. Suppose the distance is x km and the speed 580  15
of the train is y km/hr. = = 50 km/hr
Thus we have two relationships: 58  3
11.
x 45 3 3
(1)   x  y

.in
y 60 4 4

x 48 4 4
(2)    x  (y  5)
y  5 60 5 5

ng
From (1) and (2), we have
Let A and B meet after t hours.
3 4
y  (y  5 ) Let the speed of B be x km/hr.
4 5  Speed of A = (x + 4) km/hr
Distance covered by A in t hours = 60 + 12

eri
4 3
or, y     4

K
= 72 km
5 4 Distance covered by B in t hours = 60 – 12
= 48 km
4  20
or, y = = 80 km/hr Now, according to the question,
16  15
Therefore speed = 80 km/hr and distance
e xt = 48
(x + 4)t = 72
....(i)
....(ii)
gin
3 On dividing equation (ii) by equation (i), we
x =  80 = 60 km have
4
9. Half of the original speed means double the x  4 72 3
 
normal time. It means that the car should x 48 2
have covered half of the distance of 100 km,
En

or, 2x + 8 = 3x
ie 50 km, in 2 hours. or, x = 8
Hence, the original speed of the car  Speed of A = 8 km/hr

KUNDAN
 50  12. Time after which the bomb is set to explode
=   = 25 km/hr = 1 minute = 60 seconds
 2 
arn

Speed of the man = 13 m/sec

10. Distance covered by train Distance covered by man in 60 sec
1 580 = 13 × 60 = 780 metres
= 193 km = km So, distance to be travelled by sound before it
3 3
catches up with army man = 780 metres
Time taken by the train to cover this distance Speed of the sound = 325 m/sec (given)
Le

1 17 Since the man and sound are travelling in

= 4 hours = hours the same direction, the relative speed of sound
4 4
= (325 – 13 =) 312 m/sec
Total stoppage during the journey Time taken by sound to travel 780 metres
w.

= 10 × 1 + 5 × 2 + 3 × 1
780
23 = = 2.5 sec
= 23 minutes = hours 312
60
Now, dur ing t his time man would hav e
Actual time taken by the train to cover the
ww

travelled further. So, distance covered by man

above distance in 2.5 seconds = 2.5 × 13 = 32.5 m
17 23 The total distance travelled by man
=  = 780 + 32.5 = 812.5 metres.
4 60
13. X P Y
17  15  23 l l l
=
60 Let the speed of the person who starts from X
be x km/hr and speed of the person who starts
255  23 232 58 from Y be y km/hr.
=  = hours
60 60 15 Time taken by the person who starts from X
= 5 am – 2 am = 3 hours

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Speed, Time and Distance 473

Time taken by the person who starts from Y 14. Let the distance for A be x km
= 9 am – 4 am = 5 hours Number of hours A walks daily = (24 – 9 =) 15
Again, let the distance between X and Y be D hours
km. Number of days = 50 days
Now, according to the question,
x
D D  Speed (in km/hr) = ..... (1)
50  15
x km/hr = and y km/hr =
3 5 In second situation
If the person starting from X reaches the Let the number of days be Y
meeting point after t hours, person starting Distance = 2x

.in
from Y will reach the meeting point after Number of hours for which A walks daily = 6
(t – 2) hours. Since the person starting from hours
X starts moving at 2 am while the person  Speed in second case (in km/hr)
starting from Y starts moving at 4 am. And
Distance 2x
the difference of time = (4 am – 2 am)= 2 hours 

ng
= ..... (2)
 Dist ance (XP) t r avelled by t he person Time Y6
In both the cases, the speed remains the same
D 
starting from X =   t  km 2x 2x
3   

eri
and the distance (YP) travelled by the person Y  6 50  15

K
or, Y × 6 = 50 × 15
D 
starting from Y =  (t  2) km 50  15
5  or, Y = = 125 days
6
Total distance travelled by both before meeting
= Distance travelled by person from X +
e
15. Total distance travelled = 3990 km
gin
Distance travelled by person from Y Ratio of time spent in travelling by air, water
and land = 1 : 16 : 2
D  D  Ratio of respective speeds = 20 : 1 : 3
=   t     (t  2)  D
3  5  From the given fact, the ratio of respective
distances will be 20 : 16 : 6 = 10 : 8 : 3
 t t 2 Sum of the ratios = 10 + 8 + 3 = 21
or, D   D
En

3 5  Distance travelled by steamer will be

8

KUNDAN
t t 2
or,  1 = 3990  = 1520 km
3 5 21
16. Let the distance between station A and station
arn

5t  3t  6 B be d km.
or, 1
15 Again, let the initial speed of the goods train
or, 8t – 6 = 15 be x km/hr.
or, 8t = 15 + 6 = 21 As the accident takes place after 1 hour
 distance covered in 1 hour by the goods
Le

21 5 train = x km
or, t = 2 hours
8 8 Remaining distance = (d – x) km
Conv ert ing t his in hour s, minut es and Total time taken, if no accident happened
seconds, we get 2 hours 37 minutes and 30
d 
seconds. =   hours
w.

x 
5 5  Case I:
[2 hours = 2 hours +   60  minutes
8 8  Time taken by the goods train to cover the
distance
ww

 75  1
= 2 hours +    37 minutes
 2  2 30 d  x
= 1 
60 4x
1 5
= 2 hours + 37 minutes + minutes
2
 1 5(d  x ) 
= 1   hours
1   2 4x 
= 2 hours + 37 minutes +   60   Now, according to the question,
2 
30 seconds 1 5(d  x ) d
1   2
= 2 hours 37 minutes and 30 seconds] 2 4x x

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

474 Concept of Arithmetic

17. Let the distance be D km and speed be the x

(d  x ) 5 d 1
or,   km/hr
4x x 2 From the question, we have
(d  x ) 5 d 1 50 (D  50) 4 D 25 D 5
      
or, x 3x x 60 x 12
4x x 2
150  4D  200 12D  5x
5d  5x  4d 1 or, 
or,  3x 12x
4x 2
4D  50 12D  5 x
d  5x 1 or, 
3x 12x

.in
or, 
4x 2 or, 16D  200  12D  5x
or, 2d – 10x = 4x  4D – 5x = 200 ... (i) and
or, 2d = 14x
or, d = 7x ....(i) 50  24 (D  26) 4 D 35
  

ng
Case II: x 3x x 60
If the goods train had covered 80 km more D 7 12D  7x
before the accident, then the distance of site   
x 12 12x
of the accident = (x + 80) km

eri
Remaining distance = [d – (x + 80)] km 26 4D  104 12D  7 x

K
or,  
Time taken to cover the whole of the distance x 3x 12x

  78  4D  104 12D  7x
 (x  80 )  or, 
 30 d  (x  80 )  hours 3x 12x
=  


x

 60

4x 

e or,
4D  26 12D  7x

gin
 5  3x 12x
 According to the question, or, 4D  7x  104 .... (ii)
x  80 30 d  (x  80 ) d Now, subtracting equation (ii) from equation
   1 (i), we have
x 60 4x x
5 2x = 96
En

 x = 48 km/hr
80 1 5[d  (x  80] d Put the value of x in equation (i) and find the

KUNDAN
or, 1     1 distance (D)
x 2 4x x
or, 4D – 5 × 48 = 200
80 1 5[d  (x  80 )] d or, 4D = 200 + 240 = 440
arn

or,   
x 2 4x x 440
 D = = 110 km.
320  5d  5x  400 1 d 4
or,   18. Time for work per day in first condition
4x 2 x
= (24 – 9 =) 15 hours
Le

5d  5x  80 1 d Time for work per day in second condition

or,  
4x 2 x = (24 – 9 × 2 =) 6 hours
Her e we hav e four quant it ies : Speed,
1 4d  5d  5x  80 Dist ance, Wor k and Days. W e hav e t o
or, 
calculate number of days. Hence, Days will
w.

2 4x
or, 2x = 5x – d + 80 be in t he last column. Here f ollowing
Putting the value of d from equation (i), we relationships exist:
have More speed, less days (Inverse)
More distance, more days (Direct)
ww

2x = 5x – 7x + 80
or, 4x = 80 Less hours of work, more days (Inverse)

80
 x = = 20
4
Hence original speed of the train Hence,
= 20 km/hr. 2 : 1 
Distance between the stations A and B 1 : 2  :: 40 : x
= d = 7x (From i) 6 : 15
= (7 × 20) = 140 km. or, 2 × 1 × 6 : 1 × 2 × 15 :: 40 : x
(Compounding the ratios)

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Speed, Time and Distance 475

or, 2 × 1 × 6 × x = 1 × 2 × 15 × 40
13
(Product of extreme terms = Distance covered by train A in hours
Product of mean terms) 3

1  2  15  40 13 13x
 x = = 100 = AP = x × =
2 1 6 3 3
Hence the required time = 100 days. Both the trains meet 8 hours after train A
19. Let A starts from point X, B starts from point leaves P. Now if they meet at C1 then
Y and they meet after t hours. PC1 = 8 × x = 8x km
A B BC1 = 8 × y = 8y km

.in
X Y According to the question,
P
13x
 XP = 4 × t = 4t km 8x + 8y = 650 
YP = 2 + 2.5 + 3 + .... t terms 3
This is an AP.

ng
13x
or, 8x  y   650 
n 3
Sum of an AP = 2a  n  1d 
2
13x
where n = number of terms, a = first term or, 8  65  650 

eri
3
and d = common difference

K
t  1 t  t 1 13x
2  2  (t  1)    4    or,  650  520  130
 YP =
2  2 2  2 2 3

= 2t 
t2 t
 
7t t 2
 
7t  t 2
e or, x =
130  3
13
= 30 km/hr
gin
4 4 4 4 4
Speed of train A = 30 km/hr
But it is given that XY = 72 or XP + PY = 72 Speed of train B = (65 – 30) km/hr
= 35 km/hr
7t  t 2
 + 4t = 72 21. As given, speed of the train P = 25 km/hr
4 Speed of the train Q = 20 km/hr
En

2
or, 7t + t + 16t = 288 Speed of the train R = 30 km/hr
or, t2 + 23 t - 288 = 0

KUNDAN
or, t2 + 32 t – 9t - 288 = 0 Q 20 t
or, t (t + 32) – 9 (t + 32) = 0 P1
1
P B A Q1 R R
or, (t + 32) )(t – 9) = 0
arn

 t + 32 = 0 X 33 km 25 t 30 t Y
or, t = –32 (Not possible) 87.5 km
 t – 9 = 0
or, t = 9 Distance travelled by train P between 8:00 to
They meet after 9 hours. 11: 30
Le

2 0 . Let the trains A and B travel at speed of x and 1 7 175

y km/hr respectively and meets 10 hours after ie in 3 hours =  25   87.5 km
2 2 2
departure.
Distance travelled by train Q between 9 : 51
to 11 : 30 ie. in
w.

From the figure it can be seen that 39 33

AC = (x × 10) km 1 hour 39 minutes = 1  20   20
60 20
BC = (y × 10) km = 33 km
 AC + BC = x × 10 + y × 10
ww

Assume that trains P and Q are at A and B

or, 650 = 10(x + y) respectively at 11 : 30 am. Also assume that t
or, x + y = 65 minut es aft er 11 : 30 am, t r ain P was
In the second situation when the other train equidistant from train Q and train R. At the
starts after 4 hours and 20 minutes equidistant position train P, Q and R were at
P1, Q1 and R1.
 XP1 = XA + AP1 = (87.5 + 25 t) km
4 hours and 20 minutes XQ1 = XB + BQ1 = (33 + 20 t) km
20 1 13 P1 Q1 = XP1 – XQ1 = (87.5 + 25 t) - (33 + 20 t)
= 4 4  hours = (54.5 + 5 t) km
60 3 3
Distance RR1 = 30 t km

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

476 Concept of Arithmetic

P1R1 = Total distance - XP1 - RR1 Let the speed of train from P = x km/hr and
= 220 - (87.5 + 25 t) - 30 t that from Q = (x + 8) km/hr
= (132.5 - 55 t) km Both trains meet after 6 hours
 P1Q1 = P1R 1  (x × 6) + (x + 8) × 6 = 336
 5t + 54.5 = 132.5 - 55 t or, 6x + 6x + 48 = 336
78 or, 12x = 336 – 48 = 288
or, 60 t = 78 or t =  60 minutes
60 288
or, t = 78 minutes or, x = = 44
12
So 78 minutes after 11 : 30 am ie at 12 : 48
pm train P will be equidistant from train Q  Speed of one train = 24 km/hr

.in
and R. Speed of the other train = (24 + 8 =)32 km/hr
23. Distance between 2 trees on a 2-km road
78
XP1 = 87.5 + 25 t = 87.5 + 25 ×  2  1000 
60
= 87.5 + 32.5 =   = 10 m
 201  1 

ng
XP1 = 120 km
Number of trees planted on both sides of a
 At 120 km away from station X, trains would
50-km road
be at equal distances.
 50  1000  

eri
22. = 2  10
  1 = 10002

K
  
Let R be the meeting point.

e
gin
En

KUNDAN
arn
Le
w.
ww

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

274 Concept of Arithmetic

Chapter-15

Profit and Loss

.in
Cost Price the cost price, the difference between the cost price
(CP) and the selling price (SP) is called loss.
The amount paid to purchase an article or the price Thus, if SP < CP, then
at which an article is made is known as its cost

ng
Loss = CP – SP
price. The cost price is abbreviated as CP. For or, CP = SP + Loss
example, if a watch is purchased in Rs 1250, then and SP = CP – Loss
its cost price (CP) will be Rs 1250. For example, if the above cycle is sold for Rs
1450, then the loss will be Rs (1500 – 1450 =)

eri
Effective Cost Price
50.
Usually, a shopkeeper has to bear some additional
expenses such as taxes, labour charges, freight Profit and Loss Percentage
charges and maintenance charges for the goods In order to compare the profit or loss in two or
before they are sold. Such charges are called
overhead charges. The overhead charges become
e more sales, we usually express profit and loss as a
per cent of the cost price.
gin
a part of the cost price. Thus, the effective cost For example, a shopkeeper buys an article for
price of the goods is equal to the sum of the actual

K KUNDAN
Rs 500 and sells it for Rs 550 and purchases
payment made while purchasing the goods and another for Rs 100 and sells it for Rs 150, the
overhead charges. profits on each of them is Rs 50 but in the first
Effective Cost Price = Payment made while case Rs 50 is profit on Rs 500 and in the second
En

pur chasing t he goods case Rs 50 is profit on Rs 100. To compare we

+ overhead charges. calculate profit per cent. Now, in the first case we
For example, if a person purchases a car for Rs
400000, he has to pay 4% tax on it and the cost of  50 
have profit per cent =  100   10% and in
transportation is Rs 1000, then the effective cost  500 
arn

price of the car

= 400000 + (4% of 400000 + 1000) = Rs 417000  50 
the second case profit per cent  100   50%.
 100 
Selling Price
Thus profit per cent in the second case is more.
The price at which an article is sold is known as The profit per cent is the profit that would be
Le

its selling price. The selling price is abbreviated obtained for a CP of Rs 100. Similarly, the loss per
as SP. cent is the loss that would be made for a CP of Rs
For example, if a cow is sold for Rs 1200, then 100. Thus, we have
its selling price (SP) will be Rs 1200.
Profit
Profit per cent = Cost Price (CP)  100 and
w.

Profit
If the Selling Price (SP) of an article is greater Loss
than Cost Price (CP), the difference between the Loss per cent = Cost Price (CP)  100
selling price and the cost price is called profit.
ww

Thus, if SP > CP, then For example, if cost price of an article is Rs

Profit = SP – CP 1000 and the selling price of that article is Rs
or, SP = CP + Profit 1100, then the profit per cent will be
and CP = SP – Profit
100
For example, if a cycle is purchased for Rs 1500  100 = 10%
and sold for Rs 1600, then the profit will be Rs 1000
(1600 – 1500 =) 100. Similarly, if the article is sold for Rs 950, then
loss per cent will be
Loss
50
If the selling price (SP) of an article is less than  100 = 5%
1000

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Profit and Loss 275

Important Point (100 +100) = Rs 200

 loss on both the horses
Profit or loss of an article is always calculated on
cost price of that article. Hence, to find out profit  20000  200
or loss of any article, selling price and cost price =   200  = Rs
 99  99
of that article must be known.
For example, if two horses are sold for Rs 100 and the loss per cent
each and if the first is sold at 10% gain and the Loss
second at 10% loss, then it never means that there =  100
is neither profit nor loss on both t he horses. Cost Price (CP)

.in
Because, without knowing the cost price of both
the horses we can not come to any conclusion. We 200
can find the cost price of both the horses: 99  100
Gain on first horse = 10% = = 1%
20000
ie if the cost price of the first horse is Rs 100

ng
99
then selling price of that horse will be Rs (100
+ 10) = Rs 110. Hence, there is a loss of 1% on selling both
 When selling price is Rs 110 then cost the horses.
price is Rs 100.
Rule of Fraction

eri
 When selling price is Re 1 then cost price
In this chapter, the use of “Rule of Fraction” is
100
is Re . dominant. We should understand this rule very
110 well because it is going to be used in almost all the
 When selling price is Rs 100 then cost price
100  100 1000
e questions.
If our required value is greater than the supplied
gin
is Rs = Rs . value we should multiply the supplied value with a
110 11
fraction which is more-than-one. And if our required
Loss on second horse = 10% value is less than the supplied value we should multiply

K KUNDAN
ie if the cost price of the second horse is Rs the supplied value with a fraction which is less-than-
100, then selling price of the horse is Rs 100 one.
– Rs 10 = Rs 90. (a) If there is a gain of x% , the calculating
En

 When selling price is Rs 90 then cost price figures would be 100 and (100 + x).
is Rs 100. (b) If there is a loss of y% , the calculating
 When selling price is Re 1 then cost price figures would be 100 and (100 - y).
100 (c) If t he r equired v alue is mor e than t he
arn

is Rs . supplied value, our multiplying fraction

90
 When selling price is Rs 100 then cost price 100  x 100
should be or
100 100  y (both are
100  100 1000
is Rs = Rs . greater than 1).
90 9
Le

(d) If t he r equir ed v laue is less than t he

 Cost price of both the horses supplied value, our multiplying fractions
 1000 1000  20000 100 100  y
= Rs    = Rs should be or (both are
 11 9  99 100  x 100
w.

and the selling price of both the horses = Rs less than 1).
ww

Solved Examples

Ex. 1: A box of Al phanso m angoes was Since CP > SP. Therefore, there is loss
purchased by a fruit-seller for Rs 300. given by
However, he had to sell them for Rs Loss = CP – SP
255 because they began to get over ripe. or, Loss = Rs (300 – 255) = Rs 45
What was the loss percentage?
Soln: We have,  Loss 
Now, loss per cent =   100 %
CP = Rs 300 and SP = Rs 255.  CP 

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

276 Concept of Arithmetic

Soln: We have the LCM of 4 and 5 = 20

 45 
or, Loss per cent =   100 % =15% Hence let the number of balls purchased
 300  be 20.
Hence, there was 15% loss.
3
Ex. 2: Subramaniam bought 100 eggs for Rs  Cost price of balls =  20 = Rs 15
50. Out of these, 4 eggs were found to 4
be broken and he sold the remaining
eggs at the rate of Rs 8.50 per dozen. 4
and Selling price of balls =  20
Find his gain or loss per cent. 5
Soln: We have, CP of 100 eggs = Rs 50. = Rs 16

.in
It is given that 4 eggs were found to be  Gain = Rs 16 – Rs 15 = Re 1
broken. So, the number of remaining eggs  Gain per cent
which were sold in the market
= 100 – 4 = 96. 1 20 2
=  100 = = 6 %
15 3 3

ng
It is given that the remaining eggs were
sold at the rate of Rs 8.50 per dozen. Again,
Therefore, SP of 12 eggs = Rs 8.50  If gain is Re 1, then the number of
8.50 balls = 20
 SP of 1 egg = Re

eri
12  If gain is Rs 16, then the number of
balls = 16 × 20 = 320
 8.50  Ex. 5: A shopkeeper buys some pens at 3 for
Hence, SP of 96 eggs = Rs   96 
 12  Rs 10 and twice the quantity at 4 for
Rs 13. If he sells all the pens at the
Clearly, SP > CP
= Rs 68.

e rate of a dozen for Rs 59, then find his

gain or loss per cent.
gin
So, there is gain given by
Soln: Let the shopkeeper buy 1 dozen (12) pens
Gain = SP – CP = Rs 68 - Rs 50 = Rs 18.

K KUNDAN
at the first rate.
Hence, gain per cent
 Cost price of 3 pens is Rs 10
 Gain   18 
=   100 % =   100 % = 36% 10  12
 CP   50   Cost price of 12 pens is = Rs 40
En

3
Ex. 3: A grocer buys eggs at 10 for Rs 8 and
At the second rate shopkeeper buys 2
sells at 8 for Rs 10. Find his gain or
dozen of pens.
loss per cent.
Soln: We have, LCM of 10 and 8 = 40. So, let  Cost price of 4 pens is Rs 13.
 Cost price of 24 pens is
arn

the number of eggs bought be 40.

Now, CP of 10 eggs = Rs 8.  13  24 
   Rs 78
 8   4 
 CP of 40 eggs = Rs   40  = Rs 32.
 10   Cost price of 3 dozen (36) of pens
= Rs (40 + 78) = Rs 118
Again, SP of 8 eggs = Rs 10
Le

Selling price of 3 dozen (36) of pens

 10  = 3 × 59 = Rs 177
 SP of 40 eggs = Rs   40  = Rs 50.
 8   profit = Rs (177 – 118) = Rs 59
Now, CP = Rs 32 and SP = Rs 50. Profit
 per cent profit =  100
w.

Clearly, SP > CP Cost Price

So, there is gain given by
Gain = SP – CP = Rs 50 - Rs 32 = Rs 18. 59
=  100 = 50%
Hence, Gain per cent 118
ww

 Gain   18  Ex. 6: The selling price of 10 articles is the

=   100 % =   100 % same as the cost price of 11 articles,
 CP   32 
find the gain per cent.
 225  1 Soln: Let t he cost pr ice of each ar ticle be
=  % = 56 % Rs x.
 4  4
Then, CP of 10 articles = Rs 10x
Ex. 4: A shopkeeper buys some balls at 4 for SP of 10 articles = CP of 11 articles
Rs 3 and sell at 5 for Rs 4. As such he = Rs 11x
gains Rs 16. Find the number of balls  Gain on the purchase of 11 articles
purchased by shopkeeper and also find = Rs 11x – 10x = Rs x
the gain percentage.

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Profit and Loss 277

Hence, Gain per cent  Selling price of goods of Rs 120 is Rs

 Gain  120  120
=   100 % = Rs 144
 CP  100
 Profit = Rs 144 – Rs 100 = Rs 44
 x 
=   100 % = 10% 44
 10 x   Profit per cent =  100 = 44%
Ex. 7: By selling 200 oranges, there is a profit 100
equal to the selling price of 40 oranges. Ex. 10: A tradesman by means of false balance
Find gain per cent. defrauds to the extent of 20% in buying

.in
Soln: Let the selling price of one orange be Re goods and also defrauds to the extent
1. of 20% in selling. Find the gain per cent.
 Selling price of 200 oranges = Rs 200 Soln: In normal case, suppose the tradesman
Profit = Selling price of 40 oranges = Rs 40 buy x kg of goods in Rs x.
By using false balance tradesman buys,

ng
 Cost price of 200 oranges
= Rs (200 – 40) = Rs 160 according to the question,
Gain (x + 20% of x) kg of goods in Rs x.
 Gain per cent =  100  Cost price per kg
CP

eri
x 1
40 = Rs x  20 % of x = Re
=  100 = 25% 1 .2
160
Ex. 8: A dishonest dealer professes to sell his Again, from the question, by using false
goods at cost pr i ce, but he uses a balance tradesman sells (x – 20% of x) kg
weight of 960 gm for the kg weight.
Find his gain per cent.
e of goods in Rs x.
 Selling price per kg
gin
Soln: Suppose cost price of 1 kg (1000 gm) of x 1
goods is Rs 100. = Rs x  20% of x = Re
0.8
 Cost price of 960 gm of goods

K KUNDAN =
100
1000
 960 = Rs 96  1
Profit per kg = Re  
1 

 0.8 1.2 
En

Selling price of 960 gm of goods = Cost

price of 1000 gm of goods = Rs 100  30  20  10
[Since dishonest dealer tells customer that = Re   = Re
 24  24
he uses weight of 1 kg and takes Rs 100
which is equal to the cost price of 1 kg of 10
arn

goods. But, in reality, he gave only 960 24  100

gm of goods to the customer of which cost Profit per cent = 1 = 50%
price was Rs 96. Thus, he sells goods for 1.2
Rs 100 instead of Rs 96.]
 profit = Rs (100 – 96) = Rs 4 Note: You must under st and t he diff er ence
Le

between Ex. 9 and Ex. 10.

4 1 In Ex . 9 t radesman def rauds in t he
 profit per cent =  100 = 4 %
96 6 purchasing amount ie price while in Ex.
Ex. 9: A tr adesm an defr auds 20% whi l e 10 tradesman defrauds in quantit y of
purchasing and selling goods. Find the goods purchased or sold.
w.

gain per cent. Ex. 11: A bookseller sold 300 copies of a book
Soln: Suppose that the tradesman purchases at a profit of 15%. If a book costs him
goods for Rs 100. Rs 12, find the sell ing price of the
Since he def r auds while purchasing books.
ww

goods, hence he purchases goods of Rs Soln: We have, cost of one copy of the book
120 instead of Rs 100. Again, he defrauds = Rs 12
20% while selling the goods. Threfore,  Cost of 300 copies of the book
he takes Rs 120 from the customer instead = Rs (300 × 12) = Rs 3600
of Rs 100. It is given that the bookseller sold 300
 Cost price of goods = Rs 100 and the copies of the book at a profit of 15%
cost pr ice of pur chased goods Therefore, Profit = 15% of CP
= Rs 120. = 15% of Rs 3600
 Selling price of goods of Rs 100 is Rs  15 
120. = Rs   3600  = Rs 540
 100 

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

278 Concept of Arithmetic

Now, SP = CP + Profit Soln: For the first article, we have

or, SP = Rs 3600 + Rs 540 SP = Rs 375 and Gain = 25%
or, SP = Rs 4140. 100
Ex. 12: Krishnamurthi bought oranges at Rs  CP =  SP
100  Gain %
5 a dozen. He had to sell them at a (By Rule of Fraction)
loss of 4%. Find the selling price of
one orange.  100 
or, CP = Rs   375  = Rs 300
Soln: We have, CP of one dozen oranges = Rs 5.  100  25 
Loss per cent = 4% For the second article, we have,
 4  1 SP = Rs 375 and Loss = 25%

.in
 Loss = 4% of Rs 5 = Re   5  = Re  
 100  5 100
 CP =  SP
Now, SP = CP – Loss 100  Loss %
 1 24  100 

ng
or, SP = Rs  5   = Rs or, CP = Rs   375  = Rs 500
 5 5  100  25 
24  Total cost paid in buying the two articles
Thus, SP of one dozen oranges = Rs = Rs (300 + 500) = Rs 800.
5
Total SP = Rs 375 + Rs 375 = Rs 750.

eri
 24 1  2  CP > SP. So, there is a loss
 SP of one orange = Re    = Re  Total loss = CP - SP
 5 12  5
= Rs 800 – Rs 750 = Rs 50
2
=
5
 100 paise = 40 paise

e  Loss
Hence, loss per cent = 
 CP

 100 %

gin
Ex. 13: A man sells his scooter for Rs 18000
making a profit of 20%. How much did  50  1
 100 % = 6 %

K KUNDAN
the scooter cost him? = 
 800  4
Soln: Let the cost price of the scooter be Rs 100.
Ex. 16: Shridhar bought two buffaloes for Rs
Th en ,
30000. By selling one at a loss of 15%
Profit = Rs 20 [  Profit = 20% (given)]
En

and other at a gain of 19%, he found

 SP = CP + Profit = Rs 100 + Rs 20 that selling price of both buffaloes is
= Rs 120 the same. Find the cost price of each.
Now, if the SP is Rs 120, then CP Soln: Let t he cost pr ice of one buf falo be
= Rs 100 Rs x. Then, cost pr ice of ot her is
arn

If the SP is Rs 18000, then Rs (30000 – x)

 100  100  loss%
CP = Rs  18000  = Rs 15000  CP
 120  SP of first buffalo =
100
Hence, the cost of the scooter = Rs 15000.
Ex. 14: By selling an A.C. for Rs 18000, I lose 100  15 85x
Le

= x =
20%. What did I pay for it? 100 100
Soln: We have,
SP = Rs 18000, and Loss = 20%. 100  gain%
SP of second buffalo =  CP
Let the CP of A.C. be Rs 100. 100
w.

Then, Loss = CP – SP  100  19 

or, SP = CP – Loss =   (30000  x )
 100 
= Rs 100 – Rs 20 = Rs 80.
Now, if the SP is Rs 80, then CP = Rs 100 119
=  (30000  x )
ww

If the SP is 18000, then CP 100

100 Now, it is given that the selling price of
= Rs  18000 = Rs 22500. both buffaloes is the same.
80
Ex. 15: A man sold two articles at Rs 375 each. 85x 119
  (30000  x )
On one he gains 25% and on the other 100 100
he loses 25%. How much does he gain
or, 5x = 7(30000 – x)
or lose in the whole transaction? Also
or, 12x = 210000
find his gain or loss per cent in the
whole transaction. 210000
 x = = 17500
12

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Profit and Loss 279

Hence, the cost price of two buffaloes are  Cost price of the third motor-cycle
Rs 17500 and Rs (30000 - 17500 =) Rs = Rs (20000 – 5000 – 6000)
12500. = Rs 9000
Ex. 17: Raman bought two old scooters for Rs Ex. 19: Three items are purchased at Rs 450
18000. By selling one at a profit of 25% each. One of them is sold at a loss of
and the other at a loss of 20%, he 10%. At what price should the other
neither gains nor loses. Find the cost two be sold so as to gain 20% on the
price of each scooter. whole transaction? What is the gain per
Soln: Let the cost price of one scooter be Rs x. cent on these two items?
Then, the cost price of the second scooter Soln: We have, CP of one item = Rs 450.

.in
= Rs (18000 – x)  CP of three items = Rs (3 × 450)
25x = Rs 1350.
Profit on the sale of first scooter = Gain on the whole transaction = 20%
100
Loss on the sale of second scooter

ng
= 20% of Rs 1350
20
= (18000  x )  20 
100 = Rs  1350  = Rs 270.
 100 
It is given that there is no gain or loss to
Raman.  SP of three items = CP + Gain

eri
 Profit on first scooter = Loss in second = Rs 1350 + Rs 270 = Rs 1620
scooter. It is given that first item is sold at a loss
of 10% . Therefore,
25x 20 Loss on selling first item
  (18000  x )
100 100
or, 5x = 4(18000 – x)
e = 10% of Rs 450
 10 
gin
or, 9x = 72000 = Rs   450  = Rs 45
 100 
 x = Rs 8000
 SP of first item = CP – Loss

K KUNDAN
Hence, the cost price of two scooters was
Rs 8000 and Rs 10000 respectively. = Rs 450 – Rs 45 = Rs 405
Ex. 18: A person sold three motor-cycles for Rs SP of three items is Rs 1620 and the SP
of first item is Rs 405.
En

6000, Rs 7500 and Rs 5500

respectively. By selling first he gains  SP of the remaining two items
20% and by selling second he gains = Rs 1620 – Rs 405 = Rs 1215.
25%. But in selling all the three he loses Thus, the other two items should be sold
5%. Find the cost price of third motor- at Rs 1215.
arn

cycle. CP of the remaining two items

Soln: Cost price of the first motor-cycle = Rs (2 × 450) = Rs 900
 Gain on the remaining two items
100 = SP – CP
=  SP
100  Gain% = Rs 1215 – Rs 900 = Rs 315.
 Gain per cent on the remaining two
Le

100 items
=  6000 = Rs 5000
120
 315 
Cost price of the second motor-cycle =   100 % = 35%
 900 
100
w.

=  SP Ex. 20: If a man were to sell his hand-cart for

100  Gain% Rs 720, he would lose 25%. What must
he sell it for to gain 25%?
100
=  7500 = Rs 6000 Soln: We have, SP of the cart = Rs 720
125
ww

Loss = 25%
Cost price of all the three motor-cycles
 100 
 CP =   SP 
100  100  Loss% 
=  SP
100  Loss%
 100 
100 or, CP = Rs   720 
=  (6000  7500  5500)  100  25 
95
4 
100 = Rs   720  = Rs 960
=  19000 = Rs 20000 3 
95
Thus, CP of the cart = Rs 960.

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

280 Concept of Arithmetic

Desired gain = 25% And selling price at 15% profit= Rs115

Difference in the selling prices
100  Gain%
 SP =  CP = Rs (115 – 110) = Rs 5
100
 When difference in selling price is Rs
 100  25  5, cost price is Rs 100.
or, SP = Rs   960  When difference in selling price is Rs 40,
 100 
100
 125  cost price is  40 be Rs 800.
= Rs   960  5
 100 
Ex. 24: A person sells an article at a profit of

.in
5  10%. If he had bought it at 10% less
= Rs   960  = Rs 1200.
4  and sold it for Rs 3 more, he would
Ex. 21: If a person sells an article for Rs 360, have gained 25%. Find the cost price.
Soln: Let the actual cost price be Rs 100.
1

ng
Actual seling price at 10% profit = Rs 110
gaining th of its CP. Find gain per
5 Supposed cost price at 10% less = Rs 90
cent. Supposed selling price at 25% gain
Soln: Let the CP of the article be Rs x. 125
= Rs 90 

eri
= Rs 112.5
x 100
Then, Gain =
5  the differene in the selling prices
= Rs 112.5 – Rs 110 = Rs 2.5
1 If the difference is Rs 2.5, the CP = Rs 100
[  Gain = th of CP (given)]

 Gain
5

e If the difference is Rs 3, the CP

100
gin
  3 = Rs 120
Now, Gain% =  100  =
 CP  2. 5

K KUNDAN
Ex. 25: A shopkeeper sells a watch at a loss
x  of 5%. If he had bought it at 10% less
  and sold it for Rs 140 more, he would
 5 100 
or, Gain% = x %
En

  1
  have gained th of the cost price.
4
1  What is the cost price of the watch?
=  100  % = 20% Soln: Suppose cost price of the watch = Rs 100
5 
arn

Selling price of the watch at 5% loss

Ex. 22: If a person sells an article for Rs 600, = (100 – 5) = Rs 95
1 Cost price at 10% less = Rs 90
gaining th of its selling price. What
5 1
 profit = th of the cost price
4
1
Le

must he sell it for to lose th of its

4 90
= Rs = Rs 22.50
cost price? 4
1 Now, selling price = Rs (90 + 22.50)
Soln: Profit = th of 600 = Rs 120 = Rs 112.50
w.

5
Difference in selling prices
 Cost price = Selling price – Profit = 112.50 – 95
= Rs (600 – 120)= Rs 480 = Rs 17.50
 If second selling price is Rs 17.50 more,
ww

1
Loss = th of 480 = Rs 120 then cost price = Rs 100
4
 If second selling price is Rs 140 more,
 Selling price = Cost price – Loss
= Rs (480 – 120)= Rs 360 100  140
Ex. 23: A cow is sold at a profit of 10%. Had then cost price = = Rs 800
17.50
it been sold for Rs 40 more, then profit Ex. 26: A man sold his house for Rs 400 at
would have been 15%. Find the cost some loss. If he had sold it for Rs 500,
price of cow.
Soln: Let the cost price of cow be Rs 100. 2
 Selling price of the cow at 10% profit then he would have gained rd of the
3
= Rs 110

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Profit and Loss 281

first loss. Find the cost price of the  Cost price of 150 quintals of rice
house. = 150 × 300 = Rs 45000
Soln: Suppose cost price of the house is  Selling price of it at 8% profit
Rs x.
By selling it for Rs 400, loss 108
=  45000 = Rs 48600
= Rs (x – 400) and 100
by selling it for Rs 500 gain = Rs (500 – x)  Selling price of the remaining 30
Now, according to the question, quintals of rice
= Rs (48600 – 29700 – 8550)
2
500 – x = (x – 400) = Rs 10350

.in
3  Selling price of the remaining 1 quintal
or, 3(500 – x) = 2(x – 400) of rice
or, 1500 – 3x = 2x – 800
or, 5x = 2300 10350
= = Rs 345
30

ng
2300
 x = = Rs 460 Ex. 29: A man bought 300 quintals of sugar.
5 He sold 200 quintals of sugar at the
Ex. 27: A shopkeeper sold his TV set for Rs rate of Rs 126 per quintal and he gained
4000 at some profit. If he had sold it 5% on it. At what rate should he sell

eri
for Rs 3200, then he would have lost the remaining to gain 10% of the whole?
3 Soln:  Selling price of 200 quintals of rice
th of the first gain. Find the cost = 200 × 126 = Rs 25200
5  Cost price at 5% profit

Soln:
price of TV set.
Suppose cost price of t he TV set is
e =
100
 25200 = Rs 24000
gin
Rs x. 105
 By selling it for Rs 4000, profit  Cost price of 300 quintals of rice
= Rs (4000 – x) and

K KUNDAN
24000  3
By selling it for Rs 3200, loss = = Rs 36000
= Rs (x – 3200) 2
Now, according to the question,  Selling price at 10% profit
En

3 110
(x – 3200) = (4000 – x) =  36000 = Rs 396000
5 100
or, 5(x – 3200) = 3(4000 – x)  Selling price of t he r emaining
arn

or, 5x – 16000 = 12000 – 3x (300 – 200 =) 100 quintals of sugar

or, 8x = 12000 + 16000 = 28000 = Rs (396000 – 25200) = Rs 14400
 Selling price of the remaining sugar per
28000
 x = = Rs 3500 14400
8
quintal = Rs = Rs 144.
 Cost price of the TV set = Rs 3500 100
Le

Ex. 28: A merchant bought 150 quintals of rice

1
at a rate of Rs 300 per quintal. 90 Ex. 30: Ramu bought 150 quintals of rice.
quintals of which he sold at a gain of 4
10% and 30 quintals at a loss of 5%. of which he sold at a loss of 10%. At
what per cent gain should he sell the
w.

At what price per kg should he sell the

remaining rice to gain 8% of his total remaining to gain 10% of the whole?
cost price? Soln: Suppose selling price of 1 quintal of rice
Soln:  Cost price of 90 quintals of rice is Rs 100.
ww

= 90 × 300 = Rs 27000 1 75
 Selling price of it at 10% profit of 150 quintals of rice = quintals
4 2
 100  10  of rice
= 27000   = Rs 29700
 100  75
 Cost price of 30 quintals of rice  Cost price of quintals of rice
2
= 30 × 300 = Rs 9000
 Selling price of it at 5% loss 75
=  100 = Rs 3750
95 2
=  9000 = Rs 8550
100

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

282 Concept of Arithmetic

 Selling price of it at 10% loss Now, selling price of 1 kg of mixture

= Rs 12
90
=  3750 = Rs 3375  Cost price of it at 20% profit
100
100
 Cost price of 150 quintals of rice =  12 = Rs 10
= 150 × 100 = Rs 15000 120
 Selling price of it at 10% gain Hence,
14 – 6x = 10
110 or, 6x = 4
=  15000 = Rs 16500
100
4 2

.in
 Selling price of t he r emaining x= 
6 3
 75  225  Ratio of both kind of tea
150   quintals of rice
 2  2
2  2
= Rs (16500 – 3375) = Rs 13125 : 1  

ng
= x : (1 – x) =
3  3
225
and cost price of the r emaining 2 1
2 = : = 2 : 1
quintals of rice 3 3

eri
= Rs (15000 – 3750) = Rs 11250 Ex. 33: A man buys 5 horses and 13 cows for
 Profit = Rs (13125 – 11250) = Rs 1875 Rs 10000. He sell s the hor ses at a
profit of 15% and cows at a loss of
1875 2 10%. If his total gain is Rs 375 then
 Profit per cent =  100 = 16 %
11250 3
Ex. 31: A vendor purchased 40 dozen bananas
e find what price does he pay for a horse
and a cow?
gin
for Rs 250. Out of these, 30 bananas Soln: Let the price of a horse be Rs x and the
were rotten and could not be sold. At price of a cow be Rs y.

K KUNDAN
what rate per dozen should he sell the  5x + 3y = 10000 .... (i)
remaining bananas to make a profit Now, profit on 5 horses
of 20%?
3x
Soln: We have, CP of bananas = Rs 250 = 15% of Rs 5x = Rs and
En

Gain required = 20% 4

 Gain = 20% of CP = 20% of Rs 250 13y
loss on 13 cows = 10% of 13y = Rs
 20  10
= Rs   250  = Rs 50
 100 
arn

3x 13y
Now, SP = CP + Gain  Total profit =  = 375
4 10
or, SP = Rs 250 + Rs 50
or, SP = Rs 300 or, 15x – 26y = 7500 .... (ii)
Number of good bananas Now, equation (i) × 2 + equation (ii), we
= (400 × 12 - 30) = 450. have,
Le

Now, SP of 450 bananas = Rs 300 25x = 27500

 x = 1100
 300  Now, putting the value of x in equation
 SP of 12 bananas = Rs  12  = Rs 8
 450  (i), we have
5500 + 13y = 10000
w.

Hence, t he v endor should sell t he

remaining bananas at Rs 8 per dozen to  13y = 10000 – 5500 = 4500
make a profit of 20%. 4500 2
Ex. 32: A tradesman buys a kind of tea at Rs y = = Rs 346
13 13
4 per kg and he mixes it with another
ww

kind of tea at Rs 14 per kg. In what Hence, cost of one horse and one cow are
proportion must he mix the two kinds 2
of teas so that the mixture is sold at Rs 1100 and Rs 346 respectively.
13
Rs 12 per kg to gain 20%?
Alternative Method:
Soln: Suppose mixture is 1 kg in which quantity
Let the cost of 1 horse be Rs x, then total
of first kind of tea is x kg and the second
selling price
kind is (1 – x) kg.
Cost price of this mixture  115  90
= 8x + 14 (1 – x) = (14 – 6x) = 5x    (10000  5 x )
 100  100

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Profit and Loss 283

Now, according to the question, Retailer’s gain = 25%

 Retailer’s SP
 115  90
5x    (10000  5 x ) = 10375
 100  100  100  25 
= Rs   126 .5 
or, 575x + 90 × 10000 – 450x  100 
= 10375 ×100
5 
or, 125x = 137500 = Rs   126 .5  = Rs 158.125
4 
137500
 x = = Rs 1100 Now,
125 If the retailer’s SP is Rs 158.125, the cost

.in
Cost of 13 cows = 10000 – 5 × 1100 of production = Rs 100
If the retailer’s SP is Re 1, the cost of
10000  5500
 Cost of 1 cow = 100
13
production = Re
158.125

ng
4500 2
= = Rs 346 If the retailer’s SP is Rs 1265, the cost of
13 13 production
Hence, cost of 1 horse and 1 cow are Rs
100
2 = Rs  1265 = Rs 800.

eri
1100 and Rs 346 respectively. 158.125
13 Hence, the cost of production = Rs 800.
Ex. 34: Ram purchased a radio set for Rs 300 Ex. 36: Mohan bought 20 dining tables for Rs
and sold it to Shyam at a profit of 25%. 12000 and sold them at a profit equal
Shyam sold it to Mohan at a loss of
10%. For how much did Mohan buy it?
e to the SP of 4 dining tables. Find the
SP of 1 table.
gin
Soln: CP of the radio set for Ram = Rs 300 Soln: Let the SP of 1 table be Re 1.
Gain = 25% of Rs 300 Then, SP of 20 tables = Rs 20.
Profit = SP of 4 tables = Rs 4.
 25

K KUNDAN

= Rs   300  = Rs 75  CP = SP – Profit
 100  = Rs 20 – Rs 4 = Rs 16.
 SP of the radio set for Ram = CP + Gain
En

= Rs 300 + Rs 75 = Rs 375  Gain 

 Gain% =   100 %
 CP of the radio set for Shyam = SP of  CP 
the radio set for Ram = Rs 375
Since Shyam sold the radio set to Mohan  4 
=  100  = 25%
at a loss of 10% , therefore  16 
arn

Loss = 10% of Rs 375 Now,

CP of 20 dining tables = Rs 12000
 10 
= Rs   375  = Rs 37.50  CP of 1 table = Rs 600
 100  Gain% = 25%
SP of the radio set for Shyam = CP – Loss
Le

= Rs 375 - Rs 37.50 = Rs 337.50  100  Gain% 

 SP =    CP
 CP of the radio set for Mohan = Rs 337.50 100 
Hence, Mohan bought the radio set for Rs or, SP of one table
337.50
Ex. 35: If the manufacturer gains 10%, the  100  25 
w.

= Rs   600  = Rs 750
wholesale dealer 15% and the retail  100 
dealer 25%, then what is the cost of Ex. 37: By selling 144 hens, Kamal lost the SP
product of a water heater, the retail of 6 hens. Find his loss per cent. Had
price of which is Rs 1265? he purchased them for Rs 7200, what
ww

Soln: Let the cost of production be Rs 100. would have been the SP of one hen?
We have, manufacturer’s gain = 10% Soln: Let the SP of one hen be Re 1. Then,
 Manufacturer’s SP SP of 6 hens = Rs 6.
 100  10   Loss = SP of 6 hens = Rs 6
= Rs   100  = Rs 110.
 100  SP of 144 hens = Rs 144
Wholesaler’s gain = 15%  CP of 144 hens = SP + Loss
 Wholesaler’s SP = Rs 144 + Rs 6
= Rs 150
 100  15 
= Rs   110  = Rs 126.5
 100 

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

284 Concept of Arithmetic

Loss 20x
Hence, Loss% =  100 or, CP = ..... (i)
CP 21
When SP is reduced by Rs 50, there is
6
=  100 = 4% loss of 5% . Therefore,
150
If CP = Rs 7200, then 100
CP =  (x  50)
Loss = 4% of Rs 7200 100  5

 4   100 
= Rs   7200  = Rs 288. Using : CP  100 - Loss%  SP 
 100   

.in
 SP = CP – Loss = Rs (7200 - 288)
20
= Rs 6912. or, CP = (x  50 ) .... (ii)
19
 6912  From (i) and (ii), we get
So, SP of one hen = Rs   = Rs 48.

ng
 144 
20x 20
Ex. 38: Some lollipops are bought at 11 for a  (x  50)
rupee and the same number at 9 a rupee. 21 19
If the whole lot is sold at 10 a rupee, x 1

eri
find the gain or loss per cent. or,  (x  50)
21 19
Soln: We have,
LCM of 9, 10 and 11 = 9 × 10 × 11 = 990. [Dividing both sides by 20]
So, let us assume that 990 lollipops of or, 19x = 21(x – 50)
[Using cross multiplication]
each kind are bought.
Now, CP of 990 lollipops of first kind
e or,
or,
19x = 21x – 1050
21x – 19x = 1050
gin
1  or, 2x = 1050
= Rs   990  = Rs 90.

K KUNDAN
 11 
1050
CP of 990 lollipops of second kind or, x = = 525.
2
1  Hence, the original SP of the article is Rs
= Rs   990  = Rs 110.
En

9  525.
Total CP of 1980 lollipops of both kinds Ex. 40: By selling 90 ball-pens for Rs 160 a
= Rs 90 + Rs 110 = Rs 200. person loses 20%. How many ball-pens
SP of 10 lollipops = Re 1. should be sold for Rs 96 so as to have
a profit of 20%?
arn

 SP of these 1980 lollipops

Soln: We have,
 1  SP of 90 ball-pens = Rs 160
= Rs  1980  = Rs 198.
 10  Loss per cent = 20
Clearly, SP < CP. So, there is a loss.  100 
 CP = Rs    SP
Loss = CP - SP = Rs 200 - Rs 198 = Rs 2.  100  Loss% 
Le

Loss 2  100 
 Loss% =  100 =  100 = 1% = Rs    160 = Rs 200
CP 200  100  20 
Hence, ther e is 1% loss in the whole Thus, CP of 90 ball-pens = Rs 200
w.

transaction.  CP of a ball-pen
Ex. 39: By reducing the selli ng pri ce of an
article by Rs 50, a gain of 5% turns  200  20
= Rs   = Rs
into a loss of 5%. Find the original  90  9
selling price of the article.
ww

Suppose x ball-pens are sold to earn a

Soln: Let the original selling price of the article profit of 20%
be Rs x. It is given that on this SP there
is a gain of 5%. Therefore, 20x
CP of x ball-pens = Rs
9
 100 
CP =  x SP of x ball-pens = Rs 96
 100  5 
 20 x 
 100   Profit = Rs  96  
 9 
Using : CP  100  Gain%  SP 
  It is given that on selling x ball-pens for
Rs 96, profit earned is 20% .

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Profit and Loss 285

Ex. 43: A seller uses 840 gm in place of one kg

20 x to sell his goods. Find his actual per
96 
 9  100 = 20 cent profit or loss
20 x (a) when he sells his article on 4% loss
9 on cost price.
(b) when he sells his article on 4% gain
 20 x  20 x
or,  96   5  on cost price.
 9  9 Soln: Suppose the cost price of 1000 gm is Rs
20 x 4x 100.
or, 96  
9 9 100

.in
 Cost price of 840 gm = (840)
24x 1000
or,  96
9 = Rs 84
For (a), selling price of 840 gm
96  9
= Rs (100 - 4) = Rs 96

ng
 x = = 36
24  Profit = SP - CP = 96 - 84 = Rs 12
Hence, 36 ball-pens should be sold for Rs
96 to earn a profit of 20%. 12  100 100 2
 % profit =   14 %
Ex. 41: Rajeshwar bought 16 dozen ball-point 84 7 7

eri
pens and sold them by and by. Due to a For (b), selling price of 840 gm
calculation mistake in fixing selling = Rs (100 + 4) = Rs 104
price, he lost an amount equal to SP of  Profit = SP - CP = 104 - 84 = Rs 20
4 dozen pens. Find the loss per cent.
20  100 17
Find the SP of one dozen pens, if he
purchased these 16 dozen pens for Rs
e  % profit =
84
 23
21
%
gin
240. Ex. 44: A dealer sold a radio at a loss of 2.5%.
Soln: Let the SP of one dozen pens be Rs x. Had he sol d it for Rs 100 more, he
Then SP of 16 dozen pens = Rs 16x woul d hav e gained 7.5%. For what

K KUNDAN
Loss = SP of 4 dozen pens = Rs 4x value should he sell it in order to gain
 CP = SP + Loss = Rs 16x + Rs 4x
1
= Rs 20x 12 %?
En

2
 4x 
 Loss per cent =  100  = 20% Soln: Suppose he bought t he r adio f or
 20 x 
Rs x.
Now, CP of 16 dozen pens = Rs 240
Then selling price at 2.5% loss
 CP of one dozen pens = Rs 15
arn

Loss = 20%  100  2.5  97.5x

 Loss on one dozen pens = Rs x   = Rs
 100  100
 20  and selling price at 7.5% gain
= Rs  15  = Rs 3
 100   100  7.5  107.5x
Hence, SP of one dozen pens = CP – Loss = Rs x   = Rs
Le

 100  100
= Rs 15 – Rs 3 = Rs 12.
Now, according to the question,
Ex. 42: A grocer sells rice at a profit of 10%
and uses a weight which is 20% less. 107 .5x 97 .5x
 = Rs 100
Find his total percentage gain. 100 100
w.

Soln: Suppose the grocer bought at Rs x per kg. or, 10x = 100 × 100
 110x  80  x = Rs 1000
Then he sells at Rs   per kg Therefore to gain 12.5% , he should sell
 100  100
for
ww

110x 100
or, at Rs  per kg  100  12 .5 
100 80 Rs 1000   = Rs 1125
 100 
11x
or, at Rs per kg Ex. 45: An article is sold at a profit of 20%. If
8 both the cost price and selling price are
11x Rs 100 less, the profit would be 4%
x more. Find the cost price.
8 300
Now, % profit =  100 = Soln: Suppose the cost price of that article is
x 8 Rs x.
= 37.5%

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

286 Concept of Arithmetic

 120   225  100 

The selling price = Rs x   or, T   = 1250
 100   36 
 T = 360
New cost price and selling pr ice is  Price of a table = Rs 360
Rs (x - 100) Ex. 47: An article is sold at 20% profit. If its
  120   cost price is increased by Rs 50 and at
and Rs  x    100 respectively. the same time if its selling price is also
  100  
increased by Rs 30, the percentage of
New profit
1
profit decreases by 3 % . Find the cost

.in
  120   3
= Rs  x   100   (x  100)
  100   price.
Soln: Suppose the cost price = Rs x
 120   20 
= Rs  x  1 = Rs x   120 6

ng
 100   100  Then SP = Rs x = Rs x
100 5
 New percentage profit Now, new CP = Rs (x + 50)
 20  120 
x  new SP = Rs  x  30 

eri
 100   100  20 x % 100 
=
x  100 x  100 6 
We are also given that the new percentage = Rs  x  30 
5 
of profit = (20 + 4 =) 24%
Now, the new per cent profit

or,
20x
 24
e  1  2 50
gin
x  100 =  20  3   16 %  %
 3  3 3
or, 4x = 2400

K KUNDAN
 x = 600 Thus,
Thus cost of the article = Rs 600  50  6
Ex. 46: A person sells his table at a profit of 100  % of (x + 50) = (x + 30)
 3  5
En

1 1
12 % and the chair at a loss of 8 %  350  6
2 3 or,  ( x  50 )  x  30
 300  5
but on the whole he gains Rs 25. On
the other hand if he sells the table at 7 175 6
x  x  30
arn

or,
1 6 3 5
a loss of 8 % and the chair at a profit
3 6 7 175
or,    x   30
1 5 6 3
of 12 % then he neither gains nor 1 85
2
or, x 
Le

loses. Find the cost price of the table. 30 3

Soln: Suppose the cost price of a table = Rs T  x = Rs 850.
and cost price of a chair = Rs C. Then,
1
1  1  Ex. 48: rd of a commodity is sold at 15%
3
w.

12 % of T +   8 %  of C = 25 and
2  3 
1
1  1 profit, th is sold at 20% profit and
 4
  8 %  of T + 12 % of C = 0
 3  2 the rest at 24% profit. If a total profit
ww

of Rs 62 is earned, then find the value

25 25 of the commodity.
or, T – C = 2500 ...(1)
2 3 Soln: Suppose the value of the commodity was
25 25 x x
T + C = 0 ...(2) Rs x. Then was sold at 15% profit,
3 2 3 4
(1)  2 + (2)  3 gives was sold at 20% pr of it and

25 25   x x   5x
T - T = 1250  x   3  4   12 was sold at 25% profit.
4 9    

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Profit and Loss 287

Now, profit B gains Rs 810 (the same as A loses) and

his investment in this transaction is Rs
x  15  x  20  5x  24 
      = Rs 62 8100.
3  100  4  100  12  100 
810
 B’s per cent gain =  100  10%
x x x 8100
or,   = 62
20 20 10 Ex. 51: A fruit merchant makes a profit of 25%
by selling mangoes at a certain price. If
4x
or, = 62 he charges Re 1 more on each mango,
20 he would gain 50%. Find what price

.in
62  20 per mango did he sell at first. Also find
 x = = Rs 310. the cost price per mango.
4 Soln: Suppose the cost price of a mango be Rs
Ex. 49: A person bought some oranges at the x.
rate of 5 per rupee. He bought the same Then, first selling price

ng
number of oranges at the rate of 4 per
rupee. He mixes both the types and sells  100  25  5x
= Rs x   = Rs
at 9 for rupees 2. In this business he  100  4
bears a loss of Rs 3. Find out how many If he charges Re 1 more and gets 50%

eri
oranges he bought in all? profit then there exists a relationship:
Soln: Suppose he bought x oranges of each
quality. 5x  100  50 
1  x 
Then his total investment 4  100 
x x
=
5 4
= Rs
9x
20 e or,
5x
1 
3x
gin
4 2
Total selling price
3x 5 x
2x  2 4x or,  = 1

K KUNDAN
= Rs = Rs 2 4
9 9  x = Rs 4
 total loss  Cost price per mango = Rs 4 and
En

9x 4x 81x  80 x x  125 
=    first selling price = 4   = Rs 5
20 9 180 180  100 
x Ex. 52: A man sells two horses for Rs 1710.
then Rs = Rs 3 The cost price of the first is equal to
arn

180
the selling price of the second. If the
 x  180  3  540 first is sold at 10% loss and the second
Ther ef or e he bought 2 × 540 = 1080 at 25% gain, what is his total gain or
oranges in total. loss (in rupees)?
Ex. 50: A horse worth Rs 9000 is sold by A to Soln: Let the cost price of the first horse be Rs
Le

B at 10% loss. B sells the horse back x.

to A at 10% gain. Who gains and who  Cost price of the second horse
loses? Find also the values. = Rs (1710 – x)
 First horse is sold at 10% loss.
 90 
w.

Soln: A sells to B for Rs 9000   = Rs 8100  Selling price of the first horse
 100 
 100  10   9 
 110  = x  = Rs  x
 100   10 
Again, B sells to A for Rs 8100  
 100 
ww

Again, second horse is sold at 25% gain.

= Rs 8910  Selling price of the second horse
Thus, A loses Rs (8910 - 8100) = Rs 810.
In this whole transaction, A’s investment  100  25 
= (1710  x )  
is only Rs 9000 (the cost of the horse)  100 
because the horse returned to his hand.
 A’s per cent loss  (1710  x ) 5 
= Rs  
 4 
810
=  100  9% Now, according to the question,
9000 Cost price of the first horse is equal to the
selling price of the second horse.

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

288 Concept of Arithmetic

(1710  x ) 5 1
x= There is a loss of 12 % when selling
4 2
or, 4x = 1710 × 5 – 5x
x
or, 9x = 1710 × 5 price =
2
1710  5
 x = = 950 x 100 
9  
 cost price =
 Cost price of the first horse and the 2  100  12.5 
selling price of the second horse = Rs 950
100 x 4x

.in
Now, selling price of the first horse =
175 7
9 9
= x =  950 = Rs 855 Now, when selling price is Rs x, % profit
10 10
 Total selling price = Rs (950 + 855) 4x
x

ng
= Rs 1805  7  100  7x  4x  100
 Profit = Selling Price – Cost Price 4x 4x
= Rs 1805 – Rs 1710 = Rs 95 7
Ex. 53: Rakesh calculates his profit percentage

eri
on the selling price whereas Ramesh 3
  100  75%
calculates his profit on the cost price. 4
They find that the difference of their Ex. 55: Ramesh sold his goat for Rs 31.25, and
profits is Rs 100. If the selling price of got a percentage of profit equal to the
both of them are the same and both of
them get 25% profit, find their selling
e Soln:
cost price. Find the cost of the goat.
Let the cost price of the goat be Rs x.
gin
price.  percentage profit = x%
Soln: Suppose the selling price for both of them  profit = x% of Rs x

K KUNDAN
is Rs x.
Now, cost price of Rakesh x x2
= x
= Rs
 100  25  3 100 100
= x  x
But, Profit = Selling price – Cost price
En

 100  4
and cost price of Ramesh = (31.25 – x)
Now, according to the question,
 100  4
= x  x
x2
 100  25  5 = 31.25 – x
arn

100
3 x
Rakesh’s profit = x  x  or, x2 = 3125 – 100x
4 4 or, x2 + 100x – 3125 = 0 ....(*)
or, x2 + 125x – 25x – 3125 = 0
4 x
Ramesh’s profit = x  x  or, x(x + 125) – 25(x + 125) = 0
5 5 or, (x – 25) (x + 125) = 0
Le

Now, difference of their profits is given.  x = 25 or –125

x x Now, value of x ie cost price cannot be
  = Rs 100 negative, threfore, value of x cannot be
4 5
–125.
w.

x  x = 25 ie cost price of goat = Rs 25.

or, = 100 Note: (*) Quadratic equation can be solved
20
with the help of formula given below. If a
 x = Rs 2000 quadratic equation is in the form of ax2 +
Thus selling price = Rs 2000.
ww

bx + c = 0, then
Ex. 54: What will be the percentage profit after
selling an article at a certain price if  b  b 2  4ac
1 x =
ther e is a loss of 12 % when the 2a
2 In the above equation (*),
article is sold at half of the previous a = 1, b = 100 and c = –3125
selling price?
Soln: Suppose the previous selling price = Rs x
 100  (100 )2  4  1  ( 3125 )
 x =
x 2 1
Now, the later selling price = Rs
2

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Profit and Loss 289

or, (x – 40) (x + 240) = 0

=
1
2
 100  10000  12500   x = 40 or –240
 Cost price of watch = Rs 40.
Ex. 58: A man sold a chair and a table together
=
1
2

 100  22500  for Rs 1520 thereby making a profit of
25% on chair and 10% on table. By
1 selling them together for Rs 1535 he
=  100  150 would have made a profit of 10% on
2
the chair and 25% on the table. Find
1 the cost price of each.
 100  150 or 1  100  150

.in
= Soln: Let the cost price of one chair be Rs x and
2 2
that of one table be Rs y.
= 25 or –125 Profit on a chair = 25%
For detail see the chapter “Elementary  selling price of one chair
Algebra”.

ng
Ex. 56: A person sold an article for Rs 9 and 25 125
= x x  x
got a percentage of loss equal to the 100 100
cost price. Find the cost price of the Profit on a table = 10%
article.  selling price of one table

eri
Soln: Let the cost price of the article be Rs x.
 percentage loss = x% 10y 110
= y  y
 loss = x% of Rs x 100 100
According to the given condition, we have
x x2
=x
100
= Rs
100
e 125
100
x
110
100
y = 1520
gin
But, Loss = Cost price – Selling price
= (x – 9) or, 125x + 110y = 152000
Now, according to the question, or, 25x + 22y = 30400 ....(i)

K KUNDAN
If profit on a chair is 10% and on a table
x2 is 25%, then total selling price is Rs 1535.
= x – 9
100
En

 10   25 
or, x2 = 100x – 900  x  x   y  y  = 1535
 100   100 
or, x2 – 100x + 900 = 0
or, x2 – 90x – 10x + 900 = 0 110 125
or, x(x – 90) – 10(x – 90) = 0 or, x y  1535
100 100
arn

or, (x – 10) (x – 90) = 0

 x = 90 or 10 or, 110 x  125 y  153500
 Cost price of the article = Rs 90 or Rs 10. or, 22x + 25y = 30700 ....(ii)
Ex. 57: A person sold his watch for Rs 48, and Subtracting (ii) from (i), we get
got a percentage of profit equal to the 3x - 3y = –300
half of the cost price. Find the cost or, x – y = –100 ....(iii)
Le

price of watch. Adding (ii) to (i), we get

Soln: Suppose cost price of the watch = Rs x. 47x + 47y = 61100
x = x + y = 1300 ....(iv)
 percentage profit = % Solving (iii) and (iv), we get
2
w.

x = 600 and y = 700.

x Hence, the cost price of a chair is Rs 600
x x 2 and that of a table is Rs 700.
 profit = % of Rs x  2  x
2 100 200 Ex. 59: On selling a tea-set at 5% loss and a
ww

lemon-set at 15% gain, a crockery seller

But, Profit = Selling price – Cost price gains Rs 7. If he sells the tea-set at 5%
= (48 – x) gain and the lemon-set at 10% gain, he
Now, according to the question, gains Rs 13. Find the actual price of
x2 the tea-set and the lemon-set.
= 48 – x Soln: Let the cost prices of the tea-set and the
200
lemon-set be Rs x and Rs y respectively
or, x2 = 9600 – 200x Case-I: When tea-set is sold at 5% loss
or, x2 + 200x – 9600 = 0 and lemon-set at 15% gain.
or, x2 + 240x – 40x – 9600 = 0
or, x(x + 240) – 40(x + 240) = 0

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

290 Concept of Arithmetic

Now, if the difference is Rs 15, CP of the

 5x   x 
Loss on tea-set = Rs   = Rs   horse = Rs 100
 100   20  If the difference is Rs 600, CP of the horse
 15y   3y   100 
Gain on lemon-set = Rs   = Rs   =   600  = Rs 4000
 100   20   15 
 CP of the tonga = Rs 7500 – Rs 4000
 3y x 
 Net gain = Rs    = Rs 3500
 20 20   CP of the horse = Rs 4000 and the CP
of the tonga = Rs 3500
3y x

.in
or,  = 7 Alternative Method:
20 20 CP of tonga + CP of horse = Rs 7500
or, 3y – x = 140 Total selling price at a profit of 19%
or, x – 3y + 140 = 0 .... (i)
119
Case II: When tea-set is sold at 5% gain

ng
= Rs 7500 
and the lemon-set at 10% gain. 100
Let the CP of tonga be Rs x.
 5x   x 
Gain on tea-set = Rs   = Rs   Then the CP of horse = Rs (7500 – x)
 100   20   SP of tonga at 11% profit

eri
 10y   y   100  11  111x
Gain on lemon-set = Rs   = Rs   = x  = Rs
 100   10   100  100
SP of horse at 26% profit
 x y 
 Total gain = Rs   
 20 10 
e  100  26 
= (7500  x )   
gin
 100 
x y
or,   13 Now according to the question,

K KUNDAN
20 10
or, x + 2y = 260 111x 126 119
 (7500  x ) = 7500 
or, x + 2y – 260 = 0 ....(ii) 100 100 100
Subtracting (ii) from (i), we get or, 111x + (7500 – x)126 = 7500 × 119
En

–5y + 400 = 0 or, 111x –126x

or, y = 80 = –7500 × 126 + 7500 × 119
Putting y = 80 in (i), we get or, –15x = 7500 (–7)
x – 240 + 140 = 0
7500  7
arn

or, x = 100  x = = Rs 3500

Hence, cost prices of tea-set and lemon- 15
set are Rs 100 and Rs 80 respectively.  CP of tonga = Rs 3500 and the
Ex. 60: A man bought a tonga and a horse for CP of horse = Rs (7500 – 3500)
Rs 7500. He sold the t onga at 11% = Rs 4000
profit and the horse at 26% profit, Ex. 61: A scooter dealer bought two scooters
Le

making 19% profit on the whole. Find for Rs 13000. By selling one at a profit
the cost price of the tonga and the of 20% and the other at a loss of 25%,
horse separately. he found that selling prices of the two
Soln: CP of tonga + CP of horse = Rs 7500 are same. Find the cost price of each
w.

Gain on the whole transaction = 19% scooter.

Soln: Let the cost price of the first scooter be Rs
7500  119
 total SP = Rs = Rs 8925 x.
100 Then the cost price of the second scooter
If he had sold both at a profit of 11% , = Rs (13000 – x)
ww

then SP of both would have been Profit of first scooter = 20%

Selling price of the first scooter
7500  111
Rs = Rs 8325 x  120
100
= Rs
Difference in two SP’s 100
= Rs 8925 – Rs 8325 = Rs 600
6x
This difference is due to the SP of the = Rs ....(i)
horse at 26% prof it inst ead of 11% 5
(26 – 11)% or 15% higher profit. Loss on second scooter = 25%

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Profit and Loss 291

 SP of the second scooter or, 24x = 195000 – 15x

or, 24x + 15x = 195000
 (13000  x )75 
= Rs   or, 39x = 195000
 100 
195000
 39000  3x   x = = 5000
= Rs   ...(ii) 39
 4 
 CP of the first scooter = Rs 5000 and
As the two SP’s are equal, we have from the CP of the second scooter
equations (i) and (ii) = Rs 13000 – Rs 5000
6x 39000  3x = Rs 8000.

.in

5 4

Practice Exercise

ng
1. A shopkeeper buys a cycle for Rs 450 and 16. Rama sells an article at a loss of 10%. If she
sells it for Rs 495. Find his profit per cent. had sold it for Rs 30 more, she would have

eri
2. A man bought a scooter for Rs 8500 and sold gained 5%. Find the cost price of the article.
it for Rs 8720. Find his loss per cent. 17. A machine was sold at a profit of 10%. Had it
3. Sohan bought a house for Rs 65000. He spent been sold for Rs 400 less, there would have
Rs 10000 on its repairs. Then he sold it for been a loss of 10%. Find the cost price of the
Rs 90000. Find his gain per cent. machine.
4. A man buys a colour TV for Rs 6800. For how
much should he sell it so as t o
e 18. The expenditure on transportation of goods
is 5% of the cost price. Find the cost price of
gin
(i) gain 10% (ii) lose 5% on it. the goods sold for Rs 9450 at a gain of 20%.
5. A shopkeeper sold a fridge for Rs 4850 at a 19. A manufacturer sells a battery to a wholesaler

K KUNDAN
loss of 3%. Find his cost price. at a profit of 18%, the wholesaler sells it to a
6. By selling a radio for Rs 528, Ramesh gains retailer at a profit of 20%. The retailer sells it
10% . Find his cost price. to a customer at a profit of 25%. If the customer
En

7. A shopkeeper buys 144 eggs at Rs 3 each. On pays Rs 30.09 for it, find the cost of the
the way 20 eggs are spoiled. He sells the manufacturer.
remainder at Rs 4 each. Find his gain or loss 2 0 . A dishonest dealer professes to sell his goods
per cent. at cost price but uses a false weight of 800
8. Subramaniam bought 100 eggs for Rs 50. Out gm instead of 1 kg. Find his profit per cent.
arn

of these, 4 eggs were found to be broken and 21. Kundan sold a watch at a profit of 15%. Had
he sold the remaining eggs at the rate of Rs he bought it at 10% less and sold it for Rs 28
8.50 per dozen. Find his gain or loss per cent. less, he would have gained 20% . Find the
9. A grocer buys eggs at 10 for Rs 8 and sells at cost price of the watch.
8 for Rs 10. Find his gain or loss per cent. 2 2 . An article is sold at a profit of 20% . If both
Le

10. Toffees are bought at the rate of 6 for Re 1 the cost price and the selling price were to
and sold at the rate of 5 for Re 1. What is the be Rs 20 less, the profit would be 10% more.
gain per cent? Find the cost price of the article.
11. Selling price of 9 articles is equal to the cost 23. On selling a watch for Rs 280, a man earns
price of 15 articles. Find the gain or loss per 1
w.

cent in the transaction. of the cost price. Determine the cost price
3
12. Shashi sold a radio to Kanta at gain of 10% of the watch and his gain per cent.
and Kanta sold it to Shama at a gain of 15%. 24. A man sold two articles at Rs 375 each. On
Shashi had bought it for Rs 500, what did it one he gains 25% and on the other he loses
ww

cost to Shama? 25% . How much does he gain or lose in the

13. A sells a goods to B at a profit of 20% and B whole transaction? Also find his gain or loss%
sells it to C at a profit of 25%. If C pays Rs in the whole transaction.
225 for it, what was the cost price of A? 25. A t r adesman by means of f alse balance
14. A shopkeeper loses 20% by selling tea at Rs defrauds to the extent of 8% in buying goods
32 per kg. How should he sell it to gain 10%? and also defrauds to the extent of 8% in
15. A television manufacturer earns 20% profit selling. Find his gain per cent.
by selling each TV set for Rs 14400. If the 26. A person sells a table at a profit of 25% and a
production cost is increased by 15% , what
2
should be the new selling price of a set so as chair at a loss of 16 % and on the whole he
to gain 15% . 3

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

292 Concept of Arithmetic

gains Rs 50. On the other hand, if he sells gain% must he sell the remainder so as to
gain 10% of the whole?
2
the table at a loss of 16 % and the chair at 36. A man purchased a table and a chair for Rs
3 2000. He sold the table at a profit of 20% and
a profit of 25% , he neither gains nor loses. the chair at a profit of 30%. His total profit
Find the cost price of the table and that of was 23% . Find the cost price of the table.
the chair.
1
27. A man purchases 5 horses and 10 cows for 37. A person purchased some goods. He sold rd
Rs 10000. He sells the horses at 15% profit 3
and the cows at 10% loss. Thus he gets Rs
3

.in
375 as profit. Find the cost of 1 horse and 1 goods at 14% profit, th goods at 17.5%
cow separately. 5
28. Two articles were purchased for Rs 1000. One profit and rest at 20% profit. Find his gain in
was sold at a loss of 12% and the other at a this transaction.
gain of 8% . If there was no loss or gain in 38. Three tables are purchasd for Rs 2500 each.

ng
the transaction, find the selling price of the First is sold at a profit of 8%, the second is
two articles separately. sold at a loss of 3%. If their average selling
29. A person bought a horse and a carriage for Rs price is Rs 2575, find the profit per cent on
10000. He sold the horse at a gain of 20% the third.

eri
and the carriage at a loss of 10%, thus gaining 39. A sells his goods 20% cheaper than B and
2% on the whole transaction. Find the cost 20% dearer than C. A man buys goods worth
price of the horse. Rs 9600 from A. Would it have been more
30. A shopkeeper sells 100 kg of sugar partly at profitable or less profitable and by how much
10% profit and the remaining at 20% profit.
If he gains 12% on the whole transaction,
e to have bought half the goods from B and half
from C?
gin
how much sugar does he sell at 20% profit? 40. A man sells a TV at a profit of 25% of the
31. A owned an article worth Rs 10000. He sold cost. Had he sold it at a profit of 25% of the

K KUNDAN
it to B at a profit of 10% based on the worth selling price, his profit would have increased
of the article. B sold the article back to A at a by 5% of the cost price plus Rs 100. Find the
loss of 10% . How much did A make in these cost of TV.
transactions? 41. A bought an article X for Rs 8000 and an
En

32. By selling an article for Rs 144, a merchant article Y for Rs 2000. He sold them to B and
gains such that gain per cent equals the cost B sold them to C, each making a profit of
price. Find the cost price of the article. 25% on X and each incurring a loss of 10%
33. A shopkeeper has two varieties of tea. One on Y. If A were to sell them to C directly at
arn

quality costs him Rs 24 per kg and the other the same selling price as that at which B had
Rs 28 per kg. He mixes them in the ratio of 3 sold to C, what per cent would A have gained
: 2 and sells the blended tea at Rs 26.88 per on the whole?
kg. Find his gain per cent. 42. A man sold an article at a loss of 5%. Had he
34. 450 pens each of the same cost were classified sold it at a gain of 10%, he would have fetched
into three categories for the purpose of sale. Rs 525 more. Find the cost of the article.
Le

They were sold at 9% , 10% and 12% profit 43. A watch is sold at a profit of 20%. If both the
respectively. The first two categories gave an cost price and the selling price of the watch
are decreased by Rs 100, the profit would be
3 5% more. Find the original cost price of the
overall profit of 9 % . All the three categories
7
w.

wat ch.
gave an overall profit of 10%. Determine the 44. A sells his goods 10% cheaper than B and
number of pens put in the first category. 10% dear er t han C. How much would a
35. A dealer bought 80 cricket bats for Rs 50 each. customer of B save by purchasing an article
He sells 20 of them at a gain of 5%. At what of worth Rs 100 from C?
ww

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Profit and Loss 293

Answers and explanations

1. Cost price of the cycle = Rs 450  If selling pirce is Rs 97, then cost price is
Selling price of the cycle = Rs 495 Rs 100.
Profit = Selling price – Cost price  If selling price is Rs 4850, then cost price
= Rs 495 – Rs 450 = Rs 45
 100 
45 = Rs   4850  = Rs 5000
Profit per cent =  100 = 10%  97 
450
6. Let the cost price of radio be Rs 100

.in
2. Cost price of the scooter = Rs 8500 Gain = 10%
Selling price of the scooter = Rs 7820 Selling price = Rs 100 + Rs 10 = Rs 110
Loss = Cost price – Selling price
 When selling price is Rs 110, cost price is
= Rs 8500 – Rs 7820 = Rs 680
Rs 100.

ng
680  When selling price is Rs 528, cost price is
Loss per cent =  100 = 8%
8500 100
3. Cost price of the house Rs  528 = Rs 480
110
= Rs 65000 + Rs 10000 = Rs 75000

eri
7. Cost price of 144 eggs = Rs 144 × 3 = Rs 432
Selling price of the house = Rs 90000
Selling price of (144 – 20 =) 124 eggs
 Gain = Rs 90000 – Rs 75000 = Rs 15000
= Rs 124 × 4 = Rs 496
15000 Gain = Rs 496 – Rs 432 = Rs 64
 Gain per cent =  100 = 20%
75000
4. ( i ) Cost price of TV = Rs 6800
e Gain per cent =
64
432
 100 = 14.8%
gin
Gain = 10% of Rs 6800
8. We have, CP of 100 eggs = Rs 50.
 10  It is given that 4 eggs were found to be broken.
= Rs   6800  = Rs 680

K KUNDAN
So, the number of remaining eggs which were
 100 
sold in the market = 100 – 4 = 96.
 Selling price = Rs 6800 + Rs 680 It is given that the remaining eggs were sold
En

= Rs 7480 at the rate of Rs 8.50 per dozen.

( i i) Loss = 5% of Rs 6800 Therefore, SP of 12 eggs = Rs 8.50
6800  5 8.50
= Rs = Rs 340  SP of 1 egg = Re
100 12
arn

 Selling price in this case

= Rs 6800 – Rs 340 = Rs 6460  8.50 
Hence, SP of 96 eggs = Rs   96 
Alternative Method:  12 
( i ) Let the cost price be Rs 100
= Rs 68.
Gain = Rs 10
Clearly, SP > CP. So, there is gain given by
Selling price = Cost price + Gain (profit)
Le

Gain = SP - CP = Rs 68 - Rs 50 = Rs 18.
= Rs 100 + Rs 10 = Rs 110
If the cost price is Rs 100, then the selling  Gain 
price of TV is Rs 110. Hence, gain per cent =   100 %
 CP 
If the cost pr ice is Rs 6800, then the
w.

110  18 
selling price of TV =  6800 = Rs 7480 =   100 % = 36%
100  50 
( i i) Let the cost price be Rs 100. 9. We have, LCM of 10 and 8 = 40. So, let the
ww

 Loss is Rs 5. number of eggs bought be 40.

Selling price = Rs (100 – 5) = Rs 95 Now, CP of 10 eggs = Rs 8.
 If cost price is Rs 100, then the selling
price is Rs 95.  8 
 CP of 40 eggs = Rs   40  = Rs 32.
 If cost price is Rs 6800, then the selling  10 
95 Again, SP of 8 eggs = Rs 10
price is Rs  6800 = Rs 6460
100  10 
5. Suppose cost price of the TV = Rs 100  SP of 40 eggs = Rs   40  = Rs 50.
 8 
Loss = 3%
 Selling price = Rs 100 – Rs 3 = Rs 97 Now, CP = Rs 32 and SP = Rs 50.

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

294 Concept of Arithmetic

Clearly, SP > CP. So, there is gain given by 13. CP of the goods for C = 225
Gain = SP - CP = Rs 50 - Rs 32 = Rs 18. SP of the goods for B = CP of the goods for C
= Rs 225
 Gain 
Hence, Gain per cent =   100 %  100 
 CP  CP of the goods for B = Rs    225
 100  25 
 18  225 1
=   100 % = % = 56 %  100 
 32  4 4 = Rs   225 
 125 
10. See the solution of Q.No. 9. This question
= Rs 180
can also be solved by the above mentioned

.in
CP of the goods for B = SP of the goods for A
method. Let us see how?
= Rs 180
100 50
Cost price of 1 toffee = = paise  100 
6 3  CP of the goods for A = Rs    180
 100  20 

ng
100
Selling price of the 1 toffee = = 20 paise  100 
5 = Rs  180 
 120 
 50   60  50  10 = Rs 150

eri
Profit =  20   =   = paise 14. Selling Price = Rs 32 per kg
 3   3  3
Loss = 20%
10  100 
10 3  Cost price = Rs   32  per kg
3  100  20
 Profit per cent = 50  100 
3

3 50
 100

e 100

gin
= Rs  32 = Rs 40 per kg
= 20% 80

K KUNDAN
11. Let the cost price of each article be Rs x. Again,
Then, cost price of 9 articles = Rs 9x. Gain = 10%
Selling price of 9 articles = Cost price of 15
 100  10 
articles = Rs 15x Selling price = Rs   40  per kg
En

 Gain on the purchase of 15 articles  100 

= Rs 15x – Rs 9x = Rs 6x
110
= Rs  40 = Rs 44 per kg
 Gain  100
Hence, Gain per cent =   100 %
arn

 CP   He should sell tea at Rs 44 per kg to gain

10% .
 6x  200 2 15. SP of TV set = Rs 14400
=   100 %  %  66 % Profit = 20%
 9x  3 3
 CP of the TV set
12. CP of the radio set for Shashi = Rs 500
Le

Gain = 10% of Rs 500  100 

=   14400  = Rs 12000
 100  20 
 10 
= Rs   500  = Rs 50 Now, accor ding t o t he quest ion, t he
 100  production cost is increased by 15%
w.

SP of the radio set for Shashi  New CP = 115% of Rs 12000

= CP + Gain = Rs 500 + Rs 50 = Rs 550
 115 
 CP of the radio set for Kanta = Rs  12000  = Rs 13800
= SP of the radio set for Shashi  100 
= Rs 550  Selling price of the TV set to gain 15%
ww

Since Kanta sold the radio to Shama at a gain

 100  15 
of 15% =   13800 
 Gain = 15% of Rs 550  100 

 15   115 
= Rs   550  = Rs 82.5 =  13800 
 100   100 
SP of radio set for Kanta = Rs 15870
= CP + Gain = Rs 550 + Rs 82.5 16. Let the cost price of the article be Rs 100.
= Rs 632.50 Loss = 10% = Rs 10
 CP of the radio set for Shama = Rs 632.50

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Profit and Loss 295

 Selling price of the article  If the customer pays Rs 177, the cost of
= Rs 100 – Rs 10 = Rs 90 the manufacturer is Rs 100.
Selling price of the article to gain 5%  If the customer pays Rs 30.09, the cost of
= Rs 100 + Rs 5 = Rs 105
100
Difference in two selling prices the manufacturer =  30.09 = Rs 17
= Rs 105 – Rs 90 = Rs 15 177
 When difference in SP is Rs 15, CP of the 2 0 . Suppose goods costs the dealer Re 1 per kg.
article is Rs 100. He sells for Re 1 what costs him Re 0.80.
When difference in SP is Rs 30, CP of the  Gain on Re 0.80 = Re 1 – Re 0.80 = Re 0.2
article 0.2

.in
 Gain on Rs 100 =  100 = Rs 25
100 0.80
=  30 = Rs 200
15  Gain per cent = 25%
 Cost price of the article = Rs 200 21. Let the actual cost price of watch be Rs 100.
17. Let the cost price of the machine be Rs 100. Actual selling price of watch at the profit of

ng
Profit = 10% = Rs 10 15%
 Selling price of the machine = Rs 100 + Rs 15 = Rs 115
= Rs 100 + Rs 10 = Rs 110 Supposed cost price of the watch at 10% loss
Selling price of the machine at a loss of 10% = Rs 100 – Rs 10 = Rs 90

eri
= Rs 100 – Rs 10 = Rs 90 Supposed selling price of the watch at 20%
Difference in two selling prices gain
= Rs 110 – Rs 90 = Rs 20
 120 
 When difference in SP is Rs 20, CP of the = Rs  90   = Rs 108
machine is Rs 100.
 When difference in SP is Rs 400, CP of the
e  100 
 the difference in selling prices
gin
100 = Rs 115 – Rs 108 = Rs 7
machine =  400 = Rs 2000  If the difference is Rs 7, the CP is Rs 100.
25
 If the difference is Rs 28 the CP is Rs

K KUNDAN
 Cost price of the machine = Rs 2000.
18. Let the cost price of goods be Rs x.  100 
  28  = Rs 400
 effective cost price = x + 5% of x  7 
En

5x x 21x  Cost price of the watch = Rs 400

= x x = Rs 2 2 . Suppose the cost price (CP) of the article is
100 20 20
Rs x.
Selling price = Rs 9450 To get a profit of 20%, selling price (SP) must
arn

Now, according to the question,

 100  20 
21x  100  20  be Rs   x = 1.2x.
  = 9450  100 
20  100 
New cost price = Rs (x – 20)
21x 120 Also, the new selling price = Rs (1.2x – 20)
or,  = 9450 Now, according to the question
Le

20 100
(x – 20) × 130% = (1.2x – 20)
9450  20  100 130
or, x = = Rs 7500 or, (x – 20) × = (1.2x – 20)
21  120 100
w.

19. Let the cost of the manufacturer be Rs 100.

or, (x – 20)1.3 = 1.2x – 20
Gain of the manufacturer = 18%
or, 1.3x – 1.2x = –20 + 26
Then CP of the wholesaler
or, x = 60
= Rs 100 + Rs 18 = Rs 118
Thus, the required cost price of the article is
Gain of the wholesaler = 20%
ww

Rs 60.
New, SP of the wholesaler = CP of the retailer
23. Let the cost price of the watch be Rs 100.
 120 
= Rs 118   = Rs 141.60 1 100
 100  Profit = rd of the cost price = Rs
3 3
Gain of the retailer = 25%
 CP of the customer 100 400
Selling price = Rs 100 + Rs = Rs
3 3
 125 
= Rs 141 .60   = Rs 177 400
 100 
 If selling price is Rs , cost price is Rs
3
100.

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

296 Concept of Arithmetic

 If selling price is Rs 280, cost price is 26. Let the cost price of table and chair be Rs T
and C respectively.
 100  3 
Rs   280  = Rs 210 Total CP of a table and a chair = Rs (T + C)
 400  In First Case:
Proft = Selling Price – Cost Price
= Rs (280 – 210) = Rs 70  25  5T
SP of a table = T 1   = Rs
 100  4
70 1
Profit per cent =  100 = 33 %
210 3  50  5C
24. For the first article, we have SP of a chair = C 1   = Rs
 100  6

.in
SP = Rs 375 and Gain = 25%
100 5 T 5C
 SP Total SP of a table and chair = 
 CP = 4 6
100  Gain%
On the whole, there is a gain of Rs 50,

ng
 100 
or, CP = Rs   375  = Rs 300  5 T 5C 
 100  25  ie     (T  C)  50
For the second article, we have,  4 6 
SP = Rs 375 and Loss = 25%

eri
T C
or,   50
100 4 6
 CP =  SP
100  Loss% or, 3T – 2C = 600 ....(i)
In Second Case:
 100 
or, CP = Rs 
 100  25
 375  = Rs 500

e 
SP of a table = T 1 

50 
 = Rs
300 
5T
6
gin
 Total cost paid in buying the two articles
= Rs (300 + 500) = Rs 800.
 25  5C

K KUNDAN
Total SP = Rs 375 + Rs 375 = Rs 750. SP of a chair = C 1   = Rs
 100  4
 CP > SP. So, there is a loss
 Total loss = CP – SP 5 T 5C
= Rs 800 – Rs 750 = Rs 50 Total SP of a table and chair = 
En

Hence, loss per cent 6 4

 Loss   50  1 5 T 5C
=   100 % =   100   6 % Also,   TC
 CP   800  4 6 4
arn

25. In normal case, suppose the tradesman buys 5C 5T

x kg of the goods in Rs x. or, C  T
4 6
By using f alse balance t r adesman buys,
according to the question, (x + 8% of x) kg of C T
goods in Rs x. or, 
4 6
Le

1
 Cost price per kg = Rs 3C
1.08 or, T 
2
Again, from the question
Selling price per kg of goods Now, putting the value of ‘T’ in equation (i),
we get,
w.

x 1
= Rs x  8% of x = Rs 3  3C
0.92  2C  600
2

 1 1  9C  4C
ww

   or,  600
 0.92 1.08   100 2
Profit % = 1
 
  5C
 1.08   600
or,
2
 1.08  0.92  16
   100   100 600  2
 0.92  92 or, C = = Rs 140 and
5
400 9 3C 3  240
  17 % T =  = Rs 360
23 23 2 2

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Profit and Loss 297

27. Let the cost of 1 horse be Rs x, then total

120x  900000  90x  1000000
selling price =
100
 115   90 
= 5x    ( 10000  5 x)   30 x  100000
 100   100   ..... (ii)
100
Now, according to the question,
From equations (i) and (ii), we have,
 115   90  30x  100000
5x    (10000  5x )   = 10375  200
 100   100  100
or, 575x + 90 × 10000 – 450x = 10375 × 100

.in
or, 30x  100000  20000
or, 125x
or, 30x  120000
137500
 x = = Rs 1100 120000
125
or, x = = Rs 4000

ng
Therefore, the cost of one horse = Rs 1100 30
 The CP of the horse = Rs 4000 and CP of
10000  5  1100
and the cost of one cow = the carriage = Rs (10000 – 4000) = Rs 6000.
10 30. Let the shopkeeper sell x kg of sugar at 20%

eri
= Rs 450 profit.
28. Let the CP of first article be Rs x. Then, the shopkeeper sold (100 – x) kg of
 the CP of second article be Rs (1000 – x). sugar at 10% profit.
Loss on first article = 12% of x SP of x kg of sugar at 20% profit
12
=
100
 x = Rs
3x
25
e 
= x 1 
20  6x
 100 

5
gin
Profit on second article = 8% of (1000 – x)
SP of (100 – x) kg of sugar at 10% profit
8 2

K KUNDAN
=  (1000  x )  (1000  x ) 10 
100 25
= 100  x  1  
As there is no loss or gain in the transaction,  100 
En

 Loss on first article = Profit on second

article 10
= 100  x  10  x 
3x 2 100
 (1000  x )
25 25 11x
= 110 
arn

or, 3x = 2(1000 – x) 10
or, 3x = 2000 - 2x SP on the whole transaction
or, 5x = 2000
or, x = Rs 400  12 
 CP of first article = Rs 400 = 1001    112
 100 
CP of second article = Rs (1000 – 400)
Le

= Rs 600 6x 11x
SP of first article = 88% of 400 = Rs 352 Then,  110   112
5 10
SP of second article = 108% of 600 = Rs 648.
29. Let the CP of the horse be Rs x 6x 11x
w.

or,  = 112 - 110 = 2

 The CP of the carriage be Rs (10000 – x) 5 10
120x 12x  11x
SP of the horse = or, 2
100 10
ww

9010000  x  x
SP of the carriage = or, 2
100 10
Total gain in the transaction or, x = 20 kg
= 2% of Rs 10000 = Rs 200 ... (i) 31. Worth of article = Rs 10000
But total gain CP for B = 110% of Rs 10000
= SP of both things – CP of both things
 110  10000 
120 x 9010000  x  = Rs   = Rs 11000
=   10000  100 
100 100
B sells the article back to A at a loss of 10%.

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

298 Concept of Arithmetic

 CP for A = 90% of Rs 11000 From equation (i),

 90  3x
= Rs  11000  = Rs 9900 3x   900
 100  2
 Gain for A = Rs 11000 – Rs 9900 = Rs 1100
9x
32. Let the cost price of the the article be Rs x. or,  900
 gain per cent = x% 2
 x = 200
 x2  Hence, t he number of pens in t he f ir st
 
 gain = x% of x = Rs  100  category = 200
 

.in
35. We have CP of one bat = Rs 50
Gain = Selling Price – Cost Price  CP of 20 bats = Rs (50 × 20) = Rs 1000
= Rs (144 – x) Gain on these bats = 5%
Now, according to the question,
 100  Gain% 
x2  SP of 20 bats = Rs    CP

ng
= 144 – x  100 
100
2
or, x = 14400 – 100x  100  5 
= Rs   1000 
or, x2 + 100x – 14400 = 0  100 

eri
or, x(x + 180) – 80(x + 180) = 0 = Rs 1050
or, x2 + 180x – 80x – 14400 = 0 Now, CP of 80 bats = Rs (80 × 50) = Rs 4000.
or, (x – 80) (x + 180) = 0 Desired gain = 10%
or, x = –180 or 80
Value of x cannot be negative, hence x = 80.  100  Gain% 
Hence, cost price of the article is Rs 80.
33. Suppose he buys 3x kg of tea of first quality e  Required SP = Rs 
 100
  CP

gin
and 2x kg of tea of second quality.  100  10 
= Rs   4000 

K KUNDAN
Then, CP of 5 kg of tea  100 
= Rs 24 × 3x + Rs 28 × 2x = Rs 4400
= Rs 72x + Rs 56x = Rs 128x Thus, desired SP of 60 bats
SP of 5x kg of tea = Rs 26.88 × 5x = Rs 134.40x = Rs 4400 – Rs 1050 = Rs 3350.
En

 Profit = Rs 134.40x – Rs 128x = Rs 6.40x CP of 60 bats = Rs (60 × 50) = Rs 3000.

6.40x Desired gain on 60 bats
 Profit per cent =  100% = 5% = Rs 3350 – Rs 3000 = Rs 350.
128x
Hence, desired gain%
34. Let the number of pens in the first and the
arn

second categories be x and y respectively.  350  2

=   100 % = 11 %
 Number of pens in third category  3000  3
= (450 – x – y) 36. Let the cost price of the table be Rs x
Let the cost of each pen be Re 1. Cost price of the chair will be Rs (2000 – x)
According to the question, Selling price of the table at 20% profit
Le

x  109 y  110  66  x (100  20) 6x

  x  y  1  % 
100 100  7  =
100 5
109 x 110y  66  Selling price of the chair at 30% profit
or,   x  y  1  
w.

100 100  700  100  30

= 2000  x 
109 x 110 y  766  100
or,   x  y   
100 100  700 
130
= 2000  x  
ww

or, 7(109x + 110y) = 766x + 766y

100
or, 763x + 770y = 766x + 766y
or, 3x = 4y ...(i) 13
Again, = 2600  x
10
109x 110y 112 450  110 His total SP at the total profit of 23% is
  450  x  y   
100 100 100 100 100  23
or, 109x + 110y + 450 × 112 – 112x – 112y = 2000 
100
= 450 × 110
or, 3x + 2y = 450(112 – 110) 123
or, 3x + 2y = 900 = 2000  = Rs 2460
100

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Profit and Loss 299

Now, accroding to the question, Second Case:

He purchased goods worth Rs 4800 from B.
6  13x 
x   2600    2460 As A sells his goods 20% cheaper than B.
5  10  If the cost price of A is Rs 80, CP of B is Rs
100.
6x 13x
  2460  2600 Now if the cost of A is Re 1, the CP of B is
5 10
100
12x  13x Rs
or,  140 80
10 If the cost price of A is 4800, the CP of B is

.in
or, –x = –140 × 10
or, x = 1400 100  4800
= = Rs 6000
The cost price of the table is Rs 1400. 80
37. Suppose the value of the commodity was Rs He purchases goods worth Rs 4800 from C
x. As A sells his goods 20% dearer than C.

ng
x 3x
Then, was sold at 14% profit, was If the CP of A is Rs 120, the CP of C is 100
3 5
100
 x 3x  x If the CP of A is Re 1, the CP of C is

eri
120
sold at 17.5% profit and x    
3 5  15 If the CP of A is Rs 4800, the CP of C is
was sold at 20% profit.
 100  4800 
Now, profit =    Rs 4000
 120 
=
x  14  3x  17 .5  x  20 
     
3  100  5  100  15  100  e Total cost price of man when he purchases
gin
half from B and half from C
= Rs 6000 + Rs 4000 = Rs 10000.
14x 10.5x 4x
=   Thus it can be seen that it is profitable for a

K KUNDAN
300 100 300 person to buy the whole amount from A as it
will cost him. Rs 400 cheaper in comparison
14x  31.5x  4x 49.5 x
= = to second case.
En

300 300 40. Let the cost price be Rs x

49.5x 25 x
300  100 = 16.5% Profit = of x = Rs
Gain per cent = 100 4
x
arn

x 5x
38. The cost price of each table = Rs 2500 Selling price = x  = Rs
4 4
 100  8 
 Selling price of first table = 2500    5x 1
 100  25% profit on selling price = Rs 
= Rs 2700 4 4
Le

 Selling price of second table 5x

= Rs
 100  3  16
= 2500    = Rs 2425
 100  According to the question,
Selling price of three tables Profit in second case – Profit on first case
w.

= Rs 2575 × 3 = Rs 7725 = 5% of cost price + 100

Selling price of third table 5x x 5
= Rs (7725 – 2700 – 2425) or,  x  100
16 4 100
= Rs 2600
ww

Profit on third table = Rs 2600 – Rs 2500 5 x  4x x

or,   100
= Rs 100 16 20
 % Profit on the third table
x x
or,   100
100 16 20
=  100  4%
2500
x
39. First Case: or,  100
The man purchased goods worth Rs 9600 80
from A. or, x = 8000
 Cost price = Rs 8000.

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

300 Concept of Arithmetic

41. In case of A Case I:

Cost price of article X = Rs 8000 Cost price = Rs (x – 100)
Cost price of article Y = Rs 2000
 6x 
Now, according to the question in case of B Selling price = Rs  100 
Cost price of article X  5 
8000  125 Profit = Selling Price – Cost Price
= Rs = Rs 10000
100  6x 
Cost price of article Y =   100  x  100 
 5 
2000  90
= Rs = Rs 1800  6x  x

.in
100 = Rs   x  = Rs
 5  5
Also in case of C
Cost price of article X According to the question,

10000  125  x 

ng
= Rs = Rs 12500  
100  5   100
Cost price of article Y  100  = 25
 
 
1800  90

eri
= Rs = Rs 1620
100 20x
Total cost price of X and Y for A or, = 25
x  100
= Rs 8000 + Rs 2000 = Rs 10000
Total selling price of B to C 4x
or, = 5
= Rs 12500 + Rs 1620 = Rs 14120
Profit for A in case he sells to C at the same
e x  100
or, 5x – 500 = 4x
gin
price as B = Rs 14120 – Rs 10000 = Rs 4120 or, x = 500

K KUNDAN
4120  CP of the watch = Rs 500
Profit % =  100  41.2% 44. Let B sell an article for Rs 100.
10000
 SP of A = Rs (100 – 10) = Rs 90 and
Hence, the required answer is 41.2% .
42. Let the cost price of the article be Rs x then,  100   100 
En

SP of C =   90  =   90 
according to the question,  100  10   110 
 100  10   100  5  900
 x   x = Rs 525
 100   100  = Rs
11
arn

110 95
or, x x = Rs 525 900
100 100  When C sells an article for Rs , B
11
22 19
or, x x = Rs 525 sells it for Rs 100.
20 20  If C sells an article for Rs 100, B will sell it
Le

22x  19 x 100  11 1100

or, = Rs 525 for Rs  100 = Rs
20 900 9

 525  20  1100
 x = Rs   = Rs 175 × 20 = Rs 3500  Required savings =  100
w.

 3  9
43. See the solution of Q.No. 22.
1100  900
Let the CP of the watch be Rs x. =
Case I: 9
ww

 100  20  120 x 6x 200

Selling price =  x  = Rs = Rs
 100  100 5 9

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Chapter-16

Discount

.in
Marked Price First discount = 20%
Amount of first discount
You might have seen while buying goods that on
every article there is a price marked. This price is 100  20

ng
= Rs = Rs 20
known as the marked price. Marked price is also 100
called list price or printed price. Marked price is  Net amount = Rs 100 – Rs 20 = Rs 80
abbreviated as MP. Second discount = 5%
Amount of second discount

eri
List Price
80  5
Elect rical goods, electr onics and ot her t hings = Rs = Rs 4
which are manufactured in a factory are marked 100
accroding to the price list supplied by the factory,  Price to be paid by the customer
at which the retailer is supposed to sell them.
This price is known as the list price. For books
e = Rs 80 – Rs 4 = Rs 76
( i ) Maruti Suzuki
gin
etc, the printed price is marked price. Discount series = 5% , 20%
First discount = 5%
Discount Amount of first discount
In order to clear the stocks or to increase sales, 100  5
sometimes shopkeepers offer a certain per cent of = Rs = Rs 5
100
En

rebate on the marked price for cash payments. This

 Net amount = Rs 100 – Rs 5 = Rs 95
rebate is known as discount.
Second discount = 20%
The customer or buyer pays t he diff er ence
Amount of second discount
between the marked price and discount. Thus,
Selling Price = Marked Price – Discount 95  20
arn

It should be noted that discount is given on = Rs = Rs 19

100
the marked price only.
 Price to be paid by the customer
Successive Discounts = Rs 95 – Rs 19 = Rs 76
Thus, selling prices of both the companies are
When two or more discounts are allowed one after equal. There is no difference in selling price and
Le

the ot her , then such discounts are known as the customer may buy goods from any one.
successive discounts. Note: We have seen in the above example that it
In successiv e discount s, f ir st discount is makes no difference if we change the order
subtracted from the marked price to get net price of the discount series. By cummulative law
w.

after the first discount. Taking this price as the of multiplication discount series 30% and
new mar ked pr ice, t he second discount is 10% is equal to the discount series 10%
calculated and it is subtracted from it to get net and 30% . Similarly series 25% , 15% and
price after the second discount. Continuing in this 15%, 25% are also equal.
manner, we finally obtain the net selling price. In the abov e example, selling pr ices of
ww

The following examples will illustrate the above  80 95 

procedure. t wo f ir ms are Rs 100    and
 100 100 
“Hyundai Motors offers a series of discounts
20% and 5% and Maruti Suzuki offers a  95 80 
Rs 100    are equal.
discount series 5% and 20% . Which of the  100 100 
two offers is beneficial to the customer?”
Let us see how we can calculate the single Cash Discount
discount equivalent to successive discounts. When a retailer purchases some goods from a
( i ) Hyundai Motors manufacturer or wholesaler, he gets an invoice.
Discount series = 20% , 5% The meaning of invoice is ‘a list of goods sold or

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

302 Concept of Arithmetic

services provided together with the prices charged’. included the tax known as Value Added Tax (VAT).
The terms of the payment of the bills are written For example, Samir bought the following articles
on it. If the retailer makes the payment according from a departmental store:
to them, then he gets some discount for cash
payment. This discount is called cash discount. Rate per Rate of
Item Quantity
item (Rs) sales tax
2 1 n
The terms are like this: , , , ..... ie a Shirts 4 200.00 8%
10 20 30
discount of 2% if the payment is made within 10 Pair of shoes 2 350.00 10%
days, a discount of 1% if the payment is made Television 1 10900.00 10%

.in
between 10th and 20th days and the payment must Tea Set 1 750.00 8%
be made within 30 days. The buyer thinks whether Calculate the total bill paid, including sales tax,
he should make the payment early or not—as on by Samir to the departmental store.
one side he gets 2% discount for cash payment— Here, We have,
on the other he can have interest on the money

ng
CP of 4 shirts = Rs 200 × 4 = Rs 800
for 1 month. Rate of sales tax = 8%
For example, an invoice is given below, what  Sales tax = 8% of Rs 800
will be payment if the payment is made in 2 days?
Quantity Article Rate  8 
= Rs   800  = Rs 64

eri
4 dozen Pencils Rs 6 per dozen  100 
3 dozen Pens Rs 36 per dozen So, amount paid for 4 shirts
4 dozen Erasers Rs 12 per dozen = Rs (800 + 64) = Rs 864
CP of 2 pairs of shoes = Rs 350 × 2 = Rs 700
3 n Rate of sales tax = 10%
Terms :
10
,
30
e  Sales tax = 10% of Rs 700
gin
First of all, we will find the amount of the bill  10 
for the goods mentioned in the invoice. = Rs   700  = Rs 70
 100 
Now, cost of 4 dozen pencils So, amount paid for 2 pairs of shoes
= Rs 6 × 4 = Rs 24 = Rs (700 + 70) = Rs 770

K KUNDAN
cost of 3 dozen pens CP of television set = Rs 10900
= Rs 36 × 3 = Rs 108
En

Rate of Sales tax = 10%

cost of 4 dozen erasers Sales tax = 10% of Rs 10900
= Rs 12 × 4 = Rs 48
 10 
Total amount = Rs 24 + Rs 108 + Rs 48 = Rs 180 = Rs  10900  = Rs 1090
Accor ding to t he t er ms ment ioned in t he  100 
So, amount paid for television set
arn

invoice, 3% discount will be given if the payment

is made withing 10 days. = Rs (10900 + 1090) = Rs 11990
 Discount for payment in 2 days CP of tea set = Rs 750
Rate of sales tax = 8%
 3   Sales tax = 8% of Rs 750
= Rs 180   = Rs 5.40
 100 
 8 
Le

 Amount of payment = Rs 180 – Rs 5.40 = Rs   750  = Rs 60

 100 
= Rs 174.60
So, amount paid for tea set
Sales Tax and Value Added Tax (VAT) = Rs (750 + 60) = Rs 810
Hence, total amount of the bill
w.

We know that the government imposes different = Rs (864 + 770 + 1190 + 810) = Rs 14434
types of taxes. Sales tax is one of these taxes. It is See another example, Waheeda bought an air
levied at the specified rate on the sale price of the cooler for Rs 3300 including a tax (VAT) of 10% .
items and it differs from item to item and state to Find the price of the air cooler before VAT was
ww

state. Sales tax is calculated on selling price added.

(SP). Thus, if discount is given,first discount is The price includes the VAT, ie, the Value Added
calculated and then sales tax is calculated on the Tax. Thus, a 10% VAT means if the price without
selling price of the article. If there is no discount, VAT is Rs 100 then price including VAT is Rs
then sales tax is calculated on the marked (list) 110.
price of the article. Thus, the sales tax is charged Now, when pr ice including VAT is Rs 110,
by the government on the sale of an item. It is original price is Rs 100.
collected by the shopkeeper from the customer and Hence, when price including tax is Rs 3300,
given to the government. This is, therefore, always
on the selling price of an item and is added to the  100 
the original price = Rs   330  = Rs 3000.
value of the bill. These days, however, the prices  110 

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Discount 303

Solved Examples
Ex. 1: At a clearance sale, all goods are on Ex. 5: A trader marks his goods at 20% above
sale at 45% discount. If I buy a skirt the cost price. If he allows a discount
marked Rs 600, how much would I need of 5% for cash payment, what profit
to pay? per cent does he make?
Soln: We have, Soln: Let the CP of the article be Rs 100.
MP = Rs 600, Discount = 45%  Marked price of the article = Rs 120.
 Discount = 45% of Rs 600 The trader allows a discount of 5% .

.in
 SP = (100 – 5)% of Rs 120
 45 
= Rs   600  = Rs 270
 100   120  95 
= Rs   = Rs 114
 SP = MP – Discount  100 

ng
= Rs 600 – Rs 270 = Rs 330 Since CP of the goods is Rs 100, hence
Thus, t he amount I need t o pay is the profit per cent = (114 – 100 =) 14%.
Rs 330. Ex. 6: A shopkeeper offers his customers 10%
Ex. 2: A fan marked at Rs 540 is offered at discount and still makes a profit of

eri
Rs 496.80 due to off season. Find the 26%. What is the actual cost to him of
rate of discount offered. an article marked Rs 280?
Soln: Marked price of the fan = Rs 540 Soln: We have, marked price = Rs 280.
Off season price = Rs 496.80 Discount = 10% on marked price
Amount of off season discount
= Rs 540 – Rs 496.80 = Rs 43.20
e = Rs 
 10
 100

 280  = Rs 28

gin
43.20
 Rate of discount =  100 = 8%  SP = MP – Discount = Rs (280 – 28 )
540 = Rs 252
Ex. 3: List price of a Video cassette is Rs 100. Now, SP = Rs 252 and Gain = 26%
A dealer sells three Video cassettes for

K KUNDAN
100
Rs 274.50 after allowing discount at  CP =  SP
100  Gain%
En

certain rate. Find the rate of discount

allowed.
 100 
Soln: We have, = Rs   252 
List price of one Video cassette = Rs 100  100  26 
 List price of three Video cassettes
 100
arn


= Rs 300 = Rs   252  = Rs 200
SP of three Video cassettes = Rs 274.50  126 
 Discount = Rs (300 – 274.50) = Rs 25.50 Hence, the actual cost of the article is Rs
200.
 25.50 
 Rate of discount =  100  = 8.5% Ex. 7: The marked price of a watch is Rs 400.
 300  After allowing a discount of 25% on
Le

Ex. 4: After allowing a discount of 12% on the the marked price, there was a loss of
marked price of an article, it is sold Rs 20. Determine the loss per cent.
for Rs 880. Find its marked price. Soln: Marked price of watch = Rs 400
Soln: Let the marked price be Rs 100. Discount of 25% of the marked price
w.

Discount = 12% on Marked Price

 25 
= 12% of Rs 100 = Rs 12 = Rs  400   = Rs 100
 SP = MP – Discount = Rs (100 – 12 )  100 
= Rs 88 Selling price of the watch
ww

Now, = Rs (400 – 100 =) 300

When SP is Rs 88, MP = Rs 100 Cost price of the watch = Selling price of
the watch + Loss
100
When SP is Re 1 MP = Rs = Rs 300 + Rs 20 = Rs 320
88
When SP is Rs 880, MP  20 
 required loss per cent =  100 
 320 
 100 
= Rs   880  = Rs 1000
 88   25  1
=  6 %
Hence, the marked price of the article is  4  4
Rs 1000.

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

304 Concept of Arithmetic

Ex. 8: A shopkeeper marks his goods at such SP of the article = MP – Discount

a price that after allowing a discount
 x 7x
of 12.5% for cash payment, he still = Rs  x   = Rs
m akes a pr ofi t of 10%. Fi nd t he  8 8
marked price of an article which costs
 7x 
him Rs 245. Profit = SP – CP = Rs   245 
Soln: We have,  8 
CP of the article = Rs 245
Gain = 10%   7x  
  8  245  
 
100  Gain % Profit % =   100 

.in
 SP =  CP  245 
100  
 100  10  Now, according to the question,
= Rs   245 
 100 

ng
  7x  
 110    8  245  
 245  = Rs 269.50  
= Rs    100  = 10
 100   245 
Now, let the marked price be Rs 100.  

eri
Then, discount allowed
= 12.5% of MP = Rs 12.5 70x
or,  2450 = 245
 SP of the article = MP – Discount 8
= Rs 100 – 12.5 = Rs 87.5
Thus,
When SP is Rs 87.5, MP = Rs 100
e  (2450  245 )  8 
or, x = Rs 
 70 

gin
100
When SP is Re 1, MP = Rs  2695  8   21560 
87.5 = Rs   = Rs  
 70   70 
When SP is Rs 269.50, MP
= Rs 308

K KUNDAN
 100  Hence, the marked price of the article is
= Rs   269 .50  = Rs 308
En

 87 .5  Rs 308.
Ex. 9: A cycl e m erchant al lows 25%
Hence, marked price of the article is Rs
commission on his advertised price and
308.
still makes a profit of 20%. If he gains
Alternative Method I:
Rs 60 over the sale of one cycle, find
arn

Let the Marked Price (MP) be Rs 100.

his advertised price.
Then, Discount = 12.5
Soln: Let the advertised price be Rs 100.
 SP = Rs (100 – 12.5) = Rs 87.5
Commission on advertised price = 25%
 SP  100   8.75  100  = Rs 25
 CP =  100  Profit %  = Rs  100  10   SP = Advertised price – Commission
   
Le

= Rs 100 – Rs 25 = Rs 75
 875  We have, profit = 20%
= Rs  
 11  100
 CP =  SP
875 100  Gain%
w.

 If CP is , then marked price is Rs

11
 100 
100. = Rs   75 
 100  20 
 If CP is Rs 245, then marked price is
 100
ww

 100  11  245  
=   75  = Rs 62.5
Rs   = Rs 308
 120 
 875 
Hence, the marked price of the article is  Gain = SP – CP = Rs 75 – 62.5
Rs 308. = Rs 12.5
Alternative Method II: Now,
Let the Marked Price of the article be Rs If the gain is Rs 12.5, advertised price
x, we have, = Rs 100
CP of the article = Rs 245 If the gain is Re 1, advertised price

 12 .5  x 100
Discount = Rs   x  = Rs = Rs
 100  8 12 .5

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Discount 305

If the gain is Rs 60, advertised price

 100  10 
100 Soln: Selling price = 480   = Rs 432
 60 = Rs 480  100 
= Rs
12.5
Hence, advertised price of the cycle is Rs  100 
Cost price = 432   = Rs 400
480.  100  8 
Ex. 10: A cycl e m erchant al lows 25% If there is no discount, SP = Rs 480
commission on his advertised price and
480  400
still makes a profit of 20%. If he gains  % profit =  100 = 20%
Rs 60 over the sale of the one cycle, 400

.in
find his cost price. Ex. 13: A deal er bought a hor se at 20%
Soln: Let the advertised price be Rs 100. discount on its original price. He sold
Commission on advertised price = 25% it at a 40% increase on the original
= Rs 25 price. What percentage of profit did he
 SP = Advertised price – Commission get?

ng
= Rs 100 – Rs 25 = Rs 75 Soln: Let the original CP = Rs 100
We have, profit = 20% Dealer’s CP = 100 – 20% of 100 = Rs 80
Dealer’s SP = 100 + 40% of 100 = Rs 140
100
 CP =  SP

eri
100  Gain% 140  80
Dealer’s profit % = = 75%
80
 100 
= Rs   75  Ex. 14: If a discount of 10% is given on the
 100  20  m arked pr i ce of an ar t i cl e, t he
 100
= Rs 
 120

 75  = Rs 62.5
 e shopkeeper gets a profit of 20%. Find
hi s per cent profi t i f he offers a
gin
discount of 20% on the same article.
 Profit = SP – CP Soln: Suppose the marked price = Rs 100
= Rs 75 – Rs 62.5 = Rs 12.5 Then selling price at 10% discount
Now, = Rs (100 – 10) = Rs 90

K KUNDAN
 If the gain is Rs 12.5, then CP is Rs Since he gets 20% profit, his cost price
62. 5.
En

 100 
 If the gain is Rs 60, then CP is Rs = 90   = Rs 75
 120 
 62.5  Now, at 20% discount, the selling price
  60  = Rs 300.
 12.5  = Rs (100 – 20) = Rs 80
arn

Ex. 11: Sat ish marks his goods 25% abov e Thus his % profit
cost price but allows 12.5% discount 80  75 500 20 2
for cash payment. If he sells the article =  100   6 %
for Rs 875, find his cost price. 75 75 3 3
Soln: Let the cost price of goods be Rs 100. Ex. 15: An article is marked at a price which
 Marked price = Rs (100 + 25) = Rs 125 gives a profit of 25%. After allowing a
Le

 Selling price = Rs (125 –12.5% of 125) certain discount, the profit reduces to

 125  1
= Rs 125   125  12 %. Find the discount per cent.
 1000  2
Soln: Let the CP of an article be Rs 100. Then,
w.

 125  875 to attain a profit of 25% , marked price

= Rs 125   = Rs
 8  8 must be 25% more than the cost price.
 marked price = Rs 100 + Rs 25
875 = Rs 125
ww

 If the selling price is Rs 8

, then
After allowing a certain discount the profit
cost price = Rs 100 1
 If the selling price is Rs 875, then cost reduces to 12 %.
2
 8  100  875  1
price = Rs   = Rs 800
Therefore, Profit = 12 % of CP
 875  2
Ex. 12: The marked price of a radio is Rs 480.
1 1
The shopkeeper allows a discount of = 12 % of Rs 100 = Rs 12
10% and gains 8%. If no discount is 2 2
allowed, find his gain per cent.

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

306 Concept of Arithmetic

1  200 
 SP = CP + Profit = Rs 100 + 12  
2 7 100  = 40%
 increase per cent = 
 500 
1  
= Rs 112  7 
2
Ex. 17: If a shopkeeper marks the price of goods
Now, MP = SP + Discount
50% more than their cost price and
 Discount = MP – SP
allows a discount of 40%, what is his
1 1 gain or loss per cent?
= Rs 125 – Rs 112 = Rs 12 Soln: Let the cost price be Rs x.
2 2

.in
 Marked price = Rs (x + 50% of x)
 Discount 
 Discount % =  100   50x  3x
 MP  = Rs  x   = Rs
 100  2

ng
 1  Discount = 40% of the marked price
 12 
=  2 100  = 10 3x
 125  = 40% of Rs
  2
 

eri
 3x 40  3x
Hence, discount = 10% =    = Rs
Ex. 16: A tradesman allows a discount of 15%  2 100  5
on the written price. How much above Selling Price = Marked Price – Discount
the cost price must he mark his goods
 3x 3x  9x
Soln:
to make a profit of 19%?
Let the CP be Rs 100
e = 
 2
  = Rs
5  10
gin
We have, Gain = 19% of CP = Rs 19 Since Selling Price < Cost Price, there is
 SP = CP + Gain = Rs 100 + Rs 19 a loss and it is given by
= Rs 119 9x 
 x
The trader allows a discount of 15%. This Loss = CP – SP = Rs  x   = Rs

K KUNDAN
 10  10
means that when marked price is Rs 100,
En

then SP is Rs 85.
Now,  x 
 
If Rs 85 is the SP, then marked price  Loss % =  10 100  = 10%
= Rs 100  x 
 
If Re 1 is the SP, then marked price  
arn

100 Hence, there is a loss of 10% .

= Rs
85 Ex. 18: A shopkeeper offers 5% discount on all
If Rs 119 is the SP, then his goods t o al l hi s cust om er s. He
offers a further discount of 2% on the
 100 
Marked Price = Rs  119  = Rs 140 reduced price to those customers who
Le

 85  pay cash. What will you actually have

Hence, the trader must mark his goods to pay for an article in cash if its MP
40% above the cost price. (Marked Price) is Rs 4800?
Alternative Method: Soln: We have, MP of the article = Rs 4800
Let the marked price be Rs 100.
w.

First discount = 5% of MP
Discount = 15% = 5% of Rs 4800
 Selling Price = Rs 100 – Rs 15 = Rs 85
Profit = 19%  5 
= Rs   4800 
 100 
ww

 100 
 Cost Price =   SP  = Rs 240
 100  Profit %  Net price after discount
= Rs 4800 – Rs 240 = Rs 4560
 100  500 Second discount = 2% of Rs 4560
=   85  = Rs
 119  7
 2 
Increase in marked price with respect to = Rs   4560 
cost price  100 
= Rs 91.20
500 200 Net price after discount
= Rs 100 – Rs = Rs
7 7 = Rs 4560 – Rs 91.20 = Rs 4468.80

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Discount 307

Alternative Method: ( By Rule of Soln: Marked price of the scooter = Rs 18000

Fraction) First discount = 10% of Rs 18000
Marked Price = Rs 4800
 10 
First discount = 5% = Rs  18000 
Second discount = 2%  100 
Net selling price of the goods is the actual = Rs 1800
price you have to pay Net price after first discount
 Selling Price = Rs 18000 – Rs 1800 = Rs 16200
Second discount = 5% of Rs 16200
 100  First discount 
= Marked Price  
 5 

.in
 100  16200 
= Rs 
 100 
 100  Second discount 
  = Rs 810
 100  Net price after second discount

ng
= Rs 16200 – Rs 810 = Rs 15390
  100  5   100  2   Third discount = 2% of Rs 15390
= Rs 4800    
  100   100  
 2 
= Rs  15390 
 4800  95  98   100 

eri
= Rs  
 100  100  = Rs 307.80
= Rs 4468.80 Net price after third discount
Ex. 19: Find the single discount equivalent to = Rs (15390 – 307.80) = Rs 15082.20
successive discounts of 15% and 20%. Hence, net selling price is Rs 15082.20
Soln: Let the marked price be Rs 100.
Then, first discount = 15% of Rs 100
e Alternative Method: (By Rule of Fraction)
Net selling price
gin
= Rs 15  100  10   100  5 
Net price after first discount = Rs 18000   
= Rs 100 – Rs 15 = Rs 85  100   100 
Second discount = 20% of Rs 85

K KUNDAN
 100  2 
 20   
En

= Rs   85   100 
 100 
= Rs 17 90 95 98
= Rs 18000   
Net price after second discount 100 100 100
= Rs 85 – Rs 17 = Rs 68
arn

Total discount = Rs (15 + 17) = Rs 32 18  9  95  98

= Rs
Hence, the equivalent single discount 100
= Rs 32 on MP of Rs 100 = 32% = Rs 15082.20
Alternative Method: ( By Rule of Ex. 21: Two successive discounts of 20% and
Fraction) 5% are allowed on an article whose
Le

Let the marked price be 100 net selling price is Rs 380. Find its
First discount = 15% and marked price.
Second discount = 20% Soln: Let the marked price be Rs 100.
Net selling price of the goods is the actual Then, first discount = 20% of Rs 100
price you have to pay = Rs 20
w.

 Selling Price Net price after first discount

= Rs (100 – 20) = Rs 80
  100  15   100  20   Second discount = 5% of Rs 80
= Rs 100    
  100   100  
ww

 5 
= Rs   80 
100  85  80   100 
= Rs   = Rs 68
 100  100  = Rs 4
 Equivalent discount Net price after second discount
= Marked Price – Selling Price = Rs (80 – 4) = Rs 76
= 100 – 68 = 32% Thus, net selling price after two discounts
Ex. 20: An ol d scoot er i s sol d at t hr ee = Rs 76
successive discounts of 10%, 5% and Now,
2%. If the marked price of the scooter If SP of Rs 76, MP = Rs 100
is Rs 18000, find its net selling price.

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

308 Concept of Arithmetic

100 Ex. 23: A dealer buys an article listed at Rs

If SP is Re 1, MP = Rs 100 and gets successive discounts of
76
10% and 20%. He spends 10% of the
 100  cost price on transportation etc. At
If SP is Rs 380, MP = Rs   380 
 76  what price should he sell the article to
= Rs 500 earn a profit of 15%?
Hence, marked price = Rs 500. Soln: List price of the article = Rs 100
Alternative Method: (By Rule of Fraction) First discount = 10% of Rs 100 = Rs 10
Selling Price = Rs 380 Net price after first discount
Let the marked price be Rs x. = Rs (100 – 10) = Rs 90

.in
Now, according to the question, Second discount = 20% of Rs 90

 100  20   100  5   20 
= Rs   90  = Rs 18
380 = x     100 
 100   100 

ng
Net price after second discount
80 95 = Rs (90 – 18) = Rs 72
or, 380 = x  
100 100 Transportation cost = 10% of Rs 72

380  100  100  10 

= Rs   72 

eri
 x = = Rs 500  100 
80  95
Ex. 22: The list price of a watch is Rs 160. = Rs 7.20
After two successive discounts, it is  CP of the article = Rs (72 + 7.20)
sold for Rs 122.40. If the first discount = Rs 79.20
i s 10%, what i s the rat e of second
discount?
e Profit = 15%
100  Profit %
gin
Soln: List price of watch = Rs 160.  SP =  CP
First discount = 10% of Rs 160 100

 10   100  15 
160  = Rs   79 .20  = Rs 91.08
= Rs 

K KUNDAN
 100   100 
Ex. 24: An invoice for a machinery plant is
En

= Rs 16
 Net price after first discount stated as follows: Cost of machinery
= Rs (160 – 16) = Rs 144 plant = Rs 18575.
SP of watch = Rs 122.40 2 1 n
Second discount = Rs (144 – 122.40) Terms: Cash 3, , , . Find
10 20 30
arn

= Rs 21.60
Since second discount is on Rs 144 ie the discount if,
price after first discount. (i) the bill is paid immediately.
 Rate of second discount (ii) the bill is paid on the 9th day.
(iii) the bill is paid on the 17th day.
 21.60  (iv) the bill is paid on the 28th day.
 100 % = 15%
Le

= 
 144  Soln: Cost of the plant = Rs 18575
Alternative Method: (By Rule of Fraction) (i) As the bill is paid immediately, cash
List price = Rs 160, discount of 3% is allowed.
The first discount = 10% and  18575  3 
w.

the selling price = Rs 122.40  discount = Rs  

 100 
Let the rate of second discount be x% .
Now, according to the question, = Rs 557.25
(ii) As the payment is made of 9th day,
 100  10   100  x  2% discount is allowed.
ww

122.40 = 160     
 100   100 
 18575  2 
 discount = Rs  
90 (100  x )  100 
or, 122.40 = 160  
100 100 = Rs 371.50
(iii) When the payment is made on 17th
12240  100 day, 1% discount is allowed.
or, 100 – x = = 85
160  90
 18575  1 
 x = 100 – 85 = 15%  discount = Rs  
Hence, the second discount is 15% .  100 
= Rs 185.75

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Discount 309

(iv) In case the payment is made after 20 Hence, the basic price of the TV set is Rs
days, no discount is given. 12300.
 When the payment is made on the Ex. 27: Sam i r bought a shir t for Rs 336,
28th day, there is no discount. including 12% sales tax and a necktie
Ex. 25: George bought a VCR at the list price for Rs 110 including 10% sales tax.
of Rs 18500. If the rate of sales tax Find the printed price (without sales
was 8%, find the amount he had to tax) of shirt and necktie together.
pay for purchasing the VCR. Soln: Let the printed price of the shirt be Rs x
Soln: List price of VCR = Rs 18500 and that of necktie be Rs y. Then,
Rate of sales tax = 8% Sales tax on shirt = 12% of Rs x

.in
 Sales tax = 8% of Rs 18500
12x 3x
8 = Rs = Rs
 18500 = Rs 1480 100 25
=
100 Sales tax on necktie = 10% of Rs y
So, total amount which George had to pay

ng
10y y
for purchasing the VCR = Rs = Rs
= Rs 18500 + Rs 1480 = Rs 19980 100 10
Ex. 26: The price of a TV set inclusive of sales  Selling price of shirt
tax is Rs 13530. If the rate of sales

eri
 3x  28x
tax is 10%, find its basic price. = Rs  x   = Rs and,
Soln: Let the basic price of TV set be Rs x.  25  25
Th en , Selling price of necktie
Sales tax at the rate of 10% on Rs x y 
 11y

= Rs 
 10   x 
 x  = Rs  
e = Rs  y 

 = Rs
10  10
gin
 100   10  But selling prices of shirt and necktie are
Thus, the sale price of the TV set Rs 336 and Rs 110 respectively.

 x  11x 28x 11y

= Rs  x   = Rs  = 336 and = 110

K KUNDAN
 10  10 25 10
It is given that the sale price of the TV set
En

336  25 110  10
is Rs 13530. or, x = and y =
28 11
11x
 = 13530 or, x = 300 and y = 100
10 Hence, the total printed price of the shirt
13530  10 and necktie
arn

or, x = = 12300 = Rs (300 + 100) = Rs 400

11

Practice Exercise
Le

1. List price of a Video cassette is Rs 100. A Find the marked price of the article which
dealer sells three Video cassettes for Rs 274.50 costs him Rs 1400.
after allowing discount at certain rate. Find 5. A trader marks his goods at 25% above the
w.

the rate of discount allowed. cost price. If he allows a discount of 8% for

2. A shopkeeper marks his goods 20% above his cash payment, what profit per cent does he
cost price. He gives 15% discount on the make?
marked price. Find his gain per cent. 6. A dealer marks his goods 20% above the cost
ww

3. A shopkeeper allows a discount of 10% on price. He then allows some discount on it

the marked price of an item but charges a and earns a profit of 14%. What is the rate of
sales tax of 8% on the discounted price. If a discount offered by the dealer?
customer pays Rs 680.40 as the price of the 7. On selling an article at a discount of 20% ,
item including sales tax, find the marked the profit is 20% . Find the profit per cent if
price of the item. the article is sold at a discount of 10%.
4. A shopkeeper marks his goods at such a price 8. By selling an umbrella f or Rs 300, a
shopkeeper gains 20% . During a clearance
1
that after allowing a discount of 12 % on sale, the shopkeeper allows a discount of 10%
2 on the marked price. Find his gain per cent
the marked price, he earns a profit of 20% . during the sale season.

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

310 Concept of Arithmetic

9. How much per cent above the cost price must profit when all the goods are sold and the
a person mark his goods so that even after amount realised?
giving a discount of 10% , a profit of 10% is 19. Reena goes to a shop to buy a radio, costing
made? Rs 2568. The rate of sales tax is 7% . She
10. A trader bought some goods at a discount of tells the shopkeeper to reduce the price of
20% of the list price. He wants to mark them the radio to such an extent that she has to
at such a price that he can give a discount of pay Rs 2568, inclusive of sales tax. Find the
20% on the marked price and still make a reduction needed in the price of the radio.
profit of 25% . Find the per cent of the list 20. David purchased a pair of shoes for Rs 441
price at which he should mark the goods. including sales tax. If the sales price of the

.in
11. In a shop, the prices of all goods are marked shoes is Rs 420, find the rate of sales tax.
15% above the cost price and 5% discount is 21. Amit purchases a motorcycle, having marked
allowed on all sales. In a certain month, the price Rs 46000 at a discount of 5%. If sales
business expenses of the shop amounted to tax is charged at the rate of 10% , find the

ng
Rs 6,500 and the owner realised a profit of amount Amit has paid to pur chase the
6%. Find the cost prices of goods sold by the motorcycle.
shop during the month. 22. The list price of an air-conditioner is Rs
12. A company gives discount to its customers at 25630. The rate of sales tax is 10% . The
15% on the list price and thus makes a profit cust omer r equest s the dealer t o allow a

eri
of 19% . If the cost of production goes up by discount to such an extent that the cost of
12% , company issues a new price list in the air-conditioner amount s to Rs 25630
which cost of all goods have been increased inclusiv e of sales t ax. Find the rat e of
by 10%. If company continue to give discount discount.
of 15% on t he list pr ice, f ind the pr ofit
percentage.
e 23. Shilpa buys a washing machine quoted at Rs
4 2 n
gin
13. Which is the profitable bargain for a consumer 16800 on the terms of cash 5, , , .
(i) The successive discount s of 20% and 10 20 30
15% . Find the amount she will have to pay if the
(ii) The successive discount s of 10% and payment is made on the 7th day.

K KUNDAN
25% . 24. A shopkeeper fixed selling price of his goods
14. Two dealers offer an article at the same list at 20% above cost price. He sells half the
En

price. The first allows discount 20% , 10% stock at this price, one quarter of the stock at
and 5% , the other of 15% , 12% and 8% . the discount of 15% and the remaining at
Which is a better offer for the customer? the discount of 50% on the marked selling
15. The marked price of an article is Rs 800. A price. What is his gain or loss per cent?
arn

retailer purchases it after two successive 25. A sells an item at Rs 100 less than the list
discounts for Rs 540. The first discount of it price and receives 10% of his selling price
was 25%. Find the rate of second discount. as commission. B sells the same item at Rs
16. By how much above the cost should the goods 200 less than the list price and receives 20%
be marked for sale, so that after allowing a of his selling price as his commission. If they
trade discount of 20% and a cash discount of both get the same commission. What is the
Le

6.25%, a net gain of 20% on the cost is made? list price of the item?
17. A dealer buys a table listed at Rs 1500 and 26. Two retailers A and B purchase one computer
gets successive discounts of 20% and 10% . each from a wholesaler at the r ate of Rs
He spends Rs 20 on transportation and sells 40000. First retailer A sells the computer at a
w.

it at a profit of 10%. Find the selling price of profit of 20% while t he second ret ailer B
the table. enhances t he rat e by 30% and sells the
18. A manufacturer marks his goods at 40% above computer at 8% rebate. Find the profit of each
the cost price. He allows a discount of 10% A and B.
ww

for the cash customers and 5% to the credit 27. A shopkeeper marks his goods at 20% above
his cost price. He sells three-fourth of his
3
customers. th of the goods are sold for cash goods at t he mar ked pr ice. He sells t he
5 remaining goods at 50% of the marked price.
and rest on credit. What is the percentage of Determine his profit per cent on the whole
transaction.

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Discount 311

Answers and explanations

1. We have, 5. Let the cost price be Rs x.
List price of one Video cassette = Rs 100 Marked price = Rs (x + 25% of x)
 List price of three Video cassettes = Rs 300
 25x  5x
SP of three Video cassettes = Rs 274.50 = Rs  x   = Rs
 Discount = Rs (300 – 274.50) = Rs 25.50  100  4
Discount = 8% of the marked price
 25.50 
 Rate of discount =  100  = 8.5%

.in
 300   5x 8  x
= Rs    = Rs
2. Let the cost price be Rs 100.  4 100  10
100  120  Selling Price = Marked Price – Discount
 Marked Price = Rs = Rs 120
100  5x x   25 x  2x 

ng
Rate of discount = 15% = Rs    = Rs  
 4 10   20 
120  85
 Selling Price = Rs = Rs 102 23x
100 = Rs
20

eri
 Gain % = Rs 102 – Rs 100 = 2%
3. Let the marked price of the item be Rs 100.  23 x  3x
Discount = 10%  Gain = SP – CP = Rs   x  = Rs
 20  20
 Discounted price for the shopkeeper
= Rs (100 – 10) = Rs 90
Sales tax = 8% of the discounted price
= 8% of Rs 90
e Gain % =
 3x

 20


100  = 15%
gin
 x 
 8   
 90  = Rs 7.20  
= Rs 
 100 
Alternative Method:
 Selling price for the shopkeeper

K KUNDAN
Let the CP of the article be Rs 100.
= Rs 90 + Rs 7.20 = Rs Rs 97.20  Marked price of the article = Rs 125
En

Now, The trader allows a discount of 8% .

 If selling price is Rs 97.20, then marked  SP = (100 – 8)% of Rs 125
price is Rs 100.
 If selling price is Rs 680.40, then marked 125  92
= Rs = Rs 115
100
arn

 680 .40  100 

price is Rs   = Rs 700. Since the CP of the article is Rs 100, hence
 97 .20  the profit per cent = (115 – 100 =) 15%
 Marked Price = Rs 700. 6. Let the cost price be Rs x.
4. We have, CP of the article = Rs 1400  Marked price = Rs (x + 20% of x)
Gain = 20%
 20x  6x
Le

 100  Gain%  = Rs  x   = Rs
  CP  100  5
 SP = 
 100  Gain % = 14%
 100  20 
= Rs   1400   100  Gain% 
Selling Price =   CP 
w.

 100  100
 
 120  1400 
= Rs   = Rs 1680  100  14  57x
 100  = Rs   x  = Rs
 100  50
Now, let the marked price be Rs 100.
ww

Then, discount allowed = 12.5% of MP Discount = Marked Price – Selling Price

= Rs 12.5  6x 57 x  3x
 SP of the article = MP – Discount = Rs    = Rs
 5 50  50
= Rs (100 – 12.5) = Rs 87.5
Thus, 3x
 When SP is Rs 87.5, MP = Rs 100
50  100  3x  5  100
Rate of discount =
 100  6x 50 6x
 When SP is Rs 1680, MP = Rs  1680 
 87.5  5
= Rs 1920 = 5%

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

312 Concept of Arithmetic

7. Suppose the marked price = Rs 100 He wants to make a profit of 25% on this cost
Then selling price at 20% discount price.
= Rs (100 – 20) = Rs 80
 25  80 
Since he gets 20% profit, his cost price  Selling price = Rs  80  
 100 
 100   80  5  200
= Rs 80   = Rs   = Rs = Rs (80 + 20) = Rs 100
 100  20   6  3 This becomes final selling price of the goods
Now, at 10% discount, the selling price after discount of 20% .
= Rs (100 – 10) = Rs 90 Now, let the marked price of goods be Rs x.
Profit = Selling Price – Cost Price Now, according to the question,

.in
 200  70 20  x
= Rs  90   = Rs x  100
 3  3 100
Thus, his per cent profit
100 x  20 x
 100

ng
or,
70 100
3  100  70  3  100 or, 80x  10000
= = 35%
200 3 200
3 10000

eri
or, x =  125
8. Selling price of the umbrella = Rs 300 80
Gain% = 20%  The marked price of the goods should be
Rs 125.
 100  Hence the trader should mark the price of
Cost price = Rs 300    = Rs 250
 100  20 
Here, marked price is the selling price
e the goods (125 – 100 =) 25% above the list
price.
gin
= Rs 300. 11. Let the cost price of the goods sold during
 New selling price (during the sale season) the month be Rs 100x.
Marked price, 15% above the cost price
 100  10  = Rs 115x
= Rs 300    = Rs 270

K KUNDAN
 100  Sales price after 5% discount on marked price
En

 Gain = Selling Price – Cost Price

95  115 x
= Rs (270 – 250) = Rs 20 
100
20 Expenses during the month = Rs 6500
 Gain % =  100 = 8%
250 Owners’ profit = 6%
arn

9. Let the CP be Rs 100. So, according to the question,

We have, Gain = 10% of CP = Rs 10 95  115x
SP = CP + Gain = Rs 100 + Rs 10 = Rs 110  6500  106x
The person allows a discount of 10% . This 100
means that when marked price is Rs 100, or, 95 × 115x – 106x × 100 = 650000
then SP is Rs 90. or, 10925x – 10600x = 650000
Le

Now, or, 325x = 650000

If Rs 90 is the SP, then marked price is Rs 650000
100. or, x = = Rs 2000
325
If Rs 110 is the SP, then marked price is
w.

But CP is 100x = 100 × 2000 = Rs 200000.

 100  1100 12. Let the marked price be Rs 100
Rs  110  = Rs
 90  9  Selling price = Rs (100 – 15) = Rs 85
Hence, the person must mark his goods 100
ww

Cost price at 19% profit = 85  (100  19)

 1100  200 2
  100    22 % above the cost
 9  9 9
85  100 500
price. = = Rs
119 7
10. Let the list price be Rs 100.
Cost price after 20% discount New cost of production after increase of 12%

 20  500 112
=  = Rs 80
= Rs 100   100 
7 100
 100 
= Rs (100 – 20) = Rs 80 New list price is Rs (100 + 10) = Rs 110

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Discount 313

New selling price after discount of 15% Cost price after 8% discount
 100  15  110  85 8  74.80
= 110    = = Rs 93.50 = 74.80  = Rs 68.816
 100  100 100
Profit = Selling Price – Cost of Production It can be seen from the above that the first
= Rs (93.50 – 80) = Rs 13.50 discount series is more favourable.
15. Marked price of an article = Rs 800
13.50
Profit % =  100 = 16.875% First discount = 25% of Rs 800
80
 25 
13. ( i ) Let the list price be Rs 100 = Rs  800   = Rs 200

.in
In first case,  100 
Net price after first discount
20
First discount of 20% = Rs 100  = Rs (800 – 200) = Rs 600
100 SP of article = Rs 540
= Rs 20 Second discount = Rs (600 – 540) = Rs 60

ng
Price after first discount = Rs (100 – 20) Since second discount is on Rs 600 ie price
= Rs 80 after first discount.
Now, second discount of 15%  60 
 Rate of second discount =   100 %

eri
 15  80   600 
= Rs   = Rs 12 = 10%
 100 
16. Let the marked price be Rs 100
Net price = Rs (80 – 12) = Rs 68 Price after discount of 20%
( i i) First discount 10%

= Rs 100 
10
= Rs 10
e = Rs

100 

20  100 
100 
 = Rs 80
gin
100
Price after discount of 6.25%
Price after first discount = Rs (100 – 10)
= Rs 90  6.25  80 
Now, = Rs  80   = Rs 75
 100 

K KUNDAN
Second discount of 25% =
25  90  Single equivalent discount
En

100 = (100 – 75) = 25%

Again, let the CP be Rs 100.
= Rs 22.50
We have gain % = 20%
Net price = Rs 90 – 22.50 = Rs 67.50
This way it can be seen that the second  100  20 
offer is more beneficial to the consumer.  SP = Rs    100 = Rs 120
arn

 100 
14. Let the marked price be Rs 100
Now a discount of 25% is allowed. This means
First discount series 20%, 10% and 5%
that when marked price is Rs 100, then SP
Cost price after 20% discount
is Rs (100 – 25) = Rs 75
20  100 Now,
= 100  = Rs 80
Le

100  If Rs 75 is the SP, then maked price is

Cost price after 10% discount Rs 100.
 If Rs 120 is the SP, then maked price is
10  80
= 80  = Rs 72  100 
100 Rs  120  = Rs 160
w.

 75 
Cost price after 5% discount
Hence marked price will be (160 – 100) = 60%
5  72 more than the cost price.
= 72  = Rs 68.40
100 17. Marked Price = Rs 1500
ww

Second discount series 15%, 12% and 8% Successive discounts = 20% and 10%
Cost price after 15% discount After 20% discount,
Price = 80% of Rs 1500
15  100
= 100  = Rs 85  80 
100 = Rs  1500  = Rs 1200
Cost price after 12% discount  100 
After 10% discount,
12  85 Price = 90% of Rs 1200
= 85  = Rs 74.80
100
 90 
= Rs  1200  = Rs 1080
 100 

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

314 Concept of Arithmetic

Transportation cost = Rs 20  Selling price of the radio

 Effective cost price = Rs 1080 + Rs 20
 7x  107x
= Rs 1100 = Rs  x   = Rs
Profit = 10%  100  100
But the selling price of the set is Rs 2568.
 100  Profit% 
 Selling Price =    Cost Price 107x
 100   = 2568
100
 100  10 
= Rs   1100  2568  100
 100  or, x = = Rs 2400.
107

.in
 110  Hence, the reduction needed in the price of
= Rs  1100  = Rs 1210
 100  the radio = Rs (2568 – 2400) = Rs 168
18. Let the cost price for manufacturer be Rs 100 2 0 . Let the rate of sales tax be x%. Then
Sales tax = x% of Rs 420

ng
Marked price of the goods
40  100  x  21x
= Rs   420  = Rs
= 100  = Rs (100 + 40) = Rs 140  100  5
100
According to the question,  21x 

eri
 Selling price of shoes = Rs  420  
3  5 
He sells th of his goods on cash at 10% But selling price of shoes is Rs 441.
5
discount 21x
 420  = 441

 Marked price of
3
5
th goods
e 21x
5
gin
or, = 21
5
3
=  140 = Rs 84  x = 5
5
Hence, the rate of sales tax is 5%.

K KUNDAN
10% discount = Rs 8.40 21. Marked price of motorcycle = Rs 46000
Discount = 5% of Rs 46000
En

3
Selling price of th goods  5 
5  46000  = Rs 2300
= Rs 
= Rs 84 – Rs 8.40 = Rs 75.60  100 
 Net price of motorcycle
2 = Rs 46000 – Rs 2300 = Rs 43700
He sells th of the goods on credit at 5%
arn

5 Sales tax = 10% of Rs 43700

discount.  10 
= Rs   43700  = Rs 4370
2  100 
So, marked price of th goods  SP of motorcycle = Rs (43700 + 4370)
5
= Rs 48070
Le

2 Hence, Amit has paid Rs 48070 to purchase

=  140 = Rs 56 the motorcycle.
5
2 2 . The list price of air-conditioner = Rs 25630
5 Rate of sales tax = 10%
5% discount = 56  = Rs 2.80
w.

100 Selling price of air-conditioner with sales tax

25630  110
2 = Rs = Rs 28193
Selling price of th goods 100
5
Let the rate of discount given = x%
ww

= Rs (56 – 2.80) = Rs 53.20

According to the question,
Selling price of goods under both category
= Rs (75.60 + 53.20) = Rs 128.80 28193  x
28193 – = 25630
Profit = Selling price – Cost price 100
= Rs (128.80 – 100) = Rs 28.80 or, 2819300 – 28193x = 100 × 25630
Profit = 28.80%
19. Let the reduced price, excluding the sales 2819300  2563000 100 1
or, x =  9
tax, of the radio be Rs x. Then, 28193 11 11
7x 1
Sales tax = 7% of Rs x = Rs Hence, the rate of discount = 9 %
100 11

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Discount 315

23. Cost price of washing machine = Rs 16800.

 20 
As the payment is made on the 7th day, cash B’s commission = Rs   ( x  200 )
discount of 4% is allowed. 100 

 16800  4   x  200 
 Discount = Rs   = Rs 672 = Rs  
 100   5 
 Required amount paid by her Now, according to the question,
= Rs (16800 – 6782) = Rs 16128
x  100 x  200
24. Let the shopkeeper sell 100 articles of cost 
price Rs 100 each. 10 5

.in
The shopkeeper fixes the marked price at 12% or, 10x – 2000 = 5x – 500
above the CP. or, 10x – 5x = 2000 – 500
 Marked price of each article or, 5x = 1500
= Rs (100 + 20) = Rs 120
1500

ng
He sells half the stock at marked price.  x = = 300
 SP of 50 articles = Rs (120 × 50) = Rs 6000 5
Total marked price of 25 articles Hence, the marked price of the article
= Rs (25 × 120) = Rs 3000 = Rs 300
26. Cost price of first retailer A = Rs 40000

eri
 15  He sells it at a profit of 20%.
Discount (at 15%) = Rs  3000   = Rs 450
 100 
20
 Selling price = Rs (3000 – 450) = Rs 2550  His profit = 40000  = Rs 8000
100
Remaining 25 ar t icles ar e sold at 30%
discount.
 Marked price (total) = Rs 3000
e CP of second retailer ie B = Rs 40000
He marks it at 30% profit.
gin
 30  100  30
 Discount = Rs  3000   = Rs 900  His marked price = 40000 
 100  100
SP = Rs (3000 – 900) = Rs 2100 = 400 × 130 = Rs 52000

K KUNDAN
Hence, total SP = Rs (6000 + 2550 + 2100) B’s SP after giving 8% rebate becomes
= Rs 10650
En

(100  8)
Total CP = Rs (100 × 100) = Rs 10000 = Rs 52000 
100
Profit = Rs (10650 – 10000) = Rs 650
= Rs (520 × 92) = Rs 47840
650  100  B’s profit = Rs (47840 – 40000) = Rs 7840
 Gain % = = 6.5% 27. Let the shopkeeper have 100 articles and the
10000
arn

25. Let the marked price of article be Rs x. cost of each article be Rs 100.
For salesman A,  Total CP = Rs (100 × 100) = Rs 10000
SP of article = Rs (x – 100) Now, CP of each article be Rs 120.
According to the question,
 10 
A’s commission = Rs   (x  100 ) 3 1 
Le

100  Total SP = Rs   100  120   100  60 

4 4 
 x  100  = Rs (9000 + 1500) = Rs 10500
= Rs  
 Gain = Rs (10500 – 10000) = Rs 500
 10 
w.

For salesman B, 500

SP of article = Rs (x – 200)  Gain % =  100 = 5%
10000
ww

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Ratio & Proportion and k-Method 359

Chapter-17

Ratio & Proportion and k-Method

Important Definitions and Related Concepts

1. Some Useful Results on Proportion Subtracting one from each side, we have,

If four quantities a, b, c and d are in proportion, then a c a b c d

1  1  
we can see that the following results are true: b d b d

.in
( i ) Invertendo  a – b : b :: c – d : d.
If four quantities be in proportion they keep in This operation is called Dividendo.
proportion even when they are taken inversely. (v) Componendo and Dividendo
If a : b :: c : d, then b : a :: d : c

ng
When four quantities are in proportion, the sum
a c of the first and second is to their difference as
Since  dividing unity by each of these equal
b d the sum of third and fourth is to their difference.
sides, we have, If a : b :: c : d, then a + b : a – b :: c + d : c – d

eri
a c a c a b c d
Since,  ,   ....(i)

K
1: = 1 : b d b d
b d
[By Componendo]
b d

a c
  b : a :: d : c

e And
a b c d
b

d
....(ii)
gin
This result is called Invertendo.
[By Dividendo]
( i i) Alternendo
If four quantities be proportionals, they remain a b c d
Dividing (i) by (ii), we get 
proportionals when they are taken alternately. a b c d
If a : b :: c : d, then a : c :: b : d This operation is known as Componendo and
En

Dividendo.
a c b
Since  , multiplying both sides by , we
b d c a c a b c d
Also, if  , then 
get, b d a b c d

KUNDAN
This oper at ion is known as Dividendo and
a b c b a b
arn

     Componendo.
b c d c c d
 a : c :: b : d. This result is called Alternendo. 2. The k-Method
( i ii ) Componendo This method requires that each of the given ratios be
When four quantities are in proportion, the first put equal to constant k, the values of the numerators
Le

together with the second is to second as the third (antecedents) found in terms of k and denominators
together with the fourth is to the fourth. (consequent s) and such v alues as ar e obt ained
If a : b :: c : d, then a + b : b :: c + d : d substituted in the two sides of the equality to be proved.
As the method becomes almost mechanical after a
a c little practice, the students will find it very convenient
w.

Given, 
b d and helpful, though not much instructive in solving
Adding one to each side, we have, problems concerning equal ratios.
Note:
a c a b c d ( i ) Ther e is simple method popular ly known as
1  1  
ww

b d b d ‘k-method’ to solve problems on equal ratios.

 a + b : b :: c + d : d. ( i i) In this method, we assume each of the given ratios
This operation is said to be Componendo. equal to k.
( iv) Dividendo 3. Theorem On Equal Ratios
When four quantities are in proportion, the excess
of the first over the second is to the second as a c a a b c
(i) If  , then   .
the excess of the third over the fourth is to the b d b b d d
fourth.
a b c d a c e
 ( i i) If  = , then each of these ratios is equal
If a : b :: c : d, then b d f
b d
a c
Given,  a c e
b d to b  d  f .

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

360 SSC Advanced Maths

( vi) Three or more quantit ies are said to be in
a c e
( i ii ) If  = = ......, then each ratio is equal to continued proportion when the ratio of the first
b d f and the second is equal to the ratio of second
and t hir d and so on. Thus, a, b, c are in
a  c  e  ...... Sum of antecedent s
= . a b
b  d  f  ...... Sum of consequent s  .
continued proportion if
b c
4. Important Points a b
(vii) When  , we get b2 = a × c. If three quantities
(i) Four quantities a, b, c, d are said to be in b c
proportion (or proportional) if a : b :: c : d. In a, b, c are in continued proportion, then b is
short, proportion means equality of two ratios. said to be the mean proportional between a and
( i i) Proportion is often expressed as a : b :: c : d c. c is called the third proportional to a and b.
and is read as “a is to b as c is to d”.

.in
( vi ii) The concept of proportion need not be restricted
( i ii ) The terms ‘a’ and ‘b’ are called extremes (end to only two equal ratios. It may be extended
terms) and ‘b’ and ‘c’ are called means (middle
terms). a c e
thus. If  = = ........, then a, b, c, d, e, f
( iv) The f our t h ter ms ‘d’ is called t he f ourth b d f

ng
proportional to a, b and c. ...... are said to be in proportion.
(v) The f our quantit ies, a, b, c and d ar e in ( ix ) The concept of continued proportion may be
proportion if and only if the product of the extended as given below:
extremes is equal to the product of the means.

eri
Thus, if a : b :: c : d, then ad = bc and conversely, a b c
If    ......, then a, b, c, d, .... are said to

K
b c d
a c
let ad = bc, then  . be in continued proportion.
b d

e
Solved Examples
gin
a c 4a  9b 4c  9d (a  2b  3c  4d )  (a  2b  3c  4d )
Ex. 1: (a) If = , show that  . =
b d 4a  9b 4c  9d (a  2b  3c  4d )  (a  2b  3c  4d )

a c 2(a  2b ) 2(a  2b )
( b) If = , pr ov e t hat ( 2a + 3b) ( 2c – 3d)  
b d 2(3c  4d ) 2(3c  4d )
En

= (2a – 3b)(2c + 3d).

a  2b a  2b
 

KUNDAN
a c 3c  4d 3c  4d
Soln. (a) We have, 
b d By alternendo, we get,
arn

4a 4c 4
  [Multiplying both sides by ] a  2b 3c  4d
9b 9d 9 
a  2b 3c  4d
4a  9b 4c  9d By componendo and dividendo, we get,
 
4a  9b 4c  9d
a  2b  a  2b 3c  4d  3c  4d
[By Componendo and Dividendo] 
Le

a  2b  a  2b 3c  4d  3c  4d
a c
(b) We have,  2a 6c a 3c
b d    
4b 8d 2b 4d
2a 2c 2
w.

  [Multiplying both sides by ]  4ad = 6bc  2ad = 3bc

3b 3d 3
x a x b 2ab
2a  3b 2c  3d Ex. 3: Find the value of  , when x = .
  x a x b a b
2a  3b 2c  3d
ww

[By Componendo and Dividendo] 2ab

Soln. When x =
 (2a + 3b)(2c – 3d) = (2a – 3b)(2c + 3d) a b
[By cross-multiplication] Dividing both sides by a, we have,
Ex. 2: If (a – 2b – 3c + 4d)(a + 2b + 3c + 4d) = (a + 2b – x 2b
3c – 4d) (a – 2b + 3c – d), prove that 2ad = 3bc. 
a a b
a  2b  3c  4d a  2b  3c  4d
Soln.  x  a 3b  a
a  2b  3c  4d a  2b  3c  4d  
x a b a
By componendo and dividendo, we get,
[By componendo and dividendo]
(a  2b  3c  4d )  (a  2b  3c  4d )
x a 3b  a
(a  2b  3c  4d )  (a  2b  3c  4d )   .....(i)
x a a b

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Ratio & Proportion and k-Method 361

2ab 1  px 1  qx
Again, x = (e) 1  px 1
a b 1  qx
Dividing both sides by b, we get,
x 2b x 3  3x
341
 Soln. (a) We have, 
b a b 3x 2  1 91
By componendo and dividendo, we get,
x  b 3a  b
  .....(ii)
x b a b x 3  3x  3x 2  1 341  91

[By componendo and dividendo] x 3  3x  3x 2  1 341  91
Adding (i) and (ii), we get,
x a x b 3b  a 3a  b (x  1)3 432 216
 

.in
 =   3
x a x b a b a b (x  1) 250 125

3b  a  3a  b 2a  2b 2(a  b ) 3 3
= = = = 2.  x 1 6 x 1 6
a b (a  b ) (a  b )      
 x 1  5 x 1 5

ng
 p  2x p  2y  By componendo and dividendo, we get,
4 xy
Ex. 4: If p = x  y , find the value of  p  2x  p  2y  . x  1  x 1 6  5

x 1 x 1 6  5

eri
4xy p 2y
Soln: p = x  y  2x  x  y 2x 11

K
   x = 11
2 1
By componnendo and dividendo, we get,
x  4  x  10 5
p  2x 2y  (x  y )
p  2x

2y  ( x  y )
e (b) We have, 
x  4  x  10 2
gin
By componendo and dividendo, we get,
p  2x 3y  x
  ....(i) x  4  x  10  x  4  x  10 52
p  2x yx 
x  4  x  10  x  4  x  10 52
4xy p 2x
Again, p = x  y  
En

2y x  y x 4 7
 
By componendo and dividendo, we get, x  10 3
p  2y 2x  (x  y ) On squaring both sides, we get,

KUNDAN

p  2y 2x  (x  y ) x 4 49
arn


x  10 9
p  2y 3x  y
  ....(ii)  9x + 36 = 49x – 490
p  2y x y
 –40x = –526
Adding (i) and (ii), we get,
526 263
p  2x p  2y 3y  x 3x  y  x 
Le

+ = + 40 20
p  2x p  2y yx x y
x  1  x  1 4x  1
3y  x 3x  y 3y  x  3x  y (c) We have, 
= – = x  1  x 1 2
yx yx yx
w.

By componendo and dividendo, we get,

2y  2x 2(y  x ) x  1  x  1  x  1  x  1 4x  1  2
= = = 2. 
yx yx x  1  x  1  x  1  x  1 4x  1  2
ww

Ex. 5: Find the value of x in the following equations: 2 x  1 4x  1

 
3 2 x  1 4x  3
x  3x 341
(a) 
3x 2  1 91 x  1 4x  1


x  1 4x  3
x  4  x  10 5 On squaring both sides, we get,
(b) 
x  4  x  10 2
x  1 16x 2  8 x  1

x  1  x 1 4 x 1 x  1 16x 2  24x  9
(c) 
x 1  x 1 2 By componendo and dividendo, we get,

a x  a x x 1 x 1 (16x 2  8x  1)  (16x 2  24x  9)

(d) k =
a x  a x x 1 x 1 (16x 2  8 x  1)  (16x 2  24x  9)

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

362 SSC Advanced Maths

Note: x = 0, also satisfies the given equation.
2x 32x 2  16 x  10
  Ex. 6: Show that 3nx2 – 2mx + 3n = 0, if
2 32x  8
32x – 8x = 32x2 – 16x + 10
2 m  3n  m  3n
x
 –8x + 16x = 10 m  3n  m  3n
5
8x = 10  x m  3n  m  3n
4 Soln. x 
m  3n  m  3n
a x  a x By componendo and dividendo, we get,
(d) We have, k
ax  ax
x 1 ( m  3n  m  3n )  ( m  3n  m  3n )
By componendo and dividendo, we get, =
x 1 ( m  3n  m  3n )  ( m  3n  m  3n )
a  x  a  x  a  x  a  x k 1

.in

a  x  a  x  a  x  a  x k 1 x 1 m  3n
 =
x 1 m  3n
a  x k 1 On squaring both sides, we get,
 
a  x k 1

ng
On squaring both sides, we get, x 2  2x  1 m  3n

x 2  2x  1 m  3n
a  x k 2  2k  1
 By componendo and dividendo, we get,
a  x k 2  2k  1

eri
(x 2  2x  1)  (x 2  2x  1)

K
By componendo and dividendo, we get, m  3n  m  3n

(x 2  2x  1)  (x 2  2x  1) m  3n  m  3n
a  x a  x k 2  2k  1  k 2  2k  1
= 2
a  x a  x k  2k  1  k 2  2k  1 x2 1 m

2a 2k 2  2 e 
2x

3n
gin
  3n(x2 + 1) = 2mx  3nx2 + 3n = 2mx
2x 4k
3nx2 – 2mx + 3n = 0.

a k2 1 2ak
   x 15 a 2  4 b 2 47
x 2k k2 1 Ex. 7: If  , find the values of
15a 2  4 b 2 7
En

1  px 1  qx
(e) 1  px 1  qx  1 a a 3  3b 3

KUNDAN
(i) (ii)
b 3b 3
1  px 1  qx
arn

 1  px  1  qx 15a 2  4b2 47
Soln. (i) 
15a 2  4b 2 7
On squaring both sides, we get,
By componendo and dividendo, we get,
1  p2x 2  2 px 1  qx
 (15a 2  4b 2 )  (15a 2  4b 2 ) 47  7
1  p 2x 2  2 px 1  qx
Le


2 2 2 2 47  7
(15a  4b )  (15a  4b )
By componendo and dividendo, we get,
30a 2 54 54 8 9 a2
(1  p 2x 2  2 px )  (1  p 2x 2  2 px )      
2
8b 40 b 2 40 30 25
w.

2 2 2 2
(1  p x  2 px )  (1  p x  2 px )
Taking the positive square roots of both the
1  qx  1  qx sides, we get,
=
1  qx  1  qx a 9 3
ww

  
b 25 5
1  p 2x 2 1 2p
   1 + p2x2 =
2 px qx q a 3 a3 27
(ii)   3 
b 5 b 125
2p 2p  q
 p2x2 = – 1 =
q q
a327 9
  
2 2p  q 3b 3 375 125
 x 
p2q Using componendo, we get,

a 3  3b 3 9  125 a 3  3b 3 134
1 2p  q 3 =  =
 x p q 3b 125 3b 3 125

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Ratio & Proportion and k-Method 363

x2  y2 xy x y p q x2  y2  z2  px  qy  rz 
2
Ex. 8: If  , prove that x  y  p  q . (ii)  
p2  q2 pq a 2 2
b c 2
 pa  qb  rc 

x 2  y2 xy x 2  y2 p2  q 2 x y z
Soln.    Soln. (i) Since   = k (say)
2 2 pq xy pq a b c
p q
 x = ak, y = bk, z = ck
x 2  y2 p2  q2 3
 
2xy 2 pq  a 2x 2  b 2y 2  c 2z 2  2
LHS =  
By componendo and dividendo, we get,  a 3 x  b 3y  c 3z 
x 2  y 2  2xy p 2  q 2  2 pq

.in
 3
x 2  y 2  2xy p 2  q 2  2 pq  a 2 . a 2k 2  b 2 . b 2k 2  c 2 . c 2k 2  2
=  
 a 3 . ak  b 3 . bk  c 3 . ck 
(x  y )2 ( p  q )2
 
2
( p  q )2

ng
(x  y ) 3
3
 k 2 (a 4  b 4  c 4 )  2
x y pq =    k2
Hence,   k (a 4  b 4  c 4 ) 
x y p q

eri
xyz ak . bk . ck
a c e a 3  c3  e3 ace RHS = =

K
Ex. 9: If b  d  f , prove that 3  . abc abc
b  d 3  f 3 bdf
k 3 . abc 3
Soln. Let
a c e
   k (say)
b d f
e =
abc
=
k3  k 2
gin
Hence, LHS = RHS
Then, a = bk, c = dk, e = fk
x y z
( i i) Since   = k (say)
a3  c 3  e3 b3k 3  d 3k 3  f 3k 3 3 a b c
LHS = = k ..(i)
b3  d 3  f 3 b3  d 3  f 3  x = ak, y = bk, z = ck
En

ace bk . dk . fk x 2  y2  z 2 a 2k 2  b 2k 2  c 2k 2
RHS = =  k3 ..(ii) LHS = =
bdf bdf a 2  b2  c 2 a 2  b2  c 2

KUNDAN
From (i) and (ii), we get,
LHS = RHS k 2(a 2  b 2  c 2 )
=  k2
arn

3 3 3 a2  b2  c 2
a c e ace
 3 3 = 2 2
b d f3 bdf  px  qy  rz   p . ak  q . bk  r . ck 
RHS =   = 
 pa  qb  rc  pa  qb  rc 
x y z x3 y3 z3 xyz
Le

Ex. 10: If   , show that    . 2

a b c a 3 b 3 c 3 abc  k ( pa  qb  rc ) 2
=   k
 pa  qb  rc 
x y z
Soln. Let   = k Hence, LHS = RHS
a b c
w.

 x = ak, y = bk, z = ck x y z
Substituting these values of x, y and z in LHS. Ex. 12: If   , then show that
b c c a a b
We have,
(i) x + y + z = 0 and (ii) ax + by + cz = 0
ww

a 3k 3 b 3k 3 c 3k 3
LHS =    k3  k3  k3  k3 x

y

z
3 3
a b c3 Soln. Let
b c c a a b
= k (say)

ak . bk . ck  x = k(b – c), y = k(c – a), z = k(a – b)

RHS =  k3 (i) LHS = x + y + z
abc
LHS = RHS [ Each side = k3] = k(b – c) + k(c – a) + k(a – b)
= k(b – c + c – a + a – b)
x y z = k(0) = 0.
Ex. 11: If   , show that
a b c (ii) LHS = ax + by + cz
3 = a{k(b – c)} + b{k(c – a)} + c{k(a – b)}
 a 2 x 2  b2y 2  c2z 2  2 xyz = k(ab – ac + bc – ab + ac – bc)
(i)  3 3 3
 
 a x  b y  c z  abc = k(0) = 0.

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

364 SSC Advanced Maths

a b c a b c
Ex. 13: If   , prove that each is equal Ex. 15: If  
b c c a a b x  2 y  3z y  2 z  3 x z  2 x  3 y , show

1 a b c
to or –1. that each ratio is equal to 2 ( x  y  z ) .
2

a b c a b c
Soln. Let   = k ....(i)  
b c c a a b Soln.
x  2y  3z y  2z  3x z  2x  3y
Then, a = k(b + c), b = k(c + a), c = k(a + b) Then by the theorem on equal ratios, we get,
 a + b + c = k(b + c + c + a + a + b) Sum of antecedents
= 2k(a + b + c) Each given ratio =
Sum of consequents
 a + b + c – 2k(a + b + c) = 0

.in
a b c
(a + b + c) (1 – 2k) = 0 =
( x  2y  3z )  (y  2z  3x )  (z  2x  3y )
1 a b c a b c
 Either a + b + c = 0 or 1 – 2k = 0  k = = =
2 2x  2y  2z 2(x  y  z )

ng
If a + b + c = 0, then b + c = –a
a a Hence,
so that   1
b  c a a b c b c

eri
= =
b c x  2y  3z y  2z  3x z  2x  3y

K
Similarly,  1 ;  1
c a a b a b c
= .
2(x  y  z )
1 1
If k =
2
, then from (i), each fraction =
2
e Ex. 16: Find the third proportional to (x – y), (x2 – y2).
Soln. Let the third proportional be p, then
gin
1
Hence, each fraction is equal to or –1. x – y : x2 – y2 : : x2 – y2 : p
2
 p (x – y) : (x2 – y2)(x2 – y2)
ay  bx cx  az bz  cy
Ex. 14: If   , then prove that  p (x – y) = (x2 – y2)(x + y)(x – y)
c b a
En

( x 2  y 2 )(x  y )( x  y )
x y z p =
  . (x  y )

KUNDAN
a b c
 p = (x + y)(x2 – y2)
ay  bx cx  az bz  cy
 
arn

Soln. We have,
c b a Ex. 17: Find the fourth proportional to 2xy, x2, y2 .
Sum of the antecedents Soln. Let the fourth proportional be p, then
Each ratio =
Sum of the consequents 2xy : x2 : : y2 : p

ay  bx  cx  az  bz  cy Since, product of extremes = product of means

Le

=
a b c  2xy × p = x2 × y2

x (c  b )  y(a  c )  z (b  a ) x 2y 2 xy
= p = p=
a b c 2xy 2
w.

x y z
Let   = k  x = ak, y = bk, z = ck Ex. 18: Find the mean proportional between (x – y),
a b c
(x3 – x2y2).
ww

ak (c  b )  bk (a  c )  ck (b  a )
Each ratio = Soln. Let the mean proportional be p, then
a b c

0
p = ( x  y )(x 3  x 2y ) = ( x  y ) x 2 (x  y )
=
a b c
= (x  y )2 x 2 = x (x – y) = x2 – xy
x y z
   is true.
a b c

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Ratio & Proportion and k-Method 365

Exercise
12. Solve:
6 pq x  3 p x  3q
1. If x  p  q , find the value of x  3 p  x  3q .
4x  1  2x 1

a) 0 b) –1 c) 2 d) 1 4x  1  2x 5
a) –1 b) 5 c) 0 d) 2
4 6 x 2 2 x 2 2
2. If x  , find the value of  .
2 3 x 2 2 x 2 2 7 x  4x  3
13. If  6 , then find the value of x.
a) 2 b) 0 c) 1 d) None of these 7x  4x  3
3. Solve the following equation for x: a) 6 b) 5 c) 7 d) None of these

.in
x  7  x 1 2 (2x  1)2  (2x  1)2 17
 
x  7  x 1 1 14. If 18 , then find the value of x.
(2x  1)2  (2x  1)2
a) 1 b) 0 c) –2 d) 2 Where x > 0.

ng
x 2 x3 1
4. If  5 , then find the value of x. a) 2 b)
x 2 x 3 8
a) 2 b) 7 c) 8 d) 6 c) Both (a) and (b) d) None of these

eri
a  a 2  2ax x 3  y3 91

K
 b , then find the value of x.  2x 2  3y 2
5. If 15. If 37 , determine the value of .
2
a  a  2ax x 3  y3 3y 2

a)
2ab
(b  1)2
b)
2a 2
c)
2b 2
d)
2ab
(a  b )2 e a)
5
27
b)
1
5
c)
27
5
d) 3
gin
b 1 a b

x2  x 1 x 2  x 1
p2  q 2  p 2  q 2 16. If  and x  y, x  0, y  0, then
2
6. If x  , then find the value of y  y 1 y2  y 1
p 2  q 2  p2  q 2
find the value of xy.
En

q2x2 – 2p2x + q2. a) 0 b) 2 c) –1 d) 1

a) 0 b) 1 c) –1 d) 2
1 1

KUNDAN
a 9 5a 2  6b 2 ( p  1) 3  ( p  1) 3
7. If  , find the values of . 17. If y = 1 1 , then f ind t he value of
b 5 5a 2  6b 2
arn

( p  1) 3  ( p  1) 3
17 37 13 37
a) b) c) d) y3 – 3py2 + 3y – p.
37 17 37 13 a) 1 b) 0 c) –1 d) None of these

d
y 2  xy  y 2  xy
Le

8. If a + b = 1; c + d = 1 and a – b = , then find the

c 18. If p = , then find the value of
value of c – d. y 2  xy  y 2  xy

b a xp2 – 2yp + x.
a) b) c) a + b d) ab a) 0 b) –1 c) 2 d) 1
w.

a b

8ab x  4a x  4b x y z
9. If x = , find the value of  . 19. If   , then find the value
a b x  4a x  4b b c a c a b a b c
ww

a) 4 b) 3 c) 2 d) 1 of (b – c)x + (c – a)y + (a – b)z.

a) 1 b) –1 c) 0 d) None of these
12 pq x  6 p x  6q 2 0 . If a + b : b + c = c + d : d + a, then find the value of
10. If x  p  1 , find the value of x  6 p  x  6q .
a + b + c + d.
a) 1 b) 0 c) –2 d) 2 b
a) 0 b) –1 c) d) None of these
a
a  b 1 a 2  ab  b 2
11. If  , find the value of .
a  b 2 a 2  ab  b 2 x y z
21. If   , then find the value of
r 2  pq p 2  qr q 2  pr
91 73 71 93
a) b) c) d) px + qy + rz.
73 91 93 71
a) –1 b) 1 c) 0 d) 2

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

366 SSC Advanced Maths

x y z a b c a b c
2 2 . If bc (b  c )  ca (c  a )  ab (a  b ) , then find the value 32. If   , then
c
is equal to
3 4 7
of a(b + c)x + b(c + a)y + c(a + b)z. a) 0 b) 1 c) 2 d) 3
a) 0 b) 1 c) 2 d) –2
xy  y 2
33. If x : y = 7 : 3, then the value of is
2x  y 3x  z z y x2  y2
23. If  
3y  z 2y  x x  z , then f ind t he value of
3 4 3 7
x + y + z. a) b) c) d)
4 3 7 3
2
a) 1 b) 3a  5b
3 34. If  5 , then a : b is equal to
3a  5b

.in
c) 0 d) Cann’t be determined a) 2 : 1 b) 5 : 3 c) 3 : 2 d) 5 : 2

x y z ax  by 35. If p : q = r : s = t : u = 2 : 3, then (mp + nr + ot) : (mq +

24. If   , then find the value of
a b c (a  b )(x  y ) . ns + ou) equals
a) 3 : 2 b) 2 : 3 c) 1 : 3 d) 1 : 2

ng
a) 1 b) 0 c) –1 d) 2
36. If x : y = 3 : 4, then (7x + 3y) : (7x – 3y) is equal to
a) 5 : 2 b) 4 : 3 c) 11 : 3 d) 37 : 19
a b c a 3  b3  c 3
25. If   , then find the value of 3 .
b c d b  c 3  d3 x 3 6 yx

eri
37. If y  4 , then the value of 7  y  x is

K
b c a b
a) b) c) d)
d d d c 2 3 3
a) 1 b) c) d) 1
7 7 7
x y z
26. If   , then find the value of
a b c
e 38. If x : y = 2 : 1, then (5x2 – 13xy + 6y2) is equal to
gin
3 4 55
ax  by by  cz cz  ax a) b) c) 0 d)
  . 4 3 4
(a  b )(x  y ) (b  c )(y  z ) (c  a )(z  x )
a) 0 b) 2 c) 1 d) 3 a c e 2a 2  3c 2  4e 2
39. If    3 , then ?.
b d f 2b 2  3d 2  4 f 2
En

27. If x y z ,
 
(b  c )(b  c  2a ) (c  a )(c  a  2b ) (a  b )(a  b  2c ) a) 2 b) 3 c) 4 d) 9

KUNDAN
then find the value of x + y + z.
a) 0 b) –1 c) –2 d) 1 y2  x2
40. If 1.5x = 0.04y, then the value of is
arn

y 2  2xy  x 2
ax  by bx  az ay  bz
28. If   and x + y + z  0, then
xy xz yz 730 73 73 74
find the value of each of the ratios. a) b) c) d)
77 77 770 77
a b a b a b a b
Le

a) b) c) d) a b c a b c
2 3 2 3 41. If   , then is equal to
2 3 5 c
a) 2 b) 4 c) 5 d) 6
x 2  y2  p2 z 2  2xy 2z 2  p 2
29. If 2
 2
 , then f ind t he
x yz y zx z 2xy
w.

5 x  2y
42. If x : y = 3 : 4, then the value of is
value of each of the ratios. 7 x  2y

1 1 1 1 1 1 7 7 7 7
a) xy  yz  zx b) x 2  y 2  z 2 a) b) c) d)
ww

25 23 29 17

1 1 1 a b 2a  3b
43. If  , then the value of is
c) x  y  y  z  z  x d) None of these 3 2 3a  2b
12 5 12
30. If x : y = 3 : 2, then the ratio 2x2 + 3y2 : 3x2 – 2y2 is a) b) c) 1 d)
equal to 5 12 7

a) 12 : 5 b) 6 : 5 c) 30 : 19 d) 5 : 3 4ab x  2a x  2b
44. If x  (a  b ) , then the value of  is
a b x  2a x  2b
2a  5b 4
31. If  , then a : b is equal to a) a b) b c) 2ab d) 2
3a  6b 7
a) 21 : 36 b) 2 : 59 c) 59 : 2 d) 36 : 21

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Ratio & Proportion and k-Method 367

45. If x varies inversely as (y 2 – 1) and is equal to 24
when y = 10, then the value of x when y = 5 is 3 x  3 x
51. If = 2, then x is equal to
a) 99 b) 12 c) 24 d) 100 3 x  3x

2x  y 1 3x  y 5 12 5 7
46. If  , then the value of is a) b) c) d)
x  2y 2 3x  y 12 5 7 5

1 3 4
a) b) c) d) 1  1 x  1 x 
5 5 5 3  
52. If x  , then the value of   is
2  1 x  1 x 
x y xy
47. If x – y = = , then the numerical value of xy a)  3 b) –1 c) 1 d) 3
7 4
is 53. If a : b : c = (y – z) : (z – x) : (x – y), then the value of ax

.in
+ by + cz is
4 3 1 1
a) b) c) d) a) 1 b) 3 c) 0 d) –1
3 4 4 3
x 4  x 4

ng
 x  y 54. If = 2, then x is equal to
x 4 x 4
48. If y : x = 4 : 15, then the value of  x  y  is
a) 2.4 b) 3.2 c) 4 d) 5
11 19 4 15 55. Find the fourth proportional to x3 – y3, x4 + x2y2 + y4,

eri
a) b) c) d) x – y.
19 11 11 19
a) x2 – xy b) x3 – y2

K
49. If ( 3x – y) : (x + 5y) = 5 : 7, then the value of (x + y) : c) x2 + y2 – xy d) x2 – y2 + xy
(x – y) is
a) 2 : 3 b) 3 : 2 c) 3 : 1 d) 1 : 3 a b

x
e 56. Find the third proportional to  ,
b a a2  b 2 .
gin
50. If (5x2 – 3y2) : xy = 11 : 2, then the positive value of a
y
a) ab b) a + b c) a2 + b2 d)
is b

22 7 3 7 57. Find the mean proportional between (a + b) (a – b)3,

a) b) c) d) (a + b)3 (a – b).
7 2 2 2
a) (a2 + b2)2 b) (a + b)2 c) (a2 – b2)2 d)(a – b)2
En

Answers and explanations

KUNDAN
arn

By componendo and dividendo, we get,

6 pq x 2q
1. c; x  
p  q  3p p q x 2 2 2 3 2 3 3 3 2
  ...(i)
By componendo and dividendo, we get, x2 2 2 3 2 3 3 2

x  3p 2q  p  q 3q  p 4 6
= = ....(i)
Le

x  3p 2q  p  q qp Again, x =
2 3
6 pq x 2q
Again, x    x 4 6 1
pq 3q p  q  .
2 3 2 3 2 3
w.

By componendo and dividendo, we get,

x  3q 2p  p  q 3p  q x 2 2
 
= = ...(ii) 2 3 2 3
x  3q 2p  p  q p q
By componendo and dividendo, we get,
ww

Adding (i) and (ii), we get,

x  3p x  3q 3q  p 3p  q x 2 3 2 2 2 3 3 2 3
+ = –   ...(ii)
x  3p x  3q qp p q x2 3 2 2 2 3 2 3
From (i) and (ii), we get,
3q  p  3 p  q 2q  2 p q  p 
= = = 2  q  p  = 2. x 2 2 x 2 3 3 3 2 3 2 3
qp qp   + = –
x2 2 x2 3 3 2 3 2

4 6 3 3  2 3 2 3 2 3 2 2
2. a; x = =
2 3 3 2 3 2
 3 2
x 4 6 1 x 2 3  
 = .  = = 2  = 2.
2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 3  3 2

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

368 SSC Advanced Maths

x  7  x 1 2 2ab – 2bx = b2x + x

3. d; We have, 
x  7  x 1 1 2ab = b2x + 2bx + x
By componendo and dividendo, we get, 2ab = x(b2 + 2b + 1)

( x  7  x  1)  ( x  7  x  1) 2  1 2ab
 2ab = x(b + 1)2  x 
( x  7  x  1)  ( x  7  x  1) 2  1 (b  1)2

2 x7 3 x7 3
    x p2  q 2  p2  q 2
2 x 1 1 x 1 1
6. a; We have, 1 
Squaring both sides, we get, p  q  p2  q2
2 2

x 7 9

.in

x 1 1 x  1 2 p2  q 2 p2  q 2
 x  1  
 1(x + 7) = 9(x – 1) [By cross-multiplication] 2 p2  q 2 p2  q 2
 x + 7 = 9x – 9
 9x – x = 7 + 9 Squaring both sides, we get,

ng
 8x = 16  x = 16 ÷ 8 = 2
(x  1)2 p2  q 2
Hence, x = 2.  
(x  1)2 p2  q2
4. b; Applying componendo and dividendo, we get,
Applying componendo and dividendo, we get,

eri
x 2  x 3  x 2  x 3 5 1


K
x 2  x 3  x 2  x 3 5 1 (x  1)2  (x  1)2 2p2
 
2 2
(x  1)  (x  1) 2q 2
2 x2 6 x 2 3

2 x 3

4
or
x 3

2
e 
2(x 2  1) p 2
4x

q2
gin
x 2 9
Squaring both sides, we get, 
x 3 4 x 2  1 p2
4(x + 2) = 9(x – 3) (By cross-multiplication)   q2x2 + q2 = 2p2x
2x q2
4x + 8 = 9x – 27
4x – 9x = –27 – 8  –5x = –35 q2x2 – 2p2x + q2 = 0
En

 5x = 35  x = 35 ÷ 5 = 7.
a 9 a2 81

KUNDAN
7. b;    
a  a  2ax 2 b 5 b2 25
5. a; Since, b
a  a 2  2ax
arn

5a 2 5 81 5
Applying componendo and dividendo, we get,    [Multiplying both sides by ]
6b 2 6 25 6

a  a 2  2ax  a  a 2  2ax b 1
 5a 2
27
b 1  
a  a 2  2ax  a  a 2  2ax 6b 2 10
Le

2a b 1 a b 1  By componendo and dividendo, we get,

   
2 a  2ax2 b 1 a  2ax b  1
2 5a 2  6b 2 27  10 37
= =
Squaring both sides, we get, 5a 2  6b 2 27  10 17
w.

a2 b 2  2b  1 d
 8. a; a + b = 1 and a – b =
2
a  2ax b 2  2b  1 c
ww

a b 1 c
a 2  2ax b 2  2b  1   
  [By invertendo] a b d d
a2 b 2  2b  1 c
Applying componendo and dividendo, we get, By componendo and dividendo, we get,
a 2  2ax  a 2 b 2  2b  1  b 2  2b  1 (a  b )  (a  b ) c d

2
a  2ax  a 2 2 2
b  2b  1  b  2b  1 (a  b )  (a  b ) = c  d

2a 2  2ax 2b2  2 2a (a  x ) 2(b 2  1) 2a


1
     (  c + d = 1)
2ax 4b 2ax 4b 2b c  d

b
(a  x ) b 2  1 a  x b2  1   c d (By invertendo)
    a
x 2b x 2b

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Ratio & Proportion and k-Method 369

8ab x 2b a  b 1
9. c; x=   
a b 4a a b 11. a; We have,
a  b 2
By componendo and dividendo, we get,
By componendo and dividendo, we get,
x  4a x  4b 2b  (a  b )
 = ( a  b ) ( a  b ) 1 2
x  4a x  4b 2b  (a  b ) 
( a  b)( a  b ) 1 2
x  4a 3b  a
  ...(i)
x  4a b a 2 a 3 a 3
   =
2 a 1 b 1
8ab x 2b
Again, x =  
a b 4b a  b a
Squaring both sides, we get, = 9

.in
By componendo and dividendo, we get, b
x  4b 2a  (a  b )
 2
x  4b 2a  (a  b ) a  a 
2 2      1
a  ab  b b  b 
Now, =

ng
x  4b 3a  b 2
  ..(ii) a 2  ab  b 2 a  a 
x  4b a b      1
b  b 
Adding (i) and (ii), we get,
[Dividing numerator and denominator by b2]
x  4a x  4b 3b  a 3a  b

eri
+ =  +
x  4a x  4b b a a b (9)2  9  1 81  9  1 91
= = = .

K
(9)2  9  1 81  9  1 73
3b  a 3a  b 3b  a  3a  b
= – =
b a b  a b a

=
2b  2a 2(b  a )
 2 e 12. d; We have,
4x  1  2x
4x  1  2x

1
5
gin
b a b a
By componendo and dividendo, we get,
12pq x 2q
10. d; Since, x    ( 4x  1  2x )  ( 4x  1  2x ) 1  5
pq 6p p  q 
( 4x  1  2x )  ( 4x  1  2x ) 1  5
By componendo and dividendo, we get,
En

x  6 p 2q  ( p  q ) 2 4x  1 6 4x  1 3
    
x  6 p 2q  ( p  q ) 2 2x 4 2x 2

KUNDAN
x  6 p 3q  p 4x  1 9
 Squaring both sides, we get, 
 ....(i)
arn

x  6p qp 2x 4
4(4x + 1) = 9 × 2x [By cross-multiplication]
12pq x 2p  16x + 4 = 18x
Again, x   
pq 6p p  q 2x = 4  x = 4 + 2 = 2.
By componendo and dividendo, we get,
7 x  4x  3
Le

x  6q 2 p  ( p  q ) 13. c; 6
 7x  4x  3
x  6q 2 p  ( p  q )
Applying componendo and dividendo, we get,
x  6q 3 p  q
  ....(ii) ( 7 x  4x  3)  ( 7x  4x  3) 6  1
w.

x  6q pq 
( 7 x  4x  3)  ( 7x  4x  3) 6  1
Adding (i) and (ii), we get,
x  6p x  6q 3q  p 3p  q 2 7x 7 7x 7
   
+ = + 2 4x  3 5 4x  3 5
ww

x  6p x  6q qp p q
Squaring both sides, we get,
x  6p x  6q 3q  p 3p  q
 + = + 7x 49
x  6p x  6q qp qp  
4x  3 25
3q  p  3 p  q 2q  2 p 2(q  p )  25(7x) = 49(4x – 3) [By cross-multiplication]
= qp = qp = qp 2  175x = 196x – 147
 196x – 175x = 147
x  6p x  6q 21x = 147  x = 147 ÷ 21 = 7
Hence, + = 2. Hence, x = 7.
x  6p x  6q

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

370 SSC Advanced Maths

x2y + y – xy2 – x = 0
(2x  1)2  (2x  1)2
17 x2y – xy2 – x + y = 0
14. c; We have, 
(2x  1)2  (2x  1)2 18 xy(x – y) – 1(x – y) = 0
(x – y)(xy – 1) = 0
By componendo and dividendo, we get,
x – y = 0 or xy – 1 = 0
[(2x  1)2  (2x  1)2 ]  [(2x  1)2  (2x  1)2 ] 17  8 x = y or xy = 1
 But, x  y (given),  xy = 1.
2 2 2 2 17  8
[(2x  1)  (2x  1) ]  [(2x  1)  (2x  1) ]
1 1
2(2x  1)2
25 (2x  1)2 25 ( p  1) 3  ( p  1) 3
    17. b; We have, y = 1 1
2 9 2 9
2(2x  1) (2x  1)
( p  1) 3  ( p  1) 3
2x  1 5 2x  1 5

.in
    y 1
2x  1 3 2x  1 3 Applying componendo and dividendo, we get,
y 1
6x + 3 = 10x – 5  6x + 3 = – 10x + 5
–4x = –8  16x = 2
 1 1  1 1

ng
1 ( p  1)3  ( p  1)3   ( p  1)3  ( p  1)3 
x = 2 or x =    
8
   
=
 1 1  1 1
x 3  y3 91 ( p  1)3  ( p  1)3   ( p  1)3  ( p  1)3 


eri
15. a; We have, 37 ,    
x 3  y3

K
   
Using componendo dividendo, we get,
1
(x 3  y 3 )  (x 3  y 3 ) 91  37 3
y  1 ( p  1)3  y  1 p 1
3 3
(x  y )  (x  y ) 3 3

91  37
e 
y 1

1
 
 y  1

p 1
gin
( p  1)3
2x 3 128 x3 64
   
3 3 27
2y 54 y y 3  3y 2  3y  1 p 1
 
y 3  3y 2  3y  1 p 1
x 4 x2 16
En

    Using componendo and dividendo, we get,

y 3 y2 9
y 3  3y 2  3y  1  (y 3  3y 2  3y  1)

KUNDAN
2 

2x

32 y 3  3y 2  3y  1  (y 3  3y 2  3y  1)
3y 2 27
arn

( p  1)  ( p  1)

2
2x  3y 2
32  27 ( p  1)  ( p  1)
  [By dividendo]
3y 2 27
2y 3  6y 2p y 3  3y
    p
6y 2  2 3y 2  1
Le

2x 2  3y 2 5 2
 
3y 2 27 y3 + 3y = p(3y2 + 1)
y3 – 3py2 + 3y – p = 0
18. a; We have,
x2  x 1 x 2  x 1
w.

16. d; We have, 2
 2
y  y 1 y  y 1 p y 2  xy  y 2  xy

By alternendo 1 y 2  xy  y 2  xy
x2  x 1 y2  y  1
ww

By componendo and dividendo, we get,


2
x  x 1 y2  y  1
p 1 ( y 2  xy  y 2  xy )  ( y 2  xy  y 2  xy )
By componendo and dividendo, we get, =
p 1 ( y 2  xy  y 2  xy )  ( y 2  xy  y 2  xy )
(x 2  x  1)  (x 2  x  1) (y 2  y  1)  (y 2  y  1)

(x 2  x  1)  (x 2  x  1) (y 2  y  1)  (y 2  y  1) 2 p 1 y 2  xy
p  1 2 y  xy 
  
p  1 2 y 2  xy p 1 y 2  xy
2x 2  2 2y 2  2
 
2x 2y Squaring both sides, we get,

p 2  2p  1 y 2  xy
x 2  1 y2  1 
   y = (x2 + 1) = x(y2 + 1) 2
p  2p  1 y 2  xy
x y

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Ratio & Proportion and k-Method 371

By componendo and dividendo, we get, yz + y2 – x2 – xz = 0
2 2 2 2 z(y – x) + (y2 – x2) = 0
( p  2 p  1)  ( p  2 p  1) (y  xy )  (y  xy )
 z(y – x) + (y – x)(y + x) = 0
( p2  2 p  1)  ( p 2  2 p  1) (y 2  xy )  (y 2  xy ) (y – x) (x + y + z) = 0
Either y – x = 0 or x + y + z = 0
2( p 2  1) 2y 2 p2  1 y x = y or x + y + z = 0.
   
4p 2xy 2p x
x y z
x(p2 + 1) = 2yp xp2 – 2yp + x = 0. 24. a; Let   k
a b c
x y z x = ak, y = bk, z = ck
19. c; Let   k
b c a c a b a b c The given expression
 x = (b + c – a)k
 y = (c + a – b)k ax  by a(ak )  b(bk )
= (a  b )(x  y ) =

.in
 z = (a + b – a)k (a  b )(ak  bk )
Now, the given expression
= (b – c)x + (c – a)y + (a – b)z
k (a 2  b 2 ) k (a 2  b2 )
= (b – c)(b + c – a)k + (c – a)(c + a – b)k = = = 1.
+ (a – b)(a + b – c)k k (a  b )(a  b ) k (a 2  b2 )

ng
= (b2 + bc – ab – bc – c2 + ca)k + (c2 + ac – bc – ac – a2
+ ab)k + (a2 + ab – ac – ab – b2 + bc)k a b c
25. c; Let   = k
= (b – ab – c + ca)k + (c2 – bc – a2 + ab)k
2 2
b c d
+ (a2 – ac – b2 + bc)k Then c = dk, b = dk2 and a = dk3

eri
= (a2 – ab – c2 + ca + c2 – bc – a2 + ab The given expression
+ a2 – ac – b2 + bc)k

K
=0×k=0 a 3  b3  c 3 (dk 3 )3  (dk 2 )3  (dk )3
= =
3
b c d 3 3
(dk 2 )3  (dk )3  d 3
20. a; Let
a b c d

b c d a
k
e d 3k 9  d 3k 6  d 3k 3
gin
a + b = (b + c)k ....(i) =
c + d = (d + a)k ....(ii) d 3k 6  d 3k 3  d 3
Adding (i) and (ii), we get,
a + b + c + d = (b + c + d + a)k d 3k 3(k 6  k 3  1) a
=  k3 
(a + b + c + d) – (a + b + c + d)k = 0 d 3(k 6  k 3  1) d
En

(a + b + c + d) (1 – k) = 0
Now either a + b + c + d = 0 or 1 – k = 0
x y z
x y z 26. d; Let   k
a b c

KUNDAN
21. c; Let  2  2 = k
r 2  pq p  qr q  pr Then, x = ak, y = bk, z = ck, we have
arn

x = k(r – pq); y = k(p – qr); z = k(q2 – pr)

2 2

px + qy + rz = pk(r2 – pq) + qk(p2 – qr) + rk(q2 – pr) ax  by a(ak )  b(bk )

= k{pr2 – p2q + p2q – q2r + q2r – r2p} (a  b )(x  y ) = (a  b )(ak  bk )
=k× 0 = 0
x y z k (a 2  b 2 ) k (a 2  b2 )
22. a; Let bc (b  c )  ca (c  a )  ab (a  b ) = k = = = 1
Le

(a  b )k (a  b ) k (a 2  b2 )
x = bc(b – c)k, y = ca(c – a)k, z = ab(a – b)k
by  cz cz  ax
 a(b + c)x = abc(b + c)(b – c)k = abc(b2 – c2)k Similarly, = 1 and = 1
Similarly, b(c + a)y = abc(c2 – a2)k; c(a + b)z (b  c )(y  z ) (c  a )(z  x )
w.

= abc(a2 – b2)k Hence,

Adding up, we get,
ax  by by  cz cz  ax
a(b + c)x + b(c + a)y + c(a + b)z + + = 3.
= abc(b2 – c2)k + abc(c2 – a2)k + abc(a2 – b2)k (a  b )(x  y ) (b  c )(y  z ) (c  a )(z  x )
ww

= abc . k(b2 – c2 + c2 – a2 + a2 – b2)

= abc × k(0) = 0. x y
27. a; Let =
(b  c )(b  c  2a ) (c  a )(c  a  2b )
2x  y 3x  z z y z
23. c; 3y  z  2y  x  x  z = = k
(a  b )(a  b  2c )
By the theorem on equal ratios, we get, Then, x = k(b – c)(b + c – 2a) ....(i)
2x  y  3x  z  z  y 5x x y = k(c – a)(c + a – 2b) ....(ii)
Each given ratio =   z = k(a – b)(a + b – 2c) ....(iii)
3y  z  2y  x  x  z 5y y
Adding (i), (ii) and (iii), we get,
z y x x + y + z = k{(b – c)(b + c – 2a) + (c – a)(c + a – 2b) +
 x  z  y (a – b)(a + b – 2c)}
= k[(b – c)(b + c) + (c – a)(c + a) + (a – b)(a + b)]
y(z + y) = x(x + z) [By cross-multiplication] – 2[a(b – c) + b(c – a) + c(a – b)] = 0.
yz + y2 = x2 + xz

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

372 SSC Advanced Maths

ax  by bx  az ay  bz a b c
28. c; We have,   32. c; Let   = k
x y x z yz 3 4 7
By the theorem on equal ratios, a = 3k, b = 4k, c = 7k

(ax  by )  (bx  az )  (ay  bz ) a b c 3k  4k  7k 14k

Each ratio =  = = = 2
( x  y )  ( x  z )  (y  z ) c 7k 7k

ax  bx  ay  by  az  bz x 7
= 33. a; We have, y  3
x y x z y z
Now,
x  (a  b )  y (a  b )  z (a  b )
= 2x  2y  2z xy  y 2 y(x  y ) y 1
 = 
x2  y2 x

.in
( x  y )( x  y ) x y 1
(a  b )( x  y  z ) a b y
= =
2(x  y  z ) 2
1 1 3
[  x + y + z  0] =  
7 73 4

ng
1
a b 3 3
 Each ratio =
2
3a  5b 5
34. d; We have, 
x 2  y 2  p2 z 2  2xy 2z 3  p 2 3a  5b 1

eri
29. a; We have, = = By componendo and dividendo, we get,

K
x 2yz y 2zx z 2xy
By the theorem on equal ratios, we have, 3a  5b  3a  5b 5  1

3a  5b  3a  5b 5  1
(x 2  y 2  p 2 )  (z 2  2xy )  (2z 2  p 2 )
Each ratio =
x 2yz  y 2zx  z 2 xy
e 
6a

6 a 6 10 5
   
gin
10b 4 b 4 6 2
x 2  y 2  2xy  z 2 ( x  y )2  z 2 5 : 2
= 
xyz ( x  y  z ) xyz (x  y  z ) p r t 2
35. b; We have,   
(x  y  z )(x  y  z ) x y z q s u 3
= = (If x  y  z)
En

xyz (x  y  z ) xyz p q
   k p = 2k and q = 3k
x y z 1 1 1 2 3
= xyz  xyz  xyz  yz  zx  xy Similarly, r = 2k, s = 3k, t = 2k, u = 3k

KUNDAN
mp  nr  ot
Now, mq  ns  ou
x 3
arn

30. c; Here y  2
m.2k  n .2k  o.2k 2k (m  n  o ) 2
= = =
2 2 m.3k  n .3k  o.3k 3k (m  n  o ) 3
x 3 9
 2
   2 : 3
y 2
  4
Le

x 3 7x 7 3 7
 x2  36. c; Since,      
2 2 2 2   3 y 4 3y 3 4 4
2x  3y y 
  By componendo and dividendo, we get,
Now, =
3x 2  2y 2  x2 
3 2   2
w.

7x  3y 7  4 11
y  =  11 : 3
  7x  3y 74 3
[On dividing numerator and denominator by y2]
x 3
37. a; We have, 
ww

 9 9 96 y 4
2   3 3
 4 2 2 15 4 x
= = 27 = 27  8 =  1
 9 2 2 19 6 yx 6 y
3    2 Now,  = 
 4 4 4 7 yx 7 1 x
y
30
= = 30 : 19 [Dividing numerator and denominator by y]
19

2a  5b 4 3
31. c; We have,  6 1 4 6 43
3a  6b 7 =  = 
7 1 3 7 43
 14a – 35b = 12a + 24b  2a = 59ab 4
a 59 6 1
 = = 59 : 2 =  = 1
b 2 7 7

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Ratio & Proportion and k-Method 373

x x  2a x  2b 3b  a 3a  b
38. c; We have, y = 2 x = 2y x – 2y = 0   =  +
x  2a x  2b b a a b
5x2 – 13xy + 6y2 = 5x2 – 10xy – 3xy + 6y2
= 5x (x – 2y) – 3y (x – 2y) 3b  a  3a  b 2b  2a 2(b  a )
=  = = 2
= (x – 2y)(5x – 3y) b a b a b a
= 0 × (5x – 2y) = 0
1
a c e 45. a; We have, x 
39. d; We have, b  d  f  3 y2 1
a = 3b; c = 3d; e = 3f k
2  9b 2  3  9d 2  4  9 f 2  x  ; where k is a constant.
2a 2  3c 2  4e 2 y2 1
 
2
2b  3d  4 f2 2 2b 2  3d 2  4 f 2
When y = 10, x = 24, then

.in
9(2b 2  3d 2  4 f 2 ) k k
= 9
2b 2  3d 2  4 f 2 24 =  24 =
102  1 9
40. b; We have, 1.5x = 0.04y k = 24 × 99

ng
x 0.04 4 2 When y = 5, then
   
y 1.5 150 75 k 24  99 24  99
y 75 x =    99
  y2 1 52  1 24
x 2

eri
y2  x2 (y  x )(y  x ) 2x  y 1
46. b; We have, x  2y  2

K
Now, 2 2
= 2
y  2xy  x (y  x )
4x – 2y = x + 2y
y 75 3x = 4y
1
=
yx
yx
 x
y
1
2
= 75 
73
77
e 
x

4
gin
1  1 y 3
x 2

 x   4 
a b c y  3  1 3   1
41. a; Let   k 3x  y  y   3  4 1 3
2 3 5   = = 
3x  y  x   4  4 1 5
En

a = 2k; b = 3k; c = 5k y  3  1  3   1

 y  3
a b c 2k  3k  5k 10k
 = = 2 x y xy
c 5k 5k 47. a; x – y = = k

KUNDAN
7 4
x 3
42. c; We have, y  4 x – y = k; x + y = 7k
arn

 (x + y)2 – (x – y)2 = 49k2 – k2

4xy = 48k2
x 3 15  8
5 2 5 2  16k = 48k 2
5x  2y y 4 4 7
 = x = 3 = 21  8  1
7x  2y 7 2 29 k=
7 2 3
Le

y 4 4
1 4
 xy = 4k = 4 × =
a b a 3 3 3
43. a; We have,   
3 2 b 2 48. a; Since, y : x = 4 : 15  x : y = 15 : 4
w.

x 15
a 3  
2a  3b 3 2 23 y 4
b 2 6 12
 = = =  By componendo and dividendo, we get,
3a  2b a 3 94 5
3 2 3 2 x y 15  4 11
ww

b 2 2 = =
x y 15  4 19
4ab x 2b
44. d; Since, x     3x  y 5
a b 2a a b 49. c; We have, 
x  5y 7
By componendo and dividendo, we get, 21x – 7y = 5x + 25y
x  2a 2b  a  b 3b  a 21x – 5x = 25y + 7y
   16x = 32y
x  2a 2b  a  b b a
x 32 2
Again,   
y 16 1
x 2a
 x  y 2 1
2b a  b  x  y  2  1 = 3 : 1
x  2b 2a  a  b 3a  b
   [By componendo and dividendo]
x  2b 2a  a  b a b

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

374 SSC Advanced Maths

5x 2  3y 2 11 a b c
50. b; Since,
xy

2 53. c; Let y  z  z  x  x  y  k

11 a = k(y – z); b = k(z – x); c = k(x – y)

 5x2 – 3y2 = xy ax + by + cz = k(xy – xz + yz – xy + xz – yz) = 0
2
2 2
 10x – 6y – 11xy = 0
x 4  x 4 2
 10x2 – 15xy + 4xy – 6y2 = 0 54. d; We have, =
5x(2x – 3y) + 2y(2x – 3y) = 0 x 4 x 4 1
(2x – 3y) (5x + 2y) = 0 By componendo and dividendo, we get,
 2x = 3y
2 x4 3
x 3 
 2 x 4 1

y 2 On squaring both sides, we get,

.in
x 4 9
3 x  3x 2 
51. b; We have,  x 4 1
3 x  3x 1
9x – 36 = x + 4

ng
By componendo and dividendo, we get, 9x – x = 36 + 4
2 3  x 2 1 8x = 40
  3  x = 5
2 3  x 2 1
55. c; Let the fourth proportional be p, then

eri
Squaring on both sides, we get,
x3 – y3 : x4 + x2y2 + y4 : : x – y : p

K
3x p(x3 – y3) = (x4 + x2y2 + y4) (x – y)
9
3x
3 + x = 27 – 9x (x 4  x 2y 2  y 4 )(x  y )
 p
9x + x = 27 – 3 = 24

e x 3  y3
gin
24 12
x =  [( x 2  y 2 )  ( xy )2 ](x  y )
10 5 =
(x  y )(x 2  y 2  xy )

3 1 2
52. d; Since, x    (x 2  y 2  xy )(x 2  y 2  xy )(x  y )
2 x 3 =
( x  y )(x 2  y 2  xy )
En

By componendo and dividendo, we get,

= x2 + y2 – xy

KUNDAN
1 x 2  3 56. a; Let the third proportional be x, then

1 x 2  3
a b
arn

   : a2  b 2 : : a2  b 2 : x
2 2 b a

1 x
=
 
2 3
=
2  3 
a b 2
1 x 2  3 2  3 43
 x    =
b a a 2  b 2 
1 x 2
= 2  3
Le


1 x  a 2  b2 
 x  ab  = a2 + b2
1 x 2  3  
 
1 x 1  x = ab
w.

By componendo and dividendo, we get, 57. c; Let the mean proportional be x, then
1 x  1 x 2  3 1 x = (a  b )(a  b )3 (a  b )3 (a  b )

1  x  1  x 2  3 1
ww

= (a  b )4 (a  b )4 = (a + b)2 (a – b)2
=
3 3

3  3 1  3 = [(a + b)(a – b)]2 = (a2 – b2)2
3 1 3 1

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

316 Concept of Arithmetic

Chapter-17

Simple Interest

.in
Lender and Borrower uniformly on the original principal throughout the

K KUNDAN
loan period, it is called simple interest.
Generally in transactions involving large sums of To explain the meaning of simple interest let
money such as buying a house or a car etc we

ng
us suppose that you have borrowed a sum of Rs
borrow money either from a bank or an individual 100 at 10% per annum for 2 years from Mr X. This
or some other agency. The bank or an individual means that at the end of 2 years you would pay Rs
or some other agency from which we borrow money 20 as interest in addition to the principal. Now
is called the lender and the person or a company suppose you had borrowed Rs 100 for 1 year only

eri
who borrows money is called the borrower. The from Mr X. Then you would have to return Rs 100
money borrowed is known as the loan. The amount + Rs 10 = Rs 110 at the end of the year. Mr X has
of loan may be big or small depending upon the Rs 110 now. If Mr X lends this sum again to you
requirement of the borrower. for 1 more year at the same rate, then at the end of
When a borrower borrows some money from a

e
lender, he or she also makes a promise to return it
one year he would get his Rs 110 back together
with the interest on this sum. The interest on Rs
gin
after a specified period of time. At the end of the 110 at the rate of 10% per annum would be Rs
specified period, the borrower has not only to pay
the money which he had borrowed but also to pay  10 
 110  = Rs 11. Hence, Mr X would be having
some additional money for using lender’s money.  100 
Rs 110 + Rs 11 = Rs 121 at the end of 2 years.
Some Important Terms
En

Clearly, this amount differs from the amount in

In borrowing and lending money the following the first case. This happens because in the second
terms are commonly used: case the interest is charged on the interest which
(i) Principal: The money borrowed by a borrower he got from you at the end of first year. When the
from the money-lender is known as the principal. interest is charged in this manner, it is known as
arn

(ii) Interest: The additional money paid by the compound interest (We will discuss ‘Compound
borrower to the lender for having used his (her) Interest’ in detail in the next chapter). If t he
money is called interest. interest is calculated on principal only, it is known
(iii) Amount: The total money paid by t he as simple interest.
borrower to the lender at the end of the specified In this chapter the term interest will be used
period is called the amount. in the sense of simple interest only.
Le

Thus, Amount = Principal + Interest

K KUNDAN
or, A = P + I; Methods for Finding Simple Interest
where, A stands for the Amount, P for Principal
and I for Interest. (i) By Unitary Method:
w.

(iv) Rate: The interest paid for keeping Rs 100

In this method, by using rate per cent per annum
for one year is known as the rate per cent per
(interest on Rs 100 for 1 year) we calculate simple
annum.
interest on the given sum for given period of time.
If the money is borrowed at the rate of 12% per
For example, suppose a man lends Rs 500 at
ww

annum, then the interest paid for keeping Rs 100

10% per annum for 2 years. If we want to find the
for one year is Rs 12.
interest he earns we shall proceed as follows:
Clearly, the interest we pay is proportionate to
Principal = Rs 500, Rate = 10%, Time = 2 years.
the money that we borrow and also to the period of
time for which we keep the money ie the more the
 Interest on Rs 100 for one year = Rs 10
money and the time, the more the interest. Interest 10
is also proportionate to the rate of interest agreed  Interest on Re 1 for one year = Rs
100
upon by the lending and the borrowing parties.
 Interest on Rs 500 for one year
Thus, interest varies directly as principal, time
and rate. 10
= Rs  500
(v) Simple Interest: If interest is calculated 100

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Simple Interest 317

 Interest on Rs 500 for two years we proceed as follows:

We have, Principal (P) = Rs 7300, Rate
500  10  2
= Rs = Rs 100 (R) = 10% per annum and Time (T) = 15th
100 May 2000 to 8th October 2000.
Thus, we say that Rs 100 is the interest on Rs Number of days
500 for 2 years at 10% per annum. This interest = May + June + July + August +
is called Simple Interest. It is abbreviated as SI. Septermber + October
= 16 + 30 + 31 + 31 + 30 + 8
(ii) By Formula: = 146 days
We shall find the simple interest on the sum of Rs
 146  2

.in
P invested at R% per annum for T years, from the  Time (T) =   year = year
above method as given below:  365  5

K KUNDAN
 Interest on Rs 100 for 1 year = Rs R
PRT  7300  10 2 
Now, SI = = Rs   
R 100  100 5

ng
 Interest on Re 1 for 1 year = Rs
100 = Rs 292
In this context, you should remember the
RT following:
 Interest on Re 1 for T years = Rs  
 100  73, 146, 219 and 292 days are respectively

eri
 Interest on Rs P for T years
1 2 3 4
R , , and of a year.
   P  R T  5 5 5 5
= Rs  P  T  = Rs  
 100   100  ( i i) From the above example, it is clear that one
Thus, the simple interest (SI)
rate of R% per annum for T years
on Rs P at the
is given by
e should know the number of days in each
month.
gin
Mo n t h Number of Days
PRT January 31
SI = ie
100 February 28 or 29*
March 31
Principal  Rate  Time
Simple Interest = Apr il 30
100 May 31
En

For example, in the above example, we have June 30

P = Rs 500, R = 10% and T = 2 years July 31
August 31
PRT 500  10  2
 SI = = = Rs 100 September 30
100 100
arn

October 31
From this formula, we have November 30
100  SI December 31
(i) P = * February is always of 28 days except the
RT Leap Year. In the Leap Year the month
100  SI February contains 29 days.
Le

(ii) R = Leap Year: Every year which is exactly

K KUNDAN
PT
divisible by 4 such as 1988, 1992, 1996
100  SI etc. is called a leap year.
(iii) T = Also every 4th century is a leap year. The
PR
w.

other centuries, although divisible by 4, are

Important Points not leap years. Thus, for a century to be a
leap year, it should be exactly divisible by
( i ) In the above formulae, time T is in years. If 400. For example,
the time is given in months or days, then
ww

(1) 400, 800, 1200, etc are leap years since

we convert it into years by dividing by 12 they are exactly divisible by 400.
or 365 according as the time is given in (2) 700, 600, 500 etc are not leap years
months or days. since they are not exactly divisible by
Note that for counting the number of 400.
days we do not count the day on which ( i ii ) To find Amount, we can also use formula
the money is deposited but we count the as given below:
day of withdrawal.  Amount = Principal + Interest
For example, if we have to find the simple
interest on Rs 7300 from 15th may 2000 to PRT  RT
 A= P = P 1  
8th October 2000 at 10% per annum, then 100  100 

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

318 Concept of Arithmetic

per rupee per annum and time = 219 days.

 Rate  Time 
or, Amount = Principal 1   we have,
 100  P = Principal = Rs 1000
For example, suppose we hav e to f ind R = Rate = 10 paise per rupee per
Amount if the Principal is Rs 800, rate is annum
6% per annum and the time is 4 years. = 100 × 10 paise per cent per
 64 annum
Amount = Rs 800 1   = Rs 10 per cent per annum
 100 
= 10 per cent per annum
6  and T = Time = 219 days

.in

= Rs 800 1  
 25   219  3

K KUNDAN
=   year = year
 31   365  5
= Rs  800   
 25 

ng
 3 
= Rs (32 × 31) = Rs 992 PRT  1000  10  
 SI = = Rs  5 
( iv) If the interest is paise per rupee not rupees 100  100 
per cent, then we convert it into per cent  
 

eri
by multiplying it by 100.
The following example will illustrate the = Rs 60
computation of simple interest. Now, Amount = Principal + SI
Find the simple int er est and amount = Rs 1000 + Rs 60
when, principal = Rs 1000, rate = 10 paise = Rs 1060

e
gin
Solved Examples

Ex. 1(i): Find the simple interest on Rs 2400 at Ex.1(iii): A man borrowed Rs 8500 at 12% per
the rate of 10% per annum for 3 years. annum for 3 years. Find the amount he
En

had to pay after 3 years.

PRT
Soln: Simple Interest = Soln: Principal = Rs 8500
100 Rate = 12% per annum
Time = 3 years
2400  10  3
= = Rs 720
 8500  12  3 
arn

100 PRT
 SI = = Rs  
Ex.1(ii): Ajay deposited Rs 6000 in post office 100  100 
for 6 months. If the post office pays = Rs 3060
1  Amount to be paid after 3 years
interest at 5 % per annum, find the = Rs 8500 + Rs 3060 = Rs 11560
2
Le

Alternative Method:
interest Ajay got after 6 months.

K KUNDAN
Soln: Here, Principal = Rs 6000  RT
Amount = A = P 1  
1  100 
Time = 6 months = year
2
w.

 12  3 
1 = Rs 8500 1  
 100 
Rate = 5 % per annum
2
 8500  34 
11 = Rs   = Rs 11560
ww

= % per annum  25 
2
Ex.2(i): Find the simple interest on Rs 800 at
PRT  6000  11  1  t he r ate of 5% per annum fr om 2
 SI = = Rs  
100  100  2  2  January 1980 to 26 May 1980.
= Rs 165 Soln: Here Principal (P) = Rs 800;
 Ajay got Rs 165 as int er est on his Rate (R) = 5% per annum
deposit. Time (T) = From 2 January 1980 to 26
Note: The rate of interest is per annum. May 1980.
Therefore, the time must be expressed in = January + February + March
years. + April + May

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Simple Interest 319

= 29 + 29 + 31 + 30 + 26  When amount is Re 1, principal

 146  100
= 146 days =   years = Rs
 365  136
 When amount is Rs 9520, principal
2
= years  100 
5  9520  = Rs 7000
= Rs 
Since, the year 1980 is exactly divisible  136 
by 4, it is a leap year. Therefore, the month Note: From the above example, we see that
of February will be of 29 days.
A  100

.in
PRT 800  5  2 Principal =
100  R  T
 SI = = Rs

K KUNDAN
100 100  5 Ex. 4(i):At what rate per cent per annum will
= Rs 16 Rs 300 produce Rs 18 as interest in 2
Ex.2(ii): Find the simple interest on Rs 500 at years?

ng
t he r ate of 4% per annum fr om 21
100  SI 100  18
January 1900 to 4 April 1900. Soln: Rate = = = 3%
Soln: P = Rs 500, R = 5% per annum PT 300  2
T = From 21 January 1900 to 4 April Ex.4(ii): At what rate per cent per annum will

eri
1900 Rs 800 amounts to Rs 1000 in 2 years?
= January + February + March + April Soln: Let the required rate per cent be R% per
= 10 + 28 + 31 + 4 annum.
We have,
 73  1
= 73 days =   year =
 365  5
year

e Principal (P) = Rs 800,

Amount = Rs 1000
gin
Since 1900 is div isible by 4 but not  SI = Amount – Principal
divisible by 400, therefore, it is not a leap = Rs 1000 – Rs 800 = Rs 200.
year . Hence, t he mont h of Febr uar y Time (T) = 2 years.
consists of 28 days.
SI  100
Now, R 
PRT  500  4  1  PT
= Rs   = Rs 4
En

 SI =
100  100  5 
200  100 25
Ex. 3(i):What sum lent out at 10% per annum  R = % %  12.5%
800  2 2
simple interest would produce Rs 150
as interest in 5 years? Hence, required rate per cent = 12.5% per
annum.
arn

Soln: We have, SI = Rs 150, R = Rate per cent =

10% per annum and T = Time = 5 years. Ex.5(i): In what time will Rs 250 produce Rs
We have to find the principal. 125 as interest at the rate of 10% per
annum?
SI  100
Now, Principal = 100  SI 125  100
RT Soln: Time = = = 5 years
Le

PR 250  10
 150  100 

K KUNDAN
Ex.5(ii): In what time will Rs 8500 amount to
 Principal = Rs  
 10  5  Rs 15767.50 at 9% per annum simple
= Rs 300. interest?
Soln: Amount = Rs 15767.50
w.

Hence, required sum = Rs 300.

Ex. 3(ii): What sum will amount to Rs 9520 at Principal = Rs 8500
9% per annum in 4 years at simple SI = Rs 15767.50 – Rs 8500 = Rs 7267.50
interest? Rate = 9% per annum
Soln: Rate = 9% , Time = 4 years and Amount
ww

100  SI 7267.50  100

= Rs 9520. Time = =
PR 8500  9
Let principal be Rs 100.
Then simple interest 1
= 9 years
 100  9  4  2
= Rs   = Rs 36
Ex. 6: A person deposits Rs 4200 in a bank
 100 
at the rate of 8% per annum interest
 Amount = Rs 100 + Rs 36 = Rs 136
and Rs 1400 in a post office at the rate
Now,
of 6% per annum interest. At what rate
 When amount is Rs 136, principal per cent will he get interest on his total
= Rs 100
deposits?

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

320 Concept of Arithmetic

Soln: Let the time be equal and he deposits his  Amount in 5 years = Rs (100 × 2)
money with the bank and the post office = Rs 200
for 1 year.  Interest = Rs (200 – 100) = Rs 100
PRT SI  100 100  100
 Interest of bank = Rate = = = 20%
100 PT 100  5
Now in T years Amount = Rs (3 × 100)
 4200  8  1 
= Rs   = Rs 336 = Rs 300
 100   Interest in T years = Rs 300 – Rs 100
= Rs 200
PRT

.in
and interest of post office = SI  100 200  100
100
 Time = T = =

K KUNDAN
PR 100  20
 1400  6  1 
= Rs   = Rs 84 = 10 years
 100  Ex. 8: What sum lent out at 6.25% per annum

ng
 Total interest = Rs 336 + Rs 84 produces the same simple interest in 2
= Rs 420 and years as Rs 1500 lent out at 5% produce
Total deposits = Rs 4200 + Rs 1400 in 1 year and 4 months?
= Rs 5600 Soln: Let t he r equired sum of money be

eri
Rs P.
100  SI  420  100  1
 Rate = =   = 7 % When this sum is lent out at 6.25% per
PT  5600  1  2 annum for 2 years, we have,
Ex.7(i): In how many years will a sum of money
 25 
doubl e i tself at 18.75% per annum
simple interest?
e SI = Rs
P
 4
2

gin
Soln: Let the principal be Rs P. Then, Amount  100 
 
= Rs 2P.  
We have, Principal = Rs P,
Amount = Rs 2P P
 SI = Rs .....(i)
 SI = Amount – Principal 8
= Rs 2P - Rs P = Rs P
En

R = rate per cent  PRT 

= 18.75% per annum. Using : SI  100 , where 
 
Let the required time be T years. Then, R  6.25%  25 
% and T  2 years
SI  100  4 
arn

T =
PR For the computation of SI on Rs 1500 at
5% per annum lent out for 1 year 4
P  100
 T = years months, we have,
P  18.75 P = Rs 1500, R = 5% per annum and
16
Le

16 4
= years = 5 years 4 months Time (T) = years = years
3 12 3

K KUNDAN
Ex.7(ii): At what rate per cent per annum will a

Soln:
sum treble itself in 16 years?
Let the sum be Rs P. Then,

 1500  5 
4
3


w.

 SI = Rs  
amount = Rs 3P.  100 
 
 SI = Rs (3P – P =) Rs 2P.  
We have, Time (T) = 16 years.
We have to find the value of R. = Rs 100 .....(ii)
ww

As given in the question that SI is the

100  SI same in both the cases.
Now, R =
PT P
 = 100
 100  2P  8
 R =   % = 12.5%
or, P = 800.
 P  16 
Ex.7(iii): A sum of money doubles itself in 5 Hence, the required sum = Rs 800.
years. In how many years will it treble Ex. 9: The simple interest on a sum of money
itself? 1
Soln: Suppose the sum of money is Rs 100. is of the principal and the number
4

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Simple Interest 321

of years is equal to the rate per cent  When the amount is Rs 150, then the
per annum. Find the rate per cent. sum = Rs 100
Soln: Let the Principal be Rs 100.  When the amount is Re 1, the sum
1 100
 Interest = of Rs 100 = Rs 25 = Re
4 150
 When the amount is Rs 7500, the sum
Suppose rate per cent = x%
 time = x years  100  7500 
= Rs   = Rs 5000
PRT  150 
Now, SI = Alternative Method:

.in
100
Let the sum be Rs x.
100  x  x

K KUNDAN
or, 25 = x
100  Interest = Rs
2
or, x2 = 25

ng
 Amount = Principal + Interest
 x = 5%
Ex. 10: A sum of money lent out at si mple  x 3x
interest amounts to Rs 2200 in one year = Rs  x   = Rs
 2 2
and Rs 2800 in 4 years. Find the sum

eri
Now, according to the question,
of money and the rate of interest.
Soln: We have, Amount in 4 years 3x
= 7500
= (Principal + SI for 4 years) = Rs 2800 2
Amount in 1 year 7500  2
= (Principal + SI for 1 year)
= Rs 2200
e  x =
3
= Rs 5000

 Principal = Rs 5000 and Interest

gin
On subtracting, we get
SI for 3 years = Rs (2800 - 2200) = Rs 600 5000
= Rs = Rs 2500
600 2
 SI for 1 year = Rs = Rs 200.
3 SI  100 2500  100 1
But, Principal  Rate = = = 12 %
En

PT 5000  4 2
= Amount in 1 year - SI for 1 year
 Principal = Rs 2200 – Rs 200 Ex. 12: A sum of money invested at 20% per
= Rs 2000. annum simple interest amounts to Rs
Now, Principal (P) = Rs 2000, 1
650 in 1 years. What will it amount
SI = Rs 200 and Time (T) = 1 year. 2
arn

to in 2 years at 12% per annum simple

SI  100 interest?
R =
PT Soln: Let the given sum of money be Rs 100.
When it is invested at 20% per annum
200  100
 R = % = 10%
1
Le

2000  1
for 1 years, we have
2

K KUNDAN
Hence, Principal = Rs 2000 and rate
= 10% per annum.
Ex. 11: A sum of money amount to Rs 7500 in  3 
100  20 
4 years. If the simple interest is half PRT  2

w.

SI =    = Rs 30
of the sum, then find the sum of money 100  100 
 
and the rate of interest.  
Soln: Suppose the sum of money is Rs 100.
 Amount = Principal + SI
 Simple interest = Half of the sum
ww

= Rs 100 + Rs 30 = Rs 130.
= Rs 50
Now,
 Interest on Rs 100 for 4 years = Rs 50 If amount is Rs 130, then principal
 Interest on Rs 100 for 1 year
= Rs 100
50 1
= Rs = Rs 12 100
4 2 If amount is Re 1, then principal = Re
130
1 If amount is Rs 650, then principal
 Rate = 12 %
2
Now, Rs 100 in 4 years amounts to 100
= Rs  650 = Rs 500.
Rs (100 + 50) = Rs 150 130

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

322 Concept of Arithmetic

Thus, the giv en sum of money is  Other amount = Rs (3100 - x)

Rs 500. = Rs (3100 - 1600)
When this sum of money is invested at = Rs 1500
12% per annum for 2 years, we have Hence, ratio of money lent
= 1600 : 1500 = 16:15
PRT
SI = Ex. 15: Divide Rs 1550 into two parts such that
100 if one part be lent out at 15% per annum
and the other at 24% per annum, the
 500  12  2 
 SI = Rs   = Rs 120. total yearly income is Rs 300.
 100  Soln: Let the first part be Rs x.

.in
 Amount = Principal + SI Then the second part = Rs (1550 – x).
= Rs 500 + Rs 120 = Rs 620. Now, SI on Rs x at 15% per annum for 1

K KUNDAN
Hence, the given sum of money amounts year
to Rs 620.
Ex. 13: A money-lender lends Rs 3600 to Ram  x  15  1  3x

ng
= Rs   = Rs
for 2 years and Rs 2400 to Shyam for  100  20
3 years. If he gets Rs 864 as interest SI on Rs (1550 - x) at 24% per annum for
find the rate of interest per annum. 1 year
Soln: Let the rate of interst be x% per annum

eri
 Interest on Rs 3600 for 2 years  1550  x   24  1 
= Rs  
 100 
 3600  x  2 
= Rs   = Rs 72x
1550  x   6
 100 
= Rs
25
and the interest on Rs 2400 for 3 years
 2400  x  3  e  9300  6x 
gin
= Rs   = Rs 72x = Rs  
 100   25 
 Total interest = Rs (72x + 72x)
 3x 9300  6x 
= Rs 144x  Total SI = Rs   
Now, according to the question,  20 25 
144x = 864 But, total SI = Rs 300. (Giv en in t he
En

question)
864
 x = = 6% 3x 9300 – 6x
144   300

Ex. 14: A sum of Rs 3100 was lent partly at 20 25
arn

5% and partly at 8% interest. Total or, 15x + 4 (9300 – 6x) = 300 × 100
interest received after 3 years was Rs [Multiplying both sides by the
600. Find the ratio of the money lent LCM of 20 and 25 ie 100]
at 5% and 8%. or, 15x + 37200 – 24x = 30000
Soln: Suppose money lent at 5% = Rs x or, –9x = 30000 –37200
 Money lent at 8% = Rs (3100 - x) or, –9x = –7200
Le

Time (T) = 3 years

7200

K KUNDAN
Interest in the first case or, x = = 800
9
x 53 15x
= = Rs So the first part = Rs 800 and the second
100 100
w.

part = Rs (1550 – 800) = Rs 750.

Interest in the second case Ex. 16: Divide Rs 4350 in two parts so that
3100  x   8  3 the simple interest on the first when
= Rs deposited for one year at 9% per annum
100
and that on the second when deposited
ww

24 (3100  x ) for two years at 10% per annum in a

= Rs
100 bank are the same.
Now according to the question, Soln: Let the first part be Rs x.
Then the second part = Rs (4350 - x).
5x 243100  x  For the f irst part, we hav e Principal
  600
100 100 = Rs x, rate of interest = 9% per annum
or, 15x + 74400 – 24x = 60000 and Time = 1 year
or, 9x = 14400
 x  9 1 9x
14400  SI = Rs   = Rs
or, x = = Rs 1600  100  100
9

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Simple Interest 323

For the second part, we have Am an, find the rat e of interest per
Principal = Rs (4350 - x), rate of interest annum.
= 10% per annum and Time = 2 years. Soln: We have, sum borrowed by Amit = Rs 3000
Sum borrowed by Aman = Rs 2500
(4350  x )  10  2
 SI = Rs  Difference of sum
100 = Rs 3000 - Rs 2500 = Rs 500
It is given that Amit paid Rs 175 more
204350  x 
= Rs interest than Aman. Therefore,
100
It is given that the interest earned on two 1
SI on Rs 500 for 2 years is Rs 175

.in
parts are same. 2
9x 204350  x  Now, Principal = Rs 500,

K KUNDAN
 
100 100 5
Time = years and SI = Rs 175
or, 9x = 20 (4350 - x) 2

ng
[Multiplying both sides by 100]
or, 9x = 87000 – 20x 100  SI 100  175
 Rate =  % = 14%
or, 20x + 9x = 87000 PT 5
500 
[Transposing 20x on LHS] 2

eri
or, 29x = 87000 Hence, rate of interest is 14% per annum.
87000 Ex. 18: If Rs 640 amounts to Rs 784 in 2 years
or, x = = 3000. 6 months, what will Rs 860 amount to
29
in 4 years at the same rate per cent
 First part = Rs 30000
Second part = Rs (4350 - 3000)
e Soln:
per annum?
Let the rate per cent be R% per annum.
gin
= Rs 1350. We have, Principal P = Rs 640
Hence, the two parts are of Rs 3000 and Amount = Rs 784 and
Rs 1350. Time = T = 2 years 6 months
Alternative Method:
Let SI in each case be Re 1. Then, 1 5
= 2 years = years.
P1 = Principal in first case 2 2
En

 100  1  100  SI = Amount - Principal

= Rs   = Rs = Rs 784 – Rs 640 = Rs 144
 9 1  9
SI  100
 100  SI  Now, R =
PT
Using : P  R  T 
arn

 
P2 = Principal in second case 144  100
 R = % = 9%
5
 100  1  640 
= Rs   = Rs 5 2
 10  2 
Now, if Rs 860 are invested at the same
Le

100 rate for 4 years. Then,

K KUNDAN
 P1 : P2 = : 5 = 20 : 9
9  860  9  4 
SI = Rs   = Rs 309.60
 100 
 20 
So, first part = Rs  4350  
w.

 29   PRT 
= Rs 3000 and Using : SI  100 , P  Rs 860, 
 
 20  R  9% and T  4 years 
second part = Rs  4350  
ww

 29   Amount = Principal + SI
= Rs 1350. = Rs 860 + Rs 309.60
Hence, the two parts are of Rs 3000 and = Rs 1169.60.
Rs 1350. Ex. 19: The simple interest on a certain sum
Ex. 17: Aman and Amit borrowed Rs 2500 and for 2.5 years at 12% per annum is Rs
Rs 3000 respectively at the same rate 40 less than the simple interest on the
same sum for 3.5 year s at 10% per
1 annum. Find the sum.
of simple interest for 2 years. If
2 Soln: Let the required sum be Rs P.
Amit paid Rs 175 more interest than Case: I. W hen, Pr incipal = Rs P,

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

324 Concept of Arithmetic

Rat e = 12% per annum and Time Soln:  Yearly interest on Rs 1500 at the rate
= 2.5 years. of 10% per annum
In this case, we have SI
PRT  1500  10  1 
 P  12  2.5  3P = = Rs  
100  100 
= Rs   = Rs
 100  10 = Rs 150
Case: II. W hen, Pr incipal = Rs P, and the yearly interest on Rs 1000 at the
Rat e = 10% per annum and rate of 8% per annum
Time = 3.5 years.
In this case, we have  1000  8  1 
= Rs   = Rs 80

.in
 100 
 P  10  3.5  7P
SI = Rs   = Rs  Total yearly interest received by both

K KUNDAN
 100  20 the sums = Rs 150 + Rs 80 = Rs 230
It is given that the SI in the first case is Both sums = Rs 1500 + Rs 1000 = Rs 2500

ng
Rs 40 less than the SI in the second case.  Remaining sum = Rs 4000 – Rs 2500
7P 3P = Rs 1500
   40 Now,
20 10 Yearly interest on Rs 4000 at the rate of
9.125%

eri
7P  6P
or,  40
20  4000  9.125  1 
= Rs   = Rs 365
 100 
P
or, = 40  Remaining interest
20
or, P = 40 × 20 = 800
e = Rs 365 – Rs 230 = Rs 135
 He wants Rs 135 as a interest on the
gin
Hence, the required sum = Rs 800. remaining sum Rs 1500.
Alternative Method:
Let the principal be Rs 100. SI  100 135  100
 Rate = = = 9%
Case I: When, Rate = 12% per annum and PT 1500  1
Time = 2.5 years. In this case, we have
2
En

P Ex. 21: A man lends of his capital at the

SI = Rs = Rs 30 5
20
Case II: When, Rate 10% per annum and 3
rate of 8% per annum, of his capital
Time = 3.5 years. In this case we have 8
arn

 100  12  3.5  at the rate of 10% per annum and the

SI = Rs   = Rs 35 r em ai ni ng at the rat e of 12% per
 100 
annum. If his annual income is Rs 965,
Difference in the simple interests in the then find his capital.
two cases = Rs (35 - 30) = Rs 5 Soln: Suppose the capital = Rs 100
Now,
Le

If the difference is Rs 5, the principal 2

of Rs 100 = Rs 40

K KUNDAN
= Rs 100 5
 If the difference is Re 1, the principal
3 75
100 of Rs 100 = Rs = Rs 37.50
8 2
w.

= Rs
5  Remaining capital
If the difference is Rs 40, the principal = Rs (100 – 40 – 37.50) = Rs 22.50
Annual interest on Rs 40 at the rate of
 100 
= Rs   40  = Rs 800
ww

 5   40  8  1 
8% = Rs   = Rs 3.20
Hence, the required sum = Rs 800  100 
Ex. 20: A person has Rs 4000. He lends Rs Annual interest on Rs 37.50 at the rate of
1500 at the rate of 10% per annum and
Rs 1000 at the rate of 8% per annum  37.50  10  1 
10% = Rs   = Rs 3.75
interest. At what rate of interest would  100 
he lend the remaining amount so that Annual interest on Rs 22.50 at the rate of
his t ot al yearl y income shoul d be
9.125% of the total sum.  22.50  12  1 
12% = Rs   = Rs 2.70
 100 

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Simple Interest 325

 Total annual income on Rs 100

y  t  r 100  y
= Rs (3.20 + 3.75 + 2.70) = Rs 9.65 or,   z x
100 r t
 When annual income is Rs 9.65, then
capital = Rs 100 [Putting the value of x
 W hen annual income is Re 1, then from equation (i)]
00  y2 = zx (proved)
capital = Rs Ex. 24: Divide Rs 2379 into three parts so that
9.65
their amount after 2, 3 and 4 years
 When annual income is Rs 965, then
may be equal, the rate of interest being
 00  5% per annum.
capital = Rs   965  = Rs 10000

.in
 9.65  Soln: Let t he sum in f irst , second and
t hir d case be Rs x, Rs y and Rs z
Ex. 22: Divide Rs 2000 into two sums such that,

K KUNDAN
respectively.
if the first be put out at simple interest
Now, according to the question,
1 The amount in first case of Rs x.

ng
for 6 years at 3 per cent, and the
2
 x  25  11x
1 = Rs  x   = Rs
second for 3 years at 4 per cent, the  100  10
2
i nter est of t he fi rst sum woul d be The amount in second case of Rs y

eri
double that of the second.
 y  35  23y
Soln: Let the first part be Rs x, then = Rs  y   = Rs
second part be Rs (2000 – x).  100  20
The amount in third case of Rs z
x 67 21x
Interest on first part =
100  2
= Rs
100
e 
= Rs  z 
z 45 
 = Rs
6y
gin
Interest on second part  100  5
Again, according to the question,
2000 – x   3  9
2000  x   27
= = 11x 23y 6y
100  2 200   k
According to the question, 10 20 5
En

21x 2  2000  x   27 10k 20k 5k

 x = ; y = ; and z =
100 200 11 23 6
or, 21x + 27x = 2000 × 27
10k 20k 5k
x: y : z= : :
2000  27 11 23 6
arn

or, x 
48
20k 20k 20k 1 1 1
 x = 1125 = : : = : :
Hence, first part = Rs 1125 and 22 23 24 22 23 24
the second part = Rs (2000 – 1125) 22  23  24 22  23  24 22  23  24
= Rs 875. = : :
Le

Ex. 23: x, y, z are three sums of money such 22 23 24

K KUNDAN
that y is the simple interest on x, and = 276 : 264 : 253
z is the simple interest on y for the  Dividing Rs 2379 into three parts in
same time and rate. Show that y2 = zx. the ratio 276 : 264 : 253, we get
Soln: Let the rate be r per cent per annum and
w.

276
the time be t years. x=  2379
276  264  253
Now, according to the question,
x t r 276
y =  2379 = Rs 828
ww

100 793
100y 264
or, x  ....(i) y =  2379 = Rs 792
t r 793
Again,
y t r 253
z z =  2379 = Rs 759
100 793
Hence, t he t hr ee par t s ar e Rs 828,
y t r
or, x  zx Rs 792 and Rs 759.
100
[Multiplying both sides by x]

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

326 Concept of Arithmetic

Ex. 25: What annual payment will discharge a = Rs 480x + Rs 600(x + 1)

debt of Rs 770 due in 5 years, the rate = Rs 480x + Rs 600x + Rs 600
of interest being 5 per cent per annum? = Rs 1080x + Rs 600
Soln: Let Rs P be the annual payment. Total interest paid = Rs 9240 (Given in
The amount of Rs P in 4 years at 5% the question)
 1080x + 600 = 9240
 4  5  120P
= P 1   or, 1080x = 9240 – 600 = 8640
 100  100
8640
The amount of Rs P in 3 years at 5% or, x = = 8
1080
 5  3  115P

.in
= P 1    First rate is 8% and second is 9%.
 100  100 Ex. 27: A sum of money was lent at simple

K KUNDAN
The amount of Rs P in 2 years at 5%
1
5  2  110P int erest at 11% per annum for 3
 2

ng
= P 1  
 100  100
1
The amount of Rs P in 1 year at 5% years and 4 years respectively. If the
2
 5  1  105P difference in interest for two periods
= P 1  

eri
 100  100 was Rs 412.50, then find the sum?
These four amounts together with the last Soln: Suppose the Principal (P) = Rs 100;
annual payment of Rs P will discharge Rate = 11%
the debt of Rs 770. 1


120P 115P 110P 105P
    P  770
e If the Time (T) = 3
2
years
gin
100 100 100 100
100  11  7 77
Then SI = Rs = Rs
550P 100  2 2
or,  770
100
1
If the time (T) = 4 years
770  100 2
or, P = = 140.
En

550
100  11  9 99
Hence annual payment = Rs 140. Then, SI = Rs = Rs
100  2 2
Note: W e hav e a separ ate chapter on
‘Instalment’ in which various types of  99 77 
questions have been discussed in detail.  Difference in SI = Rs   
arn

 2 2 
Ex. 26: A man borrowed Rs 16000 at certain
rate of interest and Rs 20000 at 1% 22
= Rs = Rs 11
higher than the first. He paid Rs 9240 2
as interest in 3 years. Find the two If the difference is Rs 11, Principal
rates at which he borrowed the money. = Rs 100
Le

Soln: Interest on Rs 20000 at 1% for 3 years If the difference is Rs 412.50, Principal

K KUNDAN
 20000  1  3  100
= Rs   = Rs 600 = Rs  412.50 = Rs 3750.
 100  11
Ex. 28: A sum of money amounts to Rs 944 in
w.

 Interest on Rs 16000 + Rs 20000 at

equal rate for 3 years 3 years at a simple interest. If the rate
= Rs 9240 – Rs 600 = Rs 8640 of interest be raised by 25 per cent, the
sum am ount s t o Rs 980 duri ng t he
8640  100 same period. Find the sum and the rate
ww

 Rate = = 8%
36000  3 of interest.
 First rate = 8% and Soln: Let the rate be R
second rate = (8 + 1) = 9% The amount in 3 years = Rs 944
Alternative Method: Let the Principal be P
Let the first rate be x% and the second be Then interest = Rs (944 - P)
(x + 1)%. PRT
Then total interest on Rs 16000 and Rs But SI =
100
20000 in 3 years
PR3
 16000  x  3   20000  (x  1)  3  or, 944 – P = .... (1)
= Rs   + Rs   100
 100   100 

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Simple Interest 327

In the second case or, (5450 + 3000 – 7000)

The rate per cent is increased by its 25%
7000  3  r 4000  2  r
Then the rate per cent = 
100 100
25 5R
=R R  or, 1450 = 210r + 80r
100 4
1450
Amount after three years = Rs 980  r = = 5%
 Interest after three years 290
= Rs (980 - P) Ex. 31: A person invested some amount at the
rate of 12% simple interest and some
R

.in
P 5 3 other amount at the rate of 10% simple
980 – P = 4 ..... (2) interest. He received yearly interest of

K KUNDAN
100 Rs 130. But if he had interchanged the
Dividing equation (1) by equation (2), we am ount s i nvest ed, he woul d hav e
get received Rs 4 more as interest. How

ng
much amount did he invest at different
4 944 – P rates?

5 980 – P Soln: Suppose the person invested Rs x at the
or, 3920 – 4P = 4720 – 5P rate of 12% simple interest and Rs y at

eri
or, 5P – 4P = 4720 – 3920 the rate of 10% simple interest.
or, P = 800
12x 10y
Putting the value of P in equation (1) Then, yearly interest =  .
We get, 100 100

944 – 800 =
800  R  3
100 e 
12x 10y

100 100
= 130
gin
or, 14400 = 2400R or, 12x + 10y = 13000
or, 6x + 5y = 6500 .... (i)
14400 If the invested amounts are interchanged,
or, R = = 6%
2400 then yearly interest increases by Rs 4.
 Rate = 6%
En

10 x 12y
Ex. 29: The simple interest on a sum of money   = 134
100 100
will be Rs 300 after 5 years. In the next
5 years principal is trebled, what will or, 10x + 12y = 13400
be the total interest at the end of the or, 5x + 6y = 6700 .... (ii)
Subtracting (ii) from (i), we get
arn

10th year?
Soln: Simple interest for 5 years = Rs 300 x – y = –200 .... (iii)
Now, when pr incipal is tr ebled, t he Adding (ii) to (i), we get
simple interest for 5 years will also be 11x + 11y = 13200
t reble t he simple int er est on original or, x + y = 1200 .... (iv)
principal for the same period. Thus SI for Adding (iii) and (iv), we get
Le

last 5 years when principal is trebled 2x = 1000

K KUNDAN
= 3 × 300 = Rs 900  x = 500.
 Total SI for 10 years = Rs (300 + 900) Putting x = 500 in (iii), we get y = 700.
= Rs 1200 Thus, the person invested Rs 500 at the
rate of 12% per year and Rs 700 at the
w.

Ex. 30: Ramesh borrows Rs 7000 from a bank

at SI. After 3 years he paid Rs 3000 to rate of 10% per year.
the bank and at the end of 5 years from Ex. 32: The rate of interest for the first 2 years
the date of borrowing he paid Rs 5450 is 3% per annum, for the next 3 years
is 8% per annum and for the period
ww

to the bank to settle the account. Find

the rate of interest. beyond 5 years 10% per annum. If a
Soln: Any sum that is paid back to the bank man gets Rs 1520 as a simple interest
before the last instalment is deducted from for 6 years, how much money did he
the principal and not from the interest. deposit?
Thus, Soln: Let the deposit be Rs 100.
Total interest = Interest on Rs 7000 for 3 Interest for first 2 years at 3% simple
years + Interest on (Rs 7000 - Rs 3000 =)  100  3  2 
Rs 4000 for 2 years. interest = Rs   = Rs 6
 100 

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

328 Concept of Arithmetic

Interest for next 3 years at 8% simple  Total interest = Rs 6 + Rs 24 + Rs 10

= Rs 40
 100  8  2 
interest = Rs   = Rs 24  When inter est is Rs 40, deposited
 100  amount is Rs 100.
Interest for the last year at 10% simple  When interest is Rs 1520, deposited
 100  10  1   100 
interest = Rs   = Rs 10 amount = Rs  1520  = Rs 3800
 100   40 

.in
Practice Exercise

K KUNDAN
1. Rishi deposit ed Rs 20000 in a f inancial
institution on 28th March, 2000 and closes
9. The simple interest on Rs 1650 will be less
than the interest on Rs 1800 at 4% simple

ng
his account on 21st August, 2000. If the interest by Rs 30. Find the time.
institution pays an interest of 9% per annum, 10. If simple interest on Rs 1800 exceeds the
what amount does Rishi get? interest on Rs 1650 in 3 years by Rs 45. Find
2. One can borrow money from a bank for setting the rate per cent per annum.

eri
up a dairy or a poultry farm. Vijay set up a 11. A farmer borrowed Rs 2400 at 12% interest
poultry farm and had to invest Rs 8888 for
1
this purpose. Under the rules for loan, the per annum. At the end of 2 year s, he
bank loans at the most 75% of the tot al 2
investment and the person concerned has to
inv est t he r emaining 25% of t he t ot al
e cleared his account by paying Rs 1200 and a
cow. Find the cost of the cow.
gin
investment. The rate of simple interest is 12. Two equal amounts of money are deposited
in two banks each at 15% per annum for 3.5
1 year s and 5 year s respect ively. If t he
12 % per annum. Vijay borrowed as much
2 difference between their interests is Rs 144,
money from the bank as he could under the find each sum.
13. The difference between the interest received
En

1
rules. After 1 years, he cleared the loan. from two different banks on Rs 500 for 2 years
2 is Rs 2.5. Find the difference between their
How much money did he return to the bank? rates.
3. In how much time will the simple interest 14. A sum was put at SI at a certain rate for 2
arn

on a certain sum be 0.125 times the principal years. Had it been put at 3% higher rate, it
at 10% per annum? would have fetched Rs 300 more. Find the
sum.
1
4. The simple interest on a sum of money is 15. A person lent a certain sum of money at 4%
9 simple interest and in 8 years the interest
of the principal, and the number of years is amounted to Rs 340 less than the sum lent.
Le

equal to the rate per cent per annum. Find Find the sum lent.

K KUNDAN
the rate per cent. 16. Arun and Ramu are friends. Arun borrowed a
5. A sum of money doubles itself in 4 years at a sum of Rs 400 at 5% per annum simple interest
simple interest. In how many years will it fr om Ramu. He ret urns the amount with
w.

amount to 8 times itself? interest after 2 years. Ramu returns to Arun

1 2% of the total amount returned. How much
6. A money lender wants of t he amount did Arun receive?
5
17. A person wants to divide a sum of Rs 375000
loaned every year as interest. What is the rate
ww

between his son and daughter aged 12 years

of interest? If a farmer borrows Rs 5000 for 1 and 14 years respectively so that when they
year f rom the money lender, what is t he attain the age of 18 years, the amounts to be
amount that he has to pay back altogether? received by each at 5% simple interest per
7. If Rs 450 amounts to Rs 540 at 10% simple annum will be the same. Find the share of
interest, find the principal that amounts to each.
Rs 708 at 9% simple interest in the same 18. Divide Rs 7053 into three parts so that the
period. amount after 2, 3 and 4 years respectively
8. A sum of money lent out at simple interest may be equal. The rates of interest being 4%
amounts to Rs 1440 in 2 years and Rs 2040 in per annum.
7 years. Find the rate of interest per annum. 19. A sum of money at simple interest amounts to

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Simple Interest 329

Rs 9440 in 3 years. If the rate of interest is was the original sum borrowed?
increased by 25% , the same sum of money 24. A boy aged 10 years is left with Rs 50000
amounts to Rs 9800 in the same time. Find which is under trust. The trustees invest the
the sum and the rate of interest. money at 4% per annum and pay the minor
20. A person deposited Rs 8000 in a bank. After boy a sum of Rs 1200 for his pocket money at
2 years he withdrew Rs 3000 and at the end the end of each year. The expenses of trust
of 4 years he received an amount of Rs 6800. come out to be Rs 300 per annum. Find the
Find the rate of simple interest. amount that will be handed over to the minor
21. When the rate of interest in a bank is increased boy after he attains the age of 18 years.
from 5% to 6% per annum, a person deposits 25. A man deposits some money in a savings bank

.in
Rs 1000 more into his account. If the annual and at the end of one year earns Rs 15 as
interest now received by him is Rs 110 more interest. He put in another Rs 85 and deposits

K KUNDAN
than that before, find his original deposit. the money for another one year. After the
22. A man derives his income from the investment expiry of this period he gets Rs 420 as the

ng
of Rs 4150 at a certain rate of interest and Rs sum total of the principal and the interest.
3500 at 1 per cent higher than the first. His What amount was originally deposited and
whole income for 4 years is Rs 1211. Find what rate of interest the bank paid?
the rates of interest. 26. Naresh borrowed Rs 28000 from a bank at
23. A sum of money was borrowed at 6% per simple interest. After three years he paid back

eri
annum simple interest. At the end of first Rs 12000 to bank and after two more years
year Rs 6800 was paid off and the rate of he paid back 21800 and settled the account.
interest on the balance was reduced to 5% Find the rate of interest charged by the bank.
per annum. If the interest for the second year 27. At what rate per cent per annum of simple

was
11
20
e
of the interest for the first year, what
interest, will a sum of money double itself in
12 years?
gin
Answers and explanations
En

1. Here Principal P = Rs 20000 and 2. Total investment = Rs 8888

Rate R = 9% per annum. Total loan received by Vijay = 75% of Rs 8888
In calculating the time, we count the number
 75 
of days, excluding t he date on which the = Rs   8888  = Rs 6666.
money was deposited and including the date  100 
arn

on which the money was withdrawn.

1
Thus, we have Now, Principal (P) = Rs 6666, Rate (R) = 12 %
Number of days = 3 days (March) + 30 days 2
(April) + 31 days (May) + 30 days (June) + 31
1
days (July) + 21 days (Aug) = 146 per annum and Time (T) = 1 years
2
Le

146 2
 Time = 146 days = year = year.

K KUNDAN
365 5 25 3
PRT 6666  
Now, interest on Rs 100 for one year = Rs 9  SI = = Rs 2 2
100 100
2  2
w.

Interest on Rs 100 for year = Rs  9   6666 3

5  5
= Rs = Rs 1249.875
16
2  Amount = Principal + SI
Interest on Rs 20000 for year
5
ww

= Rs 6666 + Rs 1249.875
= Rs 7915.875.
 2 1 
= Rs  9    20000  = Rs 720. Hence, Vijay returned Rs 7915.875 to the
 5 100  bank.
 Interest = Rs 720. 3. Let the principal be Rs P.
Now, Amount = Principal + Interest We have, Principal = Rs P, SI = 0.125 P and
= Rs 20000 + Rs 720 R = 10% per annum.
= Rs 20720. We have to find the time T.
Thus, the man receives Rs 20720 on 21st
SI  100
August 2000. Now, T =
PR

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

330 Concept of Arithmetic

7. Amount in the first case = Rs 540

0.125P  100
 T = years Principal = Rs 450
P  10 SI = Rs 540 – Rs 450 = Rs 90
Rate = 10%
12.5P 2.5
= years = years = 1.25 years. SI  100 90  100
10P 2
 Time = = = 2 years
4. Let Principal = P, time = R years, rate = T PR 540  10
PTT P Now, in second case, amount = Rs 708
Then  Rate = 9% and Time = 2 years
100 9 Let the principal be Rs 100

.in
2 100 PRT 100  9  2
 T  Then, SI = = = Rs 18

K KUNDAN
9 100 100
10 1  Amount = Principal + Simple Interest
 T = 3 = Rs 100 + Rs 18 = Rs 118

ng
9 3
 When amount is Rs 118, principal
1 = Rs 100
 rate = 3 %
3 100
 When amount is Re 1, principal = Rs

eri
5. Let the sum of money be Rs 100. 118
 Amount in 4 years = 100 × 2 = Rs 200  When amount is Rs 708, principal
 Simple interest = Rs 200 – Rs 100
100  708
= Rs 100 = Rs = Rs 600
118
 Rate =
SI  100
PT
=
100  100
100  4
= 25%
e Note: When, amount, rate per cent per annum
and time is given, to find sum we can apply
gin
Now, amount in T years = Rs 100 × 8 the formula as given below:
= Rs 800 100  Amount
 Interest in T years Sum = 100  R  T
= Rs (800 – 100) = Rs 700
In the above case,
SI  100 700  100
En

 Time = T = = = 28 years  100  708  100  708 

PR 100  25
Sum = Rs   = Rs  
Alternative Method: 100  (2  9)   100  18 
A sum of money doubles in 4 years.
3 times in 4 × 2 = 8 years 100  708 
= Rs   = Rs 600
arn

4 times in 4 × 3 = 12 years  118 

... ... ... ... ... ... 8. According to the question,
... ... ... ... ... ... Principal + SI for 2 years = 1440 ....... (i)
... ... ... ... ... ... Principal + SI for 7 years = 2040 ....... (ii)
8 times in 4 × 7 = 28 years Subtracting (i) from (ii), we have
Le

1 SI for 5 years = Rs 600

 SI for 1 year = Rs 120

K KUNDAN
6. Since t he money lender wants of the
5
From (i), we have
amount loaned every year as interest. So, if Principal + 120 × 2 = 1440
money lender gives a loan of Rs 100, then or, Principal = 1200
w.

1  100  SI 100  120

interest after one year = Rs  100  = Rs 20.  Rate of interest =   10%
5  PT 1200  1
Thus, the rate of interest is 20% per annum. 9. We may consider that Rs (1800 - 1650) gives
ww

Now, interest on Rs 100 for one year = Rs 20. interest of Rs 30 at 4% per annum.
20 30  100
Interest on Re 1 for one year = Re  Time = = 5 years.
100 150  4
Hence, interest on Rs 5000 for one year 10. First principal = Rs 1800
Second principal = Rs 1650
 20 
= Rs   5000  = Rs 1000 Difference = Rs 1800 – Rs 1650 = Rs 150
 100   Rs 45 in SI on Rs 150 in 3 years.
Amount to be paid = Principal + Interest
= Rs 5000 + Rs 1000 = Rs 6000 SI  100 45  100
 Rate % = = = 10%
PT 150  3

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Simple Interest 331

11. We have, Principal P = Rs 2400, or, xy + 3x – xy = 15000

Rate of Interest R = 12% per annum and or, x = 5000
Thus, the sum = Rs 5000
1 5
Time T = 2 years = years 15. Let the sum be Rs x.
2 2 Now, according to the question,
ie Interest on Rs 100 for one year = Rs 12 x 84
 x  340
5 100
 Interest on Rs 100 for years
2 8x
or,  x  340
5 25

.in
= Rs 12 × = Rs 30. or, 8x = 25x – 25 × 340
2
or, 17x = 25 × 340

K KUNDAN
5  30  340  25
Interest on Re 1 for years = Re  
 x = = Rs 500
2  100  17

ng
5  Sum lent = Rs 500
Hence, interest on Rs 2400 for years 16. Here, borrowed sum = Rs 400
2
Rate of interest = 5% per annum
30 Time = 2 years

eri
= Rs  2400 = Rs 720
100  400  5  2 
 Amount = Principal + Interest SI = Rs   = Rs 40
 100 
= Rs 2400 + Rs 720 = Rs 3120.
After 2 years amount returned to Ramu
It is given that the farmer cleared his account
by paying Rs 1200 and a cow.
Therefore, Amount = Rs 1200 + Cost of the e = Principal + SI
= Rs (400 + 40) = Rs 440
gin
Amount returned to Arun = 2% of Rs 440
cow
or, Rs 3120 = Rs 1200 + Cost of the cow 2
or, Cost of the cow = Rs 3120 – Rs 1200 =  440 = Rs 8.80
100
= Rs 1920.
17. The son aged 12 years will attain the age of
12. Let the sum be Rs x, then
18 years after (18 – 12 =) 6 years.
En

x  15  5 x  15  7 The daughter aged 14 years will attain the

  144
100 200 age of 18 years after (18 – 14 =) 4 years.
Let the sum allotted to the son be Rs x
or, 150x – 105x = 144 × 200
 Sum allotted to the daughter
arn

144  200 = Rs (375000 – x)

 x = = Rs 640 Then, according to the question,
45
Amount of Rs x for 6 years at 5% rate of
500  2  r1 interest
13. I1   10 r1
100 = Amount of Rs (375000 – x) for 4 years at 5%
rate of interest.
Le

500  2  r2

K KUNDAN
I2   10 r2 x 65 (375000  x )  4  5
100  x  (375000  x ) 
100 100
I1  I 2  10 r1  10 r2 = 2.5 3x 1

or, x   (375000  x ) 1  
w.

2.5 10  5
or, r1  r2 = 0.25%
10 13x 6
or,  (375000  x )
14. Let the sum be Rs x and the original rate be 10 5
ww

y% per annum. Then, new rate = (y + 3)%

per annum. 13x
or,  6 (375000  x )
Now, according to the question, 2
x (y  3)  2 x (y )  2 or, 13x = 4500000 – 12x
  300 or, 13x + 12x = 4500000
100 100
2xy  6x  2xy 4500000
or,  300 or, x = = 180000
100 25
 Sum allotted to the son = Rs 180000 and
xy  3x  xy the sum allotted to the daughter
or,  300
50 = Rs (375000 – 180000) = Rs 195000

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

332 Concept of Arithmetic

18. Let the sum in first, second and third case be Dividing equation (1) by equation (2), we get
Rs x, y and z respectively.
4 9440  P
Now, according to the question, 
The amount in first case of Rs x 5 9800  P
 P = 8000
 x  2 4   27x 
= Rs  x   = Rs   Putting the value of P in equation (1), we get
 100   25  R = 6%.
The amount in second case of Rs y Alternative Method:
Let the principal be Rs P and the rate of
 y  3 4   28y 
= Rs  y   = Rs   interest be R%

.in
 100   25  In first case, applying the SI formulae
The amount in third case of Rs z
RT

K KUNDAN

 z 44  29z  A = P 1  
 100 
= Rs  z   = Rs  
 100   25 

ng
 3R 
Again, according to the question, 9440 = P 1  
 100 
27x 28y 29z
  k 9440  100
25 25 25 or, P

eri
100  3R
25k 25k 25k In second case
x= , y = and z =
27 28 29
 5R  3 
25k 25k 25k 1 1 1 9800 = P 1  
 4  100 
x: y : z = : :
27 28 29
= : :
27 28 29
e  400  15R 
gin
or, x : y : z or, 9800  P  
 400 
27  28  29 27  28  29 27  28  29
= : :
27 28 29 9800  400
or, P
or, 812 : 783 : 756 400  15R
But the principal in both the cases is same.
En

812
Now x =  7053 = Rs 2436 So computing the principal in both the cases,
812  783  756 we get
783 9440  100 9800  400
y =  7053 = Rs 2349 
812  783  756 100  3R 400  15R
arn

756 944 980  4

z =  7053 = Rs 2268. or, 
812  783  756 100  3R 400  15R
19. Let the rate be R.
or, 944 400  15R   980  4100  3R 
The amount in 3 years = Rs 9440.
Le

Let the principal be P. or 944  400  944  15R  980  400  980  12R
Then, interest = Rs (9440 – P)

K KUNDAN
or, 377600  14160R  392000  11760R
PRT or, 14160R  11760R  392000  377600
But SI =
100
or, 2400R  14400
w.

PR3
or, (9440 – P) = ....(1) 14400
100 or, R =  6%
2400
In the second case,
 The required rate percentage is 6% .
ww

The rate per cent is increased by its 25%.

2 0 . Let the rate of interest be R% per annum.
25 5R Since Rs 8000 were with the bank for 2 years
Then, the rate per cent = R  R 
and the balance ie Rs (8000 - 3000) = Rs 5000
100 4
Amount after three years = Rs 9800 were with the bank for 4 years. Therefore,
 Interest after three years = Rs (9800 – P) Total SI earned = SI on Rs 8000 for 2 years +
SI on Rs 5000 for 4 years
5R
P 3 8000  R  2 5000  R  4
or, (9800 – P) = 4 ....(2) = Rs + Rs
100 100
100
= Rs 160R + Rs 200R = 360 R

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Simple Interest 333

Also, SI earned = Rs (3000 + 6800 - 8000) 23. Let the sum be Rs x.

= Rs 1800 Simple Interest at 6% for one year
 360 R = 1800 6 1  x 6x
 
1800 100 100
 R = = 5
360
6x 106x
Hence, required rate of interest = 5% per Amount = x  
annum. 100 100
Alternative Method: Principal for second year after return of Rs
We have, interest received 6800
= Rs (3000 + 6800 - 8000) = Rs 1800

.in
106x
(SI on Rs 8000 for 2 years) + (SI on Rs 5000   6800
for 4 years) = Rs 1800 100

K KUNDAN
or, (SI on Rs (8000 × 2) for 1 year) + (SI on Rs Simple interest at 5% on this amount
(5000 × 4) for 1 year) = Rs 1800  106 x  5

ng
or, (SI on Rs 16000 for 1 year) + (SI on Rs   6800  
20000 for 1 year) = Rs 1800  100  100
or, SI on Rs 36000 for 1 year = Rs 1800 Now according to the question,
or SI on Rs 100 for 1 year 6x 11  106 x  5
   6800  

eri
 1800  100 20  100  100
= Rs  100  = Rs 5
 36000 
66x 106x 6800  5
Hence, required rate of interest or,  5
2000 10000 100
= 5% per annum.
21. Let the original deposit be Rs P.
Then, simple interest on Rs P for one year at
e or,
6800  5 106x  5
 
66x
gin
100 10000 2000
(6 – 5)% = 1% per annum + SI on Rs 1000 for
one year at 6% per annum = Rs 110. 530x 66x 530x  330x
or, 340   =
P  1  1 1000  6  1 10000 2000 10000
or,   110
100 100 200x
or, 340 
En

P 10000
or,  60  110
100
340  10000
P or, x   17000
or,  110  60 200
100
 the required amount is Rs 17000.
arn

P 24. Principal in this case = Rs 50000

or, = 50 Rate of interest per annum = 4%
100
So, interest for one year
or, P = 50 × 100 = 5000
Hence, original deposit = Rs 5000. 4
=  50000 = Rs 2000
Le

2 2 . Let the first rate be x% and the second be 100

(x + 1)%.

K KUNDAN
Expenditure per annum = Pocket money of
Then total interest on Rs 4150 and Rs 3500 the boy + expenses of trust
in 4 years = Rs (1200 + 300) = Rs 1500
 Net earnings per annum
w.

 4150  x  4   3500  (x  1)  4 
= Rs   + Rs   = Rs 2000 – Rs 1500 = Rs 500
 100   100 
Time after which boy will attain the age of 18
= Rs 166x + Rs 140 (x + 1) years = 8 years
= Rs (306x + 140) Total income at the end of 8 years
ww

Total income = Rs 1211 = 8 × 500 = Rs 4000

 306x + 140 = 1211 Total amount given to the boy at the end of 18
or, 306x = 1211 – 140 = 1071 years = Rs 50000 + Rs 4000 = Rs 54000.
1071 7 1 25. Let the Principal be P and the Rate R%
or, x =  3 %
306 2 2 P  R 1
 15 
1 100
 First rate is 3 % and the second rate is
2 PR
or, = 15
 1  1 100
 3 %  1  4 % .  PR = 1500
 2  2

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

334 Concept of Arithmetic

Changed principal = P + 15 + 85 26. Let the rate of simple interest be x% per

= Rs (P + 100) annum.
After 3 years
 R 
 Amount = (P + 100) 1   Principal = Rs (28000 – 12000) = Rs 16000
 100  Interest charged by the bank
= Rs (12000 + 21800 – 28000)
PR
or, 420 = P + + 100 + R = Rs 5800
100 According to the question,
1500 28000  3  x 16000  2  x
or, 420 = P + + 100 + R  = 5800

.in
100 100 100
= P + 15 + 100 + R [  PR = 1500] or, 840x + 320x = 5800

K KUNDAN
or, P + R = 305 or, 1160x = 5800
or, (P  R)2  (P  R)2  4PR  (305) 2  4  1500 5800

ng
or, x = = 5
2
or, (P  R)  93025  6000  87025 1160
 Rate of interest = 5% per annum.
or, (P  R)2  87025  295 27. Let the principal be Rs P
Now, P + R = 305 .....(i)  Amount = Rs 2P

eri
P – R = 295 .....(ii)  SI = Rs (2P – P) = Rs P
Now, on adding equations (i) and (ii), we have, SI  100 P  100
2P = 600  Rate = Principal  Time  P  12
600
or, P =
2
= 300
e =
25
8
1
gin
On putting the value of P in either equation 3 3
(i) or in equation (ii), we have, 1
R = 5 Hence the required rate per cent = = 8 %.
3
 Principal = Rs 300 and Rate = 5%.
En
arn
Le

K KUNDAN
w.
ww

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Compound Interest 335

Chapter-18

Compound Interest

K KUNDAN

.in
Introduction Clearly, compound interest at the end of certain
specified period is equal to the difference between
You know that, if Principal = Rs P, Rate = R% per the amount at the end of the period and the original
annum and Time = T (in years), then the Simple

ng
principal ie CI = Amount – Principal.
Interest (SI) in Rs is given by
PRT Conversion Period
SI =
100 The fixed interval of time at the end of which the

eri
For example, if Principal = Rs 5000 and interest is calculated and added to the principal at
rate of interest = 10% per annum, then t he beginning of t he inter v al is called t he
conversion period.
 5000  10  1  In other words, the period at the end of which
SI for 1 year = Rs   = Rs 500
 100  the interest is compounded is called the conversion

 5000  10  2 
e period.
When the interest is calculated and added to
gin
SI for 2 years = Rs   = Rs 1000
 100  the principal every six months, the conversion
period is six months. Similarly, the conversion
 5000  10  3  period is thr ee mont hs when t he int er est is
SI for 3 years = Rs  
 100  calculated and added quarterly.
= Rs 1500 and so on. Note: If no conversion period is specified, the
En

Clearly, in computing SI the principal remains conversion period is taken to be one year.
constant throughout. But the above method of
computing interest is generally not used in banks,
Computation of Compound Interest
insurance corporations, post offices and other
money lending and deposit taking companies. They (i) By the method when the interest is
arn

use a different method for computing interest. In calculated and added to the principal
this method, the borrower and the lender agree to every interval
fix up a certain time interval, say a year or a half-
For example, the compound interest on Rs 1000
year or a quarter of a year for the computation of
for 2 years at 4% per annum is Rs 81.60. Let us
interest and amount. At the end of first interval
see. How?
Le

the interest is computed and is added to the original

K KUNDAN
Principal for the first year = Rs 1000
principal. The amount so obtained is taken as the
Interest for the first year
pr incipal for the second inter val of time. The
amount of this principal at the end of the second  1000  4  1 
= Rs   = Rs 40
w.

interval of time is taken as the principal for the  100 

third interval of time and so on. At the end of
certain specified period, the difference between  P  R  T
the amount and the money borrowed ie the original Using : Interest  100 

principal is computed and it is called the compound
ww

Amount at the end of first year

interest (abbreviated as CI) for that period. Thus,
= Rs 1000 + Rs 40 = Rs 1040
we may define the compound interest as follows:
Principal for the second year = Rs 1040
If the borrower and the lender agree to fix up a
Interest for the second year
certain interval of time (say, a year or a half-year
or a quarter of a year etc) so that the amount ( =  1040  4  1 
Principal + Interest) at the end of an interval = Rs   = Rs 41.60
 100 
becomes the principal for the next interval, then
Amount at the end of second year
the total interest over all the intervals calculated
= Rs 1040 + Rs 41.60
in this way is called the compound interest and
= Rs 1081.60
is abbreviated as CI.

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

336 Concept of Arithmetic

 Compound interest = Rs (1081.60 – Rs 1000) 2

= Rs 81.60  R   R 
= Rs P 1   1  
 100   100 
(ii) By the Formula
3
We have seen in the above example that it takes a  R 
= Rs P 1  
lot of time to find compound interest. Hence, we  100 
explore below a formula for finding compound
interest.  2 
 R 
Let principal be Rs P.  P 1   becomes a common factor 
Rate = R%   100  

K KUNDAN

.in
Time = T years Proceeding in the same manner, amount at the
 Interest for first year end of T years
 P  R 1  PR  T
= Rs   = Rs    R 
 100   100  = Rs P 1  

ng
 100 
 Principal for second year
CI (Compound Interest) for T years
 PR   R 
= Rs P + Rs   = Rs P 1   T
 100   100   R 
= Rs P 1 

eri
 – Rs P
 Interest for second year  100 

 R    T 
 R 
 P  1  100   R  1  = Rs P 1  100   1
= Rs       


100 

e Thus, we get the formula for finding the amount
gin
in case of compound interest as
PR  R  Time
= Rs 1    Rate 
100  100  A = P 1  
 100 
 Amount at the end of second year or principal
Now, we solve the above example, by using the
for third year
En

above formula
 R  PR  R  2
= Rs P 1   + Rs 1    4 
 100  100  100  A = Rs 1000 1  
 100 
 R  R   1000  104  104 
arn

= Rs P 1   1   = Rs   = Rs 1081.60
 100   100   100  100 
2  CI = Rs 1081.60 – Rs 1000 = Rs 81.60
 R 
= Rs P 1  
 100  Computation of Compound Interest when
Interest is Compounded Half-Yearly or
Le

  R  
 P 1  100  becomes a common factor Quarterly

K KUNDAN
   
In compound interest, the time from one specified
Interest for the third year period to the next is known as the conversion
w.

2
period as stated earlier. If time is one year, there
  R   is one conversion period a year. If the time is six
 P  1    R  1
  100   months, there are two conversion periods a year.
= Rs   If t he t ime is t hr ee mont hs, t her e ar e four
100
 
ww

conversion periods a year.

 
As stated earlier the rate of interest is usually
quoted as per cent per annum. Thus when the
2
PR  R  interest is calculated :
= Rs 1   ( i ) quarterly, the rate of interest per conversion
100  100 
 Amount at the end of third year 1
period is of the rate stated yearly.
4
2 2
 R  PR  R  ( i i) half-yearly, the interest rate per conversion
= Rs P 1   + Rs 1  
 100  100  100  1
period is of the rate stated yearly.
2

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Compound Interest 337

For example, we have to find the compound Computation of Compound Interest, when
1 Time is not an Exact Number of Years
interest on Rs 12000 for 1 years at 16% per
2
annum, interest being compounded (a) quarterly Suppose we have to find Compound Interest (CI)
and (b) half-yearly. We proceed as follows: 1
(a) Principal = Rs 12000 for 2 years on a certain sum at a certain rate per
2
Rate of Interst = 16% per annum
1
16 cent. The Compound Interest for 2 years will be
= = 4% per quarter 2
4

K KUNDAN

.in
equal to the Compound Interest for 2 years at the
1 3  given rate together with Compound Interest for 1
Time = 1 years =   4  = 6 quarters
2 2  1
year at of the given rate. Thus interest for any
T 2
 R 

ng
 A = P 1  100  fraction of a year is the same as the interest for
  full year at the rate equal to the same fraction of
6 the rate.
 4  For example, if we have to find the compound
= Rs 12000 1  
 100 

eri
1
interest on Rs 25000 at 13% per annum for 2
6 2
 104 
= Rs 12000   = Rs 15183.83 years, we proceed as follows:
 100 
Principal = Rs 25000
 CI = Rs 15183.83 – Rs 12000
= Rs 3183.83
e Rate = 12%
1
gin
(b) Principal = Rs 12000
Time = 2 years
Rate of Interest = 16% per annum 2
T
 16   R
=   8% per half-year
 2   A = P 1  100 
 
En

1 3   12 
Time = 1 years =   2  = 3 half-years 12  
2 
2 2  25000

1  1  2 
= Rs  
 100   100 
T  
 R   
 A = P 1  100  1
arn

 
[  Interest for year at 12%
3 2
 8 
= Rs 12000 1    12 
 100    6%]
= Interest for 1 year at 
 2 
12000  108  108  108
= Rs
Le

100  100  100  12 

2
6 

K KUNDAN
 
= Rs 15116.54 = Rs 25000 1  100  1  
100 
   
 CI = Rs 15116.54 – Rs 12000
= Rs 3116.54
 112 112 106 
Thus, if Principal = P, Time = T years and Rate
w.

= Rs  25000    
= R% per annum  100 100 100 
(i) Amount (when int erest compounded = Rs 33241.60
quarterly)  CI = Rs 33241.60 – Rs 25000 = Rs 8241.60
Thus, let P be the principal and the rate of
ww

4T
 R 
  R 
4T int er est be R% per annum. If t he interest is

 P 1  4   P 1   compounded annualy but time is the fraction of a
 100   400 
  1
(ii) Amount (when interest compounded half- year say 2 years, then amount A is given by
2
yearly)
2T  R 
 R 
R   
2T 2
   R   2  and CI = A – P
 P 1  2   P 1  A = P 1   1 
 100   200   100  

100 

   

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

338 Concept of Arithmetic

Alternative Method Here, P = Rs 4000,

R1 = 5% per annum and
In this method, we calculate Compound Interest
R2 = 15% per annum.
for the exact number of years by the formula and
 Amount after 2 years
Simple Interest for the remaining time. And this
Simple Interest should be added to the Compound  R1   R 
= P 1   1  2 
Interest.  100   100 
For example, solve the above example.
Principal = Rs 25000  5  15 
= Rs 4000  1   1  
Rate = 12%  100   100 

K KUNDAN

.in
1
Time = 2 years  1  3 
2 = Rs 4000  1   1  
 20   20 
Compound Interest for the first 2 years = A – P
T
21 23

ng
 R  = Rs 4000  
 A = P 1  100  20 20
  = Rs 4830.
2
Thus, the refrigerator will cost Rs 4830 to Ram
  12  Singh.
= Rs 25000 1  100  

eri
   
General Formula for Computing Amount
 25000  112  112  Let P be the principal, the rate of interest be R%
= Rs   = Rs 31360 per annum and time be T years and the interest is
 100  100 
 Compound Interest for the first 2 years
= Rs 31360 – Rs 25000 = Rs 6360 e compounded after each month.
 Interest on Rs 100 for 1 year = Rs R
gin
For the next year, Rs 31360 will be Principal  Interest on Rs 100 for x months

1 R 
= Rs  x
 Interest for next year  12 
2
 Interest on Rs P for x months
En

 1 
PRT  31360  12   P R  x 
= = Rs  2  = Rs  
100  100   100  12 
  Amount at the end of x months
 
arn

= Rs 1881.60  Rx 
 Total Compound Interst PRx  
= Rs 6360 + Rs 1881.60 = Rs 8241.60 = P = P 1  12 
100  12  100 
 
Computation of Compound Interest, when
Interest is Compounded Annually but This amount is considered as principal for the
Le

next x months.
Being Different for Different Years

K KUNDAN
 According to the above,
Let P be the principal and the rate of interest be Amount at the end of next x months
R1% for the first year, R2% for second year, R3% = Principal for the first x months +
for third year and so on and in the last Rn% for the
w.

Interest of the next x months

nth year. Then the amount A and the compound
interest (CI) at the end of the n years is given by  Rx   Rx 
    Rx

= P 1 12   P 1  12  

 R1   R   R 
 1  2  .......1  n  and
ww

A = P 1   100   100  100  12

 100   100   100     
   
CI = A – P
For example, Ram Singh bought a refrigerator 2
for Rs 4000 on credit. The rate of interest for the  Rx   Rx   Rx 
    
first year is 5% and of the second year is 15% . P 1  12  1  12   P 1  12 
=
How much will it cost him if he pays the amount  100   100   100 
    
after two years?     
To solve this, we proceed as follows:

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Compound Interest 339

Similarly, amount for the next x months (e) If the rate of interest is calculated annually,
then x = 12
3
 Rx 
  12T
= P 1  12   R  12  12
T
 100     R 



  Amount = P 1  12  = P 1  
 100   100 
 
Now,  
12 Thus, we can conclude that the above formula
 Number of x months in 1 year = x

K KUNDAN
is the General Formula and it is very useful in

.in
computing Amount (Principal + Compound Interest)
12T and Compound Interest, whether rate is calculated
 Number of x months in T years =
x quarterly, four-monthly, half-yearly, nine-monthly
etc.

ng
12T For example, to find the Compound Interest on
 Rx  x
  1
 Amount (A) for T years = P 1  12 
 Rs 12000 for 1 years at 12% per annum, interest
 100  4
 
being compounded five-monthly, we proceed as

eri
 
follows:
(a) If the rate of interest is calculated quarterly, Here, P = Rs 8000,
then x = 3 R = 12%,
12T 1 5


R3
 Amount = P 1  12


3 

R 
= P 1 4 

e
4T
T = 1
4
=
4
and
gin
  
 100   100  x = 5
   
    12T
 Rx  x
(b) If the rate of interest is calculated half-  
12
yearly, then x = 6  Amount (A) = P 1  100 
En

2T
 
12T
 R   
 R6  6  
  P 1  2 
 Amount = P 1  12
  =  100   125 
 100      12  5  45 
     
arn

   12 
8000 1  
= Rs   100 

(c) If the rate of interest is calculated nine-    
monthly, then x = 9    
 
12T 4T
 R9  9  3R  3  3
5  
Le

    
= Rs 8000 1   

K KUNDAN
P 1  12  P 1  4 
 Amount = =   100  
 100   100 
   
   
 21 21 21 
= Rs 8000   
20 20 20 
w.

(d) If the rate of interest is calculated four- 

monthly, then x = 4
= Rs 9261
12T  Compound Interest = Rs 9261– Rs 8000
3T
 R4  4  R  = Rs 1261
   
ww

 Amount = P 1  12  = P 1  3 
 100   100 
   
   

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

340 Concept of Arithmetic

Solved Examples
Ex. 1: Find the com pound i nt er est on Rs 3
12000 for 3 years at 10% per annum  25 
= Rs 64000 × 1  
compounded annually.  1000 
Soln: We know that the amount A at the end of
T years at the rate of R% per annum when 3
 1 
the interest is compounded annually is = Rs 64000 × 1  
 40 
given by

K KUNDAN

.in
T 3
 R   41 
A = P 1   = Rs 64000 ×  
 100   40 
Here, P = Rs 12000, R = 10% per annum 41 41 41

ng
and T = 3 years = Rs 64000 ×  
40 40 40
3 = Rs 68921
 R 
 Amount A after 3 years = P 1   Hence, compound interest payable after 3
 100 
years = Rs 68921 - Rs 64000 = Rs 4921.

eri
3 Ex. 3: Find the compound interest at the rate
 10 
= Rs 12000 × 1   of 10% per annum for four years on
 100  the principal which in four years at the
rate of 4% per annum gives Rs 1600
3

= Rs 12000 × 1 
1 
 10 

e Soln:
as simple interest.
Let Rs P be the principal.
gin
This principal gives Rs 1600 as SI in four
3 years at the rate of 4% per annum.
 11 
= Rs 12000 ×  
 10  SI  100
 P =
RT
11 11 11
= Rs 12000 ×  
En

10 10 10 1600  100
or, P = Rs = Rs 10000
= Rs (12 × 11 × 11 × 11) 4 4
= Rs 15972 Now, we have P = Rs 100000
Now, R = 10% and T = 4.
Compound Interest = A – P
arn

T
 Compound Interest  R 
 Amount after 4 years = P 1  
= Rs 15972 – Rs 12000  100 
= Rs 3972.
Ex. 2: Vij ay obt ai ns a l oan of Rs 64000 4
 10 
against his fixed deposits. If the rate = Rs 10000 × 1  
 100 
Le

of interest be 2.5 paise per rupee per

annum, calculate the compound interest

K KUNDAN
4
payable after 3 years.  1 
= Rs 10000 × 1  
Soln: Here, P = Rs 64000, T = 3 years, and  10 
w.

R = 2.5 paise per rupee per annum

4
= (2.5 × 100) paise per hundred rupees  11 
per annum = Rs 10000 ×  
 10 
 2.5  100 
Rs   per hundred rupees 11 11 11 11
ww

=   
 100  = Rs 10000 ×
10 10 10 10
per annum
= Rs 14641.
= 2.5% per annum.
 Compound interest
 R 
3 = Rs 14641 – Rs 10000
 Amount A after 3 years = P 1   = Rs 4641.
 100  Ex. 4: Compute the compound interest on Rs
3 12000 for 2 years at 20% per annum
 2.5  when compounded half-yearly.
= Rs 64000 × 1  
 100  Soln: Here, Principal P = Rs 12000,

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Compound Interest 341

Rate = R = 20% per annum Soln: Here, Principal = P = Rs 320000

Rate = R = 20% per annum
20
= = 10% per half-year 20
2
= = 5% per quarters
T = 2 years = 2 × 2 = 4 half-years 4
T
T = 1 year = 1 × 4 = 4 quarters
 R 
 A = P 1  100   R 
T
  Amount (A) after 1 year = P 1  
 100 
 4
10  

K KUNDAN


.in
= Rs 12000 1  100     5  
4
     320000 1   
= Rs 100  
 
 4
 1  
= Rs 12000 1  10    1  
4

ng
    
= Rs  320000 1   
  20  
 4
 11  
= Rs 12000   10    4
 21  
    320000

eri
= Rs    
  20  
 11 11 11 11 
= Rs 12000    
 10 10 10 10   320000  21  21  21  21 
= Rs  
 20  20  20  20 
= Rs 12000 
14641
10000
e = Rs 388962
 Compound interest
gin
= Rs 17569.20 = Rs 388962 – Rs 320000 = Rs 68962.
 Compound interest Alternative Method:
= Rs 17569.20 – Rs 12000
= Rs 5569.20 12T
 Rx  x
Alternative Method:  
En

We can solve this question by General Amount (A) for T years = P 1  12 

Formula also.  100 
 
 
12T
 Rx  x Here,
 
arn

P = Rs 320000
Amount (A) for T years = P 1  12 
 100  R = 20% per annum
  T = 1 year and
 
x = 3
Here,
P = Rs 12000  121 
Le

R = 20% per annum   20  3  3 

K KUNDAN
   
T = 2 years and = Rs 320000 1  12
  
x = 6   100  
 
   
122   
w.


  20  6  6 
    4
= Rs 12000 1  12  
  5  
 100  = Rs 320000 1   
     100  
    
ww

  Now, do as the above.

Ex. 6: What sum of m oney at com pound
 4
 1   interest will amount to Rs 2249.52 in 3
= Rs 12000 1    years, if the rate of interest is 3% for
  10  
the first year, 4% for the second year
Now, do as the above. and 5% for the third year?
Ex. 5: Find the com pound i nt er est on Rs Soln: The general formula for such question is:
320000 for one year at the rate of 20%
 R1   R  R   R 
per annum . I f t he i nt er est i s A= P 1   1  2  1  3  ... 1  n 
compounded quarterly.  100   100   100   100 

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

342 Concept of Arithmetic

Where A = Amount, P = Principal and R1,  Compound interest

R2, R3, ...., Rn are the rates of interest for = Rs (133.10 - 100) = Rs 33.10
different years. Now,
In the above case, If compound interest is Rs 33.10, principal
= Rs 100
 3  4  5 
2249.52 = P 1   1   1   If compound interest is Re 1, principal =
 100   100   100 
100
2249.52 = P (1.03) (1.04) (1.05) Rs
33.10
2249 .52
If compound interest is Rs 331, principal

K KUNDAN
 P = (1.03)  (1.04 )  (1.05 ) = Rs 2000

.in
 100 
Ex. 7: Find the com pound i nt er est on Rs = Rs   331  = Rs 1000
 33.10 
1 Hence, principal = Rs 1000.
24000 at 15% per annum for 2
3 Alternative Method:

ng
years. Rate = 10% per annum
Soln: Here, P = Rs 24000 Time = 3 years
R = 15% per annum and Amount = Rs 331

eri
1 T
 R 
Time = 2 years.  A = P 1  
3  100 
1
 Amount after 2 3 years A 331
 P = 

e 
1 

R 

100 
T

1 

10 

100 
3
gin
 1 
R 
R  
2
 3
= P 1    1  
 331  10  10  10 
 100   100  =   = Rs 1000
   11  11  11 
 
Ex. 9: What sum will become Rs 9826 in 18
months if the rate of interest is 5%
En

 1 
 15 
15  
2 per annum and t he i nt er est i s

= Rs 24000 1    1  3  compounded half-yearly?
 100   100 
  Soln: Let the required sum ie the principal, be
 
Rs P.
arn

We have,
 2
 3   1  Principal = Rs P,
= Rs 24000 1    1  
  20   20   Amount = Rs 9826,
R = 5% per annum
 2
 23   21   5
% per half-year and
= Rs 24000      =
Le

  20   20   2

K KUNDAN
= Rs 33327 18 3
T = 18 months = years = years.
 Compound interest = Rs (33327 – 24000) 12 2
= Rs 9327.
w.

Ex. 8: Find the principal, if the compound 3 

=   2   3 half-years
interest compounded annually at the 2 
rate of 10% per annum for three years T
is Rs 331.  R 
 A = P 1 
ww


Soln: Let the principal be Rs 100. Then,  100 
Amount after three years
3
 5 
 3  
 10  
= Rs 100  1  100   or, 9826 = P 1  2 
     200 
 
 
 3
 11  
= Rs 100   100    1 
3
    or, 9826 = P 1  
 80 
= Rs 133.10.

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Compound Interest 343

3 T
 81  882  21 
or, 9826 = P   or,  
 80  800  20 

3 2
 80  441  21 
or, P = 9826 ×   = 9466.54 or,  
 81  400  20 
Hence, required sum = Rs 9466.54. T 2
Alternative Method:  21   21 
or,    
Let the required sum be Rs 100. Then,  20   20 

K KUNDAN

.in
3  T = 2.
the amount after 18 months ie years at Hence, required time is 2 years.
2
Ex. 11: In what time will Rs 64000 amount to
the rate of 5% compounded half-yearly, is
Rs 68921 at 5% per annum, interest
given by

ng
being compounded half-yearly?
3 Soln: Here, Principal (P) = Rs 64000
 2 
  5  2 Amount (A) = Rs 68921
    Rate (R) = 5% per annum.
Amount = Rs 100  1  2  

eri
  200   5
  = % per half-year
    2
 
Let the time be T years = 2T half-years
 3 Therefore,
 81  
= Rs 100  

 
 80  
e 
A = P 1 
R 

T
gin
 100 
531441
= Rs 2T
5120  5 
Now,  
68921  64000 1  2 
531441  100 
En

 
If amount is Rs ,  
5120
then principal = Rs 100 2T
If the amount is Re 1, then principal 68921  1 
or,  1  
64000  40 
arn

 100  5120 
= Rs  
 531441   41 
3
 41 
2T

If the amount is Rs 9826, then principal or,    

 40   40 
 100  5120  or, 2T = 3
= Rs   9826  = Rs 9466.54
 531441 
Le

3 1
years = 1

K KUNDAN
Hence, required sum = Rs 9466.54.  T = years.
2 2
Ex. 10: In what time Rs 800 amount to Rs 882
Ex. 12: At what r ate per cent per annum
at 5% per annum compounded
compound i nt er est wil l Rs 10000
annually?
w.

amount to Rs 13310 in three years?

Soln: Here, Amount (A) = Rs 882,
Soln: Let the rate be R% per annum.
Principal (P) = Rs 800 and
We have, P = Principal = Rs 10000,
Rate (R) = 5% per annum.
A = Amount = Rs 13310 and
T T = 3 years.
ww

 R 
 A = P 1  
 100   R 
T
 A = P 1  100 
T  
 5 
or, 882 = 800 1  
 100   R 
3
or, 13310  10000 1  
T  100 
882  1 
or,  1  
800  20  13310  R 
3
or,  1  
10000  100 

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

344 Concept of Arithmetic

1331  R 
3 11 R
 1   or,  1
or, 10 200
1000  100 

3
R 11 1
113  R  or,  1 
or,  1   200 10 10
10 3  100 
200
R 11  R = = 20%
or, 1   10
100 10
Hence, the rate of interest

K KUNDAN

.in
R 11 = 20% per annum.
or,  1 Ex. 14: Determine the rate of interest for a sum
100 10
216
R 1 that becomes times of itself in 3
or,  125

ng
100 10
years, compounded annually.
100 Soln: Let the principal be Rs P and the rate of
or, R = = 10 interest be R% per annum compounded
10
annually.

eri
Hence, rate = 10% per annum.
It is given that the amount at the end of 3
Ex. 13: Nikhil invested Rs 6000 in a company
at com pound i nter est compounded 216
semi-annual ly. He recei ves Rs 7986 years must become P. Therefore,
125
after 18 months from the company.

Soln:
Find the rate of interest per annum.
We have, P = Principal = Rs 6000 e 216 
P  P 1 
R 

3
gin
125  100 
A = Amount = Rs 7986 and
 T
3  R  
T = 18 months = years. Using A  P 1   
2   100  

3 
En

=   2   3 half-years 216  R 
3
2  or,  1  
Let the rate of interest be R% per annum 125  100 

R 3 3
= % per half-year. 6  R 
or,    1  
arn

2 5  100 
(Since the interest is compounded semi-
annually) 6 R
or,  1
T 5 100
  R
 A = P 1  100  R 6
Le

  or,  1
100 5

K KUNDAN
3
 R  R 1
  
or, 7986  6000 1  2  or,
100 5
w.

 100 
  or, R = 20
 
Hence, the rate of interest is 20% per
3 annum.
 R 
or, 7986  6000 1   Ex. 15: The difference between the compound
ww

 200  interest and simple interest on a certain

3 sum of money at 10% per annum for 2
7986  R 
or,  1   years is Rs 500. Find the sum when
6000  200  the interest is compounded annually.
3 Soln: Let the sum be Rs 100.
1331  R 
or,  1   Computation of compound interest: We
1000  200  have, Principal = Rs 100,
3 3 R = 10% per annum, and
 11   R  T = 2.
or,    1  
 10   200 

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Compound Interest 345

 2 15
 10    R 
Amount = Rs 100  1  100   or, 2  1   ....(i)
     100 

 2 Putting A  2P and T  15 in 
 11   
= Rs 100   10   = Rs 121. T
     R  
  A  P 1  
  100  
 CI = Rs 121 – Rs 100 = Rs 21.
Computation of simple interest : We have, Suppose the money becomes 8 times ie
Principal = Rs 100, R = 10% and 8P in T years. Then,

K KUNDAN

.in
Time = 2 years. T
 R 
 100  10  2  8P  P 1  
 SI = Rs   = Rs 20.  100 
 100 
T
Thus, Difference in CI and SI  R 

ng
or, 8  1  
= Rs (21 – 20) = Re 1  100 
Now, T
 If difference between CI and SI is Re 1, 3  R 
or, 2  1  
Sum = Rs 100  100 

eri
 If difference between CI and SI is Rs 3
 15 T
500, Sum = Rs (100 × 500) = Rs 50000. R    R 
Alternative Method: or, 1     1  
 100    100 
Let the sum be Rs P.
[Using (i)]

Simple Interest =
PRT
100 e 
or, 1 
R 
45

  1 
R 

T
gin
 100   100 
 P  10  2  P  or, T = 45
=  = Rs   Hence, the money will become 8 times in
 100  5
45 years.
Compound Interest = Amount – Principal Ex. 17: A farmer wants to divide Rs 390300
En

 2  between his two daughters who are 16

  10   years and 18 years old respectively in
= Rs  P  1  100   P 
    such a way that the sum invested at
the rate of 4% per annum, compounded
 2 
  11   annually will give the same amount to
= Rs  P   10   P 
arn

  each, when they attain the age of 21

 
years. How should he divide the sum?
 P  11  11  Soln: Suppose the farmer gives Rs P to 16 years
= Rs   P
 10  10  old daughter and the remaining Rs
(390300 – P) to 18 years old daughter.
 21P  At the age of 21 years, each daughter gets
Le

= Rs  

K KUNDAN
 100  the same amount. This means that the
amount of Rs P invested for 5 years is
Now, according to the question,
same as the amount of Rs (390300 – P)
21P P invested for 3 years ie

w.

= Rs 500 5 3
100 5  4   4 
P 1    390300  P  1  
21P - 20P  100   100 
or, = Rs 500 2
100  4 
or, P 1    390300  P 
ww

 P = Rs (500 × 100) = Rs 50000  100 

Ex. 16: A sum of money doubl es i t sel f at
2
compound interest in 15 years. In how  1 
or, P 1    390300  P 
many years will it become eight times?  25 
Soln: Let the sum of money be Rs P invested at
2
the rate of R% per annum. It is given that  26 
or, P    390300  P 
the money doubles itself in 15 year s.  25 
Therefore,
 26  2 
15
 R  or, P  25   1  390300
2P  P 1     
 100 

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

346 Concept of Arithmetic

 676  625  2
 R 
or, P    390300 9680  P 1   ...(i) and
 625   100 
1301  3
or, P    390300  R 
 625  10648  P 1   ...(ii)
 100 
390300  625
or, P = = 187500 Now, dividing equation (ii) by equation (i),
1301 we have
Therefore, the daughter aged 16 years gets 3
Rs 187500 and the daughter aged 18 years  R 
P 1  

K KUNDAN
10648

.in
gets Rs (390300 – 187500) = Rs 202800.  100 
 2
Alternative Method: 9680  R 
Let the equal amount in each case be Rs P 1  
 100 
100 and P1, P2 be the principals for the
two daughters. 10648 R

ng
or,  1
In case of the first daughter, 9680 100
A = Rs 100, T = 5 years, R = 4%
5 5 R 10648
 4   26  or,  1
 100  P1 1    P1   100 9680

eri
 100   25 
R 968
100 100  (25 )5 or, 
or, P1   100 9680
5
 26  (26)5
  968
 25 
In case of the second daughter,
e or, R =
9680
 100 = 10
gin
A = Rs 100, T = 3 years, R = 5% R 
2

3
Putting R = 10 in 9680  P 1   , we
 5   100 
 100  P2 1  
 100  get
2
 10 
En

100
3 9680  P 1  
 25   100 
or, P2  3
 100  
 26   26 
  2
 1 
 25  or, 9680  P 1  
 10 
 Ratio between their parts is
arn

2
3  11 
100  (25)5  25  or, 9680  P  
P1 : P2 = : 100 
(26)5  26   10 
2
 10 
 25 
2 or, P = 9680   
=   :1  11 
Le

 26 
100
or, P = 9680 

K KUNDAN
= 252 : 262 = 625 : 676 = 8000
121
 We shall divide Rs 390300 in the ratio
of 625 : 676 Hence, principal = Rs 8000 and rate of
interest = 10% per annum.
w.

 Daughter aged 16 years old gets

Ex. 19: A sum of money is put at compound
 390300 
Rs   625  interest for 2 years at 20% per annum.
 625  676  I t would fet ch Rs 482 m or e, if the
390300  625 interest were payable half-yearly than
ww

= Rs = Rs 187500
1301 if it were payable yearly. Find the sum.
and the daughter aged 18 years old gets Soln: Let t he r equired sum of money be
= Rs (390300 – 187500) = Rs 202800. Rs P.
Ex. 18: A sum amounts to Rs 9680 in 2 years Case I: When interest is payable yearly.
and to Rs 10648 in 3 years compounded In this case, let the amount be A1. Then,
annually. Find the sum (principal) and
2 2
the rate of interest per annum.  20  6 36P
A1  P 1    P  
Soln: Let the sum (principal) be Rs P and the  100  5 25P
rate of interest be R% per annum. Then,
Case II: When interest is payable half-
yearly.

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Compound Interest 347

In this case, Principal = P,

 2 
R = 20% per annum R 
or, 110  P 1  100   1 and PR = 5000
20   
= = 10% per half-year
2
 2R R2 
T = 2 years = 2 × 2 = 4 half-years or, 110  P 1  100  10000  1 and
Let A2 be the amount at the end of 2 years.  
Th en , PR = 5000
T
 R  2PR PR 2

K KUNDAN
A 2  P 1   or, 110   and PR = 5000

.in
 100  100 10000

 10 
4 PR PR
or, A 2  P 1   or, 110    R and PR = 5000
 100  50 10000

ng
4 5000 5000
 11  or, 110   R
or, A 2  P   50 10000
 10  [Putting PR = 5000]
It is given that A2 – A1= 482

eri
R
or, 110 = 100 +
 11 
4
6
2 2
or, P    P    482
 10  5 R
or, 10 =
2
 11  4
6
or, P  10    5 
   
2
  482
e or, R = 20.
Putting R = 20 in PR = 5000, we get 20P
gin

= 5000
4 2  P = 250.
 11   12  Hence, principal = Rs 250 and rate
or, P  10    10    482
     = 20% per annum.
Alternative Method:
En

  11  2 12    11 2 12   Difference between Compound Interest

      482 and Simple Interest
or, P   10   10   
  10  10  
    = Rs 110 – Rs 100 = Rs 10
 Simple Interest for 2 years = Rs 100
 241   1 
or, P     482 100
arn

 100   100   Simple Interest for 1 year = Rs

2
482  100  100 = Rs 50
 P = = 20000 Because inter est is r eckoned year ly
241
Compound Int erest and t he Simple
Hence, the sum of money was Rs 20000.
Interest for the first year will be the same.
Le

Ex. 20: Reena borrowed from Kamal certain

 Rs 10 is the interest on Rs 50 for 1

K KUNDAN
sum for two years at simple interest.
year.
Reena lent this sum to Hamid at the
 Principal = Rs 50, T = 1 year and
same rate for two years at compound
SI = Rs 10
interest. At the end of two years she
w.

received Rs 110 as compound interest SI  100 10  100

but paid Rs 100 as simple interest. Find  Rate = PT =
50  1
the sum and rate of interest.
Soln: Let the principal be Rs P and the rate of = 20% per annum
ww

interest be R% per annum. Now, SI = Rs 100, R = 20% and

We have, CI = Rs 110, SI = Rs 100 and T = 2 years
Time = 2 years. SI  100  100  100 
2  P = RT =   = Rs 250
 R   20  2 
 110  P 1    P and
 100  Hence, principal = Rs 250 and
PR2 rate = 20% per annum.
100  Ex. 21: The simple interest on a sum at 4% per
100
annum for 2 years is Rs 80. Find the
 2  compound interest on the same sum for
R  PR
or, 110  P 1    1 and 100  the same period.
 100   50

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

348 Concept of Arithmetic

Soln: Let the sum be Rs P. 43 3

 R  5 125
PRT Now, 1     
SI =  100  4 64
100
12
SI  100 80  100  R  125  75 9375
or, 1    
 P = RT = = Rs 1000  100  64  75 4800
2 4
T 12
 R   R 
CI = P 1   P or, 4800 1    9375
 100   100 

K KUNDAN
The above equation shows that Rs 4800

.in
 2 
 4 
= Rs 1000 1  100   1000  becomes Rs 9375 after 12 years.
    Ex. 24: Find the present value of Rs 40960 due
2
 1000  26  26  3 year s hence at 6 % per annum
= Rs   1000 

ng
25  25 3
 
compound interest.
  676  3
= Rs 1000  1  20 
  625  Soln: Present value 1   = Rs 40960
 3  100 

eri
1000  51
= Rs = Rs 81.6 40960
625  Present value = Rs 3
Ex. 22: The compound interest on a certain sum  20 
1  
of money for 2 years at 10% per annum  3  100 
is Rs 420. Find the simple interest at
the same rate and for the same time.
e  15 15 15 
gin
= Rs  40960    
Soln: Let the sum be Rs P.  16 16 16 
T = Rs 33750
  R
 CI = P 1  100   P Ex. 25: What annual payment will discharge a
  debt of Rs 8116 due in 3 years at 8%
per annum compound interest?
En

2
 10  Soln: Let Rs x be the amount of each instalment.
or, 420  P 1   P
 100  Then the instalments of Rs x are paid at
the end of 1 year, 2 years and 3 years
 11  11  respectively.
or, 420  P  P
Present values of these instalments are
arn

 10  10 

21    





 
or, 420  P
 x   x   x 
100  
2 and  3 
 8 , 8   8 
 1   1   
420  100  100     
100    1  100  
  
Le

 P = = Rs 2000
21  Total present value of these instalments

K KUNDAN
PRT  25 625 15625   50725x 
 Simple Interest = = Rs x     = Rs  19683 
100  27 729 19683   
w.

Also, present value of Rs 8116 due 3 years

 2000  10  2 
= Rs   hence
 100 
= Rs 400  
 
ww

Ex. 23: Rs 4800 becomes Rs 6000 in 4 years  8116 

at a certain rate of compound interest.  3 
= Rs   8  
What will be the sum after 12 years?
 1  100  
Soln: Let the rate of interest be R%.   
Now, we have
 8116  15625 
R 
4 = Rs  
  19683 
4800 1    6000
 100  50725x 8116  15625
 =
4 19683 19683
 R  6000 5
or, 1      x = Rs 2500
 100  4800 4

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Compound Interest 349

Practice Exercise
1. Abhay lent Rs 8000 to his friend for 3 years at 15. Two partners A and B together lend Rs 2523
the rate of 5% per annum compound interest. at 5% compound int er est compounded
What amount does Abhay get after 3 years? annually. The amount A gets at the end of 3
2. Find the compound interest on Rs 1000 at years is the same as B gets at the end of 5
the rate of 10% per annum for 18 months years. Determine the share of each.
when interest is compounded half-yearly. 16. Two partners A and B together lends Rs 84100

K KUNDAN
3. What will be compound interest of Rs 24000 at 5% compound int er est compounded

.in
1 annually. The amount which A gets at the
for 2 years at the rate of 15% per annum? end of 3 years is the same as what B gets at
3
4. Ramesh deposited Rs 7500 in a bank which the end of 5 years. Determine the ratio of the
pays him 12% int er est per annum shares of A and B.

ng
compounded quarterly. What is the amount 17. A sum of money put at compound interest
which he receives after 9 months? amounts to Rs 8820 in two years and to Rs
5. At what rate per cent per annum of compound 9261 in three years. Find the sum and the
interest will Rs 1600 amount to Rs 1852.20 annual rate of interest.
18. Find the present value of Rs 4913 due 3 years

eri
in 3 years?
6. Find the sum of money which will amount to 1
hence at 6 % per annum compound interest.
Rs 26010 in 6 months at the rate of 8% per 4
annum when the interest is compounded 19. A person borrowed Rs 4000 at 5% per annum
quarterly. compound interest compounded annually.
7. Govardhan deposited Rs 7500 in a bank for 6
months at the rate of 8% per annum, interest e After 2 years, he repaid Rs 2210 and then
after 2 more years, he repaid the balance with
gin
compounded quarterly. Find the amount he interest. Find the total interest paid by him.
received after 6 months. 2 0 . A sum of money lent out at compound interest
8. A certain sum invested at 4% per annum increases in value by 50% in 5 years. A person
compounded semi-annually amounts to Rs wants to lend three different sums of money
7803 at the end of one-year. Find the sum. X, Y and Z for 10, 15 and 20 years respectively
En

9. Rs 16000 inv ested at 10% per annum at the above rate in such a way that he gets
compounded semi-annually amounts to Rs back equal sums of money at the end of their
18522. Find the time period of investment. respective periods. Find the value of X : Y : Z.
10. The dif f erence in simple and compound 21. A person closes his account in a bank by
interest on a certain sum for 2 years at 5% withdrawing Rs 110000. One year earlier,
arn

per annum compounded annually is Rs 75. he had withdr awn Rs 65000. Two year s
Find the sum. earlier, he had withdrawn Rs 125000. How
11. The simple interest on a sum of money at much money had he deposited in the bank at
some rat e for 3 years is Rs 225 and t he the time of opening the account three years
compound interest on the same sum of money ago if t he annual interest r at e was 10%
Le

and at the same rate for 2 years is Rs 153. compounded annually?

K KUNDAN
Find the sum and the rate per cent per annum. 2 2 . Compound interest and simple interest on a
12. A principal sum of money is lent out at certain sum for 2 years are Rs 104 and Rs
compound interest compounded annually at 100 respectively. Find the rate per cent and
the rate of 20% per annum for 2 years. It the principal.
w.

would give Rs 2410 more if the interest is 23. The difference between compound and simple
compounded half-yearly. Find the principal interests on a certain sum of money at the
sum. 1
13. A money-lender borrows a certain sum of interest rate of 10% per annum for 1 years
2
ww

money at 3% per annum simple interest and is Rs 183, when the interest is compounded
lends it at 6% per annum compound interest semi-annually. Find the sum of money.
compounded half-yearly. If he gains Rs 618 24. In how many years will a sum of Rs 800 at
in a year, find the sum of money borrowed by 10% per annum compound inter est ,
him. compounded semi-annually, becomes Rs
14. The compound interest on a certain sum of 926.10.
money for 2 years at 5% per annum is Rs 25. If the difference between compound interest,
102.50. What will be the compound interest compounded half-yearly and simple interest
on the same sum of money for the same period on a sum of money at 8% per annum for 1
at 4% per annum. year is Rs 30. Find the sum.

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

350 Concept of Arithmetic

Answers and explanations

1. Here, P = Rs 8000, R = 5% per annum and R 3. Here, Principal (P) = Rs 24000
= 3 years. Rate (R) = 15%

 R 
3 1
 Amount after 3 years = P 1   Time (T) = 2 years
 100  3

3  R 

K KUNDAN
 5 

.in
R   
2
= Rs 8000  1    3 
 100  A = P 1   1 
 100   100 
 
3  
1 
= Rs 8000  1  

ng
 20 
 15 
15   
2

 21 
3
= 24000 1   1 3 
= Rs 8000     100   100 
 20   
 

eri
21 21 21
= Rs 8000    = Rs 9261. 2
 23   21 
20 20 20 = 24000     
Thus, Abhay gets Rs 9261 at the end of 3  20   20 

2.
years.
Here, P = Rs 1000,
e = 24000 
23 23 21
 
20 20 20
= Rs 33327
gin
R = 10% per annum
 Compound Interest = Rs 33327 – Rs 24000
10
= % = 5% per half-year = Rs 9327
2 Alternative Method:
Principal (P) = Rs 24000
 18  3
T = 18 months =   Rate (R) = 15%
En

years
 12  2
1
Time (T) = 2 years
3  3
=   2   3 half-years Compound Interest for the first 2 years
 2 
= Amount – Principal
arn

Now, from the formula

T
T  R 
 R   A = P 1  
A = P 1    100 
 100 
 2
15  
Le

 3
5   
 = Rs 24000 1   
= Rs 1000 1      100  

K KUNDAN
  100   

 3  24000  23  23 
 1   = Rs   = Rs 31740
w.

= Rs 1000 1     20  20 
  20  
 Compound Interest for the first 2 years
3 = Rs 31740 – Rs 24000 = Rs 7740
  21  
= Rs 1000    For the next year Rs 31740 will be principal
ww


  20   1
 Interest for next years
3
 1000  21  21  21 
= Rs  
 20  20  20  PRT  31740  15  1 
= = Rs   = Rs 1587
= Rs 1157.625 100  3  100 
Hence,  Total Compound Interest
Compound Interest = Amount – Principal = Rs 7740 + Rs 1587
= Rs 1157.625 – Rs 1000 = Rs 9327
= Rs 157.625

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Compound Interest 351

4. Here, Principal = Rs 7500

Rate = 12% per annum  
 
 12  A  26010 
=    3% per quarter and  P = T
= Rs  2
 4   R   1  2  
1  
 9  3  100    100  
Time = 9 months =   year
 12  4
3   26010  50  50 
=   4   3 quarters = Rs   = Rs 25000
 51  51 
4 

K KUNDAN

.in
T 7. Principal (P) = Rs 7500
 R 
A = P 1  
 100   6 1
Time (T) = 6 months =   year
Amount after 9 months  12  2

ng
3
  3   =  1  4   2 quarters
 
= Rs 7500 1  100   2 
   
Rate (R) = 8% per annum

eri
7500  103  103  103
= Rs 8 
100  100  100 =    2% per quarter
4 
= Rs 8195.45
5. Let the rate be R% per annum. T
We have
Principal (P) = Rs 1600
e  Amount = P 1 


R 

100 
gin
Amount (A) = Rs 1852.20 and
Time (T) = 3 years  2
 2  
 
T = Rs 7500 1  100  
 R     
 A = P 1  
 100 
En

 2
3  51  
R   

or, 1852.20 = 1600 1   = Rs 7500   50  
100     

3
 R  1852.20  7500  51  51 
arn

or, 1   = = 1.157625 = (1.05)3 = Rs   = Rs 7803

 100  1600  50  50 
R 8. A = Rs 7803
or, 1  = 1.05 R = 4% per annum
100
R 4 
=    2% per half-year
Le

or, = (1.05 – 1) = 0.05

2 

K KUNDAN
100
T = 1 year = (1 × 2 =) 2 half-years
 R = 0.05 × 100 = 5%
(Since t he interest is compounded semi-
6. Here, Amount (A) = Rs 26010
annually)
Rate (R) = 8% per annum
w.

T
8   R 
=    2% per quarter  A = P 1  
4   100 
 6 1  
ww

Time (T) = 6 months =   year  

 12  2 A  7803 
 P = T
= Rs  2
 R   1  2  
=  1  4   2 quarters 1  
 
 100  100  
2 
Now,
 7803  50  50 
T = Rs   = Rs 7500
 R   51  51 
 A = P 1   ;
 100  Thus, the sum invested is Rs 7500.
where P = Principal or required sum

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

352 Concept of Arithmetic

9. We have, Principal (P) = Rs 16000

41x x
Amount (A) = Rs 18522 Difference in CI and SI = 
Rate (R) = 10% per annum 400 10

41x  40 x x
=  10   5% per half-year = 
 2  400 400
But it is given that the difference of CI and SI
Let the time be T years = (2 × T) half-years
is Rs 75.
Now,
T
x
 R    75

K KUNDAN
400

.in
 A = P 1  
 100  or, x = 75 × 400 = Rs 30000.
 The sum is Rs 30000.
2T
 5  11.  Simple interest for 3 years is Rs 225
or, 18522  16000 1  

ng
 100  225
 Simple interest for 1 year is = Rs 75
2T
3
18522  21 
or,   225
16000  20   Simple interest for 2 years is 2

eri
3
2T = Rs 150
9261  21 
or,   and, compound interest for 2 years is Rs 153.
8000  20 
Difference between compound interest and
simple interest for 2 years = 153 – 150 = Rs 3.
 21 
or,   
 20 
3
 21 

 20 
2T

e As we know t hat, diff er ence bet ween

gin
compound interest and simple interest for 2
or, 2T = 3 years = Interest on simple interest for 1 year.
Let the rate of interest be R%.
3 1
 T = = 1 years 75  R
2 2 Then,  3 or R = 4%
100
Therefore, time period of investment is one-
En

and-a-half year. PR P4

10. Let the sum be Rs x and  75 or  75
100 100
Simple interest on Rs x for 2 years at 5%
75  100
x  2 5 x or, P = = Rs 1875
arn

= = Rs 4
100 10
Sum = Rs 1875 and rate per cent = 4% per
 Time  annum.
Rate 
 Compound Interest = P 1    1 12. Let the sum be Rs P.
 100    Compound interest when it is compounded
Le

annually,
 Compound interest on Rs x for 2 years at

K KUNDAN
5% 20 
2

= P 1   P
 5 
2   100 
 
= x 1  100   1
w.

Compound interest when it is compounded

   half-yearly,
22
 21 2   20 
   
= x  20   1
ww

2 
   = P 1  P
 100 
 
 
 441  4
= x 1  10 
 400  = P 1   P
 100 
x  441  400  Now, according to the question, we have
=
400
  4    2 
10  20 
41x P 1    P   P 1    P  = 2410
=   100     100  
400    

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Compound Interest 353

4 2
  10609  
or, P 1  10   P 1  20  = 2410 = Rs P    1
 100   100    10000  

 4 2 609P
10   20   = Rs
or, P 1    1    = 2410 10000
 100   100  
 Now, according to the question,

 11  4  12 2 
or, P      = 2410  609P 3P 

K KUNDAN
   = Rs 618

.in
 10   10  
  10000 100 

 2
2 2  609P - 300P 
  11   12   or,   = Rs 618
or, P         = 2410  10000 

ng
10   10  
    or, 309P = Rs (618 × 10000)
 P = Rs 20000
  11 2 12   11 2 12  14. Let the principal be Rs P. Then,
     
or, P          = 2410 Compound Interest

eri
  10  10   10  10 
   2
 5 
= Rs P 1   P
   100 
or, P  121  12   121  12   = 2410
 100 10   100 10 
 

e 2
 21 
= Rs P   P
 20 
gin
 241 1 
or, P    = 2410
 100 100  2
 441 
= Rs P   P
2410  100  100  400 
or, P = = 100000
241
41P
En

Hence, the required sum = Rs 100000 = Rs

13. Let the required sum of money be Rs P. 400
Now, according to the question,
PRT
Case I: Simple Interest = 41P
100
= Rs 102.50
arn

400
 P  3  1  3P 
= Rs   = Rs  
 102.50  400 
 100   100  or, P = Rs   = Rs 1000
Case II: Compound Interest  41 
= Amount – Principal Now,
Le

K KUNDAN
T 2
 R   4  
= P 1   P Compound Interest = Rs 1000 1    1
 100   100  
 
Here, R = 6% per annum
w.

6   26  2 
=    3% per half-year = Rs 1000    1
2   25 



T = 1 year = 2 half-years
ww

(Since the interest is compounded half-yearly)  676 

= Rs 1000   1
 Compound Interest  625 
  2 
3   676 - 625 
= Rs P 1    P = Rs 1000  
  100    625 
 

  103 2  51
= Rs 1000 
= Rs P    P 625
  100  
  = Rs 81.60

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

354 Concept of Arithmetic

15. Let the share of A be Rs x and share of B be

5
Rs (2523 – x).  21 
According to the question,  
x 20 
Amount received by A after 3 years at 5% or,  
y  21 3
interest  
3 3
 20 
 5   21 
 x 1    x 
100  2
  20  x  21  441
or,   
Similarly, amount received by B after 5 years y  20  400

K KUNDAN

.in
 5 
5  The required ratio = 441 : 400.
= 2523  x   1   17. Let the Principal be Rs P and the rate be R%
 100 
per annum.
5 2
 21   R 

ng
= 2523  x     8820  P1   ......... (i)
 20   100 
Again, according to the question, 3
 R 
3 5 and 9261  P 1   ......... (ii)

eri
 21   21  100 
x   2523  x    
 20   20  Now, equation (ii)  equation (i) gives
5
9261 R
 21   1
  8820 100
or,
x
 
20 
2523  x   21 3 e or,
R

441
gin
  100 8820
 20 
441 100
2 or, R = = 5
x  21  441 8820
or,     R = 5%
2523  x   20  400
En

Using equation (i)

or, 400x  2523  441  441x
2 2
 5   21 
or, 400x  441x  2523  441 8820  P 1     P
 100   20 
or, 841x  2523  441
arn

441
2523  441 or, 8820  P
or, x =  1323 400
841
or, P = Rs 8000
 The share of A = Rs 1323
 Principal = Rs 8000 and Rate = 5%
The share of B = Rs 2523 – 1323 = Rs 1200
18. We know that
16. Solve as the Q.No. 15. Try yourself.
Le

T
Alternative Method:  R 
A  P 1  

K KUNDAN
Let the amount lent by A be Rs x and amount  100 
lent by B be Rs y.
Now, according to the question, 3
 25 
w.

Amount received by A after 3 years at 5%  

interest or, 4913  P 1  4  ;
 100 
3 3
 
 5   21   
= x 1   = x  
ww

 100   20  [where P is the present worth]

Similarly, amount received by B after 5 years 3
 25 
at 5% interest or, 4913  P 1  
 400 
5 5
 5   21 
= y  1   = y  
   
 100   20 
   
Again, according to the question,  4913   4913 
or, P =  3
 3
 21 
3
 21 
5  1  1     17  
x   y    16     16  
 20   20 

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Compound Interest 355

4913  16  16  16 3Y 9Z
or, P = = 4096 Suppose X   k
17  17  17 2 4
Hence the present worth is Rs 4096.
2 4
19. After 2 years amount at CI  X = k, Y = k and Z = k
3 9
2 2
 5   1 
= 4000 1    4000 1   2 4
 100   20   X : Y : Z = k: k: k
3 9
21 21

K KUNDAN
= 4000   = Rs 4410 2 4

.in
20 20 or, X : Y : Z = 1 : :
3 9
After 2 years the person repaid Rs 2210,
 X : Y : Z = 9 : 6 : 4
hence the amount borrowed
(multiplying each term by 9)
= Rs (4410 – 2210) = Rs 2200
21. The person withdraws Rs 110000.

ng
Now, compound interest on Rs 2200 for 2
One year earlier the person had
years at 5% per annum is
 10 
 5 
2
Rs 110000    100000
Rs 2200 1    2200  11 
100 

eri
 Two years earlier the person had
 21 21  10
= Rs  2200    2200  (100000  65000)  = Rs 150000
 20 20  11
= Rs (2425.50 – 2200) At the time of opening the account, the person
= Rs 225.50
Total interest paid by him e had
gin
10
= Rs (225.50 + 410) = Rs 635.50 (150000  125000)  = Rs 250000
2 0 . Rate of interest = 50% in 5 years 11
Now, according to the question, 2 2 . Difference between CI and SI
X is lent for 10 years, Y for 15 years and Z for = Rs 104 – Rs 100 = Rs 4
20 years.  SI for 2 years = Rs 100
En

X 3X 100
After 5 years X becomes = X  SI for 1 year = Rs = Rs 50
2 2 2
This becomes the principal for next years and Because interest is reckoned yearly, CI and
after 10 years the X will be SI for the first year will be the same.
arn

2
 Rs 4 is the interest on Rs 50 for 1 year.
3  3X   3   Principal = Rs 50, T = 1 year and
    X
2  2  2 SI = Rs 4
Similarly, after 15 years Y will be 4  100
3  Rate = % = 8%
50  1
Le

3  3  3   3 

K KUNDAN
       Y Now, SI = Rs 100
2  2  2   2 
 R = 8% and
and after 20 years Z will be T = 2 years
4
w.

3  3  3  3  3  100  100 

    Z    Z  P = Rs   = Rs 625
2  2  2  2  2  82 
Now, according to the question, 23. Let the principal be Rs P.
2 3 4 Rate = R = 10% per annum
ww

3 3 3

  X  Y  Z
2  2  2 10
= = 5% per half-year
9X 27Y 81Z 2
or,  
4 8 16 1 3
Time = T = 1 years = years
9 2 2
(dividing each term by )
4 3
=  2 = 3 half-years
3Y 9Z 2
or, X  
2 4

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

356 Concept of Arithmetic

T 2T
 R   5 
Compound Interest (CI) = A = P 1   P or, 926.10 = 800 1  
 100   100 
  T 
R  2T
or, CI = P 1    1 926.10  1 
  100   or, = 1  
  800  20 

  3  2T
5  9261  21 
= P 1    1 or, =  
  100   8000  10 

K KUNDAN
 

.in
3 2T
  9261    21   21 
= P  - 1  or,   =  
 10   10 
  8000  
or, 2T = 3

ng
 1261 
= Rs P   and 3 1
 8000   T = 1
2 2
3

eri
P  10  1
PRT 2 3P Hence the required time = 1 years.
SI = = = Rs 2
100 100 20 25. Let the sum of money be Rs P and rate of
Now, according to the question, interest = 8% per annum.
1261P 3P
8000

20
= Rs 183
e Rate of interest compounded half-yearly = 4%
 Difference between CI and SI
gin
  2  PR2
1261P  1200P R 
 
or, = Rs 183 = P 1  100   1  100
8000    
 183  8000   2 
or, P = Rs   = Rs 24000 2R  R  2R
En

 61  P 1       1
=  100  100  100 
 required sum = Rs 24000  
24. Here, principal (P) = Rs 800
2
Rate (R) = 10% per annum  R 
= P 
arn

10  100 
= = 5% per half-year
2 2
 4 
Amount (A) = Rs 926.10 or, Rs 30 = P   
Let the time be T years.  100 
 Time = 2T half-years
Le

P 1
Time or, Rs 30 =
 Rate  625

K KUNDAN
 Amount = Principal 1  
 100   P = Rs (30 × 625) = Rs 18750
w.
ww

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Quadratic Equations

.in
1. Quadratic Equations
Let p(x) be a quadratic polynomial. Then, the equation p(x) = 0 is

ng
called quadratic equation. The values of x satisfying p(x) = 0 are
called its roots or zeros. For example, 25x2 – 30x + 9 = 0 is a
3
quadratic equation. And the value of x  is the solution of
5

eri
3
the given equation. Since, if we put x  in 25x2 – 30x + 9 = 0,
5

 3
2

e 3
we have LHS = 25     30   9 = 9 – 18 + 9 = 0 = RHS.
 5
gin
5
The general form of a quardratic equation is ax2 + bx + c = 0;
where a, b and c are real numbers and a  0 .

2. Roots of a Quadratic Equation

En

(i) If  and  are the two roots of ax2 + bx + c = 0, then

b  b 2  4ac b  b 2  4ac
 and  
2a 2a
arn

b
(ii) Sum of the roots (  )  
a
c
(iii) Product of the roots () 
a
(iv) A quardratic equation whose roots are  and  is given by
Le

x 2  (  )x    0 , ie x 2 –(sum of roots)x + pr oduct

of roots = 0
(v) In ax2 + bx + c = 0 the expression D = b2 – 4ac is called its
w.

discriminant.
3. Nature of Roots of ax2 + bx + c = 0
Let D = b2 – 4ac be the discriminant of the given equation. Then
ww

roots of the equation ax2 + bx + c = 0 are

(i) real and equal, if D = 0.
(ii) real, unequal and rational, when D > 0 and D is a perfect
square.
(iii) real, unequal and irrational, when D > 0 and D is not a
perfect square.
(iv) imaginary, if D < 0.

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

70 Magical Book on Arithmetical Formulae

(v) integers, when a = 1, b and c are integers and the roots are
rational.
4. Methods of Solving Quadratic Equations
(i) By Factorization

.in
This can be understood by the examples given below:
Ex. 1: Fi nd t he s olut ions of the quad rati c eq uati on
x 2 + 6x + 5 = 0 and check the solutions.

ng
Soln: The quadratic polynomial x 2  6x  5 can be factorized as
follows:
= x2 + 6x + 5 = x2 + 5x + x + 5

eri
= x (x  5)  1(x  5)
= (x  5)(x  1)
Therefore the given quadratic equation becomes
(x  5)(x  1)  0
e
gin
This gives x = – 5 or, x = – 1
Therefore, x = – 1, – 5 are the required solutions of the
given equation.
Check: We substitute x = – 1 and x = – 5 in the given
equation and get

K KUNDAN
En

(a) (–1)2 + 6(–1) + 5

=1–6+5=0
(b) (–5)2 + 6(–5) + 5
= 25 – 30 + 5 = 0
arn

Therefore, the solutions are correct.

(ii) By Using Method of Completing Square
It is not always easy to factorise polynomials and solve qua-
dratic equations as discussed above. For example, consider
the quadratic equation x2 + 5x + 5 = 0. If we want to factorise
Le

the left-hand side of the equation using the method of split-

ting the middle term, we must determine two integral factors
of 5 whose sum is 5. But, the only factors of 5 are 1 and 5 or
–1 and –5. In both the cases, the sum is not 5. Therefore,
w.

using factorisation, we are unable to solve the quadratic equa-

tion x2 + 5x + 5 = 0. Here, we shall discuss a method to solve
such quadratic equations. Let us consider the following ex-
ww

ample:
Ex. 2: Solve: x2 + 3x + 1 = 0.
Soln: We have
x2 + 3x + 1 = 0
1
We add and subtract ( coefficient of x)2 in LHS and get
2

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Elementary Algebra 71
2 2
 3  3
x 2  3x  1        0
 2  2
2 2
2  3  3  3
 x  2  x       1  0
 2  2  2

.in
2
 3 5
 x     0
 2 4
2 2
 5

ng
 3 3 5
  x      or x  
2  2  2 2

This gives x 

 3 5
or x 

3  5

eri
2 2
3  5 3  5
Therefore, x   , are the solutions of the
2 2
given equation.

e
(iii) By Using Quadratic Formula
gin
If the equation is ax2 + bx + c = 0, then

b  b 2  4ac
x 
2a

K KUNDAN
En

b  b 2  4ac
or, x  and is often referred
2a 2
to as quadratic formula. b  b  4ac
2a
b
arn

(a) When b – 4ac = 0, ie b = 4ac, then   

2 2
and
2a
b
 where  and  are the two roots of the above
2a
equation ie both the roots are equal.
Le

(b) When b2 – 4ac > 0 ie b2 > 4ac, then the equation has
two distinct real roots ,  given by
b  b 2  4ac b  b 2  4ac
 and  
w.

2a 2a
Ex. 3: Solve the following equation:
2x2 + 5x – 6 = 0.
Soln: Here, the given equation :
ww

2x2 + 5x – 6 = 0
ie a = 2, b = 5, c = –6
b  b 2  4ac
x =
2a

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

72 Magical Book on Arithmetical Formulae

5  (5)2  4  2  (6) 5  25  48
= =
22 4
5  73 5  73 5  73
= = ,
4 4 4

.in
5. Finding Roots of a Quadratic Equation Having Rational
Roots

ng
Suppose we have to find the roots of 10 x 2  x  21  0 .
Note the following steps:
10 x 2  x  21

eri
Step I: –21 × 10 = –210 (Multiply the coefficient of x2
and the constant term)
Step II: 14 –15 (Find the factors of –210 which give

e
coefficient of x ie (–1) in any
possible way: 14 × (–15) = –210 and
gin
14 + (–15) = –1))
 
14 7 15 3
Step III:   (Divide the factors obtained in
10 5 10 2

K KUNDAN
En

step II by coefficient of x2)

 
7 3
Step IV: (Change the sign of values
arn

5 2
obtained in step III)
7 3
Hence the roots are and
5 5
Now see the examples given below:
Le

Ex. 4: Find he roots of 12x2 + 25 x – 117 = 0

Soln:
w.
ww

52 13 27 9
 
12 3 12 4
 
13 9
3 4

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Elementary Algebra 73
13 9
Therefore, the roots are and .
3 4
Ex. 5: Find the roots of 35x2 + x – 12 = 0
Soln: 35x2 + x – 12 = 0

.in
35   12

ng
21 –20
 
21 3 20 4
 

eri
35 5 35 7
 
3 4
5

e 3
7
4
gin
Therefore, the roots are and
5 7
Ex. 6: Find the roots of 91x2 + 20x + 1 = 0.
Soln: 91x2 + 20x + 1 = 0

K KUNDAN
91
En

7 13
 
7 1 13 1
 
arn

91 13 91 7
 
1 1
13 7
Le

1 1
Therefore, the roots are and .
13 7
Ex. 7: I. 6x2 – x – 35 = 0
II. 6y2 + 41y + 63 = 0
w.

Compare the roots of the quadratic equations in I and

II. Which of the following is true?
1) x > y
2) x < y
ww

3) x > y
4) x < y
5) x = y
Soln: 3;
I. 6x 2  x  35  0 II. 6y 2  41y  63  0

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

74 Magical Book on Arithmetical Formulae

–35 × 6 6 × 63

–15 14 27 14
   

.in
15 14 27 9 14 7
 
6 6 6 2 6 3
   

ng
5 7 9 7
2 3 2 3
Comparing the pair of values obtained from quadratic
equations (I) and (II), we get x > y.

eri
6. Condition for Common Roots
Let a1x 2  b1x  c1  0 and a 2x 2  b2x  c 2  0 be two quadratic equa-

e
tions such that a1, a1  0 and a1b2  a2b1.
Let  be the common root of these two equations.
gin
Then, a1 2  b1  c1  0

and a 2 2  b2  c 2  0
Solving these two equations by cross-multiplication, we get

K KUNDAN
En

2  1
 
b1c 2  b2c1 c1a 2  c 2a1 a1b2  a 2b1

b1c 2  b2c1 c a  c 2a1

 2   1 2
arn

a1b2  a 2b1 and a1b2  a 2b1

Eliminating , we get
2
 b1c 2  b2c1   c1a 2  c 2a1 
 a b  a b    a b  a b 
Le

1 2 2 1 1 2 2 1

2
 b1c 2  b2c1 a1b2  a2b1   c1a 2  c 2a1 
The above is the required condition for the two quadratic equa-
w.

tions to have a common root.

The common root is given by
c1a2  c 2a1 b c  b2c1
ww

  1 2
a1b2  a 2b1 or c1a 2  c 2a1
Note: (i) To find the common root of two equations, make the
coefficient of second degree terms in two equations
equal and subtract. The value of x so obtained is the
required common root.
(ii) If the two equations have both roots common, then

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Elementary Algebra 75

a1 b1 c1
 
a2 b2 c 2

Ex. 8: Fin d th e v a lue of K , so tha t th e eq uati ons

.in
x 2  x  12  0 and Kx 2  10 x  3  0 may have one root
common. Also find the common root.
Soln: Let  be the common root of the two equations.
Hence, 2 – – 12 = 0 and

ng
K2 + 10+ 3 = 0
Solving the two equations,
2  1

eri
 
117 12K  3 10  K
2
  12K  3  117 10  K 
2

e
 9  4K  1  117 10  K 
gin
 16K 2  8K  1  130  13K
 16K 2  5K  129  0
 16K2 – 48K + 43K – 129 = 0

K KUNDAN
 16K (K – 3) + 43(K – 3) = 0
En

 (16K + 43) (K – 3) = 0
43
K =  or 3
16
12K  3
 = = –3 or 4
arn

10  K
7. Maximum or Minimum Value of a Quadratic Expression
As we have already seen, equation of the type ax2 + bx + c = 0
(where, a  0) is called a quadratic equation. An expression of
Le

the type ax2 + bx + c is called a “quadratic expression”.

The quadratic expression ax2 + bx + c takes different values as x
takes different values.
As x varies from – to +, the quadratic expression ax2 + bx + c
w.

(i) has a minimum value whenever a > 0. The minimum value of

 4ac  b 2 
the quadratic expression is  and it occurs at
 4a 
ww

b
x  .
2a
(ii) has a miximum value whenever a < 0. The miximum value of
 4ac  b 2 
the quadratic expression is  and it occurs at
 4a 

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

76 Magical Book on Arithmetical Formulae

b
x  .
2a
Ex. 9: Fi nd t he m axim um o r mi nimu m v a lue of
–5x2 + 20x + 40.

.in
Soln. A quadratic expression of the form ax2 + bx + c, will have
a minimum value when a > 0 and maximum value when
a < 0. Its maximum or minimum value is given by
4ac  b 2

ng
b
and it occurs at x   .
4a 2a
Given, a = –5, b = 20 and c = 40
Since, a < 0, the expression has a maximum value.

eri
4(5)(40)  202
 the maximum value = = 60
4(5)
Ex. 10: In the prev ious exa mple , fi nd t he v alue of

e
x for which the maximum value occurs.
gin
Soln. The maximum vlaue of the expression occurs at
b 20
x   2
2a 2(5)

K KUNDAN
En
arn
Le
w.
ww

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Chapter-41

Inequality

.in
1. Quadratic Expression
An expression of the form ax2 + bx + c (a  o); where a, b, c are
real numbe rs is called a quadratic expre ssion in x. The

ng
corresponding equation of the expression ax 2 + bx + c is
ax2 + bx + c = 0
2. Real Number Line

e eri
gin
On the real number line, as we move right the value becomes
greater.
Therefore, 2 < 3, –3 < –2. [Since on the real number line as
–2 is in the right side of –3, therefore, –2 is greater than –3]
Also, –2 < 0, –2 < 1, –1.5 < –0.5, –1.999 > –2 and so on.
En

3. Sign Scheme For the Quadratic Expression ax2 + bx + c

The sign scheme for the quadratic expression is always meant
for the real values of x. We cannot compare any two imaginary
arn

numbers. Therefore, to say that ri > 2i or 4i < wi is absolutely

incorrect.
A given quadratic expression in one variable, say x, could be
either positive or negative depending on the values of x. For a
quadratic expression ax2 + bx + c, all such real values of x can
Le

be found for which the given expression in x would be positive

or negative. To find the sign scheme of the quadratic expression
ax2 + bx + c, find the roots of the corresponding equation
ax2 + bx + c = 0 and do the following:
w.

(a) If roots are real and equal or imaginary, then ax2 + bx + c

will have same sign as that of the coefficient of x2 for all
real values of x. Conversely, if a quadratic expression has
same sign for all re al value s of x, the n roots of its
ww

corresponding equation must be imaginary or real and

unequal, ie the discriminant of the corresponding equation
must be < 0.
(b) If roots of the equation ax2 + bx + c are  and , such that ,
 are real and unequal, ie real and distinct, then sign
scheme for ax2 + bx + c is obtained using the number line
as given below:

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

324 Magical Book on Arithmetical Formulae

It is to be noted that a is the coefficient of x2 and  is the

.in
smaller root and  is the greater root.
For example, find for what real values of x, (a) the expression
x2 + 2x – 3 > 0 and (b) the expression x2 + 2x – 3 < 0.
To solve the above example let us see the following:

ng
Given quadratic expression is x2 + 2x – 3.

K
Corresponding equation is x2 + 2x – 3 = 0.
Now, we find the roots of the above corresponding equation,
x2 + 2x – 3 = 0

eri
x2 + 2x – 3 = 0
x2 + 3x – x – 3 = 0
x(x + 3) – 1(x + 3) = 0

KUNDAN
(x – 1) (x + 3) = 0
x = 1 or – 3
e
gin
Therefore, = –3 and = 1
Since the roots are real and distinct and coefficient of x2 in
x2 + 2x – 3 is positive, the sign scheme for the expression
x2 + 2x – 3 is as given below:
En

(a) x2 + 2x – 3 > 0, ie expression x2 + 2x – 3 is either zero or

arn

positive when, x < –3 and x > 1.

(b) x2 + 2x – 3 < 0, ie expression x2 + 2x – 3 is either zero or
negative when, –3 < x < 1.
Note: To answer such questions quickly, always remember
Le

the following:
When the inequality is less than zero (ie < 0),
the value of x is in the smaller range (ie  < x < )
and when the inequality is more than zero (ie > 0)
w.

the value of x is in the larger range (ie – < x <  or

 < x < + ). Try to solve the above example by applying
this quicker method. (Always Remember)
ww

4. Wavy Curve Method to Solve Inequation

Let f (x) = (x + 2) (2x – 5)2 (x – 6)3 be any function. We have to find
the set of values of x for which
(i) f (x) > 0
(ii) f (x) < 0
(iii) f (x) > 0
(iv) f (x) < 0

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Inequality 325
Procedure to Solve Such Type of Problems
Step I: Factorize the given algebraic function and make the
coefficient of x positive in each of the factors.
Step II: Find the roots of the given function.
Step III: Arrange the roots in ascending order.

.in
Step IV: Put the roots on Real Number Line.
Step V: Notice whether powers of the factors are even or
odd.
Step VI: Draw the diagram as given below.

ng
K
For drawing a diagram, we begin from the greatest root. The
greatest root will lie in the extreme right on the Real Number
Line. Hence, we start drawing the line from the upper part of

eri
the right-hand side (see the diagram given below) and come to
the point where the greatest root of the given function lies on
the Real Number Line. Check the power of the factor containing
the greatest root, whether it is even or odd. If the power is

KUNDAN e
odd, cross the number line and come to the next root (just
next to the greatest root) lying on the Real Number Line, other-
gin
wise don’t cross the number line but remain on the same side
of the number line and come to the next root. Following fig-
ures will illustrate our points.
Case I: If the power of the factor containing the greatest root
En

is odd:
arn
Le

Case II: If the power of the factor containing the greatest root
is even:
w.
ww

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

326 Magical Book on Arithmetical Formulae

At point B on the number line, again we have to check the
power of the factor containing root B whether it is odd or even
and follow the same above-discussed procedure.
Convention: We take the upper part of the Real Number Line
as positive (+ve) and the lower part of it as negative (–ve). (See

.in
the above diagram.)
Note: +(ve) and (–ve) are the signs of f(x).
Now, let us see the solution of the sample question given

ng
above.
Roots of f(x) = –2, 5/2, 6

K
Putting the roots on Real Number Line, we get the following
diagram:

KUNDAN e eri
gin
En

(i) f  x   0 , when x   , 2   6, 

In another way
arn

f  x   0 , when

   x  2  6  x  
(ii) f  x   0 , when
Le

 2  x  5 2   5 2  x  6
(iii) f  x   0 , when
w.

   x  2   6  x  
(iv) f  x   0 , when

 2  x  5 2  5 2  x  6 .
ww

For illustration see the examples given below:

Ex. 1: Solve (3x – 1) (x – 2) < 0.
Soln: Dividing by 3 on both sides (because the term 3x is
there, so to get x we have to divide it by 3),

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Inequality 327

 1
then  x    x  2  0
3

.in
1
  x  2
3
1
 3x 2

ng
K Alternative Method: (Wavy Curve Method)
1
Roots of the equation  3x  1 x  2  0 areand 2.

eri
3
Now, put these roots on the Real Number Line and draw
a curve as given below.

KUNDAN e
gin
1
We have crossed the number line at 2 and , because
En

3
powers of  3x  1 and  x  2 are 1, ie odd.
We have to find the set of solutions of the inequation
arn

 3x  1 x  2  0 . From the above diagram we can eas-

1
ily find the required set of solutions =  x  2.
3
Ex. 2: Solve (2 – x) (x – 5) < 0.
Le

Soln: Multiply by (–1) on both sides and that is why ‘<’ sign
will change to ‘>’
ie (–1) (2 – x) (x – 5) > 0(–1)
w.

  x  2 x  5  0
 

2 5
ww

 x  2   x  5 ie x  R   2, 5 
Alternative Method: (Wavy Curve Method)
Making the coefficient of x + ve,
 2  x  x  5  0   x  2 x  5  0

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

328 Magical Book on Arithmetical Formulae

.in
(Both the powers are odd, hence we cross the Real Num-
ber Line at 5 and 2).

ng
 2  x  x  5  0 if  x  2 x  5  0

K
Required set of solutions is
 ,2   5,   or,  x  2   x  5

eri
Ex. 3: Solve 3x2 – 7x – 6 > 0.
Soln: 3x 2  9 x  2x  6  0
 3x  x  3  2  x  3  0   x  3 3x  2  0

KUNDAN  2
e
  x  3  x    0 (dividing both sides by 3)
gin
3

 2 
  x  3 x      0
 3 
En

 2
 x      x  3
 3
Alternative Method: (Wavy Curve Method)
arn

Roots of the equation 3x 2  7 x  6  0

2
 x = 3 and 
3
Putting the roots on the Real Number Line and drawing
Le

a curve, we get the following:

w.
ww

We have to find the set of solutions of the inequation

3x 2  7 x  6  0 . From the above diagrams required set

 2
of solutions = x      x  3
 3

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Inequality 329
Ex. 4: Solve 5x2 + 6x + 1 < 0
Soln: 5x 2  6x  1  0  5x 2  5x  x  1  0
 5x(x + 1) + x + 1 < 0
 (x + 1) (5x + 1) < 0

.in
1 
  x  1  x    0  1  x  
5 5
Alternative Method: (Wavy Curve Method)

ng
K
1
Roots of the equation 5 x 2  6x  1  0 are –1 and  .
5
Putting these roots on the Real Number Line and draw-

eri
ing the diagram, we have the following:

KUNDAN e
gin
We have to solve 5 x 2  6x  1  0
From the above diagram it is clear that the required set
1
En

of solutions = 1  x  
5
Ex. 5: Solve x3 – 6x2 + 11x – 6 < 0.
Soln: Putting x = 1, we get x 3  6 x 2  11x  6  0
arn

Hence (x – 1) is a factor of given equation.


x 3  6 x 2  11x  6 =  x  1 x  5x  6
2

  x  1 x  2 x  3
Le

We have to solve,  x  1 x  2 x  3  0

w.
ww

Required set of solutions is

 x  1   2  x  3 or,  , 1   2, 3

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

330 Magical Book on Arithmetical Formulae

5. Maximum or Minimum Value of a Quadratic Expression
We know that the equation of the type ax2 + bx + c = 0 (where
a  o) is called a quadratic equation. An expression of the type
ax2 + bx + c is called a “quadratic expression”. The quadratic

.in
expression ax2 + bx + c takes different values as x takes different
values.
As x varie s from –  to +, the quadratic e xpre ssion
ax2 + bx + c

ng
(a) has a minimum value whenever a > 0. The minimum value

K
 4ac  b 2 
of the quadratic expression is  and it occurs at x
 4a 

eri
b
=  .
2a
(b) has a maximum value whenever a < 0. The maximum value
 4ac  b 2 

KUNDAN e
of the quadratic expression is 
 4a 
and it occurs at x
gin
b
=  .
2a
Ex. 6: Find the maximum or minimum value of the
expression –5x2 + 20x + 40. Also find the value of x
En

for which maximum or minimum value occurs.

Soln: From the above discussion we know that the quadratic
equation of the form ax2 + bx + c will have a minimum
value when a > 0 and a maximum value when a < 0. Its
arn

 4ac  b 2 
maximum or minimum value is given by 
 4a 
b
and it occurs at x =  .
2a
Le

Here, a = –5, b = 20 and c = 40.

Since, a < 0, the expression –5x2 + 20x + 40 has a
maximum value.

4(5)(40)  202
w.

 the maximum value =  60.

4(5 )
The maximum value of the given expression occurs at
ww

b 20 20
x= = = = 2.
2a 2(5) 10

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Simplification
We must learn to do the basic calculations faster. It saves few 11. VBODMAS Rule:
seconds from each question. And at the end, we find that at V stands for Vinculum or bar
least 5-10 minutes have been saved. B Stands for brackets and operation of brackets in
the order (), {}, []
What to do for faster basic calculation: O stands for “of”
1. Remember the tables upto30-40. D stands for division (÷)
2. Learn the method of multiplication. M stands for multiplication (×)

.in
3. Learn the method of addition - substraction in a single A stands for addition (+)
line or column. S stands for substraction (-)
4. Learn the method of approximation. 12. Some algebraic formulae:
5. Learn to compare two fractions.
1. (a + b)2 = a2 + b2 + 2ab

ng
6. Remember square roots, squares, cubes and cube
roots. 2. (a – b)2 = a2 + b2 – 2ab
7. Remember fractional value of percentage. 3. (a + b)2 + (a – b)2 = 2(a2 + b2)

K
4. (a + b)2 – (a – b)2=4ab

eri
8. Remember decimal values of reciprocals.
9. Do calculations mentally. Don’t write unnecessary 5. (a + b) (a – b) = a2 – b2
steps. 6. (a + b)3 = a3 + 3a2b + 3ab2 + b3
10. Learn the laws of surds and indices. 7. (a – b)3 = a3 – 3a2b + 3ab2 – b3

e 8. a3 + b3 = (a + b) (a2 – ab + b2 )
gin
9. a3 – b3 = (a – b) (a2 + ab + b2)

Exercise
En

KUNDAN
Directions (Q. 1-51): What will come in place of the
6. 17 7.5  17 3.5  17 4.5  17 ?
question mark(?) in the following equations?
1) 6 2) 8.5 3) 7.5
5 4 3 4) 8.5 5) None of these
1. of of of 222  ?
arn

8 9 5 7. 125% of 320 + ?% of 125 = 440

1) 42 2) 43 3) 39 1) 46 2) 42 3) 50
4) 37 5) None of these 4) 32 5) None of these
2. 56% of 450 + ? = 300 3 4 5
8. of of of ?  36
Le

1) 52 2) 48 3) 42 5 9 8
4) 56 5) None of these
1) 200 2) 328 3) 216
3. 271.5  27 3.5  27 ? 4) 260 5) None of these
w.

1) 5 2) 7 3) 3
4) 2 5) None of these
1
4. 27.06 × 25 – ? = 600 9. 84  3
 85  8 2  8 ?
8
1) 76.3 2) 76.7 3) 76.5
ww

4) 76.2 5) None of these 1) 7 2) 2 3) 3

4) 4 5) None of these
7 4 10. –(a – b) × ? = b – a
5. 4 2  ?
8 13 1) –1 2) 1 3) -a
4) a 5) None of these
1 1 4
1) 11 2) 11 3) 11 11. (a + b) = ? × (– a – b)
3 13 13 1)1 2) –a 3) –1
3 4) –b 5) None of these
4) 11 5) None of these 12. |? + 14| = 11
8
1) –3 2) –25 3) 25
4) 3 5) Either –3 or –25

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

13. 16 + 26 × 2 = ? 25. 14 × 18.6 ÷ 12 + 19.3 = ?

1) 84 2) 44 3) 40 1) 41 2) 33.5 3) 291.9
4) 832 5) None of these 4) 8.32 5) None of these
26. 84.2  64 2.1  7 8.4  563.5  56?
14. 2567 ÷ 17 × 3 = ? + 180
1) 18.2 2) 9.8 3) 11.9
1) 51 2) 271 3) 273
4) 12.6 5) None of these
4) 73 5) None of these
15. 7.5% of 140 + 2.5% of 80 = ? 27. 4 2  32  ?
1) 125 2) 18.5 3) 145 1) 25 2) 5 3) 125
4) 14.5 5) None of these 4) 425 5) None of these

.in
3 4 7 28. 53% of 120 + 25% of 862 = ?% of 500
16. of of of 1375  ? 1) 42.50 2) 55.82 3) 63.68
5 7 12
1) 185 2) 175 3) 285 4) 38.89 5) None of these

ng
4) 275 5) None of these
17. 32.05 × 15 + ? = 500 29. 872.905 ÷ 9.013 ÷ 1.898 = ?
1) 19.75 2) 19.25 3) 20.75 1) 194 2) 50 3) 102

K
4) 20.25 5) None of these 4) 55 5) 72

eri
18. 10 7.5  52.5  2 2.5  10? 30. 3
86300  ?
1) 10 2) 12.5 3) 9.5 1) 51 2) 35 3) 53
4) 11.5 5) None of these 4) 38 5) 44

e
31. 0.493 × 1.864 × 3.554 = ?
1) 3.5 2) 6.5 3) 4.8
gin
8 2 1 1 4) 5.2 5) 6.9
19. 1  3  2  11  ?
9 7 7 6
? 55.985
32.   2.167
12 25 25 2.951 13.010
1) 7 2) 14 3) 14
223 223 126
En

KUNDAN
1) 35 2) 40 3) 16
11 4) 26 5) 18
4) 7 5) None of these 33. 948.991 - 621.052 + ? = 723.486
126
20. 56% of 958 + 67% of 1008 = ?% of 2000 1) 305 2) 416 3) 396
arn

1) 60.592 2) 47.622 3) 42.86 4) 348 5) 443

4) 91.455 5) None of these
34. (3158 + 4602 + ?) ÷ 39 = 347
21. 7 2.3  49 4.7  633.4  815.85  63? 1) 5483 2) 5883 3) 5783
1) 16.25 2) 15.1 3) 13.4 4) 5913 5) None of these
Le

4) 18.9 5) None of these 35. (0.08% of 363 + 0.6% of 241) × 500 = ?

22. ?2  1642  3072  272 1) 846.2 2) 868.2 3) 84.62
4) 86.82 5) None of these
1) 151 2) 189 3) 211
w.

18696 11916
4) 259 5) None of these 36.  ?
20853 28728
915849  795664  ?
2
23.
181 164 155
ww

1) 1849 2) 79 3) 33 1) 2) 3)
331 441 246
4) 37 5) None of these
161
4) 5) None of these
3 5 4 1 241
24. 1  1  2   ?
4 8 5 2 37. 3
328509  ?
7 7 3 1) 63 2) 59 3) 73
1) 2 2) 1 3) 2
40 40 40 4) 69 5) None of these
3 38. (47045 ÷ 9.7) + (2035 ÷ 3.7) = ?
4)1 5) None of these 1) 5400 2) 5445 3) 54
40
4) 54.45 5) None of these

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

50. 1984 + 523 - ? = 1899

39. 1965 ÷ 17161 ÷ 3 = ?
1) 718 2) 608 3) 708
1) 15 2) 9 3) 5 4) 12 4) 618 5) None of these
5) None of these 51. 3 + 33 + 333 + 3.33 = ?
40. 4225  1225  6  ? 1) 362.3 2) 372.33 3) 702.33
4) 702 5) None of these
1) 1156 2) 1600 3) 1444
4) 1296 5) None of these
52. What should come in place of the question mark in the
41. (31% of 260) × ? = 12896
following question ?
1) 150 2) 140 3) 160
4) 180 5) None of these ? 72


.in
 2 1 4 24 ?
42. 16  12   3  ? 1) 12 2) 16 3) 114
 5 15  81
4) 144 5) None of these

ng
9 2 8 [SBI-PO Exams-1999]
1) 1 2) 3 3) 2 53. What should come in place of the question mark (?) in
19 19 13
the following equation ?

K
9

eri
4) 1 5) None of these 28 ?
13 
? 112
43. 183  43.2 = ? 1) 70 2) 56 3) 48
4) 64 5) None of these
1) 135
4) 138
2) 136
5) None of these
3) 137
e
gin
54. Which of the following are in descending order of their
value?
3
44. 19683  ?  3
5 7 8 11 5 8 11 7
1) 90 2) 27 3) 3 1) 9 , 11 , 15 , 17 2) 9 , 15 , 17 , 11
En

4) 18 5) None of these

KUNDAN
11 7 8 5 11 7 5 8
45. 15152  ?  1515 3) 17 , 11 , 15 , 9 4) 17 , 11 , 9 , 15
1) 3030 2) 2295225 3) 4485 5) None of these
arn

4) 5115 5) None of these

46. 60 = ?% of 400 55. Which of the following has fractions in ascending order?
1) 6 2) 12 3) 20 2 3 7 9 8 3 2 7 9 8
4) 15 5) None of these 1) , , , , 2) , , , ,
3 5 9 11 9 5 3 9 11 9
47. 1400 × ? = 1050
Le

1) 1 4 2) 3 4 3) 3 5 8 9 7 3 2 3 2 9 7 8
3) , , , , 4) , , , ,
9 11 9 5 3 5 3 11 9 9
4) 2 3 5) None of these
w.

48. 40% of ? = 240 8 9 7 2 3

5) , , , ,
1) 60 2) 6000 3) 960 9 11 9 3 5
4) 600 5) None of these
49. 35 + 15 × 1.5 = ?
ww

1) 75 2) 25.25 3) 57.5
4) 51.5 5) None of these

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Answers and explanations

or, ? + 14 = 11
5 4 3
1. 4; ? =    222  37 or, -11
8 9 5
 ? = -25
2. 2; Let the number be x. or, -3
56 13. 5; 16 + 26 × 2 = 16 + 52 = 68
  450  x  300 14. 3; 2567 ÷ 17 × 3 = ? + 180
100
or, 151 × 3 = ? + 180
or, x = 300 – 252 = 48
or, 453 = ? + 180

.in
3. 1; 271.5  213.5  27 ?  ? = 453 - 180 = 273
15. 5; 7.5% of 140 + 2.5% of 80
or, 27?  27 1.53.5
75  140 25  80


ng
 x
 ? = 5 a  a  a
y x  y   =
10  100 10  100
= 10.5 + 2 = 12.5

4. 3; Let the number be x. 16. 4

K
 27.06 × 25 – x = 600 17. 2

eri
or, x = 676.5 – 600 = 76.5 18. 1; 10 7.5  5 2.5  2 2.5 = 10 7.5  10 2.5  1010
39 30 45 1 Hence, the question mark (?) should be replaced by
5. 5; ?     11 10.
8 13 4 4
6. 2; 17 7.5  17 3.5 17 4.5  17 ?
e 8 2 1
19. 3; 1  3  2  11
1
gin
9 7 7 6
or, 17 7.5 17 3.5  17 4.5  178.5
or, ? = 8.5 8 2 1 1
 1  3  11  2       
7. 4; 125% of 320 + ?% of 125 = 440 9 7 6 7
En

KUNDAN
?  125 125
or,  440   320 8 1 1 25
100 100  13      = 14
 9 7 6  126
100 20. 1; 56% 958 + 67% of 1008
 ? = 40   32
arn

125 = 536.48 + 675.36 = 1211.84

Now, 1211.84 = ?% of 2000
3 4 5
8. 3; of of of ? = 36  ? = 60.592
5 9 8
21. 2; 7 2.3  49 4.7  633.4  815.85
Le

5 8 9
or, ?  36    or ? = 216 = 7 2.3  7 4.7  7 4.7  633.4  95.85  95.85
3 5 4
= 7 2.3 4.7  4.7  9 (5.855.85)  633.4
4 1 1
 85  2 = 8 4  3 5 2  8 4
w.

9. 4; 8  = 6311.7  633.4 = 6315.1

83 8
 ?=4 Hence, ? = 15.1
10. 2; -(a - b) . x = b - a 22. 4; ? 2  164 2  307 2  272
ww

Put x replacing ‘?’ (question mark)

or -[-(a - b)x] = -[b - a] or (a - b)x = a - b  ?  2  3072  272  1642
ab = 94249  272  26896 = 67081
or x  1
ab
11. 3; a + b = ? × (-a - b) Hence, ? = 67081  259
or a + b = x . (-a - b)
23. 5; 915849  795664
[Put x replacing ‘?’ (question mark)]
or a + b = -x (a + b) = 957 + 892 = 1849
or x = -1 Now, ? 2  1849
12. 5; |? + 14| = 11
 ? = 43

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

3 5 4 1 37. 4; 3
328509  69
24. 4; 1  1  2 
4 8 5 2 Go through the given options. First of all look for the
digit at the unit's place. Reject 1) because 3 × 3 × 3 =
3 5 1 4
= 1  1  2       ....7. Reject 3) on the same ground. Reject 2) because
4 8 2 5
603  216000 . Now, check 4).
30  25  20  32 43 3 38. 1 39. 3 40. 4 41. 3
=  1
40 40 40 42. 5; 1 8 19
25. 1 43. 1
26. 3; 84.2  64 2.1  78.4  563.5 3

.in
44. 5; 19683  ?  3
= 84.2  8 2 2.1
 78.4  563.5 3
19683 27
 ?=  9
= 84.2  8 4.2  78.4  563.5 3 3

ng
 
= 88.4  78.4  563.5 45. 5; 15152  ?  1515

K
= 568.4  563.5  56(8.43.5)  5611.9 ? = 15152  1515  15153 = 3477265875


eri
27. 5; ? = 625 46. 4; 60 = ?% of 400
28. 2; 53% of 120 + 25% of 862
60  100
= 63.6 + 215.5 = 279.1  ?  15
Now, x% of 500 = 279.1
e 400
47. 2; 1400 × ? = 1050
gin
279.1  100
x = 55.82% 1050 3
500  ? 
29. 2; 872.905 ÷ 9.013 ÷ 1.898 1400 4
 872 ÷ 9 ÷ 2  49 48. 4; 40% of ? = 240
En

KUNDAN
30. 5; Note that 30 3  27,000 240  100
 ?  600
40
40 3  64,000 49. 3; ? = 35 + 15 × 1.5 = 35 + 22.5 = 57.5
50. 2; 1984 + 523 - ? = 1899
arn

50 3  1,25,000
 ? = 1984 + 523 - 1899 = 608
Hence, the value of 3
86300 will be lie between 40 51. 2;
and 50. Hence, we have only one such option. 3
Therefore, opt 5) as answer.
Le

33
31. 1; 0.493 × 1.864 × 3.554 333
 0.5 × 1.9 × 3.5  3.325 + 3.33
372.33
? 55.985 ? 13
w.

32. 4;   2.167    2. 2
2.951 13.010 3 56
52. 4; ? ?  24  72
3  56  2.2 Squaring both the sides,
 ?   28.43
ww

13
(?2  ? ) ?3  (8  3)  (8  9)  (8  9)
33. 3; ? = 723.486 + 621.052 - 948.991
 723 + 621 - 948  396 = (8 )23839 3
34. 5; (3158 + 4602 + ?) ÷ 39 = 347
 ?  2  8  9  144
or, 3158 + 4602 + ? = 347 × 39
or, ? = 13533 - 3158 - 4602 = 5773 28 ?
53. 2; 
35. 2; (0.08% of 363 + 0.6% of 241) × 500 ? 112
= (0.2904 + 1.446) × 500 = 868.2
 ?  28 112  56
18696  11916 164  1358424 164
36. 2; = = 54. 4
20853  28728 441 1358424 441 55. 2

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Approximation
In this type of question you have to find the approximate Ex. 2: 5003 × 550 = ?
value not the exact value. Some times the choices have very 1) 27,51,000 2)27,59,000
small difference and we are confused with our result. Usually 3) 27,50,000 4) 28,00,000
five types of calculations are asked under this section. These Soln.: 5000 × 550 = 2750000
are Sum, Multiplication, Division, Root and Percentage. In
each case we will apply different type of calculations. +3 0 = 1650
27,51,650
Sum (Addition and Substraction)
Req. Ans. = 703100 + 1480 = 704580  704500

.in
1) Replace the large number by the numbers which have If the options differ by a large number like 50,000 we
maximum possible no. of zeros in the end. For example need not do this Calculation.
230818 use 231000 (If the choices are in thousand) Division: In this case the dividend and the divisor should

ng
Use 230800 (If choices are in hundreds) either be incresed or decresed simultaneously. It should
Use 230820 (If choices are in tens) be shifted to their nearest multiple of ten, hundred or
2) If there are two large numbers to be added then try to thousand depending upon the options.

K
increase one and decrease the other. Ex. 2: 810 ÷ 3.9 = ?

eri
3) If a large number is to be substracted from another 1)205 2)207
large number then both the numbers should be either 3)209 4)211
increased or decresed simultaneously. Be carefull about such type of questions. The options
Multiplication: At the time of multiplication finding
approximate value is very sensitive. A little change in
e are very close. If we slightly increase the divisor by 0.1 and
keep the dividend constant then we will get the answer 202.5.
gin
the number leads to a very much deviated result. So we But the actual result is 207.692  207. So a slight increase or
can not adopt the formulae used in addition and dcrease in one side may cause a great deviation. So both the
substraction. For example dividend and divisor should be increased or deeresed. But if
789 × 893 = 704577 the divisor is increased by 0.1, then Dividend will be increased
En

KUNDAN
But if we use 790 for 789 and 890 for 893 then the result by how much?
will be 703100. And if the options are 703000, 703500, See the formula
704000 and 704500 then our answer will be 703,000 but The value by which the dividend should be increased
the correct result is 704500. = increase in divisor × approximate value of the quotient
arn

To overcome this problem let us see the formula given Using this formula we well get the the increase in dividend
below. will be (. 1) × 200 = 20.
Ex. 1: Find the aproximate value “789 × 893”. So the dividend will be 830.
Soln.: 790 × 890 = 703100 Thus 830 ÷ 4 = 207.5
Le

Apart from these you have to remember the “BODMAS”

-1 +3 = (-1) 890 + 3(790) = 1480 Rule mentioned in the previous chapter.
Req. Ans. = 703100 + 1480 = 704580  704500
w.

Exercise
ww

Directions (Q. 1-49): What approximate value will come 3. (21 + 99) × (30 – 19.02) = ?
in place of the question-mark (?) in the following questions? 1) 3581 2) 131 3) 1290
(You are not expected to calculate the exact value). 4) 1600 5) 1320
1. 103 × 1003 + 999999999 = 10? + 10?
2 6 2 3
1) 6, 9 2) 9, 9 3) 6, 12 4.    ?
4) 16, 9 5) 6, 18 3 8 3 5
2. 134% of 3894 + 38.94% of 134 = ? 1) 0.45 2) 0.5 3) 1.45
1) 5000 2) 5300 3) 5500 4) 0.2 5) 0.55
4) 5270 5) 4900

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

5. 1000000.0000001  ?
1) 1000 2) 100 3) 10000 20. 63.9872 × 9449.8780 ÷ 243.0034 = ?2
4) 999 5) 99 1) 2489 2) 2500 3) 50
6. 22.9782 + 0.02 + ? = 23 4) 45 5) 150
1) 0.08 2) 20.08 3) 0.02 21. 5237.897 - 6629.010 + 7153.999 - 2205.102 = ?
4) 0.007 5) 0.80 1) 6340 2) 4688 3) 5240
7. 21 + 3.7 × 2.9 = ? 4) 3558 5) 6290
1) 74 2) 70 3) 27 22. 4985.0346 ÷ 215.987 - 3768.112 ÷ 206.868 = ?
4) 32 5) 44 1) 8 2) 5 3) 18
4) 11 5) 15

.in
8. 447. 75 ÷ 28 × 4.99 = ?
23. 956240  ?
1) 60 2) 70 3) 72
4) 80 5) 75 1) 979 2) 864 3) 1009
4) 647 5) 783

ng
9. 3.52 19.25  ?  275 24. 459% of 849.947 + 266% of 6284.012 - 1486.002 = ?
1) 15 2) 20 3) 30 1) 20330 2) 12640 3) 15000

K
4) 28 5) 40 4) 22160 5) 19130

eri
10. 85% of 225 + 32.91 × 5.01 = ?
1) 340 2) 355 3) 375 25. (9615.36 + 1247.18) ÷ (2435.72 + 1937.92) = ?
4) 345 5) 370 1) 4 2) 9 3) 2
4) 7 5) 8
11. 15.962  75% of 285  ?
e
26. 5646  3982  39  ?
gin
1) 435 2) 485 3) 440
4) 420 5) 470 1) 77 2) 109 3) 66
12. 1679 ÷ 14.95 × 5.02 = ? 4) 99 5) 119
1) 540 2) 525 3) 545 27. (48 × 296) ÷ (19 × 173) = ?
4) 565 5) 520 1) 2 2) 4 3) 8
En

KUNDAN
4) 9 5) 3
13. 425 ÷ 16.95 × ? = 225 28. 0.5% of 449 × 8.2% of 674 = ?
1) 11 2) 0.8 3) 9 1) 124 2) 139 3) 146
4) 19 5) 0.9 4) 115 5) 100
arn

14. 198.995 × 12.005 + 16.25 × 6.95 = ? 29. 3784 ÷ 28 + 538 = ?

1) 2580 2) 2550 3) 2400 1) 600 2) 623 3) 651
4) 1450 5) 2500 4) 636 5)673
Le

1 3 98 30. 6,23,898 × 99 = ? × 60,000

15. 12 5  ?  99 1) 1000 2) 1030 3) 1050
99 205 99
1) 40 2) 30 3) 33 4) 1065 5) 1010
w.

4) 45 5) 50 4 3 6 5
16. 145% of 700.05 + 22.99 × 15.05 = ? 31.    ?
5 7 7 9
1) 1300 2) 1425 3) 1395
4) 1280 5) 1360 9 20 18
ww

1) 2) 3)
2
17. 1428.025 ÷ 12.005 + (?) = 240 17 49 25
1) 121 2) 13 4) 123 1 4
4) 15 5) 11 4) 5)
2 7
18. 179.99 ÷ 3.001 × 2.005 = ?
1) 45 2) 120 3) 30 32. 399.982  ?
4) 150 5) 90 1) 160000 2) 15999 3) 1600
4) 1599 5) 16000
625.25  4.01  ?
2
19.
1) 240 2) 480 3) 100
4) 400 5) 320

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

47. 399.9 + 206 × 11.009 = ?

1
33. 624.9995  4.9989   ? 
2
1) 2800 2) 6666 3) 4666
4.9900865 4) 2400 5) 2670
1) 6 2) 50 3) 10 2 7 17 6
4) 125 5) 15 48.    ?
5 8 19 5
34. 989.001 + 1.00982 × 76.792 = ? 1 1
1) 1000 2) 1100 3) 1065 1) 1 2) 3) 2
2 2
4) 110 5) 100
3 9
4) 4 5) 11
35. 59.99% of 255.012 + 22.98% of 182.005 = ?
1) 162 2) 146 3) 195 49. (299.99999)³ = ?

.in
4) 225 5) 178 1) 27000000 2) 9000000000 3) 180000
4) 2.7 × 109 5) 2700000
36. 1000  ?
1) 10 2) 24 3) 45 50. What approximate value should come in place of the

ng
4) 18 5) 32 question mark (?) in the following equation?
37. 15.002 × ? × 25.0210 = 7113.918 1

K
1) 19 2) 26 3) 11 33 % of 768.9 + 25% of 161.2 - 68.12 = ?
3

eri
4) 31 5) 35
1) 230 2) 225 3) 235
38. 81.38  81.63  ? 4) 220 5) 240
1) 680 2) 218 3) 726
4) 512
39. 12 × 958 ÷ 17 = ?
5) 134
e
51. What approximate value should come in place of the
question mark (?) in the following equation?
gin
1) 532 2) 676 3) 765 39.05 × 14.95 - 27.99 × 10.12 = (36 + ?) ×5
4) 483 5) 806 1) 22 2) 29 3) 34
4) 32 5) 25
40. (8423 + 3120 + 6543) ÷ (1536 + 377 + 189) = ?
En

KUNDAN
1) 5 2) 14 3) 9 52. What approximate value should come in the place of
4) 18 5) 3 question mark (?) in the following equation?
41. (13% of 7439) × (3.23% of 537) = ?
3
1) 16243 2) 16135 3) 16674 1325 17  508.24 of 20% – 85.39 of 4 = ?
arn

4) 16824 5) 16774
1) 5500 2) 5200 3) 5800
7 3 4 4) 4900 5) 5900
42. 121 ÷  5  8  5   ?
Le

1) 168 2) 288 3) 208 53. What approximate value will come in place of the question
4) 298 5) 198 mark (?) in the following equation?
43. (96) 2  3 78961  ? 625.04  16.96  136.001  17  ?
w.

1) 215 2) 210 3) 220 1) 418 2) 441 3) 425

4) 224 5) None of these 4) 433 5) 449
44. (15.28 × 3.56) ÷ 3.15 = ?
ww

1) 12 2) 9 3) 21 54. If 3167 is added to 4093 and the sum is divided by 145,

4) 17 5) 24 approximately what will be the outcome?
1) 50 2) 75 3) 60
45. 4) 90 5) 80
45689  ?
1) 180 2) 415 3) 150
55. What approximate value will come in place of the
4) 210 5) 300
questions mark (?) in the following equation?
10008.992  3589  0.4987  ?
2070.50 ÷ 15.004 + 39.001 × (4.999)2 = ?
46. 1) 1005 2) 997 3) 1049
10009.001
4) 1213 5) 1113
1) 3000 2) 300000 3) 3000000
56. What approximate value should come in place of the
4) 5000 5) 9000000

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

question mark (?)? 4) 3635 5) 3824

36.0001 ÷ 5.9998 × ? = 108.0005
59. What approximate value should come in place of the
1) 18 2) 16 3) 256 question mark (?) in the following equation?
4) 316 5) 325
2
6.39 × 15.266 + 115.8 of =?
57. What approximate value should come in the place of 5
question mark (?) in the following equation? 1) 145 2) 165 3) 180
98.98 ÷ 11.03 + 7.014 × 15.99 = (?)2 4) 130 5) 135
1) 131 2) 144 3) 12
4) 121 5) 11 60. What approximate value should come in place of the

.in
question mark (?) in the following equation?
58. What approximate value should come in place of the 857 of 14% - 5.6 × 12.128 = ?
question mark (?) in the following equation? 1) 48 2) 36 3) 60

ng
31% of 3581 + 27% of 9319 = ? 4) 52 5) 46
1) 2630 2) 3625 3) 2625

K
1. 2; Here, 10 3  100 3  999999999
3
 
= 10  10 2 3

= 103  106  10 9
= 103 6  109
 10 9
gin
eri
Answers and explanations

e
8. 4; 447.75 ÷ 28 × 4.99 = ?
or, ?  448  28  5  80
9. 5; 3.52 19.25  ?  275
1 1
or, 12  19  ?  275
4 4
En

= 109  109

KUNDAN
1 1 1
Therefore, question mark will be replaced by 9. or, 12  19  12   19    ?  275
2. 4; 134% of 3894 + 38.94% of 134 4 4 4
= 134% of 3894 + 38945 of 1.34 or, ?  275  235  40
arn

= 134% of 3894 + 1.34% of 3894 10. 2; ? = 85% of 225 + 32.91 × 5.01

= 135.34% of 3894 85
= 5270.1396   225  33  5
100
= 5270
Le

3. 5; (21 + 99) × (30 – 19.02)  191.25 + 165  356.25

= 120 × 10.98 11. 5; ? = 15.962  75% of 285
= 120 × 11 = 1320
75
w.

2
4. 4;
2 6 2 3
    16   100  285
3 8 3 5
 256 + 213.75  469.75
72 1 12. 4; 1679 ÷ 14.95 × 5.02 = ?
ww

= = = 0.2
72  5 5  ? = 1680 ÷ 15 × 5  112 × 5  560
13. 3; 425 ÷ 16.95 × ? = 225
5. 1; 1000000.0000001
425  ?
or,  225
= 1000000 = 1000 17
6. 3; 22.9782 + 0.002 + ? = 23
225  17
? = 23 – 22.9802 or, ?  9
= 0.0198 = 0.02 425
7. 4; 21 + 3.7 × 2.9 14. 5; 198.995 × 12.005 + 16.25 × 6.95 = ?
= 21 + 3.7 × 3 ?  199 × 12 + 16 × 7  2388 + 112
= 21 + 11.1 = 32. 1 or, ?  2500

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

15. 1 16. 5 17. 5 36. 5; 1000  10 10 10  10 10

18. 2 19. 4  10 × 3.16
20. 3; 63.9872 × 9449.8780 ÷ 243.0034  31.6
 64 × 9450 ÷ 243 37. 1; 15.002 × ? × 25.0210 = 7113.918
 64 × 39  2496
7113.918
Now, ? 2  2496  ? =
15.002  25.0210
?  50
21. 4; 5237.897 - 6629.010 + 7153.999 - 2205.102 7100
  18.93
= 3557.784  3558 15  25
22. 2; 4985.0346 ÷ 215.987 - 3768.112 ÷ 206.868 38. 4; 81.38  81.63  81.38 1.63

.in
 4985 ÷ 216 - 3768 ÷ 207
 23 - 18  5 = 83.01  83  512
23. 1; 39. 2; 12 × 958 ÷ 17  676
956240  978

ng
40. 3 41. 5 42. 2
24. 5; 459% of 849.947 + 266% of 6284.012 - 1486.002 43. 1 44. 4
 460% of 850 + 265% of 6285 - 1486

K
 3910 + 16655 - 1486 45. 4; ?  45689  213.75  210

eri
 19079
25. 3 10008.992 
46. 2; ?  3589  0.4987
26. 4 10009.001
27. 2
28. 1
e  100092  3600  0.50
gin
29. 5  10009  60  0.50  300000
30. 2; We have 47. 5; ? = 399.9 + 206 × 11.009
6,23,898 × 99 = ? × 60,000  400 + (200 + 6) × 11
= 400 + 2200 + 66  2670
6,23,898  99
En

KUNDAN
 ?
60,000 2 7 17 6
48. 1; ?    
5 8 19 5
623898 100  623898
=  1030 2 7 17 5
60,000
arn

   
31. 3; We have 5 8 19 6

4 3 6 5 4 3 7 9 18 2 595
   =    =   0.40  0.60  1.0
5 7 7 9 5 7 6 5 25 5 912
Le

49. 1; ? = (299.99999)³
32. 1; 399.982  400 2  160000  (300)³ = 27000000
33. 3; We have 1
50. 1; ? = 33 % of 768.9 + 25% of 161.2 - 68.12
w.

1 3
624.9995  4.9989 2 ?
4.9900865
1 1
1
= of 768.9 + of 161.2 - 68.12
3 4
ww

 625  52 = ?
5 = 256.3 + 40.3 - 68.12  230
51. 5
1
 ?25  25  10 3
5 52. 1; ? = 1325 17  508.24 of 20% – 85.39 of
34. 3; 989.001 + 1.00982 × 76.792 4
 990 + 1 × 76.8  1066.8  1325 17  500 of 20% – 85 × 0.75
35. 3; 59.99% of 255.012 + 22.98% of 182.005
= 5460 + 100 – 60 = 5500
 60% of 255 + 23% of 182
 153 + 41.86 53. 4; ?  625.04  16.96  136.001  17  25 × 17 + 8
 194.86 = 425 + 8 = 433

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

57. 5; 98.98 ÷ 11.03 + 7.014 × 15.99 = (?)2

3167  4093 7260
54. 1; Reqd no. =   50 Suppose ? = x
145 145 Then 100 ÷ 11 + 7 × 16  121 (taking approximate
55. 5; 2070.50 ÷ 15.004 + 39.001 × (4.999)2= ? value)
or, ?  2070 ÷ 15 + 39 × 5 × 5  x = 11
= 138 + 975 = 1113 58. 2; ? = 31% of 3581 + 27% of 9319
36 = 1110.11 + 2516.13  3625
56. 5;  ?  108
6 2
59. 1; ? = 6.39 × 15.266 + 115.8 of
3
108
or, ? 60. 4; ? = 857 of 14% - 5.6 × 12.128

.in
6  857 of 14% - 5.6 × 12  120 - 67  52
or, ?  18
or, ? = 324  325.

ng
K gin
e eri
En

KUNDAN
arn
Le
w.
ww

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

654 Arithmetic

Chapter-34

Permutation and Combination

.in
Introduction 1 1 x
or, 9!  109!  11  10  9!
In this section, we shall introduce the term and
notation of factorial which will be often used in

ng
1 1   x 1
this chapter. or, 1   
9!  10   11  10  9!
Factorial  1  x
or, 1  
The continued product of first n natural numbers  10  11  10

eri
is called the “n factorial” and is denoted by n! or 11 x
or, 
n 10 11  10
ie n! = 1 × 2 × 3 × 4 × 5 × ... × (n – 1) × n.  x = 11 × 11 = 121
Thus, 3! =
4! =
1 × 2 × 3 = 6
1 × 2 × 3 × 4 = 24
e Ex. 3: Find the value of n, if
(i) (n + 2)! = 2550 × n!
gin
5! = 1 × 2 × 3 × 4 × 5 = 120 (ii) (n + 1)! = 12 × (n – 1)!
6! = 1 × 2 × 3 × 4 × 5 × 6 = 720 etc. Soln: (i) (n + 2)! = 2550 × n!
Clearly, n! is defined for positive integers only. or, (n + 2) (n + 1) × n! = 2550 × n!
or, (n + 2) (n + 1) = 2550

K KUNDAN
Zero Factorial or, n2 + 3n – 2548 = 0
or, (n + 52) (n – 49) = 0
En

As we will require zero factorial in the later sections

of this chapter and it does not make any sense to or, n = 49 [ n  0]
define it as the product of the integers from 1 to (ii) (n + 1)! = 12 × (n – 1)!
zero. So, we define 0! = 1. or, (n + 1) × n × (n – 1)! = 12 × (n – 1)!
or, n(n + 1) = 12
arn

 Factorials of proper fractions or negative or, n2 + n – 12 = 0

integers are not defined. or, (n + 4) (n – 3) = 0
 Factor ial n is defined only for whole or, n = 3 [ n  0]
numbers. n! n!
Ex. 4: If 2! (n  2)! and 4 ! (n  4 )! are i n t he
Property of Factorial n!
Le

ratio of 2 : 1, find the value of n.

We know that n! = 1 × 2 × 3 × 4 × ... × (n – 1) × n
= [1 × 2 × 3 × 4 × ... × (n – 1) × n n! n!
= n[(n – 1)!] Soln: We have 2! (n  2)! : 4! (n  4)! = 2 : 1
w.

Thus n! = n[(n – 1)!]

n! 4! (n  4)! 2
For example, 8! = 8(7!), 6! = 6(5!), 4! = 4(3!) etc. or, 2! (n  2)!  
The following examples will illustrate the use n! 1
of this property of factorial n. 4! (n  4)! 2
Ex. 1: Find the LCM of 4!, 5! and 6!. or, 2! (n  2)  (n  3)  (n  4)!  1
ww

Soln: We have 5! = 5 × 4!
6! = 6 × 5 × 4!
4  3  2! 2
 LCM of 4!, 5!, 6! or, 2!  (n  2)  (n  3)  1
= LCM of [4!, 5 × 4!, 5 × 6 × 4!]
= (4!) × 5 × 6 = 6! = 720 or, (n – 2) (n – 3) = 6
1 1 x or, n2 – 5n = 0
Ex. 2: If   , find the value of x. or, n(n – 5) = 0
9 ! 10 ! 11!
or, n = 0, 5
1 1 x But for n = 0, (n – 2)! and (n – 4)! are not
Soln:  
9! 10! 11! meaningful. So n = 5

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Permutation and Combination 655

Ex. 5: Prove that (n! + 1) is not divisible by any  25  33 < 26

natural number between 2 and n.  s = 5
Soln: Let m be divisible by k and r be any natural So, E2 (33!)
number between 1 and k. If (m + r ) is
divided by k, t hen we obtain r as the  33   33   33   33   33 
=      
remainder.  2   22   23   24   25 
Since n! = 1 × 2 × 3 × 4 × ... × (n – 1) × n, = 16 + 8 + 4 + 2 + 1 = 31
it follows that n! is divisible by ev ery Hence, the exponent of 2 in 33! is 31 ie
natural number bet ween 2 and n. So 33! is divisible by 231. But 231 is divisible
(n! + 1), when divided by any nat ural by 215 also. Hence, 33! is divisible by 215

.in
number between 2 and n, leaves 1 as the and the largest integer n such that 33! is
remainder. Hence (n! + 1) is not divisible divisible by 2n is 31.
by any natural number between 2 and n. Ex. 8: Find the exponent of 15 in 100!
Soln: We have 15 = 3 × 5
Exponent of Prime p in n!

ng
[On prime factorizing 15, we get 3 × 5]
Let p be a prime number and n be a positive integer, Now, E3(100!) = 48 [See Ex. 6]
n  100  100 
then   denotes the greatest integer less than E5(100!) =   
p  5   52 

eri
[ 52 < 100 < 53  s = 2]
n = 20 + 4 = 24
or equal to p
 Exponent of 15 in 100!
= min(24, 48) = 24
10   12  15 
For example,   = 3,   = 2,   = 5 etc.
3 5  3 e
Ex. 9:
Soln:
Find the exponent of 6 in 33!
We have 6 = 2 × 3
gin
Let Ep(n) denote the exponent of the prime p in E2(33!) = 31 [See Ex. 7]
the positive integer n. Then,  33   33   33 
  

K KUNDAN
E3(33!) = 
n   n   n   3   32   33 
Ep(n!) =  p    2   ...   s  ; [ 33 < 33 < 34  s = 3]
    p 
  p 
En

= 11 + 3 + 1 = 15
Where s is the largest positive integer such that Hence, exponent of 6 in 33!
ps  n  ps + 1. = min(15, 31) = 15
The following examples will illustrate the above. Ex. 10: Find the number of zeros at the end
Ex. 6: Find the exponent of 3 in 100!. 100!?
arn

Soln: Let Ep(n) denote the exponent of p in n. Soln: In t erms of pr ime f act or s 100 can be
written as 2a 3b 5c 7d ...
n   n   n 
Then, Ep(n!) =  p    2   ...   s  ; Now, E2(100!)
   p   p 
100  100  100  100 
Where s is the largest positive integer =     
 2   22   23   24 
Le

such that ps  n  ps + 1
Here, n = 100, p = 3 and
 34 < 100 < 35  s = 4 100  100 
 5  6 
2   2 
100  100  100  100 
  
w.

So, E3(100!) =   [ 26 < 100 < 27]

 3   32   33   3 4 
= 50 + 25 + 12 + 6 + 3 + 1 = 97
= 33 + 11 + 3 + 1 = 48
Ex. 7: Prove that 33! is divisible by 215. What 100  100 
  [ 52 < 100 < 53]
 5   52  
is the largest integer n such that 33! is E5(100!) = 
ww

divisible by 2n? = 20 + 4 = 24
Soln: Let Ep(n) denote the exponent of prime p Therefore,
in n. 100! = 297 × 3b × 524 × 7d × ...
Then, we know that = 273 × (2 × 5)24 × 3b × 7d × ...
n   n   n   n  = 1024 × 273 × 3b × 7d × ...
Ep(n!) =  p    2    3   ...   s  ; Thus, the number of zeros at the end of
   p   p   p  100! is 24.
Where s is the largest integer such that
ps  n  ps + 1
Here, n = 33, p = 2

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

656 Arithmetic

Fundamental Principles of Counting The total number of signals when r

flags are used at a time from 5 flags is
In this section we shall discuss two fundamental equal to the number of arrangements of 5,
principles viz. principle of addition and principle taking r at a time ie 5Pr. Since r can take
of multiplication. These t wo pr inciples will v alues 1, 2, 3, 4, 5. Hence by t he
enable us to under st and per mut ation and fundamental principle of addition, the total
combination. In fact these two principles form the number of signals
basis of permutation and combination. = 5P1 + 5P2 + 5P3 + 5P4 + 5P5
Fundamental Principle of Multiplication: If
there are two jobs such that one of them can be 5! 5! 5! 5! 5!
= (5  1)!  (5  2)!  (5  3)!  (5  4)!  (5  5 )!

.in
completed in m ways, and when it has been
completed in any one of these m ways, second job
can be completed in n ways; then the two jobs in 5! 5! 5! 5! 5!
=    
succession can be completed in m × n ways. 4! 3! 2! 1! 0!
Ex. 11: In a class there are 10 boys and 8 girls.

ng
= 5 + (5 × 4) + (5 × 4 × 3) + (5 × 4 × 3 × 2)
The teacher wants to select a boy and + (5 × 4 × 3 × 2 × 1)
a gi r l t o repr esent t he cl ass in a = 5 + 20 + 60 + 120 + 120 = 325
function. In how many ways can the Difference Between the Two Principles: As
teacher make this selection? we have discussed in the pr inciple of

eri
Soln: Here the teacher is to perform two jobs: multiplication a job is divided or decomposed into
(i) selecting a boy among 10 boys, and a number of sub-jobs which are connected to each
(ii) selecting a girl among 8 girls. other and the job is said to be performed if each
The first of these can be performed in sub-job is performed.
10 ways and t he second in 8 ways.
Therefore by the fundamental principle
e While in the principle of addition, there are a
number of independent jobs and we have to perform
gin
of multiplication, the required number of one of them. So, the t otal number of ways of
ways is 10 × 8 = 80 completing any one of the sub-jobs is the sum of
In general, the above principle can be the number of ways of completing each sub-job.
extended for any finite number of jobs as

K KUNDAN
Ex. 14: There are 3 candidates for a classical,
stated below: 5 for a Mat hemat i cal , and 4 for a
If there are n jobs J1, J2, ..., Jn such that Natural science scholarship.
En

job Ji can be performed independently in mi (i) I n how m any ways can t hese
ways; where i = 1, 2, 3, ..., n. Then the total scholarships be awarded?
number of ways in which all the jobs can be (ii) I n how m any ways one of t hese
performed is m1 × m2 × m3 × ... × mn. scholarships be awarded?
Fundamental Principle of Addition: If there
arn

Soln: Clear ly, classical scholarship can be

are two jobs such that they can be performed awar ded t o, any one of t he t hree
independently in m and n ways, then either of the candidat es. So, t here are 3 ways of
two jobs can be performed in (m + n) ways. awarding the classical scholarship.
Ex. 12: In a class there are 10 boys and 8 girls. Similarly, Mathematical and Natural
The teacher wants to select either a Science scholarships can be awarded in
Le

boy or a girl to represent the class in a 5 and 4 ways respectively.

function. In how many ways the teacher So,
can make this selection? (i) Number of ways of awar ding three
Soln: Here the teacher is to perform either of scholarships = 3 × 5 × 4 = 60
the following two jobs:
w.

[By Fundamental Principle

(i) selecting a boy among 10 boys, or of Multiplication]
(ii) selecting a girl among 8 girls And
The first of these can be performed in (ii) Number of ways of awarding one of the
10 ways and t he second in 8 ways.
ww

three scholarships = 3 + 5 + 4 = 12
Therefore, by fundamental principle of [By Fundamental Principle
addition, either of the two jobs can be of Addition]
performed in (10 + 8 =) 18 ways. Hence,
the teacher can make the select ion of Permutations
either a boy or a girl in 18 ways.
Ex. 13: How many different signals can be given A per mut ation is an arr angement in a
using any number of flags from 5 flags definite order of a number of objects taken some or
of different colours? all at a time. Consider the following examples.
Soln: The signals can be made by using at a time
one or two or three or four or five flags.

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Permutation and Combination 657

Ex. 15: Write down all the permutations of the taken 3 at a time.
set of three letters A, B, C. So, required number of ways
Soln: The permutations of three letters A, B, C
7! 7! 7  6  5  4!
taking all at a time are: = 7P3 = (7  3)!  4!  = 210
ABC, ACB, BCA, BAC, CBA, CAB 4!
Clearly, there are 6 permutations. Alternative Method: First prize can be
Ex. 16: Write down all the permutations of the won in seven ways. Second prize can be
v owels A, E, I , O and U i n Engl ish won by any one of t he r emaining six
alphabet taking three at a time and athletes in 6 ways. Now, five athletes are
starting with A. left. So, third prize can be won by any

.in
Soln: The permutations of vowels A, E, I, O, U one of the remaining 5 athletes in 5 ways.
taking three at a time and starting with A Hence by the fundamental principle of
are: counting, the required number of ways
AEI, AIE, AEO, AOE, AEU, AUE, AIO, AIU, = 7 × 6 × 5 = 210

ng
AUI, AOU, AUO Ex. 19: The flag of a newly formed forum is in
Clearly, there are 12 permutations. the form    of three blocks, each
Number of permutations of n distinct things to be coloured differently. If there are
taken r at a time: If n and r are positive integers 6 different col ours on t he whole to
such t hat 1  r  n, t hen t he number of all choose from, how many such designs

eri
permutations of n distinct things, taken r at a time are possible?
is denoted by P(n, r) or nPr and and it is equal to Soln: The total number of possible designs is
n! the number of arrangements of 6 different
colours taking 3 colours at a time.
(n  r )!

n! e Hence required number of designs

6! 6! 6  5  4  3!
gin
Thus, nPr or P(n, r) = (n  r )! = Total number of = 6P3 = (6  3)!  3!  3!
= 6 × 5 × 4 = 120
permutations of n distinct things taken r at a time.

K KUNDAN
Alternative Method:
From the above we can have, the number of Since there are 6 colours to choose from,
all permutations n of distinct things, taken all therefore, first block can be coloured in 6
En

at a time is n!. ways.

Now, consider the following examples. Now, the second block can be coloured
Ex. 17: In how many ways three different rings by any one of the remaining colours in
can be worn in four fingers with at five ways. So, there are five ways to colour
most one in each finger? the second block.
arn

Soln: The total number of ways is same as the After colouring first two blocks only
number of arrangements of 4 finger s, four colours are left. The third block can
taken 3 at a time. So, required number of now be colour ed by any one of t he
ways remaining four colours. So, there are four
4! 4! ways to colour the third block. Hence by
Le

= 4P3 = (4  3)!  1! = 4! fundamental principle of multiplication,

the number of flag-designs = 6 × 5 × 4 =
= 4 × 3 × 2 × 1 = 24 120
Alternative Method: Ex. 20: How many different signals can be made
Let R1, R2, R3 be three rings. Since R1 can by 5 flags from 8 flags of different
w.

be put in any one of the four fingers. So, colours?

there are four ways in which R 1 can be Soln: The total number of signals is the number
worn. Now, R2 can be worn in any one of of arrangements of 8 flags by taking 5 flags
the remaining three fingers in 3 ways. In at a time.
ww

the remaining 2 fingers ring R 3 can be Hence the required number of signals
worn in 2 ways. So, by the fundamental 8! 8!
principle of counting the total number of = 8P5 = (8  5)!  3!
ways in which three different rings can
be worn in four fingers = 4 × 3 × 2 = 24. 8  7  6  5  4  3!
Ex. 18: Seven athletes are participating in a = = 6720
3!
race. In how many ways can the first
three prizes be won? Ex. 21: In how many ways can 6 persons stand
Soln: The total no. of ways in which first three in a queue?
pr izes can be won is t he number of Soln: The number of ways in which 6 persons
arrangements of seven different things can stand in a queue is same as the number

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

658 Arithmetic

of arrangements of 6 different things taken Ex. 25: How many four-digit numbers are there
all at a time. with distinct digits?
Hence, the required number of ways = 6P6 Soln: The total number of arrangements of 10
digits 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9 taking
6! 6!
= (6  6)!  0! = 6! 4 at a time is 10P4. But these arrangements
also include those numbers which have
= 6 × 5 × 4 × 3 × 2 × 1 = 720 0 at thousand’s place. Such numbers are
Ex. 22: I t is r equir ed to seat 5 m en and 4 not four-digit numbers.
women in a r ow so that the women When 0 is fixed at thousand’s place,
occupy the even places. How many such we have to arrange remaining 9 digits by

.in
arrangements are possible? taking 3 at a time. The number of such
Soln: In all 9 persons are to be seated in a row arrangements is 9P3.
and in the row of 9 positions there are So, the total number of numbers having 0
exact ly f our ev en places viz second, at thousand’s place = 9P3.

ng
fourth, sixth and eighth. It is given that Hence, t he t ot al number of four -digit
these four even places are to be occupied numbers
by 4 women. This can be done in 4P4 ways = 10P4 – 9P3
(ways of arr anging 4 women in 4 10! 9! 10! 9!
positions). The remaining 5 positions can = (10  4)!  (9  3)!  6!  6!

eri
be filled by the 5 men in 5P5 ways. So, by
the fundamental principle of counting the = (10 × 9 × 8 × 7 – 9 × 8 × 7)
number of required sitting arrangements = 5040 – 504 = 4536
Ex. 26: How many four-letter words with or
4! 5!
= 4P4 × 5P5 = (4  4)!  (5  5)!
e without meaning, can be formed out of
the letters of the word ‘LOGARITHMS’,
gin
= 4! × 5! = 24 × 120 = 2880 if repetition of letters is not allowed?
Ex. 23: Three men have 4 coats, 5 waist coats Soln: Ther e ar e 10 let t er s in t he wor d
and 6 caps. In how many ways can they ‘LOGARITHMS’. So, the number of four-

K KUNDAN
wear them? letter words = number of arrangements of
Soln: The total number of ways in which three 10 letters, taken 4 at a time = 10P4
En

men can wear 4 coats is the number of 10! 10!

arrangements of 4 different coats taken 3 = (10  4)!  6!
at a time. So, 3 men can wear 4 coats in
4
P3 ways. Similarly, 5 waist coats and 6 = 10 × 9 × 8 × 7 = 5040
caps can be worn by three men in 5P 3 Ex. 27: A room has 6 doors. In how many ways
arn

and 6P3 ways respectively. Hence, by the can a man enter the room through one
fundamental principle of counting, the door come out through a different door?
required number of ways Soln: Here a man has to do two jobs:
= 4P3 × 5P3 × 6P3 (i) entering the room and
(ii) coming out through the door.
4! 5! 6! 4! 5! 6! Clearly, a person can enter the room
Le

= (4  3)!  (5  3)!  (6  3)! =  

1! 2! 3! through any one of the 6 doors. So there
= (4 × 3 × 2 × 1) × (5 × 4 × 3) × (6 × 5 × 4) are 6P1 ways of entering into the room.
= 172800 After entering into the room, the man
Ex. 24: How many numbers lying between 100 can come out through any one of the
w.

and 1000 can be formed with the digits remaining 5 doors. So, he can come out
1, 2, 3, 4, 5 if the repetition of digits is through a different door in 5P1 ways.
not allowed? Hence the number of ways in which a
Soln: Every number lying between 100 and 1000 man can enter a room through one door
ww

is a three-digit number. Therefore, we and come out through a different door

have to find the number of permutations = 6P1 × 5P1
of five digits 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 taken 3 at a 6! 5! 6! 5!
time. = (6  1)!  (5  1)!  5!  4!
Hence, the required number of numbers
= 6 × 5 = 30
5! 5! 5  4  3  2!
= P3 = (5  3)!  2! 
5 Ex. 28: How m any wor ds ( wi t h or wi t hout
2! meaning) of three distinct letters of the
= 5 × 4 × 3 = 60 English alphabets are there?
Soln: Ther e ar e 26 let t er s in t he English
alphabet. The total number of words (with

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Permutation and Combination 659

or without meaning) of 3 distinct letters Ex. 30: How m any di ffer ent words can
is the number of arrangements of 26 letters be form ed wi t h t he l ett er s of t he
taking 3 letters at a time. ‘MISSISSIPPI’?
Hence the required number of words Soln: Here, there are 11 objects (letters) of which
= 26P3 there are 4 S’s, 4 I’s, 2 P’s and the rest M
is different.
26! 26!
= (26  3)!  23! So, total number of words is the number
of arrangements of 11 things, of which 4
= 26 × 25 × 24 = 15600. are similar of one kind, 4 are similar of
Alternative Method: second kind and 2 are similar of third

.in
Here we have to fill up three places by 11!
distinct letters of the English alphabets. kind ie .
Since there are 26 letters of the English 4!4!2!
alphabet, the first place can be filled by Hence, the total number of words

ng
any of these letters. So, there are 26 ways 11!
of f illing up the fir st place. Now, t he = = 34650
4!4!2!
second place can be filled up by any of
the remaining 25 letters. So, there are 25 (ii) Permutations When Objects Can Repeat:
ways of filling up the second place. After

eri
The number of per mutat ions of n dif ferent
filling up t he first two places only 24 things, taken r at a time, when each may be repeated
letters are left to fill up the third place. any number of times in each arrangement, is nr .
So the third place can be filled in 24 ways. Ex. 31: Find the number of four-letter words,
Hence, the r equired number of wor ds with or without meaning, which can be
= 26 × 25 × 24 = 15600

e formed out of the letters of the word

ROSE, where the repetition of the letters
gin
Permutations Under Certain Conditions is allowed.
In this section we shall discuss permutations Soln: Accor ding to t he abov e r ule, since
where either distinction between some of the items repetition is allowed, the required number

K KUNDAN
are ignored or repetitions of items are allowed or a of words = 44 = 256
particular item occurs in every arrangement etc. Ex. 32: How many numbers of three digits can
En

Such t ype of per mutat ions ar e known as be formed with the digits 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
per mutat ions under cert ain condit ions as when digits may be repeated?
discussed below. Soln: The unit’s place can be filled in 5 ways.
Since, the repetition of digits is allowed,
(i) Permutations when all the objects are therefore, ten’s place can be filled in 5
arn

not distinct objects. ways and hundred’s place can also be filled
(ii) Permutations when object can repeat ie in 5 ways. Therefore, by fundament al
when repetition is allowed. pr inciple of count ing, the requir ed
(iii) Permutations when particular object(s) number of three-digit numbers
occur(s) together or do(es) not occur = 5 × 5 × 5 = 53 = 125
Le

together. Ex. 33: Find the number of numbers of five

di gi ts that can be form ed wi th t he
(i) Permutations When all the Objects are not digits 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 if the digits can be
Distinct Objects: repeated in the same number.
Soln: In a five-digit number 0 cannot be put in
w.

The number of permutations of n objects, where

ten thousand’s place. So, the number of
p1 objects are of one kind, p2 are of second kind
ways of filling up the 10 thousand’s place
..., pk are of kth kind and the rest, if any, are of
n! 4! 4!
different kind is p ! p !...p ! . = 4P1 = (4  1)!  3! = 4
ww

1 2 k
Ex. 29: Find the number of permutations of the Since the repetition of digits is allowed,
letters of the word ALLAHABAD. therefore, each of the other places can be
Soln: Here, there are 9 objects (letters) of which filled in 5 ways.
there are 4 A’s, 2 L’s and rest are all Hence, the required number of numbers
different. = 4 × 5 × 5 × 5 × 5 = 2500
Ther efor e t he r equir ed number of Ex. 34: How many four-digit numbers are there,
arrangements when a di gi t may be r epeated any
9! 98765 number of times?
=  = 7560 Soln: In a four-digit number 0 cannot be placed
4!2! 2

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

660 Arithmetic

at thousand’s place. So, thousand’s place (iii) Since any one of the 4 boys may get all
can be filled with any digit from 1 to 9. the prizes. So, the number of ways in
Thus, thousand’s place can be filled in which a boy gets all the three prizes = 4
9
P1 = 9 ways. So, t he number of ways in which
Since repetition is allowed, therefore, each a boy does not get all the prizes = 64 – 4
of the remaining 3 places can be filled in = 60.
10 ways by using the digits from 0 to 9.
Hence, the required number of numbers ( i ii ) Permutation when particular object( s)
= 9 × 10 × 10 × 10 occur(s) together or do( es) not occur
= 9 × 103 = 9000. together:

.in
Ex. 35: In how many ways 5 rings of different Ex. 38: In how many ways can the letters of
types can be worn in 4 fingers? the word ‘PENCIL’ be arranged so that
Soln: The first ring can be worn in any of the 4 (i) N is always next to E?
fingers. So, there are 4 ways of wearing (ii) N and E are always together?

ng
it. Similarly, each one of the other rings Soln: (i) Let us keep EN together and consider it
can be worn in 4 ways. as one letter. Now we have 5 letters which
Hence the requisite number of ways can be arranged in a row in 5P5 = 5! = 120
= 4 × 4 × 4 × 4 × 4 = 45 ways.
Ex. 36: In how many ways can 5 let ters be Hence t he t otal number of ways in

eri
posted in 4 letter boxes? which N is always next to E is 120.
Soln: Since each letter can be posted in any (ii) Keeping E and N together and considering
one of the four letter boxes. So, a letter it as one letter, we have 5 letters which
can be posted in 4 ways. Since there are can be arranged in 5P5 = 5! = 120 ways.
5 letters and each letter can be posted in
4 ways. So, total number of ways in which
e But E and N can put together in 2P2
= 2! = 2 ways.
gin
all the five letters can be posted Hence total number of ways
= 4 × 4 × 4 × 4 × 4 = 45 = 5! × 2! = 240
Ex. 37: I n how many ways can 3 pr izes be Ex. 39: How m any different wor ds can be

K KUNDAN
distributed among 4 boys, when formed with the letters of the word
(i) no boy gets more than one prize? EQUATION so that
(ii) a boy m ust get any number of (i) the words begin with E?
En

prizes? (ii) the words begin with E and end

(iii) no boy gets all the prizes? with N?
Soln: (i) The total number of ways is the number (iii) the words begin and end with a
of arrangements of 4 taken 3 at a time. consonant?
arn

So, the requisite number of ways Soln: Clear ly, the giv en word EQUATION
= 4P3 = 4! = 24 contains 8 letter out of which 5 are vowels
Alternative Method: and 3 are consonants.
The first prize can be given away in 4 (i) Since all words must begin with E. So,
ways as it may be given to any one of the we fix E at the first place. Now, remaining
4 boys. The second prize can be given 7 letters can be arranged in 7P7 = 7! ways
Le

away in 3 ways, because the boy who got So, total number of words = 7!
the first prize cannot receive the second (ii) Since all words must begin with E and
prize. The third prize can be given away end with N. So, we fix E at the first place
to anyone of the remaining 2 boys in 2 and N at the last place.
w.

ways. Now, r emaining 6 lett er s can be

So, the number of ways in which all arranged in 6P6 = 6! ways.
the prizes can be given away = 4 × 3 × 2 = Hence the required number of words
24 = 6P6 = 6!
ww

(ii) The first prize can be given away in 4 (iii) There are 3 consonants and all words
ways as it may be given to anyone of the 4 should begin and end with a consonant.
boys. The second prize can also be given So, first and last places can be filled with
away in 4 ways, since it may be obtained 3 consonants in 3P2 = 3! ways.
by the boy who has already received a Now, the remaining 6 places are to be
prize. Similarly, third price can be given filled up with the remaining 6 letters in
away in 4 ways. 6
P6 = 6! ways
Hence, the number of ways in which Hence the required number of words
all the prizes can be given away = 4 × 4 × = 3! × 6! = 6 × 720 = 4320
4 = 43 = 64

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Permutation and Combination 661

Ex. 40: How many words can be formed with be in the second row. If the two corners
the letters of the word ‘ORDINATE’ so of the second row are reserved for the
that vowels occupy odd places? two tallest students, interchangeable
Soln: There are 4 vowels and 4 consonants in only between them, and if the middle
the word ORDINATE. seat of the front row is reserved for
We have to arrange 8 letters in a row such the principal how many arrangements
that vowels occupy odd places. are possible?
There are 4 odd places 1, 3, 5 and 7. [MAT–2006]
Four vowels can be arranged in these 4 Soln: Since the middle seat of the front row is
odd places in 4P4 = 4! ways. reserved for the principal, the remaining

.in
Remaining 4 even places viz 2, 4, 6, 8 are 6 teachers can be arranged in the front
to be occupied by the 4 consonants. row in 6P6 = 6! ways
This can be done in 4P4 = 4! ways. The two corners of the second row are
Hence the total number of words in which reserved for the two tallest students. They
can occupy these two places in 2P2 = 2!

ng
vowels occupy odd places = 4! × 4! = 576
Ex. 41. In how many ways 5 boys and 3 girls ways.
can be seated in a row so that no two The remaining 18 seats may be occupied
girls are together? by the remaining 18 student s in 18 P 18
Soln: × B × B × B × B × B × = 18! ways.

eri
The 5 boys can be seated in a row in Hence, by the fundamental principle of
(5P5 = )5! ways. counting the total number of arrangements
In each of these arrangements 6 places = 6! × (18! × 2!) = 18! × 1440
are created, shown by the cross-mark, as Ex. 44: How many even numbers are there with
given above.

e
Since no two girls are to sit together, so
three digits such that if 5 is one of the
digits, then 7 is the next digit?
gin
we may arrange 3 girls in 6 places. Soln: We have to determine the total number of
This can be done in 6P 3 ways ie 3 girls even numbers formed by using the given
can be seated in 6P3 ways. conditions.

K KUNDAN
Hence, t he t ot al number of seating So, at unit’s place we can use one of the
arrangements digits 0, 2, 4, 6, 8. If 5 is at ten’s place
then, as per the given condition, 7 should
En

6!
= 5P5 × 6P3 = 5! × (6  3)! be at unit’s place. In such a case the
number will not be an even number. So, 5
= 5! × 6 × 5 × 4 = 14400
cannot be at t en’s and unit’s places.
Ex. 42: How many words can be formed from
Hence, 5 can be only at hundred’s place.
the letters of the word DAUGHTER so
arn

Now, two cases arise.

that
Case-I: When 5 is at hundred’s place.
(i) the vowels always come together?
If 5 is at hundred’s place, then 7 will be
(ii) the vowels never come together?
at ten’s place.
Soln: Ther e ar e 8 lett er s in the wor d
Hence unit ’s place can be f illed in
‘DAUGHTER’, including 3 vowels (A, U, 5
P1 = 5 ways by using the five digits 0, 2,
Le

E) and 5 consonants (D, G, H, T, R).

4, 6 and 8.
(i) Considering three vowels as one letter,
So, total number of even numbers
we have 6 letters which can be arranged
= 1 × 1 × 5 = 5
in 6P6 = 6! ways.
Case II: When 5 is not at hundred’s
But corresponding each way of these
w.

place.
arrangements, the vowels A, U, E can be
Now, hundred’s place can be filled in 8P1
put together in 3P3 = 3! ways.
= 8 ways
Hence, the required number of words
(  0 and 5 cannot be used at hundred’s
= 6! × 3! = 720 × 6 = 4320
ww

(ii) The total number of words formed by using place)

all the eight letters of the word DAUGHTER In ten’s place we can use any one of the
is 8P8 = 8! = 4032 ten digits except 5. Hence ten’s place can
So, the total number of words in which be filled in 9P1 = 9 ways.
vowels are never together = Total numbers At unit’s place we have to use one of the
of words – Number of words in which even digits 0, 2, 4, 6, 8. So, unit’s place
vowels are always together can be filled in 5P1 = 5 ways
= 40320 – 4320 = 36000 So, total number of even numbers
Ex. 43: When a group photograph is taken, all = 8 × 9 × 5 = 360
the seven teachers should be in the first Hence, the total number of required even
row and all the twenty students should numbers = 360 + 5 = 365.

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

662 Arithmetic

Ex. 45: A code word i s t o consi st of two is divisible by 4.

distinct English alphabets followed by The digits at unit’s and ten’s places can
two distinct numbers from 1 to 9. For be arranged as follows:
example, DE45 is a code word. Thousand’s Hundred’s Ten’s Unit’s
(i) How m any such code words are × × 1 2
there? × × 2 4
(ii) How many of them end with an even × × 3 2
integer? × × 5 2
Soln: (i) There 26 English alphabets. Now, corresponding to each such way the
So, first two places in the code word remaining three digits at thousand’s and

.in
can be filled in 26P2 ways. hundred’s places can be arranged in 3P2
In last two places we have to use two ways.
distinct numbers from 1 to 9. Hence, last Hence, the required number of numbers
two places can be filled in 9P2 ways. = 3P2 × 4 = 3! × 4 = 24

ng
Hence, by the fundamental principle Ex. 48: Find the number of ways in which 5
of count ing, the total number of code boys and 5 girls be seated in a row so
words that
= 26P2 × 9P2 = 650 × 72 = 46800 (i) No two girls may sit together.
(ii) Number of code words ending with an (ii) All the girls sit together and all

eri
even integer. the boys sit together
In this case, the code word can have (iii) All the girls are never together.
any of the numbers 2, 4, 6, 8 at t he Soln: (i) Sitting arrangement of the 5 boys and 5
extreme right position. girls, as per the given condition, will be
Hence the extreme right position can
be filled in 4P1 = 4 ways.
e as given below.
× B × B × B × B × B ×
gin
Now, next left position can be filled 5 boys can be seated in a row in 5P5
with any one of the remaining 8 digits in = 5! ways
8
P1 = 8 ways and the two extreme left Now, in the 6 gaps as shown above, 5 girls

K KUNDAN
positions can be filled by two English
6!
alphabets in 26P2 ways. can be arranged in 6P5 = (6  5 )! = 6! ways.
Hence, the total number of code words
En

which end with an even integer Hence the number of ways in which no
= 4 × 8 × 26P2 = 4 × 8 × 650 two girls sit together = 5! × 6P5 = 5! × 6!
= 20800 (ii) The two groups of girls and boys can be
Ex. 46: How many numbers between 400 and arranged in 2P2 = 2! ways.
arn

1000 can be formed with the digits 0, 5 girls can be arranged among themselves
2, 3, 4, 5, 6 if no digits is repeated in in 5P5 = 5! ways.
the same number? Similarly, 5 boys can be arranged among
Soln: Numbers between 400 and 1000 consist themselves in 5P5 = 5! ways
of three digits with digit at hundred’s place Hence, by the fundamental principle of
greater than or equal to 4. counting, the total number of requisite
Le

Hundred’s place can be filled, by using seating arrangements = 2!(5! × 5!) = 2(5!)2
the digits 4, 5, 6 in 3P1 = 3 ways. (iii) The total number of ways in which all
Now, ten’s and unit’s places can be filled the girls are never together
by the remaining 5 digits in 5P2 ways. = Total number of arrangements – Total
w.

Hence the required number of numbers number of arrangements in which all the
= 3 × 5P2 girls are always together
5! Hence, total number of arrangements
= 3  (5  2)! = 10P10 = 10!
ww

Total number of arrangements in which

all the girls are always together
5!
= 3 = 3 × 5 × 4 = 5P5 × 6P6 = 5! × 6!
3!  required number of arrangements
= 60 = 10! – 5! × 6!
Ex. 47: How many four-digit numbers divisible Ex. 49: Five boys and five girls form a line with
by 4 can be made with the digits 1, 2, the boys and girls alternating. Find the
3, 4 and 5 if the repetition of digits is number of ways of making the line.
not allowed? Soln: 5 boys can be ar r anged in a line in
Soln: Recall that a number is divisible by 4 if 5
P5 = 5! ways.
the number formed by the last two digits Since the boys and girls are alternating,

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Permutation and Combination 663

so, the corresponding each of the 5! ways A’s. Also there are 4 even places viz 2nd,
of arrangements of 5 boys we obtain 5 4th, 6th and 8th.
places marked by cross as shown below: So, these 4 even places can be occupied
(i) B1 × B2 × B3 × B4 × B5 ×
4!
(ii) × B1 × B2 × B3 × B4 × B5 by 4 vowels in = =1 way
Clearly, 5 girls can be arranged in 5 places 4!
marked by cross in (5! + 5!) ways. Now, we are left with 5 places in which
Hence, the total number of ways of making 5 letters, of which 2 are alike (2 L’s) and
the line = 5! × (5! + 5!) = 2(5!)2 others are distinct, can be arranged in
Ex. 50: (i) How many different words can be
5!

.in
formed with the letters of the word ways.
HARYANA? 2!
(ii) How many of these begin with H Hence the total number of words in which
and end with N? vowels occupy the even places

ng
(iii) In how many of these H and N are 5! 4! 5!
together? =   = 5 × 4 × 3 = 60
2! 4! 2!
Soln: (i) There are 7 letters in the word HARYANA
of which 3 are A’s and remaining all are (ii) Consider both L together and treat them
each of its own kind. as one letter we have 8 letters out of which

eri
Hence, the total number of words A repeats 4 times and others are distinct.

7! 7  6  5  4  3! 8!
=  These 8 letters can be arranged in
3! 3! 4!
ways.
= 7 × 6 × 5 × 4 = 840

e
(ii) After fixing H in first place and N in last So, the number of words in which both L
gin
place, we have 5 letters out of which three come together
are alike ie A’s and remaining all are each 8!
of its own kind. = = 1680
4!

K KUNDAN
So, total number of words
Hence the number of words in which both
5! 5  4  3! L do not come together

En

= = 20
3! 3! = Total number of words – Number of
(iii) Considering H and N together we have words in which both L come together
(7 – 2 + 1 =) 6 letters out of which three = 7560 – 1680 = 5880
are alike ie A’s and others are each of its Ex. 52: (i) How many arrangements can be
m ade wi t h l et ter s of the wor d
arn

own kind. These 6 letters can be arranged

MATHEMATICS?
6! (ii) In how many of them vowels are
in ways.
3! together?
But H and N can be arranged amongst [MAT–2005]
themselves in 2P2 = 2! ways. Soln: (i) Ther e ar e 11 let t er s in t he wor d
Le

Hence, the requisite number of words MATHEMATICS of which t wo are M’s,

two are A’s, two are T’s and all others
6! are dist inct . So, r equir ed number of
=  2! = 120 × 2 = 240
3! arrangements
Ex. 51: How m any different wor ds can be 11!
w.

formed by using all the letters of the = = 4989600

2!2!2!
word ALLAHABAD? (ii) Ther e ar e 4 v owels v iz A, E, A, I.
(i) In how many of them vowels occupy Consider ing t hese f our vowels as one
the even positions?
ww

letter we have 8 letters (M, T, H, M, T, C,

(ii) In how many of them both L do not S and one letter obtained by combining
come together? all vowels), out of which M occurs twice,
Soln: Ther e ar e 9 lett er s in the wor d T occurs twice and the rest all are distinct.
ALLAHABAD out of which 4 are A’s, 2 are These 8 letters can be arranged in
L’s and the rest are all distinct. 8!
So, the requisite number of words ways.
2!2!
9! But the four vowels (A, E, A, I) can be put
= = 7560
4!2! 4!
(i) There are 4 vowels and all are alike ie 4 together in ways.
2!

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

664 Arithmetic

Hence, the total number of arrangements Ex. 55: How many num ber s gr eat er than a
in which vowels are always together million can be formed with the digits
2, 3, 0, 3, 4, 2, 3?
8! 4!
=  Soln: Any number greater than a million will
2!2! 2! contain all the seven digits.
= 10080 × 12 = 120960 Now, we hav e to ar range these sev en
Ex. 53: If all the letters of the word AGAIN be digits, out of which 2 occurs twice, 3
arranged as in a dictionary, what is occurs thrice and the rest are distinct.
the fiftieth word? The number of such arrangements
Soln: In dictionary the words at each stage are
7!

.in
arranged in alphabetical order. Starting = = 420
with the letter A, and arranging the other 2!3!
four letters G, A, I, N we obtain 4P4 = 4! These arrangements also include those
= 24 words numbers which contain 0 at the million’s
Thus, there are 24 words which start with place.

ng
A. These are the first 24 words. Keeping 0 fixed at the millionth place,
Then, starting with G, and arranging the we have 6 digits out of which 2 occurs
other four letters A, A, I, N in different twice and 3 occurs thrice and the rest are
distinct.

eri
4! 22
ways, we obtain  = 12 words
2! 2 6!
These 6 digits can be arranged in
Thus, there are 12 words which start with 2!3!
G. = 60 ways
Now, we start with I. The remaining 4

e
4!
Hence the number of required numbers
= 420 – 60 = 360.
gin
letters A, G, A, N can be arranged in
2! Circular Permutations
= 12 ways If we arrange the objects along a closed curve viz a
Hence, there are 12 words, which start

K KUNDAN
circle etc, the permutations are known as circular
with I. permutations. So f ar , we have discussed
Thus, we have so f ar constr uct ed 48
En

permutations of objects (or things) in a row. This

words. type of permutations are generally known as linear
The 49th word should be started with the permutations.
letter N. As we have seen in the earlier sections of this
So, the 49th word is NAAGI and hence chapter t hat ev er y linear ar r angement has a
the 50th word is NAAIG.
arn

beginning and an end, but there is nothing like

Ex. 54: If the different permutations of the beginning or end in a circular permutation. Thus
word EXAMINATION are listed as in a in a circular permutation, we consider one object
dictionary, how many items are there as fixed and the remaining objects are arranged as
in the list before the first word starting in case of linear arrangements.
with E? The number of circular arrangements (permutations)
Le

Soln: In a dictionary the words at each stage of n different things taken all at a time is (n – 1)! if
are arranged in alphabetical order. In the clockwise and anticlockwise orders are taken as
given problem we have to find the total different arrangements.
number of words starting with A, because Consider the following circular permutations.
w.

the very next word will start with E. We observe that in both, the order of the circular
For finding the number of words starting arrangement is A1, A2, A3, A4.
with A, we have to find the number of
arrangements of the remaining 10 letters
E, X, M, I, N, A, T, I, O, N, of which there
ww

are 2 I’s, 2 N’s and the others each of its

own kind.
The number of such arrangements
10!
= = 907200
2!2!
Hence, t he required number of it ems Figure-1 Figure-2
= 907200. In Figure 1, the order is anticlockwise whereas
in Figure 2, the order is clockwise. Thus t he
number of circular permutations of n things in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Permutation and Combination 665

which clockwise and anti-clockwise arrangements Soln: Let B1 and B2 be two brothers among 20
give rise to different permutations is (n – 1)!. persons and let M be a person.
For example, the number of permutations of 6 Clearly, person M can be chosen from 18
persons seated around a table is (6 – 1)! = 5!. persons (excluding B1 and B2) in
Because with respect to table, the clockwise and
18!
anti-clockwise arrangements are distinct. 18
P1 = (18  1)! = 18 ways
If anti-clockwise and clockwise order of
arrangements are not distinct e.g. arrangements Considering the two brothers B 1 and B2
of beads in a necklace, arrangement of flowers in and person M as one person, we have
gar land etc. , t hen t he number of cir cular (20 – 3 + 1 = ) 18 persons in all.

.in
1 These 18 persons can be arranged around
permutations of n distinct items is (n  1)! . a circle in (18 – 1)! = 17! ways.
2 But B 1 and B 2 can be arranged among
Ex. 56: (i) In how many ways can 5 persons themselves in 2P2 = 2! = 2 ways ie (i) B1MB2
be seated around a circular table?

ng
and (ii) B2MB1
(ii) I n how m any of t hese ar r ange- Hence, by the fundamental principle of
ments will two particular persons counting, the total number of ways
be next to each other? = 18 × 17! × 2! = 2 × 18!
Soln: (i) 5 persons can be seated around a circular Ex. 59: In how many ways can a party of 4

eri
table in (5 – 1)! = 4! = 24 ways m en and 4 wom en be seated at a
(ii) Considering two particular persons as one circular table so that no two women
person, we have 4 persons in all. These are adjacent?
4 persons can be seated around a circular Soln: The 4 men can be seated at the circular
t able in (4 – 1)! = 3! ways. But two
particular persons can be arranged among
e table such that there is a vacant seat
between every pair of men in (4 – 1)! = 3!
gin
themselves in 2! ways. ways.
Hence, the total number of arrangements Now, 4 vacant seats can be occupied by 4
= 3! × 2! = 12 women in 4P4 = 4! ways

K KUNDAN
Ex. 57: (i) If 20 persons were invited for a Hence, the required number of sitting
party, in how many ways can they arrangements
and t he host be seated at a
En

= 3! × 4! = 144
circular table? Ex. 60: A round table conference is to be held
(ii) I n how m any ways wi l l t wo between 20 delegates of 2 countries. In
particular persons be seat ed on how many ways can they be seated if
either side of the host? two particular delegates are (i) always
arn

Soln: (i) Clearly, there are 21 persons, including together? (ii) never together?
the host to be seated around a circular Soln: (i) Let D1 and D2 be two particular delegates.
table. These 21 persons can be seated Considering D1 and D2 as one delegate,
round a circular table in (21 – 1)! = 20! we have (20 – 1 =) 19 delegates in all.
ways. These 19 delegates can be seated round a
(ii) Let P1 and P2 be the two particular persons circular table in (19 – 1)! = 18! ways.
Le

and H be the host. Number of arrangements But t wo part icular delegat es can be
of these two particular persons can be arranged among themselves in
seated on either side of the host = 2P2 = 2! 2
P2 = 2! = 2 ways ie D1D2 and D2D1.
= 2 ways ie (i) P1HP2 and (ii) P2HP1 Hence, the total number of ways
w.

Consider the two particular persons and = 2 × 18! = 2(18!)

t he host as one person, we hav e 19 (ii) To find the number of ways in which two
persons in all. These 19 persons can be particular delegates never sit together, we
seated round a circular table in (19 – 1)! = subtract the number of ways in which
ww

18! ways. they sit together from the total number of

But two particular persons can be seated sitting arrangements of 20 persons.
on either side of the host in 2 ways. So, Clearly, 20 persons can be seated round a
the number of ways sitting 21 persons at circular table in (20 – 1 =) 19! ways.
a circular table with two particular persons Hence, the required number of sitting
on either side of the host = 18! × 2 arrangements
Ex. 58: There are 20 persons among whom are = 19! – 2 × 18!
two brothers. Find the number of ways = 19 × 18! – 2 × 18!
in which we can arrange them around = 18! (19 – 2) = 17(18!)
a circle so that there is exactly one Ex. 61: There are 5 gentlemen and 4 ladies to
person between the two brothers. dine at a round table. In how many

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

666 Arithmetic

ways can they seat themselves so that Ex. 64: Find the number of ways in which 10
no two ladies are together? di ffer ent beads can be arr anged to
Soln: Five gentlemen can be seated at a round form a necklace.
table in (5 – 1)! = 4! ways. Soln: 10 different beads can be arranged in
circular form in (10 – 1)! = 9! ways. Since
t her e is no dist inction bet ween t he
clockwise and ant iclockwise arr ange-
ment s. So, t he r equir ed number of
1
arrangements = (9! )
2

.in
Ex. 65: Find the number of ways in which 8
different flowers can be strung to form
Now, 5 places are created (as shown in a garland so that 4 particular flowers
figure marked by cross-lines) in which 4 are never separated.

ng
ladies can be arranged in Soln: Considering 4 particular flowers as one
5! flower, we have (8 – 4 + 1 =) 5 flowers
5
P4 = (5  4)! = 5! ways which can be strung to form a garland
Hence, the total number of ways in which = (5 – 1)! = (4!) ways

eri
no two ladies sit together (Since the moment we fix 4 particular
= 4! × 5! = 2880 flowers, the clockwise and anticlockwise
Ex. 62: In how many ways can seven persons arrangements in the garland are distinct.)
sit around a table so that all shall not But 4 particular flowers can be arranged
have the same neighbours in any two in 4P 4 = 4! ways. Thus t he r equir ed

Soln:
arrangements?
e
Clearly, 7 persons can sit at a round table
number of ways = (4!) × 4! = 576
gin
in (7 – 1)! = 6! ways Combination
But, in clockwise and ant iclockwise A combination is a grouping of selection of all or
arrangements, each person will have the part of a number of things without reference to the

K KUNDAN
same neighbours. ar rangement of t he things selected. Thus t he
So, the required number of ways number of combinations of the three letters A, B
En

1 and C taken 2 at a time are AB, AC and BC. Note

= (6! ) = 360
2 t hat AB and BA ar e 1 combinat ion but 2
Ex. 63: Three boys and three girls are to be permutations of the letters A and B.
seated around a table in a circle. Among n 
them, the boy X does not want any girl The symbol nCr or C(n, r) or  r  represents the
arn

 
neighbour and the girl Y does not want number of combinations (selections, groups) of n
any boy neighbour. How many such different things taken r at a time. Thus 9C4 denotes
arrangements are possible? the number of combinations of 9 different things
[MAT– 2002] taken 4 at a time.
Soln: Let B1, B2 and X be three boys and G1, G2 Generally we use the word ‘arrangement’ for
Le

and Y be three girls. Since the boy X does per mutat ion and the wor d ‘ selection’ f or
not want any girl neighbour. Therefore combinations.
boy X will have his neighbours as boys B1
and B2 as shown in the figure. Similarly, Notation and Important Properties
girl Y has her neighbours as girls G1 and
w.

G2 as shown in fig. ( i ) The number of all combinations of n distinct

objects, taken r at a time is given by
n
n! Pr
n
Cr = 
ww

(n  r )! r ! r!
n (n  1)((n  2)...(n  r  1)
=
1.2.3...r
n
( i i) Cn = nC0 = 1
n
But the boys B1 and B2 can be arranged ( i ii ) Cn – r = nCr
n
among themselves in 2! ways and the ( iv) Cr + nCr-1 = n+1Cr
girls G1 and G2 can be arranged among (v) If n and r are non-negative integers such
themselves in 2! ways. n n 1
that 1  r  n, then nCr = . C r -1
Hence, t he r equir ed number of r
n n
arrangements = 2! × 2! = 4 ( vi) If Cx = Cy, then either x = y or x + y = n

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Permutation and Combination 667

( vii) If n is even, then the greatest value of nCr (0 Ex. 72: If there are 12 persons in a party, and
r  n) is nCn/2. if each two of them shake hands with
(viii) If n is odd, then the greatest value of nCr (0  each other , how m any handshakes
n n
happen in the party?
C n1 C n1 Soln: It is to note here that, when two persons
r  n) is or .
2 2 shake hands, it is count ed as one
Ex. 66: If nC7 = nC4, find the value of n. handshake, not two. Because if X shaking
Soln: We have, nCx = nCy  x + y = n or x = y hands with Y and Y with X will not be
So, nC7 = nC4  n = 7 + 4 = 11 two different handshakes. Here order is
Ex. 67: Find the value of 10C3. not important. So, this is a question of

.in
n n 1 ‘combination’.
Soln: We have nCr = . C r-1 The total number of handshakes is
r
same as the number of ways of selecting
10 9
 10C3 =  C2 2 persons among 12 persons.
3

ng
12! 12!
10 9 8 = 12C2 = (12  2)!2!  10!2!
=   C1
3 2
12  11  10!
10 9 8 7 = 2  10! = 66
=    C0

eri
3 2 1 Ex. 73: A question paper has two parts. Part
10 9 A and Par t B, each cont ai ni ng 10
=  8  1 [  7C = 1] questions. If the student has to choose
3 2 0

= 120 8 from Part A and 5 from Part B, in

Ex. 68: If nC15 = nC8, find the value of nC21.
Soln: n
C15 = nC8  n = 15 + 8 = 23
e how m any ways can he choose t he
questions?
gin
[  nCx = nCy  x + y = n] Soln: There are 10 questions in Part A out of
 nC21 = 23C21 = 23C23-21 [  nCr = nCn-r] which 8 questions can be chosen in 10C8
ways.

K KUNDAN
23 22 Similarly, 5 questions can be chosen from
= 23
C2 =  C1
2 Part B containing 10 questions in 10C 5
ways.
En

23 22 21
=   C0 Hence, by the fundamental principle of
2 1 counting, the total number of ways of
23 22 selecting 8 questions from Part A and 5
=   1 [ nC = 1] from Part B
0
2 1
arn

= 23 × 11 = 253 10! 10!

= 10C8 × 10C5 = (10  8)!8!  (10  5)!5!
Ex. 69: If 10Cx = 10Cx + 4, find the value of x.
10
Soln: Cx = 10Cx + 4  x + x + 4 = 10 10! 10!
 2x = 6  x = 3 =  = 11340
2!8! 5!5!
Ex. 70: From a class of 32 students, 4 are to Ex. 74: In how many ways a committee of 5
Le

be chosen for a competition. In how members can be selected from 6 men

many ways can this be done? and 5 women, consisting of 3 men and
Soln: The required number of ways 2 women?
32 32! Soln: 3 men out of 6 men can be selected in 6C3
C4 
= 28!4! ways. 2 women out of 5 women can be
w.

Ex. 71: Three gentlemen and three ladies are selected in 5C 2 ways. Therefore, by the
candidates for two vacancies. A voter fundamental principle counting, 3 men
has to vote for two candidates. In how out of 6 men and 2 women out of 5 women
many ways can one cast his vote? can be selected in 6C3 × 5C2
ww

Soln: Clearly, there are 6 candidates and a voter  6 5 4 5 4 

has to vote for any two of them. So, the =    = 200 ways
 3  2 1 2 1 
required number of ways is the number of Ex. 75: In how many ways can a cricket eleven
ways of selecting 2 out of 6 ie 6C2. be chosen out of a batch of 15 players
Hence, the required number of ways if
6! 6! (i) t her e is no r est r i ct i on on t he
= 6C2 = (6  2)!2!  4!2! selection?
(ii) a par ti cular pl ayer i s al ways
6  5  4! chosen?
= 4!  2 = 15
(iii) a particular player is never chosen?

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

668 Arithmetic

Soln: (i) The total number of ways of selecting 11 So, total number of committees in which
players out of 15 is men are in majority
15
C11 = 15C15-11 = 15C4 = (9C5 × 8C7) = (126 × 8) = 1008
Ex. 77: A committee of 5 is to be formed out of
15  14  13  12
= = 1365 6 gents and 4 ladies. In how many ways
4  3  2 1 this can be done, when
(ii) If a particular player is a ways chosen. (i) at least two ladies are included?
This means that 10 players are selected (ii) at most two ladies are included?
out of the remaining 14 players. Soln: (i) A committee of 5 persons, consisting of at
 required number of ways least two ladies, can be formed in the

.in
= 14C10 = 14C14-10 = 14C4 = 1001 following ways
(iii) If a particular player is never chosen. This (a) Selecting 2 ladies out of 4 and 3 gents
means that 11 players are selected out of out of 6. This can be done in 4C2 × 6C3
the remaining 14 players. ways.
 required number of ways

ng
(b) Selecting 3 ladies out of 4 and 2 gents
= 14C11 = 14C14-11 = 14C3 = 364 out of 6. This can be done in 4C3 × 6C2
Ex. 76: A committee of 12 is to be formed from ways.
9 women and 8 men. In how many ways (c) Selecting 4 ladies out of 4 and 1 get
this can be done if at least five women out of 6. This can be done in 4C4 × 6C1

eri
have to be included in a committee? In ways.
how many of these committees (i) the Since the committee is formed in any of
women are in majority (ii) and the men t he abov e ways, t her efor e, by t he
are in majority? fundamental principle of addition, the total
Soln: Ther e ar e 9 women and 8 men. A
committee of 12, consisting of at least 5
e number of forming the committee
= (4C2 × 6C3) + (4C3 × 6C2) + (4C4 × 6C1)
gin
women, can be formed by choosing: = 120 + 60 + 6 = 186
(I) 5 women and 7 men (ii) A committee of 5 persons, consisting of at
(II) 6 women and 6 men most two ladies can be constituted in the
(III) 7 women and 5 men

K KUNDAN
following ways:
(IV) 8 women and 4 men (a) Selecting 5 gents only out of 6.
(V) 9 women and 3 men This can be done in 6C5 ways.
En

In (I), (b) Selecting 4 gents only out of 6 and one

Number of ways of choosing 5 women out lady out of 4.
of 9 women = 9C5 This can be done in (6C4 × 4C1) ways.
Number of ways of choosing 7 men out of (c) Selecting 3 gents only out of 6 and two
arn

8 men = 8C7 ladies out of 4.

 Number of ways of f or ming t he This can be done in (6C3 × 4C2) ways.
committee in this case = 9C5 × 8C7 Since the committee is formed in any of
Similarly, in (II), (III), (IV) and (V), we have, the above ways, so, the total number of
the number of ways of forming committee ways of forming the committee
are (9C6 × 8C6), (9C7 × 8C5), (9C8 × 8C4) and = 6C5 + (6C4 × 4C1) + (6C3 × 4C2)
Le

(9C9 × 8C3) respectively. = 6 + 60 + 120 = 186

Since committee is formed in any of the Ex. 78: A box contains 5 different red and 6
above ways. di ffer ent whi te bal ls. I n how many
Hence, total number of ways of forming ways can 6 balls be selected so that
w.

t he committ ee, by t he f undament al there are at least two balls of each

principle of addition colour?
= ( 9C 5 × 8C 7) + ( 9C 6 × 8C 6) + ( 9C 7 × 8C 5 ) Soln: The selection of 6 balls, consisting of at
+ (9C8 × 8C4) + (9C9 × 8C3) least two balls of each colour from 5 red
ww

= (126 × 8) + (84 × 28) + (36 × 56) and 6 white balls, can be made in the
+ (9 × 70) + (1 × 56) = 6062 following ways:
(i) Clearly, women are in majority in (III), (IV) Red Ball White Ball
and (V) cases as discussed above. (i) 2 4
So, total number of committees in which (ii) 3 3
women are in majority (iii) 4 2
= (9C7 × 8C5) + (9C8 × 8C4) + (9C9 × 8C3) (i) By selecting 2 red balls, out of 5 and 4
= (36 × 56) + (9 × 70) + (1 × 56) white balls out of 6, this can be done
= 2702 in (5C2 × 6C4) ways.
(ii) Clearly, men are in majority in only (I) (ii) By selecting 3 red balls out of 5 and 3
case as discussed above.

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Permutation and Combination 669

white balls out of 6, this can be done (i) Three par t icular student s join t he
in (5C3 × 6C3) ways. excursion party
(iii) By selecting 4 red balls out of 5 and 2 In t his case, we hav e t o choose 7
white balls out of 6, this can be done st udents f rom the remaining 22
in (5C4 × 6C2) ways. students. This can be done in 22C7 ways.
Since t he select ion of 6 balls can be (ii) Three particular students do not join
completed in any one of the above ways. the excursion party.
Hence, by the fundamental principle of In this case, we hav e to choose 10
addition, the total number of ways to select st udents f rom the remaining 22
the balls students. This can be done in 22C 10

.in
= (5C2 × 6C4) + (5C3 × 6C3) + (5C4 × 6C2) ways.
= (10 × 15) + (10 × 20) + (5 × 15) Hence, by the fundamental principle of
= 425 addition, the required number of ways
Ex. 79: In how many ways can a cricket team = 22C7 + 22C10 = 817190

ng
be selected from a group of 25 players Ex. 82: A boy has 3 library tickets and 8 books
containing 10 batsmen, 8 bowlers, 5 of his interest in the library. Of these
all rounders and 2 wicket keepers? 8, he does not want t o borr ow
Assume that the team of 11 players Chemistry Part II, unless Chemistry
requires 5 batsmen, 3 all-rounders 2 Part I is also borrowed. In how many

eri
bowlers and 1 wicket keeper. ways can he choose the three books to
Soln: The selection of team is divided into four be borrowed?
phases: [MAT–1999]
(i) Selection of 5 batsmen out of 10. This Soln: We have the following two possibilities:
can be done in 10C5 ways.
(ii) Selection of 3 all-rounders out of 5.
e (i) When Chemistry Part I is borrowed.
In t his case, t he boy may bor row
gin
This can be done in 5C3 ways. Chemistry Part II. So, he has to select
(iii) Selection of 2 bowlers out of 8. This now two books out of the remaining 7
can be done in 8C2 ways. books of his interest. This can be done

K KUNDAN
(iv) Selection of one wicket keeper out of in 7C2 ways.
2. This can be done in 2C1 ways. (ii) When Chemistry Part I is not borrowed.
The selection of team is completed by In this case, the boy does not want to
En

completing all the four phases. borrow Chemistry Part II. So, he has to
 By t he f undament al pr inciple of select three books from the remaining
multiplication, the team can be selected 6 books. This can be done in 6C3 ways.
in 10C5 × 5C3 × 8C2 × 2C1 = 141120 ways. Hence, by the fundamental principle of
arn

Ex. 80: A person wishes to make up as many addition, the required number of ways
different parties as he can out of his = 7C2 + 6C3 = 21 + 20 = 41
20 fr i ends such t hat each par t y Ex. 83: In how many ways can 7 plus (+) signs
consi sts of t he same num ber of and 5 minus (–) signs be arranged in a
persons. How many friends should he row so that no two minus (–) signs are
invite? together?
Le

Soln: Suppose he invites r friends at a time. Soln: The plus signs (+) can be arranged in only
Then the total number of parties is 20Cr . one way, because all are identical, as
We have to find the maximum value of shown below:
20
Cr, which is for r = 10.
+ + + + + + +
w.

We know [See Property (vii) in the section

Notation and Important Properties] that, A blank box in the above arrangement
n shows available space for the minus (–)
if n is even, then nCr is maximum for r = . signs. Since there are 7 plus signs (+),
2
ww

Hence, he should invite 10 friends at a the number of blank boxes is therefore 8.

time in order to form the maximum number The f ive minus signs are now t o be
of parties. arranged in the 8 boxes so that no two of
Ex. 81: From a class of 25 students, 10 are to them are together.
be chosen for an excursion party. There Now, 5 boxes out of 8 can be chosen in
8
are 3 students who decide that either C 5 ways. Since all minus signs ar e
all of them will join or none of them ident ical, so 5 minus signs can be
will join. In how many ways can they arranged in 5 chosen boxes in only one
be chosen? way.
Soln: We have the following possibilities: Hence, t he number of possible
arrangements = 1 × 8C5 × 1 = 56

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

670 Arithmetic

Ex. 84: In how many ways can 21 identical = Number of ways of selecting 2 out of n
books one English and 19 identical n (n  1)
books on Hindi be placed in a row on a = nC2 =
2
shelf so that two books on Hindi may Out of these lines, n lines are the sides of
not be together? the polygon.
Soln: In order that no two books on Hindi are  Number of diagonals of the polygon
together, we must first arrange all books
on English in a row. Since all English n (n  1) n (n  3)
= n 
books ar e identical, so t hey can be 2 2
arranged in a row in only one way as Ex. 88: A polygon has 44 diagonals. Find the

.in
shown below: number of its sides.
× E × E × E × E × E ..... × E × E × [FMS-DU–2002]
Here, E denotes the position of an English Soln: Let there be n sides of the polygon.
book and (×) that of a Hindi book. We know that the number of diagonals of

ng
Since, there are 21 books on English, the
number places mark (×) are therefore 22. n (n  3)
n-sided polygon is
Now, 19 books on Hindi are to be arranged 2
in these 22 places so that no two of them
are together. n (n  3)

eri
Therefore, = 44
Out of 22 places 19 places for Hindi books 2
can be chosen in 22C19 ways. or, n2 – 3n – 88 = 0
Since, all books on Hindi are identical, or, (n – 11) (n + 8) = 0
so, 19 books on Hindi can be arranged in or, n = 11 and -8 [ n > 0]
19 chosen places in only one way.
Hence the required number of ways
e  n = 11
Hence, there are 11 sides of the polygon.
gin
= 1 × 22C19 × 1 = 1540 Ex. 89: I f m par all el l i nes i n pl ane ar e
Ex. 85: For the post of 5 teachers, there are intersected by a family of n parallel lines.
23 applicants, 2 posts are reserved for Find the num ber of paral l el ogram s

K KUNDAN
SC candi dat es and t here are 7 SC form ed.
candidates among the applicants. In Soln: A parallelogram is formed by choosing two
how many ways can the selection be straight lines from the set of m parallel
En

m ade? lines and two straight lines from the set

Soln: Clearly, there are 7 SC candidates and 16 of n parallel lines.
other candidates. Two straight lines from the set of m
We have to select 2 out of 7 SC candidates parallel lines can be chosen in mC2 ways
arn

and 3 out of 16 other candidates. and two straight lines from the set of n
This can be done in 7C2 × 16C3 ways parallel lines can be chosen in nC2 ways.
 The number of ways of making t he Hence the number of parallelograms
selection = 7C2 × 16C3 = 11760 formed
m (m  1) n (n  1)
Application of Combinations in = mC2 × nC2 = 
Le

2 2
Geometrical Problems
mn (m  1)(n  1)
Ex. 86: How many triangles can be formed by =
4
joining the vertices of a hexagon?
Soln: There are 6 vertices of a hexagon.
w.

One triangle is formed by selecting a group

Mixed Problems on Permutations and
of 3 vertices from the given 6 vertices. Combinations
This can be done in 6C3 ways Ex. 90: Out of 7 consonants and 4 vowels, how
6! 6! many wor ds of 3 consonants and 2
ww

 Number of triangles = (6  3)!3!  3!3! = 20 vowels can be formed?

Ex. 87: How many diagonal s are ther e in a Soln: Three consonants out of 7 and 2 vowels
polygon with n sides? out of 4 can be chosen in 7C3 × 4C2 ways.
Soln: A polygon of n sides has n vertices. Thus there are ( 7C3 × 4C 2) groups each
By joining any two vertices of a polygon, containing 3 consonants and 2 vowels.
we obtain either a side or a diagonal of Since each gr oup cont ains 5 let t ers,
the polygon. which can be arranged among themselves
Number of line segments obt ained by in 5P5 = 5! ways.
joining the vertices of a n-sided polygon Hence the required number of words
taken 2 at a time = (7C3 × 4C2) × 5! = 25200

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Permutation and Combination 671

Ex. 91: How many four-let ter wor ds can be selected objects is immaterial whereas in
formed using the letters of the word permutation, the ordering is essential. For
FAILURE, so that example, (A), (B) and (B), (A) are same as
(i) F is included in each word? combinations but different as permutations.
(ii) F is not included in any word? ( i ii ) Practically to find the permutations of n
Soln: There are 7 letters in the word FAILURE. different things taken r at a time, we first
( i ) To include F in every four-letter word, select r items from n items and then arrange
we first select four letters from the 7 them. So, usually the number of permutations
letters of the word FAILURE such that exceeds the number of combinations.
F is included in every selection. This ( iv) Each combination corresponds to many

.in
can be done by selecting three letters permut at ions. For example, t he six
from the remaining 6 letters, A, I, L, permutations ABC, ACB, BCA, BAC, CBA
U, R and E in 6C3 ways. Now, there are and CAB corr espond t o the same
4 letters in each of 6C3 selections. combination ABC.
Consider one of these 6C 3 selections.

ng
Note: Generally, we use the word “arrangements”
This selection contains 4 letters which for permutations and the word “selections”
can be arranged in 4P4 = 4! ways. Thus, for combinations.
each of 6C3 selections provide 4! words. Ex. 93: How m any words can be form ed by
Hence the total number of words taking 4 letters at a time out of the

eri
= 6C3 × 4! = 480 letters of the word MATHEMATICS?
(ii) If F is not to be included in any word, [MAT–2005]
then we first select 4 letters from the Soln: There are 11 letters viz MM, AA, TT, H,
remaining 6 letters. This can be done E, I, C, S. All these letters are not distinct,
in 6C4 ways.
Now, ever y select ion has 4 let ter s
e so we cannot use nPr . We can choose 4
letters from the following ways:
gin
which can be arranged in a row in 4P4 (i) All the four distinct letters.
= 4! ways. (ii) Two distinct and two alike letters.
Hence, the total number of words (iii) Two alike of one kind and two alike

K KUNDAN
= 6C4 × 4! = 360. of another kind.
Ex. 92: How many five-letter words containing (i) All the four distinct letters: There
3 v owel s and 2 consonant s can be are 8 distinct letters viz M, A, T, H, E,
En

formed using the letters of the word I, C, S out of which 4 can be chosen in
8
‘EQUATION’ so that the two consonants C4 ways. So, the total number of groups
occur together? of 4 letters = 8C 4. Each such groups
Soln: There are 5 vowels E, U, A, I, O and 3 has 4 letters which can be arranged in
arn

consonant s Q, T, N in the given word (4P4 =)4! ways. Hence the total number
EQUATION. of words = 8C4 × 4! = 8P4 = 1680
3 vowels out of 5 and 2 consonants out of (ii) Two distinct and two alike letters:
3 can be chosen in (5C3 × 3C2) ways There are 3 pairs of alike letters viz.
Hence, there are ( 5C3 × 3C2) groups each MM, AA, TT, out of which one pair can
containing 3 vowels and 2 consonants. be chosen in 3C1 ways. Now we have
Le

Now, each group contains 5 letters which t o choose t wo let ter s out of the
are to be arranged in such a way that 2 remaining 7 different types of letters
consonants occur together. which can be done in 7C 2 ways. So,
Considering 2 consonants as one letter, the total number of groups of 4 letters
w.

we have 4 letters which can be arranged in which two are different and two are
in 4P4 = 4! ways. But 2 consonants can be alike in 3C1 × 7C2. Each such group has
put together in 2! ways. Therefore 5 letters 4 let t er s of which 2 are alike and
in each group can be arranged in 4! × 2! remaining two distinct and they can
ww

ways. 4!
Hence, the required number of words be arranged in ways. Hence the
2!
= (5C3 × 3C2) × (4! × 2!) = 1440 total number of words in which two
Difference between a Permutation and a letters are alike
Combination 4!
= 3C1 × 7C2 × = 756
2!
( i ) In combinat ion only selection is made
(iii) Two alike of one kind and two alike
whereas in permutation not only a selection
of other kind: There are 3 pairs of 2
is made but also an ar rangement in a
alike letters out of which 2 pairs can
definite order is considered.
be chosen in 3C 2 ways. So, there are
( i i) In a combinat ion, t he or der ing of t he

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

672 Arithmetic

3
C2 groups of 4 letters each. In each Hence, t he t otal number of words
group there are 4 letters of which 2 consisting of two alike letters of one
are alike of one kind and 2 are alike of type and 2 alike letters of second type
other kind. These 4 let t er s can be
4!
4! = 3C2 × 2! 2! = 18
arranged in ways. Hence, the total
2!2!
number of words in which two letters (iii) 2 alike and 2 different letters: Out
are alike of one kind and two alike of of 3 sets of two alike letters one set
other kind can be chosen in 3C1 ways. Now, from
4! the remaining 6 distinct letters, 2 letters

.in
= 3C2 × 2! 2! = 18 can be chosen in 6C 2 ways. Thus, 2
alike letters and 2 distinct letters can
From (i), (ii) and (iii), the total number of be selected in (3C1 × 6C2) ways. So, there
four-letter words are (3C1 × 6C2) groups of 4 letters each.
= 1680 + 758 + 18 = 2454

ng
Now, let t er s of each gr oup can be
Ex. 94: How many four-let ter wor ds can be
formed using the letter of the word 4!
ar ranged among t hemselves in
INEFFECTIVE? 2!
Soln: Ther e ar e 11 let t er s in t he wor d ways.

eri
INEFFECTIVE viz. EEE, FF, II, C, T, N, V. Hence, t he t otal number of words
The four-letter words may consist of: consisting of two alike letters and 2
(i) 3 alike letters and 1 distinct letter. distinct letters
(ii) 2 alike letters of one kind and 2 alike
4!
letters of the second kind.
(iii) 2 alike letters and 2 distinct letters.
e = 6C1 × 6C2 ×
2!
= 540
gin
(iv) all different letters. (iv ) All different letters: There are 7
Now we will discuss these four cases distinct letters E, F, I, T, N, V, C out of
one by one: which 4 can be selected in 7C4 ways.
(i) 3 alike letters and 1 distinct letter: So, there are 7C 4 groups of 4 letters

K KUNDAN
There is one set of three alike letters each. The letters in each of 7C4 groups
viz. EEE. So, three alike letters can be can be arranged in 4! ways. So, the
En

selected in one way. Out of t he 6 total number of four-letter words in

different letters F, I, T, N, V, C one which all letters are distinct = 7C4 × 4!
let ter can be select ed in 6C 1 ways. = 840
Thus, thr ee alike and one differ ent Hence, the total number of four-letter
letter can be selected in 1 × 6C1 = 6C1
arn

words
ways. So, there are 6C1 groups each of = 24 + 18 + 540 + 840 = 1422
which contains 3 alike letters and one
different letter. These 4 letters can be Derangement
4! If there are n different things and n assigned
arranged in 3!1! ways.
Le

places then total number of arrangements of n

Hence, t he t otal number of words different things such that none of the things goes
consisting of three alike and distinct to assigned places. This is called derangement.
letters Number of derangements
4!
w.

 1 1 1 1
= 6C1 × 3!1! = 6C1 × 4 = 24 = n !1    ... ( 1)n 
 1! 2! 3! n! 
(ii) 2 alike letters of one kind and 2 alike
letters of second kind: There are three Ex. 95: There are 4 letters and 4 addressed
sets of two alike letters viz. EE, FF, II. envelopes corresponding to each of the
ww

Out of these three sets 2 can be selected letters. Find the number of ways in
in 3C2 ways. So, there are 3C2 groups which all letters can be put in wrong
each of which contains 4 letters out of envelopes.
which 2 are alike of one type and two Soln: Required number of ways
are alike of second type. Now, 4 letters  1 1 1 1
= 4! 1    
in each group can be ar r anged in  1! 2! 3! 4! 
 4!  = 22 – 24 + 12 – 4 + 1 = 9
  ways.
 2! 2! 

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Chapter-35

Probability

.in
Introduction each suit, namely Spades, Clubs, Hearts and
Diamonds. Cards of spades and clubs are black
Historically, probability theory began with the study cards. Cards of hearts and diamonds are red cards.
of games of chance, such as roulette and cards.

ng
There are 4 honours of each suit. These are Aces,
Apart from games, uncertainty prevails in business Kings, Queens and Jacks. These are called face
and other aspects of life. cards.
“Probabilit y is a concept which numerically
measures the degree of uncertainty and therefore Sample Space

eri
of certainty of the occurrence of events.”
Before defining probability, we shall give certain The set of all possible outcomes in a r andom
concepts used therein. experiment is called a sample space and it is
generally denoted by S.
Experiment Each element of a sample space is called a

An operation which can produce some well-defined

e sample point.
Ex. 1: In t ossing a fair coin, t her e ar e t wo
gin
outcomes, is known as an experiment. possible outcomes, namely head (H) and
When we perform an experiment in science or t ail (T). So, t he sample space in t his
engineering and repeat the same under identical experiment is given by S = {H, T}
conditions, we get almost the same result every Ex. 2: When we throw a die it can result in any
time. of the six numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6. So the
En

But, t her e ar e exper iment s, which when sample space is given by

repeated under identical conditions, do not produce S = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6}
the same outcome every time. For example, if we Ex. 3: When two coins are tossed together, the
toss a fair coin, we may get a head or a tail. Now, sample space is
if we make further trials, ie, toss the coin again S = {HT, TH, HH, TT}
arn

and again the outcome of each trial depends on Here HT shows the head on the first coin
chance and it is not the same each time. Sometimes and t ail on t he second. Similarly, TH
the head appear and sometimes the tail. stands for tail on the first one and head
on the second; HH means head on each
Random Experiment
and TT means tail on each.
Le

If in each trial of an experiment conducted under Ex. 4: From a group of 3 boys and 2 girls we
identical conditions, the outcome is not unique, select two children. What would be the
but may be any of the possible outcomes then such sample space of this experiment? If we
an experiment is known as a random experiment. denote the boys as B1, B2, B3 and the girls
In a random experiment, the outcome of each as G 1, G 2 ; then the sample space is
w.

tr ial depends on chance which is beyond our described as

control and as such it cannot be predicted with S = { (B1, B2), (B1, B3), (B1, G1), (B1, G2),
certainty. (B2, B 3), (B 2, G 1), (B2, G2), (B3, G1),
For example, tossing a fair coin; rolling an (B3, G2), (G1, G2)}
ww

unbiased die; drawing card from a well-shuffled Ex. 5: A coin is tossed twice, if the second throw
pack of cards; picking up a ball of certain colour results in a tail, then a die is thrown.
from a bag containing balls different colours are Describe the sample space.
all examples of random experiments. Clearly, the sample space is given by
When we throw a coin, then either a Head (H) S = {HH, TH, HT1, HT2, HT3, HT4, HT5,
or a Tall (T) appears. HT6, TT1, TT2, TT3, TT4, TT5, TT6}
A die is a solid cube, having 6 faces, marked 1, Ex. 6: In a simultaneous toss of a die and a coin,
2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 respectively. In throwing a die, the sample space is
the outcome is the number that appears on the S = {(1, H), (2, H), (3, H), (4, H), (5, H), (6, H),
uppermost face. The plural of die is dice. (1, T), (2, T), (3, T), (4, T), (5, T), (6, T)}
A pack of cards has 52 cards. It has 13 cards of

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

674 Concept of Arithmetic

Important Point If   E, we say that the event E has occurred.

If we have a random experiment with m outcomes If   E, we say that the event E has not occurred.
x1, x2, x3, ...., xm and another with n outcomes y1, For example, if we throw a die, then
y 2, y 3 , . . . ., y n ; then t he sample space of t he S = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6}
experiment which consists of carrying out the two Let E be the event of getting an even number,
experiments together has (mn) outcomes. The then
sample space is {(xi, yi); 1  i  m and 1  i  n}.
E = {2, 4, 6}.
Ex. 7: In a simult aneous throw of two dice,
following are the possible (6 × 6 =) 36 Now, in a trial, let the outcome be 2. Since
2  E, so in this trial, the event E has occurred.

.in
outcomes.
{ (1, 1), (2, 1), (3, 1), (4, 1), (5, 1), (6, 1) In another trial, let the outcome be 5. Since
(1, 2), (2, 2), (3, 2), (4, 2), (5, 2), (6, 2) 5 E, so in this trial, the event E has not occurred.
(1, 3), (2, 3), (3, 3), (4, 3), (5, 3), (6, 3)
(1, 4), (2, 4), (3, 4), (4, 4), (5, 4), (6, 4) Equally Likely Events

ng
(1, 5), (2, 5), (3, 5), (4, 5), (5, 5), (6, 5)
The given events are said to be equally likely, if
(1, 6), (2, 6), (3, 6), (4, 6), (5, 6), (6, 6)}
none of them is expected to occur in preference to
Events the other.

eri
For example, if we roll an unbiased die, each
Any subset of a sample space is called an event. outcome is equally likely to happen.
For example, in a single throw of a die, the However, the die is so formed that a particular
event of getting a prime number is given by, face occurs most often, then the die is biased. So,
E = {2, 3, 5} in this case, the outcomes are not equally likely to
Clearly, the sample space, S = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6}
Evidently, E  S
e happen.
gin
Complementary Event
Impossible Event and Sure Event
In a random experiment, let S be the sample space
Let S be a sample space, since   S, so  is an and let E be an event. Then E  S. Clearly, Ec  S.

K KUNDAN
event, called an impossible event. Since S  S, So, Ec is also an event, called the complement of
so S is an event, called a sure event.
E. Sometimes we denote Ec by E or E. We call the
En

For example, in the throw of a die, sample space

S = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6}
event E as not-E. Clearly, E occurs when E does
Let E1 = event of getting a number less than 1.
And E2 = event of getting a number less than 7. not occur. Also, E occurs when E does not occur.
Clearly, the events E and ‘not-E’ are such that
Clearly, no outcome can be a number less than 1.
arn

only one of them can occur in a trial and at least

So, E 1 is an impossible event. Clear ly, each one of them must occur.
outcome is a number less than 7. So, E2 is a sure
event. Mutually Exclusive Events
Two events E 1 and E 2 are said to be mutually
Elementary and Composite Events
Le

exclusive, if E 1  E 2 = . In other words, such

An event containing only a single sample point is events where the occurrence of one precludes the
called an elementary or simple event. occur rence of t he ot her , ar e called mut ually
Ev ent s ot her t han element ar y ar e called exclusive events.
The events which are not mutually exclusive
w.

composite or compound or mixed events.

are known as compatible events.
For example, in a simultanoues toss of two
Ex. 8: In throwing a die, we have S = {1, 2, 3, 4,
coins, the sample space is, 5, 6}
S = {HT, TH, HH, TT} Let E1 = event of getting a number less
ww

Then, the event E1 = {TT} of getting both the than 3.

t ails is a simple ev ent . Also, t he ev ent And E2 = event of getting a number less
E2 = {HT, TH, TT} of getting at least one tail is a than 4.
compound event. Then, E1 = {1, 2} and E2 = {5, 6}
Clearly, E1  E2 = 
Occurrence of an Event So, E1 and E2 are mutually exclusive.
In a random experiment, let S be the sample space Ex. 9: Let us consider a simultaneous toss of two
and E  S, so that E is an event. coins.
Let  be an outcome of a trial. Then S = {HT, TH, HH, TT}

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Probability 675

Let E1 = event of getting heads on first Probability of an Event

coin = {HH, HT}
Suppose a bag contains 90 red balls and 10 white
And E2 = event of getting tails on second
balls, which are similar in shape and size. If the
coin = {HT, TT}
balls are thoroughly mixed and then one ball is
Clearly, E1  E2   drawn at random, it will be either red or white
So, E1 and E2 are compatible events. because number of red balls is more than the white
balls in the bag. Clearly, the ball drawn is more
Mutually Exclusive and Exhaustive likely to be red than white. We express it by saying
System of Events that the event of drawing a red ball has more

.in
probability than the event of drawing a white ball.
We say that the subsets E1, E2, E3, ... Ek of a sample To ev ery event associat ed wit h a r andom
space S form a mutually exclusive and exhaustive experiment we try to attach a numerical value
system of events, if called its probability in such a manner that for
(i) Ei  Ej = ; for i  j and any two events, the event which is more likely to

ng
(ii) E1  E2  ...  Ek = S happen has a higher value for the probability.
For example, consider t he exper iment of In a random experiment, let s be a sample space
drawing a card from a well-shuffled pack of 52 and let E  S. Then, E is an event.
cards. Let E1, E2, E3 and E4 be the events, ‘card The probability of occurrence of the event E is

eri
drawn is spades’, ‘card drawn is clubs’, ‘card drawn defined as
is heart s’ and ‘card dr awn is diamonds’
respectively. Number of outcomes favourable
As the card drawn is necessarily one of the to occurence of E
P(E) =
four types, so one of these events surely occurs. Number of all possible outcomes
Clearly, if one of these events occurs, the others
cannot occur. So, E1, E2, E3 and E4 form a mutually
e Number of distinct elements in E
gin
exclusive and exhaustive system of events. = Number of distinct elements in S

Independent Events n (E)

K KUNDAN
= n (S)
Two events are said to be independent, if the
occurr ence of one does not depend upon the
En

occurrence of the other. Odds in Favour of an Event and Odds

The event s which are not independent ar e Against an Event
known as dependent events.
Suppose we toss to unbiased coins. If the number of ways in which an event can occur
Let E1 = event of occurrence of head on first be m and the number of ways in which it does not
arn

coin. occur be n, then

And E2 = event of occurrence of head on second m
coin. (i) odds in favour of the event = and
Clearly, the occurrence of head on second coin n
does not depend upon the occurrence of head on n
Le

first coin. So E1 and E2 are independent events. (ii) odds against the event = .
m
Algebra of Events
Important Results on Probability
In a random experiment, let the sample space be
I. In a random experiment, if S is the sample
w.

S. Let E  S and F S. Then, E as well as F is an

event. space, and E is an event, then
We say that (i) P(E)  0; ie probability of occurrence of
(i) (E  F) is an event that occurs only when an event is always non-negative.
ww

each one of E and F occurs ie it denotes (ii) P() = 0; ie probability of occurrence of an

the event of simultaneous occurrence of both impossible event is 0.
the events E and F. (iii) P(S) = 1; ie probability of occurrence of a
(ii) (E  F) is an event that occurs only when E sure event is 1.
occurs or F occurs or both occur. II. If E and F are mutually exclusive events, then
ie it denotes the events of occurrence of at (i) P(E  F) = 0 and
least one of the events E and F. (ii) P(E  F) = P(E) + P(F)
Note: (a) For mutually exclusive events E
(iii) (E – F) denotes the occurrence of event E
and F, we have
but not F.
P(E or F) = P(E  F) = P(E) + P(F)

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

676 Concept of Arithmetic

(b) If E 1, E 2, . . . , E k are mut ually Soln: Clearly, the sample space is

exclusive events, then S = {HHH, HHT, HTH, THH, TTH, THT,
P(E1  E2 E3  ...  Ek) HTT, TTT}
Let E1, E2, E3, E4 and E5 be the events of
= P(E1) + P(E2) + P(E3) + ... + P(Ek)
getting all heads; two heads; one head; at
III. If E and F are two mutually exclusive and least one head and at least two heads
exhaustive events, then P(E) + P(F) = 1. respectively.
IV. Let E be any event and E be its complementary Th en , E 1 = {HHH}
E 2 = {HHT, HTH, THH}
event, then P( E ) = 1 – P(E) E 3 = {HTT, THT, TTH}

.in
V. If E is an event associated with a random E 4 = {HTT, THT, TTH, HHT,
experiment then 0  P(E)  1. HTH, THH, HHH} and
E 5 = {HHT, HTH, HHH}
Ex. 10: Find the probability of getting a head
in a throw of a coin. n (E1 ) 1 n (E 2 ) 3

ng
 P(E1) =  ; P(E ) =  ;
Soln: Here, sample space, S = {H, T} n (S) 8 2 n (S) 8
Event of getting heads, E = {H}
Clearly, n(S) = 2 and n(E) = 1 n (E 3 ) 3 n (E 4 ) 7
 Probability of getting a head is given by P(E3) =  ; P(E ) =  ;
n (S) 8 4 n (S) 8

eri
n (E) 1
P(E) = n (S)  2 n (E5 ) 4 1
and P(E5) =  
n (S) 8 2
Ex. 11: In a simultaneous throw of two dice,
find the probability of getting a total Ex. 14: What is the probability that a number

Soln:
of 7.
We know that in a throw of two dice the e selected from the numbers 1, 2, 3, ...,
24, 25, is a prime number, when each
gin
total number of possible outcomes is (6 × of the given numbers is equally likely
6 =) 36. to be selected?
Thus, if S is the sample space, then n(s) Soln: Sample space, S = {1, 2, 3, 4, ... 24, 25}

K KUNDAN
= 36 Let E be the event of selecting a prime
Let E be the event of getting a total of 7. number
En

Then, E = {(1, 6), (2, 5), (3, 4), (4, 3), (5, 2), Then, E = {2, 3, 5, 7, 11, 13, 17, 19, 23}
(6, 1)} n (E) 9
Thus, n(E) = 6  P(E) = n (S)  25
n (E) 6 1 Ex. 15: Ti ckets numbered from 1 t o 20 are
 P(a total of 7) = n (S)  36  6
arn

mixed up together and then a ticket is

Ex. 12: A coi n is tossed successi v el y three drawn at random . What i s the
times. Find the probability of getting probabi l i ty t hat the ti cket has a
exactly one head or two heads. number which is a multiple of 3 or 7?
Soln: Let S be the sample space. Then, Soln: Clearly, the sample space S has 20 points.
Le

S = {HHH, HHT, HTH, THH, TTH, THT, Let E be the event of getting a multiple of
HTT, TTT} 3 or 7.
Let E be the event of getting exactly one Then E = {3, 6, 9, 12, 15, 18, 7, 14}
head or exactly two heads.  P(a multiple of 3 or 7)
Then, E = {HHT, HTH, THH, HTT, THT,
w.

n (E) 8 2
TTH} = P(E) = n (S)  20  5
Clearly, n(E) = 6 and n(S) = 8
Ex. 16: One card is drawn from a pack of 52
n (E) 6 3 car ds, each of t he 52 car ds bei ng
 P(E) = n (S)  8  4
ww

equally likely to be drawn. Find the

Ex. 13: Three unbiased coins are tossed. What probability that
is the probability of getting (i) the card drawn is red;
(i) all heads (ii) the card drawn is king;
(ii) two heads (iii) the card drawn is red and a king;
(iii) one head (iv) the card drawn is either red or a
(iv) at least one head king.
(v) at least two heads? Soln: Let S denote the sample space. Then n(S)
= 52
(i) Let E1 be the event of drawing a red card.

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Probability 677

Since the number of red cards is 26, we Ex. 19: A bag contains 8 red and 5 white balls.
have n(E1) = 26 Three balls are drawn at random. Find
the probability that
n (E1 ) 26 1
 P(a red card) = P(E1) =   (i) all the three balls are white;
n (S) 52 2 (ii) all the three balls are red;
(ii) Let E2 be the event of drawing a king. (iii) one ball is red and two balls are
Since the number of kings is 4, we have white.
n(E2) = 4 Soln: Total number of balls = (8 + 5) = 13
Let S be the sample space. Then
n (E 2 ) 4 1
 P(a king) = P(E2) =   n(S) = number of ways of select ing 3

.in
n (S) 52 13 balls out of 13
(iii) Let E3 be the event of drawing a red card 13! 13  12  11
which is a king. Since the number of red = 13
C3 = (13  3)!3!  3  2  1 = 286
kings is 2, we have n(E3) = 2

ng
(i) Let E1 be the event of getting 3 white balls.
n (E3 ) 2 1 Th en ,
 P(a red king) = P(E3) =  
n (S) 52 26 n(E1) = number of ways of selecting 3 balls
(iv) Let E4 be the event of drawing a red card out of 5

eri
or a king. 5! 54
Clearly, there are 26 red cards (including = C3 = (5  3)!3!  2
5
= 10
2 red kings) and there are 2 more kings.
Thus, n(E4) = (26 + 2 =) 28  P(getting 3 white balls)
 P(a red card or a king) n (E1 ) 10 5
n (E 4 ) 28 7
= P(E4) = n (S)  52  13 e = n (S)  286  143
gin
(ii) Let E2 be the event of getting 3 red balls.
Ex. 17: What is the probability that a leap year Th en ,
n(E2) = Number of ways of selecting

K KUNDAN
select ed at r andom wi ll cont ain 53
Sundays? 3 balls out of 8
Soln: A leap year cont ains 366 days and 8! 876
En

therefore 52 weeks and 2 days. Clearly, = 8C3 = (8 - 3)!3!  3  2 = 56

there are 52 Sundays in 52 weeks.
For the remaining 2 days, they may be:  P (getting 3 red balls)
(i) Sunday and Monday
n (E2 ) 56 28
(ii) Monday and Tuesday =  
arn

(iii) Tuesday and Wednesday n (S) 286 143

(iv) Wednesday and Thursday (iii) Let E3 be the event of getting 1 red and 2
(v) Thursday and Friday white balls.
(vi) Friday and Saturday Th en ,
(vii) Saturday and Sunday n(E3) = (number of ways of selecting 1 ball
Le

Now, for having 53 Sundays in the year, out of 8) × (number of ways of

one of the above 2 days must be Sunday. selecting 2 balls out of 5)
Thus, out of the above 7 possibilities, 2 = 8C1 × 5C2 = 8 × 10 = 80
favour the event that one of the two days  P(getting 1 red and 2 white balls)
is a Sunday.
w.

n (E3 ) 80 40
2 =  
 required probability = n (S) 286 143
7
Ex. 18: A bag contains 9 black and 12 white Ex. 20: Two cards are drawn at random from
balls. One ball is drawn at random. a pack of 52 car ds. What i s t he
ww

What is the probability that the ball probability that the drawn cards are
drawn is black? both aces?
Soln: Total number of balls = (9 + 12 =) 21 Soln: Let S be the sample space. Then,
Thus, if S is the sample space, then n(S) n(S) = number of ways of select ing 2
= 21C1 = 21 cards out of 52
And, if E is the event of getting a black
52! 52  51
ball, then n(E) = 9C1 = 9 = 52
C2 = (52  2)!2!  = 1326
2
n (E) 9 3
 P(getting a black ball) = n (S)  21  7 Let E be the event of getting both the aces.
Th en ,

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

678 Concept of Arithmetic

n(E) = number of ways of selecting aces Hence,

out of 4
Number of cases favourable to E
4! 43 P(E) =
Total number of outcomes
= 4
C2 = (4  2)!2!  2 = 6
3
 P(both aces) =
8
n (E ) 6 1 Ex. 23: Three dice are thrown together. Find
= P(E) = n (S)  1326  221
the probability of getting a total of at
Ex. 21: In a lottery of 50 tickets numbered 1 to least 6.

.in
50, t wo t ickets are drawn Soln: Since the three dice are thrown, the total
simultaneously. Find the probability number of points in the sample space (S)
that is (6 × 6 × 6 =) 216.
(i) both the tickets drawn have prime Let E = event of getting a total of at least
6.

ng
numbers;
(ii) none of the tickets drawn has prime Then, E = event of getting a total of less
numbers. than 6 ie 3 or 4 or 5
Soln: Let S be the sample space. Then,
n(S) = number of ways of select ing 2  E = {(1, 1, 1), (1, 1, 2), (1, 2, 1), (2, 1, 1),

eri
numbers out of 50 (1, 1, 3), (1, 3, 1), (3, 1, 1), (1, 2, 2),
(2, 1, 2), (2, 2, 1)}
50! 50  49
= C2 = (50  2)!2! 
50
2 = 1225  n( E ) = 10

(i) Prime numbers between 1 to 50 are:

2, 3, 5, 7, 11, 13, 17, 19, 23, 29, 31, 37,
e So, P(not E) = P( E ) =
n (E )

n (S) 216
10
gin
41, 43, 47  P(E) = 1 – P(not E)
Their number is 15.
 20  206 103
Let E be the event of getting both prime = 1   

K KUNDAN
numbers  216  216 108
Then, n(E) = number of ways of selecting Ex. 24: Six dice are thrown simultaneously.
En

2 numbers out of 15. Find the probability that

(i) all of them show the same face.
15! 15  14
= 15
C2 = (15  2)!2!  = 105 (ii) all of them show different faces.
2 (iii) Exactly thr ee of them show the
 P(getting both prime) sam e face and r em aining t hree
arn

show different faces.

n (E ) 105 21
= P(E) = n (S)  1225  245 (iv) at least four of them show the
same face.
(ii) Number of non-primes from 1 to 50 Soln: Since the 6 dice are thrown, the total
= (50 – 15) = 35 number of points in the sample space (S)
Le

Let F be the event of getting both non- is 6 × 6 × 6 × 6 × 6 × 6 = 66

prime numbers. (i) Let E1 = event of getting all dice having
Then, n(F) = number of ways of selecting the same face.
2 numbers out of 35. Here, all dice show the same face means
we are getting same number on all six
w.

35! 35  34 dice.
= 35
C2 = (35  2)!2!  2 = 595
Then, n(E1) = number of ways of selecting
 P(getting both non-prime) 1 number out of 6 = 6C1
 P(getting all the dice having the same
ww

n (F ) 595 11
= P(F) = n (S)  1225  35 n (E1 ) 6 C1 6 1
face) =  6  6  5
n (S) 6 6 6
Ex. 22: The odds in favour of an event are 3 : (ii) Let E2 = event of getting all dice showing
5. Find the probability of occurrence of different faces
this event. Then, n(E 2) = t he tot al number of
Soln: Let E be the event. arrangements of 6 numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5,
Then, the number of cases: 6 by taking all at a time
(i) favourable to occurrence of E = 3
(ii) against the occurrence of E = 5 6!
 total number of outcomes = 8 = 6P6 = (6  6)! = 6!

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Probability 679

 P(getting all the dice having different

n (E 4 )
n (E 2 ) 6!  required probability = n (S )
faces) = n (S)  6
6
(iii) Let E3 = event of getting three of the dice 6 5 6!   6 5 6!  6
 C1  C2     C1  C1    C1
showing same face and remaining three =  4!   5!
showing different faces 66
Then n(E 3) = The number of ways in
Ex. 25: The digits 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9
which three dice show the same face and
are written in random order to form a
the remaining three show distinct faces
nine-digit number. Find the probability

.in
6! that this number is divisible by 4.
= 6C1 × 5C3 × Soln: Let S be the sample space. Then
3!
n(S) = number of arrangements of the given
[Select a number which occurs on three
numbers taken all at a time

ng
dice out of 6 numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6.
= 9P9 = 9!
This can be done in 6C1 ways. Now select
Let E = event of getting nine-digit numbers
three numbers out of the remaining 5
divisible by 4.
numbers. This can be done in 5C3 ways.
Out of the these 9! numbers only those
Now we have 6 numbers like 1, 2, 3, 4, 4,

eri
numbers are divisible by 4 which have
4; 2, 3, 6, 1, 1, 1 et c. These can be
their last digits as even natural number
6! and the numbers formed by their last two
arranged in ways. Hence the number digits are divisible by 4.
3!
The various possibilities of last two digits
of ways in which three dice show the
same face and the remaining three show
e are 12, 32, 52, 72, 92, 24, 64, 84, 16, 36,
56, 76, 96, 28, 48, 68.
gin
distinct faces, by fundamental principle
This means t hat t here ar e 16 ways of
6 5 6!  choosing the last two digits. Corresponding
of multiplication, is  C1  C3  

K KUNDAN
 3!  to each of these ways the remaining 7 digits
 required probability can be arranged in 7P7 = 7! ways.
Therefore, the total number of nine-digit
En

6 6! numbers divisible by 4 is 16 × 7!
C1  5C3 
n (E 3 ) 3!  n(E) = 16 × 7!
= n (S) 
66 16  7! 2
 required probability = 
(iv) Let E4 = event of getting at least 4 of the 9! 9
arn

dice having the same face. Ex. 26: A four-digit number is formed with the
Now, at least four of them show the same digits 1, 3, 4, 5 with no repetition. Find
face means t he chance t hat ( i) t he num ber i s
(a) Four dice show the same f ace and divisible by 5 and (ii) the number is odd.
remaining 2 show distinct faces. This Soln: Let S be the sample space. Then
Le

n(S) = the total number of ways in which

can be done in 6 C1  5C2  64!! ways. four-digit number can be formed is 4P4
= 4! = 24
(b) Fiv e dice show t he same f ace and (i) Let E1 = event of getting numbers divisible
remaining one shows a different face. by 5.
w.

The number is divisible by 5 if its unit’s

This can be done in 6 C1  5C1  65!! place is 5. Therefore, unit’s place can be
filled in 1 way, the remaining 3 places
ways.
can be filled with other three digits in
ww

(c) All the six dice show same face. This

(3P3 =)3! ways. Hence the number of ways
can be done in 6C1.
of forming the number divisible by 5 is
By the fundamental principle of addition,
= 3! = 6
required number of arrangements
 n(E1) = 6
6 5 6!   6 5 6!  n (E1 ) 6 1
=  C1  C2     C1  C1    required probability = n (S)  24  4
 4!   5!
(ii) Let E2 = event of getting odd numbers
6 5 6!  
6 5 6! 
6
 n(E4) =  C1  C 2  4!    C1  C1  5!   C1 To form odd numbers, the unit’s place can
   
be filled with 1, 3, or 5 ie in ( 3P 1 =) 3

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

680 Concept of Arithmetic

ways. The remaining three places can 2 boxes and this can be done in 29 ways.
then be filled with other digits in (3P3 =)3! Hence the total number of ways
ways. = (12C3 × 29)
Hence the number of ways in which the  n(E) = 12C3 × 29
odd numbers can be formed is 3 × 3! = 18 12
 n(E2) = 18 n (E) C3  29
 required probability = 
n (S) 312
n (E 2 ) 18 3
 required probability = n (S)  24  4 Ex. 29: In shuffling a pack of 52 playing cards,
four are accidently dropped; find the
Ex. 27: What is the probability that four S’s chance that the missing cards should

.in
come consecut i vel y i n the wor d be one from each suit.
‘MISSISSIPPI’? Soln: Let S be the sample space. Then
Soln: Let S be the sample space. Then n(S) = The total number of ways in which
n(S) = The total number of words that can 4 cards can be selected out of 52

ng
be f or med by per muting t he 11 cards = 52C4
letters of the word ‘MISSISSIPPI’. Let E = Event of getting the missing cards
11! that should be one from each suit.
= 4! 4! 2!1! There are 4 suits and each suit contains

eri
13 cards.
Let E = event of getting such words in Hence the number of ways of selecting 4
which four S’s come consecutively. cards, 1 from each suit
Since the sequence of 4 consecutive S’s = (13C1 × 13C1 × 13C1 × 13C1)
may start either from the first place or  n(E) = (13C1 × 13C1 × 13C1 × 13C1)
second place, . . . ., or eight h place.
Therefore, there are 8 possible ways in
e 13 C1 4  2197
gin
which 4 S’s can come consecutively and  required probability = 52
C4 20825
in each case the remaining 7 letters viz
 7! 

K KUNDAN
MIIIPPI can be arranged in   ways. Addition Theorems on Probability
 4! 2!1! 
Thus the total number of ways in which So f ar we hav e calculat ed t he pr obabilit y of
En

occurrence of an event by using the definition only.

 7!  But sometimes it is not convenient to find the
4 S’s can come consecutively =  8  
 4! 2!1!  number of cases favourable to the occurrence of an
event due to which the computation of probability
 7!  from the definition only is not possible. In such
arn

 n(E) =  8  4! 2!1!  cases we calculate the probability of the event from

 
known pr obabilit ies of ot her ev ents. This is
n (E ) possible only when the given event is expressible
 required probability = n (S)
as the union of two or more events.
For example, in the random experiment of
Le

7! 11! 4 drawing 2 cards from a well shuffled pack of 52

= 8  4! 2!1!  4! 4! 2!1!  165 cards the event “getting both red cards or both
kings”, can be expressed as the union of two events
Ex. 28: Twelve ball s ar e di stri buted am ong
viz.
three boxes. What is the probability
E : getting two red cards.
w.

that the first box will contain 3 balls?

F : getting two kings.
Soln: Let S be the sample space. Then
In t his art icle we intend t o discuss some
n(S) = The number of ways in which 12
theorems to find the probability of the union of
balls can be placed in 3 boxes
two or more events.
ww

= Since each ball can go to any one

(i) Theorem-I: (Addition theorem for two events)
of the three boxes there are 3 ways
if E and F are two events associated with a random
in which a ball can go to any one
experiment, then
of the three boxes. Thus there are
312 ways in which 12 balls can be
P(E  F) = P(E) + P(F) – P(E  F)
Corollary: If E and F are mutually exclusive
placed in 3 boxes.
events, then
Let E = event getting first box that will
P(E F) = 0
contain 3 balls.
P(E  F) = P(E) + P(F)
Number of ways in which 3 balls out of
This is t he addit ion theorem for mut ually
12 can be put in the first box is 12C3. Now
exclusive events.
the remaining 9 balls one to be placed in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Probability 681

(ii) Theorem-II: (Addition theorem for three n(F) = number of ways of select ing 2
events) if E, F, G are three events associated with kings out of 4 kings
a random experiment, then = 4C2 = 6
P(E F G) = P(E) + P(F) + P(G) - P(E F) – n(E  F) = number of ways of selecting 2
P(F G) - P(E G) + P(E F G) red kings out of 2 red kings
Corollary: If E, F, G are mutually exclusive = 2C2 = 1
events, then
n (E ) 325
P(E F) = P(F G) = P(E G) = P(E F G) = 0 Hence, P(E) = n (S)  1326
 P(E F G) = P(E) + P(F) + P(G)
This is the addition theorem for three mutually
n (F ) 6 1

.in
exclusive events. P(F) = n (S)  1326  221 and
Ex. 30: A card is drawn at random from a well-
shuffled deck of 52 cards. Find the
probability of its being a spade or a n (E  F ) 1
P(E  F) = 
n (S ) 1326

ng
king.
Soln: Let S be the sample space. Then  P(both red or both kings)
n(S) = number of ways of selecting one = P(E or F) = P(E  F)
card out of 52 cards = P(E) + P(F) - P(E  F)
52!

eri
(By addition theorem)
= 52C1 = (52  1)!1! = 52
 325 1 1  330 55
Let E = event of getting a spade =     
And F = event of getting a king  1326 221 1326  1326 221
Then, E  F = events of getting a king of Ex. 32: A basket contains 20 apples and 10
spade
e
Clearly, n(E) = 13, n(F) = 4 and n(E F) = 1
oranges out of which 5 apples and 3
oranges are defective. If a person takes
gin
out 2 at random what is the probability
n (E ) 13 1 that either both are apples or both are
 P(F) = n (S)  52  4
good?

K KUNDAN
Soln: Let S be the sample space. Then,
n (F ) 4 1 n(S) = number of ways of selecting 2 out
P(F) = n (S)  52  13 and
En

of 30

n (E  F ) 1 30! 30  29
P(E F) =  = C2 = (30  2)! 2! 
30
2
n (S ) 52
 P(a spade or a king) = 15 × 29 = 435
arn

= P(E or F) = P(E  F) Let E = event of getting both apples.

= P(E) + P(F) - P(E  F) And F = event of getting both good items.
(By addition theorem) Then, E  F = event of getting 2 good
apples.
1 1 1  16 4 n(E) = number of ways of select ing 2
=     
Le

 4 13 52  52 13 apples out of 20

4 20! 20  19
 P (a spade or a king) = = 20
C2 = (20  2)! 2!  2 = 190
13
Ex. 31: Two cards are drawn at random from Ther e ar e 8 def ectiv e pieces and the
w.

a well-shuffled pack of 52 cards. What remaining 22 are good.

is the probability that either both are n(F) = number of ways of selecting 2 good
red or both are kings? items out of 22
Soln: Let S be the sample space. Then,
ww

22! 22  21
n(S) = number of ways of selecting 2 cards = 22
C2 = (23  2)! 2!  2 = 231
out of 52 cards
= 52C2 = 1326 There are only (20 - 5 =) 15 good apples.
Let E = event of getting both red cards n(E  F) = number of ways of selecting 2
And, F = event of getting both kings good apples out of 15
Then, (E  F) = event of getting two red
15! 15  14
kings = 15
C2 = (15  2)!2!  2 = 105
 n(E) = number of ways of selecting 2
cards out of 26 red cards
= 26C2 = 325

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

682 Concept of Arithmetic

n (E ) 190 And F = {(3, 6), (6, 3), (4, 5), (5, 4)}
Hence, P(E) = n (S)  435 ; Clearly E  F = . So, E and F are mutually
exclusive.
n (F ) 231
P(F) = n (S)  435 and n (E ) 6 1
 P(E) = n (S)  36  6 and

n (E  F ) 105
P(E  F) =  n (F ) 4 1
n (S ) 435 P(F) = n (S)  36  9
 P(both apple or both good)
So, P(a doublet or a total of 9)

.in
= P(E or F) = P(E  F)
= P(E or F) = P(E  F)
= P(E) + P(F) - P(E  F)
= P(E) + P(F)
[By addition theorem]
[ E and F are
 190 231 105  mutually exclusive]
=    

ng
 435 435 435  1 1 5
=   
 6 9  18
 190  231  105  316  P(neither a doublet nor a total of 9)
=  
 435  435 = 1 - P(a doublet or a total of 9)

eri
Ex. 33: Two di ce ar e tossed once. Fi nd t he
 5  13
probability of getting an even number = 1  
on first die or a total of 8.  18  18
Soln: Let S be the sample space. Then, Ex. 35: A di e is t hrown t wi ce. What is t he
n(S) = 6 × 6 = 36 probability that at least one of the two
Let E = event of getting an even number
e Soln:
throws comes up with the number 4?
Let S be the sample space. Then,
gin
on first die
And, F = event of getting a total of 8 n(S) = 6 × 6 = 36
Then, E  F = event of getting an even Let E1 = the event that the first throw
number on first die and a total of 8 shows 4.

K KUNDAN
Now, E = {(2, 1), (2, 2), (2, 3), (2, 4), And, E2 = the event that the second throw
(2, 5), (2, 6), (4, 1), (4, 2), (4, 3), (4, 4), (4, shows 4.
En

5), (4, 6), (6, 1), (6, 2), (6, 3), (6, 4), (6, 5),  E1  E2 = the event showing 4 in each
(6, 6)} thr ow.
F = {(2, 6), (6, 2), (3, 5), (5, 3), (4, 4)} Then, E1 = {(4, 1), (4, 2), (4, 3), (4, 4),
and E  F = {(2, 6), (6, 2), (4, 4)} (4, 5), (4, 6)};
 n(E) = 18, n(F) = 5 and n(E  F) = 3 E 2 = {(1, 4), (2, 4), (3, 4), (4, 4),
arn

(5, 4), (6, 4)}

n (E ) 18 1
Hence, P(E) = n (S)  36  2 ; and E1  E2 = {(4, 4)}
 n(E1) = 6, n(E2) = 6 and n(E1  E2) = 1

n (F ) 5 6 1
P(F) = n (S)  36 and Hence, P(E1) = 
Le

36 6
6 1
n (E  F ) 3 1 P(E2) =  and
P(E  F) =   36 6
n (S) 36 12
1
w.

 P(even number on first die or a total 8) P(E1  E2) =

36
= P(E or F) = P(E  F)
= P(E) + P(F) – P(E  F)  P(at least one 4) = P(E1 or E2)
= P(E1  E2)
1 5 1  20 5 = P(E1) + P(E2) - P(E1  E2)
ww

=     
 2 36 12  36 9
1 1 1  11
Ex. 34: In a single throw of two dice, find the =    
 6 6 36  36
probability that neither a doublet nor
a total of 9 will appear. Ex. 36: A card is drawn from a deck of 52
Soln: Let S be the sample space. Then, cards. Find the probability of getting
n(S) = 6 × 6 = 36 a king or a heart or a red card.
Let E = the event of getting a doublet. Soln: Let S be the sample space. Then,
And, F = the event of getting a total of 9. n(S) = number of selecting 1 card out of
Then E = {(1, 1), (2, 2), (3, 3), (4, 4), 52.
(5, 5), (6, 6)} = 52C1 = 52

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Probability 683

Let E, F, G be the events of getting a king, 13 13

a heart and a red card respectively. C4 C4
P(E3) = 52 and P(E4) = 52
Th en , C4 C4
n(E) = number of ways of selecting 1 king
It is clear t hat E 1 , E 2 , E 3 and E 4 ar e
out of 4
mutually exclusive events
= 4C1 = 4
 P (getting all the 4 cards of the same
n(F) = number of ways of selecting 1 heart
suit)
out of 13
= P(E1 or E2 or E3 or E4) = P(E1) + P(E2)
= 13C1 = 13
+ P(E3) + P(E4)
n(G) = number of ways of selecting a red

.in
card out of 26  13
C 4 
= 26C1 = 26 =  4 

52
C 4 
Clearly, (E  F); (E  G); (F  G) and
(E  F  G) are the events of getting ‘a
 13  12  11  10 4  3  2 1 
= 4  

ng
king of heart’, ‘a king of red card’, ‘a heart 
and a red card’ and ‘a king of heart and  4  3  2 1 52  51  50  49 
red card’ respectively.
44
 n(E F) = 1; n(E G) = 2; n(F G) = 13 =
and n(E F G) = 1 4165

eri
4

1 13 1
 ; Conditional Probability
Hence, P(E) = ; P(F) =
52 13 52 4
Let E and F be two events associated with a random
26 1 experiment. Then, the probability of occurrence of
P(G) =  ;
52 2
e
E under the condition that F has already occured
and P(F)  0, is called the conditional probability
gin
1 2 1 and it is denoted by P(E/F).
P(E  F) = ; P(E G) =  ; Thus, P(E/F) = Probability of occurrence of E given
52 52 26
that F has already occurred.

K KUNDAN
13 1 Similarly, P(F/E) = Probability of occurrence of F
P(F G) =  given that E has already occured.
52 4
En

Sometimes, P(E/F) is also used to denote the

1 probability of occurrence of E when F occurs.
and P(E F G) = Similarly, P(F/E) is used to denote the probability
52
 P(a king or a heart or a red card) of F when E occurs.
= P(E or F or G) = P(E  F G) Following examples will illust rat e v ar ious
arn

= P(E) + P(F) + P(G) – P(E F) – P(F G) meanings of these notations.
– P(E G) + P(E F  G) Ex. 38: Suppose a bag contains 5 white and 4
red balls. Two balls are drawn from
 1 1 1 1 1 1 1  the bag one after the other without
=        
 13 4 2 52 4 26 52  replacement. Consider the following
events.
Le

28 7 E = event of drawing a white ball in the

= 
52 13 first draw
Ex. 37: Four cards are drawn at a time from F = event of drawing a red ball in second
a pack of 52 playing cards. Find the draw
w.

probability of getting all the four cards Now, P(F/E) = Probability of drawing a
of the same suit. red ball in second draw given that a white
Soln: Let S be the sample space. ball has already been drawn in the first
Then, n(S) = number of ways of selecting draw.
ww

4 out of 52 Since 8 balls are left after drawing a white

= 52C4 ball in first draw and out of these 8 balls,
Let E1, E2, E3, E4 be the events of getting 4 balls are red, therefore,
‘all spades’, ‘all clubs’, ‘all hearts’ and ‘all 4
C1 4 1
diamonds’ respectively. P(F/E) = 8
 
Then, n(E 1) = 13 C 4 ; n(E 2 ) = 13C 4 ; n(E 3 ) C1 8 2
= 13C4 and n(E4) = 13C4 Note that P(E/F) is not meaningful in this
13 13 experiment because E cannot occur after
C4 C4 the occurrence of F.
Hence, P(E1) = 52 ; P(E2) = 52
C4 C4

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

684 Concept of Arithmetic

Ex. 39: Consider an experiment of throwing a Multiplication Theorems on Probability

pair of dice.
Let E and F be the events given by Let E and F be two events associated with the
E = the sum of points is 8 same random experiment. Then,
F = there is an even number on first die. P(E  F) = P(E) × P(F/E); where P(E)  0
Th en , or
E = {(2, 6), (6, 2), (3, 5), (5, 3), (4, 4)} and P(E  F) = P(F) × P(E/F); where P(F)  0
F = {(2, 1), (2, 2), (2, 3), (2, 4), (2, 5), Note: (i) By definition of conditional probability,
(2, 6), (4, 1), (4, 2), (4, 3), (4, 4), we have
(4, 5), (4, 6), (6, 1), (6, 2), (6, 3), n (E  F ) n (E  F )

.in
(6, 4), (6, 5), (6, 6)} P(F/E) = n (E ) and P(E/F) = n (F )
E  F = {(2, 6), (6, 2), (4, 4)}
 n(E  F) = 3 (ii) Extension of Multiplication Theorem: If
A1, A2, ..., A n are n events related to a random
n (E ) 5 experiment, then P(A1 A2 A3 ... An) = P(A1) ×

ng
 P(E) = n (S)  36 and
P(A2/A1) × P(A3/A1 A2) ... P(An/A1 A2 ... An-1);
where P(A i /A 1  A 2  .. .  A i-1 ) r epr esent s the
n (F ) 18 conditional probability of the event A i , given that
P(F) = n (S)  36 the events A1, A2, ..., Ai-1 have already happened.

eri
Ex. 41: A bag contains 10 white and 15 black
Now, P(E/F) = Probability of occurrence
balls. Two balls are drawn in succession
of E when F occurs.
wit hout r epl acem ent . What i s the
= Probability of get ting 8 as the sum
pr obabil i t y t hat fi rst is whi t e and
when there is an even number on first
die.
e Soln:
second is black?
Consider the following events:
gin
n (E  F ) 3 A = event of getting a white ball in first
=  [ n(E  F) =3]
n (E ) 5 draw
B = event of getting a black ball in second
Ex. 40: A die is thrown twice and the sum of

K KUNDAN
draw
t he num bers appear ing is obser ved
Required probability = Probability of getting
t o be 6. What i s the condit i onal
a white ball in first draw and black ball
En

probabi l i ty t hat the num ber 4 has

in second draw
appeared at least once?
= P(A and B) = P(A  B)
Soln: Consider the events:
= P(A) × P(B/A) ... (i)
E = number 4 appears at least once.
F = the sum of the numbers appearing is 6. n ( A ) 10 C1 10 2
Now, P(A) = n (S)  25  
arn

Th en , C1 25 5
E = {(4, 1), (4, 2), (4, 3), (4, 4), (4, 5), (4, 6), And P(B/A) = Probability of getting a black
(6, 4), (5, 4), (3, 4), (2, 4), (1, 4)} ball in second draw when a white ball
 n(E) = 11 has already been drawn in first drawn.
and, 15
C1
15 5
Le

F = {(1, 5), (2, 4), (3, 3), (4, 2), (5, 1)} =  
24
 n(F) = 5 C1 24 8
(E  F) = {(2, 4), (4, 2)} From (i), required probability
 n(E  F) = 2
2 5 1
The required probability = P(A B) = P(A) × P(B/A) =  
w.

5 8 4
n (E  F ) 2 Ex. 42: Find the pr obabi l it y of drawi ng a
= P(E/F) = 
n (F ) 5 di am ond card i n each of t he t wo
Note: It is to note here that in Ex. 38 consecutive draws from a well-shuffled
ww

only P(F/E) is meaningful whereas in Ex. pack of cards, if the card drawn is
39 P(E/F) and P(F/E) both are meaningful. not replaced after the first draw.
This is due to the reason that in Ex. 38 Soln: Let E = event of drawing a diamond card
events E and F are subsets of two different in the first draw
sample spaces and they occur one after and F = event of dr awing a diamond
the other whereas in Ex. 39, events E card in the second draw
and F are subsets of the same sample space Then, required probability
and they can occur together also. = P(E F) = P(E) × P(F/E) ... (i)
13
C1 13 1
 
 P(E) = 52
C1 52 4

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Probability 685

After drawing a diamond card in first draw After drawing 3 white balls in first draw
51 cards are left out of which 12 cards 5 + 8 - 3 =) 10 balls are left in the bag, out
are diamond cards. of which 8 are black balls
 P(F/E) = Pr obabilit y of drawing a 8
diamond car d in second draw when a C3 56 7
 P(F/E) = 10
 
diamond card has already been drawn in C3 120 15
first draw
Hence, required probability
12
C112 4 = P(E  F) = P(E) × P(F/E)
= 51 

C1 51 17 5 7 7
 

.in
Now, from (i), =
143 15 429
1 4 1 Ex. 45: Two balls drawn from an urn containing
P(E  F) = P(E) × P(F/E) =  
4 17 17 2 white, 3 red and 4 black balls one by
Ex. 43: A bag contains 19 tickets, numbered one without replacement. What is the

ng
from 1 to 19. A ticket is drawn and probability that at least one ball is
then another ticket is drawn without red?
replacement. Find the probability that Soln: Let E = event of not getting a red ball
both tickets will show even numbers. in first draw

eri
Soln: Let E = event of dr awing an even And F = event of not getting a red ball
numbered ticket in first draw in second draw
And, Then, required probability
F = event of drawing an even numbered = Probability that at least one ball is red
ticket in the second draw. = 1 – Probability that none is red
Th en ,
e = 1 - P(E and F)
= 1 - P(E  F)
gin
Required probability
= P(E  F) = P(E) × P(F/E) ... (i) = 1 - P(E) × P(F/E) ... (i)
Since there are 19 tickets, numbered 1 to Now, P(E) = Probability of not getting a
red ball in first draw

K KUNDAN
19, in the bag but of which 9 are even
numbers viz 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18. = Probability of getting an other colour
(white or black) ball in first draw
9
En

Therefore, P(E) = 6 2
19 
Since the ticket drawn in the first draw =
9 3
is not replaced, therefore, second ticket When another colour ball is drawn in first
drawn is from the remaining 18 tickets, draw there are 5 other colour (white or
arn

out of which 8 are even numbered. black) balls and 3 red balls, out of which
8 4 one other colour ball can be drawn in
 P(F/E) =  (5C1 =) 5 ways.
18 9
Hence, required probability 5
= P(E  F) = P(E) × P(F/E)  P(F/E) =
8
Le

9 4 4 From (i), required probability

=   = 1 - P(E) × P(F/E)
19 9 19
Ex. 44: An urn contains 5 white and 8 black 2 5 7
= 1  
w.

balls. Two successive drawings of three 3 8 12

balls at a time are made such that the Ex. 46: If A and B are two events such that
balls are not replaced before the second P(A) = 0.4, P(B) = 0.8 and P(B/A) = 0.6,
draw. Find the probability that the find P(A/B) and P(A  B).
fir st dr aw gi v es 3 whit e bal ls and
ww

second draw gives 3 black balls. P(A  B)

Soln: Let E = event of drawing 3 white balls Soln: We know that P(B/A) = P(A)
in the first draw
 P(A  B) = P(A) × P(B/A)
And F = event of drawing 3 black balls
= (0.4 × 0.6) = 0.24
in the second draw
Required probability P(A  B) 0.24
= P(E  F) = P(E) × P(F/E) ... (i) So, P(A/B) = P(B) = 0.8 = 0.3
5
C3 10 5 And, P(A  B) = P(A) + P(B) - P(A  B)
Now, P(E) = 13
 
C3 286 143 = (0.4 + 0.8 - 0.24) = 0.96

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

686 Concept of Arithmetic

Ex. 47: A die is rolled. If the outcome is an odd Ex. 50: A die is thrown twice and the sum of the
number, what is the probability that it numbers appearing is observed to be 7.
is prime? What is the conditional probability that
Soln: When a die is rolled the sample space is the number 2 has appeared at least
S = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6} once?
Let E = event of getting an odd number Soln: Let E = the event of getting the sum 7.
And, F = event of getting a prime number and, F = the event of getting at least one 2.
Then, E = {1, 3, 5}; F = {2, 3, 5} and Then, E = {(1, 6), (2, 5), (3, 4), (4, 3),
E  F = {3, 5} (5, 2), (6, 1)}
and, F = {(1, 2), (2, 2), (3, 2), (4, 2),
3 1 3 1

.in
 P(E) =  , P(F) =  and (5, 2), (6, 2), (2, 1), (2, 3),
6 2 6 2 (2, 4), (2, 5), (2, 6)}
Then, E  F = {(2, 5), (5, 2)}
2 1
P(E  F) =  Now, we have to find P(F/E)
6 3

ng
P(E  F) 2 1
Suppose E has already occurred and then  P(F/E) =  
P(E) 6 3
F occurs.
Then, we have to find P(F/E) Ex. 51: Two unbiased dice are thrown. Find the
probabi l i ty t hat the sum is 8 or

eri
P(E  F)  1 2  2 greater, if 4 appears on the first die.
Now, P(F/E) =   
P(E) 3 1 3 Soln: Let E = the event of getting 4 on the first
die
Ex. 48: Three fair coins are tossed. Find the
and, F = the event of getting the sum 8
probability that they are all tails, if
or greater
Soln:
one of the coins shows a tail.
Here S = {HHT, HTH, THH, HTT, THT,
e  E = {(4, 1), (4, 2), (4, 3), (4, 4), (4, 5),
(4, 6)
gin
TTH, HHH, TTT}
and, F = {(4, 4), (4, 5), (4, 6), (5, 4), (5, 5),
Let E = event that one of the coins shows
(5, 6), (6, 2), (2, 6), (3, 5), (3, 6), (5, 3), (6,
a tail
3), (6, 4), (6, 5), (6, 6)}

K KUNDAN
and, F = event that they are all tails
 E  F = {(4, 4), (4, 5), (4, 6)}
Then, E = {HHT, HTH, THH, HTT, THT,
 required probability
TTH, TTT}
En

and F = {TTT} P(E  F) 3 1

= P(F/E) =  
Clearly, E  F = {TTT} P(E) 6 2
7 1 1 Ex. 52: I n a cl ass 40% st udents r ead
 P(E) = , P(F) = and P(E  F) = mathemat ics, 25% biol ogy and 15%
8 8 8
arn

bot h mathem atics and bi ology. O ne

P(E  F)  1 8  1 student is selected at random. Find the
So, P(F/E) =   
P(E) 8 7 7 probability that
Ex. 49: A coin is tossed t wice and the four (i) he reads mathematics, if it is known
possible outcomes are assumed to be that he reads biology;
Le

equally likely. If E is the event ‘both (ii) he reads biology, if it is known that
head and tail have appeared’ and F be he reads mathematics.
the event, ‘at most one tail is observed’, Soln: Let E = the event of reading mathematics
find P(E), P(F), P(E/F) and P(F/E). and F = the event of reading biology
w.

Soln: Here S = {HH, HT, TH, TT} 40 2 25 1

E = {HT, TH} and F = {HH, HT, TH} Then P(E) =  ; P(F) = 
100 5 100 4
 E  F = {HT, TH}
15 3
2 1 3 and P(E  F) = 
ww

So, P(E) =  ; P(F) = and 100 20

4 2 4
P(E  F)  3 4  3
 (i) P(E/F) =   
2 1 P(F)  20 1  5
P(E  F) = 
4 2
P(E  F)  3 5  3
P(E  F)  1 4  2 (ii) P(F/E) =   
   P(E)  20 2  8
 P(E/F) = P(F) 2 3 3
Ex. 53: A bag contains 5 white, 7 red and 8
black balls. If four balls are drawn one
P(E  F)  1 2 
And, P(F/E) =     1 by one without replacement, what is
P(E) 2 1 the probability that all are white?

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Probability 687

Soln: Let A, B, C, D denote events of getting a remaining cards is 49 and there remains
white ball in first, second, third and fourth only one ace.
draw respectively.
1
Then, required probability  on the fourth draw, P(an ace) =
= P(A  B C D) 49
= P(A) × P(B/A) × P(C/A  B) Hence,
× P(D/A B C) ... (i)
 1 1 1 1  1
Now, P(all aces) =     
P(A) = Probabilit y of dr awing a whit e  13 17 25 49  270725
Ex. 55: A box contains 3 red and 5 blue balls.
5 1

.in
ball in first draw =  Two balls are drawn one at a time at
20 4 random without replacement. Find the
When a white ball is drawn in the first probability of getting 1 red and 1 blue
draw there are 19 balls left in the bag, out ball.
of which 4 are white Soln: 1 red and 1 blue ball can be obtained in 2

ng
ways; either (1st red ball and 2nd blue
4
 P(B/A) = ball) or (1st blue ball and 2nd red ball).
19 Case I: Initially, there are 8 balls in all,
Since t he ball drawn is not replaced, out of which 3 are red.

eri
therefore, after drawing a white ball in
3
second draw there are 18 balls left in the C1 3
 P(1st ball red) = 8

bag, out of which 3 are white. C1 8
3 1 Since replacement is not being made, after
 P(C/A  B) =
18 6


e the first draw, we have 7 balls in all, out

of which 5 are blue.
gin
After drawing a white ball in third draw
there are 17 balls left in the bag, out of 5
C1 5
which 2 are white.  P(2nd ball blue) = 7

7

K KUNDAN
C1
2
 P(D/A B C) = Hence, P(1st ball red and 2nd ball blue)
17
En

Hence, required probability  3 5  15

=   
= P(A  B C D)  8 7  56
= P(A) × P(B/A) × P(C/A  B) Case II: Initially there are 8 balls in all
× P(D/A B C) out of which 5 are blue.
arn

1 4 1 2  1 5
=       P(1st ball blue) =
 4 19 6 17  969 8
Ex. 54: Four cards are drawn successively one Since replacement is not being made, after
after the other from a well-shuffled the first draw, we have 7 balls in all, out
pack of 52 cards. If the cards are not of which 3 are red
Le

replaced, find the probability that all

of them are aces. 3
 P(2nd ball red) =
7
4 1
Soln: On first draw, P(an ace) =  Hence, P(1st ball blue and 2nd ball red)
52 13
w.

Since the card drawn is not replaced, the 5 3 15

=  
second card is drawn from the remaining 8 7 56
51 cards. Also, one ace has already been Now, the above two cases are mutually
drawn, there are now three remaining exclusive
ww

aces.  P(1 red ball and 1 blue ball)

3 1  15 15  15
 on second draw, P(an ace) =  =   
51 17  56 56  28
Now, there remain 50 cards containing 2
aces. Independent Events
2 1 Events are said to be independent, if the occurrence
 on third draw, P(an ace) =  or non-occur r ence of one does not af f ect the
50 25
probability of the occurrence or non-occurrence of
Af ter the thir d dr aw, t he number of
the other.

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

688 Concept of Arithmetic

Suppose a bag contains 6 white and 3 red balls. Ex. 57: A can solve 90% of the problems given
Two balls are drawn from the bag one after the in a book and B can solve 70%. What
other. Consider the events: is the probability that at least one of
E = drawing a white ball in first draw them will solve a problem, selected at
F = drawing a red ball in second draw random from the book?
If the ball drawn in the first draw is not replaced Soln: Let E = t he ev ent t hat A solv es t he
back in the bag, then events E and F are dependent pr oblem
events because P(F) is incr eased or decreased And, let F = the ev ent t hat B solves
according as the first draw results as a white or the problem
red ball. If the ball drawn in first draw is replaced Clearly, E and F are independent events

.in
back in the bag, then E and F are independent 90 9
events because P(F) remains same whether we get Now, P(E) =  and
100 10
a white ball or a red ball in first draw ie
70 7
P(F) = P(F/E) and P(F/ E ) P(F) = 

ng
100 10
It is evident from the above discussion that if E
and F are two independent events associated with By addit ion t heor em f or independent
a random experiment, then events, we have
P(E/F) = P(E) and P(F/E) = P(F) and vice-versa. P(E  F) = 1  P ( E )  P ( F ) ... (i)

eri
Multiplication Theorems for Independent  9  1
 P(E )  1   and
Events  10  10
 7  3
Theorem-I: If E and F are independent events P(F )  1  
associated with a random experiment, then
P(E  F) = P(E) × P(F)
e  10  10
or, P(E or F) = P(E  F)
gin
Theorem-II: If E1, E2, E3, ... En are independent  1 3  97
events associated with a random experiment, then = 1    = 0.97
 10 10  100
P(E1  E2  E3  ...  En) = P(E1) × P(E2) × ... ×
Alternative Method:

K KUNDAN
P(En)
From the above, we have
Addition Theorem For Independent
En

9 7
Events P(E) = and P(F) =
10 10
Theorem: If E1, E2, ..., En are n independent events  P(E  F) = P(E) × P(F)
associated with a random experiment, then  9 7  63
P(E1  E2 E3 ... En) =   
arn

 10 100  100
= 1  P(E1 )  P(E2 )  ...  P(En ) [ E and F are independent events]
Ex. 56: An unbiased die is tossed twice. Find Hence, P(E or F) = P(E  F)
the probability of getting a 4, 5 or 6 on = P(E) + P(F) – P(E  F)
the first toss and a 1, 2, 3 or 4 on the
 9 7 63  97
Le

second toss. =     = 0.97

Soln: Let E = event of getting a 4, 5 or 6 on  10 10 100  100
the first toss Ex. 58: The probability that A hits a target is
and, F = event of getting a 1, 2, 3 or 4 1
on the second toss.   and the probability that B hits it
w.

3
Then, clearly, E and F are independent
2 
events. is   . What is the probability that
Sample space in each case is 5 
S = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6} the target will be hit, if each one of A
ww

and B shoots at the target?

3 1 4 2 Soln: Let E = the event that A hits the target
P(E) =  and P(F) = 
6 2 6 3 and F = the event that B hits the target
Hence, P(getting a 4, 5 or 6 on first toss 1 2
and a 1, 2, 3 or 4 on 2nd toss) As given, we have P(E) = and P(F) =
3 5
= P(E  F)
Clearly, E and F are independent events.
1 2 1
= P(E) × F(F) =      P(target is hit) = P(A hits or B hits)
2 3 3 = P(E  F)
(By mult iplication t heor em f or
independent events) = 1  P(E)  P(F)

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Probability 689

(By the addition theorem for independent

= P(E) × P( F ) + P(F) × P( E )
events)
 1 2  1 4 1 6  10 2
or, P( E ) = 1 – P(E) = 1    and =      
 3 3  7 5 5 7  35 7
 2 3 (iii) P(none of them will be selected)
P( F ) = 1 – P(F) = 1    = P[(not-E) and (not-F)]
 5 5
= P[(E  F )  P(E)  P(F )
2 3 2 3
 P(target is hit) = 1      1   [ E and F being independent,
3 5 5 5

.in
Alternative Method: E and F are independent]
1 2 2  6 4  24
P(E  F) = P(E) × P(F) =  
3 5 15 =   
 7 5  35
(By multiplication theorem for independent

ng
(iv) P(at least one of them will be selected)
events) = 1 – P(none will be selected)
 P(target is hit) = P(A hits or B hits)
= P(E  F) = P(E) + P(F) - P(E  F)  24  11
= 1  
1 2 2  9 3  35  35

eri
=     
 3 3 15  15 5 Ex. 60: A speaks truth in 75% and B in 80% of
Ex. 59: A husband and a wife appear in an the cases. In what percentage of cases
interview for two vacancies in the same are they likely to contradict each other
post . The pr obabil i t y of husband’ s narrating the same incident?
1
sel ect i on   and t hat of wife’ s
7  e Soln:
[BSRB Chennai PO–2005; ATMA–2006]
Let E = the event that A speaks the truth.
gin
And let F = t he ev ent t hat B speaks
1  the truth.
select ion is   . What i s t he
5 

K KUNDAN
probability that Then, E = the event that A tells a lie,
(i) both of them will be selected? and F = the event that B tells a lie
(ii) only one of them will be selected?
En

Clearly, E and F are independent events.

(iii) none of them will be selected?
(iv) at l east one of t hem wi l l be Hence, E and F as well as E and F are
selected? independent
[MAT–2005]
75 3
arn

Soln: Let E = the event that the husband is Now, P(E) =  and
selected 100 4
and, F = t he event that t he wif e is
80 4
select ed P(F) = 
Clearly, E and F are independent events. 100 5
 3 1
Le

1 1  P( E ) = 1    and
Now, P(E) = and P(F) =  4 4
7 5
1 6  4 1
 P( F ) = 1   
 P( E ) = 1    and  5 5
 7 7
w.

 P(A and B contradict each other)

 1 4
P( F ) = 1    = P[(A speaks the truth and B tells a
 5 5 lie) or (A tells a lie and B speaks the
(i) P(both of them will be selected) truth)]
ww

= P(E and F) = P(E  F) = P(E) × P(F)

= P[(E  F )  (E  F )]
1 1 1
=  
7 5 35 = P[(E  F )  (E  F )]
(ii) P(only one of them will be selected)
= P(E and not-F) or P(F and not-E) [ P[(E  F )  (E  F )  ]
= P[(E  F )  (F  E)] = P(E) × P( F ) + P( E ) × P(F)
= P[(E  F )  (F  E)] 3 1 1 4 7
=     
 4 5 4 5  20
[ P[(E  F )  (F  E  )]

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

690 Concept of Arithmetic

Hence, the percentage of t he cases in

 1 2
which A and B contradict each other  P( A ) = 1   
 3 3
 7 
=   100 % = 35%
 20   2 5
Ex. 61: A problem is given to three students P( B ) = 1    and
 7 7
1 1
whose chances of solving it are ,  3 5
2 3
P( C ) = 1   
1  8 8
and r especti v el y. What i s t he
4  The probability that exactly one of them

.in
probability that the problem will be will solve it
solved? = P{[A  (not-B)  (not-C)] or [(not-A) 
Soln: Let E1, E2, E3 be the respective events of  B (not-C) or [not-A) (not-B) C]}
solving the problem and, E1 , E2 , E3 be = P{(A B  C )  ( A B C )  ( A  B C)}

ng
the respective events of not solving the
problem. = P{(A B  C ) + ( A B C ) + ( A  B C)}
Then, E 1 , E 2 and E 3 are independent
[  (A B  C )  ( A B C ) 
events.

eri
( A  B C) = ]
 E1 , E2 and E3 are independent events.

1 1 1 = P(A) × P( B ) × P( C ) + P( A ) × P(B) × P( C )
Now, P(E1) = ; P(E2) = and P(E3) =
2 3 4 + P( A ) × P( B ) × P(C)

 1 1
 P( E1 ) = 1    e 1 5 5 2 2 5 2 5 3
=          
gin
 2 2 3 7 8 3 7 8 3 7 8

 1 2  25 5 5  75 25
P( E2 ) = 1    =     

K KUNDAN
and
 3 3  168 42 28  168 56
Ex. 63: Three groups of children contain 3 girls
1 3
En

 and 1 boy; 2 girls and 2 boys; 1 girl

P( E3 ) = 1   
 4 4 and 3 boys respectively. One child is
 P(none solves the problem) selected at random from each group.
= P[(not E1) and (not E2) and (not E3)] Find the chance that the three selected
comprise 1 girl and 2 boys.
arn

= P( E1  E2  E3 ) = P( E1 ) × ( E2 ) × ( E3 )
Soln: Let B1, B2, B3 be the events of selecting a
[ E1 , E2 and E3 are independent] boy from first, second and third group
respectively. And let G1, G2 and G3 be the
1 2 3 1 events of selecting a girl from first, second
=     and third group respectively.
2 3 4 4
Le

1
Hence, P(the problem will be solved) C1 1
Then, P(B1) = 
= 1 – P(none solves the problem) 4
C1 4
 1 3
= 1    2
C1 2 1
w.

 4 4  
P(B2) = 4 4 2
Ex. 62: The probabilities of A, B, C solving a C1
1 2 3
problem are , and respectively. 3
3 7 8 C1 3

ww

P(B3) = 4 4
If all the three try to solve the problem C1
simultaneously, find the probability
3
that exactly one of them will solve it. C1 3
P(G1) = 4

Soln: Let A, B and C be the events of solving C1 4
the problem A, B and C respectively.
2
C1 2 1
Then, A , B , C are the respective events P(G2) = 4
 
C1 4 2
of not solving the problem by them
1
1 2 3 C1 1
Now, P(A) = ; P(B) = and P(C) = P(G3) = 4

3 7 8 C1 4

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Probability 691

 P(1 girl and 2 boys) 3

C1 3
= P[(G1  B2  B3) or (B1 G2  B3) P(red from second bag) = 10

10 and
or, (B1  B2  G3)] C1
= P(G1  B2 B3) + P(B1  G2  B3) 7
C1 7
+ P(B1  B2  G3) P(black from second bag) = 10

= P(G1) × P(B2) × P(B3) + P(B1) × P(G2) C1 10
× P(B3) + P(B1) × P(B2) × P(G3)  P(two black balls and one red ball)
3 1 3 1 1 3 1 1 1 = P[(1 red from first and 2 black from
=           second) or (1 black from first and 1 red
4 3 4 4 2 4 4 2 4
and 1 black from second)]

.in
 9 3 1  13 = P(1 red from first and 2 black from
=    
 32 32 32  32 second) + P(1 black from first and 1
Ex. 64: A bag contains 4 white and 2 black red and 1 black from second)
balls. Another contains 3 white and 5 = P[(1 red from first) × P(2 black from

ng
black balls. If one ball is drawn from second)] + [P(1 black from first) × P(1
each bag, find the probability that red and 1 black from second)]
(i) both are white; = P[(1 red from first) × P(2 black from
(ii) both are black; second)] + [P(1 black from first) × P(1

eri
(iii) one is white and one is black. red and 1 black from second)]
Soln: (i) P(both balls are white) 7
= P[(white ball from first bag) and (white 4 C2 5 3 C1  7 C1
=  10
  10
ball from second bag)] 9 C2 9 C2
= P(White ball from first bag) × P (White
ball from second bag)
4 3 1 e =
 4 7 6   5 3 7
   
 9 10  9   9 10  9

 2

gin
=     28 7  63 7
6 8 4    
=
(ii) P(both balls are black)  135 27  135 15

K KUNDAN
= P[(black ball from first bag) and (black Ex. 66: A bag contains 4 red and 3 black balls.
ball from second bag)] A second bag contains 2 red and 4 black
= P(black ball from first bag) × P(black ball
En

balls. One bag is selected at random.

from second bag) Fr om t he sel ected bag, one bal l i s
2 5 5 drawn. Find the probability that the
=    ball drawn is red.
 6 8  24
1
arn

(iii) P(one white ball and one black ball) Soln: Probability of choosing first bag =
= P[(black ball from first bag and white 2
from second) (Choosing 1 out of 2).
or, (whit e f r om f ir st and black f rom Probability of drawing a red ball from this
second)] 4
C1 4
= P(black f rom fir st and whit e fr om bag = 
Le

7 7
second) + P(white from first and black C1
from second) P(Choosing first bag and drawing a red
 2 3   4 5   1 5  13 1 4 2
=          ball from it) =    
 6 8   6 8   8 12  24 2 7 7
w.

Ex. 65: A bag contains 4 red and 5 black balls

1
and bag B contains 3 red and 7 black Probability of choosing second bag =
balls. One ball is drawn from bag A 2
and t wo from bag B. Find the Probability of drawing a red ball from this
ww

probability that out of 3 balls, two are 2

black and one is red. C1 2 1
bag = 6
 
[MAT–1998] C1 6 3
Soln: Clearly, we have:
P(Choosing second bag and drawing a red
4
C1 4
P(red from first bag) = 9
 1 1 1
C1 9 ball from it) =    
2 3 6
5
C1 5
P(black from first bag) =  2 1 19
9
C1 9  P(a red ball) =  
7 6 42

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

692 Concept of Arithmetic

Ex. 67: A, B and C shoot to hit a target. If A And, let F = the event of drawing 3 black
hits the target 4 times in 5 trials; B balls in second draw.
hits it 3 times in 4 trials and C hits it When the balls are replaced before the
2 t i m es i n 3 tr i als; what i s the second trial, E and F are independent
probability that the target is hit by at events.
least 2 persons?  Required probability
[MAT–2009] = P(E  F) = P(E) × P(F)
Soln: Let A, B and C be the events that A hits 5 8
the target, B hits the target and C hits the C3 C3 10 56
= 13
 13
 
target respectively. C3 C3 286 286

.in
Th en ,
140
4 3 2 =
P(A) = , P(B) = , P(C) = 20449
5 4 3
Note: Also see the Ex. 44. Ex. 44 is an

ng
 4 1  3 1 example of condit ional pr obabilit y,
P( A ) = 1    , P( B ) = 1    and whereas the above example is the case of
 5 5  4 4
independent events.
 2 1
P( C ) = 1    The Law of Total Probability

eri
 3 3
Case I: P(A, B and C all hit the target) Let S be the sample space and E1, E2, ..., En be n
= P(A  B  C) mut ually exclusiv e and exhaustiv e ev ent s
= P(A) × P(B) × P(C) associated with a random experiment. If E is any
event which occurs with E1 or E2 or E3 or .... or En,
4 3 2 2
=    
5 4 3 5
e then
gin
P(E) = P(E1) P(E/E1) + P(E2) P(E/E2) + ... +
Case II: P(A and B hit but not-C) P(En) P(E/En)
= P(A B  C ) The law of total probability as stated above say
that if an event E can occur in n mutually exclusive

K KUNDAN
= P(A) × P(B) × P ( C ) ways, then the probability of occurrence of E is
the sum of the probabilities of various ways.
En

4 3 1 1
=     Ex. 69: A bag contains 4 red and 3 black balls.
5 4 3 5 A second bag contains 2 red and 4 black
Case III: P(A and C hit but not-B) balls. One bag is selected at random.
Fr om t he sel ected bag, one bal l i s
= P(A  C  B )
drawn. Find the probability that the
arn

= P(A) × P(C) × P( B ) ball drawn is red.

Soln: A red ball can be drawn in two mutually
4 2 1 2
exclusive ways:
=    
 5 3 4  15 (I) Selecting bag I and then drawing a
Case IV: P(B and C hit but not-A) red ball from it.
Le

(II) Selecting bag II and then drawing a

= P( B  C  A )
red ball from it.
= P(B) × P(C) × P( A ) Let E1, E2 and E denote the events defined
as follows:
3 2 1 1
=    
w.

E1 = Selecting bag I
 4 3 5  10 E2 = Selecting bag II
All t he abov e cases being mut ually E = Drawing a red ball
exclusive, we have the required probability Since one of the two bags is select ed
2 1 2 1  5 randomly,
ww

=     
 5 5 15 10  6 1 1
Ex. 68: An urn contains 5 white and 8 black therefore P(E1) = and P(E2) =
balls. Two successive draws of three 2 2
balls at a time are made such that the Now, P(E/E1) = Probability of drawing a
balls are replaced before the second r ed ball when t he f ir st bag has been
trial. Find the probability that the first chosen.
drawi ng wil l gi v e 3 whi t e and t he 4
second 3 black balls. = (Since first bag contains 4 red and
7
Soln: Let E = the ev ent of drawing 3 white
balls in first draw 3 black balls)

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Probability 693

and P(E/E 2) = Probability of drawing a Ex. 71: In a bolt factory, machines A, B and C
red ball when t he second manufacture respectively 25%, 35% and
bag has been selected. 40% of the total bolts. Of their output
2 5%, 4% and 2% ar e respect i vel y
= (Since the second bag contains 2 defect i ve bol ts. A bol t i s dr awn at
6
red and 4 black balls) random from the product. If the bolt
Using the law of total probability, we have drawn is found to be defective, what is
P(red ball) = P(E) the probability that it is manufactured
= P(E1) P(E/E1) + P(E2) P(E/E2) by the machine B?
Soln: Let E1, E2, E3 and E be the events defined

.in
 1 4 1 2  19 as follows:
=     
 2 7 2 6  42 E1 = the bolt is manufactured by machine A
Ex. 70: In a bolt factory, machines A, B and C E2 = the bolt is manufactured by machine B
manufacture respectively 25%, 35% and E3 = the bolt is manufactured by machine C

ng
40% of the total bolts. Of their output E = the bolt is defective.
5%, 4% and 2% ar e respect i vel y Th en ,
defect i ve bol ts. A bol t i s dr awn at P(E 1) = Probability that the bolt drawn is
random from the product. What is the manufactured by machine A

eri
pr obabil i t y t hat t he bol t dr awn i s 25
defective? =
100
Soln: Let E1, E2, E3 and E be the events defined
as follows: P(E 2) = Probability that the bolt drawn is
E1 = the bolt is manufactured by machine A manufactured by machine B
E2 = the bolt is manufactured by machine B
E3 = the bolt is manufactured by machine C
e =
35
gin
100
E = the bolt is defective. Then,
P(E 3) = Probability that the bolt drawn is
25 1 35 40 manufactured by machine C
 ; P(E ) =

K KUNDAN
P(E1) = 2
; P(E3) =
100 4 100 100 40
P(E/E1) = Probability that the bolt drawn =
100
En

is defective given the condition P(E/E1) = Probability that the bolt drawn
that it is manufactured by is def ect ive giv en t hat is
machine A manufactured by machine A
5 5
= =
arn

100 100
4 4
Similarly, P(E/E2) = and Similarly, P(E/E2) = and
100 100
2
2 P(E/E3) =
P(E/E3) = 100
100
Le

Using the law of total probability, we have Now, required probability = Probability that
P(E) = P(E 1 ) P(E/E 1) + P(E 2) P(E/E 2 ) + the bolt is manufactured by machine B
P(E3) P(E/E3) given that the bolt drawn is defective
P(E 2 ) P(E/E 2 )
w.

 25 5   35 4   40 2 
=        or, P(E2/E) =
 100 100   100 100   100 100  P(E1 ) P(E/E1 )  P(E 2 ) P(E/E 2 )
 P(E 3 ) P(E/E 3 )
= 0.0345
ww

Baye’s Rule 35

4
Let S be the sample space and E1, E2, ..., En be n 100 100
= 25 5 35 4 40 2
mut ually exclusiv e and exhaustiv e ev ent s     
associated with a random experiment. If E is any 100 100 100 100 100 100
event which occurs with E1 or E2 or, ... or En, then
140 140 28
=  
P(Ei ) P(E/E i ) 125  140  80 345 69
P(Ei/E) = n ; where i = 1, 2, ..., n


i n
P(Ei ) P(E/E i )

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

694 Concept of Arithmetic

Ex. 72: Three boxes contain 6 red, 4 black; 4 Ex. 73: A dice is thrown 6 times. If “getting an
red, 6 black and 5 red, 5 black balls odd number” is a “success”, then find
r espect iv ely. O ne of t hese boxes i s the probability of 5 “successes”.
selected at random and a ball is drawn [MAT–1998]
from it. If the ball drawn is red, then Soln: In this question, a random experiment is
find the probability that it is drawn performed 6 times.
from the first box.  n = 6
[MAT–1998] p = probability of getting an odd number
Soln: Let E1, E2, E3 and E be the events defined
3 1
as follows: in one throw = 

.in
E1 = box first is chosen 6 2
E2 = box second is chosen [Since there are 3 odd numbers (1, 3, 5)
E3 = box third is chosen and out of 6 numbers (1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6) on the
E = ball drawn is red dice.]
q = probability of non-occurrence of an

ng
Since there are three boxes and one of
the three boxes is chosen at r andom,  1 1
therefore odd number in one throw = 1   
 2 2
1 Since, here, “getting an odd number” is
P(E1) = P(E2) = P(E3) =

eri
called a “success”
3
Hence r = 5 (required number of getting
If E1 has already occurred, then box first successes)
has been chosen which contains 6 red  Required probability = nCr pr qn-r
and 4 black balls. The pr obabilit y of

drawing a red ball from it is

6
.
e =
6 1 1
C5    
5

 2  2
6 5
1 1
 6    
2
3
2 32
5
gin
10
Ex. 74: Suppose 6 coi ns ar e fl i pped
6 sim ul taneousl y. Then fi nd t he
Hence, P(E/E1) =
10 probability of getting at least one tail.

K KUNDANSimilarly, P(E/E2) =
4
and
Soln: Let X denote the number of tails in 6
throws of a coin. Then the probability of
En

10 getting r tails is given by

5 r
1 1
6 r
P(E/E3) = 6
10 P(X = r) = Cr     ; r = 0, 1, 2, ..., 6
 2  2
We are required to find P(E1/E) ie given
arn

that the ball drawn is red, what is the 1

6
6
probability that it is drawn from the first = Cr  
box. 2
By Bay’s rule, Hence, required probability
= P(X  1) = 1 - P(X = 0)
P(E1 ) P(E/E1 )
Le

P(E1/E) = 1 1
6
63
P(E1 ) P(E/E1 )  P(E 2 ) P(E/E 2 ) 6
= 1  C0    1  
 P(E 3 ) P(E/E 3 ) 2 64 64
Ex. 75: A coin is tossed 5 times. What is the
w.

1 6 probability that head appears an odd


3 10 6 2 number of times?
=  
1 6 1 4 1 5 15 5 Soln: We know that if a coin is tossed n times,
    
3 10 3 10 3 10 then the probability that head will turn
ww

1
Binomial Probability up an odd number of times is
2
. Let us
If a random experiment is performed ‘n’ times under see how?
similar condit ions, then the pr obabilit y of t he Let X denote the number of heads in n
occurrence of the event E exactly ‘r’ times in ‘n’ trials trials.
is P(X = r) and P(X = r) = nCr pr qn-r; where r = 0, 1, 2, Th en ,
3, ... n; p = the probability of occurrence of event E
r n r n
in one trial and q = (1 - p) = probability of non- n 1 1 1
P(X = r) = Cr      n Cr  
occurrence of event E in one trial (ie p + q = 1). 2 2 2

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Probability 695

Thus, the required probability q = probability that a student is not a

= P(X = 1) + P(X = 3) + P(X = 5) + ... 1
swimmer =
n n n 5
n 1 1 1
= C1   n C3    n C 5    ... r = 4
2 2 2  required probability = nCr pr qn-r
n 4 5 4 4
1 n 5 4 1 4 1
n n
=   ( C1  C3  C5  ...) = C4      5 C4    
 2 5 5 5 5
Ex. 78: 100 i dent i cal coi ns, each wi t h
1 1
(2n 1 )  21 

.in
= probability, p, of showing up heads are
n 2
2 t ossed once. I f 0 < p < 1, and t he
[  nC1 + nC3 + nC5 + ... = 2n-1] probabili ty of heads showing on 50
coins is equal to that of heads showing
1 on 51 coins, then find the value of p.

ng
 required probability =
2 [MAT–1999]
Ex. 76: What is the probability of getting at Soln: Let X denote the number of coins showing
least 6 heads if eight coins are tossed heads up.
simultaneously? Then, the number of random experiments

eri
[GGSIU–2002] (n) = 100 and the probability of occurrence
Soln: Let X denote the number of heads in 8 of event is p.
throws of a coin. Then the probability of Now, according to the question,
getting r heads is given by P(X = 51) = P(X = 50)
or, 100C51 p51 q100 – 51 = 100C50 p50 q100 – 50;
8 1 1
P(X = r) = Cr    
r 8 r

e
; r = 0, 1, 2, 3, ..., 8
(where q = 1 – p)
gin
 2  2 or, 100C51 p51 q49 = 100C50 p50 q50
100
8 p C50 51
8 1  100

q 50

K KUNDAN
= Cr   C51
2
Required probability p 51
or, 1  p  50
En

= P(X  6)
= P(X = 6) + P(X = 7) + P(X = 8)
1  p 50
8 or, 
1 8 8 8 p 51
=   ( C6  C 7  C8 )
 2
arn

1 50 101
or, p  51  1  51
1  8! 8! 8! 
=     51
256  (8  6)! 6! (8  7)! 7! (8  8 )! 8!   p =
101
1 8 7  37 Ex. 79: The probability that a marksman will
  8  1 
Le

=
256  2  256 1
hit a target is given as . Then find
Ex. 77: The probability that a student is not a 5
the probability that at least one hit in
1 10 shots.
swimmer is . Then find the probability
w.

5 Soln: Let X denote the number of shots in which

t hat out of t he 5 st udent s 4 ar e a marksman hit a target in 10 shots. Then
swimm er s. the probability of r hits is given by P(X = r)
[MAT– 2002] r 10 r
1 4
ww

10
Soln: There are 5 students. Hence the random = Cr    
experiment is performed 5 times. 5 5
 n = 5 Thus, the required probability
p = probability that a student is a swimmer = P(X  1) = 1 - P(X = 0)
0 10 10
 1 4 10 1 4  4
= 1    = 1  C0      1  
 5 5 5 5 5

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Ratio & Proportion and k-Method 359

Chapter-17

Ratio & Proportion and k-Method

Important Definitions and Related Concepts

1. Some Useful Results on Proportion Subtracting one from each side, we have,

If four quantities a, b, c and d are in proportion, then a c a b c d

1  1  
we can see that the following results are true: b d b d

.in
( i ) Invertendo  a – b : b :: c – d : d.
If four quantities be in proportion they keep in This operation is called Dividendo.
proportion even when they are taken inversely. (v) Componendo and Dividendo
If a : b :: c : d, then b : a :: d : c

ng
When four quantities are in proportion, the sum
a c of the first and second is to their difference as
Since  dividing unity by each of these equal
b d the sum of third and fourth is to their difference.
sides, we have, If a : b :: c : d, then a + b : a – b :: c + d : c – d

eri
a c a c a b c d
Since,  ,   ....(i)

K
1: = 1 : b d b d
b d
[By Componendo]
b d

a c
  b : a :: d : c

e And
a b c d
b

d
....(ii)
gin
This result is called Invertendo.
[By Dividendo]
( i i) Alternendo
If four quantities be proportionals, they remain a b c d
Dividing (i) by (ii), we get 
proportionals when they are taken alternately. a b c d
If a : b :: c : d, then a : c :: b : d This operation is known as Componendo and
En

Dividendo.
a c b
Since  , multiplying both sides by , we
b d c a c a b c d
Also, if  , then 
get, b d a b c d

KUNDAN
This oper at ion is known as Dividendo and
a b c b a b
arn

     Componendo.
b c d c c d
 a : c :: b : d. This result is called Alternendo. 2. The k-Method
( i ii ) Componendo This method requires that each of the given ratios be
When four quantities are in proportion, the first put equal to constant k, the values of the numerators
Le

together with the second is to second as the third (antecedents) found in terms of k and denominators
together with the fourth is to the fourth. (consequent s) and such v alues as ar e obt ained
If a : b :: c : d, then a + b : b :: c + d : d substituted in the two sides of the equality to be proved.
As the method becomes almost mechanical after a
a c little practice, the students will find it very convenient
w.

Given, 
b d and helpful, though not much instructive in solving
Adding one to each side, we have, problems concerning equal ratios.
Note:
a c a b c d ( i ) Ther e is simple method popular ly known as
1  1  
ww

b d b d ‘k-method’ to solve problems on equal ratios.

 a + b : b :: c + d : d. ( i i) In this method, we assume each of the given ratios
This operation is said to be Componendo. equal to k.
( iv) Dividendo 3. Theorem On Equal Ratios
When four quantities are in proportion, the excess
of the first over the second is to the second as a c a a b c
(i) If  , then   .
the excess of the third over the fourth is to the b d b b d d
fourth.
a b c d a c e
 ( i i) If  = , then each of these ratios is equal
If a : b :: c : d, then b d f
b d
a c
Given,  a c e
b d to b  d  f .

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

360 SSC Advanced Maths

( vi) Three or more quantit ies are said to be in
a c e
( i ii ) If  = = ......, then each ratio is equal to continued proportion when the ratio of the first
b d f and the second is equal to the ratio of second
and t hir d and so on. Thus, a, b, c are in
a  c  e  ...... Sum of antecedent s
= . a b
b  d  f  ...... Sum of consequent s  .
continued proportion if
b c
4. Important Points a b
(vii) When  , we get b2 = a × c. If three quantities
(i) Four quantities a, b, c, d are said to be in b c
proportion (or proportional) if a : b :: c : d. In a, b, c are in continued proportion, then b is
short, proportion means equality of two ratios. said to be the mean proportional between a and
( i i) Proportion is often expressed as a : b :: c : d c. c is called the third proportional to a and b.
and is read as “a is to b as c is to d”.

.in
( vi ii) The concept of proportion need not be restricted
( i ii ) The terms ‘a’ and ‘b’ are called extremes (end to only two equal ratios. It may be extended
terms) and ‘b’ and ‘c’ are called means (middle
terms). a c e
thus. If  = = ........, then a, b, c, d, e, f
( iv) The f our t h ter ms ‘d’ is called t he f ourth b d f

ng
proportional to a, b and c. ...... are said to be in proportion.
(v) The f our quantit ies, a, b, c and d ar e in ( ix ) The concept of continued proportion may be
proportion if and only if the product of the extended as given below:
extremes is equal to the product of the means.

eri
Thus, if a : b :: c : d, then ad = bc and conversely, a b c
If    ......, then a, b, c, d, .... are said to

K
b c d
a c
let ad = bc, then  . be in continued proportion.
b d

e
Solved Examples
gin
a c 4a  9b 4c  9d (a  2b  3c  4d )  (a  2b  3c  4d )
Ex. 1: (a) If = , show that  . =
b d 4a  9b 4c  9d (a  2b  3c  4d )  (a  2b  3c  4d )

a c 2(a  2b ) 2(a  2b )
( b) If = , pr ov e t hat ( 2a + 3b) ( 2c – 3d)  
b d 2(3c  4d ) 2(3c  4d )
En

= (2a – 3b)(2c + 3d).

a  2b a  2b
 

KUNDAN
a c 3c  4d 3c  4d
Soln. (a) We have, 
b d By alternendo, we get,
arn

4a 4c 4
  [Multiplying both sides by ] a  2b 3c  4d
9b 9d 9 
a  2b 3c  4d
4a  9b 4c  9d By componendo and dividendo, we get,
 
4a  9b 4c  9d
a  2b  a  2b 3c  4d  3c  4d
[By Componendo and Dividendo] 
Le

a  2b  a  2b 3c  4d  3c  4d
a c
(b) We have,  2a 6c a 3c
b d    
4b 8d 2b 4d
2a 2c 2
w.

  [Multiplying both sides by ]  4ad = 6bc  2ad = 3bc

3b 3d 3
x a x b 2ab
2a  3b 2c  3d Ex. 3: Find the value of  , when x = .
  x a x b a b
2a  3b 2c  3d
ww

[By Componendo and Dividendo] 2ab

Soln. When x =
 (2a + 3b)(2c – 3d) = (2a – 3b)(2c + 3d) a b
[By cross-multiplication] Dividing both sides by a, we have,
Ex. 2: If (a – 2b – 3c + 4d)(a + 2b + 3c + 4d) = (a + 2b – x 2b
3c – 4d) (a – 2b + 3c – d), prove that 2ad = 3bc. 
a a b
a  2b  3c  4d a  2b  3c  4d
Soln.  x  a 3b  a
a  2b  3c  4d a  2b  3c  4d  
x a b a
By componendo and dividendo, we get,
[By componendo and dividendo]
(a  2b  3c  4d )  (a  2b  3c  4d )
x a 3b  a
(a  2b  3c  4d )  (a  2b  3c  4d )   .....(i)
x a a b

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Ratio & Proportion and k-Method 361

2ab 1  px 1  qx
Again, x = (e) 1  px 1
a b 1  qx
Dividing both sides by b, we get,
x 2b x 3  3x
341
 Soln. (a) We have, 
b a b 3x 2  1 91
By componendo and dividendo, we get,
x  b 3a  b
  .....(ii)
x b a b x 3  3x  3x 2  1 341  91

[By componendo and dividendo] x 3  3x  3x 2  1 341  91
Adding (i) and (ii), we get,
x a x b 3b  a 3a  b (x  1)3 432 216
 

.in
 =   3
x a x b a b a b (x  1) 250 125

3b  a  3a  b 2a  2b 2(a  b ) 3 3
= = = = 2.  x 1 6 x 1 6
a b (a  b ) (a  b )      
 x 1  5 x 1 5

ng
 p  2x p  2y  By componendo and dividendo, we get,
4 xy
Ex. 4: If p = x  y , find the value of  p  2x  p  2y  . x  1  x 1 6  5

x 1 x 1 6  5

eri
4xy p 2y
Soln: p = x  y  2x  x  y 2x 11

K
   x = 11
2 1
By componnendo and dividendo, we get,
x  4  x  10 5
p  2x 2y  (x  y )
p  2x

2y  ( x  y )
e (b) We have, 
x  4  x  10 2
gin
By componendo and dividendo, we get,
p  2x 3y  x
  ....(i) x  4  x  10  x  4  x  10 52
p  2x yx 
x  4  x  10  x  4  x  10 52
4xy p 2x
Again, p = x  y  
En

2y x  y x 4 7
 
By componendo and dividendo, we get, x  10 3
p  2y 2x  (x  y ) On squaring both sides, we get,

KUNDAN

p  2y 2x  (x  y ) x 4 49
arn


x  10 9
p  2y 3x  y
  ....(ii)  9x + 36 = 49x – 490
p  2y x y
 –40x = –526
Adding (i) and (ii), we get,
526 263
p  2x p  2y 3y  x 3x  y  x 
Le

+ = + 40 20
p  2x p  2y yx x y
x  1  x  1 4x  1
3y  x 3x  y 3y  x  3x  y (c) We have, 
= – = x  1  x 1 2
yx yx yx
w.

By componendo and dividendo, we get,

2y  2x 2(y  x ) x  1  x  1  x  1  x  1 4x  1  2
= = = 2. 
yx yx x  1  x  1  x  1  x  1 4x  1  2
ww

Ex. 5: Find the value of x in the following equations: 2 x  1 4x  1

 
3 2 x  1 4x  3
x  3x 341
(a) 
3x 2  1 91 x  1 4x  1


x  1 4x  3
x  4  x  10 5 On squaring both sides, we get,
(b) 
x  4  x  10 2
x  1 16x 2  8 x  1

x  1  x 1 4 x 1 x  1 16x 2  24x  9
(c) 
x 1  x 1 2 By componendo and dividendo, we get,

a x  a x x 1 x 1 (16x 2  8x  1)  (16x 2  24x  9)

(d) k =
a x  a x x 1 x 1 (16x 2  8 x  1)  (16x 2  24x  9)

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

362 SSC Advanced Maths

Note: x = 0, also satisfies the given equation.
2x 32x 2  16 x  10
  Ex. 6: Show that 3nx2 – 2mx + 3n = 0, if
2 32x  8
32x – 8x = 32x2 – 16x + 10
2 m  3n  m  3n
x
 –8x + 16x = 10 m  3n  m  3n
5
8x = 10  x m  3n  m  3n
4 Soln. x 
m  3n  m  3n
a x  a x By componendo and dividendo, we get,
(d) We have, k
ax  ax
x 1 ( m  3n  m  3n )  ( m  3n  m  3n )
By componendo and dividendo, we get, =
x 1 ( m  3n  m  3n )  ( m  3n  m  3n )
a  x  a  x  a  x  a  x k 1

.in

a  x  a  x  a  x  a  x k 1 x 1 m  3n
 =
x 1 m  3n
a  x k 1 On squaring both sides, we get,
 
a  x k 1

ng
On squaring both sides, we get, x 2  2x  1 m  3n

x 2  2x  1 m  3n
a  x k 2  2k  1
 By componendo and dividendo, we get,
a  x k 2  2k  1

eri
(x 2  2x  1)  (x 2  2x  1)

K
By componendo and dividendo, we get, m  3n  m  3n

(x 2  2x  1)  (x 2  2x  1) m  3n  m  3n
a  x a  x k 2  2k  1  k 2  2k  1
= 2
a  x a  x k  2k  1  k 2  2k  1 x2 1 m

2a 2k 2  2 e 
2x

3n
gin
  3n(x2 + 1) = 2mx  3nx2 + 3n = 2mx
2x 4k
3nx2 – 2mx + 3n = 0.

a k2 1 2ak
   x 15 a 2  4 b 2 47
x 2k k2 1 Ex. 7: If  , find the values of
15a 2  4 b 2 7
En

1  px 1  qx
(e) 1  px 1  qx  1 a a 3  3b 3

KUNDAN
(i) (ii)
b 3b 3
1  px 1  qx
arn

 1  px  1  qx 15a 2  4b2 47
Soln. (i) 
15a 2  4b 2 7
On squaring both sides, we get,
By componendo and dividendo, we get,
1  p2x 2  2 px 1  qx
 (15a 2  4b 2 )  (15a 2  4b 2 ) 47  7
1  p 2x 2  2 px 1  qx
Le


2 2 2 2 47  7
(15a  4b )  (15a  4b )
By componendo and dividendo, we get,
30a 2 54 54 8 9 a2
(1  p 2x 2  2 px )  (1  p 2x 2  2 px )      
2
8b 40 b 2 40 30 25
w.

2 2 2 2
(1  p x  2 px )  (1  p x  2 px )
Taking the positive square roots of both the
1  qx  1  qx sides, we get,
=
1  qx  1  qx a 9 3
ww

  
b 25 5
1  p 2x 2 1 2p
   1 + p2x2 =
2 px qx q a 3 a3 27
(ii)   3 
b 5 b 125
2p 2p  q
 p2x2 = – 1 =
q q
a327 9
  
2 2p  q 3b 3 375 125
 x 
p2q Using componendo, we get,

a 3  3b 3 9  125 a 3  3b 3 134
1 2p  q 3 =  =
 x p q 3b 125 3b 3 125

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Ratio & Proportion and k-Method 363

x2  y2 xy x y p q x2  y2  z2  px  qy  rz 
2
Ex. 8: If  , prove that x  y  p  q . (ii)  
p2  q2 pq a 2 2
b c 2
 pa  qb  rc 

x 2  y2 xy x 2  y2 p2  q 2 x y z
Soln.    Soln. (i) Since   = k (say)
2 2 pq xy pq a b c
p q
 x = ak, y = bk, z = ck
x 2  y2 p2  q2 3
 
2xy 2 pq  a 2x 2  b 2y 2  c 2z 2  2
LHS =  
By componendo and dividendo, we get,  a 3 x  b 3y  c 3z 
x 2  y 2  2xy p 2  q 2  2 pq

.in
 3
x 2  y 2  2xy p 2  q 2  2 pq  a 2 . a 2k 2  b 2 . b 2k 2  c 2 . c 2k 2  2
=  
 a 3 . ak  b 3 . bk  c 3 . ck 
(x  y )2 ( p  q )2
 
2
( p  q )2

ng
(x  y ) 3
3
 k 2 (a 4  b 4  c 4 )  2
x y pq =    k2
Hence,   k (a 4  b 4  c 4 ) 
x y p q

eri
xyz ak . bk . ck
a c e a 3  c3  e3 ace RHS = =

K
Ex. 9: If b  d  f , prove that 3  . abc abc
b  d 3  f 3 bdf
k 3 . abc 3
Soln. Let
a c e
   k (say)
b d f
e =
abc
=
k3  k 2
gin
Hence, LHS = RHS
Then, a = bk, c = dk, e = fk
x y z
( i i) Since   = k (say)
a3  c 3  e3 b3k 3  d 3k 3  f 3k 3 3 a b c
LHS = = k ..(i)
b3  d 3  f 3 b3  d 3  f 3  x = ak, y = bk, z = ck
En

ace bk . dk . fk x 2  y2  z 2 a 2k 2  b 2k 2  c 2k 2
RHS = =  k3 ..(ii) LHS = =
bdf bdf a 2  b2  c 2 a 2  b2  c 2

KUNDAN
From (i) and (ii), we get,
LHS = RHS k 2(a 2  b 2  c 2 )
=  k2
arn

3 3 3 a2  b2  c 2
a c e ace
 3 3 = 2 2
b d f3 bdf  px  qy  rz   p . ak  q . bk  r . ck 
RHS =   = 
 pa  qb  rc  pa  qb  rc 
x y z x3 y3 z3 xyz
Le

Ex. 10: If   , show that    . 2

a b c a 3 b 3 c 3 abc  k ( pa  qb  rc ) 2
=   k
 pa  qb  rc 
x y z
Soln. Let   = k Hence, LHS = RHS
a b c
w.

 x = ak, y = bk, z = ck x y z
Substituting these values of x, y and z in LHS. Ex. 12: If   , then show that
b c c a a b
We have,
(i) x + y + z = 0 and (ii) ax + by + cz = 0
ww

a 3k 3 b 3k 3 c 3k 3
LHS =    k3  k3  k3  k3 x

y

z
3 3
a b c3 Soln. Let
b c c a a b
= k (say)

ak . bk . ck  x = k(b – c), y = k(c – a), z = k(a – b)

RHS =  k3 (i) LHS = x + y + z
abc
LHS = RHS [ Each side = k3] = k(b – c) + k(c – a) + k(a – b)
= k(b – c + c – a + a – b)
x y z = k(0) = 0.
Ex. 11: If   , show that
a b c (ii) LHS = ax + by + cz
3 = a{k(b – c)} + b{k(c – a)} + c{k(a – b)}
 a 2 x 2  b2y 2  c2z 2  2 xyz = k(ab – ac + bc – ab + ac – bc)
(i)  3 3 3
 
 a x  b y  c z  abc = k(0) = 0.

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

364 SSC Advanced Maths

a b c a b c
Ex. 13: If   , prove that each is equal Ex. 15: If  
b c c a a b x  2 y  3z y  2 z  3 x z  2 x  3 y , show

1 a b c
to or –1. that each ratio is equal to 2 ( x  y  z ) .
2

a b c a b c
Soln. Let   = k ....(i)  
b c c a a b Soln.
x  2y  3z y  2z  3x z  2x  3y
Then, a = k(b + c), b = k(c + a), c = k(a + b) Then by the theorem on equal ratios, we get,
 a + b + c = k(b + c + c + a + a + b) Sum of antecedents
= 2k(a + b + c) Each given ratio =
Sum of consequents
 a + b + c – 2k(a + b + c) = 0

.in
a b c
(a + b + c) (1 – 2k) = 0 =
( x  2y  3z )  (y  2z  3x )  (z  2x  3y )
1 a b c a b c
 Either a + b + c = 0 or 1 – 2k = 0  k = = =
2 2x  2y  2z 2(x  y  z )

ng
If a + b + c = 0, then b + c = –a
a a Hence,
so that   1
b  c a a b c b c

eri
= =
b c x  2y  3z y  2z  3x z  2x  3y

K
Similarly,  1 ;  1
c a a b a b c
= .
2(x  y  z )
1 1
If k =
2
, then from (i), each fraction =
2
e Ex. 16: Find the third proportional to (x – y), (x2 – y2).
Soln. Let the third proportional be p, then
gin
1
Hence, each fraction is equal to or –1. x – y : x2 – y2 : : x2 – y2 : p
2
 p (x – y) : (x2 – y2)(x2 – y2)
ay  bx cx  az bz  cy
Ex. 14: If   , then prove that  p (x – y) = (x2 – y2)(x + y)(x – y)
c b a
En

( x 2  y 2 )(x  y )( x  y )
x y z p =
  . (x  y )

KUNDAN
a b c
 p = (x + y)(x2 – y2)
ay  bx cx  az bz  cy
 
arn

Soln. We have,
c b a Ex. 17: Find the fourth proportional to 2xy, x2, y2 .
Sum of the antecedents Soln. Let the fourth proportional be p, then
Each ratio =
Sum of the consequents 2xy : x2 : : y2 : p

ay  bx  cx  az  bz  cy Since, product of extremes = product of means

Le

=
a b c  2xy × p = x2 × y2

x (c  b )  y(a  c )  z (b  a ) x 2y 2 xy
= p = p=
a b c 2xy 2
w.

x y z
Let   = k  x = ak, y = bk, z = ck Ex. 18: Find the mean proportional between (x – y),
a b c
(x3 – x2y2).
ww

ak (c  b )  bk (a  c )  ck (b  a )
Each ratio = Soln. Let the mean proportional be p, then
a b c

0
p = ( x  y )(x 3  x 2y ) = ( x  y ) x 2 (x  y )
=
a b c
= (x  y )2 x 2 = x (x – y) = x2 – xy
x y z
   is true.
a b c

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Ratio & Proportion and k-Method 365

Exercise
12. Solve:
6 pq x  3 p x  3q
1. If x  p  q , find the value of x  3 p  x  3q .
4x  1  2x 1

a) 0 b) –1 c) 2 d) 1 4x  1  2x 5
a) –1 b) 5 c) 0 d) 2
4 6 x 2 2 x 2 2
2. If x  , find the value of  .
2 3 x 2 2 x 2 2 7 x  4x  3
13. If  6 , then find the value of x.
a) 2 b) 0 c) 1 d) None of these 7x  4x  3
3. Solve the following equation for x: a) 6 b) 5 c) 7 d) None of these

.in
x  7  x 1 2 (2x  1)2  (2x  1)2 17
 
x  7  x 1 1 14. If 18 , then find the value of x.
(2x  1)2  (2x  1)2
a) 1 b) 0 c) –2 d) 2 Where x > 0.

ng
x 2 x3 1
4. If  5 , then find the value of x. a) 2 b)
x 2 x 3 8
a) 2 b) 7 c) 8 d) 6 c) Both (a) and (b) d) None of these

eri
a  a 2  2ax x 3  y3 91

K
 b , then find the value of x.  2x 2  3y 2
5. If 15. If 37 , determine the value of .
2
a  a  2ax x 3  y3 3y 2

a)
2ab
(b  1)2
b)
2a 2
c)
2b 2
d)
2ab
(a  b )2 e a)
5
27
b)
1
5
c)
27
5
d) 3
gin
b 1 a b

x2  x 1 x 2  x 1
p2  q 2  p 2  q 2 16. If  and x  y, x  0, y  0, then
2
6. If x  , then find the value of y  y 1 y2  y 1
p 2  q 2  p2  q 2
find the value of xy.
En

q2x2 – 2p2x + q2. a) 0 b) 2 c) –1 d) 1

a) 0 b) 1 c) –1 d) 2
1 1

KUNDAN
a 9 5a 2  6b 2 ( p  1) 3  ( p  1) 3
7. If  , find the values of . 17. If y = 1 1 , then f ind t he value of
b 5 5a 2  6b 2
arn

( p  1) 3  ( p  1) 3
17 37 13 37
a) b) c) d) y3 – 3py2 + 3y – p.
37 17 37 13 a) 1 b) 0 c) –1 d) None of these

d
y 2  xy  y 2  xy
Le

8. If a + b = 1; c + d = 1 and a – b = , then find the

c 18. If p = , then find the value of
value of c – d. y 2  xy  y 2  xy

b a xp2 – 2yp + x.
a) b) c) a + b d) ab a) 0 b) –1 c) 2 d) 1
w.

a b

8ab x  4a x  4b x y z
9. If x = , find the value of  . 19. If   , then find the value
a b x  4a x  4b b c a c a b a b c
ww

a) 4 b) 3 c) 2 d) 1 of (b – c)x + (c – a)y + (a – b)z.

a) 1 b) –1 c) 0 d) None of these
12 pq x  6 p x  6q 2 0 . If a + b : b + c = c + d : d + a, then find the value of
10. If x  p  1 , find the value of x  6 p  x  6q .
a + b + c + d.
a) 1 b) 0 c) –2 d) 2 b
a) 0 b) –1 c) d) None of these
a
a  b 1 a 2  ab  b 2
11. If  , find the value of .
a  b 2 a 2  ab  b 2 x y z
21. If   , then find the value of
r 2  pq p 2  qr q 2  pr
91 73 71 93
a) b) c) d) px + qy + rz.
73 91 93 71
a) –1 b) 1 c) 0 d) 2

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

366 SSC Advanced Maths

x y z a b c a b c
2 2 . If bc (b  c )  ca (c  a )  ab (a  b ) , then find the value 32. If   , then
c
is equal to
3 4 7
of a(b + c)x + b(c + a)y + c(a + b)z. a) 0 b) 1 c) 2 d) 3
a) 0 b) 1 c) 2 d) –2
xy  y 2
33. If x : y = 7 : 3, then the value of is
2x  y 3x  z z y x2  y2
23. If  
3y  z 2y  x x  z , then f ind t he value of
3 4 3 7
x + y + z. a) b) c) d)
4 3 7 3
2
a) 1 b) 3a  5b
3 34. If  5 , then a : b is equal to
3a  5b

.in
c) 0 d) Cann’t be determined a) 2 : 1 b) 5 : 3 c) 3 : 2 d) 5 : 2

x y z ax  by 35. If p : q = r : s = t : u = 2 : 3, then (mp + nr + ot) : (mq +

24. If   , then find the value of
a b c (a  b )(x  y ) . ns + ou) equals
a) 3 : 2 b) 2 : 3 c) 1 : 3 d) 1 : 2

ng
a) 1 b) 0 c) –1 d) 2
36. If x : y = 3 : 4, then (7x + 3y) : (7x – 3y) is equal to
a) 5 : 2 b) 4 : 3 c) 11 : 3 d) 37 : 19
a b c a 3  b3  c 3
25. If   , then find the value of 3 .
b c d b  c 3  d3 x 3 6 yx

eri
37. If y  4 , then the value of 7  y  x is

K
b c a b
a) b) c) d)
d d d c 2 3 3
a) 1 b) c) d) 1
7 7 7
x y z
26. If   , then find the value of
a b c
e 38. If x : y = 2 : 1, then (5x2 – 13xy + 6y2) is equal to
gin
3 4 55
ax  by by  cz cz  ax a) b) c) 0 d)
  . 4 3 4
(a  b )(x  y ) (b  c )(y  z ) (c  a )(z  x )
a) 0 b) 2 c) 1 d) 3 a c e 2a 2  3c 2  4e 2
39. If    3 , then ?.
b d f 2b 2  3d 2  4 f 2
En

27. If x y z ,
 
(b  c )(b  c  2a ) (c  a )(c  a  2b ) (a  b )(a  b  2c ) a) 2 b) 3 c) 4 d) 9

KUNDAN
then find the value of x + y + z.
a) 0 b) –1 c) –2 d) 1 y2  x2
40. If 1.5x = 0.04y, then the value of is
arn

y 2  2xy  x 2
ax  by bx  az ay  bz
28. If   and x + y + z  0, then
xy xz yz 730 73 73 74
find the value of each of the ratios. a) b) c) d)
77 77 770 77
a b a b a b a b
Le

a) b) c) d) a b c a b c
2 3 2 3 41. If   , then is equal to
2 3 5 c
a) 2 b) 4 c) 5 d) 6
x 2  y2  p2 z 2  2xy 2z 2  p 2
29. If 2
 2
 , then f ind t he
x yz y zx z 2xy
w.

5 x  2y
42. If x : y = 3 : 4, then the value of is
value of each of the ratios. 7 x  2y

1 1 1 1 1 1 7 7 7 7
a) xy  yz  zx b) x 2  y 2  z 2 a) b) c) d)
ww

25 23 29 17

1 1 1 a b 2a  3b
43. If  , then the value of is
c) x  y  y  z  z  x d) None of these 3 2 3a  2b
12 5 12
30. If x : y = 3 : 2, then the ratio 2x2 + 3y2 : 3x2 – 2y2 is a) b) c) 1 d)
equal to 5 12 7

a) 12 : 5 b) 6 : 5 c) 30 : 19 d) 5 : 3 4ab x  2a x  2b
44. If x  (a  b ) , then the value of  is
a b x  2a x  2b
2a  5b 4
31. If  , then a : b is equal to a) a b) b c) 2ab d) 2
3a  6b 7
a) 21 : 36 b) 2 : 59 c) 59 : 2 d) 36 : 21

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Ratio & Proportion and k-Method 367

45. If x varies inversely as (y 2 – 1) and is equal to 24
when y = 10, then the value of x when y = 5 is 3 x  3 x
51. If = 2, then x is equal to
a) 99 b) 12 c) 24 d) 100 3 x  3x

2x  y 1 3x  y 5 12 5 7
46. If  , then the value of is a) b) c) d)
x  2y 2 3x  y 12 5 7 5

1 3 4
a) b) c) d) 1  1 x  1 x 
5 5 5 3  
52. If x  , then the value of   is
2  1 x  1 x 
x y xy
47. If x – y = = , then the numerical value of xy a)  3 b) –1 c) 1 d) 3
7 4
is 53. If a : b : c = (y – z) : (z – x) : (x – y), then the value of ax

.in
+ by + cz is
4 3 1 1
a) b) c) d) a) 1 b) 3 c) 0 d) –1
3 4 4 3
x 4  x 4

ng
 x  y 54. If = 2, then x is equal to
x 4 x 4
48. If y : x = 4 : 15, then the value of  x  y  is
a) 2.4 b) 3.2 c) 4 d) 5
11 19 4 15 55. Find the fourth proportional to x3 – y3, x4 + x2y2 + y4,

eri
a) b) c) d) x – y.
19 11 11 19
a) x2 – xy b) x3 – y2

K
49. If ( 3x – y) : (x + 5y) = 5 : 7, then the value of (x + y) : c) x2 + y2 – xy d) x2 – y2 + xy
(x – y) is
a) 2 : 3 b) 3 : 2 c) 3 : 1 d) 1 : 3 a b

x
e 56. Find the third proportional to  ,
b a a2  b 2 .
gin
50. If (5x2 – 3y2) : xy = 11 : 2, then the positive value of a
y
a) ab b) a + b c) a2 + b2 d)
is b

22 7 3 7 57. Find the mean proportional between (a + b) (a – b)3,

a) b) c) d) (a + b)3 (a – b).
7 2 2 2
a) (a2 + b2)2 b) (a + b)2 c) (a2 – b2)2 d)(a – b)2
En

Answers and explanations

KUNDAN
arn

By componendo and dividendo, we get,

6 pq x 2q
1. c; x  
p  q  3p p q x 2 2 2 3 2 3 3 3 2
  ...(i)
By componendo and dividendo, we get, x2 2 2 3 2 3 3 2

x  3p 2q  p  q 3q  p 4 6
= = ....(i)
Le

x  3p 2q  p  q qp Again, x =
2 3
6 pq x 2q
Again, x    x 4 6 1
pq 3q p  q  .
2 3 2 3 2 3
w.

By componendo and dividendo, we get,

x  3q 2p  p  q 3p  q x 2 2
 
= = ...(ii) 2 3 2 3
x  3q 2p  p  q p q
By componendo and dividendo, we get,
ww

Adding (i) and (ii), we get,

x  3p x  3q 3q  p 3p  q x 2 3 2 2 2 3 3 2 3
+ = –   ...(ii)
x  3p x  3q qp p q x2 3 2 2 2 3 2 3
From (i) and (ii), we get,
3q  p  3 p  q 2q  2 p q  p 
= = = 2  q  p  = 2. x 2 2 x 2 3 3 3 2 3 2 3
qp qp   + = –
x2 2 x2 3 3 2 3 2

4 6 3 3  2 3 2 3 2 3 2 2
2. a; x = =
2 3 3 2 3 2
 3 2
x 4 6 1 x 2 3  
 = .  = = 2  = 2.
2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 3  3 2

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

368 SSC Advanced Maths

x  7  x 1 2 2ab – 2bx = b2x + x

3. d; We have, 
x  7  x 1 1 2ab = b2x + 2bx + x
By componendo and dividendo, we get, 2ab = x(b2 + 2b + 1)

( x  7  x  1)  ( x  7  x  1) 2  1 2ab
 2ab = x(b + 1)2  x 
( x  7  x  1)  ( x  7  x  1) 2  1 (b  1)2

2 x7 3 x7 3
    x p2  q 2  p2  q 2
2 x 1 1 x 1 1
6. a; We have, 1 
Squaring both sides, we get, p  q  p2  q2
2 2

x 7 9

.in

x 1 1 x  1 2 p2  q 2 p2  q 2
 x  1  
 1(x + 7) = 9(x – 1) [By cross-multiplication] 2 p2  q 2 p2  q 2
 x + 7 = 9x – 9
 9x – x = 7 + 9 Squaring both sides, we get,

ng
 8x = 16  x = 16 ÷ 8 = 2
(x  1)2 p2  q 2
Hence, x = 2.  
(x  1)2 p2  q2
4. b; Applying componendo and dividendo, we get,
Applying componendo and dividendo, we get,

eri
x 2  x 3  x 2  x 3 5 1


K
x 2  x 3  x 2  x 3 5 1 (x  1)2  (x  1)2 2p2
 
2 2
(x  1)  (x  1) 2q 2
2 x2 6 x 2 3

2 x 3

4
or
x 3

2
e 
2(x 2  1) p 2
4x

q2
gin
x 2 9
Squaring both sides, we get, 
x 3 4 x 2  1 p2
4(x + 2) = 9(x – 3) (By cross-multiplication)   q2x2 + q2 = 2p2x
2x q2
4x + 8 = 9x – 27
4x – 9x = –27 – 8  –5x = –35 q2x2 – 2p2x + q2 = 0
En

 5x = 35  x = 35 ÷ 5 = 7.
a 9 a2 81

KUNDAN
7. b;    
a  a  2ax 2 b 5 b2 25
5. a; Since, b
a  a 2  2ax
arn

5a 2 5 81 5
Applying componendo and dividendo, we get,    [Multiplying both sides by ]
6b 2 6 25 6

a  a 2  2ax  a  a 2  2ax b 1
 5a 2
27
b 1  
a  a 2  2ax  a  a 2  2ax 6b 2 10
Le

2a b 1 a b 1  By componendo and dividendo, we get,

   
2 a  2ax2 b 1 a  2ax b  1
2 5a 2  6b 2 27  10 37
= =
Squaring both sides, we get, 5a 2  6b 2 27  10 17
w.

a2 b 2  2b  1 d
 8. a; a + b = 1 and a – b =
2
a  2ax b 2  2b  1 c
ww

a b 1 c
a 2  2ax b 2  2b  1   
  [By invertendo] a b d d
a2 b 2  2b  1 c
Applying componendo and dividendo, we get, By componendo and dividendo, we get,
a 2  2ax  a 2 b 2  2b  1  b 2  2b  1 (a  b )  (a  b ) c d

2
a  2ax  a 2 2 2
b  2b  1  b  2b  1 (a  b )  (a  b ) = c  d

2a 2  2ax 2b2  2 2a (a  x ) 2(b 2  1) 2a


1
     (  c + d = 1)
2ax 4b 2ax 4b 2b c  d

b
(a  x ) b 2  1 a  x b2  1   c d (By invertendo)
    a
x 2b x 2b

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Ratio & Proportion and k-Method 369

8ab x 2b a  b 1
9. c; x=   
a b 4a a b 11. a; We have,
a  b 2
By componendo and dividendo, we get,
By componendo and dividendo, we get,
x  4a x  4b 2b  (a  b )
 = ( a  b ) ( a  b ) 1 2
x  4a x  4b 2b  (a  b ) 
( a  b)( a  b ) 1 2
x  4a 3b  a
  ...(i)
x  4a b a 2 a 3 a 3
   =
2 a 1 b 1
8ab x 2b
Again, x =  
a b 4b a  b a
Squaring both sides, we get, = 9

.in
By componendo and dividendo, we get, b
x  4b 2a  (a  b )
 2
x  4b 2a  (a  b ) a  a 
2 2      1
a  ab  b b  b 
Now, =

ng
x  4b 3a  b 2
  ..(ii) a 2  ab  b 2 a  a 
x  4b a b      1
b  b 
Adding (i) and (ii), we get,
[Dividing numerator and denominator by b2]
x  4a x  4b 3b  a 3a  b

eri
+ =  +
x  4a x  4b b a a b (9)2  9  1 81  9  1 91
= = = .

K
(9)2  9  1 81  9  1 73
3b  a 3a  b 3b  a  3a  b
= – =
b a b  a b a

=
2b  2a 2(b  a )
 2 e 12. d; We have,
4x  1  2x
4x  1  2x

1
5
gin
b a b a
By componendo and dividendo, we get,
12pq x 2q
10. d; Since, x    ( 4x  1  2x )  ( 4x  1  2x ) 1  5
pq 6p p  q 
( 4x  1  2x )  ( 4x  1  2x ) 1  5
By componendo and dividendo, we get,
En

x  6 p 2q  ( p  q ) 2 4x  1 6 4x  1 3
    
x  6 p 2q  ( p  q ) 2 2x 4 2x 2

KUNDAN
x  6 p 3q  p 4x  1 9
 Squaring both sides, we get, 
 ....(i)
arn

x  6p qp 2x 4
4(4x + 1) = 9 × 2x [By cross-multiplication]
12pq x 2p  16x + 4 = 18x
Again, x   
pq 6p p  q 2x = 4  x = 4 + 2 = 2.
By componendo and dividendo, we get,
7 x  4x  3
Le

x  6q 2 p  ( p  q ) 13. c; 6
 7x  4x  3
x  6q 2 p  ( p  q )
Applying componendo and dividendo, we get,
x  6q 3 p  q
  ....(ii) ( 7 x  4x  3)  ( 7x  4x  3) 6  1
w.

x  6q pq 
( 7 x  4x  3)  ( 7x  4x  3) 6  1
Adding (i) and (ii), we get,
x  6p x  6q 3q  p 3p  q 2 7x 7 7x 7
   
+ = + 2 4x  3 5 4x  3 5
ww

x  6p x  6q qp p q
Squaring both sides, we get,
x  6p x  6q 3q  p 3p  q
 + = + 7x 49
x  6p x  6q qp qp  
4x  3 25
3q  p  3 p  q 2q  2 p 2(q  p )  25(7x) = 49(4x – 3) [By cross-multiplication]
= qp = qp = qp 2  175x = 196x – 147
 196x – 175x = 147
x  6p x  6q 21x = 147  x = 147 ÷ 21 = 7
Hence, + = 2. Hence, x = 7.
x  6p x  6q

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

370 SSC Advanced Maths

x2y + y – xy2 – x = 0
(2x  1)2  (2x  1)2
17 x2y – xy2 – x + y = 0
14. c; We have, 
(2x  1)2  (2x  1)2 18 xy(x – y) – 1(x – y) = 0
(x – y)(xy – 1) = 0
By componendo and dividendo, we get,
x – y = 0 or xy – 1 = 0
[(2x  1)2  (2x  1)2 ]  [(2x  1)2  (2x  1)2 ] 17  8 x = y or xy = 1
 But, x  y (given),  xy = 1.
2 2 2 2 17  8
[(2x  1)  (2x  1) ]  [(2x  1)  (2x  1) ]
1 1
2(2x  1)2
25 (2x  1)2 25 ( p  1) 3  ( p  1) 3
    17. b; We have, y = 1 1
2 9 2 9
2(2x  1) (2x  1)
( p  1) 3  ( p  1) 3
2x  1 5 2x  1 5

.in
    y 1
2x  1 3 2x  1 3 Applying componendo and dividendo, we get,
y 1
6x + 3 = 10x – 5  6x + 3 = – 10x + 5
–4x = –8  16x = 2
 1 1  1 1

ng
1 ( p  1)3  ( p  1)3   ( p  1)3  ( p  1)3 
x = 2 or x =    
8
   
=
 1 1  1 1
x 3  y3 91 ( p  1)3  ( p  1)3   ( p  1)3  ( p  1)3 


eri
15. a; We have, 37 ,    
x 3  y3

K
   
Using componendo dividendo, we get,
1
(x 3  y 3 )  (x 3  y 3 ) 91  37 3
y  1 ( p  1)3  y  1 p 1
3 3
(x  y )  (x  y ) 3 3

91  37
e 
y 1

1
 
 y  1

p 1
gin
( p  1)3
2x 3 128 x3 64
   
3 3 27
2y 54 y y 3  3y 2  3y  1 p 1
 
y 3  3y 2  3y  1 p 1
x 4 x2 16
En

    Using componendo and dividendo, we get,

y 3 y2 9
y 3  3y 2  3y  1  (y 3  3y 2  3y  1)

KUNDAN
2 

2x

32 y 3  3y 2  3y  1  (y 3  3y 2  3y  1)
3y 2 27
arn

( p  1)  ( p  1)

2
2x  3y 2
32  27 ( p  1)  ( p  1)
  [By dividendo]
3y 2 27
2y 3  6y 2p y 3  3y
    p
6y 2  2 3y 2  1
Le

2x 2  3y 2 5 2
 
3y 2 27 y3 + 3y = p(3y2 + 1)
y3 – 3py2 + 3y – p = 0
18. a; We have,
x2  x 1 x 2  x 1
w.

16. d; We have, 2
 2
y  y 1 y  y 1 p y 2  xy  y 2  xy

By alternendo 1 y 2  xy  y 2  xy
x2  x 1 y2  y  1
ww

By componendo and dividendo, we get,


2
x  x 1 y2  y  1
p 1 ( y 2  xy  y 2  xy )  ( y 2  xy  y 2  xy )
By componendo and dividendo, we get, =
p 1 ( y 2  xy  y 2  xy )  ( y 2  xy  y 2  xy )
(x 2  x  1)  (x 2  x  1) (y 2  y  1)  (y 2  y  1)

(x 2  x  1)  (x 2  x  1) (y 2  y  1)  (y 2  y  1) 2 p 1 y 2  xy
p  1 2 y  xy 
  
p  1 2 y 2  xy p 1 y 2  xy
2x 2  2 2y 2  2
 
2x 2y Squaring both sides, we get,

p 2  2p  1 y 2  xy
x 2  1 y2  1 
   y = (x2 + 1) = x(y2 + 1) 2
p  2p  1 y 2  xy
x y

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Ratio & Proportion and k-Method 371

By componendo and dividendo, we get, yz + y2 – x2 – xz = 0
2 2 2 2 z(y – x) + (y2 – x2) = 0
( p  2 p  1)  ( p  2 p  1) (y  xy )  (y  xy )
 z(y – x) + (y – x)(y + x) = 0
( p2  2 p  1)  ( p 2  2 p  1) (y 2  xy )  (y 2  xy ) (y – x) (x + y + z) = 0
Either y – x = 0 or x + y + z = 0
2( p 2  1) 2y 2 p2  1 y x = y or x + y + z = 0.
   
4p 2xy 2p x
x y z
x(p2 + 1) = 2yp xp2 – 2yp + x = 0. 24. a; Let   k
a b c
x y z x = ak, y = bk, z = ck
19. c; Let   k
b c a c a b a b c The given expression
 x = (b + c – a)k
 y = (c + a – b)k ax  by a(ak )  b(bk )
= (a  b )(x  y ) =

.in
 z = (a + b – a)k (a  b )(ak  bk )
Now, the given expression
= (b – c)x + (c – a)y + (a – b)z
k (a 2  b 2 ) k (a 2  b2 )
= (b – c)(b + c – a)k + (c – a)(c + a – b)k = = = 1.
+ (a – b)(a + b – c)k k (a  b )(a  b ) k (a 2  b2 )

ng
= (b2 + bc – ab – bc – c2 + ca)k + (c2 + ac – bc – ac – a2
+ ab)k + (a2 + ab – ac – ab – b2 + bc)k a b c
25. c; Let   = k
= (b – ab – c + ca)k + (c2 – bc – a2 + ab)k
2 2
b c d
+ (a2 – ac – b2 + bc)k Then c = dk, b = dk2 and a = dk3

eri
= (a2 – ab – c2 + ca + c2 – bc – a2 + ab The given expression
+ a2 – ac – b2 + bc)k

K
=0×k=0 a 3  b3  c 3 (dk 3 )3  (dk 2 )3  (dk )3
= =
3
b c d 3 3
(dk 2 )3  (dk )3  d 3
20. a; Let
a b c d

b c d a
k
e d 3k 9  d 3k 6  d 3k 3
gin
a + b = (b + c)k ....(i) =
c + d = (d + a)k ....(ii) d 3k 6  d 3k 3  d 3
Adding (i) and (ii), we get,
a + b + c + d = (b + c + d + a)k d 3k 3(k 6  k 3  1) a
=  k3 
(a + b + c + d) – (a + b + c + d)k = 0 d 3(k 6  k 3  1) d
En

(a + b + c + d) (1 – k) = 0
Now either a + b + c + d = 0 or 1 – k = 0
x y z
x y z 26. d; Let   k
a b c

KUNDAN
21. c; Let  2  2 = k
r 2  pq p  qr q  pr Then, x = ak, y = bk, z = ck, we have
arn

x = k(r – pq); y = k(p – qr); z = k(q2 – pr)

2 2

px + qy + rz = pk(r2 – pq) + qk(p2 – qr) + rk(q2 – pr) ax  by a(ak )  b(bk )

= k{pr2 – p2q + p2q – q2r + q2r – r2p} (a  b )(x  y ) = (a  b )(ak  bk )
=k× 0 = 0
x y z k (a 2  b 2 ) k (a 2  b2 )
22. a; Let bc (b  c )  ca (c  a )  ab (a  b ) = k = = = 1
Le

(a  b )k (a  b ) k (a 2  b2 )
x = bc(b – c)k, y = ca(c – a)k, z = ab(a – b)k
by  cz cz  ax
 a(b + c)x = abc(b + c)(b – c)k = abc(b2 – c2)k Similarly, = 1 and = 1
Similarly, b(c + a)y = abc(c2 – a2)k; c(a + b)z (b  c )(y  z ) (c  a )(z  x )
w.

= abc(a2 – b2)k Hence,

Adding up, we get,
ax  by by  cz cz  ax
a(b + c)x + b(c + a)y + c(a + b)z + + = 3.
= abc(b2 – c2)k + abc(c2 – a2)k + abc(a2 – b2)k (a  b )(x  y ) (b  c )(y  z ) (c  a )(z  x )
ww

= abc . k(b2 – c2 + c2 – a2 + a2 – b2)

= abc × k(0) = 0. x y
27. a; Let =
(b  c )(b  c  2a ) (c  a )(c  a  2b )
2x  y 3x  z z y z
23. c; 3y  z  2y  x  x  z = = k
(a  b )(a  b  2c )
By the theorem on equal ratios, we get, Then, x = k(b – c)(b + c – 2a) ....(i)
2x  y  3x  z  z  y 5x x y = k(c – a)(c + a – 2b) ....(ii)
Each given ratio =   z = k(a – b)(a + b – 2c) ....(iii)
3y  z  2y  x  x  z 5y y
Adding (i), (ii) and (iii), we get,
z y x x + y + z = k{(b – c)(b + c – 2a) + (c – a)(c + a – 2b) +
 x  z  y (a – b)(a + b – 2c)}
= k[(b – c)(b + c) + (c – a)(c + a) + (a – b)(a + b)]
y(z + y) = x(x + z) [By cross-multiplication] – 2[a(b – c) + b(c – a) + c(a – b)] = 0.
yz + y2 = x2 + xz

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

372 SSC Advanced Maths

ax  by bx  az ay  bz a b c
28. c; We have,   32. c; Let   = k
x y x z yz 3 4 7
By the theorem on equal ratios, a = 3k, b = 4k, c = 7k

(ax  by )  (bx  az )  (ay  bz ) a b c 3k  4k  7k 14k

Each ratio =  = = = 2
( x  y )  ( x  z )  (y  z ) c 7k 7k

ax  bx  ay  by  az  bz x 7
= 33. a; We have, y  3
x y x z y z
Now,
x  (a  b )  y (a  b )  z (a  b )
= 2x  2y  2z xy  y 2 y(x  y ) y 1
 = 
x2  y2 x

.in
( x  y )( x  y ) x y 1
(a  b )( x  y  z ) a b y
= =
2(x  y  z ) 2
1 1 3
[  x + y + z  0] =  
7 73 4

ng
1
a b 3 3
 Each ratio =
2
3a  5b 5
34. d; We have, 
x 2  y 2  p2 z 2  2xy 2z 3  p 2 3a  5b 1

eri
29. a; We have, = = By componendo and dividendo, we get,

K
x 2yz y 2zx z 2xy
By the theorem on equal ratios, we have, 3a  5b  3a  5b 5  1

3a  5b  3a  5b 5  1
(x 2  y 2  p 2 )  (z 2  2xy )  (2z 2  p 2 )
Each ratio =
x 2yz  y 2zx  z 2 xy
e 
6a

6 a 6 10 5
   
gin
10b 4 b 4 6 2
x 2  y 2  2xy  z 2 ( x  y )2  z 2 5 : 2
= 
xyz ( x  y  z ) xyz (x  y  z ) p r t 2
35. b; We have,   
(x  y  z )(x  y  z ) x y z q s u 3
= = (If x  y  z)
En

xyz (x  y  z ) xyz p q
   k p = 2k and q = 3k
x y z 1 1 1 2 3
= xyz  xyz  xyz  yz  zx  xy Similarly, r = 2k, s = 3k, t = 2k, u = 3k

KUNDAN
mp  nr  ot
Now, mq  ns  ou
x 3
arn

30. c; Here y  2
m.2k  n .2k  o.2k 2k (m  n  o ) 2
= = =
2 2 m.3k  n .3k  o.3k 3k (m  n  o ) 3
x 3 9
 2
   2 : 3
y 2
  4
Le

x 3 7x 7 3 7
 x2  36. c; Since,      
2 2 2 2   3 y 4 3y 3 4 4
2x  3y y 
  By componendo and dividendo, we get,
Now, =
3x 2  2y 2  x2 
3 2   2
w.

7x  3y 7  4 11
y  =  11 : 3
  7x  3y 74 3
[On dividing numerator and denominator by y2]
x 3
37. a; We have, 
ww

 9 9 96 y 4
2   3 3
 4 2 2 15 4 x
= = 27 = 27  8 =  1
 9 2 2 19 6 yx 6 y
3    2 Now,  = 
 4 4 4 7 yx 7 1 x
y
30
= = 30 : 19 [Dividing numerator and denominator by y]
19

2a  5b 4 3
31. c; We have,  6 1 4 6 43
3a  6b 7 =  = 
7 1 3 7 43
 14a – 35b = 12a + 24b  2a = 59ab 4
a 59 6 1
 = = 59 : 2 =  = 1
b 2 7 7

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

Ratio & Proportion and k-Method 373

x x  2a x  2b 3b  a 3a  b
38. c; We have, y = 2 x = 2y x – 2y = 0   =  +
x  2a x  2b b a a b
5x2 – 13xy + 6y2 = 5x2 – 10xy – 3xy + 6y2
= 5x (x – 2y) – 3y (x – 2y) 3b  a  3a  b 2b  2a 2(b  a )
=  = = 2
= (x – 2y)(5x – 3y) b a b a b a
= 0 × (5x – 2y) = 0
1
a c e 45. a; We have, x 
39. d; We have, b  d  f  3 y2 1
a = 3b; c = 3d; e = 3f k
2  9b 2  3  9d 2  4  9 f 2  x  ; where k is a constant.
2a 2  3c 2  4e 2 y2 1
 
2
2b  3d  4 f2 2 2b 2  3d 2  4 f 2
When y = 10, x = 24, then

.in
9(2b 2  3d 2  4 f 2 ) k k
= 9
2b 2  3d 2  4 f 2 24 =  24 =
102  1 9
40. b; We have, 1.5x = 0.04y k = 24 × 99

ng
x 0.04 4 2 When y = 5, then
   
y 1.5 150 75 k 24  99 24  99
y 75 x =    99
  y2 1 52  1 24
x 2

eri
y2  x2 (y  x )(y  x ) 2x  y 1
46. b; We have, x  2y  2

K
Now, 2 2
= 2
y  2xy  x (y  x )
4x – 2y = x + 2y
y 75 3x = 4y
1
=
yx
yx
 x
y
1
2
= 75 
73
77
e 
x

4
gin
1  1 y 3
x 2

 x   4 
a b c y  3  1 3   1
41. a; Let   k 3x  y  y   3  4 1 3
2 3 5   = = 
3x  y  x   4  4 1 5
En

a = 2k; b = 3k; c = 5k y  3  1  3   1

 y  3
a b c 2k  3k  5k 10k
 = = 2 x y xy
c 5k 5k 47. a; x – y = = k

KUNDAN
7 4
x 3
42. c; We have, y  4 x – y = k; x + y = 7k
arn

 (x + y)2 – (x – y)2 = 49k2 – k2

4xy = 48k2
x 3 15  8
5 2 5 2  16k = 48k 2
5x  2y y 4 4 7
 = x = 3 = 21  8  1
7x  2y 7 2 29 k=
7 2 3
Le

y 4 4
1 4
 xy = 4k = 4 × =
a b a 3 3 3
43. a; We have,   
3 2 b 2 48. a; Since, y : x = 4 : 15  x : y = 15 : 4
w.

x 15
a 3  
2a  3b 3 2 23 y 4
b 2 6 12
 = = =  By componendo and dividendo, we get,
3a  2b a 3 94 5
3 2 3 2 x y 15  4 11
ww

b 2 2 = =
x y 15  4 19
4ab x 2b
44. d; Since, x     3x  y 5
a b 2a a b 49. c; We have, 
x  5y 7
By componendo and dividendo, we get, 21x – 7y = 5x + 25y
x  2a 2b  a  b 3b  a 21x – 5x = 25y + 7y
   16x = 32y
x  2a 2b  a  b b a
x 32 2
Again,   
y 16 1
x 2a
 x  y 2 1
2b a  b  x  y  2  1 = 3 : 1
x  2b 2a  a  b 3a  b
   [By componendo and dividendo]
x  2b 2a  a  b a b

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

 For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

374 SSC Advanced Maths

5x 2  3y 2 11 a b c
50. b; Since,
xy

2 53. c; Let y  z  z  x  x  y  k

11 a = k(y – z); b = k(z – x); c = k(x – y)

 5x2 – 3y2 = xy ax + by + cz = k(xy – xz + yz – xy + xz – yz) = 0
2
2 2
 10x – 6y – 11xy = 0
x 4  x 4 2
 10x2 – 15xy + 4xy – 6y2 = 0 54. d; We have, =
5x(2x – 3y) + 2y(2x – 3y) = 0 x 4 x 4 1
(2x – 3y) (5x + 2y) = 0 By componendo and dividendo, we get,
 2x = 3y
2 x4 3
x 3 
 2 x 4 1

y 2 On squaring both sides, we get,

.in
x 4 9
3 x  3x 2 
51. b; We have,  x 4 1
3 x  3x 1
9x – 36 = x + 4

ng
By componendo and dividendo, we get, 9x – x = 36 + 4
2 3  x 2 1 8x = 40
  3  x = 5
2 3  x 2 1
55. c; Let the fourth proportional be p, then

eri
Squaring on both sides, we get,
x3 – y3 : x4 + x2y2 + y4 : : x – y : p

K
3x p(x3 – y3) = (x4 + x2y2 + y4) (x – y)
9
3x
3 + x = 27 – 9x (x 4  x 2y 2  y 4 )(x  y )
 p
9x + x = 27 – 3 = 24

e x 3  y3
gin
24 12
x =  [( x 2  y 2 )  ( xy )2 ](x  y )
10 5 =
(x  y )(x 2  y 2  xy )

3 1 2
52. d; Since, x    (x 2  y 2  xy )(x 2  y 2  xy )(x  y )
2 x 3 =
( x  y )(x 2  y 2  xy )
En

By componendo and dividendo, we get,

= x2 + y2 – xy

KUNDAN
1 x 2  3 56. a; Let the third proportional be x, then

1 x 2  3
a b
arn

   : a2  b 2 : : a2  b 2 : x
2 2 b a

1 x
=
 
2 3
=
2  3 
a b 2
1 x 2  3 2  3 43
 x    =
b a a 2  b 2 
1 x 2
= 2  3
Le


1 x  a 2  b2 
 x  ab  = a2 + b2
1 x 2  3  
 
1 x 1  x = ab
w.

By componendo and dividendo, we get, 57. c; Let the mean proportional be x, then
1 x  1 x 2  3 1 x = (a  b )(a  b )3 (a  b )3 (a  b )

1  x  1  x 2  3 1
ww

= (a  b )4 (a  b )4 = (a + b)2 (a – b)2
=
3 3

3  3 1  3 = [(a + b)(a – b)]2 = (a2 – b2)2
3 1 3 1

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

.in
Series

ng
A Series is a sequence of numbers obtained by (iii) Series of squares, cubes etc
some particular predefined rule and applying that pre- These series can be formed by squaring or cub-

eri
defined rule it is possible to find out the next term of ing every successive number.
the series. For example,
A series can be created in many ways. Some of (i) 2, 4, 16, 256, ...
these are discussed below : (ii) 3, 9, 81, 6561, ....
(i) Arithmetic Series
e (iii) 2, 8, 512, ..... etc.
gin
An arithmetic series is one in which successive are such series. (In the first and second, every
numbers are obtained by adding (or subtracting) number is squared to get the next number while
a fixed number to the previous number. For ex- in the third it is cubed).
ample, (iv) Mixed Series
(i) 3,5,7,9,11,...... A mixed series is basically the one we need to
En

(ii) 10,8,6,4,2,...... have a sound practice. Because it is generally

(iii) 13,22,31,40,49,..... the mixed series which is asked in the examina-
(iv) 31,27,23,19,15,.....etc. tion. By a mixed series, we mean a series which is
arn

are arithmetic series because in each of them the created according to any non-conventional (but
next number can be obtained by adding or sub- logical) rule. Because there is no limitation to
tracting a fixed number. (For example, in 3,5,7,9,11, people’s imagination, there are infinite ways in
..... every successive number is obtained by add- which a series can be created and naturally it is
ing 2 to the previous number). not possible to club together all of them. Still we
Le

(ii) Geometric Series are giving examples of some more popular ways
A geometric series is one in which each succes- of creating these mixed series. (We shall be giv-
sive number is obtained by multiplying (or divid- ing them names, which are not generalised and
w.

ing) a fixed number by the previous number. probably not found in any other book, but which
For example, are given with the purpose of clarifying their logic
(i) 4,8,16,32,64,.... without difficulty).
(ii) 15,-30,60,-120,240,..... I) Two-tier Arithmetic Series. We have seen
ww

(iii) 1024,512,256,128,64,..... that in an arithmetic series the difference of any two

(iv) 3125,-625,125,-25,5,...... successive numbers is fixed. A Two-tier Arithmetic
are geometric series because, in each of them, Series shall be the one in which the differences of
the next number can be obtained by multiplying successive numbers themselves form an arithmetic
(or dividing) the previous number by a fixed num- series.
ber. (For example, in : 3125,-625, 125,-25,5,... ev- Examples
ery successive number is obtained by dividing (a) 1, 2, 5, 10, 17, 26, 37, .....
the previous number by -5.) (b) 3, 5, 9, 15, 23, 33, ..... etc.

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

2 K KUNDAN

are examples of such series. [In 1, 2, 5, 10, 17, 26, is an arithmetico-geometric series. (Each succes-
37, .....; for example, the differences of succes- sive term is obtained by first adding 1 to the
sive numbers are 1, 3, 5, 7, 9, 11,... which is an previous term and then multiplying it by 3).
arithmetic series. Note : The differences of successive numbers should
Note: Two-tier arithmetic series can be denoted as a be in Geometric Progression.
quadratic function. In this case, the successive differences are 5, 15,
For example, the above series 45, 135, ..... which are in GP.
b) Geometrico-Arithmetic Series. As the name
(a) is 0 2  1, 12  1, 2 2  1, 32  1, .... which can be

.in
suggests, a geometrico-arithmetic series should be
denoted as the one in which each successive term is found by
f x   x 2  1 , where x = 0, 1, 2, .... first multiplying (or dividing) the previous term by a
fixed number and then adding (or deducting ) another

ng
Similarly example (b) can be denoted as
fixed number.
f(x) = x 2  x  3 , x = 0, 1, 2, 3, .... For example
II) Three-tier Arithmetic Series. This, as the 3, 4, 7, 16, 43, 124, ....

eri
name suggests, is a series in which the differences of is a geometrico-arithmetic series. (Each succes-
successive numbers form a two-tier arithmetic series; sive term is obtained by first multiplying the pre-
whose successive term’s differences, in turn, form an vious number by 3 and then subtracting 5 from
arithmetic series. it.)
For example
e Note: The differences of successive numbers should
gin
a) 336, 210, 120, 60, 24, 6, 0, .... be in geometric progression. In this case, the
is an example of three-tier arithmetic series. successive differences are 1, 3, 9, 27, 81, .....
[The differences of successive terms are which are in GP.
126, 90, 60, 36, 18, 6, ...... IV) Twin Series. We shall call these twin series,
The differences of successive terms of this new because they are two series packed in one .
En

series are 1, 3, 5, 1, 9, -3, 13, -11, 17, ........

36, 30, 24, 18, 12, ....... is an example of twin series. (The first, third, fifth
which is an arithmetic series.] etc. terms are 1, 5, 9, 13, 17 which is an arithmetic
arn

Note: Three-tier arithmetic series can be denoted as a series. The second, fourth, sixth etc. are 3, 1, -3, -
cubic function. 11 which is a geometrico-arithmetic series in
For example, the above series is (from right end) which successive terms are obtained by multi-
plying the previous term by 2 and then subtract-
13  1, 23  2, 33  3, 43  4, ... which can also be
ing 5.)
Le

denoted as V) Other Series. Besides, numerous other se-

f(x) = x 3 – x; x = 1, 2, ... ries are possible and it is impossible to even think of
III) We know that, (let alone write them down ) all of them. It is only
w.

i) In an arithmetic series we add ( or deduct ) a through a lot of practice and by keeping abreast with
fixed number to find the next number, and the latest trends that one can expect to master the
ii) In a geometric series we multiply (or divide ) a series.
ww

fixed number to find the next number.

We can combine these two ideas into one to form Suggested steps for solving series ques-
a) Arithmetico-Geometric Series. As the name tions
suggests, in this series each successive term should Despite the fact that it is extremely difficult to lay
be found by first adding a fixed number to the previ- down all possible combinations of series, still, if you
ous term and then multiplying it by another fixed num- follow the following step-by-step approach, you may
ber. solve a series question easily and quickly:
For example Step I: Preliminary Screening
1,6, 21, 66, 201...... First check the series by having a look at it. It

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

K KUNDAN 3

may be that the series is very simple and just a first the series may be irregularly increasing or decreas-
look may be enough and you may know the next term. ing. In such cases, the rise (or fall ) may be sharp then
Some examples are given below, where preliminary slow and then again sharp and so on .
screening is sufficient to tell you the next term. For example, consider the series: 4, 5, 7, 10, 14,
Ex. i) 4, -8, 16, -32, 64, ? 19, 25. Here the series increases and the increase is
ii) 1, 4, 9, 16, 25, 36, 49, ? slow. A gradual, slow increase. So you should try to
iii) 1, 3, 6, 10, 15, 21, ? test for an arithmetic type of increase. Indeed, it turns
iv) 2,6, 18, 54, 162, ? out to be a two-tier arithmetic series, the differences

.in
Answer i) Each term is multiplied by -2. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, forming a simple series.
Next term : -132. Again, consider the series: 1, 2, 6, 15, 31, 56. Here
ii) The series is +3, +5, +7, +9,+11, +13, +15. you may immediately ‘feel’ that the series rises very
Next term: 49 + 15 = 64. sharply. So, you should try to test for a geometric

ng
Another approach: The series is,12,22, 32 etc. type of increase. On trial you may see that the series
Next term: 82 = 64. is not formed by successive multiplications. So, you
iii) The series is +2, +3, +4, +5, +6, +7. should check for addition of squared numbers, cubed

eri
Next term: 21 + 7 =28. numbers etc. Indeed the series turns out to be 1, 1+12,
iv) Each term is multiplied by 3. 1+ 12+ 22, 1+ 12+ 22+ 32 etc. Another similar example
Next term: 162 x 3 = 486. could be of the series 1, 5, 14, 30, 55, 91. This is 12 ,
Step II: Check Trend: Increasing / Decreasing / Al- 12+ 22, 12+ 22 + 32, 12 + 22 + 32 + 42 etc. Another example
ternating
e could be : 2, 9, 28, 65, 126, 217. This is : 13+1, 23+1, 33+1
gin
If you fail to see the rule of the series by just etc.
preliminary screening you should see the trend of the [Note: We have seen that there may be two ways in
series. By this we mean that you should check whether which a geometric increase (or decrease) may take
the series increases continuously or decreases con- place. In one case it is because of multiplications (or
tinuously or whether it alternates, ie, increases and divisions) by terms and in other case it is because of
En

decreases alternately. For example, the series i) and ii) addition (or substraction) of squared or cubed terms.
in the following examples are increasing, the series iii) How do we differentiate between the two? We can
is decreasing and the series iv) is alternating. differentiate between the two by looking at the trend
arn

Ex. i) 3, 10, 21, 36, 55, 78. of the increase. If the increase is because of addition
ii) 5,10,13,26,29, 58. of squared or cubed terms, the increase will be not
iii) 125, 123, 120, 115, 108, 97. very sharp in the later terms (fourth, fifth, sixth terms
iv) 253, 136, 352, 460, 324, 631, 244. etc.) For example, watch the series: 1, 2, 6, 15, 31, 56.
Step III (A) ( to be employed if the series is increas- Here the series appears to rise very steeply: 1, 1 × 2 =
Le

ing or decreasing) Feel the rate of increase or de- 2, 2 × 3 = 6, 6 × 2.5 = 15, 15 × 2  31, 31 × (1. something)
crease = 56. Thus we see multiplications are by 2, 3, 2.5, 2,
For an increasing (or decreasing) series, start with respectively. That is, the rise is very sharp initially
w.

the first term and move onwards. You will notice that but later it slows down. The same can be said to be
the series proceeds either arithmetically or geometri- true of the series: 1, 5, 14, 30, 55, 91. Here, 1 × 5=5, 5 ×
cally or alternately . By an arithmetic increase, we 3  14, 14 × 2  30, 30 × 1.8  55, 55 × 1.6  91. Here
mean that there is an increase (or decrease) of terms too, the rise is very sharp initially, but later it slows
ww

by virtue of addition (or subtraction). In such cases down. In such cases, therefore, where the rise is
you will ‘feel’ that the series rises (or falls) rather very sharp initially but slows down later on, you should
slowly. By a geometric increase (or decrease) we mean check for addition of squared or cubed numbers.]
that there is an increase (or decrease) of terms by As our next example, consider the series : 3, 5, 11,
virtue of multiplication (or division) or if there is addi- 25, 55, 117. We see that this series, too, rises very
tion it is of squares or of cubes. In such cases, you sharply. Hence, there must be a geometric type of
will ‘feel’ that the series rises (or falls ) very sharply. increase. Further, the rate of increase does not die
By an alternative increase (or decrease ) we mean that down in later terms. In fact, it picks up as the series

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

4 K KUNDAN

progresses. Hence, this time the geometric increase On the other hand, 1, 3, 5, 10, 14, 29, 30 is an
should be of the first kind, i.e., through multiplica- increasing series having alternating increase.)
tion. The series must be formed by multiplications by For an alternating series you should check for
2 and some further operation. Now it is easy. A little two possibilities: One, that the series may be a mix of
more exercise will tell us that the series is : ×2–1, ×2+1, two series (twin series) and two, that two different
×2+3, ×2+5, ×2+7 etc. Another and similar example kinds of operations may be going on. For example,
could be : 7, 8, 18, 57, 232, 1165. Here the series is: × consider the series: 4, 8, 6, 12, 9, 16, 13. This is an
1+1, ×2+2, ×3+ 3, ×4+ 4, ×5+ 5. alternating series. It is a mix of two simple series: 4, 6,

.in
As our last example we will take up a series which 9, 13 and 8, 12, 16 etc. Again, consider the series: 800,
shows an alternating increase. In such cases there 1200, 600, 1000, 500, 900. Here, two different kinds of
are two possibilities: one, that two different series operations are going on. One, addition of 400 and
may be intermixed or the other, that two different kinds two, division by 2.

ng
of operations may be being performed on successive
terms. To understand this, let us see the following A summaryof the three steps
examples. Consider the series: 1, 3, 5, 10, 14, 29, 30, 84. [Very Important]

eri
You can see that this series increases gradually and Step I: Do a preliminary screening of the series. If it is
hence it is an increasing series but the increase, in a simple series you will be able to solve it easily.
itself, is irregular, haphazard. In fact, it is a mix of two Step II: If you fail in preliminary screening then deter-
series: 1, 5, 14, 30 which is a series: 1, 1+22,1+22+32, 1+ mine the trend of the series. Determine whether it
22+ 32+ 42; and the other series: 3,10, 29, 84 which is
e is increasing, decreasing or alternating.
gin
another series: × 3+ 1, × 3-1, ×3-3 etc. Again, consider Step III (A): Perform this step only if a series is in-
the series: 3, 13, 20, 84, 91, 459. This is also an in- creasing or decreasing. Use the following rules:
creasing series with a haphazard increase ( alternat- i) If the rise of a series is slow or gradual, the
ing increase) with sharp and then slow rises coming series is likely to have an addition-based in-
alternately. Here, two different kinds of operations crease; successive numbers are obtained by
En

are being performed alternately: the first operation is adding some numbers.
that of multiplication by 3, 4, 5 successively and add- ii) if the rise of a series is very sharp initially but
ing a constant number 4 and the second operation is slows down later on, the series is likely to be
formed by adding squared or cubed num-
arn

that of adding 7. Hence the series is: ×3+4, + 7, ×4+4,

+7, ×5+4. bers.
Step III (B) ( to be employed if the series is neither iii) if the rise of a series is throughout equally
increasing nor decreasing but alternating ) Check sharp, the series is likely to be multiplication-
two possibilities based; successive terms are obtained by
Le

For an alternating series, where the terms in- multiplying by some terms (and, maybe, some
crease and decrease alternately, the rules remain, more addition or subtraction could be there, too.)
or less, the same as those for a series showing alter- iv) if the rise of a series is irregular and haphaz-
w.

nating increase. ard there may be two possibilities. Either

(Note: Please note the difference between an alter- there may be a mix of two series or two differ-
nating increase and a series having alternat- ent kinds of operations may be going on al-
ing increase carefully. In an alternating increase ternately. (The first is more likely when the
ww

terms increase, decrease alternately. But a series increase is very irregular: the second is more
having alternating increase increases continu- likely when there is a pattern, even in the
ously [and on having alternating decrease de- irregularity of the series).
creases continuously]. The increase may be hap- Step III (B): (to be performed when the series is alter-
hazard and irregular - alternately, sharp and slow nating)
- but the increase is continuous. For example, 15, [Same as (iv) of step (iii). Check two possibili-
22, 20, 27, 25 is an alternating series because ties]
there is increase and decrease in terms, alternately.

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

K KUNDAN 5

Some solved examples multiple. On checking the series is: × 2 + 4. Next

Ex. Find the next number of the series term = 316 × 2 + 4 = 636
i) 8, 14, 26, 50, 98, 194 x) Series increases sharply but then its speed of
ii) 8, 8, 9, 9, 11, 10, 14, 11 rise slows down. Likely to be addition of squared
iii) 325, 259, 204, 160, 127, 105 or cubed numbers. On checking, the series is:13–
iv) 54, 43, 34, 27, 22, 19 3, 23– 4, 33 – 5, 43 – 6 ..... Next term =73 – 9 = 334
v) 824, 408, 200, 96, 44, 18
Finding wrong numbers in a series
vi) 16, 17, 21, 30, 46, 71

.in
In today’s examinations, a series is more likely to
vii) 3, 3, 6, 18, 72, 360
be given in the format of a complete series in which
viii) 3, 4, 8, 17, 33, 58
an incorrect number is included. The candidate is re-
ix) 6, 16, 36, 76, 156, 316
quired to find out the wrong number.

ng
x) –2, 4, 22, 58, 118, 208
Obviously, finding the wrong number in a series
Solutions
is very easy once you have mastered the art of under-
i) Sharp increase and terms roughly doubling ev-
standing how the series is likely to be formed. On
ery time. On checking with 2 as multiple the se-

eri
studying a given series and applying the concepts
ries is:
employed so far you should be able to understand
next term = previous term ×2 -2. Next term = 382.
and thus “decode” the formation of the series. This
ii) Irregular. Very irregular. Likely to be, therefore,
should not prove very difficult because usually six
mixed. On checking it is a mix of two series:
8, 9, 11, 14, (+1, +2, +3 etc.) and 8, 9, 10, 11.
e terms are given and it means that at least five correct
gin
terms are given. This should be sufficient to follow
Next term =14+4=18.
the series.
iii) Gradual slow decrease. Likely to be arithmetical
We are giving below some solved examples on
decrease. Check the differences of successive
this particular type where you are required to find out
terms. They are: 66, 55, 44, 33, 22. Hence, next
the wrong numbers in a series:
En

decrease will be : 11.

Next term= 105–11= 94. Selected number series
iv) Gradual slow decrease. Likely to be arithmetical Which Of The Following Does Not Fit In The Se-
decrease. Check differences. They are 11, 9, 7, 5, ries?
arn

3. Hence, next decrease will be 1. 1) 2, 6, 12, 27, 58, 121, 248

Next term =19 – 1 = 18. 2) 3, 9, 18, 54, 110, 324, 648
v) Sharp decrease and terms roughly being halved 3) 1, 1.5, 3, 6, 22.5, 78.75, 315
everytime. Checking with 2 as divisor the series 4) 190, 166, 145, 128, 112, 100, 91
Le

is: 5) 895, 870, 821, 740, 619, 445, 225

Next term = (previous term - 8) ÷ 2. Next term = 5. 6) 1, 2, 6, 21, 86, 445, 2676
vi) Preliminary screening tells us that each term is 7) 864, 420, 200, 96, 40, 16, 6
obtained by adding 12,22,32,42,52 ...., respectively. 8) 4, 12, 30, 68, 146, 302, 622
w.

Next term = 71 + 62= 107 9) 7, 10, 12, 14, 17, 19, 22, 22
vii) Sharp increase. The series is: × 1, × 2, × 3, × 4, × 5, 10) 196, 168, 143, 120, 99, 80, 63
.... Next term =360 × 6 = 2160 11) 258, 130, 66, 34, 18, 8, 6
ww

viii) Sharp increase that slows down later on. (Ratios 12) 2, 6, 24, 96, 285, 568, 567
of successive terms rise sharply from 4 ÷ 3=1.3 to 13) 6072, 1008, 200, 48, 14, 5, 3
8 ÷ 4 = 2 to 17 ÷ 8 =2.125 and then start falling to 14) 2, 1, 10, 19, 14, 7, 16
33 ÷ 17  1.9 and then to 58 ÷ 33  1.8). Hence 15) 318, 368, 345, 395, 372, 422, 400, 449
likely to be addition of squared or cubed num- 16) 2807, 1400, 697, 347, 171, 84, 41, 20
bers. On checking the series is : +12,+22, +32, +42, 17) 824, 408, 396, 96, 44, 18, 5
+52, ..... Next term = 58 + 62 = 94. 18) 5, 7, 13, 25, 45, 87, 117
ix) Sharp increase with terms roughly doubling each 19) 2185, 727, 241, 79, 30, 7, 1
time. Likely to have geometrical nature with 2 as

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

6 K KUNDAN

20) 2, 3, 10, 15, 25, 35, 50, 63 48×4+8=200; 200 × 5+10=1010)

21) 2, 7, 28, 60, 126, 215, 344 14) 19;(2÷2=1; 1+9=10; 10÷2=5; 5+9=14; 14÷2 =7;
22) 0, 4, 19, 48, 100, 180, 294 7+9=16)
23) 1, 2, 7, 34, 202, 1420 15) 400;(There are two series; S1 =318+27=345;
24) 823, 734, 645, 556, 476, 378, 289 345+27 =372; 372+27=399; S2=368+27=395;
25) 1, 4, 11, 34, 102, 304, 911 395+27=422;——)
26) 5, 8, 20, 42, 124, 246, 736 16) 347;(20×2+1=41; 41×2+2 =84; 84×2+3=171;——
27) 13700, 1957, 326, 65, 16, 6, 2 —)

.in
28) 1, 1.5, 3, 20.25, 121.5, 911.25, 8201.25 17) 396;[(824–8) ÷2 =408; (408-8) ÷2 =200; (200-8)
29) 3, 6, 10, 20, 33, 62, 94 ÷2=96;————]
30) 0, 6, 23, 56, 108, 184, 279 18) 87;(Add 2,6,12,20,30 and 42 to the successive
31) 1, 2, 6, 12, 66, 197, 786 numbers)

ng
32) 1, 2, 6, 144, 2880, 86400, 3628800 19) 30;[(2185–4)÷3=727; (727–4)÷3=241; (241-
33) –1, 5, 20, 59, 119, 209, 335 4)÷3=79;—————]
34) 1, 2, 4, 8, 15, 60, 64 20) 25;[12+1=2; 22-1=3; 32+1=10; 42-1=15; 52+1=26;—

eri
35) 49, 56, 64, 71, 81, 90, 100, 110 —————]
36) 1, 3, 10, 29, 74, 172, 382 21) 60;[13+1=2; 23-1=7; 33+1=28; 43-1=63;————
37) 25, 26, 24, 29, 27, 36, 33 ———]
38) 36, 54, 18, 27, 9, 18.5, 4.5 22) 19;[13–12=0; 23-22=4; 33-32=18; 43-42=48 ;53-
39) 144, 132, 125, 113, 105, 93, 84, 72, 61, 50
e 52=100;—————]
gin
40) 3, 9, 36, 72, 216, 864, 1728, 3468 23) 202;[1×2-1=1; 1×3-1=2; 2×4-1=7; 7×5-1=34; 34×6-
41) 1, 1, 1, 4, 2, 1, 9, 5, 1, 16 1=203;——]
24) 476;[Hundred-digit of each number is decreas-
Answers ing by one and unit-and ten-digits are increasing
1) 6;(2×2+1=5; 5×2+2=12; 12×2+3=27; 27×2+4=58; by one.]
En

and so on) 25) 102;[1×3+1=4; 4×3-1=11; 11×3+1=34————]

2) 110;(Multiply by 3 and 2 alternately) 26) 20; [Series is ×2 - 2, × 3 - 2, × 2 - 2, ×3 -2, ......]
3) 6;(1×1.5=1.5; 1.5×2=3; 3×2.5=7.5; 7.5×3=22.5;— 27) 6; [Series is -1 ÷ 7, –1 ÷6, –1 ÷ 5, –1 ÷4, –1 ÷3, .....]
—————)
arn

28) 3; [Series is ×1.5, ×3, × 4.5, × 6, × 7.5, × 9]

4) 128;(190-24=166; 166-21=145; 145-18=127; 127- 29) 33; [Series is ×2, × 1.5 + 1, × 2, × 1.5 + 1, × 2, × 1.5
15=112;——) + 1]
5) 445;(reduce the successive numbers by 5 2,
30) 108; [Series is 13  2 0 , 2 3  21 , 33  2 2 ,
72,92,112,———)
Le

6) 86;( 1×1+1=2; 2×2+2=6; 6×3+3=21; 21×4+4=88;— 4 3  2 3 , 53  2 4..... ]

———) 31) 12; [Series is × 3- 1, × 4 - 2, × 3 - 1, × 4 - 2, .....]
7) 96;(Start from right end; 2(6+2)=16; 2(16+4)=40; 32) 6; [Series is × 1 × 2, ×2 × 3, ×3 × 4, × 4 × 5, × 5 × 6,
w.

2(40+6)=92; 2(92+8)=200 ————) .....]

8) 302;(Add 8,18, 38, 78,158 and 318 to the succes-
sive numbers) 33) 20; [Series is 13  2, 2 3  3, 3 3  4, 4 3  5,
9) 19;(There are two series; S 1 =7,12,17,22;
ww

53  6, ..... ]
S2=10,14,18,22)
10) 196;(Add 17,19,21,23,————to the successive 34) 8; [Series is × 2, +2, ×3, +3, ×4, +4, ........]
numbers from RE) 35) 71; [Series is
11) 8;(Add 4,8,16,32,64,128 to the successive num- 2 2 2 2 2 2
7 , 7  7, 8 , 8  8, 9 , 9  9, .... ]
bers from RE) 36) 172; [Series is ×2 + 1, ×2 + 4, ×2 + 9, ×2 + 16, ×2 +
12) 24;(2×6-6=6; 6×5-5=25; 25×4-4=96; 96×3-3=285;— 25, .......]
———)
13) 1008;(From RHS; 3×1+2=5; 5×2+4=14; 14×3+6=48; 37) 24; [ Series is  12  1,  2 2  2,32 ,3,..... ]

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

K KUNDAN 7

38) 18.5; [Series is ×1.5, ÷3, ×1.5, ÷3, ×1.5, ÷3] stant fraction). In this case the values are de-
39) 61; [Series is –12, –7, –12, –8, –12, –9, –12, –10, –
5 1
12,....] creased by or .
40) 3468; [Series is ×3, ×4, ×2, ×3, ×4, ×2, ×3,.....] 15 3
41) 5; [Series is 4 23 18 12 8 3
2 1 0 2 1 0 2 1 0 2 2) , , , , ,
1 , 1 , 1 , 2 , 2 , 2 , 3 , 3 , 3 , 4 ,.... ] 5 35 35 35 35 35
Soln: By the above rule if we change all the fractions
Some Unique Series with the same denominators, the series is

.in
These series may be asked in examinations, so
28 23 18 12 8 3
you must be aware of them. , , , , , .
35 35 35 35 35 35
I. Series of Date or Time

ng
1) Which of the following doesn’t fit into the se- 12
ries? We see that numerators decrease by 5, thus
35
5-1-96, 27-1-96, 18-2-96, 12-3-96, 2-4-96

eri
Soln: Each successive date differs by 22 days. If you 13
should be replaced by .
recall that 96 is a leap year, you will find that 12- 35
3-96 should be replaced by 11-3-96. Now, we conclude that the above fractions de-
2) Which of the following doesn’t fit into the se-
ries?
e crease successively by
5
35
1
or .
7
gin
5.40, 8.00, 10.20, 12.30, 3.00, 5.20
Soln: Each successive time differs by 2 hrs 20 min- 118 100 82 66 46 28
utes. So 12.30 should be replaced by 12.40. 3) , , , , ,
225 199 173 147 121 95
Note: Keep in mind that the problem of series may be
based on dates or times. Sometimes it doesn’t Soln: We see that all the denominators differ, so we
En

strike our mind and the question is solved can’t use the above rule. In this case usually, the
wrongly. numerators and denominators change in a defi-
nite pattern. Here, numerators decrease succes-
II. Fractional series sively by 18 whereas denominators decrease
arn

Which of the following doesn’t fit into the se-

ries? 66
successively by 26. Thus should be re-
147
4 7 1 1 8
1) , , , ,
5 15 15 5 15 64
Le

placed by .
Soln: Whenever you find that most of the fractions 147
have the same denominators, change all the de-
nominators to the same value. For example, in 12 15 18 21 24 27
4) , , , , ,
89 86 82 80 77 74
w.

this question, the series becomes:

12 7 1 3 8 Soln: Numerators increase successively by 3 whereas
, , , , denominators decrease successively by 3. Thus
15 15 15 15 15
ww

Now, it is clear that numerators must decrease 18 18

should be replaced by .
1 82 83
successively by 5. Therefore, should be re-
15 Note: More complicated questions based on fractions
are not expected in the exams because it is not
2 easy to find the solution in complicated cases.
placed by .
15
III. Some numbers followed by their LCM or HCF
Note: The above method is useful when the fractional 1) 1, 2, 3, 6, 4, 5, 6, 60, 5, 6, 7, ..... (Fill up the blank)
values are decreased by a constant value (a con- Soln : The series can be separated in three parts. 1, 2,

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

8 K KUNDAN

3, 6/ 4, 5, 6, 60/5, 6, 7 .... In each part fourth num- which one is different from others.
ber is LCM of first three numbers. Thus the an- 1) 22, 44, 88, 132, 165, 191, 242. Find the number
swer should be 210. which doesn’t fit in the above series (or group).
2) 8, 6, 24, 7, 3, 21, 5, 4, 20, ...., 9, 18 Soln: 191; Others are divisible by 11 or 191 is the
1) 1 2) 3 3) 4 4) 5 5) 6 single prime number.
Soln : 8, 6, 24/ 7, 3, 21/ 5, 4, 20/_ , 9, 18 2) Which one of the following series doesn’t fit
Third number in each part is LCM of first two into the series?
numbers. Thus, the answer should be 6. 29, 31, 37, 43, 47, 51, 53

.in
3) 8, 4, 4, 7, 8, 1, 3, 9, 3, 2, 1, .... Soln: 51; All other are prime numbers.
1) 1 2) 2 3) 3 A note on Arithmetic Progressions. Arithmetic
4) 5 5) None of these progression is basically the arithmetic series.
Soln : 8, 4, 4/ 7, 8, 1/ 3, 9, 3/ 2, 1 ... A succession of numbers is said to be in Arith-

ng
In each part, third number is HCF of first to num- metic Progression (A.P.) if the difference between any
bers. Thus our answer should be 1. term and the term preceding it is constant through-
out. This constant is called the common difference
IV. Some numbers followed by their product

eri
(c.d.) of the A.P.
1) 2, 3, 6, 18, 108, 1844
To find the nth term of an A.P. Let the first term of
Which of the above numbers does not fit into
an A.P. be a and the common difference be d.
the series?
Then the A.P. will be a, a+d, a+2d, a+3d, ........
Soln: 2 × 3 = 6
3 × 6 = 18 e Now first term t1 = a = a + (1-1)d
gin
second term t2 = a + d = a + (2-1)d
6 × 18 = 108
third term t3 = a + 2d = a + (3-1)d
18 × 108 = 1944
fourth term t4 = a + 3d= a + (4-1)d
Thus, 1844 is wrong.
fifth term t5 = a + 4d= a + (5-1)d
2) 5, 7, 35, 8, 9, 72 , 11, 12, 132, _, 3, 6. Fill up the
Proceeding in this way, we get nth term tn= a+
En

blank.
(n-1)d
Soln: 5, 7, 35/ 8, 9, 72/ 11, 12, 132/ 2, 3, 6
Thus nth term of an A.P. whose first term is a and
In each group third number is the multiplication
common difference is d is given by tn = a + (n-1)d
of first and second. Thus our answer is 2.
arn

V. By use of digit-sum Some Solved Examples

1) 14, 19, 29, 40, 44, 51, 59, 73 Ex. 1: Find the first five terms of the sequence for
Which of the above numbers doesn’t fit into the which t1=1,t2=2 and tn+2=tn+tn+1.
series? Soln: Given, t1 = 1, t2 = 2, tn+2 = tn+tn+1
Le

Soln: Next number = Previous number + Digit-sum of Putting n = 1, we get t3 = t1+t2 = 1+2 = 3
previous number n = 2, we get t4 = t2+t3 = 2+3 = 5
Like, 19 = 14 + (4 + 1) n = 3, we get t5 = t3+t4 = 3+5 = 8
w.

29 = 19 + (1 + 9) Thus the first five terms of the given sequence

40 = 29 + (2 + 9) are 1,2,3,5 and 8.
Thus, we see that 51 should be replaced by 52. Ex. 2: How many terms are there in the A.P.
2) 14, 5, 18, 9, 22, 4, 26, 8, 30, 3, __, __. Fill up the 20,25,30,...100?
ww

blanks. Soln: Let the number of terms be n.

Soln: 1st, 3rd, 5th, 7th, .... numbers follow the pattern Given tn = 100, a = 20, d = 5, we have to find n.
of +4 (14 + 4 = 18, 18 + 4 = 22, ....). Whereas 2nd, Now tn = a+(n-1)d  100 = 20+ (n-1)5
4th, 6th are the digit-sums of their respective pre- or 80 = (n-1)5 or, n-1 = 16  n = 17.
vious number (5 = 1 + 4, 9 = 1 + 8), ....) Thus, our Ex. 3: A person was appointed in the pay scale of Rs.
answer is 34 and 7. 700-40-1500. Find in how many years he will
VI. Odd number out reach maximum of the scale.
Sometimes a group of numbers is written out of Soln: Let the required number of years be n.

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

K KUNDAN 9

Given tn = 1500, a = 700, d = 40, to find n. Soln: The first series is ÷6, ÷5, ÷4, ÷3
 tn = a+(n-1)d  a = 3720 ÷ 6 = 620, b = 620 ÷ 5 = 124,
 1500 = 700+(n-1)40 c = 124 ÷ 4 = 31, and finally d = 31 ÷ 3 = 10.33
or, (n-1)40 = 800 or, n-1 = 20 or, n = 21. Ex. 6: 27 44 71 108 155
Two-line number series 34 a b c d e
Nowadays this type of number series is also be- What value should replace e?
ing asked in examinations. Soln: The differences of two successive terms of
In this type of no. series one complete series is the series are 17, 27, 37, 47.

.in
given while the other is incomplete. Both the series  a = 34 + 17 = 51, b = 51 + 27 = 78,
have the same definite rule. Applying the very defi- c = 78 + 37 = 115,
nite rule of the complete series, you have to deter- d = 115 + 47 = 162, and finally e = 162 + 57 = 219
Ex. 7: 108 52 24 10 3

ng
mine the required no. of the incomplete series. For
example: 64 a b c d e
Ex. 1: 4 14 36 114 460 What is the value of c?
2 a b c d e Soln: The series is –4 ÷ 2

eri
Find the value of e.  a = (64 - 4) ÷ 2 = 30, b = (30 – 4) ÷ 2 = 13,
Soln: The first series is ×1 + 10, ×2 + 8, ×3 + 6, ×4 + 4, c = (13 – 4) ÷ 2 = 4.5
.... Ex. 8: –4 –2 1 8 31
–1 a b c d e
 a = 2 × 1 + 10 = 12, b = 12 × 2 + 8 = 32, c = 32
× 3 + 6 = 102, e Find the value of b.
gin
d = 102 × 4 + 4 = 412, and Soln: The series is repeated as ×2 + 6 and ×3 + 7
finally e = 412 × 5 + 2 = 2062 alternately.
Ex. 2: 5 6 11 28 71 160  a = –1 × 2 + 6 = 4 and b = 4 × 3 + 7 = 19
2 3 a b c d e Ex. 9: 5 8 41 33 57 42 61
3 4 a b c d e
En

What is the value of e?

Soln: The differences of two successive terms of Find the value of d.
the first series are 1, 5, 17, 43, 89, the sequence Soln: This is an alternate number series having two
of which is series: S1 = 5 41 57 61. The differences be-
arn

tween two successive terms are 36 (= 62), 16 (=

0   12 , 13  2 2 , 23  32 , 33  4 2 , 43  52 . 42), 4 (= 22); and
 a = 3 + 5 = 8, b = 8 + 17 = 25, c = 25 + 43 = 68, S2 = 8 33 42
d = 68 + 89 = 157, and finally e = 157 + The differences between two successive terms
are 25 (= 52), 9 (=32)
Le

3 2
( 5  6  125  36 =) 161 = 318  b = 4 + 25 = 29 and d = 29 + 9 = 38
Ex. 3: 1296 864 576 384 256 Remember: In such type of series the first and
1080 a b c d e the second term of the two series may and may
What should replace c?
w.

not have the similar relationship. As here, for

Soln: The first series is ÷ 3 × 2 the first series 8 - 5 = 3 but for the second
 a = 1080 ÷ 3 × 2 = 720, b = 720 ÷ 3 × 2 = 480, series 4 – 3 = 1  3. However, the series 3 a c
and finally c = 480 ÷ 3 × 2 = 320 e will always follow the same property as that
ww

Ex. 4: 7 13 78 83 415 of the series S1 and the series 4 b d will always

3 a b c d e follow the same property as that of the series
Find the value of b. S2.
Soln: The first series is +6, ×6, +5, ×5 Ex. 10: 1 3 2 10 4 28
 a = 3 + 6 = 9 and b = 9 × 6 = 54 2 a b c d e
Ex. 5: 3240 540 108 27 9 What is the value of e?
3720 a b c d e Soln: This series is of grouping-type. Here we con-
What is the value of d? sider each two terms of the series separately

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

10 K KUNDAN

and each group separately. That is, for the first

516 = 83  4 , 733 = 9 3  4
series: the first group g1 = 1 and 3; g2 = 2 and
10; g3 = 4 and 28. Here for the two numbers of  
Now, we get 68  4 1 3  4 3
13
4
each group we have to find the relevant prop-
erty. For example g1, holds the property ×3, g2 So, b = (4 + 1 =) 53  4  129 and d = (5 + 1 =)
holds the property ×5 and g3 holds the prop- 63 + 4 = 220
erty ×7. Ex. 12: 2 5 17.5 43.75 153.125
The property of multiplication by 3, 5 and 7 is 1 a b c d e

.in
a relevant property. Find the value of c.
Here, if we consider these groups in the way Soln: The series is ×2.5, ×3.5, ×2.5, ×3.5, ....
that the differences between the two numbers
 a = 1 × 2.5 = 2.5, b = 2.5 × 3.5 = 8.75 and c =
of the groups are 2, 8 and 24. It is not as rel-

ng
8.75 × 2.5 = 21.875
evant as the former property of multiplication Here, after finding out the property of the given
by 3, 5, and 7. series as the direct repeated multiplication by
After determining the property between the
2.5 and 3.5 (the series is not of the type ×m 

eri
two numbers of each group, to determine the
n that is, ×2.5 + 2, ×3.5 – 6, ×3 – 2 etc.), we also
property between the groups we consider the
observe that 1, the first no. of the second se-
first numbers only of each group in the fash-
ries is half of 2, the first no. of the first series.
ion 1, 2 and 4.
The property is ×2.
e So, without finding a and b, we can directly
find out c as it is equal to half of the corre-
gin
Now, we directly conclude e = 7 × d
sponding number of the first series. i.e. c =
and b = 2 × 2 = 4 and d = 2 × 4 = 8
Thus, e = 7 × 8 = 56. 43.75
= 21.875
Note: When the alternate no. series fails to deter- 2
mine the property of the given series, then the Ex. 13: 3 6 24 72 144 576
En

grouping type of series is applied. Here, for a 1 a b c d e

moment, if we consider for alternate no. series, What value should replace e?
we get Soln: The series is ×2, ×4, ×3, ×2, ×4, .....
 a = 1 × 2 = 2, b = 2 × 4 = 8, c = 8 × 3 = 24, d =
arn

S1 = 1 2 4. The property is ×2
S2 = 3 10 28. From merely these three numbers 24 × 2 = 48, e = 48 × 4 = 192
it is not proper to say that S2 holds a property The property of the first series is direct re-
of ×3 + 1 and ×3 – 2 (as 3 × 3 + 1 = 10 and 10 × peated multiplication by 2, 4 and 3.
3 – 2 = 28) or it holds the property of 3, 32 + 1 So, we can find out e directly as e = one-third
Le

and 33 + 1 (as in this very case 3 should be of the corresponding number of the first se-
replaced by 31 + 1 i.e. 4). Thus we observe that 576
ries, i.e. = 192
the property of the given series cannot be ob- 3
w.

tained by applying the method of the alternate Ex. 14: 575 552 533 518 507
no. series. So we proceed for the method of 225 a b c d e
the grouping no. series. Find the value of e.
Ex. 11: 220 96 347 77 516 60 733 Soln: The difference of the successive terms of the
ww

68 a b c d e first series are 23, 19, 15, 11.

What is the value of d?  a = 225 – 23 = 202, b = 202 – 19 = 183, c = 183
Soln: Clearly, this no. series is of the type of alter- – 15 = 168,
nate no. series. So, to find out the value of d, d = 168 – 11 = 157, and finally e = 157 – (11 – 4=)
we are only concerned about the series 7 = 150.
S1 = 220 347 516 733 Note: When the series holds the property of the dif-
ference of the successive terms, you can di-
We observe that 220 = 6 3  4 , 347 = 7 3  4 , rectly proceed as follows:

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

K KUNDAN 11

Difference between the first terms of the two  a = 3 × 2 + 3 = 9, c = 9 × 2 + 3 = 21 and e = 21

series = 575 – 225 = 350 × 2 + 3 = 45.
 d = corresponding number of the first se- Also, in order to determine the value of d, we
ries i.e. 507 – 350 = 157 are only concerned with the series S2 for the
And then we have e = 157 – (11 – 4) = 150.
second given series as 11 b d.
Ex. 15: 15 31 11 23 5 11
 b = 11 × 2 + 7 = 29 and d = 29 × 2 + 7 = 65
21 43 a b c d e
Thus e = 45 and d = 65
What is the value of d?
Note: If we solve this sum by the process of group-

.in
Soln: As the numbers are regularly increasing and
ing no. series:
then decreasing so you can consider for the
alternate no. series in the way: For the first given series: g1 = 5, 17; g 2 13, 41;

ng
S1 = 15 11 5; the difference of the successive g 3 = 29, 89; the property is ×3 + 2.
terms are 4 and 6 and S2 = 31 23 11; the Also for the second given series g1 = 3, 11.
difference of the successive terms are 8 (= 4 × The property is ×3 + 2.

eri
2) and 12 (= 6 × 2) Now the first numbers of the groups are 5, 13,
Now, in order to determine the value of d, we have 29, 61; the property is ×2 + 3.
to consider S2 for the second given series as 43 b  a = 3 × 2 + 3 = 9 and c = 9 × 2 + 3 = 21 and
e = 21 × 2 + 3 = 45.
d.
e d = c × 3 + 2, i.e. 21 × 3 + 2 = 65
gin
 b = 43 - 8 = 35 (As the numbers of S1 and Thus, we get the same result. However, the
S2 for the first given series are continuously grouping process fails in the previous solved
questions 9 and 11.
decreasing, we cannot have the difference of
You can check it yourself.
the successive term = 8 as b = 43 + 8 = 51)
We finally suggest you to apply the process
En

Finally, d = b – 12 = 35 – 12 = 23.
of alternate series first and only if it fails to
Note: Here, if we apply the process of grouping type
serve the purpose, then proceed for grouping-
no. series, for the first given series:
type number series.
g1 = 15, 31, g 2 = 11, 23; g 3 = 5, 11.
arn

Ex. 17: 9 19 39 79 159

The property between the numbers of each 7 a b c d e
group is ×2 + 1. What is the value of e?
For the second given series: g1 = 21, 43; the Soln: First method: The series is ×2 + 1, i.e. 9 × 2 + 1
= 19, 19 × 2 + 1 = 39, 39 × 2 + 1 = 79, and 79 × 2
Le

property where is also ×2 + 1.

+ 1 = 159
Now, the first numbers of the groups are 15,
 a = 7 × 2 + 1 = 15, b = 15 × 2 + 1 = 31, c = 31
11, 5; the property is –4, –6, –8, ......
× 2 + 1 = 63, d = 63 × 2 + 1 = 127, and finally e
 a = 21 – 4 = 17
w.

= 127 × 2 + 1 = 255
and c = 17 – 6 = 11 and then d = 11 × 2 + 1 = 23.
Other method: The difference between the
Thus, we get the same result.
successive terms of the first series are (19 – 9
Ex. 16: 5 17 13 41 29 89 61
=)10, (39 – 19 =) 20, (79 – 39 =) 40 and (159 – 79
ww

3 11 a b c d e
=) 80. These numbers are in geometric pro-
What is the value of e and d?
gression having common ratio = 2. It is obvi-
Soln: S1 = 5 13 29 61, the property is ×2 + 3 ously a systematic sequence of numbers. Ap-
S2 = 17 41 89, the property is ×2 + 7 plying this very property for the second se-
ries, we get
In order to determine the value of e, we are
a = 7 + 10 = 17, b = 17 + 20 = 37, c = 37 + 40 =
only concerned with the series S1 for the sec- 77, d = 77 + 80 = 157 and e = 157 + (2 × 80 =) 160
ond given series as 3 a c e. = 317

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

12 K KUNDAN

Here we see that the values of each of a, b, c, d the series, your answer is ‘1’. If it is not necessary to
and e is entirely different from the values ob- interchange the position of the numbers to establish
tained by the first method. Both the methods the series, give 5 as your answer. Remember that
have their respective systematic properties, but when the series is established, the numbers change
which of the two has to be applied depends on from left to right (i.e. from the unmarked number to
the provided options. the last marked number) in a specific order.
In such a case, in exams, you have to answer Ex. 18: 17 16 15 13 7 –17
according to the suitability of the given op- (1) (2) (3) (4) (5)

.in
tions. Soln: 5; The series is: -0!, –1!, -2!, -3! ....
Note: Whenever the chain rule is single throughout Ex. 19: 2 1 195 9 40 4
the series of the type ×m  n(where m and n (1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
are integers, e.g. ×2 + 1, ×2 - 3, ×4 + 6, ×3 + 7, Soln: 2; The series is: ×1 – 1, ×2 + 2, ×3 – 3, ×4 + 4 ....

ng
etc.) this difference of answers will come; so Replace (2) with (4).
be cautious. In the chain rule when it is not Ex. 20: 16 15 29 343 86 1714
single (e.g. × 2 + 1 and then ×2 - 1 alternately, (1) (2) (3) (4) (5)

eri
×3 + 2 and then ×2.5 alternately etc, or ×2 + 1, Soln: 3; The series is: ×1 – 12 , ×2 – 12 , ×3 – 12 , ×4 –
×2 + 3, ×2 + 5, ....., ×3 -7, ×3 - 14, ×3 - 21, ...., ×3,
×2, ×4 and again ×3, ×2, ×4 etc.) this difference 12 , ....
will not appear. Replace (3) with (4).
Directions (Ex. 18-22): In each of the follow-
e Ex. 21: 1728 1452 1526 1477 1607 1443
gin
ing questions, a number series is established if the (1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
positions of two out of the five marked numbers are Soln: 1; The series is: -112, -92, -72, -52, ....
interchanged. The position of the first unmarked Replace (1) with (4).
number remains the same and it is the beginning of Ex. 22: 1 1 1 2 8 4
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
En

the series. The earlier of the two marked numbers

whose positions are interchanged is the answer. For Soln: 4; The series is: 1, 12, 13, 2, 22, 23, ....
example, if an interchange of number of marked ‘1’ Replace (4) with (5).
and the number marked ‘4’ is required to establish
arn

Exercise-1
1. 120 15 105 21.875 87.5 17.5
Le

Directions (Q. 1-5): In each of the following ques-

tions, a number series is established if the positions 1) 2) 3) 4) 5)
of two out of the five marked numbers are inter- 2. 7 14 17 51 15 90
changed. The position of the first unmarked number 1) 2) 3) 4) 5)
w.

remains the same and it is the beginning of the se- 3. 40 14 60 24 80 19

ries. The earlier of the two marked numbers whose 1) 2) 3) 4) 5)
positions are interchanged is the answer. For ex- 4. 15 240 71 192 111 160
1) 2) 3) 4) 5)
ww

ample, if an interchange of the number marked ‘1’

and the number marked ‘4’ is required to establish 5. 9 10 24 7 10 55
the series, your answer is ‘1’. If it is not necessary to 1) 2) 3) 4) 5)
interchange the positions of the numbers to estab- [SBI-PO-Exams-2000]
lish the series, give ‘5’ as your answer. Remember Directions (Q. 6-11): In each of the following
that when the series is established, the numbers questions, a number series is given. After the se-
change from left to right (i.e. from the unmarked ries, below it, a number is given followed by (1), (2),
number to the last marked number) in a specific (3), (4) and (5). You have to complete the series start-
order. ing with the given number following the sequence of

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

K KUNDAN 13

the given series. Then answer the questions given 14. 214 18 162 62 143 90 106
below it. 1) -34 2) 110 3) 10
6. 11 15 38 126 4) 91 5) 38
7 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) 15. 160 80 120 180 1050 4725 25987.5
Which of the following will come in place of (3)? 1) 60 2) 90 3) 3564
1) 102 2) 30 3) 2140 4) 787.5 5) 135
4) 80 5) 424 16. 2 3 7 13 26 47 78
7. 2 3 8 27 1) 11 2) 13 3) 15

.in
5 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) 4) 18 5) 20
Which of the following will come in place of (5)? [SBI-PO-Exams-1999]
1) 184 2) 6 3) 925 Directions (Q. 17-21): In each of the questions
4) 45 5) 14 given below there is a mathematical series. After the

ng
8. 2 3 9 40.5 series a number is being given followed by a, b, c, d
4 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) and e. You have to create another series after under-
Which of the following will come in place of (2)? standing the sequence of the given series which starts

eri
1) 486 2) 81 3) 3645 with the given number. Then answer the questions
4) 18 5) 6 given below.
9. 12 28 64 140 17. 1 9 65 393
37 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) 2 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
Which of the following will come in place of (5)?
e Out of the following numbers which would come
gin
1) 1412 2) 164 3) 696 in the place of c?
4) 78 5) 340 1) 490 2) 853 3) 731
10. 5 12 60 340 4) 729 5) None of these
7 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) 18. 8 8 12 24
Which of the following will come in place of (4)? 36 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
En

1) 172 2) 5044 3) 1012 Out of the following numbers which would come
4) 20164 5) 28 in the place of e?
[BSRB-Mumbai-PO-1998] 1) 810 2) 36 3) 54
arn

11. In the following number series, a wrong number 4) 108 5) None of these
is given. Find out that wrong number. 19. 424 208 100 46
11 24 66 164 462 1086 2414 888 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
1) 462 2) 164 3) 24 What number would come in the place of b?
4) 1086 5) 66 1) 20 2) 440 3) 216
Le

[BSRB-Mumbai-PO-1998] 4) 56 5) None of these

Directions (Q. 12-16): One number is wrong in 20. 4 5 9.75 23.5
each of the number series given in each of the follow- 7 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
w.

ing questions. You have to identify that number and What number would come in the place of d?
assuming that a new series starts with that number 1) 32.5 2) 271.5 3) 8
following the same logic as in the given series, which 4) 14.25 5) None of these
of the numbers given in (1), (2), (3), (4) and (5) given 21. 5 294 69 238
ww

below each series will be the third number in the new 13 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
series? Which of the following numbers would come in
12. 3 5 12 38 154 914 4634 the place of e?
1) 1636 2) 1222 3) 1834 1) 246 2) 206 3) 125
4) 3312 5) 1488 4) 302 5) None of these
13. 3 4 10 34 136 685 4116 [Bank of Baroda-PO-1999]
1) 22 2) 276 3) 72 Directions (Q. 22-26): In each of the following
4) 1374 5) 12 questions a number series is given. Only one num-

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

14 K KUNDAN

ber is wrong in each series. Find out that wrong 1) 118.75 2) 118.25 3) 108.25
number, and taking this wrong number as the first 4) 118.125 5) None of these
term of the second series formed following the same 31. 25 146 65 114
logic, find out the third term of the second series. 39 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
22. 1 2 8 21 88 445 Which of the following numbers will come in
1) 24.5 2) 25 3) 25.5 place of (5)?
4) 25 5) None of these 1) 122 2) 119 3) 112
23. 6 7 18 63 265 1365 4) 94 5) None of these

.in
1) 530 2) 534 3) 526 [Guwahati-PO-1999]
4) 562 5) None of these Directions (Q. 32-36): In each of the following
24. 7 23 58 127 269 555 questions a number series is given. A number in the
1) 263 2) 261 3) 299 series is suppressed by letter ‘A’. You have to find

ng
4) 286 5) None of these out the number in the place of ‘A’ and use this num-
25. 5 4 9 18 66 195 ber to find out the value in the place of the question
1) 12 2) 25 3) 20 mark in the equation following the series.

eri
4) 18 5) None of these 32. 36 216 64.8 388.8 A 699.84 209.952
26. 2 7 28 146 877 6140 A ÷ 36 = ?
1) 242 2) 246 3) 252 1) 61.39 2) 0.324 3) 3.24
4) 341 5) None of these 4) 6.139 5) 32.4
[SBI-Associates-PO-1999]
e 33. 42 62 92 132 A 242 312
gin
Directions (Q. 27-31): In each of the following A + 14 = ? × 14
questions a number series is given. After the series, 6 5
a number is given followed by (1), (2), (3), (4) and (5). 1) 11 2) 14 3) 12
7 7
You have to complete the series starting with the 1
1
number given following the sequence of the given 4) 12 5) 12
En

2 6
series. Then answer the question given below it.
34. 4 7 12 19 28 A 52
27. 9 19.5 41 84.5
A² - 4 = ?
12 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
1) 1365 2) 1353 3) 1505
arn

Which of the following numbers will come in

4) 1435 5) 1517
place of (3)?
35. 18 24 A 51 72 98 129
1) 111.5 2) 118.5 3) 108.25
4) 106.75 5) None of these 3 4
A   ?
28. 4 5 22 201 7 5
Le

7 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) 23 12

1) 12 2) 11 3) 12
Which of the following numbers will come in 35 35
place of (4)? 2 2
4) 14 5) 10
w.

1) 4948 2) 4840 3) 4048 5 7

4) 4984 5) None of these
29. 5 5.25 11.5 36.75 3 3 9 9 27 27
36. A
3 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) 8 4 16 8 32 16
ww

Which of the following numbers will come in

A ?
place of (3)?
1) 34.75 2) 24.75 3) 24.5 3 6 6
4) 34.5 5) None of these 1) 2) 3)
2 8 4
30. 38 19 28.5 71.25
18 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) 3 9
4) 5)
Which of the following numbers will come in 4 8
place of (4)?

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

K KUNDAN 15

[BSRB-Mumbai-PO-1999] 1) 12 2) 11 3) 75
Directions (Q. 37-41): In each of the following 4) 72 5) None of these
questions, a number series is given. After the se- 44. 3 4 12 45 190 1005 6066
ries, a number is given followed by (1), (2), (3), (4) 1) 98 2) 96 3) 384
and (5). You have to complete the series starting with 4) 386 5) None of these
the number given, following the sequence of the given 45. 6 10.5 23 59.5 183 644 2580
series. 1) 183.5 2) 182.5 3) 183
37. 15 16 25 50 4) 182 5) None of these

.in
189 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) 46. 2 7 19 43 99 209 431
Which of the following numbers will come in 1) 181 2) 183 3) 87
place of (5)? 4) 85 5) None of these
1) 354 2) 273 3) 394 [BSRB-Hyderabad-PO-1999]

ng
4) 426 5) None of these Directions (Q. 47-51): In each of the following
38. 6 3.5 4.5 8.25 question a number series is given. A number in the
40 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) series is suppressed by ‘P’ mark. First you have to

eri
Which of the following numbers will come in find out the number in the place of the ‘P’ mark and
place of (3)? use this number to find out the answer of the ques-
1) 20.5 2) 21.5 3) 33.75 tion following the series.
4) 69.5 5) None of these 47. 188 186 P 174 158 126
39. 9 10 22 69
e P  13  ?
gin
5 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
Which of the following numbers will come in 1) 14.03 2) 14.10 3) 13.00
place of (2)? 4) 13.67 5) None of these
1) 15 2) 28 3) 14 48. 3.2 4.8 2.4 3.6 P 2.7
4) 45 5) None of these 0.06% of 54 ÷ P = ?
En

40. 2 10 27 60 1) 0.18 2) 1.62 3) 0.62

5 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) 4) 18.0 5) 0.018
Which of the following numbers will come in 1 2 1 2
49. 4 6 8 P 13 15
arn

place of (2)? 3 3 3 3
1) 39 2) 13 3) 34
30% of (P² + 13²) = ?
4) 38 5) None of these
1) 78.73 2) 87.00 3) 98.83
41. 5 149 49 113
4) 172.80 5) None of these
146 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
Le

50. 220 182 146 114 84 58 P

Which of the following numbers will come in
place of (4)? 1
P ?
1) 290 2) 234 3) 254 256
w.

4) 218 5) None of these

[BSRB-Calcutta-PO-1999] 1 1
Directions (Q. 42-46): In each of the following 1) 2 2) 2 3) 2
8 4
questions, a number series is given in which one
ww

number is wrong. You have to find out that number 7

4) 3 5) None of these
and have to follow the new series which will be started 8
by that number. By following this, which will be the 51. 25 37 51 67 85 P 127
third number of the new series?
42. 1 2 6 33 148 765 4626 
20% of P  625  ? 
1) 46 2) 124 3) 18 1) 625 2) 550 3) 450
4) 82 5) None of these 4) 525 5) None of these
43. 2 9 5 36 125 648 3861 [NABARD-1999]

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

16 K KUNDAN

Directions (Q. 52-56): In each of the following 58. 150 299 601 1197 2401 4793
questions a number series is given. A number is given 60 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
after the series and then (1), (2), (3), (4) and (5) are What will come in place of (5)?
given. According to the given series, you have to form 1) 1917.2 2) 1913 3) 1922
a new series which begins with the given number, 4) 861 5) None of these
and then answer the question asked. 59. 3 9 81 6561
52. 6 3.0 4.5 2.25 2 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
40 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) What will come in place of (4)?

.in
Which of the following numbers will come in 1) 656 2) 4374 3) 1024
place of (3)? 4) 65536 5) None of these
1) 20.5 2) 21.5 3) 33.75 60. 3 7 24 101 512
4) 69.5 5) 15 5 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5)

ng
53. 5 9 26 90 What will come in place of (3)?
13 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) 1) 55 2) 149 3) 168
Which of the following numbers will come in 4) 752 5) None of these

eri
place of (5)? 61. 2 6 40 1606 2579244
1) 2880 2) 2292 3) 1716 1 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
4) 3432 5) None of these What will come in place of (4)?
54. 4 9 25 103 1) 45 2) 95 3) 30489
3 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
e 4) 30633 5) None of these
gin
Which of the following numbers will come in [BSRB-Bhopal-PO-2000]
place of (3)? 62. What will come in place of the question mark (?)
1) 391 2) 81 3) 91 in the following number series?
4) 79 5) None of these 2 9 28 65 ?
55. 6 10 32 126 1) 96 2) 106 3) 126
En

2 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) 4) 130 5) None of these

Which of the following numbers will come in [BSRB-Bhopal-PO-2000]
place of (1)? Directions (Q. 63-67): In each of the following
arn

1) 4 2) 6 3) 2 questions a number series is given. One term of the

4) 3 5) None of these series is denoted by ‘N’. You have to calculate the
56. 1260 628 312 154 value of ‘N’ and using the value of ‘N’ so obtained you
788 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) have to replace the question mark (?) with suitable
Which of the following numbers will come in value.
Le

place of (4)? 63. 99 163 N 248 273 289

1) 194 2) 45.5 3) 48
4) 72.5 5) None of these
2 N  17  ?
w.

[BSRB-Chennai-PO-2000] 1) 20.5 2) 20.0 3) 21.5

Directions (Q. 57-61): In each of the following 4) 19.5 5) 21.0
questions a number series is given. After the series, 1
64. 6 2 6 1 6N
a number is given below it followed by (1), (2), (3), (4)
ww

2
and (5). You are required to complete the series start- 150% of N = ?
ing with the number given following the sequence of 1) 9.00 2) 1.25 3) 1.80
the given series. Then answer the given questions. 4) 1.50 5) 1.875
57. 12 24 96 576 4608 1 1
9 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) 65. N 12 9 7 6 5
5 7
What will come in place of (4)?
1) 1080 2) 676 3) 3608 18% of N + 24% of N = ?
4) 3456 5) None of these 1) 6.72 2) 8.40 3) 15.12

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

K KUNDAN 17

4) 7.56 5) 2.52 74. 510 254 N 62 30 14 6

66. 125 N 1127 1176 9408 9472 40% N + ? = 9²
N² - 2N = ? 1) 31.4 2) 29.8 3) 50.4
1) 25599 2) 22499 3) 25920 4) 30.6 5) None of these
4) 26243 5) 16899 [BSRB-Delhi-PO-2000]
67. 14.8 17.2 N 22.0 2.8 41.2 Directions (Q. 75-79): A number series is given
25% of 25 N = ? in each of the following questions. A number is given
1) 71.25 2) 77.5 3) 76.25 after the series followed by (1), (2), (3), (4) and (5).

.in
4) 55.00 5) 167.50 First you have to understand how the series is formed
[BSRB-Bangalore-PO-2000] and then starting with that number you have to com-
68. In the following number series, one number is plete the second series. Now answer the given ques-
wrong. Find out the wrong number. tions.

ng
3 10 35 172 885 5346 37471 75. 13 14 5 18 0.5
1) 10 2) 5346 3) 885 19 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
4) 35 5) 172 What would come in place of (5)?

eri
[BSRB-Delhi-PO-2000] 1) 13.75 2) 27 3) 18.75
69. In the following number series, one number is 4) 6.75 5) None of these
wrong. Find out the wrong number. 76. 17 21.5 30.5 44 62
318 158 76 38 18 8 3 21 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
1) 38 2) 18 3) 158
e What would come in place of (5)?
gin
4) 318 5) 76 1) 84.5 2) 88.5 3) 86
[BSRB-Delhi-PO-2000] 4) 88 5) None of these
Directions (Q. 70-74): In each of the following 77. 1 8 10 35 136
questions a number series is given. A number in the 2 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
series is suppressed by letter ‘N’. You have to find What would come in place of (3)?
En

out the number in the place of ‘N’ and use this num- 1) 40 2) 42 3) 51
ber to find out the value in the place of the question 4) 49 5) None of these
mark in the equation following the series. 78. 12 26 11 36 9
arn

70. 68 68.5 69.5 71 N 75.5 78.5 7 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
N × 121 + ? = 10000 What would come in place of (3)?
1) 1160 2) 1200 3) 1150 1) 7 2) 21 3) 4
4) 1180 5) None of these 4) 11 5) None of these
71. 19 20 24 33 49 74 N 159 79. 2 3 6 15 45
Le

N² ÷ 10000 = ? 16 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5)

1) 121.0 2) 12.1 3) 1.21 What would come in place of (4)?
4) 0.121 5) None of these 1) 360 2) 120 3) 300
w.

72. 51 43 N 30 25 21 18 4) 240 5) None of these

N² - 2N = ? [BSRB-Patna-PO-2001]
1) 1155 2) 1224 3) 1295 Directions (Q. 80-84): In each of the following
4) 1368 5) None of these number series only one number is wrong. If the
ww

73. 2 5 14 41 122 365 N wrong number is corrected, the series gets estab-
lished following a certain logic. Below the series a
2
N – 16 % of 5670 – (?)² = 10² number is given followed by (1), (2), (3), (4), (5) and
3 (f). You have to complete the series following the same
1) 7 2) 149 3) 49 logic as in the given series after correcting the wrong
number. Now answer the following questions giving
4) 7 5) None of these the correct values for the letter in the questions.
80. 2 3 2 15 76 245 1434

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

18 K KUNDAN

3 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (f) 90. 10 15 24 35 54 75 100

What will come in place of (3)? 1) 35 2) 75 3) 24
1) 16 2) 22 3) 24 4) 15 5) 54
4) 21 5) None of these 91. 1 3 4 7 11 18 27 47
81. 1 2 8 33 148 740 4626 1) 4 2) 11 3) 18
4) 7 5) 27
2 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (f)
92. 3 2 3 6 12 37.5 115.5
What will come in place of (4)? 1) 37.5 2) 3 3) 6
1) 156 2) 164 3) 168 4) 2 5) 12

.in
4) 152 5) None of these 93. 2 8 32 148 765 4626 32431
82. 2 4.5 11 30 93 312 1136 1) 765 2) 148 3) 8
1 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (f) 4) 32 5) 4626
What will come in place of (2)? 94. 2 3 11 38 102 229 443

ng
1) 6 2) 81 3) 16.75 1) 11 2) 229 3) 120
4) 18.75 5) None of these 4) 38 5) 3
83. 2 14 18 46 82 176 338 [IBPS Bank PO Exam-2002]

eri
4 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (f) Directions (Q. 95-99): What will come in place
What will come in place of (5)? of the question mark(?) in the following number se-
1) 238 2) 338 3) 218 ries?
4) 318 5) None of these 95. 2 9 30 105 ? 2195
84. 1 3 7 11 21 43 85
e 1) 432
4) 436
2) 426 3) 440
5) None of these
gin
4 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (f)
What will come in place of (f)? 96. 3 4 12 45 ? 1005
1) 275 2) 279 3) 277 1) 152 2) 198 3) 144
4) 273 5) None of these 4) 192 5) None of these
[SBI-Bank-PO-2001] 97. 1 3 9 31 ? 651
En

Directions (Q. 85-89): In each of the following 1) 97 2) 127 3) 129

questions a number series is given with one wrong 4) 109 5) None of these
number. Find that wrong number. 98. 5 ? 4 7.5 17 45
1) 3.5 2) 3 3) 2.5
arn

85. 2 3 6 15 45 156.5 630

1) 3 2) 45 3) 15 4) 2 5) None of these
4) 6 5) 156.5 99. 15 30 ? 40 8 48
86. 36 20 12 8 6 5.5 4.5 1) 10 2) 20 3) 18
1) 5.5 2) 6 3) 12 4) 12 5) None of these
Le

4) 20 5) 8 [Andhra Bank SO Exam-2002]

87. 1 3 9 31 128 651 3313 Directions (Q. 100-104): In each of the follow-
1) 651 2) 128 3) 31 ing questions a number series is given. After the
series a number is given followed by (a), (b), (c), (d)
w.

4) 9 5) 3
88. 2 3 10 40 172 855 5346 and (e). You have to complete the series starting with
1) 3 2) 855 3) 40 the number given and following the sequence of the
4) 172 5) 10 original series. Answer the questions that follow the
ww

89. 5 8 16 26 50 98 194 series.

1) 8 2) 26 3) 50 100. 5 6 16 57 244 1245
4) 16 5) 98 2 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
[Corporation Bank PO-2002] What will come in place of (d)?
Directions (Q. 90-94): In each of these ques- 1) 46 2) 39 3) 156
tions a number series is given. Only one number is 4) 173 5) None of these
wrong in each series. You have to find out the wrong 101. 3 5 9 17 33 65
number. 7 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e)

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

K KUNDAN 19

What will come in place of (d)? 112. 7 9 16 25 41 68 107 173

1) 95 2) 51 3) 99 1) 107 2) 16 3) 41
4) 49 5) None of these 4) 68 5) 25
102. 7 4 5 9 20 52.5 113. 4 2 3.5 7.5 26.25 118.125
3 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) 1) 118.125 2) 26.25 3) 3.5
4) 2 5) 7.5
What will come in place of (c)?
114. 16 4 2 1.5 1.75 1.875
1) 4.5 2) 2 3) 6
1) 1.875 2) 1.75 3) 1.5
4) 7 5) None of these
4) 2 5) 4

.in
103. 3 10 32 111 460 2315
[Canara Bank PO Exam-2003]
2 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
Directions (Q. 115-119): In each of the follow-
What will come in place of (b)?
ing number series, a wrong number is given. Find
1) 29 2) 30 3) 26

ng
out that number.
4) 28 5) None of these
115. 5 10 17 27 37 50 65
104. 5 8 6 10 7 12
1) 10 2) 17 3) 27
7 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
4) 37 5) 50

eri
What will come in place of (c)?
116. 108 54 36 18 9 6 4
1) 14 2) 16 3) 9
1) 54 2) 36 3) 18
4) 11 5) None of these
4) 9 5) 6
[RBI Grade ‘B’ Officer’s Exam-2002]

e
Directions (Q. 105-109): In each of these ques-
117. 2 3 5 8 14 23 41 69
1) 5 2) 8 3) 14
gin
tions a number series is given. Only one number is
4) 41 5) 69
wrong in each series. You have to find out the wrong
118. 0 1 9 36 99 225 441
number.
1) 9 2) 36 3) 99
105. 1 2 4.5 11 30 92.5 329
4) 225 5) 441
1) 92.5 2) 4.5 3) 11
En

119. 3 7.5 15 37.5 75 167.5 375

4) 2 5) 30
1) 167.5 2) 75 3) 37.5
106. 2 5 7 12 19 32 50
4) 15 5) 7.5
1) 7 2) 12 3) 32
[IBPS Jr Executive Exam-2002]
arn

4) 19 5) 5
Directions (Q. 120-124): In each of the follow-
107. 2 13 65 271 817 1639 1645 ing questions a number series is given. After the
1) 13 2) 65 3) 271 series, a number is given followed by (a), (b), (c), (d)
4) 817 5) 1639 and (e). You have to complete the series starting with
108. 3 4 16 75 366 1945 11886 the number given following the sequence of the given
Le

1) 16 2) 75 3) 366 series and answer the question given below the se-
4) 1945 5) 4 ries.
109. 2 14 91 546 3002 15015 120. 3 12 30 66 138 282
w.

1) 15015 2) 91 3) 14 7 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e)

4) 3002 5) 546 What will come in place of (b)?
[NABARD Assistant Manager-2002] 1) 34 2) 70 3) 46
4) 62 5) None of these
Directions (Q. 110-114): In the following num-
ww

ber series, a wrong number is given. Find out that 121. 2 3 10 39 172 885
wrong number. 5 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
110. 2 11 38 197 1172 8227 65806 What will come in place of (d)?
1) 11 2) 38 3) 197 1) 244 2) 175 3) 208
4) 1172 5) 8227 4) 196 5) None of these
122. 3 5 22 13.5 35 19
111. 16 19 21 30 46 71 107
1) 19 2) 21 3) 30 1 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
4) 46 5) 71 What will come in place of (a)?
1) 3 2) 2 3) 5

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

20 K KUNDAN

4) 4 5) None of these 4) 938 5) None of these

123. 2 3 7 25 121 721 133. 3 5 22 13.5 35 19
3 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) 5 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
What will come in place of (c)? What will come in place of (c)?
1) 31 2) 49 3) 45 1) 16 2) 15.5 3) 14.5
4) 39 5) None of these 4) 13 5) None of these
124. 4 2 3 7.5 26.25 118.125 134. 9 10 16 57 212 1085
6 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) 2 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
What will come in place of (c)? What will come in place of (c)?

.in
1) 12.25 2) 11.5 3) 12.5 1) 37 2) 15 3) 18
4) 11.125 5) None of these 4) 25 5) None of these
[PNB Management Trainee Exam-2003] 135. 7 20 46 98 202 410
Directions (Q. 125-130): In each of the follow- 4 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e)

ng
ing number series, a wrong number is given. Find What will come in place of (d)?
out the wrong number. 1) 166 2) 184 3) 146
4) 162 5) None of these
125. 2 3 6 18 109 1944 209952

eri
[Bank of Maharashtra PO-2003]
1) 3 2) 6 3) 18 Directions (Q. 136-140): In each of the follow-
4) 109 5) 1944 ing number series only one number is wrong. Find
126. 1 3 6 11 20 39 70 out that wrong number.
1) 3 2) 39 3) 11
4) 20 5) 6
e 136. 24 14 26 17 28 16 30
1) 14 2) 17 3) 36 4) 16 5) 28
gin
127. 2 13 27 113 561 3369 23581 137. 5 6 16 57 248 1245 7506
1) 13 2) 27 3) 113 1) 6 2) 16 3) 57 4) 248 5) 1245
4) 561 5) 3369 138. 2 9 32 105 436 2195 13182
128. 50 51 47 56 42 65 29 1) 2195 2) 105 3) 436 4) 9 5) 32
139. 11 6 8 12 26 67.5 205.5
En

1) 51 2) 47 3) 56
1) 8 2) 6 3) 26 4) 67.5 5) 12
4) 42 5) 65
140. 3 16 113 673 3361 13441 40321
129. 3 9 23 99 479 2881 20159 1) 13441 2) 673 3) 16
1) 9 2) 23 3) 99 4) 3361 5) 113
arn

4) 479 5) 2881 [Allahabad Bank PO (Mains)-2004]

130. 2 4 5 8 13 21 34 Directions (Q. 141-145): What will come in place
1) 4 2) 5 3) 8 of the question mark (?) in the following number
4) 13 5) 21 series?
141. 3 10 32 100 ?
Le

[SBI Bank PO Exam-2003]

Directions (Q. 131-135): In each of the follow- 1) 345 2) 460 3) 308
ing questions a number series is given. After the 4) 440 5) None of these
series a number is given followed by (a), (b), (c), (d) 142. 5 3 4 ? 38
1) 8.5 2) 6 3) 7.5
w.

and (e). You have to complete the series starting with

the number given, following the sequence of the given 4) 8 5) None of these
series, and answer the questions given below the se- 143. 5 6 ? 57 244
ries. 1) 21 2) 16 3) 17
ww

131. 4 2.25 3.25 7.125 18.25 51.875 4) 15 5) None of these

7 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) 144. 3 10 21 ? 51
What will come in place of (b)? 1) 34 2) 32 3) 33
1) 4.125 2) 5.25 3) 6.75 4) 25 5) None of these
4) 4.75 5) None of these 145. 5 11 ? 55 117
132. 3 40 176 537 1078 1079 1) 21 2) 27 3) 23
1 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) 4) 25 5) None of these
What will come in place of (e)? [Syndicate Bank PO-2004]
1) 839 2) 738 3) 829 Directions (Q. 146-150): In each of the

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

K KUNDAN 21

following series, only one number is wrong. You have 4) 12 5) 9

to find out that wrong number. 159. 15 28 45 64 85 116 147
146. 27 17 22 42 92 237.5 718.5 1) 85 2) 28 3) 64
1) 17 2) 42 3) 237.5 4)116 5) 45
4) 22 5) 92 160. 1 4 27 258 3125 46656 823543
1) 27 2) 258 3) 3125
147. 7 11 18 35 67 131 259
4) 4 5) 46656
1) 18 2) 35 3) 11 [Andhra Bank PO-2005]
4) 131 5) 67 Directions (Q. 161-165): In each of the following

.in
148. 7 4 5 9 18 52.5 160.5 number series only one number is wrong. Find
1) 4 2) 5 3) 9 out that wrong number.
4) 52.5 5) 18 161. 4 11 25 53 108 221 445
149. 5 6 33 158 374 1230 2561

ng
1) 221 2) 108 3) 53
1) 374 2) 33 3) 6 4) 11 5) 25
4) 1230 5) 158 162. 7 8 16 46 107 232 448
150. 12 11 18 45 196 795 4734 1) 8 2) 16 3) 46

eri
1) 795 2) 196 3) 45 4) 107 5) 232
4) 18 5) 11 163. 1 8 28 99 412 2078 12462
[Oriental Bank of Commerce PO-2005] 1) 99 2) 28 3) 8
Directions (Q. 151-155): In each of these ques-
tions a number series is given. Only one number is
e 4) 2078 5) 412
164. 2 5 13 55 271 1632 11411
gin
wrong in each series. You have to find out the wrong 1) 271 2) 13 3) 1632
number. 4) 5 5) 55
151. 289 288 279 254 205 128 3 165. 16 8 12.5 30 105 472.5 2598.75
1) 288 2) 254 3) 205 1) 12.5 2) 8 3) 30
4) 128 5) None of these
En

4) 472.5 5) 105
152. 2 10.5 53 265.5 1327.5 6640.5 [Syndicate Bank (RDO)-2005]
1) 10.5 2) 1327.5 3) 6640.5 Directions (Q. 166-170): In the following num-
4) 265.5 5) None of these ber series only one number is wrong. Find out the
arn

153. 16 18 32 52 86 138 224 wrong number.

1) 52 2) 86 3) 138 166. 14 13 22 55 212 1035
4) 18 5) None of these 1) 55 2) 13 3) 212
154. 6 35 173 689 2063 4125 4115 4) 22 5) None of these
1) 689 2) 35 3) 4125
Le

167. 217 224 213 226 210 228

4) 2063 5) None of these 1) 213 2) 226 3) 210
155. 4 5 18 81 385 2065 4) 228 5) None of these
1) 385 2) 18 3) 2065 168. 153 495 712 837 901 928
w.

4) 81 5) None of these 1) 712 2) 837 3) 901

[Punjab National Bank (MT)-2005] 4) 928 5) None of these
Directions (Q. 156-160): In the following num- 169. 11 42 214 1045 4148 12417
ber series only one number is wrong. You have to
ww

1) 42 2) 214 3) 1045
find out the wrong number.
156. 25 23 27 19 34 3 67 4) 4148 5) None of these
1) 23 2) 3 3) 34 170. 488 245 124 64 35 20.25
4) 19 5) 27 1) 124 2) 64 3) 245
157. 1 2 12 63 316 1704 10446 4) 35 5) None of these
1) 1704 2) 316 3) 63 [IDBI PO-2005]
4) 12 5) 2 Directions (Q. 171-175): In each of the follow-
158. 7 9 12 28.5 73 205 645 ing number series only one number is wrong. Find
1) 205 2) 28.5 3) 73 out that wrong number.

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

22 K KUNDAN

171. 3 5 11 29 87 314 184. 15 12 17 10 ? 8 25 6

1) 87 2) 11 3) 29 1) 3 2) 7 3) 21
4) 314 5) None of these 4) 19 5) None of these
172. 12 13 20 48 112 237 185. 1 ? 27 64 125
1) 13 2) 237 3) 20 1) 8 2) 4 3) 6
4) 9 5) None of these
4) 48 5) None of these
186. 2 5 7 12 19 31 50 ?
173. 8.1 9.2 17.3 26.5 43.8 71.5 114.1 1) 53 2) 81 3) 69
1) 17.3 2) 26.5 3) 43.8 4) 74 5) None of these

.in
4) 9.2 5) None of these 187. 1 6 36 240 1960 ?
174. 10 16 48 320 4864 154628 1) 19660 2) 3680 3) 36800
1) 154628 2) 4864 3) 320 4) 19600 5) None of these
4) 16 5) None of these [Corporation Bank PO-2006]

ng
175. 48 24 72 34 108 54 Directions (Q. 188-192): What should come in
1) 54 2) 34 3) 72 place of the question mark(?) in the following num-
4) 108 5) None of these ber series?

eri
[Bank of Baroda PO-2005] 188. 24 ? 109 134 150 159
1) 71 2) 65 3) 86
Directions (Q. 176-180): In each of the follow-
4) 53 5) None of these
ing number series one of the given numbers is wrong. 189. 17 9 10 ? 35 90
Find out the wrong number.
176. 439 778 1456 2812 5624 10948
e 1) 21
4) 16.5
2) 27.5
5) None of these
3) 19
gin
1) 5624 2) 1456 3) 778 190. 3 20 78 332 1680 ?
4) 2812 5) None of these 1) 8410 2) 9836 3) 10098
4) 1150 5) None of these
177. 156 468 780 1094 1404 1716
191. 13 30 66 140 ? 592
1) 468 2) 1094 3) 1716 1) 210 2) 290 3) 428
En

4) 780 5) None of these 4) 430 5) None of these

178. 5040 3014 1814.4 1088.64 653.184 391.9104 192. 3 5 15 ? 1125 84375
1) 1088.64 2) 391.9104 3) 1814.4 1) 75 2) 20 3) 45
4) 80 5) None of these
arn

4) 653.184 5) None of these [Central Bank of India PO-2006]

179. 113 130 164 215 293 368 Directions (Q. 193-197): What should come in
1) 215 2) 130 3) 164 place of the question mark (?) in the following num-
4) 293 5) None of these ber series?
Le

180. 36 54 135 472.15 2126.25 11694.375 193. 15 18 16 19 17 20 ?

1) 135 2) 54 3) 472.15 1) 23 2) 22 3) 16
4) 11694.375 5) None of these 4) 18 5) None of these
194. 1050 420 168 67.2 26.88 10.752 ?
w.

[Bank of Maharashtra (SO)-2006]

Directions (Q. 181-187): What will come in place 1) 4.3008 2) 6.5038 3) 4.4015
of the question mark (?) in the following number 4) 5.6002 5) None of these
series? 195. 0 6 24 60 120 210 ?
ww

181. 12 14 17 13 8 14 21 13 4 ? 1) 343 2) 280 3) 335

1) 14 2) 13 3) 15 4) 295 5) None of these
4) 2 5) None of these 196. 32 49 83 151 287 559 ?
182. 4 6 12 30 90 315 ? 1) 1118 2) 979 3) 1103
1) 945 2) 1102 3) 1260 4) 1120 5) None of these
4) 1417.5 5) None of these 197. 462 552 650 756 870 992 ?
183. 25 16 ? 4 1 1) 1040 2) 1122 3) 1132
1) 3 2) 6 3) 12 4) 1050 5) None of these
4) 18 5) None of these
[Andhra Bank PO-2006]

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

K KUNDAN 23

Directions (198-202): What will come in place 1) 19.2466 2) 17.2244 3) 16.8824

of the question mark (?) in the following number 4) 18.6624 5) None of these
series? 211. 9 4.5 4.5 6.75 13.5 33.75 ?
198. 3 20 87 392 ? 1) 101.25 2) 103.75 3) 99.75
1) 1612 2) 1963 3) 847 4) 105.50 5) None of these
212. 705 728 774 843 935 1050 ?
4) 2025 5) None of these 1) 1190 2) 1180 3) 1185
199. 12 28 75 316 1555 ? 4) 1187 5) None of these

.in
1) 9366 2) 9294 3) 7811 [Bank of Baroda PO-2007]
4) 9336 5) None of these Directions (Q. 213-217): What should come in
200. 112 111 119 92 156 31 ? place of question mark (?) in the following number
1) 375 2) 287 3) 387 series?

ng
4) 247 5) None of these 213. 1 4 27 256 3125 46656 ?
201. 1 15 16 31 47 78 125 ? 1) 117649 2) 279936 3) 705894
1) 172 2) 203 3) 139 4) 16807 5) 823543

eri
4) 167 5) None of these 214. 30 46 78 126 190 270 ?
202. 55 60 67 78 91 108 ? 1) 356 2) 366 3) 382
1) 125 2) 121 3) 127 4) 398 5) 414
4) 89 5) None of these 215. 380 465 557 656 762 875 ?
[IOB PO-2006]
e 1) 955 2) 1015 3) 975
gin
Directions (Q. 203-207): What will come in place 4) 995 5) 1025
of the question mark (?) in the following series? 216. 1250 500 200 80 32 12.8 ?
203. 12 22 69 272 1365 ? 1) 5.12 2) 6.4 3) 4.3
1) 8196 2) 8184 3) 8195 4) 6.02 5) 5.16
4) 6830 5) None of these 217. 23 26 24 27 25 28 ?
En

204. 1 ? 27 64 125 1) 27 2) 29 3) 26
1) 14 2) 4 3) 9 4) 24 5) 21
4) 8 5) None of these [IDBI Bank Officers-2007]
arn

205. 104 153 189 214 ? Directions (Q. 218-222): In each of the follow-
1) 239 2) 225 3) 264 ing questions a series of numbers is given. Only one
4) 235 5) None of these number in the series is wrong. Find out that wrong
206. 15 17 32 49 81 130 ? number.
1) 179 2) 211 3) 194 218. 15 16 20 28 45 70 106
Le

4) 226 5) None of these 1) 16 2) 20 3) 28

207. 15 17 21 29 45 77 ? 4) 45 5) 70
1) 109 2) 125 3) 141 219. 2 8 26 90 372 1876 11226
w.

4) 173 5) None of these 1) 8 2) 26 3) 90

[Andhra Bank IT Officer-2007] 4) 372 5) 1876
Directions (Q. 208-212): What should come in 220. 5 7 11 19 36 67 131
place of question mark (?) in the following number 1) 7 2) 11 3) 19
ww

series? 4) 36 5) 67
208. 13 14 30 93 376 1885 ? 221. 8 9.5 11.5 14.5 17 20.5 24.5
1) 10818 2) 10316 3) 11316 1) 17 2) 14.5 3) 9.5
4) 11318 5) None of these 4) 11.5 5) 20.5
209. 4 6 9 13.5 20.25 30.375 ? 222. 11 12 22 47 111 236 452
1) 40.25 2) 45.5625 3)42.7525 1) 12 2) 22 3) 47
4) 48.5625 5) None of these 4) 111 5) 236
210. 400 240 144 86.4 51.84 31.104 ? [PNB Management Trainee-2007]

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

24 K KUNDAN

Exercise-2
Directions (Q. 1-5): In each of the following ques- 8. 15 17 20 29 45
tions, a number series is given based on a certain a b c d e
sequence. Below it another number series is given. What no. should come in place of e?
You have to follow the same sequence in the second 1) 35 2) 39 3) 47
number series and then answer the question below 4) 69 5) None of these
it. 9. 20 41 78 153 304

.in
1. 7 35 40 240 246 a b c d e
8 a b c d e What no. should come in place of d?
Find the value of c. 1) 150 2) 140 3) 135

ng
1) 260 2) 280 3) 290 4) 129 5) None of these
4) 300 5) None of these 10. 136 64 26 10 1
2. 8 5 5 8 23 a b c d e
9 a b c d e What no. should come in place of c?

eri
What is the value of d? 1) 10 2) 0.75 3) 5
1) 49 2) 52 3) 47 4) 0.5 5) None of these
4) 42 5) None of these Directions (Q. 11-15): In each of the following
3. 41 73 95 109 117
9 a b c d e
e questions, a number series is given. After the se-
ries, below it, a number is given followed by a, b, c, d
gin
What should replace d? and e. You have to complete the series starting with
1) 109 2) 80 3) 79 the number given following the sequence of the given
4) 85 5) None of these series. Then, answer the questions given below it.
4. 6 10 18 34 66 11. 24 12 12 18
En

7 a b c d e 18 a b c d e
Find the value of e. What value should come in place of d?
1) 131 2) 132 3) 133 1) 13.5 2) 15 3) 21
4) 134 5) None of these 4) 24 5) None of these
arn

5. 5 13 23 67 131 12. 7 7 13 33
4 a b c d e 13 a b c d e
What is the value of c? What should replace e?
1) 47 2) 48 3) 49 1) 135 2) 76 3) 142
Le

4) 50 5) None of these 4) 87 5) None of these

Directions (Q. 6-10): In each of the following 13. 8 29 152 1073
questions a number series is given, in which a wrong 12 a b c d e
no. is given. Find out the wrong no. and start the What value should come in place of b?
w.

second series with that no. Answer the questions 1) 186 2) 198 3) 204
below it. 4) 212 5) None of these
6. 2 5 11 27 58 14. 9 22 50 110 236
ww

a b c d e 5 a b c d e
What no. should come in place of d? What should come in place of d?
1) 29 2) 49 3) 79 1) 172 2) 184 3) 196
4) 99 5) None of these 4) 208 5) None of these
7. 1 2 5 10 677 15. 731 649 714 664
a b c d e 585 a b c d e
What no. should come in place of c? What value would replace e?
1) 51 2) 81 3) 101 1) 429 2) 512 3) 521
4) 621 5) None of these 4) 492 5) None of these

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

K KUNDAN 25

Directions (Q. 16-20): One number is wrong in What should come in place of  ?
each of the number series given in each of the follow-
ing questions. You have to identify that number and 1) 2 2) 0 3) 4
assuming that a new series starts with that number 4) -2 5) 6
following the same logic as in the given series, which 25. 13 18 28 48
of the numbers given in 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 given below 9    
each series will be the third number in the new se-
What should come in place of  ?
ries?
16. 2, 3, 6, 15, 46, 157.5, 630 1) 74 2) 84 3) 76

.in
1) 240 2) 238 3) 345 4) 96 5) 116
4) 138 5) 328 Directions (Q. 26-30): In each of the following
17. 2, 3, 8, 28, 112, 565 questions a no. series is given. After the series, a no.
is given below it, followed by a, b, c, d and e. You have

ng
1) 56 2) 60 3) 58
4) 62 5) 70 to complete the series starting with the no. given and
18. 3, 6, 9, 17, 33, 65, 129 follow the same property as in the given no. series.
1) 21 2) 22 3) 23 Then answer the questions given below it.

eri
4) 20 5) 18 26. 2 -3 -33 -178 -723
19. 582, 605, 588, 611, 634, 617, 600 -3 a b c d e
1) 642 2) 632 3) 634 What value should come in place of b?
1) -178 2) -243 3) 178
4) 630 5) 640
20. 60, 121, 131, 260, 284, 572, 601 e 4) -263 5) None of these
gin
1) 531 2) 542 3) 521 27. 7 8 4 13 -3 22
4) 522 5) 540 13 a b c d e
Directions (Q. 21-25): In each of the following What value should come in place of d?
questions a number series is given based on a cer- 1) 3 2) -6 3) 22
En

tain sequence. Below it a number is given followed by 4) -42 5) None of these

28. 374 371 362 383 338 407 302
 ,  ,  ,  . You have to follow the same sequence 235 231 a b c d e
and answer the questions. What is the value of b?
arn

21. 5 -30 -210 1680 1) 335 2) 312 3) 286

3     4) 243 5) None of these
What should come in place of  ? 29. 0.75 2.5 7 17 38
0.175 a b c d e
1) -126 2) 1008 3) 1224
What would be value of c?
Le

4) -676 5) 896
1) 10.5 2) 12.4 3) 14.5
22. 1 5 14 30
4) 15.7 5) None of these
3     30. 332 336 171 59 15.75
w.

What should come in place of  ? 226 a b c d e

1) 37 2) 45 3) 57 What value should come in place of c?
4) 63 5) 71 1) 112 2) 68 3) 45
ww

23. 5 12 60 340 4) 42.5 5) None of these

7    Directions (Q. 31-35): In each question a num-

ber series is given which contains a wrong term.
What should come in place of  ? Find the wrong no. B (say) and answer the question
1) 172 2) 5044 3) 3012 given below.
4) 20164 5) 9068 31. 6 7 10 20 46
24. 7 10 24 88 What will be the value of (40 ÷ B - 2)?
3     1) 4 2) 0 3) 7
4) 5 5) None of these

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

26 K KUNDAN

32. 2.5 8 19 40 85 4) 3800 5) 4000

What will be the value of (B2 - 3B)/37? 42. 12 12.25, 13.25, 15.25 19.50 25.75
1) 25 2) 30 3) 35 What is   0.25 of 180% ?
4) 40 5) None of these
1) 36 2) 27 3) 30
33. 5 11 21 44 85 171
4) 40 5) 45
What will be the value of (3B + 17) ?
43. 356 397 447 503 570
1) 40 2) 70 3) 149
What is 20% of 5  ?
4) 261 5) None of these
1) 444 2) 440 3) 450

.in
34. 18 27 55 135 405 1417.5
4) 480 5) 447
What will be the value of (3.5 B + 10)?
44. 28 327 464 5120 6216
1) 202.5 2) 73 3) 10.45
What is  ÷ 4 ?
4) 482.5 5) None of these

ng
1) 1280 2) 2460 3) 2560
35. 4 3 11 18 39 73
4) 630 5) 780
What will be the value of (B2 - 2B)?
45. 4 5 12 39 205 805
1) 312 2) 288 3) 144

eri
4) 280 5) None of these What is  2  10  25 ?
Directions (Q. 36-40): In each of the following 1) 4000 2) 40,000 3) 48760
series you have to find the wrong term. Now, taking 4) 57680 5) None of these
wrong term as B, answer the following questions.
36. 2 5 19 39 122 243
e Directions (Q. 46-50): In each of the following
questions, a number series is given. Only one num-
gin
What is the value of 3B ÷ 8? ber is wrong in this series. Find out that wrong num-
1) 42 2) 41.75 3) 144.25 ber, and taking this wrong number as the first term
4) 45.75 5) 127 of the second series formed, following the same logic,
37. -3 1 9 25 56 121 find out the fourth term of the second series.
What is the value of 20% of 5B?
En

46. 80 20 24 45 180
1) 121 2) 56 3) 25 1) 18 2) 13.5 3) 17.5
4) 9 5) None of these 4) 22 5) 24.50
38. 4 10 22 47 94 190 47. 18 16 36 66 244 1190
arn

Starting from B, write the second term of the se- 1) 202 2) 224 3) 174
ries which is based on the same logic. 4) 176 5) 182
1) 224 2) 94 3) 194 48. 30 10 15 37.50 131.25
4) 296 5) None of these 1) 56.25 2) 58.60 3) 62.50
39. 120 59 27 11.5 3.75
Le

4) 70.625 5) 48.75
What is the value of B ÷ 2 + 21? 49. 583 511 450 413 383 363
1) 50.5 2) 45.5 3) 140.5 1) 290 2) 380 3) 250
4) 124.5 5) None of these 4) 280 5) 230
w.

40. 4 14 38 114 460 50. 4374 729 234 162 216 576
Write the second term of a similar series starting 1) 13 2) 9.66 3) 12.50
with B. 4) 7.86 5) 8.66
1) 114 2) 48 3) 104
ww

Directions (Q. 51-55): In each of the following

4) 96 5) None of these questions, a number series is given. Only one num-
Directions (Q. 41-45): In each of the following ber is wrong in this series. Find out that wrong num-
questions, a number series is given in which one ber, and taking this wrong number as the first term
number is wrong (say  ). You have to identify that of the second series formed, following the same logic,
number and answer the following questions. find out the fourth term of the second series.
41. 3 5.5 16.75 64 293.3125 51. 1 5 17 53 113 229
What is   42 ? 1) 566 2) 589 3) 661
1) 3200 2) 3400 3) 3600 4) 680 5) None of these

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

K KUNDAN 27

52. 15 16 16 22 19 28 61. 1 1.75 6.5 26.25 117 603.75

1) 34 2) 32 3) 30 1) 2) 3) 4) 5)
4) 28 5) None of these 62. 0 81 98 343 6705 1336
53. 664 617 537 464 418 337 1) 2) 3) 4) 5)
1) 454 2) 490 3) 504 63. 962 121 313 225 754 850
4) 512 5) 520 1) 2) 3) 4) 5)
54. 2 4 3 6 5 9 6.75 64. 60 32 40 160 120 192
1) 12.25 2) 13.50 3) 15.25 1) 2) 3) 4) 5)

.in
4) 15 5) 16.25 65. 100 47 94 55 92 51
55. 16 16 18 20 8 28 -2 1) 2) 3) 4) 5)
1) 16 2) 22 3) 24 Directions (Q. 66-70): In each of the following
4) 25 5) None of these questions a no. series is given. After the series, a no.

ng
Directions (Q. 56-60): In each of the following is given below it, followed by a, b, c, d and e. You have
questions, a number series is given. Only one num- to complete the series starting with the no. given and
ber is wrong in this series. Find out that wrong num- following the same property as in the given no. se-
ries. Then answer the questions below it.

eri
ber, and taking this wrong number as the first term
66. 1 5 14 39 88 209
of the second series formed, following the same logic, -13 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
find out the fourth term of the second series. What should come in place of (e)?
56. 256 257 518 1560 6268
1) 3124 2) 9387 3) 5864
e 1) 195
4) 101
2) 185
5) 155
3) 74
gin
4) 6932 5) None of these 67. 2520 280 2240 320 1920 384
57. 10 1 0.3 1.5 0.105 0.0945 504 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
1) 0.225 2) 0.0450 3) 0.0225 What should come in place of (c)?
4) 0.4976 5) 2.250 1) 448 2) 384 3) 74
58. 97 97 91 113 69 4) 120 5) 64
En

1) 117 2) 123 3) 125 68. 659 130 491 266 387 338
1009 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
4) 127 5) 137
What should come in place of (d)?
59. 2 10 72 363 1093 1098 1) 616 2) 737 3) 762
arn

1) 678 2) 768 3) 468 4) 726 5) None of these

4) 568 5) 758 69. 12 13 -1 122 145 1454
60. 112 56 20 6 0 92 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
1) -4 2) -5 3) -7 What should come in place of (b)?
4) -8 5) -1 1) 132 2) 149 3) 159
Le

Direction (Q. 61-65): In each of the following 4) 169 5)None of these

questions, a number series is established if the posi- 70. 67 82 69 80 71 78
tions of two out of the five marked numbers are in- 123 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
What should come in plce of (e)?
w.

terchanged. The position of the first unmarked num-

1) 138 2) 125 3) 136
ber remains the same and it is the beginning of the
4) 127 5) 134
series. The earlier of the two marked numbers whose
Directions (Q. 71-75): In each of the following
positions are interchanged is the answer. For ex-
ww

questions, a number series is established if the posi-

ample, if an interchange of the number marked ‘1’
tions of two out of the five marked numbers are in-
and the number marked ‘4’ is required to establish
terchanged. The position of the first unmarked num-
the series, your answer is ‘1’. If it is not necessary to
ber remains the same and it is the beginning of the
interchange the position of the numbers to establish
series. The earlier of the two marked numbers whose
the series, give ‘5’ as your answer. Remember that
positions are interchanged is the answer. For ex-
when the series is established, the numbers change
ample, if an interchange of the number marked ‘1’
from left to right (i.e. from the unmarked number to and the number marked ‘4’ is required to establish
the last marked number) in a specific order.

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

28 K KUNDAN

the series, your answer is ‘1’. If it is not necessary to Directions (Q. 81-85): In each of the following
interchange the positions of the numbers to estab- questions a number series is given. A number in the
lish the series, give 5 as your answer. Remember series is suppressed by letter ‘A’. You have to find
that when the series is established, the numbers out the number in the place of ‘A’ and use this num-
change from left to right (i.e. from the unmarked ber to find out the value in the place of the question
mark in the equation following the series.
number to the last marked number) in a specific
81. 300 A 240 16 160 32
order. 12% of A + 0.56 = ?
71. 1142 1144 1132 1148 1140 1164 1) 14.96 2) 15 3) 2

.in
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) 4) 2.36 5) 1
72. -5 225 10 15 40 0 82. 41 42 23 72 A 115
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
73. 389 100 269 188 212 213 4 6
? 3 of 1  A

ng
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) 5 19
74. -3 -2 0 3 28 705 1) 37 2) 27 3) 22
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) 4) 17 5) 47

eri
75. 10395 945 8505 2025 6075 1215 83. 2529 3058 3787 4748 5973 A
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) A+6 =?
1) 7500 2) 7367 3) 7600
Directions (Q. 76-80): In each of the following
4) 7486 5) None of these
questions a no. series is given. After the series, a no.

e
is given below it, followed by a, b, c, d and e. You have
84. 107 322 1287 A 38615
A - 10 = ?
gin
to complete the series starting with the no. given and 1) 6436 2) 6446 3) 6416
following the same property as in the given no. se- 4) 6410 5) None of these
ries. Then answer the questions below it. 1 2 1 2
76. -1 0 -4 -27 -448 85. 4 6 8 A 13 15
3 3 3 3
15 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
En

30% of (A2 + 132) = ?

What should come in place of (c)? 1) 78.73 2) 87 3) 98.83
1) 531 2) 60 3) 549 4) 172.80 5) None of these
4) 8768 5) None of these Directions (Q. 86-90): In each of the following
arn

77. 561 440 271 46 335 696 questions a no. series is given. After the series, a no.
1341 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) is given below it, followed by a, b, c, d and e. You have
What should come in place of (b)? to complete the series starting with the no. given and
1) 1115 2) 1436 3) 1326 following the same property as in the given no. se-
4) 1176 5) 1051 ries. Then answer the questions below it.
Le

78. 60 10 50 54 51 25.5 86. 60 30 20 15 12 10

90 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) 90 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
What should come in place of (c)? What should come in place of (d)?
w.

1) 79 2) 75 3) 69 1) 18 2) 22.5 3) 20
4) 70 5) None of these 4) 15 5) None of these
79. 5 42 297 1786 8935 35746 87. 25 24 52 465 1876 46895
6 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) 5 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
ww

What will come in place of (d)? What should come in place of (e)?
1) 10615 2) 10610 3) 42460 1) 9379 2) 10895 3) 13375
4) 10722 5) None of these 4) 11795 5) None of these
80. 2 10 27 60 127 260 88. 1567 1688 1607 1656 1631 1640
4 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) 3687 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
What should come in place of (d)? What should come in place of (b)?
1) 254 2) 259 3) 149 1) 3566 2) 3485 3) 3727
4) 159 5) None of these 4) 3737 5) None of these

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

K KUNDAN 29

89. 100 110 121 133.10 146.41 161.051 4) 686 5) None of these
60 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) 98. 4.5 9.5 21 50 132 392
What should come in place of (c)? 22 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
1) 72.60 2) 87.846 3) 79.86 What should come in place of (c)?
4) 75 5) 65 1) 44.5 2) 412 3) 190
90. 687 869 713 845 735 825 4) 210 5) None of these
535 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) 99. -1 0 -8 3 -52 -135
What should come in place of (a)?
21 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
1) 560 2) 692 3) 716

.in
4) 726 5) None of these What should come in place of (b)?
Directions (Q. 91-95): In each of the following 1) 116 2) 36 3) 25
questions, a number series is established if the posi- 4) 30 5) None of these
tions of two out of the five marked numbers are in- 100. 3000 191 2216 847 1688 959

ng
terchanged. The position of the first unmarked num- 3435 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
ber remains the same and it is the beginning of the What should come in place of (a)?
series. The earlier of the two marked numbers whose 1) 626 2) 746 3) 636

eri
positions are interchanged is the answer. For ex- 4) 596 5) None of these
ample, if an interchange of number marked ‘1’ and Directions (Q. 101-105): In each of the follow-
the number marked ‘4’ is required to establish the ing questions, a number series is established if the
series, your answer is ‘1’. If it is not necessary to positions of two out of the five marked numbers are
interchange the position of the numbers to establish
e interchanged. The position of the first unmarked
gin
the series, give 5 as your answer. Remember that number remains the same and it is the beginning of
when the series is established, the numbers change the series. The earlier of the two marked numbers
from left to right (i.e. from the unmarked number to whose positions are interchanged is the answer. For
the last marked number) in a specific order. example, if an interchange of the number marked ‘1’
and the number marked ‘4’ is required to establish
En

91. 82 83 165 9916 1983 496

1) 2) 3) 4) 5) the series, your answer is ‘1’. If it is not necessary to
92. 1200 40 1000 50 750 75 interchange the position of the numbers to establish
1) 2) 3) 4) 5) the series, give ‘5’ as your answer. Remember that
arn

93. 4 3 124 15 14 495 when the series is established, the numbers change
1) 2) 3) 4) 5) from left to right (i.e. from the unmarked number to
94. -1 224 0 16 2 7104 the last marked number) in a specific order.
1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 101. 45 47 45 51 54 43
1) 2) 3) 4) 5)
Le

95. 1890 521 1482 641 809 1170

1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 102. 461 340 565 204 733 4
Directions (Q. 96-100): In each of the following 1) 2) 3) 4) 5)
questions a no. series is given. After the series a no. 103. 10395 1485 13365 1053 15795 1215
w.

is given below it, followed by a, b, c, d and e. You have

to complete the series starting with the no. given and 1) 2) 3) 4) 5)
following the same property as in the given no. se- 104. 6 56 1 19 11 529
ries. Then answer the question below it. 1) 2) 3) 4) 5)
ww

96. 22 45 43 87 85 171 105. 48 16 13 12 17 25.25

37 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
1) 2) 3) 4) 5)
What should come in place of (e)?
1) 146 2) 293 3) 147 Directions (Q. 106-110): In each of the follow-
4) 291 5) None of these ing questions a no. series is given. After the series a
97. 8 9 22 75 316 1605 no. is given below it, followed by a, b, c, d and e. You
23 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) have to complete the series starting with the no. given
What should come in place of (d)? and following the same property as in the given no.
1) 3405 2) 576 3) 624 series. Then answer the questions below it.

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

30 K KUNDAN

106. 480 480 960 320 1280 256 4) 8.80 5) None of these
120 a b c d e 115. 25 45 26 44 A 90 153 267
What should come in place of e ? A + 50 = ?
1) 320 2) 62 3) 54 1) 100 2) 50 3) 94
4) 60 5) None of these 4) 104 5) None of these
107. 1 9 26 86 352 1768 Directions (Q. 116-120): In each of the follow-
-8 a b c d e ing questions a no. series is given. After the series,
What should come in place of c? a no. is given below it, followed by a, b, c, d and e. You

.in
1) 136 2) 8 3) 32 have to complete the series starting with the no. given
4) 24 5) None of these and following the same property as in the given no.
108. 9405 5684 3083 1402 441 0 series. Then answer the questions given below it.
7843 a b c d e 116. -2 0 3 14 63 326

ng
What should come in place of b? 15 a b c d e
1) 2159 2) 1521 3) 0 What should come in place of c?
4) -2123 5) None of these 1) 37 2) 116 3) 92

eri
109. 1 0 4 3 28 115 4) 106 5) None of these
11 a b c d e 117. -0.5 0.5 0 3 44 1105
What should come in place of d? 1 a b c d e
1) 268 2) 63 3) 1315 What should come in place of d?
4) 258 5) None of these
e 1) 88 2) 864 3) 908
gin
110. 0.25 1.25 -3 0 -64 4) 912 5) None of these
45 a b c d e 118. 374 310 454 198 598 22
What should come in place of b? 234 a b c d e
1) 1611 2) 176 3) 46 What should come in place of e?
4) 56 5) None of these 1) -118 2) 458 3) 108
En

Directions (Q. 111-115): In each of the follow- 4) 128 5) None of these

ing questions a number series is given. A number in 119. 45045 9009 63063 7007 77077 5929
the series is suppressed by letter ‘A’. You have to 1575 a b c d e
arn

find out the number in the place of ‘A’ and use this What should come in place b?
number to find out the value in the place of the ques- 1) 3205 2) 2405 3) 2205
tion mark in the equation following the series. 4) 1805 5) None of these
111. 2880 A 96 24 8 4 120. 12 14 29 31 63 65
10% of A = ? 942 a b c d e
Le

1) 42 2) 46 3) 38 What should come in place of b?

4) 58 5) None of these 1) 1889 2) 944 3) 1989
112. 15 33 69 A 285 573 4) 954 5) None of these
w.

A+9 =? Direction (Q. 121-125): In each of the following

1) 130 2) 140 3) 160 questions, a number series is established if the posi-
4) 150 5) None of these tions of two out of the five marked numbers are in-
113. 2 A 4 15 56 285 terchanged. The position of the first unmarked num-
ww

ber remains the same and it is the beginning of the

1
A of 1  4 = ? series. The earlier of the two marked numbers whose
3 positions are interchanged is the answer. For ex-
1) 3 2) 4 3) 1 ample, if an interchange of the number marked ‘1’
4) 1/3 5) None of these and the number marked ‘4’ is required to establish
114. 49 56 64 A 81 90 the series, your answer is ‘1’. If it is not necessary to
15% of A + ? = 18.8 interchange the position of the numbers to establish
1) 10 2) 8 3) 10.80 the series, give 5 as your answer. Remember that

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

K KUNDAN 31

when the series is established, the numbers change and following the same property as in the given no.
from left to right (ie from the unmarked number to series. Then answer the questions below it.
the last marked number) in a specific order. 131. 4 6 15 49 201 1011
121. 4 0 -7 -45 -20 -94 15 a b c d e
1) 2) 3) 4) 5) What should come in place of d?
122. 6 772 28 130 10 5806 1) 115 2) 465 3) 455
1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 4) 475 5) None of these
123. 2 6 25 96 285 568 132. 0 1 0 9 32 825

.in
1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 4 a b c d e
124. 8544 1420 280 66 5 18
What should come in place of c?
1) 2) 3) 4) 5)
1) 279 2) 81 3) 269
125. 1 2 64 9 625 46656

ng
1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 4) 272 5) None of these
Directions (Q. 126-130): In each of the follow- 133. 2 -1 28 -9 86 -25
ing questions a no. series is given. After the series, 122 a b c d e

eri
a no. is given below it, followed by a, b, c, d and e. You What should come in place of b?
have to complete the series starting with the no. given 1) 124 2) 328 3) 9
and following the same property as in the given no. 4) 228 5) None of these
series. Then answer the questions below it. 134. 101 323 545 767 989 111011
126. -4 2 10 96 6150
e 34 a b c d e
gin
-10 a b c d e What should come in place of a?
What should come in place of d? 1) 56 2) 78 3) 43
1) -198 2) 186 3) 132 4) 100 5) None of these
4) -762 5) None of these 135. -1 0 10 65 345 1750
127. 4721 4611 4429 4219 3913 3571
En

-2 a b c d e
871 a b c d e What should come in place of e?
What should come in place of c? 1) -1750 2) 1375 3) -1325
1) 63 2) 367 3) 579
4) -1475 5) None of these
arn

4) 469 5) None of these

Direction (Q. 136-140): In each of the following
128. 96 144 288 720 2160 7560 questions, a number series is established if the posi-
18 a b c d e tions of two out of the five marked numbers are in-
What should come in place of e? terchanged. The position of the first unmarked num-
1) 1417.50 2) 945 3) 405 ber remains the same and it is the beginning of the
Le

4) 927.50 5) None of these series. The earlier of the two marked numbers whose
129. 48 60 110 338 1346 6734 positions are interchanged is the answer. For ex-
120 a b c d e ample, if an interchange of the number marked ‘1’
w.

What should come in place of b? and the number marked ‘4’ is required to establish
1) 132 2) 254 3) 274 the series, your answer is ‘1’. If it is not necessary to
4) 248 5) None of these interchange the positions of the numbers to estab-
lish the series, give ‘5’ as your answer. Remember
130. 4 6 15 79 704 8480
ww

that when the series is established, the numbers

12 a b c d e change from left to right (ie from the unmarked num-
What should come in place a? ber to the last marked number) in a specific order.
1) 18 2) 24 3) 14 136. 6 4 16 11 65 143166
4) 26 5) None of these 1) 2) 3) 4) 5)
Directions (Q. 131-135): In each of the follow- 137. 829 436 661 300 557 508
ing questions a no. series is given. After the series, 1) 2) 3) 4) 5)
a no. is given below it, followed by a, b, c, d and e. You 138. 3 27 61 125 295 191
have to complete the series starting with the no. given 1) 2) 3) 4) 5)

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

32 K KUNDAN

139. 2 5 26545 177 4424 44 149. 300 496 352 452 388 424
1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 104 a b c d e
140. 1680 420 2100 306.25 2450 350 What should come in place of e?
1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 1) 192 2) 256 3) 328
Direction (Q. 141-145): In each of the following 4) 228 5) None of these
questions, a number series is established if the posi- 150. 1.6 40000 8 14000 40 4900 200
tions of two out of the five marked numbers are in- 4.05 200 a b c d e
terchanged. The position of the first unmarked num- What should come in place of b and e respec-
ber remains the same and it is the beginning of the tively?

.in
1) 210, 507.25 2) 310, 506.25 3) 310, 505.25
series. The earlier of the two marked numbers whose
4) 200, 505.25 5) None of these
positions are interchanged is the answer. For ex- Directions (Q. 151-155): In each of the follow-
ample, if an interchange of the number marked ‘1’ ing questions a no. series is given. After the series,

ng
and the number marked ‘4’ is required to establish a no. is given below it, followed by a, b, c, d and e. You
the series, your answer is ‘1’. If it is not necessary to have to complete the series starting with the no. given
interchange the positions of the numbers to estab- and following the same property as in the given no.

eri
lish the series, give 5 as your answer. Remember series. Then answer the questions below it.
that when the series is established, the numbers 151. 45 44 39 32 13 -8
change from left to right (ie from the unmarked num- 100 a b c d e
ber to the last marked number) in a specific order. What should come in place of e?
141. 1 0
1)
2
2)
-6
3)
32 -190
4) 5) e 1) 58
4) 48
2) 38
5) None of these
3) 46
gin
152. 840 560 420 336 280 240
142. 4 548 717 65 675 838 180 a b c d e
1) 2) 3) 4) 5) What should come in place of c?
143. 4 127 9 34 7 646 1) 60 2) 84 3) 90
1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 4) 72 5) None of these
En

144. 10000 6875 6619 6583 6584 6592 153. 1600 231 1320 479 1104 663
1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 1380 a b c d e
145. 12 26 102 60 80 42 What should come in place of d?
1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 1) 443 2) 894 3) 884
arn

Directions (Q. 146-150): In each of the follow- 4) 259 5) None of these

ing questions a no. series is given. After the series, 154. 1 9 41 169 841 3369
a no. is given below it, followed by a, b, c, d and e. You 16 a b c d e
have to complete the series starting with the no. given What should come in place of b?
1) 69 2) 341 3) 1369
Le

and following the same property as in the given no.

series. Then answer the questions below it. 4) 343 5) None of these
146. 3 5 18 69 350 2095 155. 120 60 180 45 225 37.50
14 a b c d e 576 a b c d e
What should come in place of c?
w.

What should come in place of c?

1) 333 2) 84 3) 1670 1) 216 2) 220 3) 864
4) 421 5) None of these 4) 1080 5) None of these
147. 1 9 61 369 1841 7369 Directions (Q. 156-160): In each of the follow-
ww

15 a b c d e ing questions, a number series is established if the

What should come place of b? positions of two out of the five marked numbers are
1) 745 2) 845 3) 865 interchanged. The position of the first unmarked
4) 885 5) None of these number remains the same and it is the beginning of
148. 4 2 32 146 592 1774 the series. The earlier of the two marked numbers
8 a b c d e whose positions are interchanged is the answer. For
What should come in place of c? example, if an interchange of the number marked ‘1’
1) 3952 2) 200 3) 986 and the number marked ‘4’ is required to establish
4) 990 5) None of these the series, your answer is ‘1’. If it is not necessary to

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

K KUNDAN 33

interchange the position of the numbers to establish 167. 2 11 57 225 679 1353
the series, give ‘5’ as your answer. Remember that 7 a b c d e
when the series is established, the numbers change What should come in place of d?
from left to right (ie from the unmarked number to 1) 825 2) 2579 3) 2459
the last marked number) in a specific order. 4) 2479 5) None of these
156. 7 1 14 47 242 1447 168. 1024 240 865 381 742 486
1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 1328 a b c d e
157. 1 2 -95 3 -4 0 What should come in place of c?
1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 1) 685 2) 625 3) 544

.in
158. 410 320 430 248 152 458 4) 705 5) None of these
1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 169. 1.50 2 6 22.5 98 502.50
159. 20 2430 90 405 30 18225 10 a b c d e
1) 2) 3) 4) 5) What should come in place of b?

ng
160. 2000 996 494 54.75 117.50 243 1) 21 2) 23 3) 73.50
1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 4) 20 5) None of these
Directions (Q. 161-165): In each of the follow- 170. 18 12 9 18 6.75

eri
ing questions, a number series is established if the 30 a b c d e
positions of two out of the five marked numbers are What should come in place of d?
interchanged. The position of the first unmarked 1) 30 2) 12.75 3) 11.75
number remains the same and it is the beginning of 4) 12 5) None of these
the series. The earlier of the two marked numbers
whose positions are interchanged is the answer. For
e Directions (Q. 171-175): Find out the wrong
number in the following given sequences.
gin
example, if an interchange of the number marked ‘1’ 171. 13 6 8 9 20 47.5 145.5
and the number marked ‘4’ is required to establish 1) 47.5 2) 20 3) 6
the series, your answer is ‘1’. If it is not necessary to 4) 145.5 5) 8
interchange the positions of the numbers to estab-
172. 256 128 64 192 96 240 80
lish the series, give ‘5’ as your answer. Remember
En

that when the series is established, the numbers 1) 128 2) 192 3) 560
change from left to right (i.e. from the unmarked 4) 64 5) 480
number to the last marked number) in a specific 173. 9 -1 1 -2 -11 -285 -10255
order. 1) -1 2) -2 3) -10255
arn

161. 5 14 23 44 90 57 4) 1 5) -11
1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 174. 40 39 33 37 16 35 -8
162. 343 12 54 45 279 177 1) 39 2) -5 3) 38
1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 4) 33 5) 17
163. 20160 5040 1440 96 192 480
Le

175. 121 110 113 138 89 170 49

1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 1) 89 2) 49 3) 110
164. 2 3 1484 93 10 37105
4) 138 5) 170
1) 2) 3) 4) 5)
165. 1260 1190 1180 1150 1160 1140 Directions (Q. 176-180): In each of the follow-
w.

1) 2) 3) 4) 5) ing questions a no. series is given. After the series,

Directions (Q. 166-170): In each of the follow- a no. is given below it, followed by a, b, c, d and e. You
have to complete the series starting with the no. given
ing questions a no. series is given. After the series,
and following the same property as in the given no.
ww

a no. is given below it, followed by a, b, c, d and e. You

have to complete the series starting with the no. given series. Then answer the questions below it.
and following the same property as in the given no. 176. 0 1 0 9 32 185
series. Then answer the questions below it. 15 a b c d e
166. 4 2 16 146 2334 29175 What should come in place of c?
1) 99 2) 81 3) 34
6 a b c d e
What should come in place of c? 4) 79 5) None of these
1) 228 2) 220 3) 218 177. 2 3 10 39 196 1175
5 a b c d e
4) 216 5) None of these
What should come in place of d?

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

34 K KUNDAN

1) 550 2) 556 3) 656 4) 192 5) None of these

4) 603 5) None of these 190. 5 ? 14 56 39.20 156.80 109.76
178. 1680 840 560 420 336 280 1) 20 2) 10 3) 15
720 a b c d e 4) 1 5) None of these
What should come in place of e? Directions (Q. 191-195): Find out the wrong
1) 144 2) 140 3) 240 number in the following number series.
4) 120 5) None of these 191. 12 25 52 55 57 115 117
179. 250 106 206 142 178 162 1) 55 2) 117 3) 25
232 a b c d e 4) 52 5) None of these

.in
What should come in place of c? 192. 2478 819 257 84 24 6 1
1) 251 2) 124 3) 135 1) 257 2) 24 3) 6
4) 120 5) None of these 4) 819 5) 1
180. 132 145 117 167 90 200 193. 2 3 6 15 45 160 630

ng
326 a b c d e 1) 45 2) 630 3) 6
What should come in place of b? 4) 3 5) 160
1) 340 2) 311 3) 261 194. 199 176 195 180 190 184 187

eri
4) 305 5) None of these 1) 180 2) 190 3) 184
Directions (Q. 181-185): Find the wrong num- 4) 187 5) 199
ber in the following number series. 195. 1 5 2 30 28 2620
181. 2 5 4 45 168 4216 25272 1) 5 2) 2620 3) 28
1) 4
4) 25272
2) 2
5) 4216
3) 168
e 4) 30 5) 2
Directions (Q. 196-200): Find the wrong num-
gin
182. 4 5 1 7 -1 19 7 ber in the following number series:
1) -1 2) 7 3) 19 196. 5 25 30 100 95 475
4) 5 5) 4 1) 25 2) 95 3) 30
4) 5 5) 475
183. 50 25 3 25 29 24 4 28 36
En

197. 36 96 156 126 86

1) 36 2) 96 3) 156
4) 86 5) 126
1) 50 2) 25 3 3) 36
198. 45 270 54 216 72 146
4) 29 5) 4 1) 146 2) 270 3) 216
arn

184. 1521 560 1785 264 2113 96 2505 4) 54 5) 45

1) 560 2) 2505 3) 96 199. 65 52 1040 832 16540 13312
4) 264 5) 2113 1) 13312 2) 16540 3) 52
185. 1 3 9 82 1065 18106 4) 1040 5) 832
Le

200. 42 83 161 315 613 1209

1) 1065 2) 3 3) 82
1) 42 2) 315 3) 83
4) 18106 5) 1 4) 1209 5) 161
Directions (Q. 186-190): What will come in place Directions (Q. 201-205): In each of the follow-
of the question mark (?) in the following number
w.

ing questions, a number series is established if the

series? positions of two out of the five marked numbers are
186. 3 ? 2 33 88 505 2940 interchanged. The position of the first unmarked
1) 8 2) 1 3) -2 number remains the same and it is the beginning of
ww

4) 6 5) None of these the series. The earlier of the two marked numbers
187. 5 1 3 5 21 ? 607 whose positions are interchanged is the answer. For
1) 97 2) 109 3) 99 example, if an interchange of the number marked ‘1’
4) 103 5) None of these and the number marked ‘4’ is required to establish
188. 5 12 60 340 1648 ? 20164 the series, your answer is ‘1’. If it is not necessary to
1) 6724 2) 4046 3) 4036 interchange the positions of the numbers to estab-
4) 6512 5) None of these lish the series, give ‘5’ as your answer. Remember
189. 6 10.5 23 60 ? 644 2580 that when the series is established, the numbers
1) 163 2) 183 3) 202 change from left to right (ie from the unmarked num-

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

K KUNDAN 35

ber to the last marked number) in a specific order. 1) 225 2) 425 3) 525
201. 4 60 12 4 420 3780 4) 575 5) None of these
1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 213. 7 13 78 83 415
202. 1020 420 840 652 724 568 4 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
1) 2) 3) 4) 5) Which of the following numbers will come in
203. 1 4 5888 92 653 17 place of (c)?
1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 1) 65 2) 60 3) 53
204. 864 1728 576 2304 256 2048 4) 48 5) None of these
1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 214. 8 4.5 5.5 9.75

.in
205. 7 4 6 21 1200 135 40 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
1) 2) 3) 4) 5) Which of the following numbers will come in
Directions (Q. 206-210): In each of the follow- place of (c)?
ing questions, a number series is established if the 1) 20.5 2) 31.5 3) 33.75

ng
positions of two out of the five marked numbers are 4) 53.75 5) None of these
interchanged. The position of the first unmarked 215. 12 76 27 63
number remains the same and it is the beginning of 136 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e)

eri
the series. The earlier of the two marked numbers Which of the following numbers will come in
whose positions are interchanged is the answer. For place of (e)?
example, if an interchange of the number marked ‘1’ 1) 187 2) 162 3) 168
and the number marked ‘4’ is required to establish 4) 178 5) None of these
the series, your answer is ‘1’. If it is not necessary to
interchange the positions of the numbers to estab-
e Directions (Q. 216-220): Find the missing num-
ber (P) in the following series
gin
lish the series, give ‘5’ as your answer. Remember 216. 126 158 174 P 186 188
that when the series is established, the numbers 1) 180 2) 182 3) 184
change from left to right (ie from the unmarked num- 4) 178 5) None of these
ber to the last marked number) in a specific order.
217. 2.7 P 3.6 2.4 4.8 3.2
206. 120 240 160 480 768 192
En

1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 1) 1.5 2) 1.8 3) 2.1

207. 295 46 343 118 407 174 4) 2.4 5) 2.5
1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 2 1 2 1
218. 15 13 P 8 6 4
208. 4 6 15 139 561 14031 3 3 3 3
arn

1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 1) 8 2) 9 3) 10
209. 2 3 285 15 56 4 4) 11 5) None of these
1) 2) 3) 4) 5)
219. P 58 84 114 146 182 220
210. 12 13 11 14 10 15
1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 1) 28 2) 30 3) 32
Le

Directions (Q. 211-215): In each of the follow- 4) 34 5) 36

ing questions, a number series is given. After the 220. 127 P 85 67 51 37 25
series a number is given followed by (a), (b), (c), (d) 1) 105 2) 100 3) 95
and (e). You have to complete the series starting with 4) 90 5) None of these
w.

the number given following the sequence of the given Directions (Q. 221-225): Find the missing number
series. 221. 1 2 0 9 20 ?
211. 10 10 15 30
1) 80 2) 100 3) 125
ww

32 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e)

Which of the following numbers will come in 4) 180 5) 200
place of (d)? 222. 1 1 2 4 ? 16
1) 96 2) 120 3) 720 1) 6 2) 8 3) 10
4) 240 5) None of these
4) 12 5) None of these
212. 6 12 36 96 216
5 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) 223. -1 0 7 26 63 ?
Which of the following numbers will come in 1) 101 2) 310 3) 511
place of (e)? 4) 420 5) None of these

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

36 K KUNDAN

224. 6 5 9 ? 103 514 What will come in place of (d)?

1) 12 2) 13 3) 14 1) 14.25 2) 15 3) 16
4) 16 5) 26 4) 12 5) None of these
225. 20 21 25 52 ? 238. 5 10 23 48 89 150
1) 100 2) 200 3) 308 6 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
What will be the value of (b) : (d)?
4) 400 5) None of these
1) 3 : 8 2) 5 : 17 3) 4 : 17
Directions (Q. 226-230): Find the wrong num- 4) 4 : 15 5) None of these
ber in the sequences given below: 239. 4 4.5 11 37.5 158 802.5

.in
226. 12 24 96 476 4608 7 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) What will come in place of (b)?
227. 150 299 600 1197 2401 4793
1) 14 2) 19 3) 17
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) 4) 21 5) None of these

ng
228. 2 6 40 1606 2579242 240. 732 371 660 435 604 483
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) 821 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
229. 512 101 24 7 2 What will come in place of (e)?
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)

eri
1) 583 2) 572 3) 693
230. 6561 81 9 3 1 4) 683 5) None of these
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
Directions (Q. 241-245): In each of the follow-
Directions (Q. 231-235): In each of these questions
ing number series, a wrong number is given. Find
a number series is given. Only one number is
wrong in each series. You have to find out the
e out the wrong number.
241. 2 6 13 26 54 100 197
gin
wrong number. 1) 26 2) 54 3) 100
231. 3, 1.75, 2.75, 6.375, 16.65, 48.125 4) 197 5) 13
1) 1.75 2) 48.125 3) 2.75
242. 56 57 48 73 24 105 -10
4) 16.65 5) 6.375
1) 57 2) 105 3) 73
232. 13, 84.5, 507, 2788, 13942.5, 62741.25
4) -10 5) 24
En

1) 2788 2) 84.5 3) 13942.5 243. 2 2 13 59 363 2519 20161

4) 62741.25 5) 507 1) 13 2) 20161 3) 2519
233. 17, 103, 523, 2119, 6423, 12967 4) 363 5) 59
1) 2119 2) 103 3) 12967
244. 1 8 66 460 2758 13785 55146
arn

4) 523 5) 6423
1) 460 2) 2758 3) 66
234. 3, 6, 10, 18, 30, 53, 89
4) 8 5) 55146
1) 53 2) 89 3) 30 245. 3 1 3 0.7 3 0.6 3 0.5 3
4) 18 5) 10 1) 1 2) 0.7 3) 0.6
235. 5, 12.5, 43.75, 196.875, 1080.8125, 7038.28125 4) 0.5 5) 3
Le

1) 43.75 2) 12.5 3) 1080.8125

Directions (Q. 246-250): In each of the follow-
4) 7038.28125 5) 196.875 ing questions a number series is given. After the
Directions (Q. 236-240): In each of the follow- series, a number is given followed by (a), (b), (c), (d)
ing questions a number series is given. After the and (e). You have to complete the second series and
w.

series a number is given followed by (a), (b), (c), (d) answer the questions given below the series.
and (e). You have to complete the series starting with 246. 54 56 62 74 94 124
the number given and following the sequence of the
175 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
original series. Answer the questions that follow the
ww

What will come in place of (c)?

series. 1) 196 2) 195 3) 175
236. 7 16 12 30 23 56 4) 174 5) None of these
11 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) 247. 6 3 3 4.5 9 22.5
What will come in place of (c)? 8 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
1) 38 2) 27 3) 16
What will come in place of (e)?
4) 24 5) None of these 1) 24 2) 28 3) 275
237. 6 3.5 4.5 8.25 18.5 48.75 4) 30 5) None of these
3 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
248. 11 13 10 40 8 14

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

K KUNDAN 37

16 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) 16 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
What will come in place of (b)? What will come in place of (d)?
1) 15 2) 20 3) 18 1) 1384 2) 2642 3) 2808
4) 14 5) None of these 4) 1988 5) None of these
249. 0 3 14 77 548 252. 154 462 231 693 346.5 1039.5
-1 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) 276 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
What will come in place of (d)? What will come in place of (e)?
1) 447 2) 443 3) 445 1) 1746 2) 621 3) 1242
4) 438 5) None of these 4) 983 5) None of these

.in
250. 5 6 10 28 124 724 253. 7 91 1001 7007 35035 105105
12 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) 14.5 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
What will come in place of (b)? What will come in place of (c)?
1) 24 2) 26 3) 52 1) 21132.5 2) 14514.5 3) 20020.5

ng
4) 17 5) None of these 4) 13864.5 5) None of these
Directions (Q. 251-256): In each of the follow- 254. 582 574 601 537 662 446
ing questions a number series is given. After the 204 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e)

eri
series a number is given followed by (a), (b), (c), (d) What will come in place of (d)?
and (e). You have to complete the series starting with 1) 284 2) 68 3) 174
the number given, following the sequence of the origi- 4) 331 5) None of these
nal series and answer the questions that follow the 255. 85 43 44 67.5 137 345
series.
e 125 (a) (b) (c) (d)
What will come in place of (c)?
(e)
gin
251. 12 30 120 460 1368 2730 1) 86 2) 107.5 3) 112.5
4) 97.5 5) None of these
[UBI PO-2005]
En

Answers and explanations

Exercise-1
arn

(1-5): 8. 4; The series is ×1.5, ×3, ×4.5, ....

1. 3; The series is ÷8, ×7, ÷6, ×5 ... 9. 1; The series is ×2 + 4, ×2 + 8, ×2 + 12, ....
 Replace (3) with (5). 10. 2; The series is ×8 - 28, ×7 - 24, ×6 - 20, .....
2. 1; The given series is an alternate series 11. 2; The series is ×2 + (2 × 1²), ×2 + (2 × 3²), ×2 + (2
Le

ie, S1 = 7 11 15; the property is +4 × 5²), ×2 + (2 × 7²), ... So, 164 should be re-
placed by 182.
S2 = 14 51 90; after interchanging 14 and 90,
(12-16):
we get the series following - 39 and -37. 12. 3; The series is ×1 + 2, ×2 + 2, ×3 + 2, ×4 + 2, ×5 +
w.

 Replace (1) with (5). 2, × 6 + 2. 914 is incorrect. It should be 772. The

3. 3; The given series is an alternate series. new series begins with 914.
ie, S1 = 40 60 80; the property is +20 13. 3; The series is ×1 + 1, ×2 + 2, ×3 + 3, ×4 + 4, ×5 +
ww

S 2 = 14 24 19; after interchanging 24 and 19, 5, × 6 + 6. 34 should be 33 and thus the new
we get the property as +5. series starts with 34.
4. 5; The series is +15², -13², +11², -9² .... 14. 4; The series is -(14)², +(12)², -(10)², +(8)², -(6)²
5. 2; The series is ×1 + 1, ÷2 + 2, ×3 + 3 ... and so on.
 Replace (2) with (3) 1 3 5 7 9 11
(6-10): 15. 5; The series is  , , , , , and so
2 2 2 2 2 2
6. 1; The series is ×1 + 4, ×2 + 8, ×3 + 12, .... on.
7. 3; The series is ×1 + 1, ×2 + 2, ×3 + 3, ....

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

38 K KUNDAN

16. 1; The series is +1² - 0, +2² - 1, +3² - 2, +4² - 3, +5² 33. 2; The series is +20, +30, +40...... So 182 will come
- 4, +6² - 5. in place of A.
Thus, 7 is the wrong number.
182  14
(17-21): ?  14
17. 4; The series is ×8 + 1, ×7 + 2, ×6 + 3. 14
 a = 2 × 8 + 1 = 17, b = 17 × 7 + 2 = 121, c = 121 34. 5; The series is +3, +5, +7, +9 .... So 39 will come in
× 6 + 3 = 729 place of A.
18. 1; The series is ×1, ×1.5, ×2 ? = 39² - 4 = 1517

.in
 a = 36 × 1 = 36, b = 36 × 1.5 = 54, c = 54 × 2 = 35. 1; The series is +6, +11, +16, +21 ... So 35 will come
108, d = 108 × 2.5 = 270 and e = 270 × 3 = 810 in place of A.
19. 3; The series is ÷2 - 4 3 4
 a = 888 ÷2 - 4 = 440 and b = 440 ÷ 2 - 4 = 216 ?  35    12

ng
7 5
20. 5; The series is × 1 + 1, ×1.5 + 2.25, × 2 + 4, (×2.5 +
6.25, ×3 + 9, .....) 3 81
36. 5; The series is ×2 and  alternately. So will
 a = 7 × 1 + 1 = 8, b = 8 × 1.5 + 2.25 = 14.25, c 4 64

eri
= 14.25 × 2 + 4 = 32.5 and d = 32.5 × 2.5 + 6.25 = come in place of A.
81.25 + 6.25 = 87.5
21. 2; The series is + (17)², -(15)², +(13)², -(11)², +(9)², 81 9
? 
...... 64 8
 c = 13 + (238 - 5 =) 233 = 246, d = 246 - (11)²
e (37-41):
gin
= 37. 1; The series is +1², +3², +5², +7²,......
246 - 121 = 125 and e = 125 +(9)² = 125 + 81 = 206 38. 3; The series is ×0.5 + 0.5, ×1 + 1, ×1.5 + 1.5, ×2 +
(22-26): 2,....
22. 5; The series is ×1 + 1, ×2 + 2, ×3 + 3, ..... So 8 is 39. 3; The series is ×1 + 1, ×2 + 2, ×3 + 3,......
wrong. Beginning with 8 we get 20 as third
En

40. 1; The series is ×2 + 6, ×2 + 7, ×2 + 6,....

term. 41. 4; The series is +(12)², -(10)², +(8)², -(6)²,....
23. 5; The series is ×1 + 1², ×2 + 2², ×3 + 3², .... (42-46):
24. 2; The series is ×2 + 9, ×2 + 11, ×2 + 13, ..... 42. 3; The series is ×1 + 1², ×2 + 2², ×3 + 3², ×4 + 4²,....
arn

25. 4; The series is ×1 - 1, ×2 + 2, ×2 - 2, ×3 + 3, ..... 43. 5; Ans = 13. The series is ×1 + 7, ×2 - 11, ×3 + 15,....
26. 4; The series is ×3 + 1, ×4 + 1, ×5 + 1, ...... 44. 4; The series is ×1 + 1², ×2 + 2², ×3 + 3², ×4 + 4²,....
(27-31): 45. 1; The series is ×1.5 + 1.5, ×2 + 2, ×2.5 + 2.5, ×3 +
27. 5; The series is ×2 + 1.5, ×2 + 2, ×2 + 2.5 ......... So, 3....
108.5 should come in place of (c).
Le

46. 2; The series is ×2 + 3, ×2 + 5, ×2 + 7, ×2 + 9,.....

28. 1; The series is ×1² + 1, ×1² + 1, ×2² + 2, ×3² + 3, ×4² (47-51):
+ 4, ......... 47. 3; The series is -2, -4, -8, -16,....
29. 2; The series is ×1 + 0.25 × 1, ×2 + 0.25 × 4, ×3 + So, P = 186 - 4 = 182
w.

0.25 × 9 ...... So 24.75 should come in place of

(c).  ?  P  13  182  13  13
30. 4; The series is ×0.5, ×1.5, ×2.5, ..... So 118.125 48. 5; The series is ×1.5, ÷2, ×1.5, ÷2,.....
should come in place of (d).
ww

31. 3; The series is +11², -9², +7², -5²,.... So 112 should 49. 2; The series is  2 1 in each term.
come in place of (e). 3
(32-36): 50. 1; The series is -38, -36, -32, -30, -26, -24
51. 4; The series is +12, +14, +16, +18.....
3 (52-56):
32. 3; The series is  6, alternately. So, 116.64 will
10 52. The series is ÷2, ×1.5....
come in place of A. 53. 5; Ans = 2860. The series is ×1 + 4, ×2 + 8, ×3 +
116.64 ÷ 36 = 3.24 12,.....

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

K KUNDAN 39

54. 4; The series is ×2 + 1, ×3 - 2, ×4 +3, ×5 - 4,.... 89. 4; The series is ×2 - 2

55. 3; The series is ×2 - 2, ×3 + 2, ×4 - 2, ×6 + 2,..... (90-94):
56. 2; The series is ÷2 - 2 in each steps 90. 1; The series is +5, +9, +13, +17 .... The differ-
(57-61): ence in successive nos. 9 - 5 = 13 - 9 = 17 - 13
57. 4; The series is ×2, ×4, ×6,...... = .... = 4. Hence, 35 is wrong. It should be 37.
58. 2; The series is ×2 - 1, ×2 + 3, ×2 - 5, ..... 91. 5; The sum of the first two nos. is the third no.
59. 4; Each number is the square of its preceding num- Hence, 27 is wrong. It should be 29.
ber. 92. 5; The series is ×0.5 + 0.5, × 1 + 1, × 1.5 + 1.5 ....

.in
60. 2; The series is ×2 + 1, ×3 + 3, ×4 + 5, ..... Hence, 12 is wrong. It should be 14.
61. 4; Each number is square of its preceding number 93. 4; The series is  2  22 ,  3  32 ,  4  42 ,  5  52
plus 2, 4, 6, ....
.... Hence 32 is wrong It should be 33.
viz, 2² + 2 = 6, 6² + 4 = 40 .......

ng
62. 3; The series is 1³ + 1 = 2, 2³ + 1 = 9, 3³ + 1 = 28,.... 94. 2; The series is  13 ,  23 ,  33 ,  43.... Hence, 224 is
(63-67): wrong. It should be 227.
63. 5; The series is +8², +7², +6², +5²,...... (95-99):

eri
95. 4; The series is ×1 + 1 × 7, ×2 + 2 × 6, ×3 + 3 × 5
1 1
64. 3; The series is  ,3, ,4,..... ...
3, 4
96. 5; The series is 1  12 ,  2  22 ,  3  32 , ...
2 3 4 5
65. 4; The series is  , , , ,.....
3 4 5 6 e 97. 3; The series is ×1 + 2, ×2 + 3, ×3 + 4, ...
98. 2; The series is ×0.5 + 0.5, ×1 + 1, ×1.5 + 1.5, ...
gin
66. 1; The series is +6², ×7, +7², ×8,........ 99. 1; The series is ×2, ÷3, ×4, ÷5, ...
67. 2; The series is +2.4, -4.8, +9.6, -19.2,........ (100-104):
68. 4; Series is ×2 + 2², ×3 + 3², ×4 + 4²,...... 100. 5; Ans = 172. The series is 1  12 ,  2  2 2 ,  3  32 ,
69. 5; The series is ÷2 - 1 in each term. ....
En

(70-74): 101. 5; Ans = 97. The series is ×2-1 in each term.

70. 5; The series is +0.5, +1, +1.5, +2,.... 102. 3; The series is ×0.5 + 0.5, ×1+1, ×1.5+1.5, ×2+2,
71. 3; The series is +1², +2², +3², +4²,..... ....
72. 2; The series is -8, -7, -6, -5,......
arn

103. 2; The series is: 3 × 1 + 7 × 1 = 10; 10 × 2 + 6 × 2 =

73. 1; The series is ×3 - 1 in each term. 32; 32 × 3 + 5 × 3 = 111; 111 × 4 + 4 × 4 = 460;
74. 4; The series is ÷2 - 1 in each term. 460 × 5 + 3 × 5 = 2315 ....
(75-79): 104. 1; The series is ×2 - 2, ÷2 + 2, ×2 - 2, ÷2 +2, ....
75. 3; The series is ×1 + 1, ÷2 - 2, ×3 + 3, ...... (105-109):
Le

76. 2; The series is +4.5, +9, +13.5,...... 105. 1; The series is ×1+1, ×1.5+1.5, ×2+2, ×2.5+2.5, ...
77. 5; The series is ×1 + 7, ×2 - 6, ×3 +5, ×4 - 4,..... 106. 3; The series is 2 + 5 = 7; 7 + 5 = 12; 12 + 7 = 19; ...
78. 2; The series is ×2 + 2, ÷2 - 2, ×3 + 3, ÷3 - 3,... 107. 2; The series is ×6 + 1, ×5 + 2, ×4 + 3, ×3 + 4, ...
79. 1; The series is ×1.5, ×2, ×2.5, ×3,.....
w.

108. 3; The series is  1 13 ,  2  23 ,  3  33 ,

(80-84):
80. 4; The series is ×1 + 1², ×2 - 2², ×3 + 3², ×4 - 4².....  4  43 , ...
81. 5; The series is ×1 + 1², ×2 + 2², ×3 + 3², ×4 + 4²..... 109. 4; The series is ×7, ×6.5, ×6, ×5.5, ...
ww

82. 5; The series is ×2 + 0.5, ×2 + 2, ×2 + 8, ×2 + 32.... (110-114):

83. 1; The series is ×2 + 10, ×2 - 10 alternately. 110. 4; The series is ×3 + 5, ×4 - 6, ×5 + 7, ×6 - 8, ....
(84-89):
111. 1; The series is  12 ,  22 ,  32 ,  42 , ....
84. 3; The series is ×2 + 1, ×2 - 1 alternately.
85. 5; The series is × 1.5, × 2, × 2.5, × 3 and so on. 112. 4; The series is 7 + 9 = 16; 16 + 9 = 25; 25 + 16 = 41;
86. 1; The series is -16, -8, -4, -2, -1, -0.5, and so on. 41 + 25 = 66; 66 + 41 = 107 ....
87. 2; The series is × 1 + 2, × 2 + 3, × 3 + 4, and so on. 113. 3; The series is ×0.5, ×1.5, ×2.5, ×3.5, ...
88. 3; The series is × 1 + 12, ×2 + 22, ×3 + 32 and so on. 114. 2; The series is ×0.25, ×0.5, ×0.75, ×1, ...

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

40 K KUNDAN

(115-119): 2 4 5 8 13 21 34
115. 3; The series is +5, +7, +9, +11, .... 130. 1;
+2 +1 +3 +5 +8 +13
116. 4; The series is ÷2, ÷1.5 alternately. Hence the series should be as follows:
117. 5; The series is an alternate series, having 2 3 5 8 13 21 34
S1 = 2 5 14 41; ×3 – 1 in each term +1 +2 +3 +5 +8 +13
Here 1 + 2 = 3; 2 + 3 = 5; 3 + 5 = 8; 5 + 8 = 13
S2 = 3 8 23 69; ×3 – 1 in each term (131-135):
118. 3; The differences are 1 - 0 = 1 = 13 ; 9 - 1 = 8 131. 4; The series follows the pattern:

.in
4 × 0.5 + 0.25 × 12 = 2.25
= 23 ; 36 - 9 = 27 = 33 ; 99 – 36 = 63  43 , but
100 - 36 = 64 = 43 ; 2.25 × 1 + 0.25 × 22 = 3.25

ng
3.25 × 1.5 + 0.25 × 32 = 7.125
225 – 100 = 125 = 53 ;
7.125 × 2 + 0.25 × 42 = 18.25
441 – 225 = 216 = 63
119. 1; The series is ×2.5, ×2 alternately. 18.25 × 2.5 + 0.25 × 5 2 = 51.875

eri
(120-124): Hence, the required answer
120. 3; The series is ×2 + 6 in each term.
= 7 × 0.5 + 0.25 × 12 = 3.75 = a
2 2
121. 1; The series is  1  1 ,  2  2 ,  3  3 , ....
2

122. 4; The series is ÷2 + 3.5, ×2 + 12, ÷2 + 2.5, ×2 + 8,

e 3.75 × 1 + 0.25 × 22 = 4.75 = b
132. 1; The series is based on the pattern
gin
...
123. 2; The series is ×2 - 1, ×3 - 2, ×4 - 3, ....  5  52 ,  4  4 2 ,  3  32 ,  2  2 2 ,  1 12 .
124. 5; The series is ×0.5, ×1.5, ×2.5, .... Hence the required answer will be:
(125-130): 1 × 5 + 5 2 = 30 (=a) × 4 + 42 = 136 (=b) × 3 +
125. 4; 2 3 6 18 109 1944 209952
En

Here 2 × 3 = 6; 3 × 6 = 18; 6 × 18 = 108; 32 = 417 (= c) × 2 + 22 = 838 (= d) 838 × 1 +

18 × 108 = 1944; 108 × 1944 = 209952
12 = 839.
126. 2; 1 3 6 11 20 39 70 [Note: In this type of series, observing from
arn

Here 1 × 2 + 1 = 3; 3 × 2 + 0 = 6; the right end will be beneficial; e.g. we see

6 × 2 – 1 = 11; 11 × 2 – 2 = 20; that the last element is greater by 1 to its pre-
20 × 2 – 3 = 37; 37 × 2 – 4 = 70 ceding element. While the secondlast is
127. 1; 2 13 27 113 561 3369 23581 greater by double +4 to its predecessor. ... In
Here 2 × 2 + 7 = 11; 11 × 3 – 6 = 27;
Le

this way we can conclude the definite pat-

27 × 4 + 5 = 113; 113 × 5 – 4 = 561; tern.]
561 × 6 + 3 = 3369; 3369 × 7 – 2 = 23581. 133. 3; The series follows the pattern:
128. 4; 50 51 47 56 42 65 29
w.

1 1
Here 50  12  51 ;  7  , +6×2,  5 , + 4 × 2 ....
2 2
51  2 2  47 ; 47  32  56 ; Now, the required answer
ww

56  4 2  40 ; 40  5 2  65 ; 1
= 5  7   6 a 
2
65  6  29 2
129. 3; 3 9 23 99 479 2881 20159 1
Here 3 × 2 + 3 = 9; 9 × 3 – 4 = 23; (6 + 6) × 2 = 24 (= b), 24  5  = 14.5(=c)
2
23 × 4 + 5 = 97; 97 × 5 – 6 = 479;
479 × 6 + 7 = 2881; 134. 2; The given series is  1 12 ,  2  2 2 ,  3  32 ,
2881 × 7 – 8 = 20159
 4  4 2 ,  5  52

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

K KUNDAN 41

Hence, the required answer number by 4 and 2 alternately.

ie +7, +11, +13, +17
= 2 1  12  3 a  ;
 ? = 21 + 13 = 34
3  2 – 2 2  2 b  ; 2  3  32  15 c 145. 4; The series is ×2+1, ×2+3, ×2+5, ×2+7, ...
 ? = 11 × 2 + 3 = 25
135. 5; The successive term is 6 more than the double
(146-150):
of its preceding term. Hence required answer
146. 4; Here 27 × 0.5 + 0.5 × 7 = 17; 17 × 1 + 1 × 6 = 23
= 4 × 2 + 6 = 14(=a);
23 × 1.5 + 1.5 × 5 = 42; 42 × 2 + 2 × 4 = 92
14 × 2 + 6 = 34 (= b);

.in
92 × 2.5 + 2.5 × 3
34 × 2 + 6 = 74(=c);
= 237.5; 237.5 × 3 + 3 × 2 = 718.5.
74 × 2 + 6 = 154 (= d)
147. 1; The series is ×2 – 3; ×2 – 3; ... and so on,
4) 33 5) 17
Hence, 18 should be replaced by 19.

ng
(136-140):
148. 5; The series is ×0.5 + 0.5; ×1 + 1; ×1.5 + 1.5; ×2 +
136. 2; Here the series consists of two series S1 and S 2 : 2; ×2.5 + 2.5; ×3 + 3.
S1: 24 26 28 30 Hence, 18 should be replaced by 20.

eri
+2 +2 +2
S2: 14 15 16 149. 1; Here 5  13  6 ; 6  33  33 ;
+1 +1
3 3
Hence, 17 should be replaced by 15. 33  5  158 ; 158  7 = 501
137. 4; Here the series is
5 × 1 + 12 = 6; 6 × 2 + 22 = 16; 16 × 3 + 32 = 57; 57
e 501  93  1230; 1230  113  2561.
gin
2 2
× 4 + 42 = 244; 244 × 5 + 52 = 1245; 150. 2; The series is  1 12 ;  2  2 ;  3  3 ;
1245 × 6 + 62 = 7506. 2 2 2
Hence, 248 should be replaced by 244. 4  4 ; 55 ; 6  6 .
138. 5; (2 + 7) × 1 = 9; (9 + 6) × 2 = 30; Hence, 196 should be replaced by 164.
En

(30 + 5) × 3 = 105; (105 + 4) × 4 = 436; (151-155):

(436 + 3) × 5 = 2195; (2195 + 2) × 6 = 13182 151. 4; The series is
32 should be replaced by 30. 2 2 2 2 2 2
 1 ,  3 ,  5 ,  7 ,  9 ,  11 .
139. 1; Here the series is:
arn

11 × 0.5 + 0.5 = 6; 6 × 1 + 1 = 7; 7 × 1.5 + 1.5 = 12; Obviously, 128 should be replaced by 124.
12 × 2 + 2 = 26; 26 × 2.5 + 2.5 = 67.5; 67.5 × 3 + 152. 2; The series is ×5 + 0.5, ×5 + 0.5, ....
3 = 205.5. Obviously, 1327.5 should be replaced by 1328.
Hence, 8 should be replaced by 7. 153. 5; Look at the series from the right end. You get
that 224 is the sum of the two preceding terms
Le

140. 3; Here the series is:

3 × 8 – 7 = 17; 17 × 7 – 6 = 113; 113 × 6 – 5 = 673; (86 and 138). The same is true for 138 also [ 
673 × 5 – 4 = 3361; 52 + 86 = 138]. Obviously, the number 32 should
3361 × 4 – 3 = 13441; 13441 × 3 – 2 = 40321 be replaced by 34 [  16 + 18 = 34].
w.

Hence, 16 should be replaced by 17. 154. 3; The series is ×6 – 1, ×5 – 2, ×4 – 3, ....

(141-145): Obviously, 4125 should be replaced by 4121.
141. 3; The series is ×3+1, ×3+2, ×3+4, ×3+8, ... 155. 1; The series is ×1 + 13, ×2 + 23, ×3 + 33, ....
Obviously, 385 should be replaced by 388.
ww

 ? = 100 × 3 + 8 = 308
142. 5; The series is ×1–2, ×2–2, ×3–2, ×4–2, ... (156-160):
 ? = 4 × 3 – 2 = 10 156. 3; The series is -2, +4, -8, +16 ...
143. 2; The series is Hence, the wrong number is 34. It should be
2 2 2 2
replaced by 35.
1  1 ,  2  2 ,  3  3 ,  4  4 , ... 3 3 3
157. 1; The series is  1  1 ,  2  2 ,  3  3 ...
2
 ? = 6  2  2  16 Hence, the wrong number is 1704. It should be
144. 1; The series is based on increasing previous replaced by 1705.

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

42 K KUNDAN

158. 5; Here, 7 × 0.5 + 2.5 = 6 153 + 73 = 496

6 × 1 + (2.5 + 3.5) = 12
12 × 1.5 + (2.5 + 3.5 + 4.5) = 28.5 496  63  712
28.5 × 2 + (2.5 + 3.5 + 4.5 + 5.5) = 73 712  53  837
73 × 2.5 + (2.5 + 3.5 + 4.5 + 5.5 + 6.5) = 205
205 × 3 + (2.5 + 3.5 + 4.5 + 5.5 + 6.5 + 7.5) = 645 837  43  901
Hence, 9 should be replaced by 6. 901  33  928
159. 1; The series is; +13, +17, +19, +23, +29 ... (Con- Hence, the wrong number is 495.

.in
secutive prime numbers) 169. 2; Here the series is:
Hence, the wrong number is 85. It should be 11 × 7 - 7 × 5 = 42
replaced by 87. 42 × 6 - 6 × 6 = 216
216 × 5 - 5 × 7 = 1045

ng
160. 2; Here, series is: 11, 22 , 33 , 44 , 55 ...
Hence, the wrong number is 258. It should be 1045 × 4 - 4 × 8 = 4148
replaced by 256. 4148 × 3 - 3 × 9 = 12417
(161-165): Hence, the wrong number is 214.

eri
161. 2; The series is ×2 + 3, ×2 + 3, ... 170. 4; Here, the series is
Hence, 108 should be replaced by 109. 488 ÷ 2 + 1.0 = 245
245 ÷ 2 + 1.5 = 124
162. 3; The series is  13 ,  23 ,  33 , ... 124 ÷ 2 + 2.0 = 64
Hence, 46 should be replaced by 43.
e 64 ÷ 2 + 2.5 = 34.5
gin
163. 4; Here 2078 should be replaced by 2075. The 34.5 ÷ 2 + 3.0 = 20.25
series goes as follows: Hence, the wrong number is 35.
1×1+7×1=8 (171-175):
8 × 2 + 6 × 2 = 28 171. 1; Here, 3 × 1.5 + 0.5 = 5
28 × 3 + 5 × 3 = 99
En

5 × 2 + 1 = 11
99 × 4 + 4 × 4 = 412 11 × 2.5 + 1.5 = 29
412 × 5 + 3 × 5 = 2075; and 29 × 3 + 2 = 89
2075 × 6 + 2 × 6 = 12462. 89 × 3.5 + 2.5 = 314
arn

164. 3; The series is ×2 + 1, ×3 - 2, ×4 + 3, ... Hence, in the given series 87 is a wrong num-
Hence, 1632 should be replaced by 1631. ber and should be replaced by 89.
165. 1; The series is ×0.5, ×1.5, ×2.5, ... 172. 3; Here,
Hence, 12.5 should be replaced by 12. 3
(166-170):
3
12  1  13 13  2 = 21
Le

166. 1; Here the series is: 3

21  3  48
3
48  4  112
14 × 1 - 1 = 13
3
13 × 2 - 4 = 22 112  5  237
w.

22 × 3 - 9 = 57 Hence, in the given series 20 is a wrong num-

57 × 4 - 16 = 212 ber and should be replaced by 21.
212 × 5 - 25 = 1035 173. 5; Here,
Hence, the wrong number is 55. 8.1 + 9.2 = 17.3
ww

167. 3; Here the series is: 9.2 + 17.3 = 26.5

217 + 7 = 224 17.3 + 26.5 = 43.8
224 - 11 = 213 26.5 + 43.8 = 70.3
213 + 13 = 226 43.8 + 70.3 = 114.1
226 - 17 = 209 Hence, the wrong number is 71.5. It should be
209 + 19 = 228 replaced by 70.3.
Hence, the wrong number is 210. 174. 1; Here,
168. 5; Here the series is: 10 × 2 - 4 = 16 16 × 4 - 16 = 48

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

K KUNDAN 43

48 × 8 - 64 = 320 320 × 16 - 256 = 4864 4 + 10 = 14

4864 × 32 - 1024 = 154624 182. 3; 4 × 1.5 = 6 6 × 2 = 12
Hence, the wrong number is 154628. It should 12 × 2.5 = 30 30 × 3 = 90
be replaced by 154624. 90 × 3.5 = 315 315 × 4 = 1260
175. 2; Here,
183. 5; 25 16 ? 4 1
48 ÷ 2 = 24 24 × 3 = 72
2 2
72 ÷ 2 = 36 36 × 3 = 108 ie 5 2
4 3 2 1
2 2

108 ÷ 2 = 54 Hence, ? = 9

.in
Hence, the wrong number is 34. It should be 184. 3; 15 - 3 = 12 12 + 5 = 17
replaced by 36. 17 - 7 = 10 10 + 11 = 21
(176-180): 21 - 13 = 8 8 + 17 = 25
176. 1; Here, 25 - 19 = 6

ng
439 × 2 - 100 = 778 Note that 3, 5, 7, 11, 13, 17 and 19 are consecu-
778 × 2 - 100 = 1456 tive prime numbers
1456 × 2 - 100 = 2812 185. 1; 1 ? 27 64 125

eri
2812 × 2 - 100 = 5524
ie 13 2
3
3
3
4
3
4
3
5524 × 2 - 100 = 10948
Hence the wrong number is 5624.  ?  23  8
177. 2; Here,
156 + 312 = 468
e 186. 2; 2 + 5 = 7
7 + 12 = 19
5 + 7 = 12
12 + 19 = 31
gin
468 + 312 = 780 19 + 31 = 50 31 + 50 = 81
780 + 312 = 1092 187. 1; (1 + 2) × 2 = 6 (6 + 3) × 4 = 36
1092 + 312 = 1404 (36 + 4) × 6 = 240
1404 + 312 = 1716 (240 + 5) × 8 = 1960
Hence the wrong number is 1094.
En

(1960 + 6) × 10 = 19660
178. 5; Here, (188-192):
5040 × 3 ÷ 5 = 3014 188. 5; 73
3014 × 3 ÷ 5 = 1814.4
Here, 24  7 2 = 73
arn

1814.4 × 3 ÷ 5 = 1088.64
1088.64 × 3 ÷ 5 = 653.184 2
73  6  109
653.184 × 3 ÷ 5 = 391.9104
2
Hence there is no wrong number in the series 109  5  134
given.
Le

2
134  4  150
179. 4; Here,
2
113 + 17 × 1 = 130 130 + 17 × 2 = 164 150  3  159
164 + 17 × 3 = 215 215 + 17 × 4 = 283 Hence, the question mark(?) should be replaced
w.

283 + 17 × 5 = 368 by 73.

Hence the wrong number in the series is 293. 189. 4; 17 × 0.5 + 0.5 = 9
180. 3; Here, 9 × 1 + 1 = 10
36 × 1.5 = 54 54 × 2.5 = 135
ww

10 × 1.5 + 1.5 = 16.5

135 × 3.5 = 472.5 472.5 × 4.5 = 2126.25 16.5 × 2 + 2 = 35
2126.25 × 5.5 = 11694.375 35 × 2.5 + 2.5 = 90
Hence the wrong number is 472.15. Hence, the question mark(?) should be replaced
(181-187): by 16.5.
181. 1; 12 + 2 = 14 14 + 3 = 17 190. 4; 3 × 2 + 14 = 20
17 - 4 = 13 13 - 5 = 8 20 × 3 + 18 = 78
8 + 6 = 14 14 + 7 = 21 78 × 4 + 20 = 332
21 - 8 = 13 13 - 9 = 4 332 × 5 + 20 = 1680

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

44 K KUNDAN

1680 × 6 + 18 = 10098 756 + 114 = 870

Hence, the question mark should be replaced 870 + 122 = 992
by 10098. 992 + 130 = 1122
191. 2; 13 × 2 + 4 = 30 (198-202):
30 × 2 + 6 = 66 198. 4; 15 + 3 = 18
66 × 2 + 8 = 140 18 – 2 = 16
140 × 2 + 10 = 290 16 + 3 = 19
290 × 2 + 12 = 592 19 – 2 = 17

.in
Hence, the question mark should be replaced 17 + 3 = 20
by 290. 20 – 2 = 18
192. 1; 3 × 5 = 15 199. 1; 1050 × 0.4 = 420
5 × 15 = 75 420 × 0.4 = 168

ng
15 × 75 = 1125 168 × 0.4 = 67.2
75 × 1125 = 84375 67.2 × 0.4 = 26.88
(193-197): 26.88 × 0.4 = 10.752

eri
193. 4; 15 + 3 = 18 10.752×0.4 = 4.3008
18 – 2 = 16 200. 5; 0 6 24 60 120 210
16 + 3 = 19 +6 +18 +36 +60 +90
19 – 2 = 17 Look at the differences of two consecutive
17 + 3 = 20
e terms of the series. We get the following pat-
gin
20 – 2 = 18 tern:
194. 1; 1050 × 0.4 = 420 0+ 6×1=6
420 × 0.4 = 168 6 + 6 × 2 = 18
168 × 0.4 = 67.2 18 + 6 × 3 = 36
67.2 × 0.4 = 26.88 36 + 6 × 4 = 60
En

26.88 × 0.4 = 10.752 60 + 6 × 5 = 90

10.752×0.4 = 4.3008 90 + 6 × 6 = 126
195. 5; 0 6 24 60 120 210 Hence, the required term = 210 + 126 = 336
arn

+6 +18 +36 +60 +90 201. 3; 32 + 17 = 49

Look at the differences of two consecutive 49 + 34 = 83
terms of the series. We get the following pat- 83 + 68 = 151
tern: 151 + 136 = 287
0+ 6×1=6 287 + 272 = 559
Le

6 + 6 × 2 = 18 559 + 544 = 1103

18 + 6 × 3 = 36 202. 2; 462 + 90 = 552
36 + 6 × 4 = 60 552 + 98 = 650
w.

60 + 6 × 5 = 90 650 + 106 = 756

90 + 6 × 6 = 126 756 + 114 = 870
Hence, the required term = 210 + 126 = 336 870 + 122 = 992
196. 3; 32 + 17 = 49 992 + 130 = 1122
ww

49 + 34 = 83 (203-207):
83 + 68 = 151 203. 2; 12 × 2 - 2 = 22
151 + 136 = 287 22 × 3 + 3 = 69
287 + 272 = 559 69 × 4 - 4 = 272
559 + 544 = 1103 272 × 5 + 5 = 1365
197. 2; 462 + 90 = 552 1365 × 6 - 6 = 8184
552 + 98 = 650 204. 2; The series is
650 + 106 = 756 11, 22, 33, 44, 55

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

K KUNDAN 45

Hence, the question mark will be replaced by 4. 843 + 23 × 4 = 935

205. 5; 104  7 2  153 935 + 23 × 5 = 1050
1050 + 23 × 6 = 1188
2
153  6  189 (213-217):
2 1 2 3 4
189  5  214 213. 5; 1  1; 2  4; 3  27; 4  256;
2 5 6 7
214  4 = 230 5  3125; 6  46656; 7  823543
206. 2; 15 + 17 = 32

.in
214. 2; 30 + 16 × 0 = 30;
17 + 32 = 49
32 + 49 = 81 30 + 16 × 1 = 46;
49 + 81 = 130 46 + 16 × 2 = 78;
78 + 16 × 3 = 126;

ng
81 + 130 = 211
207. 3; 15 + 2 = 17 126 + 16 × 4 = 190;
17 + 4 = 21 190 + 16 × 5 = 270;
21 + 8 = 29 270 + 16 × 6 = 366

eri
29 + 16 = 45 215. 4; 380 + 85 = 465;
45 + 32 = 77 465 + (85+7) = 557;
77 + 64 = 141 557 + (85+14) = 656;
(208-212):
208. 3; 13 × 1 + 1 = 14
e 656 + (85+21) = 762;
gin
762 + (85+28) = 875;
14 × 2 + 2 = 30
875 + (85+35) = 995
30 × 3 + 3 = 93
93 × 4 + 4 = 376 2 2
376 × 5 + 5 = 1885 216. 1; 1250   500; 500   200;
5
  5
En

1885 × 6 + 6 = 11316
209. 2; 4 × 1.5 = 6 2 2 2
6 × 1.5 = 9 200   80; 80   32; 32   12.8;
9 × 1.5 = 13.5 5 5 5
arn

13.5 × 1.5 = 20.25

2
20.25 × 1.5 = 30.375 12.8   5.12
30.375 × 1.5 = 45.5625 5
210. 4; 400 × 0.6 = 240
Le

240 × 0.6 = 144 217. 3; 23 26 24 27 25 28

144 × 0.6 = 86.4
86.4 × 0.6 = 51.84
51.84 × 0.6 = 31.104 It is an alternate series. Ans: 26
w.

31.104 × 0.6 = 18.6624 (218-222):

211. 1; 9 × 0.5 = 4.5 218. 3; The series is obtained by:
4.5 × 1.0 = 4.5 +12, +22, +32, +42, +52, ......
ww

4.5 × 1.5 = 6.75 So 28 is wrong. It should be 29.

6.75 × 2.0 = 13.5 219. 5;
13.5 × 2.5 = 33.75
+4 +2 +0 +4 -46
33.75 × 3.0 = 101.25
212. 5; 1188 ×1 + 6 ×2+10 ×3+12 ×4+12 ×5+16 ×6-30

705 + 23 × 1 = 728 2 8 26 90 372 1876 11226

728 + 23 × 2 = 774 If we place 1870 in place of 1876 the series
774 + 23 × 3 = 843 progresses as per the following pattern:

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

46 K KUNDAN

2 8 26 90 372 1870 11226 221. 2; The series is obtained by

+1.5, +2, +2.5, +3, +3.5, +4, +4.5, ....
×1 + 6 ×2+10 ×3+12 ×4+12 ×5+10 ×6+6
So, 14.5 is wrong. It should be 14.
4 2 0 -2 -4
222. 2; The series is obtained by
220. 4; The series is obtained by +13, +23, +33, +43, +53, +63 ....
+2, +4, +8, +16, +32, +64 So, 22 is wrong. It should be 20.
So, 36 is wrong. It should be 35.

.in
Exercise-2

ng
(1-5): So, value of e would be 529.
1. 5; The series is × 5, +5, × 6, + 6. (16-20):
 a = 8 × 5 = 40, b = (40 + 5 =) 45, c = (45 × 6 =) 16. 4; The series is ×1.5, ×2, ×2.5, ×3 and so on. So,
270 46 is incorrect and new series starts from 46.

eri
2. 3; The series is ×1 - 3, × 2 - 5, × 3 - 7, × 4 - 9 17. 2; The series is ×1 + 1, ×2 + 2, ×3 + 3, ......
 a = 9 × 1 - 3 = 6, b = 6 × 2 - 5 = 7, c = 7 × 3 - 18. 1; The series is ×2 - 1, ×2 - 1, ......
7 = 14, d = 14 × 4 - 9 = 47 19. 5; The series is +23, -17, +23, -17, ......
3. 4; The differences of the two successive terms
are 32, 22, 14, 8. The sequence of which is 62 -
e
20. 1; The series is ×2 + 1, +10, ×2 + 2, +20, ×2 + 3,
+30, ...
gin
4, 52 - 3, 42 - 2, 32 - 1 (21-25):
4. 1; The differences are 4, 8, 16, 32. 21. 2; The series is ×(-6), ×7, × (-8) ....
5. 3; The series is × 3 - 2, and × 2 - 3 alternately 22. 3; The series is +22, +32, +42, ...
 a = 4 × 3 - 2 = 10, b = 10 × 2 - 3 = 17, 23. 1; The series is × 8 - 28, ×7 - 24, ×6 - 20,...
En

c = 17 × 3 - 2 = 49 24. 2; The series is ×2 - 4, ×3 - 6, ×4 - 8.

(6-10): 25. 2; The series is +5, +10, +20
6. 4; The series is ×2 + 1, ×2 + 2, ×2 + 3, ×2 + 4, ..... (26-30):
 Wrong no. is 11. 26. 2; The series is ×7 - 17, ×6 - 15, × 5 - 13, ×4 - 11, ....
arn

7. 5; The series is, 12  1, 22  1, 52  1, .... 27. 1; The series is +12, -22, +32, -42, ......
28. 4; This is an alternate series. First is -12, -24, -36
So, the wrong no. is 10. Answer will be 10202. and , second is +12, +24, +36....
8. 3; The series is  12 ,22 ,32 ,42 ,.... 29. 2; The series is ×2 + 1, ×2 + 2, ×2 + 3, ×2 + 4 ....
Le

30. 5; The series is ÷1 + 4, ÷2 + 3, ÷3 + 2, ÷4 + 1 ....

The wrong no. is 17.
(31-35):
9. 4; The series is ×2 - 5, ×2 - 4, ×2 - 3, ×2 - 2, ....
31. 2; The series is ×3 - 11, ×3 - 11, .....
The wrong no. is 20.
So wrong term is 20
w.

10. 4; The series is ÷2 - 4, ÷2 - 4, ... Wrong no. is 26.

(11-15):  40 ÷ 20 - 2 = 0
32. 4; The series is ×2 + 3, ×2 + 3 .....
11. 5; The series is × 0.5, × 1.0, × 1.5, × 2,. ......
So wrong term is 40.
12. 5; The series is, +
ww

1600  120
12  1,  32  3,  52  5,  7 2  7....  = 40
37
13. 4; The series is × 3 + 5, × 5 + 7, × 7 + 9, ....
14. 1; The series is × 2 + 4, × 2 + 6, × 2 + 10, × 2 + 16, 33. 3; The series is × 2 + 1, ×2 - 1, ×2 + 1, ×2 - 1, .....
× 2 + 24 ..... So wrong term is 44
15. 5; The series is –82, +65, –50, +37, –26  3 × 44 + 17 = 149.
or, The series is - (92 + 1), + (82 + 1), -(72 +1), + 34. 1; The series is × 1.5, × 2, × 2.5, × 3 ......
(62 + 1), -(52 + 1) So wrong term is 55.
 3.5 × 55 + 10 = 202.5

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

K KUNDAN 47

35. 2; The series is × 2 - 5, × 2 + 5, × 2 - 5, × 2 + 5 ..... 55. 2; The series is +(12 - 1), -(22 - 2), + (32 - 3) ....
So wrong term is 18. (56-60):
 324 - 36 = 288. 56. 2; The series is ×1 + 12, ×2 + 22, ×3 + 32, ×4 + 42 .....
(36-40): 57. 3; The series is ×0.1, ×0.3, ×0.5, ×0.7 .....
36. 4; The series is: 58. 4; The series is +(12 - 1), -(32 - 3), +(52 - 5), -(72 - 7)
....
 2  12 ,  3  2 2 ,  2  12 ,  3  2 2 , ....
59. 1; The series is ×9 + 1, ×7 + 2, ×5 + 3, ×3 + 4....
 Wrong number = 122 = B
1 1 1 1

.in
 3B ÷ 8  3 × 122 ÷ 8 = 45.75 60. 5; The series is × –6, × –5, × –4, × – 3 ...
37. 2; The series is ×2 + 7 2 2 2 2
 wrong number = 56 = B (61-65):
 20% of 5B  20% of 5 × 56 = 56. 61. 5; The series is ×1 + 0.75 × 12, ×2 + 0.75 × (2)2, .....

ng
38. 3; The series is: (x + 1) × 2 62. 4; The series is ×1 + 92, ×2 - 82, ×3 +72, ×4 - 62 ......
 wrong number = 47 = B Replace (4) with (5).
 2nd number = (47 + 1) × 2 = 96 63. 2; The series is -292, +272, -252, +232 ......

eri
39. 1; The series is –4 followed by ÷2 Replace (2) with (5).
Wrong number = 59 64. 1; The series is ×2, ÷3, ×4, ÷5 ....
 B ÷ 2 + 21 = 59 ÷ 2 + 21 = 50.5 Replace (1) with (4).
40. 2; The series is: ×1 + 10, ×2 + 8, ×3 + 6, .... 65. 3; The series is -53, + 47, -43, +41 .....
So, wrong number is 38.
e (descending prime numbers)
gin
 2nd number = (38 × 1) + 10 = 48 Replace (3) with (5).
(41-45): (66-70):
41. 3; The series is × 1.5 + 1, ×2.5 + 3, ×3.5 + 5 .... 66. 1; The series is +22, +32, +52 ........ (Consecutive
42. 2; The series is +0.52, +12, +1.52, +22, .... prime numbers)
43. 5; The series is +41, +47, +59, +67, .... (Alternate 67. 5; The series is ÷ 9, ×8, ÷7, ×6 ......
En

prime No.) 68. 2; The series is -232, +192, -152, + 112 ......
44. 1; First digit from the left of the series is 2, 3, 4; 69. 3; The series is ×1 + 13, ×2 - 33, ×3 + 53, ×4 - 73 .....
other digits of the series are 70. 5; The series is +15, -13, +11, -9, +7 ....
(71-75):
arn

23 = 8, 33 = 27, 43 = 64, ....

45. 2; The series is ×1 + 1, ×2 + 2, ×3 + 3, ×4 + 4, ... 71. 2; The series is +2,  (2) 2 ,  (2) 3 ,  (2) 4 ,..........
(46-50):
Replace (2) with (4).
1 2 1 2 1 2 72. 1; The series is ×1+5, ×2+10, ×3-15, ×4-20,
46. 2; The series is   1 ,   2 ,   3 ,...
Le

4 4 4 ×5+25,.....
47. 3; The series is 18 × 1 – 1 × 2 = 16 × 2 – 2 × 3 Replace (1) with (5).
= 26 × 3 – 3 × 4 = 66 × 4 – 4 × 5 73. 4; The series is  17 2 ,13 2 ,9 2 ,5 2 ,12 ,......... .
= 244 × 5 – 5 × 6, ....
w.

Replace (4) with (5).

48. 1; The series is ×0.5, ×1.5, ×2.5, ×3.5, .... 74. 5; The series is:
49. 4; The series is -(92 - 9), -(82 - 8), -(72 - 7), ...
50. 5; The series is ÷6, ÷3, ÷1.5, ....  12  1,  2  2 2 ,  32  3,  4  4 2 , ....
ww

(51-55): 75. 3; The series is 11,  9,  7,  5,  3,..........

51. 3; The series is ×2 + 3, ×3 + 2 alternately.
Replace (3) with (5).
52. 5; Ans = 27. The series is +12, -0, +22 , -1, +32, .....
(76-80):
53. 1; The series is 664 - 46 = 618 - 81 = 537 - 73
76. 3; The series is:
= 464 .....
 12  12 ,  2 2  2 2 ,  32  32 ,  4 2  4 2 ,...
3 3 77. 5; The series is :
54. 4; The series is ×2, × ,  2,  ,....
4 4
 112 ,  132 ,  15 2 ,  17 2 ,  19 2 ,  212 ,...

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

48 K KUNDAN

78. 1; The series is: 6,  5,  4,  3,  2, 1,....... (96-100):

96. 4; The series is ×2 + 1, ×1 - 2 alternately.
79. 1; Here 5 × 8 + 2 = 42
Similarly, 97. 5; Ans = 676. The series is  1  12 ,  2  2 2 ,
42 × 7 + 3 = 297
6 × 8 + 2 = 50 (a)  3  32 ,  4  4 2 ...
297 × 6 + 4 = 1786 98. 3; The series is ×2 + 0.5, ×2 + 2, × 2 + 8, ×2 + 32 ....
50 × 7 + 3 = 353 (b) 99. 2; The series is  1  13 ,  2  2 3 ,  3  33 ,
1786 × 5 + 5 = 8935

.in
353 × 6 + 4 = 2122 (c)  4  43 ....
8935 × 4 + 6 = 35746
100. 1; The series is  532 ,  45 2 ,  37 2 ,  29 2 .....
2122 × 5 + 5 = 10615 (d)

ng
80. 4; The series is ×2+6, ×2+7, ×2+6, ×2+7, ........ (101-105):
(81-85): 101. 2; The series is +2,  22 ,  23 , + 3,  32 ,  33.....
81. 3; The series is ÷25, ×20, ÷ 15, × 10 ..... Replace (2) with (5).

eri
82. 2; The series is ×1 + 1, ÷2 + 2, ×3 + 3, ÷4 + 4 .... 102. 5; The series is  112 ,  152 ,  19 2 ,  232 ,  27 2.....
83. 1; The series is +232, +272, +312, +352 .....
103. 3; The series is ÷7, ×9, ÷11, ×13, ....
84. 5; The series is ×3 + 1, ×4 - 1, ×5 + 1, ×6 - 1 ....
Replace (3) with (5)
85. 2; The series is  2 1 in each terms.
3
e 104. 1; The series is ×12 +5,  12  10,  22  15,  22  20
gin
(86-90): ......
Replace (1) with (4).
1 2 3 4 105. 2; The series is ×0.25 + 4, ×0.5 + 4, ×0.75 + 4, ×1 +
86. 1; The series is  ,  ,  ,  .......
2 3 4 5 4 ......
87. 2; The series is ×1 - 1, ×2 + 2 , ×32 - 3, ×4 + 42 ....
2 2
Replace (2) with (3).
En

88. 3; The series is +112, -92, +72, -52 .... (106-110):

89. 3; The series is each next term is 10% more than 106. 5; Ans = 64. The series is  1, ×2,  3, ×4,  5,
the preceding term. ........
90. 5; Ans = 717. The series is +(132 + 13), -(122 + Note: We find that first series is on pattern of multi-
arn

12), +(112 + 11), - (102 + 10), ..... plication or division only. In such case, each
(91-95): term of second series will be in the same ratio
91. 3; The series is ×1 + 1; ×2 - 1; ×3 + 1; .... of the corresponding term of the first series.
Replace (3) with (5).  480 ÷ 4 = 120
Le

92. 5; The series is ÷30, ×25, ÷20, ×15 ...... So, e = 256 ÷ 4 = 64
93. 2; The series is  1  13 ,  2  23 ,  3  33 , 107. 3; The series is: ×1+8, ×2+8, ×3+8, ×4+8, .......
108. 2; The series is:  612 ,  512 ,  412 ,  312 , ........
 4  43 ....
w.

Replace (2) with (4). 109. 1; The series is:

94. 1; The series is  21  2 2 ,  2 2  2 3 ,  2 3  2 4 , 1  12 ,  2  2 2 ,  3  32 ,  4  4 2 , ......
ww

110. 2; The series is:

 2 4  2 5 ....
Replace (1) with (4). 12  13 ,  2 2  2 3 ,  32  33 ,  4 2  43 , .....
95. 4; The series is  (37) 2 ,  (31) 2 ,  ( 29) 2 , (111-115):
111. 5; Ans = 48.
 (23) 2 .... The series is ÷6, ÷5, ÷ 4, ÷3, ........
(Prime number) 112. 4; The series is ×2 + 3, ×2 + 3, ×2 + 3 ...
Replace (4) with (5). 113. 3; The series is ×1 + 1, ×2 - 2, ×3 + 3,
114. 2; The series is 72, 7 × 8, 82, 8 × 9, 92,

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

K KUNDAN 49

115. 1; The series is an alternate series having two 134. 1; The series is: every digit of the no. increases
series: by 2 in each step.
S1 = 25 26 A 153; ×1 + 1, ×2 - 2, 135. 5; Ans = -1375. The series is (+1) × 5, (+2) × 5,
S2 = 45 44 90 267; ×1 - 1, ×2 + 2, ×3 - 3 ..... (+3) × 5 .....
 A = 50 (136-140):
(116-120): 136. 5; The series is: ÷2 + 1, ×3 + 4, ÷4 + 7, ×5 + 10 .....
116. 2; The series is: ×1 + 2, ×2 + 3, ×3 + 5 (sum is 137. 1; The series is:  232 ,  192 ,  152 ,  112 , ......
consecutive prime nos.)
Replace (1) with (3).

.in
117. 3; The series is: ×12 + 1, ×22 - 2, ×32 + 3 ....
138. 4; The series is 22  1, 52  2, 8 2  3, 112  4 .....
118. 1; The series is:  8 2 ,  122 ,  16 2 .
Replace (4) with (5).
119. 3; The series is ÷5, × 7, ÷9, × 11, .....

ng
120. 1; The series is ×1 + 2, ×2 + 1, alternately. 139. 2; The series is ×2 + 1,  32  1, ×4 + 1,  52 1 , .....
(121-125): Replace (2) with (5).
121. 3; The series is × 2 - 8, × 2 - 7, × 2 - 6, × 2 - 5 ...... 140. 3; The series is: ÷4, ×5, ÷6, ×7 ....
Replace (3) with (4). Replace (3) with (5).

eri
122. 1; The series is ×1.5 + 1, × 3 - 2,× 4.5 + 4, ×6 - 8 (141-145):
.... 141. 5; The series is × (-2) + 2, ×(-3) + 2, ×(-4) + 2 ....
Replace (1) with (4). 142. 2; The series consists of two series:
123. 5; The series is ×6 - 6, ×5 - 5, ×4 - 4, ×3 - 3, .......
124. 4; The series is ÷6 - 4, ÷5 - 4, ÷4 - 4, ...... e S1 = 4 65 675 ; 10  52
gin
Replace (4) with (5). S2= 548 717 838 ;  132 ,  112 ,  92....
125. 2; The series is: 10 , 21 , 32 , 43 , 5 4 ........ Replace (2) with (3).
143. 1; The series is ×1 + 3, ×2 - 5, ×3 + 7, ×4 - 9, ....
Replace (2) with (3).
Replace (1) with (4).
(126-130):
En

144. 3; The series is:  55 ,  4 4 ,  33 ,  2 2 , ....

126. 4; The series is ×1 0 + 6,  21  6 ,  32  6 ,
Replace (3) with (5).
 43  6 ..... 145. 2; The series is
arn

127. 5; Ans = 369. The series is  112  11 , 12  11, 2 2  22, 32  33, 4 2  44 ....
2 2 2
 13  13 ,  15  15,  17  17 ..... Replace (2) with (5).
128. 1; The series is ×1.5, ×2, ×2.5, ×3 ..... (146-150):
129. 2; The series is ×1 + 12, × 2 - 10, × 3 + 8, × 4 - 6 ... 146. 1; The series is ×2 – 1, ×3 + 3, ×4 – 3, ×5 + 5, ×5 -
Le

5 .......
130. 3; The series is  21 ,  32 ,  43 ,  54 ......
147. 2; The series is ×8 + 1, ×7 – 2, ×6 + 3, ×5 – 4, ......
(131-135):
148. 3; The series is ×7 - 26, ×6 + 20, ×5 - 14, ×4 + 8, ......
131. 2; The series is ×1 + 2, ×2 + 3, ×3 + 4, ×4 + 5 .....
w.

149. 4; The series is

132. 2; The series is  12  12 , ×2 - 2,  32  3 2 , ×4 - 4,
 14 2 ,  12 2 ,  10 2 ,  82 , .............
.....
ww

7
133. 4; The series is 12  1, 3  2 2 , 5 2  3 , 7  4 2 , 150. 5; The series is ×5 and  alternately..
20
9 2  5 , .... (151-155):
2 151. 5; Ans = 47. The series is
Here, 2 = 1  1 . In the same way
122 = 112  1 . Therefore a = 13  2 2  9 ,
      
 0  12 ,  1  2 2 , 2  32 , 3  4 2 , ..... 
Note: Once you find the pattern in which only addi-
b = 15 2  3  228 , c = 17  4 2  17  16  1 , tion and subtraction is used, then you don’t
and so on. need to find each term of the second series.

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

50 K KUNDAN

Find the difference of first terms of the two

12  2,  2 2  2,  32  2,  4 2  2, ...
series, ie 100 – 45 = 55.
Now, e – (–8) = 55  e = 47 167. 4; The series is ×6 – 1, ×5 + 2, ×4 - 3, ×3 + 4, ....

2 3 4 5 168. 1; The series is  282 ,  25 2 ,  22 2 ,  19 2

152. 4; The series is  ,  ,  ,  ..... 169. 2; The series is
3 4 5 6
153. 3; The series is  37 2 ,  332 ,  29 2 ,252 , ....  1  0.5 12 ,2  0.5  2 2 ,  3  0.5  32 , ...

3 3 3 3

.in
154. 2; The series is  2 2  5,  5  2 2 alternately.. 170. 5; Ans = 11.25. The series is  ,  ,  , 
2 4 6 8
155. 1; The series is ÷2, ×3, ÷4, ....
(156-160): ....
(171-175):

ng
156. 5; The series is × 2 - 13, ×3 + 11, ×4 - 9, ...
157. 2; The series is 1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2
171. 5; The series is × – , × 1 + 1, ×1 – 1 , ×2
1  1,  2  2 ,  3  3,  4  4 , ... 2 2 2 2

eri
Replace (2) with (5). + 2, ...
158. 4; The series is 1 3
172. 4; The series is × , ÷1, × , ÷2, ....
 2
  2
 
 9  9 ,  11  11 , 13  13 ,  15  15 , ... 2
  2
 2 2
Replace (4) with (5).
e
173. 2; The series is
gin
159. 1; The series is ×1.5, ×3, ×4.5, ×6, ... 12  10,  2 2  5,  32  10,  4 2  5 , .....
Replace (1) with (4).
160. 3; The series is ÷2 - 4 in each term.     
174. 4; The series is + 12  2 , – 2 2  3 , + 32  4 , – 
Replace (3) with (5).
(161-165): 4 2

 5 , .....
En

161. 4; The series is 175. 3; The series is  12 ,  32 ,  5 2 ,  7 2 , ....

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
1  2  0, 2  3  1, 3  4  2, 4  5  3... (176-180):
Replace (4) with (5). 176. 1; The series is
arn

162. 5; The series is an alternate series having 1  12 ,  2  2,  3  32 ,  4  4,  5  5 2 , ....

S1 = 343 54 279; property is 177. 2; The series is ×2 – 1, ×3 + 1, ×4 – 1, ×5 + 1, ×6 –
 17 2 ,  152 ,  132... 1, ......
Le

1 2 3 4
S2 = 12 45 177; property is  22  3 . 178. 4; The series is  ,  ,  ,  , .....
2 3 4 5
2 2 2 2 2
163. 3; The series is  ,  ,  ,  ,  ... 179. 2; The series is  12 2 ,  10 2 ,  8 2 ,  6 2 , ....
w.

8 7 6 5 4
Replace (3) with (5).   
180. 2; The series is  12  2 2  32 ,  2 2  32  4 2 , 
164. 2; The series is
   
 32  4 2  5 2 ,  4 2  52  6 2 , .....
ww

 12  1,2 2  2,  32  3,  4 2  4... (181-185):

Replace (2) with (4). 181. 5; The series is
165. 1; The series is
12  3,  2  6,  32  9,  4  12, ...
 2 2

 9  1 ,  8  2,  7  3 ,  6  4, ... 2 2
 182. 5; The series is
Replace (1) with (2).
(166-170):  
2
 2
   
 1  1 ,  2  2 ,  3  3 ,  4  4 , .... 
166. 3; The series is 183. 1; The series is ÷2, ×3, +4, -5, ÷6, ...

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

K KUNDAN 51

203. 2; The series is ×1 +3, ×3 +5, ×5 +7, ×7 +9, ...

184. 3; The series is  312 ,  352 ,  39 2 ,  432 , ...
Replace (2) with (5).
185. 2; The series is ×1 + 1, ×5 - 1, ×9 + 1, ×13 - 1, ....
(186-190): 204. 5; The series is ×2, ÷3,  (2) 2 ,  (3) 2 , ...
186. 1; The series is ×1 + 1 ×5, ×2 – 2 ×7, ×3 + 3 ×9, ×4 205. 4; The series is ×1 – 3, ×3 – 6, ×5 – 9, ...
– 4 × 11, .... Replace (4) with (5).
187. 5; Ans = 101. The series is 1 2 2 ,  2  12 , (206-210):
206. 4; The series is ×2, ÷1.5, ×3, ÷2.5, ....
 3  2 2 ,  4  12 , ...

.in
Replace (4) with (5).
188. 1; The series is ×8 – 28, ×7 – 24, ×6 – 20, ×5 – 16,
207. 1; The series is  112 ,  132 ,  15 2 ,  17 2 , ....
...
189. 2; The series is ×1.5 + 1.5, ×2 + 2, ×2.5 + 2.5, ×3 + Replace (1) with (5).

ng
3, .... 208. 5; The series is  12  2,  2  3,  32  4,  4  5
7 209. 2; The series is ×1 + 1, ×2 - 2, ×3 + 3, ×4 - 4, ...
190. 1; The series is ×4 and  alternately.. Replace (2) with (5).
10

eri
210. 5; The series is +1, -2, +3, -4, ...
(191-195):
(211-215):
191. 4; The series is ×2 + 1, ×1 + 2 alternately.
211. 4; The series is ×1, ×1.5, ×2.0, ×2.5 ....
192. 1; The series is ÷3 - 7, ÷3 - 6, ÷3 - 5, .....
193. 5; The series is ×1.5, ×2, ×2.5, ×3, ....
194. 2; The series is -23, +19, -15, +11, -7, +3, .... e 212. 2; The series is  2 3  2,  33  3,  4 4  4,
gin
+ 5 5  5, .....
195. 3; The series is
213. 1; The series is +6, ×6, +5, ×5 ....
12  4,  2  8,  32  12,  4  16, .... 214. 3; The series is ×0.5 + 0.5, ×1 + 1, ×1.5 + 1.5, ×2 +
(196-200): 2 ....
En

196. 3; The series is ×5 and –5 alternately. 215. 4; The series is  8 2 ,  7 2 ,  6 2 ,  5 2 , .....

197. 4; The ten’s and hundred’s (if present) digits of
(216-220):
successive numbers are sum of digits of pre-
216. 2; The logic of the sequence is:
vious number while unit’s digit is constant, ie
arn

6, in all the numbers in the given series.  25 ,  2 4 ,  2 3 , 2 2 ,  21

For example : 36 = 6 + 3 / 6 = 96; 217. 2; The logic of the sequence is: ÷1.5, × 2 alter-
9 + 6 / 6 = 156; 1 + 5 + 6 / 6 = 126 nately.
198. 1; The series is ×6, ÷5, ×4, ÷3, ...
1
Le

199. 2; The series is ÷5 × 4 and ×5×4 alternatively. 218. 4; The logic of the sequence is:  2
200. 2; The series is ×2–1, ×2–5, ×2–9, ... 3
(201-205): 219. 4; The logic of the sequence is: +24, +26, +30,
201. 1; The series is ×1, ×3, ×5, ×7, ×9, ×11, .... +32, +36, +38
w.

Replace (1) with (2). 220. 1; The logic of the sequence is -22, -20, -18, -16,
202. 3; The series is based on the following pattern: -14, -12
1020 – 600 ( 25 2  25)  420 (221-225):
ww

221. 3; The logic is  1 12 ,  2  2 2 ,  3  32 ,

2
420 + 420 ( 21  21)  840
 4  4 2 ,  5  52
2
840 – 272 ( 17  17)  568 222. 2; Every term is the sum of all previous terms.
223. 5; The terms of the series are
568 + 156 ( 132  13)  724
03  1,13  1, 2 3  1, 33  1, 4 3  1, 53  1.
724 - 72 ( 9 2  9)  652
224. 5; The logic of the series is ×1 - 1, ×2 - 1, ×3 - 1, ×4
Replace (3) with (5) - 1, ×5 - 1

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

52 K KUNDAN

225. 3; The difference of the terms are 1, 4, 27, 256 or 361 × 7 - 8 = 2519; 2519 × 8 + 9 = 20161
244. 1; 1 8 66 460 2758 13785 55146
11 , 2 2 , 33 , 4 4.
Here 1 × 9 - 1 = 8; 8 × 8 + 2 = 66; 66 × 7 - 3 = 459;
(226-230): 459 × 6 + 4 = 2758; 2758 × 5 - 5 = 13785; 13785
226. 4; The logic is ×2, ×4, ×6, ×8 × 4 + 6 = 55146
227. 2; The logic is ×2 - 1, ×2 + 3, ×2 - 5, ×2 + 7, ×2 - 9. 245. 2; 3 1 3, 0.7 3 0.6 3
228. 5; 6  2 2  2, 40  6 2  4  1606  40 2  6 1 1
Here 3   1; 1 × 3 = 3; 3   0.75;
3 4

.in
2
2579244  1606  8
229. 5; The logic is –7 ÷ 5, –5 ÷ 4, –3 ÷ 3, –1 ÷ 2 1
230. 5; Every term is the square root of its previous 0.75 × 4 = 3; 3   0.6; 0.6 × 5 = 3
5
term.

ng
(231-235): 1
3  0.5; 0.5  6  3
231. 4; The series is +0.5 × 0.5, +1 × 1, + 1.5 × 1.5, +2 × 6
2, .... (246-250):

eri
[Note: First add and then multiply.]
232. 1; The series is: ×6.5, ×6, ×5.5, ×5, ...       
246. 2;  12  1 ,  2 2  2 ,  32  3 ,  4 2  4 ... 
233. 5; The series is:
1 3 5
247. 4;  ,  1,  ,  2, 
 6  13 ,  5  2 3 ,  4  33 ,  3  43 , ...
e 2 2 2
gin
234. 3; The series is: 3 + 6 + 1 = 10, 6 + 10 + 2 = 18, 10 248. 1; +2, -3, ×4, ÷5, +6 ...
+ 18 + 3 = 31, ... 249. 2; ×1 + 3, ×3 + 5, ×5 + 7, ×7 + 9, ×9 + 11, ...
235. 3; The series is: ×2.5, ×3.5, ×4.5, ×5.5, ... 250. 3; ×2 - 4, ×3 - 8, ×4 - 12, ×5 - 16, ×6 - 20, ...
(236-240): (251-256):
236. 1; The series is ×2 + 2, ÷2 + 4, ×2 + 6, ÷2 + 8, .... 251. 3; Here the series is as follows:
En

237. 5; Ans = 14. The series is ×0.5 + 0.5, ×1 + 1, ×1.5 12 × 6 - 6 × 7 = 30

+ 1.5, ×2 + 2 ... 30 × 5 - 5 × 6 = 120
238. 4; The series is: 120 × 4 - 4 × 5 = 460
460 × 3 - 3 × 4 = 1368
arn

 12  2 2 ,  2 2  32 , 32  4 2 ,  4 2  5 2 , ...
1368 × 2 - 2 × 3 = 2730
b = 24, d = 90  ratio = 4 : 15 Similarly,
239. 3; The series is: 16 × 6 - 6 × 7 = 54
×1 + 0.5 × 12, ×2 + 0.5 × 22, ×3 + 0.5 × 32, ... 54 × 5 - 5 × 6 = 240
Le

240. 2; The series is:  19 2 ,  17 2 ,  15 2 ,  132 , ... 240 × 4 - 4 × 5 = 940

(241-245): 940 × 3 - 3 × 4 = 2808
241. 2; 2 6 13 26 54 100 197 Hence, 2808 will come in place of (d).
w.

Here 2 × 2 + 2 = 6; 6 × 2 + 1 = 13; 252. 5; Here the series is as follows

13 × 2 + 0 = 26; 26 × 2 - 1 = 51; 154 × 3 = 462
51 × 2 - 2 = 100; 100 × 2 - 3 = 197 462 ÷ 2 = 231
231 × 3 = 693
ww

242. 4; 56 57 48 73 24 105 -10

693 ÷ 2 = 346.5
Here 56  12  57; 346.5 × 3 = 1039.5
Similarly,
57  3 2  48; 48  5 2  73; 73  7 2  24;
276 × 3 = 828
24  9 2  105; 105  112  16 828 ÷ 2 = 414
243. 4; 2 2 13 59 363 2519 20161 414 × 3 = 1242
Here 2 × 3 - 4 = 2; 2 × 4 + 5 = 13; 1242 ÷ 2 = 621
13 × 5 - 6 = 59; 59 × 6 + 7 = 361; 621 × 3 = 1863

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in

K KUNDAN 53

Hence, 1863 will come in place of (e). 3

662  6  446
253. 2; Here, the series is as follows:
7 × 13 = 91 Here, we have to find the number which will
91 × 11 = 1001 come in place of (d).
1001 × 7 = 7007 Hence, the required number
7007 × 5 = 35035 = 204 + (662 - 582) = 284
35035 × 3 = 105105 255. 4; Here, the series is as follows:
Note that 3, 5, 7, 11 and 13 are consecutive (85 + 1) × 0.5 = 43
(43 + 1) × 1.0 = 44

.in
prime numbers.
Hence, the required number (44 + 1) × 1.5 = 67.5
= 14.5 × 13 × 11 × 7 = 14514.5 (67.5 + 1) × 2.0 = 137
254. 1; Here, the series is as follows (137 + 1) × 2.5 = 345

ng
Similarly,
3
582  2  574 (125 + 1) × 0.5 = 63
3 (63 + 1) × 1.0 = 64
574  3  601

eri
(64 + 1) × 1.5 = 97.5
3
601  4  537 Hence, 97.5 will come in place of (c).
3
537  5  662

e
gin
En
arn
Le
w.
ww

For More Visit : www.LearnEngineering.in